Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions

Are you struggling to solve the trigonometric ratios and functions in homework and assignments? Then, check out this Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions and solve your issues within seconds. The perfect way to learn the concepts of ch 9 is by practicing the questions given in the BIM Math Book Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions Solution Key. Look no further and start your preparation by using this quick & ultimate guide. Constant practice can make you succeed in your math learning journey.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions

Enhance your math skills by taking the help of our provided Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Ch 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions Solution key. After learning the concepts of the Algebra 2 9th chapters from the BIM Textbook Answers of Algebra 2, students can become math proficient. Access the Topicwise Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Ch 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions Answers for free from the respective links presented below and prepare well for the exams.

Trigonometric Ratios and Functions Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Order the expressions by value from least to greatest.
Question 1.
log2 x
∣4∣, 2 − 9∣, ∣6 + 4∣, − ∣7∣
Answer:

Question 2.
∣9 − 3∣, ∣0∣, ∣−4∣, \(\frac{|-5|}{|2|}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
∣−83∣,∣−2 • 8 ∣, ∣9 − 1∣, ∣9∣ + ∣−2∣ − ∣1 ∣
Answer:

Question 4.
∣−4 + 20∣, −∣42∣, ∣5∣−∣3 • 2 ∣, ∣−15∣
Answer:

Find the missing side length of the triangle.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 1
Answer:

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 2
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 3
Answer:

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 4
Answer:

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 5
Answer:

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 6
Answer:

Question 11.
ABSTRACT REASONING
The line segments connecting the points (x1, y1), (x2, y1), and (x2, y2) form a triangle. Is the triangle a right triangle? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Trigonometric Ratios and Functions Mathematical Practices

Mathematically proficient students reason quantitatively by creating valid representations of problems.

Monitoring Progress

Find the exact coordinates of the point (x, y) on the unit circle.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 7.1 1
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 7.1 2
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 7.1 3
Answer:

Lesson 9.1 Right Triangle Trigonometry

Essential Question How can you find a trigonometric function of an acute angle θ?
Consider one of the acute angles θ of a right triangle. Ratios of a right triangle’s side lengths are used to define the six trigonometric functions, as shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 1

EXPLORATION 1

Trigonometric Functions of Special Angles
Work with a partner. Find the exact values of the sine, cosine, and tangent functions for the angles 30°, 45°, and 60° in the right triangles shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 2

EXPLORATION 2

Exploring Trigonometric Identities
Work with a partner.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 3
Use the definitions of the trigonometric functions to explain why each trigonometric identity is true.
a. sin θ = cos(90° − θ)
b. cos θ = sin(90° − θ)
c. sin θ =\(\frac{1}{\csc \theta}\)
d. tan θ = \(\frac{1}{\cot \theta}\)
Use the definitions of the trigonometric functions to complete each trigonometric identity.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 4

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you find a trigonometric function of an acute angle θ?
Answer:

Question 4.
Use a calculator to find the lengths x and y of the legs of the right triangle shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 5
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Evaluate the six trigonometric functions of the angle θ.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 6
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 7
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 8
Answer:

Question 4.
In a right triangle, θ is an acute angle and cos θ = \(\frac{7}{10}\). Evaluate the other five trigonometric functions of θ.
Answer:

Question 5.
Find the value of x for the right triangle shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 9
Answer:

Solve △ABC using the diagram at the left and the given measurements.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 10
Question 6.
B = 45°, c = 5
Answer:

Question 7.
A = 32°, b = 10
Answer:

Question 8.
A = 71°, c = 20
Answer:

Question 9.
B = 60°, a = 7
Answer:

Question 10.
In Example 5, find the distance between B and C.
Answer:

Question 11.
WHAT IF?
In Example 6, estimate the height of the parasailer above the boat when the angle of elevation is 38°.
Answer:

Right Triangle Trigonometry 9.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
In a right triangle, the two trigonometric functions of θ that are defined using the lengths of the hypotenuse and the side adjacent to θ are __________ and __________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
Compare an angle of elevation to an angle of depression.
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
Explain what it means to solve a right triangle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 3

Question 4.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 11
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–10, evaluate the six trigonometric functions of the angle θ.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 13
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 15
Answer:

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 17
Answer:

Question 11.
REASONING
Let θ be an acute angle of a right triangle. Use the two trigonometric functions tan θ = \(\frac{4}{9}\) and sec θ = \(\frac{\sqrt{97}}{9}\) to sketch and label the right triangle. Then evaluate the other four trigonometric functions of θ.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 11

Question 12.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Evaluate the six trigonometric functions of the 90° − θ angle in Exercises 5–10. Describe the relationships you notice.
Answer:

In Exercises 13–18, let θ be an acute angle of a right triangle. Evaluate the other five trigonometric functions of θ.
Question 13.
sin θ = \(\frac{7}{11}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 13.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 13.2

Question 14.
cos θ = \(\frac{5}{12}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
tan θ = \(\frac{7}{6}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 15.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 15.2

Question 16.
csc θ = \(\frac{15}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
sec θ = \(\frac{14}{9}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 17.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 17.2

Question 18.
cot θ = \(\frac{16}{11}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding sin θ of the triangle below.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 19

Question 20.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding csc θ, given that θ is an acute angle of a right triangle and cos θ = \(\frac{7}{11}\).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 19
Answer:

In Exercises 21–26, find the value of x for the right triangle.
Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 21
Answer:

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 22
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 23
Answer:

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 25
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 27–32, evaluate the trigonometric function using a calculator. Round your answer to four decimal places.
Question 27.
cos 14°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 27

Question 28.
tan 31°
Answer:

Question 29.
csc 59°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 29

Question 30.
sin 23°
Answer:

Question 31.
cot 6°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 31

Question 32.
sec 11°
Answer:

In Exercises 33–40, solve △ABC using the diagram and the given measurements.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 26.1
Question 33.
B = 36°, a = 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 33

Question 34.
A = 27°, b = 9
Answer:

Question 35.
A = 55°, a = 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 35

Question 36.
B = 16°, b = 14
Answer:

Question 37.
A = 43°, b = 31
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 37

Question 38.
B = 31°, a = 23
Answer:

Question 39.
B = 72°, c = 12.8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 39

Question 40.
A = 64°, a = 7.4
Answer:

Question 41.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
To measure the width of a river, you plant a stake on one side of the river, directly across from a boulder. You then walk 100 meters to the right of the stake and measure a 79° angle between the stake and the boulder. What is the width w of the river?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 26
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 41

Question 42.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Katoomba Scenic Railway in Australia is the steepest railway in the world. The railway makes an angle of about 52° with the ground. The railway extends horizontally about 458 feet. What is the height of the railway?
Answer:

Question 43.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A person whose eye level is 1.5 meters above the ground is standing 75 meters from the base of the Jin Mao Building in Shanghai, China. The person estimates the angle of elevation to the top of the building is about 80°. What is the approximate height of the building?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 43

Question 44.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The Duquesne Incline in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, has an angle of elevation of 30°. The track has a length of about 800 feet. Find the height of the incline.
Answer:

Question 45.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are standing on the Grand View Terrace viewing platform at Mount Rushmore, 1000 feet from the base of the monument.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 27
a. You look up at the top of Mount Rushmore at an angle of 24°. How high is the top of the monument from where you are standing? Assume your eye level is 5.5 feet above the platform.
b. The elevation of the Grand View Terrace is 5280 feet. Use your answer in part (a) to find the elevation of the top of Mount Rushmore.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 45

Question 46.
WRITING
Write a real-life problem that can be solved using a right triangle. Then solve your problem.
Answer:

Question 47.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The Tropic of Cancer is the circle of latitude farthest north of the equator where the Sun can appear directly overhead. It lies 23.5° north of the equator, as shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 28
a. Find the circumference of the Tropic of Cancer using 3960 miles as the approximate radius of Earth.
b. What is the distance between two points on the Tropic of Cancer that lie directly across from each other?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 47

Question 48.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the figure to answer each question.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 29
a. Which side is adjacent to θ?
b. Which side is opposite of θ?
c. Does cos θ = sin(90° − θ)? Explain.
Answer:

Question 49.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A passenger in an airplane sees two towns directly to the left of the plane.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 30
a. What is the distance d from the airplane to the first town?
b. What is the horizontal distance x from the airplane to the first town?
c. What is the distance y between the two towns? Explain the process you used to find your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 49

Question 50.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You measure the angle of elevation from the ground to the top of a building as 32°. When you move 50 meters closer to the building, the angle of elevation is 53°. What is the height of the building?
Answer:

Question 51.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims it is possible to draw a right triangle so the values of the cosine function of the acute angles are equal. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 51

Question 52.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Consider a semicircle with a radius of 1 unit, as shown below. Write the values of the six trigonometric functions of the angle θ. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 31
Answer:

Question 53.
CRITICAL THINKING
A procedure for approximating π based on the work of Archimedes is to inscribe a regular hexagon in a circle.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 32
a. Use the diagram to solve for x. What is the perimeter of the hexagon?
b. Show that a regular n-sided polygon inscribed in acircle of radius 1 has a perimeter of 2n • sin (\(\frac{180}{n}\))°.
c. Use the result from part (b) to find an expression in terms of n that approximates π. Then evaluate the expression when n= 50.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 53

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency.

Perform the indicated conversion.
Question 54.
5 years to seconds
Answer:

Question 55.
12 pints to gallons
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 55

Question 56.
5.6 meters to millimeters
Answer:

Find the circumference and area of the circle with the given radius or diameter.
Question 57.
r = 6 centimeters
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 57

Question 58.
r = 11 inches
Answer:

Question 59.
d = 14 feet
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1 a 59

Lesson 9.2 Angles and Radian Measure

Essential Question How can you find the measure of an angle in radians?
Let the vertex of an angle be at the origin, with one side of the angle on the positive x-axis. The radian measure of the angle is a measure of the intercepted arc length on a circle of radius 1. To convert between degree and radian measure, use the fact that \(\frac{\pi \text { radians }}{180^{\circ}}\) = 1.

EXPLORATION 1

Writing Radian Measures of Angles
Work with a partner. Write the radian measure of each angle with the given degree measure. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 1

EXPLORATION 2

Writing Degree Measures of Angles
Work with a partner. Write the degree measure of each angle with the given radian measure. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you find the measure of an angle in radians?
Answer:

Question 4.
The figure shows an angle whose measure is 30 radians. What is the measure of the angle in degrees? How many times greater is 30 radians than 30 degrees? Justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Draw an angle with the given measure in standard position.
Question 1.
65°
Answer:

Question 2.
300°
Answer:

Question 3.
−120°
Answer:

Question 4.
−450°
Answer:

Find one positive angle and one negative angle that are coterminal with the given angle.
Question 5.
80°
Answer:

Question 6.
230°
Answer:

Question 7.
740°
Answer:

Question 8.
−135°
Answer:

Convert the degree measure to radians or the radian measure to degrees.
Question 9.
135°
Answer:

Question 10.
−40°
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{5 \pi}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 12.
−6.28
Answer:

Question 13.
WHAT IF?
In Example 4, the outfield fence is 220 feet from home plate. Estimate the length of the outfield fence and the area of the field.
Answer:

Angles and Radian Measure 9.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
An angle is in standard position when its vertex is at the __________ and its __________ lies on the positive x-axis.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how the sign of an angle measure determines its direction of rotation.
Answer:

Question 3.
VOCABULARY
In your own words, define a radian.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which angle does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 4
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–8, draw an angle with the given measure in standard position.
Question 5.
110°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 5

Question 6.
450°
Answer:

Question 7.
−900°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 7

Question 8.
−10°
Answer:

In Exercises 9–12, find one positive angle and one negative angle that are coterminal with the given angle.
Question 9.
70°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 9

Question 10.
255°
Answer:

Question 11.
−125°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 11

Question 12.
−800°
Answer:

In Exercises 13–20, convert the degree measure to radians or the radian measure to degrees.
Question 13.
40°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 13

Question 14.
315°
Answer:

Question 15.
−260°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 15

Question 16.
−500°
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\frac{\pi}{9}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 17

Question 18.
\(\frac{3 \pi}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
−5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 19

Question 20.
12
Answer:

Question 21.
WRITING
The terminal side of an angle in standard position rotates one-sixth of a revolution counterclockwise from the positive x-axis. Describe how to find the measure of the angle in both degree and radian measures.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 21

Question 22.
OPEN-ENDED
Using radian measure, give one positive angle and one negative angle that are coterminal with the angle shown. Justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 5
Answer:

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS In Exercises 23–26, match the angle measure with the angle.
Question 23.
600°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 23

Question 24.
\(-\frac{9 \pi}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
\(\frac{5 \pi}{6}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 25

Question 26.
−240°
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 6

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The observation deck of a building forms a sector with the dimensions shown. Find the length of the safety rail and the area of the deck.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 27

Question 28.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In the men’s shot put event at the 2012 Summer Olympic Games, the length of the winning shot was 21.89 meters. A shot put must land within a sector having a central angle of 34.92° to be considered fair.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 8
a. The officials draw an arc across the fair landing area, marking the farthest throw. Find the length of the arc.
b. All fair throws in the 2012 Olympics landed within a sector bounded by the arc in part (a). What is the area of this sector?
Answer:

Question 29.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in converting the degree measure to radians.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 29

Question 30.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the area of a sector with a radius of 6 centimeters and a central angle of 40°.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 10
Answer:

Question 31.
PROBLEM SOLVING
When a CD player reads information from the outer edge of a CD, the CD spins about 200 revolutions per minute. At that speed, through what angle does a point on the CD spin in oneminute? Give your answer in both degree and radian measures.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 31

Question 32.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You work every Saturday from 9:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. Draw a diagram that shows the rotation completed by the hour hand of a clock during this time. Find the measure of the angle generated by the hour hand in both degrees and radians. Compare this angle with the angle generated by the minute hand from 9:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 33–38, use a calculator to evaluate the trigonometric function.
Question 33.
cos \(\frac{4 \pi}{3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 33

Question 34.
sin \(\frac{7 \pi}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 35.
csc \(\frac{10 \pi}{11}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 35

Question 36.
cot (− \(\frac{6 \pi}{5}\))
Answer:

Question 37.
cot(−14)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 37

Question 38.
cos 6
Answer:

Question 39.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The rear windshield wiper of a car rotates 120°, as shown. Find the area cleared by the wiper.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 39

Question 40.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A scientist performed an experiment to study the effects of gravitational force on humans. In order for humans to experience twice Earth’s gravity, they were placed in a centrifuge 58 feet long and spun at a rate of about 15 revolutions per minute.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 12
a. Through how many radians did the people rotate each second?
b. Find the length of the arc through which the people rotated each second.
Answer:

Question 41.
REASONING
In astronomy, the terminator is the day-night line on a planet that divides the planet into daytime and nighttime regions. The terminator moves across the surface of a planet as the planet rotates. It takes about 4 hours for Earth’s terminator to move across the continental United States. Through what angle has Earth rotated during this time? Give your answer in both degree and radian measures.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 41

Question 42.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the graph to find the measure of θ. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 14
Answer:

Question 43.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A dartboard is divided into 20 sectors. Each sector is worth a point value from 1 to 20 and has shaded regions that double or triple this value. A sector is shown below. Find the areas of the entire sector, the double region, and the triple region.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 43

Question 44.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
π is an irrational number, which means that it cannot be written as the ratio of two whole numbers. π can, however, be written exactly as a continued fraction, as follows.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 16
Answer:

Question 45.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that when the arc length of a sector equals the radius, the area can be given by A = \(\frac{s^{2}}{2}\). Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 45

Question 46.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A spiral staircase has 15 steps. Each step is a sector with a radius of 42 inches and a central angle of \(\frac{\pi}{8}\).
a. What is the length of the arc formed by the outer edge of a step?
b. Through what angle would you rotate by climbing the stairs?
c. How many square inches of carpeting would you need to cover the 15 steps?
Answer:

Question 47.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
There are 60 minutes in 1 degree of arc, and 60 seconds in 1 minute of arc. The notation 50° 30′ 10″ represents an angle with a measure of 50 degrees, 30 minutes, and 10 seconds.
a. Write the angle measure 70.55° using the notation above.
b. Write the angle measure 110° 45′ 30″ to the nearest hundredth of a degree. Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 47

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the distance between the two points.
Question 48.
(1, 4), (3, 6)
Answer:

Question 49.
(−7, −13), (10, 8)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 49

Question 50.
(−3, 9), (−3, 16)
Answer:

Question 51.
(2, 12), (8, −5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 51

Question 52.
(−14, −22), (−20, −32)
Answer:

Question 53.
(4, 16), (−1, 34)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.2 a 53

Lesson 9.3 Trigonometric Functions of Any Angle

Essential Question How can you use the unit circle to define the trigonometric functions of any angle?
Let θ be an angle in standard position with (x, y) a point on the terminal side of θ and r = \(\sqrt{x^{2}+y^{2}}\) ≠ 0. The six trigonometric functions of θ are defined as shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 1

EXPLORATION 1

Writing Trigonometric Functions
Work with a partner. Find the sine, cosine, and tangent of the angle θ in standard position whose terminal side intersects the unit circle at the point (x, y) shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How can you use the unit circle to define the trigonometric functions of any angle?
Answer:

Question 3.
For which angles are each function undefined? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 3.1
a. tangent
b. cotangent
c. secant
d. cosecant
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Evaluate the six trigonometric functions of θ.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 3
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 4
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 5
Answer:

Question 4.
Use the unit circle to evaluate the six trigonometric functions of θ = 180º.
Answer:

Sketch the angle. Then find its reference angle.
Question 5.
210°
Answer:

Question 6.
−260°
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\frac{-7 \pi}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{15 \pi}{4}\)
Answer:

Evaluate the function without using a calculator.
Question 9.
cos(−210º)
Answer:

Question 10.
sec \(\frac{11 \pi}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
Use the model given in Example 5 to estimate the horizontal distance traveled by a track and field long jumper who jumps at an angle of 20° and with an initial speed of 27 feet per second.
Answer:

Trigonometric Functions of Any Angle 9.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A(n) ___________ is an angle in standard position whose terminal side lies on an axis.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Given an angle θ in standard position with its terminal side in Quadrant III, explain how you can use a reference angle to find cos θ.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, evaluate the six trigonometric functions of θ.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 7
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 9
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 11
Answer:

In Exercises 9–14, use the unit circle to evaluate the six trigonometric functions of θ.
Question 9.
θ = 0°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 9

Question 10.
θ = 540°
Answer:

Question 11.
θ = \(\frac{\pi}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 11

Question 12.
θ = \(\frac{7 \pi}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 13.
θ = −270°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 13

Question 14.
θ = −2π
Answer:

In Exercises 15–22, sketch the angle. Then find its reference angle.
Question 15.
−100°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 15

Question 16.
150°
Answer:

Question 17.
320°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 17

Question 18.
−370°
Answer:

Question 19.
\(\frac{15 \pi}{4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 19

Question 20.
\(\frac{8 \pi}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
−\(\frac{5 \pi}{6}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 21

Question 22.
−\(\frac{13 \pi}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 23.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Let (−3, 2) be a point on the terminal side of an angle θ in standard position. Describe and correct the error in finding tan θ.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 23

Question 24.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding a reference angle θ′ for θ = 650°.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 13
Answer:

In Exercises 25–32, evaluate the function without using a calculator.
Question 25.
sec 135°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 25

Question 26.
tan 240°
Answer:

Question 27.
sin(−150°)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 27

Question 28.
csc(−420°)
Answer:

Question 29.
tan (−\(\frac{3 \pi}{4}\))
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 29

Question 30.
cot (\(\frac{-8 \pi}{3}\))
Answer:

Question 31.
cos \(\frac{7 \pi}{4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 31

Question 32.
sec \(\frac{11 \pi}{6}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 33–36, use the model for horizontal distance given in Example 5.
Question 33.
You kick a football at an angle of 60° with an initial speed of 49 feet per second. Estimate the horizontal distance traveled by the football.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 33

Question 34.
The “frogbot” is a robot designed for exploring rough terrain on other planets. It can jump at a 45° angle with an initial speed of 14 feet per second. Estimate the horizontal distance the frogbot can jump on Earth.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 14
Answer:

Question 35.
At what speed must the in-line skater launch himself off the ramp in order to land on the other side of the ramp?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 35

Question 36.
To win a javelin throwing competition, your last throw must travel a horizontal distance of at least 100 feet. You release the javelin at a 40° angle with an initial speed of 71 feet per second. Do you win the competition? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 37.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A rock climber is using a rock climbing treadmill that is 10 feet long. The climber begins by lying horizontally on the treadmill, which is then rotated about its midpoint by 110° so that the rock climber is climbing toward the top. If the midpoint of the treadmill is 6 feet above the ground, how high above the ground is the top of the treadmill?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 37

Question 38.
REASONING
A Ferris wheel has a radius of 75 feet. You board a car at the bottom of the Ferris wheel, which is 10 feet above the ground, and rotate 255°counterclockwise before the ride temporarily stops. How high above the ground are you when the ride stops? If the radius of the Ferris wheel is doubled, is your height above the ground doubled? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 39.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A sprinkler at ground level is used to water a garden. The water leaving the sprinkler has an initial speed of 25 feet per second.
a. Use the model for horizontal distance given in Example 5 to complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 17
b. Which value of θ appears to maximize the horizontal distance traveled by the water? Use the model for horizontal distance and the unit circle to explain why your answer makes sense.
c. Compare the horizontal distance traveled by the water when θ = (45 − k)° with the distance when θ = (45 + k)°, for 0 < k < 45.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 39

Question 40.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Your school’s marching band is performing at halftime during a football game. In the last formation, the band members form a circle 100 feet wide in the center of the field. You start at a point on the circle 100 feet from the goal line, march 300° around the circle, and then walk toward the goal line to exit the field. How far from the goal line are you at the point where you leave the circle?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 18
Answer:

Question 41.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Use symmetry and the given information to label the coordinates of the other points corresponding to special angles on the unit circle.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 41

Question 42.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Use the interactive unit circle tool at BigIdeasMath.com to describe all values of θ for each situation.
a. sin θ > 0, cos θ < 0, and tan θ > 0
b. sin θ > 0, cos θ < 0, and tan θ < 0
Answer:

Question 43.
CRITICAL THINKING
Write tan θ as the ratio of two other trigonometric functions. Use this ratio to explain why tan 90° is undefined but cot 90° = 0.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 43

Question 44.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Determine whether each of the six trigonometric functions of θ is positive, negative, or zero. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 20
Answer:

Question 45.
USING STRUCTURE
A line with slope m passes through the origin. An angle θ in standard position has a terminal side that coincides with the line. Use a trigonometric function to relate the slope of the line to the angle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 45

Question 46.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that the only solution to the trigonometric equation tan θ = \(\sqrt{3}\) is θ= 60°. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 47.
PROBLEM SOLVING
When two atoms in a molecule are bonded to a common atom, chemists are interested in both the bond angle and the lengths of the bonds. An ozone molecule is made up of two oxygen atoms bonded to a third oxygen atom, as shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 21
a. In the diagram, coordinates are given in picometers (pm). (Note: 1 pm = 10−12 m) Find the coordinates (x, y) of the center of the oxygen atom in Quadrant II.
b. Find the distance d (in picometers) between the centers of the two unbonded oxygen atoms.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 47

Question 48.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The latitude of a point on Earth is the degree measure of the shortest arc from that point to the equator. For example, the latitude of point P in the diagram equals the degree measure of arc PE. At what latitude θ is the circumference of the circle of latitude at P half the distance around the equator?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 22
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find all real zeros of the polynomial function.
Question 49.
f (x) = x4 + 2x3 + x2 + 8x − 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 49

Question 50.
f(x) = x5 + 4x4 − 14x3 − 14x2 − 15x− 18
Answer:

Graph the function.
Question 51.
f(x) = 2(x+ 3)2 (x − 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 51.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 51.2

Question 52.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) (x − 4)(x + 5)(x + 9)
Answer:

Question 53.
f(x) = x2(x + 1)3 (x − 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 53.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.3 a 53.2

Lesson 9.4 Graphing Sine and Cosine Functions

Essential Question What are the characteristics of the graphs of the sine and cosine functions?

EXPLORATION 1

Graphing the Sine FunctionWork with a partner.
a. Complete the table for y= sin x, where x is an angle measure in radians.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 1
b. Plot the points (x, y) from part (a). Draw a smooth curve through the points to sketch the graph of y = sin x.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 2
c. Use the graph to identify the x-intercepts, the x-values where the local maximums and minimums occur, and the intervals for which the function is increasing or decreasing over −2π ≤ x ≤ 2π. Is the sine function even, odd, or neither?

EXPLORATION 2

Graphing the Cosine Function
Work with a partner.
a. Complete a table for y= cos x using the same values of x as those used in Exploration 1.
b. Plot the points (x, y) from part (a) and sketch the graph of y= cos x.
c. Use the graph to identify the x-intercepts, the x-values where the local maximums and minimums occur, and the intervals for which the function is increasing or decreasing over −2π ≤ x ≤ 2π. Is the cosine function even, odd, or neither?

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are the characteristics of the graphs of the sine and cosine functions?
Answer:

Question 4.
Describe the end behavior of the graph of y = sin x
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Identify the amplitude and period of the function. Then graph the function and describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of its parent function.
Question 1.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)sin x
Answer:

Question 2.
g(x) = cos 2x
Answer:

Question 3.
g(x) = 2 sin πx
Answer:

Question 4.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) cos \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
Answer:

Graph the function.
Question 5.
g(x) = cos x+ 4
Answer:

Question 6.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)sin (x − \(\left.\frac{\pi}{2}\right\))
Answer:

Question 7.
g(x) = sin(x + π) − 1
Answer:

Graph the function.
Question 8.
g(x) = −cos (x + \(\left.\frac{\pi}{2}\right\))
Answer:

Question 9.
g(x) = −3 sin \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2
Answer:

Question 10.
g(x) = −2 cos 4x − 1
Answer:

Graphing Sine and Cosine Functions 9.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The shortest repeating portion of the graph of a periodic function is called a(n) _________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Compare the amplitudes and periods of the functions y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)cos x and y = 3 cos 2x.
Answer:

Question 3.
VOCABULARY
What is a phase shift? Give an example of a sine function that has a phase shift.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 3

Question 4.
VOCABULARY
What is the midline of the graph of the function y = 2 sin 3(x + 1) − 2?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 5–8, determine whether the graph represents a periodic function. If so, identify the period.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 5
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 7
Answer:

In Exercises 9–12, identify the amplitude and period of the graph of the function.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 9
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 11
Answer:

In Exercises 13–20, identify the amplitude and period of the function. Then graph the function and describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of its parent function.
Question 13.
g(x) = 3 sin x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 13

Question 14.
g(x) = 2 sin x
Answer:

Question 15.
g(x) = cos 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 15

Question 16.
g(x) = cos 4x
Answer:

Question 17.
g(x) = sin 2πx
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 17

Question 18.
g(x) = 3 sin 2x
Answer:

Question 19.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)cos 4x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 19

Question 20.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)cos 4πx
Answer:

Question 21.
ANALYZING EQUATIONS
Which functions have an amplitude of 4 and a period of 2?
A. y = 4 cos 2x
B. y = −4 sin πx
C. y = 2 sin 4x
D. y = 4 cos πx
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 21

Question 22.
WRITING EQUATIONS
Write an equation of the form y = a sin bx, where a > 0 and b > 0, so that the graph has the given amplitude and period.
a. amplitude: 1
period: 5
b. amplitude: 10
period: 4
c. amplitude: 2
period: 2π
d. amplitude: \(\frac{1}{2}\)
period: 3π
Answer:

Question 23.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The motion of a pendulum can be modeled by the function d = 4 cos 8πt, where d is the horizontal displacement (in inches) of the pendulum relative to its position at rest and t is the time (in seconds). Find and interpret the period and amplitude in the context of this situation. Then graph the function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 23

Question 24.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A buoy bobs up and down as waves go past. The vertical displacement y (in feet) of the buoy with respect to sea level can be modeled by y = 1.75 cos \(\frac{\pi}{3}\)t, where t is the time (in seconds). Find and interpret the period and amplitude in the context of the problem. Then graph the function.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 12
Answer:

In Exercises 25–34, graph the function.
Question 25.
g(x) = sin x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 25

Question 26.
g(x) = cos x − 4
Answer:

Question 27.
g(x) = cos (x − \(\frac{\pi}{2}\))
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 27

Question 28.
g(x) = sin (x + \(\frac{\pi}{4}\))
Answer:

Question 29.
g(x) = 2 cos x − 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 29

Question 30.
g(x) = 3 sin x + 1
Answer:

Question 31.
g(x) = sin 2(x + π)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 31

Question 32.
g(x) = cos 2(x − π)
Answer:

Question 33.
g(x) = sin \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x + 2π) + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 33

Question 34.
g(x) = cos \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x − 3π) − 5
Answer:

Question 35.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the period of the function y = sin \(\frac{2}{3}\)x.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 35

Question 36.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in determining the point where the maximum value of the function y = 2 sin (x − \(\frac{\pi}{4}\)) occurs.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 14
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 37–40, describe the transformation of the graph of f represented by the function g
Question 37.
f(x) = cos x, g(x) = 2 cos (x − \(\frac{\pi}{2}\)) + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 37

Question 38.
f(x) = sin x, g(x) = 3 sin (x + \(\frac{\pi}{4}\)) − 2
Answer:

Question 39.
f(x) = sin x, g(x) = sin 3(x + 3π) − 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 39

Question 40.
f(x) = cos x, g(x) = cos 6(x − π) + 9
Answer:

In Exercises 41–48, graph the function.
Question 41.
g(x) = −cos x + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 41

Question 42.
g(x) = −sin x − 5
Answer:

Question 43.
g(x) = −sin \(\frac{1}{2}\)x − 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 43

Question 44.
g(x) = −cos 2x + 1
Answer:

Question 45.
g(x) = −sin(x − π) + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 45

Question 46.
g(x) = −cos(x + π) − 2
Answer:

Question 47.
g(x) = −4 cos (x + \(\frac{\pi}{4}\)) − 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 47

Question 48.
g(x) = −5 sin (x − \(\frac{\pi}{2}\)) + 3
Answer:

Question 49.
USING EQUATIONS
Which of the following is a point where the maximum value of the graph of y =−4 cos (x − \(\frac{\pi}{2}\))occurs?
A. (−\(\frac{\pi}{2}\), 4 )
B. (\(\frac{\pi}{2}\), 4 )
C. (0, 4)
D. (π, 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 49

Question 50.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Match each function with its graph. Explain your reasoning.
a. y = 3 + sin x
b. y = −3 + cos x
c. y = sin 2(x − \(\frac{\pi}{2}\))
d. y = cos 2 (x − \(\frac{\pi}{2}\))
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 15
Answer:

WRITING EQUATIONS In Exercises 51–54, write a rule for g that represents the indicated transformations of the graph of f.
Question 51.
f(x) = 3 sin x; translation 2 units up and π units right
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 51

Question 52.
f(x) = cos 2πx; translation 4 units down and 3 units left
Answer:

Question 53.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)cos πx; translation 1 unit down, followed by a reflection in the line y =−1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 53

Question 54.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) sin 6x; translation \(\frac{3}{2}\) units down and 1 unit right, followed by a reflection in the line y = −\(\frac{3}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 55.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The height h(in feet) of a swing above the ground can be modeled by the function h = −8 cos θ+ 10, where the pivot is 10 feet above the ground, the rope is 8 feet long, and θ is the angle that the rope makes with the vertical. Graph the function. What is the height of the swing when θ is 45°?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 55

Question 56.
DRAWING A CONCLUSION
In a particular region, the population L (in thousands) of lynx (the predator) and the population H (in thousands) of hares (the prey) can be modeled by the equations
L = 11.5 + 6.5 sin\(\frac{\pi}{5}\)t
H = 27.5 + 17.5 cos \(\frac{\pi}{5}\)t
where t is the time in years.
a. Determine the ratio of hares to lynx when t = 0, 2.5, 5, and 7.5 years.
b. Use the figure to explain how the changes in the two populations appear to be related.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 17
Answer:

Question 57.
USING TOOLS
The average wind speed s (in miles per hour) in the Boston Harbor can be approximated by s = 3.38 sin\(\frac{\pi}{180}\)(t + 3) + 11.6 where t is the time in days and t = 0 represents January 1. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function. On which days of the year is the average wind speed 10 miles per hour? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 57

Question 58.
USING TOOLS
The water depth d (in feet) for the Bay of Fundy can be modeled by d = 35 − 28 cos \(\frac{\pi}{6.2}\)t, where t is the time in hours and t = 0 represents midnight. Use a graphing calculator to graph the function. At what time(s) is the water depth 7 feet? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 18
Answer:

Question 59.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
Find the average rate of change of each function over the interval 0 < x < π.
a. y = 2 cos x
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 59

Question 60.
REASONING
Consider the functions y = sin(−x) and y = cos(−x).
a. Construct a table of values for each equation using the quadrantal angles in the interval −2π ≤ x ≤ 2π.
b. Graph each function.
c. Describe the transformations of the graphs of the parent functions.
Answer:

Question 61.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are riding a Ferris wheel that turns for 180 seconds. Your height h (in feet) above the ground at any time t (in seconds) can be modeled by the equation h = 85 sin\(\frac{\pi}{20}\)(t − 10) + 90.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 20
a. Graph the function.
b. How many cycles does the Ferris wheel make in 180 seconds?
c. What are your maximum and minimum heights?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 61

Question 62.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the graph to answer each question.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 21
a. Does the graph represent a function of the form f(x) = a sin bx or f(x) =a cos bx? Explain.
b. Identify the maximum value, minimum value, period, and amplitude of the function.
Answer:

Question 63.
FINDING A PATTERN
Write an expression in terms of the integer n that represents all the x-intercepts of the graph of the function y = cos 2x. Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 63

Question 64.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend states that for functions of the form y = a sin bx and y = a cos bx, the values of a and b affect the x-intercepts of the graph of the function. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 65.
CRITICAL THINKING
Describe a transformation of the graph of f(x) = sin x that results in the graph of g(x) = cos x.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 65

Question 66.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Use a graphing calculator to find a function of the form y = sin b1x + cos b2xwhose graph matches that shown below.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 22
Answer:

Question 67.
PROBLEM SOLVING
For a person at rest, the blood pressure P (in millimeters of mercury) at time t (in seconds) is given by the function
P = 100 − 20 cos \(\frac{8 \pi}{3}\)t.
Graph the function. One cycle is equivalent to one heartbeat. What is the pulse rate (in heartbeats per minute) of the person?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 67

Question 68.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The motion of a spring can be modeled by y = A cos kt, where y is the vertical displacement (in feet) of the spring relative to its position at rest, A is the initial displacement (in feet), k is a constant that measures the elasticity of the spring, and t is the time (in seconds).
a. You have a spring whose motion can be modeled by the function y= 0.2 cos 6t. Find the initial displacement and the period of the spring. Then graph the function.
b. When a damping force is applied to the spring, the motion of the spring can be modeled by the function y = 0.2e−4.5t cos 4t. Graph this function. What effect does damping have on the motion?
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the rational expression, if possible.
Question 69.
\(\frac{x^{2}+x-6}{x+3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 69

Question 70.
\(\frac{x^{3}-2 x^{2}-24 x}{x^{2}-2 x-24}\)
Answer:

Question 71.
\(\frac{x^{2}-4 x-5}{x^{2}+4 x-5}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 71

Question 72.
\(\frac{x^{2}-16}{x^{2}+x-20}\)
Answer:

Find the least common multiple of the expressions.
Question 73.
2x, 2(x − 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 73

Question 74.
x2 − 4, x + 2
Answer:

Question 75.
x2 + 8x + 12, x + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 a 75

Trigonometric Ratios and Functions Study Skills: Form a Final Exam Study Group

9.1–9.4 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 24

Core Concepts
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 25

Mathematical Practices
Question 1.
Make a conjecture about the horizontal distances traveled in part (c) of Exercise 39 on page 483.
Answer:

Question 2.
Explain why the quantities in part (a) of Exercise 56 on page 493 make sense in the context of the situation.
Answer:

Study Skills: Form a Final Exam Study Group

Form a study group several weeks before the final exam. The intent of this group is to review what you have already learned while continuing to learn new material.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.4 26

Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.1–9.4 Quiz

Question 1.
In a right triangle, θ is an acute angle and sin θ = \(\frac{1}{2}\). Evaluate the other five trigonometric functions of θ.
Answer:

Find the value of x for the right triangle.
Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions q 1
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions q 2
Answer:

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions q 3
Answer:

Draw an angle with the given measure in standard position. Then find one positive angle and one negative angle that are coterminal with the given angle.
Question 5.
40°
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{5 \pi}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
−960°
Answer:

Convert the degree measure to radians or the radian measure to degrees.
Question 8.
\(\frac{3 \pi}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
−60°
Answer:

Question 10.
72°
Answer:

Evaluate the six trigonometric functions of θ.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions q 4
Answer:

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions q 5
Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions q 6
Answer:

Question 14.
Identify the amplitude and period of g(x) = 3 sin x. Then graph the function and describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of f (x) = sin x.
Answer:

Question 15.
Identify the amplitude and period of g(x) = cos 5πx + 3. Then graph the function and describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of f(x) = cos x.
Answer:

Question 16.
You are flying a kite at an angle of 70°. You have let out a total of 400 feet of string and are holding the reel steady 4 feet above the ground.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions q 7
a. How high above the ground is the kite?
b. A friend watching the kite estimates that the angle of elevation to the kite is 85°. How far from your friend are you standing?
Answer:

Question 17.
The top of the Space Needle in Seattle, Washington, is a revolving, circular restaurant. The restaurant has a radius of 47.25 feet and makes one complete revolution in about an hour. You have dinner at a window table from 7:00 P.M. to 8:55 P.M. Compare the distance you revolve with the distance of a person seated 5 feet away from the windows.
Answer:

Lesson 9.5 Graphing Other Trigonometric Functions

Essential Question What are the characteristics of the graph of the tangent function?

EXPLORATION 1

Graphing the Tangent Function
Work with a partner. a. Complete the table for y = tan x, where x is an angle measure in radians.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 1
b. The graph of y = tan x has vertical asymptotes at x-values where tan x is undefined. Plot the points (x, y) from part (a). Then use the asymptotes to sketch the graph of y = tan x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 2
c. For the graph of y = tan x, identify the asymptotes, the x-intercepts, and the intervals for which the function is increasing or decreasing over −\(\frac{\pi}{2}\) ≤ x ≤ \(\frac{3 \pi}{2}\). Is the tangent function even, odd, or neither?

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
What are the characteristics of the graph of the tangent function?
Answer:

Question 3.
Describe the asymptotes of the graph of y = cot x on the interval −\(\frac{\pi}{2}\) < x < \(\frac{3 \pi}{2}\).
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Graph one period of the function. Describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of its parent function.
Question 1.
g(x) = tan 2x
Answer:

Question 2.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)cot x
Answer:

Question 3.
g(x) = 2 cot 4x
Answer:

Question 4.
g(x) = 5 tan πx
Answer:

Graph one period of the function. Describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of its parent function.
Question 5.
g(x) = csc 3x
Answer:

Question 6.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)sec x
Answer:

Question 7.
g(x) = 2 csc 2x
Answer:

Question 8.
g(x) = 2 sec πx
Answer:

Graphing Other Trigonometric Functions 9.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
WRITING
Explain why the graphs of the tangent, cotangent, secant, and cosecant functions do not have an amplitude.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 1

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The _______ and _______ functions are undefined for x-values at which sin x = 0.
Answer:

Question 3.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The period of the function y = sec x is _____, and the period of y = cot x is _____.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 3

Question 4.
WRITING
Explain how to graph a function of the form y = a sec bx.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–12, graph one period of the function. Describe the graph of gas a transformation of the graph of its parent function.
Question 5.
g(x) = 2 tan x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 5

Question 6.
g(x) = 3 tan x
Answer:

Question 7.
g(x) = cot 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 7

Question 8.
g(x) = cot 2x
Answer:

Question 9.
g(x) = 3 cot \(\frac{1}{4}\)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 9.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 9.2

Question 10.
g(x) = 4 cot\(\frac{1}{2}\)x
Answer:

Question 11.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)tan πx
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 11

Question 12.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) tan 2πx
Answer:

Question 13.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the period of the function y = cot 3x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 13

Question 14.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in describing the transformation of f(x) = tan x represented by g(x) = 2 tan 5x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 5
Answer:

Question 15.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Use the given graph to graph each function.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 15

Question 16.
USING EQUATIONS
Which of the following are asymptotes of the graph of y = 3 tan 4x?
A. x = \(\frac{\pi}{8}\)
B. x = \(\frac{\pi}{4}\)
C. x = 0
D. x = −\(\frac{5 \pi}{8}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 17–24, graph one period of the function. Describe the graph of gas a transformation of the graph of its parent function.
Question 17.
g(x) = 3 csc x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 17

Question 18.
g(x) = 2 csc x
Answer:

Question 19.
g(x) = sec 4x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 19

Question 20.
g(x) = sec 3x
Answer:

Question 21.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)sec πx
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 21

Question 22.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\) sec 2πx
Answer:

Question 23.
g(x) = csc \(\frac{\pi}{2}\)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 23

Question 24.
g(x) = csc \(\frac{\pi}{4}\)x
Answer:

ATTENDING TO PRECISION In Exercises 25–28, use the graph to write a function of the form y = a tan bx.
Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 8
Answer:

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 10
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 29–34, match the equation with the correct graph. Explain your reasoning.
Question 29.
g(x) = 4 tan x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 29

Question 30.
g(x) = 4 cot x
Answer:

Question 31.
g(x) = 4 csc πx
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 31

Question 32.
g(x) = 4 sec πx
Answer:

Question 33.
g(x) = sec 2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 33

Question 34.
g(x) = csc 2x
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 11

Question 35.
WRITING
Explain why there is more than one tangent function whose graph passes through the origin and has asymptotes at x = −π and x = π.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 35

Question 36.
USING EQUATIONS
Graph one period of each function. Describe the transformation of the graph of its parent function.
a. g(x) = sec x + 3
b. g(x) = csc x − 2
c. g(x) = cot(x − π)
d. g(x) = −tan x
Answer:

WRITING EQUATIONS In Exercises 37–40, write a rule for g that represents the indicated transformation of the graph of f.
Question 37.
f(x) = cot 2x; translation 3 units up and \(\frac{\pi}{2}\) units left
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 37

Question 38.
f(x) = 2 tan x; translation π units right, followed by a horizontal shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 39.
f(x) = 5 sec (x − π); translation 2 units down, followed by a reflection in the x-axis
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 39

Question 40.
f(x) = 4 csc x; vertical stretch by a factor of 2 and a reflection in the x-axis
Answer:

Question 41.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
Which function has a greater local maximum value? Which has a greater local minimum value? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 41

Question 42.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Order the functions from the least average rate of change to the greatest average rate of change over the interval −\(\frac{\pi}{4}\) < x < \(\frac{\pi}{4}\).
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 13
Answer:

Question 43.
REASONING
You are standing on a bridge 140 feet above the ground. You look down at a car traveling away from the underpass. The distance d (in feet) the car is from the base of the bridge can be modeled by d= 140 tan θ. Graph the function. Describe what happens to θ as d increases
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 43

Question 44.
USING TOOLS
You use a video camera to pan up the Statue of Liberty. The height h (in feet) of the part of the Statue of Liberty that can be seen through your video camera after time t (in seconds) can be modeled by h= 100 tan \(\frac{\pi}{36}\)t. Graph the function using a graphing calculator. What viewing window did you use? Explain.
Answer:

Question 45.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are standing 120 feet from the base of a 260-foot building. You watch your friend go down the side of the building in a glass elevator.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 15
a. Write an equation that gives the distance d (in feet) your friend is from the top of the building as a function of the angle of elevation θ.
b. Graph the function found in part (a). Explain how the graph relates to this situation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 45

Question 46.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are standing 300 feet from the base of a 200-foot cliff. Your friend is rappelling down the cliff.
a. Write an equation that gives the distance d(in feet) your friend is from the top of the cliff as a function of the angle of elevation θ.
b. Graph the function found in part (a).
c. Use a graphing calculator to determine the angle of elevation when your friend has rappelled halfway down the cliff.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 16
Answer:

Question 47.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend states that it is not possible to write a cosecant function that has the same graph as y = sec x. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 47

Question 48.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the graph to answer each question.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 17
a. What is the period of the graph?
b. What is the range of the function?
c. Is the function of the form f(x) = a csc bx or f(x) = a sec bx? Explain.
Answer:

Question 49.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Rewrite a sec bx in terms of cos bx. Use your results to explain the relationship between the local maximums and minimums of the cosine and secant functions.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 49

Question 50.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
A trigonometric equation that is true for all values of the variable for which both sides of the equation are defined is called a trigonometric identity.Use a graphing calculator to graph the function
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(tan \(\frac{x}{2}\) + cot \(\frac{x}{2}\)) .
Use your graph to write a trigonometric identity involving this function. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 51.
CRITICAL THINKING
Find a tangent function whose graph intersects the graph of y = 2 + 2 sin x only at minimum points of the sine function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 51

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write a cubic function whose graph passes through the given points.
Question 52.
(−1, 0), (1, 0), (3, 0), (0, 3)
Answer:

Question 53.
(−2, 0), (1, 0), (3, 0), (0, −6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 53

Question 54.
(−1, 0), (2, 0), (3, 0), (1, −2)
Answer:

Question 55.
(−3, 0), (−1, 0), (3, 0), (−2, 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 55

Find the amplitude and period of the graph of the function.
Question 56.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 18
Answer:

Question 57.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 a 57

Question 58.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.5 20
Answer:

Lesson 9.6 Modeling with Trigonometric Functions

Essential Question What are the characteristics of the real-life problems that can be modeled by trigonometric functions?

EXPLORATION 1

Modeling Electric Currents
Work with a partner. Find a sine function that models the electric current shown in each oscilloscope screen. State the amplitude and period of the graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 1

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
What are the characteristics of the real-life problems that can be modeled by trigonometric functions?
Answer:

Question 3.
Use the Internet or some other reference to find examples of real-life situations that can be modeled by trigonometric functions.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
WHAT IF?
In Example 1, how would the function change when the audiometer produced a pure tone with a frequency of 1000 hertz?
Answer:

Write a function for the sinusoid.
Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 2
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 3
Answer:

Question 4.
WHAT IF?
Describe how the model in Example 3 changes when the lowest point of a rope is 5 inches above the ground and the highest point is 70 inches above the ground.
Answer:

Question 5.
The table shows the average daily temperature T (in degrees Fahrenheit) for a city each month, where m = 1 represents January. Write a model that gives T as a function of m and interpret the period of its graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 4
Answer:

Modeling with Trigonometric Functions 9.6 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
Graphs of sine and cosine functions are called __________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Describe how to find the frequency of the function whose graph is shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 5
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, find the frequency of the function.
Question 3.
y = sin x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 3

Question 4.
y = sin 3x
Answer:

Question 5.
y = cos 4x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 5

Question 6.
y =−cos 2x
Answer:

Question 7.
y = sin 3πx
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 7

Question 8.
y = cos \(\frac{\pi x}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\) cos 0.75x − 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 9

Question 10.
y = 3 sin 0.2x + 6
Answer:

Question 11.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The lowest frequency of sounds that can be heard by humans is 20 hertz. The maximum pressure P produced from a sound with a frequency of 20 hertz is 0.02 millipascal. Write and graph a sine model that gives the pressure P as a function of the time t(in seconds).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 11.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 11.2

Question 12.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A middle-A tuning fork vibrates with a frequency f of 440 hertz (cycles per second). You strike a middle-A tuning fork with a force that produces a maximum pressure of 5 pascals. Write and graph a sine model that gives the pressure Pas a function of the time t (in seconds).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 6
Answer:

In Exercises 13–16, write a function for the sinusoid.
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 8
Answer:

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 10
Answer:

Question 17.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the amplitude of a sinusoid with a maximum point at (2, 10) and a minimum point at (4, −6).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 17

Question 18.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the vertical shift of a sinusoid with a maximum point at (3, −2) and a minimum point at (7, −8).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 12
Answer:

Question 19.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
One of the largest sewing machines in the world has a flywheel (which turns as the machine sews) that is 5 feet in diameter. The highest point of the handle at the edge of the flywheel is 9 feet above the ground, and the lowest point is 4 feet. The wheel makes a complete turn every 2 seconds. Write a model for the height h(in feet) of the handle as a function of the time t(in seconds) given that the handle is at its lowest point when t = 0.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 19

Question 20.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The Great LaxeyWheel, located on the Isle of Man, is the largest working water wheel in the world. The highest point of a bucket on the wheel is 70.5 feet above the viewing platform, and the lowest point is 2 feet below the viewing platform. The wheel makes a complete turn every 24 seconds. Write a model for the height h(in feet) of the bucket as a function of time t (in seconds) given that the bucket is at its lowest point when t = 0.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 13
Answer:

USING TOOLS In Exercises 21 and 22, the time t is measured in months, where t = 1 represents January. Write a model that gives the average monthly high temperature D as a function of t and interpret the period of the graph.
Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 15
Answer:

Question 23.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A circuit has an alternating voltage of 100 volts that peaks every 0.5 second. Write a sinusoidal model for the voltage Vas a function of the time t (in seconds).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 23

Question 24.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
The graph shows the average daily temperature of Lexington, Kentucky. The average daily temperature of Louisville, Kentucky, is modeled by y =−22 cos \(\frac{\pi}{6}\)t + 57, where y is the temperature (in degrees Fahrenheit) and t is the number of months since January 1. Which city has the greater average daily temperature? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 17
Answer:

Question 25.
USING TOOLS
The table shows the numbers of employees N (in thousands) at a sporting goods company each year for 11 years. The time t is measured in years, with t = 1 representing the first year.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 18
a. Use sinusoidal regression to find a model that gives N as a function of t.
b. Predict the number of employees at the company in the 12th year.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 25

Question 26.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The figure shows a tangent line drawn to the graph of the function y = sin x. At several points on the graph, draw a tangent line to the graph and estimate its slope. Then plot the points (x, m), where m is the slope of the tangent line. What can you conclude?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 19
Answer:

Question 27.
REASONING
Determine whether you would use a sine or cosine function to model each sinusoid with the y-intercept described. Explain your reasoning.
a. The y-intercept occurs at the maximum value of the function.
b. The y-intercept occurs at the minimum value of the function.
c. The y-intercept occurs halfway between the maximum and minimum values of the function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 27

Question 28.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
What is the frequency of the function whose graph is shown? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 20
Answer:

Question 29.
USING STRUCTURE
During one cycle, a sinusoid has a minimum at (\(\frac{\pi}{2}\), 3 ) and a maximum at (\(\frac{\pi}{4}\), 8 ). Write a sine function and a cosine function for the sinusoid. Use a graphing calculator to verify that your answers are correct.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 29

Question 30.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that a function with a frequency of 2 has a greater period than a function with a frequency of \(\frac{1}{2}\). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 31.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The low tide at a port is 3.5 feet and occurs at midnight. After 6 hours, the port is at high tide, which is 16.5 feet.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 21
a. Write a sinusoidal model that gives the tide depth d(in feet) as a function of the time t(in hours). Let t = 0 represent midnight.
b. Find all the times when low and high tides occur in a 24-hour period.
c. Explain how the graph of the function you wrote in part (a) is related to a graph that shows the tide depth d at the port t hours after 3:00 A.M.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 31

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression.
Question 32.
\(\frac{17}{\sqrt{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 33.
\(\frac{3}{\sqrt{6}-2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 33

Question 34.
\(\frac{8}{\sqrt{10}+3}\)
Answer:

Question 35.
\(\frac{13}{\sqrt{3}+\sqrt{11}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 35

Expand the logarithmic expression.
Question 36.
log8\(\frac{x}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 37.
ln 2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 37

Question 38.
log3 5x3
Answer:

Question 39.
ln \(\frac{4 x^{6}}{y}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.6 a 39

Lesson 9.7 Using Trigonometric Identities

Essential Question How can you verify a trigonometric identity?

EXPLORATION 1

Writing a Trigonometric Identity
Work with a partner. In the figure, the point (x, y) is on a circle of radius c with center at the origin.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 1
a. Write an equation that relates a, b, and c.
b. Write expressions for the sine and cosine ratios of angle θ.
c. Use the results from parts (a) and (b) to find the sum of sin2θ and cos2θ. What do you observe?
d. Complete the table to verify that the identity you wrote in part (c) is valid for angles (of your choice) in each of the four quadrants.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 2

EXPLORATION 2

Writing Other Trigonometric Identities
Work with a partner. The trigonometric identity you derived in Exploration 1 is called a Pythagorean identity. There are two other Pythagorean identities. To derive them, recall the four relationships:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 3
a. Divide each side of the Pythagorean identity you derived in Exploration 1 by cos2θ and simplify. What do you observe?
b. Divide each side of the Pythagorean identity you derived in Exploration 1 by sin2θ and simplify. What do you observe?

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you verify a trigonometric identity?
Answer:

Question 4.
Is sin θ = cos θ a trigonometric identity? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 5.
Give some examples of trigonometric identities that are different than those in Explorations 1 and 2.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Given that cos θ = \(\frac{1}{6}\) and 0 < θ < \(\frac{\pi}{2}\), find the values of the other five trigonometric functions of θ.
Answer:

Simplify the expression.
Question 2.
sin x cot x sec x
Answer:

Question 3.
cos θ − cos θ sin2θ
Answer:

Question 4.
\(\frac{\tan x \csc x}{\sec x}\)
Answer:

Verify the identity.
Question 5.
cot(−θ) =−cot θ
Answer:

Question 6.
csc2x(1 − sin2x) = cot2x
Answer:

Question 7.
cos x csc x tan x = 1
Answer:

Question 8.
(tan2x + 1)(cos2x− 1) = −tan2x
Answer:

Using Trigonometric Identities 9.7 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
WRITING
Describe the difference between a trigonometric identity and a trigonometric equation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how to use trigonometric identities to determine whether sec(−θ) = sec θ or sec(−θ) = −sec θ.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, find the values of the other five trigonometric functions of θ.
Question 3.
sinθ = \(\frac{1}{3}\), 0 < θ < \(\frac{\pi}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 3

Question 4.
sin θ = −\(\frac{7}{10}\), π < θ < \(\frac{3 \pi}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 5.
tanθ = −\(\frac{3}{7}\), \(\frac{\pi}{2}\) < θ < π
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 5.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 5.2

Question 6.
cot θ = −\(\frac{2}{5}\), \(\frac{\pi}{2}\) < θ < π
Answer:

Question 7.
cos θ = −\(\frac{5}{6}\), π < θ < \(\frac{3 \pi}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 7.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 7.2

Question 8.
sec θ = \(\frac{9}{4}\), \(\frac{3 \pi}{2}\) < θ < 2π
Answer:

Question 9.
cot θ = −3, \(\frac{3 \pi}{2}\) < θ < 2π
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 9

Question 10.
csc θ = −\(\frac{5}{3}\), π < θ < \(\frac{3 \pi}{2}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 11–20, simplify the expression.
Question 11.
sin x cot x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 11

Question 12.
cos θ (1 + tan2θ)
Answer:

Question 13.
\(\frac{\sin (-\theta)}{\cos (-\theta)}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 13

Question 14.
\(\frac{\cos ^{2} x}{\cot ^{2} x}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\frac{\cos \left(\frac{\pi}{2}-x\right)}{\csc x} \)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 15

Question 16.
sin(\(\frac{\pi}{2}\) – θ) sec θ
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\frac{\csc ^{2} x-\cot ^{2} x}{\sin (-x) \cot x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 17

Question 18.
\(\frac{\cos ^{2} x \tan ^{2}(-x)-1}{\cos ^{2} x}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
\(\frac{\cos \left(\frac{\pi}{2}-\theta\right)}{\csc \theta}\) + cos2 θ
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 19

Question 20.
\(\frac{\sec x \sin x+\cos \left(\frac{\pi}{2}-x\right)}{1+\sec x}\)
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 21 and 22, describe and correct the error in simplifying the expression.
Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 5
Answer:

In Exercises 23–30, verify the identity.
Question 23.
sin x csc x = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 23

Question 24.
tan θ csc θ cos θ = 1
Answer:

Question 25.
cos (\(\frac{3 \pi}{2}\) − x)cot x = cos x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 25

Question 26.
sin (\(\frac{3 \pi}{2}\) − x)tan x = sin x
Answer:

Question 27.
\(\frac{\cos \left(\frac{\pi}{2}-\theta\right)+1}{1-\sin (-\theta)}\) = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 27

Question 28.
\(\frac{\sin ^{2}(-x)}{\tan ^{2} x}\) = cos2 x
Answer:

Question 29.
\(\frac{1+\cos x}{\sin x}+\frac{\sin x}{1+\cos x}\) = 2 csc x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 29

Question 30.
\(\frac{\sin x}{1-\cos (-x)}\) = csc x + cot x
Answer:

Question 31.
USING STRUCTURE
A function f is odd when f(−x) = −f(x). A function f is even when (−x) = f (x). Which of the six trigonometric functions are odd? Which are even? Justify your answers using identities and graphs.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 31.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 31.2

Question 32.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
As the value of cos θ increases, what happens to the value of sec θ? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 33.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend simplifies an expression and obtains sec x tan x− sin x. You simplify the same expression and obtain sin x tan2x. Are your answers equivalent? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 33

Question 34.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The figure shows the unit circle and the angle θ.
a. Is sin θ positive or negative? cos θ? tan θ?
b. In what quadrant does the terminal side of −θ lie?
c. Is sin(−θ) positive or negative? cos(−θ)? tan(−θ)?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 6
Answer:

Question 35.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A vertical gnomon(the part of a sundial that projects a shadow) has height h. The length s of the shadow cast by the gnomon when the angle of the Sun above the horizon is θ can be modeled by the equation below. Show that the equation below is equivalent to s = h cot θ.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 35

Question 36.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Explain how you can use a trigonometric identity to find all the values of x for which sin x = cos x.
Answer:

Question 37.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
Static friction is the amount of force necessary to keep a stationary object on a flat surface from moving. Suppose a book weighing W pounds is lying on a ramp inclined at an angle θ. The coefficient of static friction u for the book can be found using the equation uW cos θ = W sin θ.
a. Solve the equation for u and simplify the result.
b. Use the equation from part (a) to determine what happens to the value of u as the angle θ increases from 0° to 90°.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 37

Question 38.
PROBLEM SOLVING
When light traveling in a medium (such as air) strikes the surface of a second medium (such as water) at an angle θ1, the light begins to travel at a different angle θ2. This change of direction is defined by Snell’s law, n1 sin θ1 = n2 sin θ2, where n1 and n2 are the indices of refraction for the two mediums. Snell’s law can be derived from the equation.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 8
a. Simplify the equation to derive Snell’s law.
b. What is the value of n1 when θ1 = 55°, θ2 = 35°, and n2 = 2?
c. If θ1 = θ2, then what must be true about the values of n1 and n2? Explain when this situation would occur.
Answer:

Question 39.
WRITING
Explain how transformations of the graph of the parent function f(x) = sin x support the cofunction identity sin (\(\frac{\pi}{2}\) − θ) = cos θ.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 39

Question 40.
USING STRUCTURE
Verify each identity.
a. ln ∣sec θ∣= −ln ∣cos θ∣
b. ln ∣tan θ∣= ln ∣sin θ∣− ln ∣cos θ∣
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the value of x for the right triangle.
Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 41

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 10
Answer:

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.7 a 43

Lesson 9.8 Using Sum and Difference Formulas

Essential Question How can you evaluate trigonometric functions of the sum or difference of two angles?

EXPLORATION 1

Deriving a Difference Formula
Work with a partner.
a. Explain why the two triangles shown are congruent.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 1
b. Use the Distance Formula to write an expression for d in the first unit circle.
c. Use the Distance Formula to write an expression for d in the second unit circle.
d. Write an equation that relates the expressions in parts (b) and (c). Then simplify this equation to obtain a formula for cos(a − b).

EXPLORATION 2

Deriving a Sum Formula
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 2
Work with a partner. Use the difference formula you derived in Exploration 1 to write a formula for cos(a+b) in terms of sine and cosine of a and b. Hint: Use the fact that cos(a+b) = cos[a − (−b)].

EXPLORATION 3

Deriving Difference and Sum Formulas
Work with a partner. Use the formulas you derived in Explorations 1 and 2 to write formulas for sin(a − b) and sin(a + b) in terms of sine and cosine of a and b. Hint: Use the cofunction identities sin (\(\frac{\pi}{2}\) − a)= cos a and cos (\(\frac{\pi}{2}\) − a)= sin a and the fact that
cos [(\(\frac{\pi}{2}\) − a) + b ]= sin(a − b) and sin(a+b) = sin[a − (−b)].

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you evaluate trigonometric functions of the sum or difference of two angles?
Answer:

Question 5.
a. Find the exact values of sin 75° and cos 75° using sum formulas. Explain your reasoning.
b. Find the exact values of sin 75° and cos 75° using difference formulas. Compare your answers to those in part (a).
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Find the exact value of the expression.
Question 1.
sin 105°
Answer:

Question 2.
cos 15°
Answer:

Question 3.
tan \(\frac{5 \pi}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
cos \(\frac{\pi}{12}\)
Answer:

Question 5.
Find sin(a−b) given that sin a = \(\frac{8}{17}\) with 0 < a < \(\frac{\pi}{2}\) and cos b = −\(\frac{24}{25}\) with π < b < \(\frac{3 \pi}{2}\) .
Answer:

Simplify the expression.
Question 6.
sin(x + π)
Answer:

Question 7.
cos(x − 2π)
Answer:

Question 8.
tan(x − π)
Answer:

Question 9.
Solve sin (\(\frac{\pi}{4}\) − x)− sin (x + \(\frac{\pi}{4}\))= 1 for 0 ≤ x < 2π.
Answer:

Using Sum and Difference Formulas 9.8 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
Write the expression cos 130° cos 40°− sin 130° sin 40° as the cosine of an angle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how to evaluate tan 75° using either the sum or difference formula for tangent.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, find the exact value of the expression.
Question 3.
tan(−15°)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 3

Question 4.
tan 195°
Answer:

Question 5.
sin \(\frac{23 \pi}{12}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 5

Question 6.
sin(−165°)
Answer:

Question 7.
cos 105°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 7

Question 8.
cos \(\frac{11 \pi}{12}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
tan \(\frac{17 \pi}{12}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 9

Question 10.
sin (−\(\frac{7 \pi}{12}\))
Answer:

In Exercises 11–16, evaluate the expression given that cos a = \(\frac{4}{5}\) with 0 < a < \(\frac{\pi}{2}\) and sin b = –\(\frac{15}{17}\) with \(\frac{3 \pi}{2}\) < b < 2π.
Question 11.
sin(a + b)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 11.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 11.2

Question 12.
sin(a − b)
Answer:

Question 13.
cos(a − b)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 13.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 13.2

Question 14.
cos(a + b)
Answer:

Question 15.
tan(a + b)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 15.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 15.2

Question 16.
tan(a − b)
Answer:

In Exercises 17–22, simplify the expression.
Question 17.
tan(x + π)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 17

Question 18.
cos (x − \(\frac{\pi}{2}\))
Answer:

Question 19.
cos(x + 2π)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 19

Question 20.
tan(x − 2π)
Answer:

Question 21.
sin (x − \(\frac{3 \pi}{2}\))
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 21

Question 22.
tan (x + \(\frac{\pi}{2}\))
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 23 and 24, describe and correct the error in simplifying the expression.
Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 4
Answer:

Question 25.
What are the solutions of the equation 2 sin x − 1 = 0 for 0 ≤ x < 2π?
A. \(\frac{\pi}{3}\)
B. \(\frac{\pi}{6}\)
C. \(\frac{2 \pi}{3}\)
D. \(\frac{5 \pi}{6}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 25

Question 26.
What are the solutions of the equation tan x + 1 = 0 for 0 ≤ x < 2π?
A. \(\frac{\pi}{4}\)
B. \(\frac{3 \pi}{4}\)
C. \(\frac{5 \pi}{4}\)
D. \(\frac{7 \pi}{4}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 27–32, solve the equation for 0 ≤ x < 2π.
Question 27.
sin (x + \(\frac{\pi}{2}\)) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 27

Question 28.
tan (x − \(\frac{\pi}{4}\)) = 0
Answer:

Question 29.
cos (x +\(\frac{\pi}{6}\)) − cos (x −\(\frac{\pi}{6}\)) = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 29

Question 30.
sin (x + \(\frac{\pi}{4}\)) + sin (x − \(\frac{\pi}{4}\)) = 0
Answer:

Question 31.
tan(x + π) − tan(π − x) = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 31

Question 32.
sin(x + π) + cos(x + π) = 0
Answer:

Question 33.
USING EQUATIONS
Derive the cofunction identity sin (\(\frac{\pi}{2}\) − θ)= cos θ using the difference formula for sine.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 33

Question 34.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims it is possible to use the difference formula for tangent to derive the cofunction identity tan (\(\frac{\pi}{2}\) − θ) = cot θ. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 35.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A photographer is at a height h taking aerial photographs with a 35-millimeter camera. The ratio of the image length WQ to the length NA of the actual object is given by the formula
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 5
where θ is the angle between the vertical line perpendicular to the ground and the line from the camera to point A and t is the tilt angle of the film. When t = 45°, show that the formula can be rewritten as \(\frac{W Q}{N A}=\frac{70}{h(1+\tan \theta)}\).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 35

Question 36.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
When a wave travels through a taut string, the displacement y of each point on the string depends on the time t and the point’s position x. The equation of a standing wave can be obtained by adding the displacements of two waves traveling in opposite directions. Suppose a standing wave can be modeled by the formula
y = A cos (\(\frac{2 \pi t}{3}-\frac{2 \pi x}{5}\)) + A cos (\(\frac{2 \pi t}{3}+\frac{2 \pi x}{5}\)) .When t= 1, show that the formula can be rewritten as y = −A cos \(\frac{2 \pi x}{5}\).
Answer:

Question 37.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The busy signal on a touch-tone phone is a combination of two tones with frequencies of 480 hertz and 620 hertz. The individual tones can be modeled by the equations:
480 hertz: y1 = cos 960πt
620 hertz: y2 = cos 1240πt
The sound of the busy signal can be modeled by y1 + y2. Show that y1 + y2 = 2 cos 1100πt cos 140πt.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 37

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Explain how to use the figure to solve the equation sin (x + \(\frac{\pi}{4}\)) − sin (\(\frac{\pi}{4}\) − x) = 0 for 0 ≤ x < 2π.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 6
Answer:

Question 39.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The figure shows the acute angle of intersection, θ2 − θ1, of two lines with slopes m1 and m2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 7
a. Use the difference formula for tangent to write an equation for tan (θ2 − θ1) in terms of m1 and m2.
b. Use the equation from part (a) to find the acute angle of intersection of the lines y = x− 1 and y = \(\left(\frac{1}{\sqrt{3}-2}\right)\)x + \(\frac{4-\sqrt{3}}{2-\sqrt{3}}\).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 39.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 39.2

Question 40.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Rewrite each function. Justify your answers.
a. Write sin 3x as a function of sin x.
b. Write cos 3x as a function of cos x.
c. Write tan 3x as a function of tan x.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Check your solution(s).
Question 41.
1 − \(\frac{9}{x-2}\) = −\(\frac{7}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 41

Question 42.
\(\frac{12}{x}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{8}{x}\)
Answer:

Question 43.
\(\frac{2 x-3}{x+1}\) = \(\frac{10}{x^{2}-1}\) + 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 43.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 a 43.2

Trigonometric Ratios and Functions Performance Task: Lightening the Load

9.5–9.8 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
frequency, p. 506
sinusoid, p. 507
trigonometric identity, p. 514

Core Concepts
Section 9.5
Characteristics of y = tan x and y = cot x, p. 498
Period and Vertical Asymptotes of y = a tan bx and y = a cot bx, p. 499
Characteristics of y = sec x and y = csc x, p. 500

Section 9.6
Frequency, p. 506
Writing Trigonometric Functions, p. 507
Using Technology to Find Trigonometric Models, p. 509

Section 9.7
Fundamental Trigonometric Identities, p. 514

Section 9.8
Sum and Difference Formulas, p. 520
Trigonometric Equations and Real-Life Formulas, p. 522

Mathematical Practices
Question 1.
Explain why the relationship between θ and d makes sense in the context of the situation in Exercise 43 on page 503.
Answer:

Question 2.
How can you use definitions to relate the slope of a line with the tangent of an angle in Exercise 39 on page 524?
Answer:

Performance Task: Lightening the Load

You need to move a heavy table across the room. What is the easiest way to move it? Should you push it? Should you tie a rope around one leg of the table and pull it? How can trigonometry help you make the right decision?
To explore the answers to these questions and more, go to BigIdeasMath.com.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions 9.8 8

Trigonometric Ratios and Functions Chapter Review

9.1 Right Triangle Trigonometry (pp. 461−468)

Question 1.
In a right triangle, θ is an acute angle and cos θ = \(\frac{6}{11}\). Evaluate the other five trigonometric functions of θ.
Answer:

Question 2.
The shadow of a tree measures 25 feet from its base. The angle of elevation to the Sun is 31°. How tall is the tree?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions cr 2
Answer:

9.2 Angles and Radian Measure (pp. 469−476)

Question 3.
Find one positive angle and one negative angle that are coterminal with 382°.
Answer:

Convert the degree measure to radians or the radian measure to degrees.
Question 4.
30°
Answer:

Question 5.
225°
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{3 \pi}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\frac{5 \pi}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
A sprinkler system on a farm rotates 140°and sprays water up to 35 meters. Draw a diagram that shows the region that can be irrigated with the sprinkler. Then find the area of the region.
Answer:

9.3 Trigonometric Functions of Any Angle (pp. 477−484)

Evaluate the six trigonometric functions of θ.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions cr 9
Answer:

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions cr 10
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions cr 11
Answer:

Evaluate the function without using a calculator.
Question 12.
tan 330°
Answer:

Question 13.
sec(−405°)
Answer:

Question 14.
sin \(\frac{13 \pi}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
sec \(\frac{11 \pi}{3}\)
Answer:

9.4 Graphing Sine and Cosine Functions (pp. 485−494)

Identify the amplitude and period of the function. Then graph the function and describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of the parent function.
Question 16.
g(x) = 8 cos x
Answer:

Question 17.
g(x) = 6 sin πx
Answer:

Question 18.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\) cos 4x
Answer:

Graph the function.
Question 19.
g(x) = cos(x + π) + 2
Answer:

Question 20.
g(x) = −sin x − 4
Answer:

Question 21.
g(x) = 2 sin (x + \(\frac{\pi}{2}\))
Answer:

9.5 Graphing Other Trigonometric Functions (pp. 497−504)

Graph one period of the function. Describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of its parent function.
Question 22.
g(x) = tan \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
Answer:

Question 23.
g(x) = 2 cot x
Answer:

Question 24.
g(x) = 4 tan 3πx
Answer:

Graph the function.
Question 25.
g(x) = 5 csc x
Answer:

Question 26.
g(x) = sec \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
Answer:

Question 27.
g(x) = 5 sec πx
Answer:

Question 28.
g(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) csc \(\frac{\pi}{4}\)x
Answer:

9.6 Modeling with Trigonometric Functions (pp. 505−512)

Write a function for the sinusoid.
Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions cr 29
Answer:

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions cr 30
Answer:

Question 31.
You put a reflector on a spoke of your bicycle wheel. The highest point of the reflector is 25 inches above the ground, and the lowest point is 2 inches. The reflector makes 1 revolution per second. Write a model for the height h (in inches) of a reflector as a function of time t (in seconds) given that the reflector is at its lowest point when t = 0.
Answer:

Question 32.
The table shows the monthly precipitation P (in inches) for Bismarck, North Dakota, where t = 1 represents January. Write a model that gives P as a function of t and interpret the period of its graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions cr 32
Answer:

9.7 Using Trigonometric Identities (pp. 513−518)

Simplify the expression.
Question 33.
cot2x − cot2x cos2x
Answer:

Question 34.
\(\frac{(\sec x+1)(\sec x-1)}{\tan x}\)
Answer:

Question 35.
sin (\(\frac{\pi}{2}\) − x)tan x
Answer:

Verify the identity.
Question 36.
\(\frac{\cos x \sec x}{1+\tan ^{2} x}\) = cos2x
Answer:

Question 37.
tan (\(\frac{\pi}{2}\) − x)cot x = csc2x − 1
Answer:

9.8 Using Sum and Difference Formulas (pp. 519−524)

Find the exact value of the expression.
Question 38.
sin 75°
Answer:

Question 39.
tan(−15°)
Answer:

Question 40.
cos \(\frac{\pi}{12}\)
Answer:

Question 41.
Find tan(a + b), given that tan a = \(\frac{1}{4}\) with π < a < \(\frac{3 \pi}{2}\) and tan b = \(\frac{3}{7}\) with 0 < b < \(\frac{\pi}{2}\) .
Answer:

Solve the equation for 0 ≤ x < 2π.
Question 42.
cos (x + \(\frac{3 \pi}{4}\)) + cos (x − \(\frac{3 \pi}{4}\)) = 1
Answer:

Question 43.
tan(x + π) + cos (x + \(\frac{\pi}{2}\))= 0
Answer:

Trigonometric Ratios and Functions Chapter Test

Verify the identity.
Question 1.
\(\frac{\cos ^{2} x+\sin ^{2} x}{1+\tan ^{2} x}\) = cos2x
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{1+\sin x}{\cos x}+\frac{\cos x}{1+\sin x}\) = 2 sec x
Answer:

Question 3.
cos (x + \(\frac{3 \pi}{2}\)) = sin x
Answer:

Question 4.
Evaluate sec(−300°) without using a calculator.
Answer:

Write a function for the sinusoid.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions ct 5
Answer:

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions ct 6
Answer:

Graph the function. Then describe the graph of g as a transformation of the graph of its parent function.
Question 7.
g(x) = −4 tan 2x
Answer:

Question 8.
g(x) = −2 cos \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 3
Answer:

Question 9.
g(x) = 3 csc πx
Answer:

Convert the degree measure to radians or the radian measure to degrees. Then find one positive angle and one negative angle that are coterminal with the given angle.
Question 10.
−50°
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{4 \pi}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 12.
\(\frac{8 \pi}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 13.
Find the arc length and area of a sector with radius r = 13 inches and central angle θ = 40°.
Answer:

Evaluate the six trigonometric functions of the angle θ.
Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions ct 14
Answer:

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions ct 15
Answer:

Question 16.
In which quadrant does the terminal side of θ lie when cos θ < 0 and tan θ > 0? Explain.
Answer:

Question 17.
How tall is the building? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions ct 17
Answer:

Question 18.
The table shows the average daily high temperatures T (in degrees Fahrenheit) in Baltimore, Maryland, where m= 1 represents January. Write a model that gives T as a function of m and interpret the period of its graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions ct 18
Answer:

Trigonometric Ratios and Functions Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Which expressions are equivalent to 1?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions ca 1
Answer:

Question 2.
Which rational expression represents the ratio of the perimeter to the area of the playground shown in the diagram?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions ca 2
Answer:

Question 3.
The chart shows the average monthly temperatures (in degrees Fahrenheit) and the gas usages (in cubic feet) of a household for 12 months.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions ca 3
a. Use a graphing calculator to find trigonometric models for the average temperature y1 as a function of time and the gas usage y2 (in thousands of cubic feet) as a function of time. Let t = 1 represent January.
b. Graph the two regression equations in the same coordinate plane on your graphing calculator. Describe the relationship between the graphs.
Answer:

Question 4.
Evaluate each logarithm using log2 5 ≈ 2.322 and log2 3 ≈ 1.585, if necessary. Then order the logarithms by value from least to greatest.
a. log 1000
b. log2 15
c. ln e
d. log2 9
e. log2\(\frac{5}{3}\)
f. log2 1
Answer:

Question 5.
Which function is not represented by the graph?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions ca 5
Answer:

Question 6.
Complete each statement with < or > so that each statement is true.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions ca 6
Answer:

Question 7.
Use the Rational Root Theorem and the graph to find all the real zeros of the function f(x) = 2x3 − x2 − 13x− 6. (HSA-APR.B.3)
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 9 Trigonometric Ratios and Functions ca 7
Answer:

Question 8.
Your friend claims −210° is coterminal with the angle \(\frac{5 \pi}{6}\). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 9.
Company A and Company B offer the same starting annual salary of $20,000. Company A gives a $1000 raise each year. Company B gives a 4% raise each year.
a. Write rules giving the salaries an and bn for your nth year of employment at Company A and Company B, respectively. Tell whether the sequence represented by each rule is arithmetic, geometric, or neither.
b. Graph each sequence in the same coordinate plane.
c. Under what conditions would you choose to work for Company B?
d. After 20 years of employment, compare your total earnings.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity

Do you want a perfect guide for a better understanding of Similarity concepts in High School? Then, Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity is the one-stop destination for all your requirements during preparation. Practicing and Solving no. of questions from chapter 8 similarity BIM Geometry Textbook Solutions is the best way to understand the concepts easily and gain more subject knowledge. Kickstart your preparation by taking the help of BigIdeas math geometry ch 8 similarity Answer key pdf and test your skills up-to-date for better scoring in the exams and become math proficient.  

Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity

Get the handy preparation material free of cost and enhance your math skills with ease. To make this possible, students have to access the given links below and download the Big Ideas Math Geometry Textbook Answers Ch 8 Similarity in Pdf. In this guide, teachers, parents, and kids can find various questions from basic to complex levels. By solving the questions of chapter 8 similarity covered in BIM Geometry Ch 8 Answer key exercises, practice tests, chapter tests, cumulative assessments, etc. helps you to improve your skills & knowledge.

Similarity Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Tell whether the ratios form a proportion.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{3}, \frac{35}{21}\)

Answer:
Yes, the ratios \(\frac{5}{3}, \frac{35}{21}\) form a proportion.

Explanation:
A proportion means two ratios are equal.
So, cross product of \(\frac{5}{3}, \frac{35}{21}\) is 21 x 5 = 105 = 35 x 3
Therefore, \(\frac{5}{3}, \frac{35}{21}\) form a proportion.

Question 2.
\(\frac{9}{24}, \frac{24}{64}\)

Answer:
Yes, the ratios \(\frac{9}{24}, \frac{24}{64}\) form a proportion.

Explanation:
If the cross product of two ratios is equal, then it forms a proportion.
So, 24 x 24 = 576 = 64 x 9
Therefore, the ratios \(\frac{9}{24}, \frac{24}{64}\) form a proportion.

Question 3.
\(\frac{8}{56}, \frac{6}{28}\)

Answer:
The ratios \(\frac{8}{56}, \frac{6}{28}\) do not form a proportion.

Explanation:
If the cross product of two ratios is equal, then it forms a proportion.
So, 56 x 6 = 336, 28 x 8 = 224
Therefore, the ratios \(\frac{8}{56}, \frac{6}{28}\) do not form a proportion.

Question 4.
\(\frac{18}{4}, \frac{27}{9}\)

Answer:
The ratios \(\frac{18}{4}, \frac{27}{9}\) do not form a proportion.

Explanation:
If the cross product of two ratios is equal, then it forms a proportion.
So, 9 x 18 = 162, 27 x 4 = 108
Therefore, the ratios \(\frac{18}{4}, \frac{27}{9}\) do not form a proportion.

Question 5.
\(\frac{15}{21}, \frac{55}{77}\)

Answer:
The ratios \(\frac{15}{21}, \frac{55}{77}\) form a proportion.

Explanation:
If the cross product of two ratios is equal, then it forms a proportion.
So, 15 x 77 = 1155, 55 x 21 = 1155
Therefore, the ratios \(\frac{15}{21}, \frac{55}{77}\) form a proportion.

Question 6.
\(\frac{26}{8}, \frac{39}{12}\)

Answer:
The ratios \(\frac{26}{8}, \frac{39}{12}\) form a proportion.

Explanation:
If the cross product of two ratios is equal, then it forms a proportion.
So, 26 x 12 = 312, 39 x 8 = 312
Therefore, the ratios \(\frac{26}{8}, \frac{39}{12}\) form a proportion.

Find the scale factor of the dilation.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 1

Answer:
k = \(\frac { 3 }{ 7 } \)

Explanation:
The scale factor k = \(\frac { CP’ }{ CP } \)
= \(\frac { 6 }{ 14 } \)
= \(\frac { 3 }{ 7 } \)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 2

Answer:
k = \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \)

Explanation:
The scale factor k = \(\frac { CP }{ CP’ } \)
= \(\frac { 9 }{ 24 } \)
= \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 3

Answer:
k = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)

Explanation:
The scale factor k = \(\frac { MK }{ M’K’ } \)
= \(\frac { 14 }{ 28 } \)
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)

Question 10.
ABSTRACT REASONING
If ratio X and ratio Y form a proportion and ratio Y and ratio Z form a proportion, do ratio X and ratio Z form a proportion? Explain our reasoning.

Answer:
Yes, ratio X and ratio Z form a proportion.

Explanation:
If ratios are proportional means they are equal.
So, ratio X and ratio Y form a proportion that means X = Y
ratio Y and ratio Z form a proportion that means Y = Z
From the above two equations, we can say that X = Z
So, ratio X and ratio Z also form a proportion.

Similarity Mathematical Practices

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Find the perimeter and area of the image when the trapezoid is dilated by a scale factor of
(a) 2, (b) 3, and (c) 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 4

Answer:
(a) Perimeter is 32 cm, area is 48 sq cm.
(b) Perimeter is 48 cm, the area is 108 sq cm.
(c) Perimeter is 64 cm, the area is 192 sq cm.

Explanation:
The perimeter of trapezoid P = 2 + 5 + 6 + 3 = 16 cm
Area of trapezoid A = \(\frac { (2 + 6)3 }{ 2 } \)
= \(\frac { 3(8) }{ 2 } \)
= \(\frac { 24 }{ 2 } \)
= 12 sq cm
(a) If scale factor k = 2, then
Perimeter = kP
= 2 x 16 = 32
Area = k²A
= 2² x 12
= 4 x 12
= 48
(b) If scale factor k = 3, then,
Perimeter = kP
= 3 x 16 = 48 cm
Area = k²A
= 3² x 12 = 9 x 12 = 108
(c) If scale factor k = 4, then
Perimeter = kP
= 4 x 16 = 64
Area = k²A
= 4² x 12 = 16 x 12 = 192

Question 2.
Find the perimeter and area of the image when the parallelogram is dilated by a scale factor of
(a) 2, (b) 3, and (c) \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 5

Answer:
(a) Perimeter is 28 ft, area is 32 sq ft
(b) Perimeter is 42 ft, area is 72 sq ft
(c) Perimeter is 7 ft, area is 2 sq ft

Explanation:
Perimeter of parallelogram P = 2(2 + 5) = 7 x 2 = 14 ft
Area of the parallelogram = 2 x 4 = 8 sq ft
(a) If scale factor k = 2, then
Perimeter = kP
= 2 x 14 = 28
Area = k²A
= 2² x 8 = 4 x 8 = 32
(b) If scale factor k = 3, then
Perimeter = kP
= 3 x 14 = 42
Area = k²A
= 3² x 8 = 72
(c) If scale factor k = \(\frac{1}{2}\), then
Perimeter = kP
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) x 14 = 7
Area = k²A
= \(\frac{1}{2²}\) x 8 = \(\frac{1}{4}\) x 8 = 2

Question 3.
A rectangular prism is 3 inches wide, 4 inches long, and 5 inches tall. Find the surface area and volume of the image of the prism when it is dilated by a scale factor of
(a) 2, (b) 3, and (c) 4.

Answer:
(a) Surface area is 376 sq in, volume is 480 cubic in
(b) Surface area is 846 sq in, volume is 1620 cubic in
(c) Surface area is 1504 sq in, volume is 3840 cubic in

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism A = 2(3 x 4 + 4 x 5 + 5 x 3)
= 2(12 + 20 + 15) = 2(47) = 94 in
Volume of the rectangular prism V = 3 x 4 x 5 = 60 in³
(a) If the scale factor k = 2, then
Surface Area = k²A
= 2² x 94 = 4 x 94 = 376 sq in
Volume = k³V
= 2³ x 60 = 8 x 60 = 480 cubic in
(b) If the scale factor k = 3, then
Surface Area = k²A
= 3² x 94 = 9 x 94 = 846
Volume = k³V
= 3³ x 60 = 27 x 60 = 1620
(c) If the scale factor k = 4, then
Surface Area = k²A
= 4² x 94 = 16 x 94 = 1504
Volume = k³V
= 4³ x 60 = 64 x 60 = 3840

8.1 Similar Polygons

Exploration 1

Comparing Triangles after a Dilation

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to draw any ∆ABC. Dilate ∆ABC to form a similar ∆A’B’C’ using an scale factor k and an center of dilation.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 6

a. Compare the corresponding angles of ∆A’B’C and ∆ABC.
Answer:

b. Find the ratios of the lengths of the sides of ∆A’B’C’ to the lengths of the corresponding sides of ∆ABC. What do you observe?
Answer:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) for several other triangles, scale factors, and centers of dilation. Do you obtain similar results?
Answer:

Exploration 2

Comparing Triangles after a Dilation

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry Software to draw any ∆ABC. Dilate ∆ABC to form a similar ∆A’B’C’ using any scale factor k and any center of dilation.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 7

a. Compare the perimeters of ∆A’B’C and ∆ABC. What do you observe?
Answer:

b. Compare the areas of ∆A’B’C’ and ∆ABC. What do you observe?
Answer:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) for several other triangles, scale factors, and centers of dilation. Do you obtain similar results?
LOOKING FOR STRUCTURE
To be proficient in math, you need to look closely to discern a pattern or structure.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How are similar polygons related?

Answer:
if two polygons are similar means they have the same shape, corresponding angles are congruent and the ratios of lengths of their corresponding sides are equal. The common ratio is called the scale factor.

Question 4.
A ∆RST is dilated by a scale factor of 3 to form ∆R’S’T’. The area of ∆RST is 1 square inch. What is the area of ∆R’S’T’?

Answer:
Area of ∆R’S’T’ = 9 sq in

Explanation:
Given that,
Area of ∆RST = 1 sq inch
Scale factor k = 3
Area of ∆R’S’T’ = k² x Area of ∆RST
= 3² x 1 = 9 x 1 = 9

Lesson 8.1 Similar Polygons

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
In the diagram, ∆JKL ~ ∆PQR. Find the scale factor from ∆JKL to ∆PQR. Then list all pairs of congruent angles and write the ratios of the corresponding side lengths in a statement of proportionality.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8

Answer:
The pairs of congruent angles are ∠K = ∠Q, ∠J = ∠P, ∠ L = ∠R
The scale factor is \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)
The ratios of the corresponding side lengths in a statement of proportionality are \(\frac { PQ }{ JK } = \frac { PR }{ JL } = \frac { QR }{ LK } \)

Explanation:
Given that,
∆JKL ~ ∆PQR
The pairs of congruent angles are ∠K = ∠Q, ∠J = ∠P, ∠ L = ∠R
To find the scale factor,
\(\frac { PQ }{ JK } = \frac { 9 }{ 6 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { PR }{ JL } = \frac { 12 }{ 8 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { QR }{ LK } = \frac { 6 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)
So, the scale factor is \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)

Question 2.
Find the value of x.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 9
ABCD ~ QRST

Answer:
x = 2

Explanation:
The triangles are similar, so corresponding side lengths are proportional.
\(\frac { RS }{ BC } \) = \(\frac { AB }{ QR } \)
\(\frac { 4 }{ x } \) = \(\frac { 12 }{ 6 } \)
\(\frac { 4 }{ x } \) = 2
4 = 2x
x = 2

Question 3.
Find KM
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 10
∆JKL ~ ∆EFG

Answer:
KM = 42

Explanation:
Scale factor = \(\frac { JM }{ GH } \)
= \(\frac { 48 }{ 40 } \)
= \(\frac { 6 }{ 5 } \)
Because the ratio of the lengths of the altitudes in similar triangles is equal to the scale factor, you can write the following proportion
\(\frac { KM }{ HF } \) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 5 } \)
\(\frac { KM }{ 35 } \) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 5 } \)
KM = \(\frac { 6 }{ 5 } \) x 35
KM = 42

Question 4.
The two gazebos shown are similar pentagons. Find the perimeter of Gazebo A.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 11

Answer:
Perimeter of Gazebo A = 46 m

Explanation:
Scale factor = \(\frac { AB }{ FG } \)
= \(\frac { 10 }{ 15 } \)
= \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
So, \(\frac { AE }{ FK } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
\(\frac { x }{ 18 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
x = 12
\(\frac { ED }{ KJ } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
\(\frac { ED }{ 15 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
ED = 10
\(\frac { DC }{ JH } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
\(\frac { DC }{ 12 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
DC = 8
\(\frac { BC }{ GH } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
\(\frac { BC }{ 9 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
BC = 6
Therefore, perimeter = 6 + 8 + 10 + 12 + 10 = 46

Question 5.
In the diagram, GHJK ~ LMNP. Find the area of LMNP.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 12
Area of GHJK = 84m2

Answer:
Area of LMNP = 756 m2

Explanation:
As shapes are similar, their corresponding side lengths are proportional.
Scale Factor k = \(\frac { NP }{ JK } \)
= \(\frac { 21 }{ 7 } \)
= 3
Area of LMNP = k² x Area of GHJK
= 3² x 84
= 756 m2

Question 6.
Decide whether the hexagons in Tile Design 1 are similar. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 13

Answer:

Question 7.
Decide whether the hexagons in Tile Design 2 are similar. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 14

Answer:

Exercise 8.1 Similar Polygons

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
For two figures to be similar, the corresponding angles must be ____________ . and the corresponding side lengths must be _____________ .

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 15
What is the scale factor?
Answer:
Scale Factor = \(\frac{image-length}{actual-length}\)
= \(\frac{3}{12}\)= \(\frac{4}{16}\)= \(\frac{5}{20}\)
= \(\frac{1}{4}\)

What is the ratio of their areas?

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Exercise 8.1 Similar Polygons 1

What is the ratio of their corresponding side lengths?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Exercise 8.1 Similar Polygons 2

What is the ratio of their perimeters?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Exercise 8.1 Similar Polygons 3

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, find the scale factor. Then list all pairs of congruent angles and write the ratios of the corresponding side lengths in a statement of proportionality.

Question 3.
∆ABC ~ ∆LMN
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 3

Question 4.
DEFG ~ PQRS
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Exercise 8.1 Similar Polygons 5

In Exercises 5-8, the polygons are similar. Find the value of x.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 19

Answer:
x = 20

Explanation:
\(\frac { DF }{ GJ } \) = \(\frac { DE }{ GH } \)
\(\frac { 16 }{ 12 } \) = \(\frac { x }{ 15 } \)
x = \(\frac { 16 x 15 }{ 12 } \) = \(\frac { 240 }{ 12 } \)
x = 20

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 21

Answer:
x = 12

Explanation:
\(\frac { PN }{ KJ } \) = \(\frac { MN }{ JH } \)
\(\frac { x }{ 8 } \) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 6 } \)
x = \(\frac { 9 x 8 }{ 6 } \) = \(\frac { 72 }{ 6 } \)
x = 12

In Exercises 9 and 10, the black triangles are similar. Identify the type of segment shown in blue and find the value of the variab1e.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 22
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 23

Answer:

Explanation:
\(\frac { y }{ 18 } \) = \(\frac { y – 1 }{ 16 } \)
18(y – 1) = 16y
18y – 18 = 16y
18y – 16y = 18
2y = 18
y = 9

In Exercises 11 and 12, RSTU ~ ABCD. Find the ratio of their perimeters.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 25
Answer:
\(\frac { RS + ST + TU + UR }{ AB + BC + CD + DA } \) = \(\frac { RS }{ AB } \) = \(\frac { 18 }{ 24 } \)
The ratio of perimeter is \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \).

In Exercises 13-16, two polygons are similar. The perimeter of one polygon and the ratio of the corresponding side lengths are given. Find the perimeter of the other polygon.

Question 13.
perimeter of smaller polygon: 48 cm: ratio: \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 13

Question 14.
perimeter of smaller polygon: 66 ft: ratio: \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
The perimeter of larger polygon is 88 ft.

Explanation:
\(\frac { smaller }{ larger } \) = \(\frac { 66 }{ x } \) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
66 x 4 = 3x
3x = 264
x = \(\frac { 264 }{ 3 } \) = 88

Question 15.
perimeter of larger polygon: 120 yd: rttio: \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 15

Question 16.
perimeter of larger polygon: 85 m; ratio: \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Answer:
The perimeter of smaller polygon is 34 m.

Explanation:
\(\frac { smaller }{ larger } \) = \(\frac { x }{ 85 } \) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)
85 x 2 = 5x
5x = 170
x = \(\frac { 170 }{ 5 } \) = 34

Question 17.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A school gymnasium is being remodeled. The basketball court will be similar to an NCAA basketball court, which has a length of 94 feet and a width of 50 feet. The school plans to make the width of the new court 45 feet. Find the perimeters of ail NCAA court and of the new court in the school.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Your family has decided to put a rectangular patio in your backyard. similar to the shape of your backyard. Your backyard has a length of 45 feet and a width of 20 feet. The length of your new patio is 18 feet. Find the perimeters of your backyard and of the patio.

Answer:
The perimeter of the backyard is 130 ft.
Perimeter of patio is 52 ft

Explanation:
Draw a rectangle to represent the patio and a larger rectangle to represent our backyard and its going to similar figures
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 1
Perimeter of backyard = 2(45 + 20) = 2(65)
= 130 ft
Scale factor = \(\frac { 18 }{ 45 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 } \)
So, \(\frac { perimeter of patio }{ perimeter of backyard } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 } \)
\(\frac { perimeter of patio }{ 130 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 } \)
Perimeter of patio = \(\frac { 260 }{ 5 } \) = 52 ft

In Exercises 19-22, the polygons are similar. The area of one polygon is given. Find the area of the other polygon.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 26
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 27

Answer:
Area of the larger triangle is 90 cm²

Explanation:
\(\frac { 10 }{ A } \) = (\(\frac { 4 }{ 12 } \))²
\(\frac { 10 }{ A } \) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 9 } \)
A = 10 x 9
A = 90

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 28
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 29

Answer:
Area of smaller triangle = 6 sq cm

Explanation:
\(\frac { A }{ 96 } \) = (\(\frac { 3 }{ 12 } \))²
\(\frac { A }{ 96 } \) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 16 } \)
16A = 96
A = \(\frac { 96 }{ 16 } \)
A = 6

Question 23.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the perimeter of triangle B. The triangles are similar.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 23

Question 24.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the area of triangle B. The triangles are similar.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 31

Answer:
Because the first ratio has a side of A over the side length of B, the square of the second ratio should have the area of B over the area of A.
\(\frac { 24 }{ x } \) = (\(\frac { 6 }{ 18 } \))²
\(\frac { 24 }{ x } \) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 9 } \)
x = 24 x 9
x = 216

In Exercises 25 and 26, decide whether the red and blue polygons are similar.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 33

Answer:
Yes
Because both shapes are apparent and their side lengths are proportional and their corresponding angles are congruent.

Question 27.
REASONING
Triangles ABC and DEF are similar. Which statement is correct? Select all that apply.
(A) \(\frac{B C}{E F}=\frac{A C}{D F}\)
(B) \(\frac{A B}{D E}=\frac{C A}{F E}\)
(C) \(\frac{A B}{E F}=\frac{B C}{D E}\)
(D) \(\frac{C A}{F D}=\frac{B C}{E F}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 27

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
In Exercises 28 – 34, JKLM ~ EFGH.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 45

Question 28.
Find the scale factor of JKLM to EFGH.

Answer:
scale factor = \(\frac { EF }{ JK } \) =\(\frac { 8 }{ 20 } \)
k = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 } \)

Question 29.
Find the scale factor of EFGH to JKLM.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 29

Question 30.
Find the values of x, y, and z.

Answer:
x = \(\frac { 55 }{ 2 } \)
y = 12
z = 65°

Explanation:
\(\frac { KL }{ GF } \) = \(\frac { x }{ 11 } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 } \)
2x = 55
x = \(\frac { 55 }{ 2 } \)
\(\frac { MJ }{ HE } \) = \(\frac { 30 }{ y } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 } \)
5y = 60
y = 12

Question 31.
Find the perimeter of each polygon.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 31

Question 32.
Find the ratio of the perimeters of JKLM to EFGH.

Answer:
The perimeter of JKLM : Perimeter of EFGH = 85 : 34

Question 33.
Find the area of each polygon.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 33

Question 34.
Find the ratio of the areas of JKLM to EFGH.

Answer:
Area of JKLM : Area of EFGH = 378.125 : 60.5 = 25 : 4

Question 35.
USING STRUCTURE
Rectangle A is similar to rectangle B. Rectangle A has side lengths of 6 and 12. Rectangle B has a side length of 18. What are the possible values for the length of the other side of rectangle B? Select all that apply.
(A) 6
(B) 9
(C) 24
(D) 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 35

Question 36.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
In table tennis, the table is a rectangle 9 feet long and 5 feet wide. A tennis Court is a rectangle 78 feet long and 36 feet wide. Are the two surfaces similar? Explain. If so, find the scale factor of the tennis court to the table.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 34

Answer:
The tennis table and court are not similar

Explanation:
If two figures are similar then their angles are congruent and sides are proportional.
If the tennis court and table are similar, then
\(\frac { length of table }{ length of court } \) = \(\frac { width of table }{ width of court } \)
\(\frac { 9 }{ 78 } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 36 } \)
9 • 36 = 5 • 78
324 = 390
So, Table and court are not similar.

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 37 and 38, the two polygons are similar. Find the values of x and y.

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 35
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 37

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 36

Answer:
x = 7.5

Explanation:
\(\frac { x }{ 5 } \) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 4 } \)
x = \(\frac { 15 }{ 2 } \)

ATTENDING TO PRECISION
In Exercises 39 – 42. the figures are similar. Find the missing corresponding side length.

Question 39.
Figure A has a pen meter of 72 meters and one of the side lengths is 18 meters. Figure B has a perimeter of 120 meters.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 39

Question 40.
Figure A has a perimeter of 24 inches. Figure B has a perimeter of 36 inches and one of the side lengths is 12 inches.

Answer:
The corresponding side length of figure A is 8 in

Explanation:
\(\frac { Perimeter of A }{ Perimeter of B } \) = \(\frac { Side length of A }{ Side length of B } \)
\(\frac { 24 }{ 36 } \) = \(\frac { x }{ 12 } \)
\(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \) = \(\frac { x }{ 12 } \)
12 • 2 = 3x
x = 8

Question 41.
Figure A has an area of 48 square feet and one of the side lengths is 6 feet. Figure B has an area of 75 square feet.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 41

Question 42.
Figure A has an area of 18 square feet. Figure B has an area of 98 square feet and one of the side lengths is 14 feet.

Answer:
The corresponding side length of figure A is 6 ft.

Explanation:
\(\frac { Area of A }{ Area of B } \) = (\(\frac { Side length of A }{ Side length of B } \))²
\(\frac { 18 }{ 98 } \) = (\(\frac { x }{ 14 } \))²
\(\frac { 9 }{ 49 } \) = \(\frac { x² }{ 196 } \)
x² = 36
x = 6

CRITICAL THINKING
In Exercises 43-48, tell whether the polygons are always, sometimes, or never similar.

Question 43.
two isosceles triangles
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 43

Question 44.
two isosceles trapezoids

Answer:
Two isosceles trapezoids are sometimes similar.

Question 45.
two rhombuses
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 45

Question 46.
two squares

Answer:
Two squares are always similar.

Question 47.
two regular polygons
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 47

Question 48.
a right triangle and an equilateral triangle

Answer:
A right triangle and an equilateral triangle are never similar.

Question 49.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your sister claims that when the side lengths of two rectangles are proportional, the two rectangles must be similar. Is she correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 49

Question 50.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
You shine a flashlight directly on an object to project its image onto a parallel screen. Will the object and the image be similar? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 37
Answer:
The object and image are similar.

Question 51.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
During a total eclipse of the Sun, the moon is directly in line with the Sun and blocks the Sun’s rays. The distance DA between Earth and the Sun is 93,00,000 miles. the distance DE between Earth and the moon is 2,40,000 miles, and the radius AB of the Sun is 432,5000 miles. Use the diagram and the given measurements to estimate the radius EC of the moon.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 38
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 51

Question 52.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Perimeters of Similar Polygons Theorem (Theorem 8.1) for similar rectangles. Include a diagram in your proof.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 2
\(\frac { PQ + QR + RS + SP }{ KL + LM + MN + NK } \) = \(\frac { PQ }{ KL } \) = \(\frac { QR }{ LM } \) = \(\frac { RS }{ MN } \) = \(\frac { SP }{ NK } \)

Question 53.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Areas of Similar Polygons Theorem (Theorem 8.2) for similar rectangles. Include a diagram in our proof.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 53

Question 54.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The postulates and theorems in this book represent Euclidean geometry. In spherical geometry. all points are points on the surface of a sphere. A line is a circle on the sphere whose diameter is equal to the diameter of the sphere. A plane is the surface of the sphere. In spherical geometry, is it possible that two triangles are similar but not congruent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 55.
CRITICAL THINKING
In the diagram, PQRS is a square, and PLMS ~ LMRQ. Find the exact value of x. This value is called the golden ratio. Golden rectangles have their length and width in this ratio. Show that the similar rectangles in the diagram are golden rectangles.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 39
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 55

Question 56.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The equations of the lines shown are y = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x + 4 and y = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x – 8. Show that ∆AOB ~ ∆COD.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 40
Answer:
The two lines slopes are equal and triangles angles are congruent and side lengths are proportional. So, triangles are similar.

Maintaining Mathematical proficiency

Find the value of x.

Question 57.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 41
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 57

Question 58.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 42

Answer:
x = 66°

Explanation:
x + 24 + 90 = 180
x + 114 = 180
x = 180 – 114
x = 66

Question 59.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 43
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.1 Answ 59

Question 60.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 44

Answer:
x = 60°

Explanation:
x + x + x = 180
3x = 180
x = 60

8.2 Proving Triangle Similarity by AA

Exploration 1

Comparing Triangles

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software.

a. Construct ∆ABC and ∆DEF So that m∠A = m∠D = 106°, m∠B = m∠E = 31°, and ∆DEF is not congruent to ∆ABC.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 46
Answer:
m∠C ≠ m∠F

b. Find the third angle measure and the side lengths of each triangle. Copy the table below and record our results in column 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 47
Answer:

c. Are the two triangles similar? Explain.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to understand and use stated assumptions, definitions, and previously established results in constructing arguments.
Answer:

d. Repeat parts (a) – (c) to complete columns 2 and 3 of the table for the given angle measures.
Answer:

e. Complete each remaining column of the table using your own choice of two pairs of equal corresponding angle measures. Can you construct two triangles in this way that are not similar?
Answer:

f. Make a conjecture about any two triangles with two pairs of congruent corresponding angles.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 48

Question 2.
What can you conclude about two triangles when you know that two pairs of corresponding angles are congruent?
Answer:

Question 3.
Find RS in the figure at the left.
Answer:

Lesson 8.2 Proving Triangle Similarity by AA

Monitoring Progress

Show that the triangles are similar. Write a similarity statement.

Question 1.
∆FGH and ∆RQS
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 49
Answer:
∆FGH and ∆RQS are similar by the AA similarity theorem.

Question 2.
∆CDF and ∆DEF
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 50

Answer:

Question 3.
WHAT IF?
Suppose that \(\overline{S R}\) Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 51 \(\overline{T U}\) in Example 2 part (b). Could the triangles still be similar? Explain.
Answer:

Question 4.
WHAT IF?
A child who is 58 inches tall is standing next to the woman in Example 3. How long is the child’s shadow’?
Answer:

Question 5.
You are standing outside, and you measure the lengths 0f the shadows cast by both you and a tree. Write a proportion showing how you could find the height of the tree.
Answer:

Exercise 8.2 Proving Triangle Similarity by AA

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
If two angles of one triangle are congruent to two angles of another triangle. then the triangles are __________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Can you assume that corresponding sides and corresponding angles of any two similar triangles are congruent? Explain.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6. determine whether the triangles are similar. If they are, write a similarity statement. Explain your reasoning.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 52
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 53
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 54
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 55
Answer:

In Exercises 7 – 10. show that the two triangles are similar.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 56
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 57
Answer:

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 58
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 59
Answer:

In Exercises 11 – 18, use the diagram to copy and complete the statement.

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 60

Question 11.
∆CAG ~ _________
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 11

Question 12.
∆DCF ~ _________
Answer:

Question 13.
∆ACB ~ _________
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 13

Question 14.
m∠ECF = _________
Answer:

Question 15.
m∠ECD = _________
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 15

Question 16.
CF = _________
Answer:

Question 17.
BC = _________
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 17

Question 18.
DE = _________
Answer:

Question 19.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in using the AA Similarity Theorem (Theorem 8.3).
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 61
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 19

Question 20.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the value of x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 62
Answer:

Question 21.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You can measure the width of the lake using a surveying technique, as shown in the diagram. Find the width of the lake, WX. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 63
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 21

Question 22.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
You and your cousin are trying to determine the height of a telephone pole. Your cousin tells you to stand in the pole’s shadow so that the tip of your shadow coincides with the tip of the pole’s shadow. Your Cousin claims to be able to use the distance between the tips of the shadows and you, the distance between you and the pole, and your height to estimate the height of the telephone pole. Is this possible? Explain. Include a diagram in your answer.
Answer:

REASONING
In Exercises 23 – 26, is it possible for ∆JKL and ∆XYZ to be similar? Explain your reasoning.

Question 23.
m∠J = 71°, m∠K = 52°, m∠X = 71°, and m∠Z = 57°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 23

Question 24.
∆JKL is a right triangle and m∠X + m∠Y= 150°.
Answer:

Question 25.
m∠L = 87° and m∠Y = 94°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 25

Question 26.
m∠J + m∠K = 85° and m∠Y + m∠Z = 80°
Answer:

Question 27.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Explain how you can use similar triangles to show that any two points on a line can be used to find its slope.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 64
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 27

Question 28.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
In the diagram, which triangles would you use to find the distance x between the shoreline and the buoy? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 65
Answer:

Question 29.
WRITING
Explain why all equilateral triangles are similar.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 29

Question 30.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Decide whether each is a valid method of showing that two quadrilaterals are similar. Justify your answer.
a. AAA
Answer:

b. AAAA
Answer:

Question 31.
PROOF
Without using corresponding lengths in similar polygons. prove that the ratio of two corresponding angle bisectors in similar triangles is equal to the scale factor.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 31

Question 32.
PROOF
Prove that if the lengths of two sides of a triangle are a and b, respectively, then the lengths of the corresponding altitudes to those sides are in the ratio \(\frac{b}{a}\).
Answer:

Question 33.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A portion of an amusement park ride is shown. Find EF. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 66
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 33.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 33.2

Maintaining Mathematical Practices

Determine whether there is enough information to prove that the triangles are congruent. Explain your reasoning.

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 67
Answer:

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 68
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.2 Answ 35

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 69
Answer:

8.1 & 8.2 Quiz

List all pairs of congruent angles. Then write the ratios of the corresponding side lengths in a statement of proportionality.

Question 1.
∆BDG ~ ∆MPQ
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 70
Answer:

Question 2.
DEFG ~ HJKL
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 71
Answer:

The polygons are similar. Find the value of x.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 72
Answer:

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 73
Answer:

Determine whether the polygons are similar. If they are, write a similarity statement. Explain your reasoning. (Section 8.1 and Section 8.2)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 74
Answer:

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 75
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 76
Answer:

Show that the two triangles are similar.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 77
Answer:

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 78
Answer:

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 79
Answer:

Question 11.
The dimensions of an official hockey rink used by the National Hockey League (NHL) are 200 feet by 85 feet. The dimensions of an air hockey table are 96 inches by 408 inches. Assume corresponding angles are congruent. (Section 8.1)
a. Determine whether the two surfaces are similar.
Answer:

b. If the surfaces are similar, find the ratio of their perimeters and the ratio ol their areas. If not, find the dimensions of an air hockey table that are similar to an NHL hockey rink.
Answer:

Question 12.
you and a friend buy camping tents made by the same company but in different sizes and colors. Use the information given in the diagram to decide whether the triangular faces of the tents are similar. Explain your reasoning. (Section 8.2)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 80
Answer:

8.3 Proving Triangle Similarity by SSS and SAS

Exploration 1

Deciding Whether Triangles Are Similar

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

a. Construct ∆ABC and ∆DEF with the side lengths given in column 1 of the table below.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 81
Answer:

b. Copy the table and complete column 1.
Answer:

c. Are the triangles similar? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

d. Repeat parts (a) – (c) for columns 2 – 6 in the table.
Answer:

e. How are the corresponding side lengths related in each pair of triangles that are similar? Is this true for each pair of triangles that are not similar?
Answer:

f. Make a conjecture about the similarity of two triangles based on their corresponding side lengths.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to analyze situations by breaking them into cases and recognize and use counter examples.
Answer:

g. Use your conjecture to write another set of side lengths of two similar triangles. Use the side lengths to complete column 7 of the table.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Deciding Whether Triangles Are Similar

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software. Construct any ∆ABC.
a. Find AB, AC, and m∠A. Choose any positive rational number k and construct ∆DEF so that DE = k • AB, DF = k • AC, and m∠D = m∠A.
Answer:

b. Is ∆DEF similar to ∆ABC? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) several times by changing ∆ABC and k. Describe your results.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are two ways to use corresponding sides of two triangles to determine that the triangles are similar?
Answer:

Lesson 8.3 Proving Triangle Similarity by SSS and SAS

Monitoring progress

Use the diagram.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 82

Question 1.
Which of the three triangles are similar? Write a similarity statement.

Answer:
The ratios are equal. So, △LMN, △XYZ are similar.
The ratios are not equal. So △LMN, △RST are not similar.

Explanation:
Compare △LMN, △XYZ by finding the ratios of corresponding side lengths
Shortest sides: \(\frac { LM }{ YZ } \) = \(\frac { 20 }{ 30 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
Longest sides: \(\frac { LN }{ XY } \) = \(\frac { 26 }{ 39 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
Remaining sides: \(\frac { MN }{ ZX } \) = \(\frac { 24 }{ 36 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
The ratios are equal. So, △LMN, △XYZ are similar.
Compare △LMN, △RST by finding the ratios of corresponding side lengths
Shortest sides: \(\frac { LM }{ RS } \) = \(\frac { 20 }{ 24 } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 6 } \)
Longest sides: \(\frac { LN }{ ST } \) = \(\frac { 26 }{ 33 } \)
Remaining sides: \(\frac { MN }{ RT } \) = \(\frac { 24 }{ 30 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \)
The ratios are not equal. So △LMN, △RST are not similar.

Question 2.
The shortest side of a triangle similar to ∆RST is 12 units long. Find the other side 1enths of the triangle.

Answer:
The other side lengths of the triangle are 15 units, 16.5 units.

Explanation:
The shortest side of a triangle similar to ∆RST is 12 units
Scale factor = \(\frac { 12 }{ 24 } \) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)
So, other sides are 33 x \(\frac { 12 }{ 2 } \) = 16.5, 30 x \(\frac { 12 }{ 2 } \) = 15.

Explain how to show that the indicated triangles are similar.

Question 3.
∆SRT ~ ∆PNQ
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 83

Answer:
The shorter sides: \(\frac { 18 }{ 24 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)
Longer sides: \(\frac { 21 }{ 28 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)
The side lengths are proportional. So ∆SRT ~ ∆PNQ

Question 4.
∆XZW ~ ∆YZX
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 84

Answer:
∆XZW and ∆YZX are not proportional.

Explanation:
The shorter sides: \(\frac { 9 }{ 16 } \)
Longer sides: \(\frac { 15 }{ 20 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)
The side lengths are not proportional. So ∆XZW and ∆YZX are not proportional.

Exercise 8.3 Proving Triangle Similarity by SSS and SAS

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
You plan to show that ∆QRS is similar to ∆XYZ by the SSS Similarity Theorem (Theorem 8.4). Copy and complete the proportion that you will use:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 85
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which triangle does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 86
Answer:

Monitoring progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, determine whether ∆JKL or ∆RST is similar to ∆ABC.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 87
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 88
Answer:

In Exercises 5 and 6, find the value of x that makes ∆DEF ~ ∆XYZ.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 89
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 90
Answer:

In Exercises 7 and 8, verify that ∆ABC ~ ∆DEF Find the scale factor of ∆ABC to ∆DEF

Question 7.
∆ABC: BC = 18, AB = 15, AC = 12
∆DEF: EF = 12, DE = 10, DF = 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 7

Question 8.
∆ABC: AB = 10, BC = 16, CA = 20
∆DEF: DE = 25, EF = 40, FD =50
Answer:

In Exercises 9 and 10. determine whether the two triangles are similar. If they are similar, write a similarity statement and find the scale factor of triangle B to triangle A.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 91
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 92
Answer:

In Exercises 11 and 12, sketch the triangles using the given description. Then determine whether the two triangles can be similar.

Question 11.
In ∆RST, RS = 20, ST = 32, and m∠S = 16°. In ∆FGH, GH = 30, HF = 48, and m∠H = 24°.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 11

Question 12.
The side lengths of ∆ABC are 24, 8x, and 48, and the side lengths of ∆DEF are 15, 25, and 6x.

Answer:
\(\frac { AB }{ DE } \) = \(\frac { AC }{ DF } \) = \(\frac { BC }{ EF } \)
\(\frac { 24 }{ 15 } \) = \(\frac { 8x }{ 25 } \)
x = 5

In Exercises 13 – 16. show that the triangles are similar and write a similarity statement. Explain your reasoning.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 93
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 94
Answer:

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 95
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 96
Answer:

In Exercises 17 and 18, use ∆XYZ.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 97

Question 17.
The shortest side of a triangle similar to ∆XYZ is 20 units long. Find the other side lengths of the triangle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 17

Question 18.
The longest side of a triangle similar to ∆XYZ is 39 units long. Find the other side lengths of the triangle.
Answer:

Question 19.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing a similarity statement.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 98
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 19

Question 20.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Find the value of n that makes ∆DEF ~ ∆XYZ when DE = 4, EF = 5, XY = 4(n + 1), YZ = 7n – 1, and ∠E ≅ ∠Y. Include a sketch.

Answer:
\(\frac { DE }{ XY } \) = \(\frac { EF }{ YZ } \)
\(\frac { 4 }{ 4(n + 1) } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 7n – 1 } \)
cross multiply the fractions
4(7n – 1) = 20(n + 1)
28n – 4 = 20n + 20
28n – 20n = 20 + 4
8n = 24
n = \(\frac { 24 }{ 8 } \)
n = 3

ATTENDING TO PRECISION
In Exercises 21 – 26, use the diagram to copy and complete the statement.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 99

Question 21.
m∠LNS = ___________
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 21

Question 22.
m∠NRQ = ___________
Answer:
m∠NRQ = m∠NRP = 91° by the vertical congruence

Question 23.
m∠NQR = ___________
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 23

Question 24.
RQ = ___________

Answer:
RQ = 4√3

Explanation:
Using the pythogrean theorem
NQ² = NR² + RQ²
8² = 4² + RQ²
64 = 16 + RQ²
64 – 16 = RQ²
48 = RQ²
RQ = 4√3

Question 25.
m∠NSM = ___________
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 25

Question 26.
m∠NPR = ___________

Answer:
m∠NPR = 28°

Explanation:
m∠NPR + m∠NRP + m∠RNP = 180°
m∠NPR + 91° + 61° = 180°
m∠NPR + 152° = 180°
m∠NPR = 180° – 152°
m∠NPR = 28°

Question 27.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that ∆JKL ~ ∆MNO by the SAS Similarity Theorem (Theorem 8.5) when JK = 18, m∠K = 130° KL = 16, MN = 9, m∠N = 65°, and NO = 8, Do you support your friend’s claim? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 27

Question 28.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Certain sections of stained glass are sold in triangular, beveled pieces. Which of the three beveled pieces, if any, are similar?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 100
Answer:
Out of three triangles, violet and blue triangles are similar.

Explanation:
Check the similarity of maroon and violet triangles.
longest sides: \(\frac { 5 }{ 7 } \)
shortest sides: \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)
remaining sides: \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)
The ratios are not equal. So those traingles are not similar.
Check the similarity of blue and violet triangles.
longest sides: \(\frac { 5 }{ 5.25 } \) = 1
shortest sides: \(\frac { 3 }{ 3 } \) = 1
remaining sides: \(\frac { 3 }{ 3 } \) = 1
The ratios are equal. So those traingles are similar.

Question 29.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
In the diagram, \(\frac{M N}{M R}=\frac{M P}{M Q}\) Which of the statements must be true?
Select all that apply. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 101
(A) ∠1 ≅∠2
(B) \(\overline{Q R}\) || \(\overline{N P}\)
(C)∠1 ≅ ∠4
(D) ∆MNP ~ ∆MRQ
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 29

Question 30.
WRITING
Are any two right triangles similar? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, any two right triangles can be similar. If two right triangles are similar, then the ratio of their longest, smallest and remaining side lengths must be equal and their angles must be congruent.

Question 31.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In the portion of the shuffleboard court shown, \(\frac{B C}{A C}=\frac{B D}{A E}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 102
a. What additional information do you need to show that ∆BED ~ ∆ACE using the SSS Similarity Theorem (Theorem 8.4)?
b. What additional information do, you need to show that ∆BCD ~ ∆ACE using the SAS Similarity Theorem (Theorem 8.5)?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 31

Question 32.
PROOF
Given that ∆BAC is a right triangle and D, E, and F are midpoints. prove that m∠DEF = 90°.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 103

Answer:
By observing the triangle ABC, m∠BAC = 90°
Join the midpoints of the sides of the triangle.
m∠DEF = 90°

Question 33.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a two-column proof of the SAS Similarity Theorem (Theorem 8.5).
Given ∠A ≅ ∠D, \(\frac{A B}{D E}=\frac{A C}{D F}\)
Prove ∆ABC ~ ∆DEF
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 104
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 33.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 33.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 33.3

Question 34.
CRITICAL THINKING
You are given two right triangles with one pair of corresponding legs and the pair of hypotenuses having the same length ratios.
a. The lengths of the given pair of corresponding legs are 6 and 18, and the lengths of the hypotenuses are 10 and 30. Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the lengths of the other pair of corresponding legs. Draw a diagram.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 3

b. Write the ratio of the lengths of the second pair of corresponding legs.
Answer:
First find the length of AC using pythagorean theorem
AC² + AB² = BC²
AC² + 36 = 100
AC² = 64
AC = 8
Find the length of DF using pythagorean theorem
DF² + DE² = EF²
DF² + 18² = 30²
DF² = 900 – 324
DF² = 576
DF= 24

c. Are these triangles similar? Does this suggest a Hypotenuse-Leg Similarity Theorem for right triangles? Explain.
Answer:
k = \(\frac { AC }{ DF } \) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 24 } \) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)
k = \(\frac { AB }{ DE } \) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 18 } \) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)
So, triangles are similar.

Question 35.
WRITING
Can two triangles have all three ratios of corresponding angle measures equal to a value greater than 1 ? less than 1 ? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 35

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Which theorem could you use to show that ∆OPQ ~ ∆OMN in the portion of the Ferris wheel shown when PM = QN = 5 feet and MO = NO = 10 feet?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 105
Answer:
The corresponding angle theorem states that ∆OPQ is similar to ∆OMN.

Question 37.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
Explain why it is not necessary to have an Angle-Side-Angle Similarity Theorem.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 37

Question 38.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Decide whether each is a valid method of showing that two quadrilaterals are similar. Justify your answer.
a. SASA
Answer:
If an angle of one triangle is congruent to an angle of a second triangle and the lengths of the sides including these angles are proportional, then the triangles are similar.

b. SASAS
Answer:
If two sides and the included angle of one triangle are equal to the corresponding sides and angle of another triangle, the triangles are congruent.

c. SSSS
Answer:
If the corresponding side lengths of two triangles are proportional, then the triangles are similar.

d. SASSS
Answer:
If two sides in one triangle are proportional to two sides in another triangle and the included angle in both are congruent, then those two triangles are similar.

Question 39.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
Use a diagram to show why there is no Side-Side-Angle Similarity Theorem.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 39

Question 40.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The dimensions of an actual swing set are shown. You want to create a scale model of the swing set for a dollhouse using similar triangles. Sketch a drawing of your swing set and label each side length. Write a similarity statement for each pair of similar triangles. State the scale factor you used to create the scale model.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 106
Answer:
Here we have to check the similarity statement for △ABC, △DEF.
The scale factor k = \(\frac { AB }{ DE } \) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 6 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)

Question 41.
PROVING A THEOREM
Copy and complete the paragraph proot of the second part of the Slopes of Parallel Lines Theorem (Theorern 3. 13) from page 439.
Given ml = mn, l and n are nonvertical.
Prove l || n
You are given that ml = mn. By the definition of slope. ml = \(\frac{B C}{A C}\) and mn = \(\frac{E F}{D F}\) By ____________, \(\frac{B C}{A C}=\frac{E F}{D F}\). Rewriting this proportion yields ___________,

By the Right Angles Congruence Theorem (Thin. 2.3), ___________, So. ∆ABC ~ ∆DEF by ___________ . Because corresponding angles of similar triangles are congruent, ∠BAC ≅∠EDF. By ___________, l || n.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 107
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 41

Question 42.
PROVING A THEOREM
Copy and complete the two-column proof 0f the second part of the Slopes of Perpendicular Lines Theorem (Theorem 3.14)
Given ml mn = – 1, l and n are nonvertical.
Prove l ⊥ n
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 8 Similarity 108

StatementsReasons
1. mlmn = – 11. Given
2. ml = \(\frac{D E}{A D}\), mn = \(\frac{A B}{B C}\)2. Definition of slope
3. \(\frac{D E}{A D} \cdot-\frac{A B}{B C}\) = – 13. ________________________________
4. \(\frac{D E}{A D}=\frac{B C}{A B}\)4. Multiply each side of statement 3 by –\(\frac{B C}{A B}\).
5. \(\frac{D E}{B C}\) = ____________5. Rewrite proportion.
6. ________________________________6. Right Angles Congruence Theorem (Thm. 2.3)
7. ∆ABC ~ ∆ADE7. ________________________________
8. ∠BAC ≅ ∠DAE8. Corresponding angles of similar figures are congruent.
9. ∠BCA ≅ ∠CAD9. Alternate Interior Angles Theorem (Thm. 3.2)
10. m∠BAC = m∠DAE, m∠BCA = m∠CAD10. ________________________________
11. m∠BAC + m∠BCA + 90° = 180°11. ________________________________
12. ________________________________12. Subtraction Property of Equality
13. m∠CAD + m∠DAE = 90°13. Substitution Property of Equality
14. m∠CAE = m∠DAE + m∠CAD14. Angle Addition Postulate (Post. 1.4)
15. m∠CAE = 90°15. ________________________________
16. ________________________________16. Definition of perpendicular lines

Answer:

StatementsReasons
1. mlmn = – 11. Given
2. ml = \(\frac{D E}{A D}\), mn = \(\frac{A B}{B C}\)2. Definition of slope
3. \(\frac{D E}{A D} \cdot-\frac{A B}{B C}\) = – 13. Correspomsding sides are opposite
4. \(\frac{D E}{A D}=\frac{B C}{A B}\)4. Multiply each side of statement 3 by –\(\frac{B C}{A B}\).
5. \(\frac{D E}{B C}\) = \(\frac { AB }{ AD } \)5. Rewrite proportion.
6. Two right-angled triangles are said to be congruent to each other if the hypotenuse and one side of the right triangle are equal to the hypotenuse and the corresponding side of the other right-angled triangle.6. Right Angles Congruence Theorem (Thm. 2.3)
7. ∆ABC ~ ∆ADE7. According to the side angle side theorem.
8. ∠BAC ≅ ∠DAE8. Corresponding angles of similar figures are congruent.
9. ∠BCA ≅ ∠CAD9. Alternate Interior Angles Theorem (Thm. 3.2)
10. m∠BAC = m∠DAE, m∠BCA = m∠CAD10. Congruent angles
11. m∠BAC + m∠BCA + 90° = 180°11. △ABC is a right-angled triangle
12. m∠CAD + m∠DAE = 90°12. Subtraction Property of Equality
13. m∠CAD + m∠DAE = 90°13. Substitution Property of Equality
14. m∠CAE = m∠DAE + m∠CAD14. Angle Addition Postulate (Post. 1.4)
15. m∠CAE = 90°15. Right Angle
16. If two lines meet each other a an angle of 90°, then they are called the perpendicular lines.16. Definition of perpendicular lines

Maintaining Mathematical proficiency

Find the coordinates of point P along the directed line segment AB so that AP to PB is the given ratio.

Question 43.
A(- 3, 6), B(2, 1); 3 to 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 43

Question 44.
A(- 3, – 5), B(9, – 1); 1 to 3
Answer:

Question 45.
A(1, – 2), B(8, 12); 4 to 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.3 Answ 45

8.4 Proportionality Theorems

Exploration 1

Discovering a Proportionality Relationship

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software to draw any ∆ABC.
a. Construct \(\overline{D E}\) parallel to \(\overline{B C}\) with endpoints on \(\overline{A B}\) and \(\overline{A C}\), respectively.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 109
Answer:

b. Compare the ratios of AD to BD and AE to CE.
Answer:

c. Move \(\overline{D E}\) to other locations Parallel to \(\overline{B C}\) with endpoints on \(\overline{A B}\) and \(\overline{A C}\), and repeat part (b).
Answer:

d. Change ∆ABC and repeat parts (a) – (c) several times. Write a conjecture that summarizes your results.
LOOKING FOR STRUCTURE
To be proficient in math, you need to look closely to discern a pattern or structure.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Discovering a Proportionality Relationship

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software to draw any AABC.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 110

a. Bisect ∆B and plot point D at the intersection of the angle bisector and \(\overline{A C}\).
Answer:

b. Compare the ratios of AD to DC and BA to BC.
Answer:

c. Change ∆ABC and repeat parts (a) and (b) several times. Write a conjecture that summarizes your results.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What proportionality relationships exist in a triangle intersected by an angle bisector or by a line parallel to one of the sides?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 111
Answer:

Question 4.
Use the figure at the right to write a proportion.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 111
Answer:

Lesson 8.4 Proportionality Theorems

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Find the length of \(\overline{Y Z}\).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 112
Answer:
YZ = \(\frac { 315 }{ 11 } \)

Explanation:
Triangle property thorem is \(\frac { XW }{ WV } \) = \(\frac { XY }{ YZ } \)
\(\frac { 44 }{ 35 } \) = \(\frac { 36 }{ YZ } \)
cross multiply the fractions
44 • YZ = 36 • 35
44 • YZ = 1260
YZ = \(\frac { 1260 }{ 44 } \)
YZ = \(\frac { 315 }{ 11 } \)

Question 2.
Determine whether \(\overline{P S}\) || \(\overline{Q R}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 113
Answer:
\(\frac { PQ }{ PN } \) = \(\frac { 50 }{ 90 } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 9 } \)
\(\frac { SR }{ SN } \) = \(\frac { 40 }{ 72 } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 9 } \)
\(\frac { PQ }{ PN } \) = \(\frac { SR }{ SN } \) so PS is parallel to QR

Find the length of the given line segment.

Question 3.
\(\overline{B D}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 114

Answer:
\(\overline{B D}\) = 12

Explanation:
All the angles are congruent. So, \(\overline{A B}\), \(\overline{C D}\), \(\overline{E F}\) are parallel.
using the three parallel lines theorem
\(\frac { BD }{ DF } \) = \(\frac { AC }{ CE } \)
\(\frac { [latex]\overline{B D}\) }{ 30 } [/latex] = \(\frac { 16 }{ 40 } \)
\(\overline{B D}\) = \(\frac { 16 }{ 40 } \) • 30
\(\overline{B D}\) = 12

Question 4.
\(\overline{J M}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 115

Answer:
\(\overline{J M}\) = \(\frac { 96 }{ 5 } \)

Explanation:
All the angles are congruent. So, \(\overline{G H}\), \(\overline{J K}\), \(\overline{M N}\) are parallel.
using the three parallel lines theorem
\(\frac { HK }{ KN } \) = \(\frac { GJ }{ JM } \)
\(\frac { 15 }{ 18 } \) = \(\frac { 16 }{ [latex]\overline{J M}\) } [/latex]
Cross multiply
15 • \(\overline{J M}\) = 16 • 18 = 288
\(\overline{J M}\) = \(\frac { 288 }{ 15 } \)
\(\overline{J M}\) = \(\frac { 96 }{ 5 } \)

Find the value of the variable.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 116

Answer:
x = 28

Explanation:
\(\overline{T V}\) is the angle bisector
So, \(\frac { ST }{ TU } \) = \(\frac { SV }{ VU } \)
\(\frac { 14 }{ x } \) = \(\frac { 24 }{ 48 } \)
cross multiply
24x = 14 • 48 = 672
x = \(\frac { 672 }{ 24 } \)
x = 28

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 117

Answer:
x = 4√2

Explanation:
\(\overline{W Z}\) is the angle bisector
So, \(\frac { YZ }{ ZX } \) = \(\frac { YW }{ WX } \)
\(\frac { 4 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { 4√2 }{ x } \)
cross multiply
4x = 4 • 4√2 = 16√2
x = 4√2

Exercise 8.4 Proportionality Theorems

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE STATEMENT
If a line divides two sides of a triangle proportionally, then it is ____________ to the third side. This theorem is knon as the ____________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
In ∆ABC, point R lies on \(\overline{B C}\) and \(\vec{A}\)R bisects ∆CAB. Write the proportionality statement for the triangle that is based on the Triangle Angle Bisector Theorem (Theorem 8.9).

Answer:
According to the triangle angle bisector theorem \(\frac { CR }{ BR } \) = \(\frac { AC }{ AB } \)

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, find the length of \(\overline{A B}\) .

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 118
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 119

Answer:
\(\frac { AE }{ ED } \) = \(\frac { AB }{ BC } \)
\(\frac { 14 }{ 12 } \) = \(\frac { AB }{ 18 } \)
AB = \(\frac { 14 }{ 12 } \) • 18
AB = 21 units.

In Exercises 5 – 8, determine whether \(\overline{K M}\) || \(\overline{J N}\).

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 120
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 121
Answer:
If \(\frac { JK }{ KL } \) = \(\frac { NM }{ ML } \), then KM || JN
\(\frac { JK }{ KL } \) = latex]\frac { 22.5 }{ 25 } [/latex] = latex]\frac { 9 }{ 10 } [/latex]
\(\frac { NM }{ ML } \) = \(\frac { 18 }{ 20 } \) = latex]\frac { 9 }{ 10 } [/latex]
\(\frac { JK }{ KL } \) = \(\frac { NM }{ ML } \)
Hence KM || JN

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 122
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 123
Answer:
If \(\frac { JK }{ KL } \) = \(\frac { NM }{ ML } \), then KM || JN
\(\frac { JK }{ KL } \) = latex]\frac {35 }{ 16 } [/latex]
\(\frac { NM }{ ML } \) = \(\frac { 34 }{ 15 } \)
\(\frac { JK }{ KL } \) ≠ \(\frac { NM }{ ML } \)
So, KM is not parallel to JN

CONSTRUCTION
In Exercises 9 – 12, draw a segment with the given length. Construct the point that divides the segment in the given ratio.
Question 9.
3 in.; 1 to 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 9

Question 10.
2 in.; 2 to 3

Answer:
Construct a 2 inch segment and divide the segment into 2 + 3 or 5 congruent pieces. Point P is the point that is \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \) of the way from point A to point B.

Question 11.
12 cm; 1 to 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 11

Question 12.
9 cm ; 2 to 5
Answer:
Construct a 9 cm segment and divide the segment into 2 + 5 or 7 congruent pieces. Point p is the point that is \(\frac { 1 }{ 7 } \) of the way from point A to point B.

In Exercises 13 – 16, use the diagram to complete the proportion.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 124

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 125
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 126
Answer:
\(\frac { CG }{ EG } \) = \(\frac { BF }{ DF } \)

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 127
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 128
Answer:
\(\frac { BF }{ BD } \) = \(\frac { CG }{ CE } \)

In Exercises 17 and 18, find the length of the indicated line segment.

Question 17.
\(\overline{V X}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 129
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 17

Question 18.
\(\overline{S U}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 130
Answer:
\(\frac { SU }{ NS } \) = \(\frac { RT }{ PR } \)
\(\frac { SU }{ 10 } \) = \(\frac { 12 }{ 8 } \)
SU = \(\frac { 12 }{ 8 } \) • 10
SU = 10

In Exercises 19 – 22, find the value of the variable.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 131
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 132
Answer:
\(\frac { z }{ 1.5 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4.5 } \)
z = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4.5 } \) • 1.5
z = 1

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 133
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 134
Answer:
\(\frac { q }{ 16 – q } \) = \(\frac { 36 }{ 28 } \)
28q = 36 (16 – q)
28q = 576 – 36q
28q + 36q = 576
64q = 576
q = 9

Question 23.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in solving for x.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 135
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 23

Question 24.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in the students reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 136
Answer:
\(\frac { BD }{ CD } \) = \(\frac { AB }{ AC } \)
BD = CD
So, 1 = \(\frac { AB }{ AC } \)
AC = AB

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 25 and 26, find the value of x for which \(\overline{P Q}\) || \(\overline{R S}\).

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 137
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 138
Answer:
\(\frac { PR }{ RT } \) = \(\frac { QS }{ ST } \)
\(\frac { 12 }{ 2x – 2 } \) = \(\frac { 21 }{ 3x – 1 } \)
12(3x – 1) = 21(2x – 2)
36x – 12 = 42x – 42
42x – 36x = 42 – 12
6x = 30
x = 5

Question 27.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Triangle Proportionality Theorem (Theorem 8.6).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 139
Given \(\overline{Q S}\) || \(\overline{T U}\)
Prove \(\frac{Q T}{T R}=\frac{S U}{U R}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 27.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 27.2

Question 28.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Converse of the Triangle Proportionality Theorem (Theorem 8.7).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 140
Given \(\frac{Z Y}{Y W}=\frac{Z X}{X V}\)
Prove \(\overline{Y X}\) || \(\overline{W V}\)
Answer:

Question 29.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The real estate term lake frontage refers to the distance along the edge of a piece of property that touches a lake.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 141
a. Find the lake frontage (to the nearest tenth) of each lot shown.
b. In general, the more lake frontage a lot has, the higher its selling price. Which lot(s) should be listed for the highest price?
c. Suppose that low prices are in the same ratio as lake frontages. If the least expensive lot is $250,000, what are the prices of the other lots? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 29.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 29.2

Question 30.
USING STRUCTURE
Use the diagram to find the values of x and y.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 142
Answer:
\(\frac { 5 }{ 2 } \) = \(\frac { x }{ 1.5 } \)
x = \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 } \) • 1.5
x = 3.75
\(\frac { 3 }{ 7 } \) = \(\frac { y }{ 5.25 } \)
y = \(\frac { 3 }{ 7 } \) • 5.25
y = 2.25

Question 31.
REASONING
In the construction on page 447, explain why you can apply the Triangle Proportionality Theorem (Theorem 86) in Step 3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 31

Question 32.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram with the auxiliary line drawn to write a paragraph proof of the Three Parallel Lines Theorem (Theorem 8.8).
Given K1 || K2 || K3
Prove \(\frac{C B}{B A}=\frac{D E}{E F}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 143
Answer:
From the diagram, we can see that K₁ || K₂ || K₃
Those three parallel lines interest two traversals t₁, t₂
So, \(\frac{C B}{B A}=\frac{D E}{E F}\)

Question 33.
CRITICAL THINKING
In ∆LMN, the angle bisector of ∠M also bisects \(\overline{L N}\). Classify ∆LMN as specifically as possible. Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 33

Question 34.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
During a football game, the quarterback throws the ball to the receiver. The receiver is between two defensive players, as shown. If Player 1 is closer to the quarterback when the ball is thrown and both defensive players move at the same speed, which player will reach the receiver first? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 144
Answer:
As per the image, player 1 is closer to the receiver. So, player 1 will reach the receiver first.

Question 35.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram with the auxiliary lines drawn to write a paragraph proof of the Triangle Angle Bisector Theorem (Theorem 8.9).
Given ∠YXW ≅ ∠WXZ
prove \(\frac{Y W}{W Z}=\frac{X Y}{X Z}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 145
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 35

Question 36.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write the converse of the Triangle Angle Bisector Theorem (Theorem 8.9). Is the converse true? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 37.
REASONING
How is the Triangle Midsegment Theorem (Theorem 6.8) related to the Triangle Proportionality Theorem (Theorem 8.6)? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 37

Question 38.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Two people leave points A and B at the same time. They intend to meet at point C at the same time. The person who leaves point A walks at a speed of 3 miles per hour. You and a friend are trying to determine how fast the person who leaves point B must walk. Your friend claims you need to know the length of \(\overline{A C}\). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 146
Answer:
My self starts walking from point A with a speed of 3 miles per hour and reaches point C.
My friend starts walking from point B with x speed and reaches point C.
\(\frac { AD }{ DC } \) = \(\frac { BE }{ CE } \)
I have to travel from A to C. So, I need to know distance between AC.
Therefore, my friend is correct.

Question 39.
CONSTRUCTION
Given segments with lengths r, s, and t, construct a segment of length x, such that \(\frac{r}{s}=\frac{t}{x}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 147
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 39

Question 40.
PROOF
Prove Ceva’s Theorem: If P is any point inside ∆ABC, then \(\frac{A Y}{Y C} \cdot \frac{C X}{X B} \cdot \frac{B Z}{Z A}\) = 1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 148
(Hint: Draw segments parallel to \(\overline{B Y}\) through A and C, as shown. Apply the Triangle Proportionality Theorem (Theorem 8.6) to ∆ACM. Show that ∆APN ~ ∆MPC, ∆CXM ~ ∆BXP, and ∆BZP ~ ∆AZN.)
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Use the triangle.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 8 Similarity 149

Question 41.
Which sides are the legs?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 41

Question 42.
Which side is the hypotenuse?
Answer:
The leg c is the hypotenuse.

Solve the equation.

Question 43.
x2 = 121
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 43

Question 44.
x2 + 16 = 25
Answer:
x² + 16 = 25
x² = 25 – 16
x² = 9
x = 3

Question 45.
36 + x2 = 85
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 8.4 Answ 45

Similarity Review

8.1 Similar Polygons

Find the scale factor. Then list all pairs of congruent angles and write the ratios of the corresponding side lengths in a statement of proportionality.

Question 1.
ABCD ~ EFGH
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 150
Answer:
\(\frac { BC }{ CD } \) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 12 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
\(\frac { EH }{ GH } \) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 9 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
So, scale factor = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)

Question 2.
∆XYZ ~ ∆RPQ
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 151
Answer:
longer sides: \(\frac { 10 }{ 25 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 } \)
shorter sides: \(\frac { 6 }{ 15 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 } \)
remaining sides: \(\frac { 8 }{ 20 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 } \)
So, scale factor = \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 } \)

Question 3.
Two similar triangles have a scale factor of 3 : 5. The altitude of the larger triangle is 24 inches. What is the altitude of the smaller triangle?
Answer:
Scale factor of smaller triangle to larger traingle is \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \) and larger traingle altitude is 24 inches
Let x be the smaller triangle altitude
\(\frac { altitude of smaller triangle }{ altitude of larger traingle } \) = scale factor
\(\frac { x }{ 24 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \)
x = \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \) • 24
x = 14.4

Question 4.
Two similar triangles have a pair of corresponding sides of length 12 meters and 8 meters. The larger triangle has a perimeter of 48 meters and an area of 180 square meters. Find the perimeter and area of the smaller triangle.
Answer:
Scale factor = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
perimeter of smaller triangle = 32
Area of smaller triangle = 80

Explanation:
The scale factor of smaller to larger traingle = \(\frac { 8 }{ 12 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
\(\frac { perimeter of smaller triangle }{ perimeter of larger triangle } \) = scale factor\(\frac { perimeter of smaller triangle }{ 48 } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
perimeter of smaller triangle = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \) • 48
perimeter of smaller triangle = 32
\(\frac { Area of smaller triangle }{ Area of larger triangle } \) = (scale factor)²
\(\frac { Area of smaller triangle }{ 180 } \) = ( \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \))²
Area of smaller triangle = \(\frac { 4 }{ 9 } \) • 180
= 80

8.2 Proving Triangle Similarity by AA

Show that the triangles are similar. Write a similarity statement.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 152
Answer:
m∠RQS = m∠UTS = 30°.
△QRS and △STU are similar as per the AA similarity theorem.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 153
Answer:
m∠CAB = 60°, m∠DEF = 30°
△ABC and △DEF are not similar as per the AA similarity theorem.

Question 7.
A cellular telephone tower casts a shadow that is 72 feet long, while a nearby tree that is 27 feet tall casts a shadow that is 6 feet long. How tall is the tower?
Answer:
\(\frac { shadow of tree }{ shadow of tower } \) = \(\frac { height of tree }{ height of tower } \)
\(\frac { 6 }{ 72 } \) = \(\frac { 27 }{ x } \)
6x = 1944
x = 324 ft
The height of the tower is 324 ft.

8.3 Proving Triangle Similarity by SSS and SAS

Use the SSS Similarity Theorem (Theorem 8.4) or the SAS Similarity Theorem (Theorem 8.5) to show that the triangles are similar.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 154
Answer:
\(\frac { DE }{ CD } \) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 3.5 } \) = 2
\(\frac { AB }{ BC } \) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 4 } \) = 2
\(\frac { DE }{ CD } \) = \(\frac { AB }{ BC } \)
So, BD is parallel to AE.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 155
Answer:
\(\frac { QU }{ TU } \) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 4.5 } \) = 2
\(\frac { QR }{ SR } \) = \(\frac { 14 }{ 7 } \) = 2
\(\frac { QU }{ TU } \) = \(\frac { QR }{ SR } \)
So, ST is parallel to RU.

Question 10.
Find the value of x that makes ∆ABC ~ ∆DEF
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 156

Answer:
\(\frac { 24 }{ 6 } \) = 4
\(\frac { 32 }{ 2x } \) = 4
32 = 8x
x = \(\frac { 32 }{ 8 } \)
x = 4

8.4 Proportionality Theorems

Determine whether \(\overline{A B}\) || \(\overline{C D}\)

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 157

Answer:
\(\frac { DB }{ BE } \) = \(\frac { 10 }{ 16 } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } \)
\(\frac { CA }{ AE } \) = \(\frac { 20 }{ 28 } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 7 } \)
\(\frac { DB }{ BE } \) ≠ \(\frac { CA }{ AE } \)
So, CD and AB are not parallel.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 158

Answer:
\(\frac { DB }{ BE } \) = \(\frac { 12 }{ 20 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \)
\(\frac { CA }{ AE } \) = \(\frac { 13.5 }{ 22.5 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \)
\(\frac { DB }{ BE } \) = \(\frac { CA }{ AE } \)
So, AB and CD are parallel.

Question 13.
Find the length of \(\overline{Y B}\).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 159

Answer:
\(\frac { ZC }{ AZ } \) = \(\frac { 24 }{ 15 } \) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 5 } \)
\(\frac { YB }{ AY } \) = \(\frac { ZC }{ AZ } \)
\(\frac { YB }{ 7 } \) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 5 } \)
YB = \(\frac { 8 }{ 5 } \) • 7
YB = \(\frac { 56 }{ 5 } \)
The length of \(\overline{Y B}\) is \(\frac { 56 }{ 5 } \)

Find the length of \(\overline{A B}\).

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 160

Answer:
\(\frac { AB }{ 7 } \) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 4 } \)
\(\overline{A B}\) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 4 } \) • 7
\(\overline{A B}\) = \(\frac { 42 }{ 4 } \)
\(\overline{A B}\) = \(\frac { 21 }{ 2 } \)
The length of \(\overline{A B}\) is \(\frac { 21 }{ 2 } \).

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 161

Answer:
\(\frac { DB }{ CD } \) = \(\frac { AB }{ AC } \)
\(\frac { 4 }{ 10 } \) = \(\frac { AB }{ 18 } \)
\(\frac { 2 }{ 5 } \) = \(\frac { AB }{ 18 } \)
AB = \(\frac { 36 }{ 5 } \)

Similarity Test

Determine whether the triangles are similar. If they are, write a similarity statement. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 162

Answer:
Longer sides: \(\frac { 32 }{ 24 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)
shorter sides: \(\frac { 18 }{ 14 } \) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 7 } \)
remaining sides: \(\frac { 20 }{ 15 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)
Those are not equal.
So, triangles are not similar.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 163

Answer:
\(\frac { AC }{ KJ } \) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 8 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)
\(\frac { BC }{ JL } \) = \(\frac { 8 }{ [latex]\frac { 32 }{ 3 } \) } [/latex] = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)
\(\frac { AC }{ KJ } \) = \(\frac { BC }{ JL } \)
∠C = ∠J
So, △ABC and △JLK are similar.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 164

Answer:
\(\frac { XY }{ XW } \) = \(\frac { PZ }{ PW } \)

Find the value of the variable.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 165

Answer:
\(\frac { 9 }{ w } \) = \(\frac { 15 }{ 5 } \)
\(\frac { 9 }{ w } \) = 3
9 = 3w
w = 3

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 166

Answer:
\(\frac { 17.5 }{ 21 } \) = \(\frac { q }{ 33 } \)
q = \(\frac { 17.5 }{ 21 } \) • 33
q = \(\frac { 55 }{ 2 } \)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 167

Answer:
\(\frac { 21 – p }{ p } \) = \(\frac { 12 }{ 24 } \)
\(\frac { 21 – p }{ p } \) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)
cross multiply
2(21 – p) = p
42 – 2p = p
42 = p + 2p
42 = 3p
p = 14

Question 7.
Given ∆QRS ~ ∆MNP, list all pairs of congruent angles, Then write the ratios of the corresponding side lengths in a statement of proportionality.

Answer:
The pairs of congruent anglres are m∠QRS, m∠RSQ, m∠SQR, m∠MNP, m∠NPM, m∠PMN.
The ratios of side lengths are \(\frac { RQ }{ MN } \), \(\frac { QS }{ MP } \), \(\frac { RS }{ NP } \)

Use the diagram.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 168

Question 8.
Find the length of \(\overline{E F}\).

Answer:
\(\frac { DE }{ EF } \) = \(\frac { CD }{ BC } \)
\(\frac { 3.2 }{ EF } \) = \(\frac { 2.8 }{ 1.4 } \)
EF = 1.6
The length of \(\overline{E F}\) is 1.6

Question 9.
Find the length of \(\overline{F G}\).

Answer:
\(\frac { EF }{ FG } \) = \(\frac { BC }{ AB } \)
\(\frac { 1.6 }{ FG } \) = \(\frac { 1.4 }{ 4.2 } \)
FG = 4.8
The length of \(\overline{F G}\) is 4.8

Question 10.
Is quadrilateral FECB similar to quadrilateral GFBA? If so, what is the scale factor of the dilation that maps quadrilateral FECB to quadrilateral GFBA?

Answer:
The scale factor of dilation from quadrilateral FECB to quadrilateral GFBA is \(\frac { GF }{ FE } \)

Question 11.
You are visiting the Unisphere at Flushing Meadows Corona Park in New York. To estimate the height of the stainless steel model of Earth. you place a mirror on the ground and stand where you can see the top of the model in the mirror. Use the diagram to estimate the height of the model. Explain why this method works.

Answer:

Question 12.
You are making a scale model of a rectangular park for a school project. Your model has a length of 2 feet and a width of 1.4 feet. The actual park is 800 yards long. What are the perimeter and area of the actual park?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 169

Answer:
we know that 1 yard = ft
As per the similarity theorem
\(\frac { AD }{ EH } \) = \(\frac { AB }{ EF } \)
\(\frac { 2 }{ 800.3 } \) = \(\frac { 1.4 }{ EF } \)
EF = 1200 • 1 • 4
EF = 1680
Perimete of the park P = 2(1680 + 2400)
= 2(4080) = 8160 ft
Area of the actual park = 1680 • 2400 = 4,032,000 sq ft
Therefore, perimeter of the actual park = 8160 ft
area of the actual park is 4,032,000 sq ft.

Question 13.
In a Perspective drawing, lines that are parallel in real life must meet at a vanishing point on the horizon. To make the train cars in the drawing appear equal in length, they are drawn so that the lines connecting the opposite corners of each car are parallel. Use the dimensions given and the yellow parallel lines to find the length of the bottom edge of the drawing of Car 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 8 Similarity 170
Answer:
\(\frac { 5.4 }{ 10.6 } \) = \(\frac { 5.4 + C }{ 19 } \)
C = \(\frac { 45.36 }{ 10.6 } \)
\(\frac { (19 – x – 8.4) }{ (19 – 8.4) } \) = \(\frac { 5.4 }{ 5.4 + c } \)
\(\frac { 19 – 8.4 }{ 19 } \) = \(\frac { c2 + 5.4 }{ c1 + c2 + 5.4 } \)
\(\frac { 19 – 8.4 }{ 19 } \) = \(\frac { 5.4 }{ 5.4 + c2 } \)
c1 = 7.6, c2 = 4.2, x = 4.6
The length of car 2 is 4.2 cm.

Similarity Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Use the graph of quadrilaterals ABCD and QRST.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 171
a. Write a composition of transformations that maps quadrilateral ABCD to quadrilateral QRST.
Answer:
The scale factor = \(\frac { AD }{ QT } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 1.5 } \)

b. Are the quadrilaterals similar? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
No.
\(\frac { AD }{ QT } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 1.5 } \)
\(\frac { CD }{ TS } \) = \(\frac { 2.8 }{ 1.4 } \) = 2
So, quadrilaterals are not similar.

Question 2.
In the diagram. ABCD is a parallelogram. Which congruence theorem(s) could you Use to show that ∆AED ≅ ∆CEB? Select all that apply.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 172
SAS Congruence Theorem (Theorem 5.5)
Answer:
It states that if two sides and the included angle of one triangle are congruent to two sides and the included angle of another triangle, then these two triangles are congruent.

SSS Congruence Theorem (Theorem 5.8)
Answer:
If all the three sides of one triangle are equivalent to the corresponding three sides of the second triangle, then the two triangles are said to be congruent by SSS rule.

HL Congruence Theorem (Theorem 5.9)
Answer:
A given set of triangles are congruent if the corresponding lengths of their hypotenuse and one leg are equal.

ASA Congruence Theorem (Theorem 5. 10)
Answer:
If any two angles and the side included between the angles of one triangle are equivalent to the corresponding two angles and side included between the angles of the second triangle, then the two triangles are said to be congruent by ASA rule

AAS Congruence Theorem (Theorem 5. 11)
Answer:
AAS stands for Angle-angle-side. When two angles and a non-included side of a triangle are equal to the corresponding angles and sides of another triangle, then the triangles are said to be congruent.

Question 3.
By the Triangle Proportionality Theorem (Theorem 8.6), \(\frac{V W}{W Y}=\frac{V X}{X Z}\) In the diagram, VX > VW and XZ > WY. List three possible values for VX and XZ.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 173
Answer:
\(\frac{V W}{W Y}=\frac{V X}{X Z}\)
\(\frac{ 4 }{6}=\frac{V X}{X Z}\)
The possible values of VX are greater than 4 means 5, 6, 7, . . .
The possible values of XZ are greater than 6 means 7, 8, 9, . .

Question 4.
The slope of line l is – \(\frac{3}{4}\). The slope of line n is \(\frac{4}{3}\) What must be true about lines l and n ?
(A) Lines l and n are parallel.
(B) Lines l and n arc perpendicular.
(C) Lines l and n are skew.
(D) Lines l and n are the same line.
Answer:
The slope of l = – \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Slope of n = \(\frac{4}{3}\)
lines slopes are reciprocal and opposite. So, they are perpendicular.

Question 5.
Enter a statement or reason in each blank to complete the two-column proof.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 174
Given \(\frac{K J}{K L}=\frac{K H}{K M}\)
Prove ∠LMN ≅ ∠JHG

StatementsReasons
1. \(\frac{K J}{K L}=\frac{K H}{K M}\)1. Given
2. ∠JKH ≅ ∠LKM2. ________________________
3. ∆JKH ~ ∆LKM3. ________________________
4. ∠KHJ ≅∠KML4. ________________________
5. _______________________5. Definition of congruent angles
6. m∠KHJ + m∠JHG = 180°6. Linear Pair Postulate (Post. 18)
7. m∠JHG = 180° – m∠KHJ7. ________________________
8. m∠KML + m∠LMN = 180°8. ________________________
9. ________________________9. Subtraction Property of Equality
10. m∠LMN = 180° – m∠KHJ10. ________________________
11. ________________________11. Transitive Property of Equality
12. ∠LMN ≅ ∠JHG12. ________________________

Answer:

Question 6.
The coordinates of the vertices of ∆DEF are D(- 8, 5), E(- 5, 8), and F(- 1, 4), The coordinates of the vertices of ∆JKL are J(16, – 10), K(10, – 16), and L(2, – 8), ∠D ≅ ∠J. Can you show that ∆DEF ∆JKL by using the AA Similarity Theorem (Theorem 8.3)? If so, do so by listing the congruent corresponding angles and writing a similarity transformation that maps ∆DEF to ∆JKL. If not, explain why not.
Answer:
AA similarity theorem states that ∠D = ∠J. So, ∆DEF and ∆JKL are similar.

Question 7.
Classify the quadrilateral using the most specific name.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 8 Similarity 175
rectangle     square    parallelogram    rhombus
Answer:

Question 8.
‘Your friend makes the statement “Quadrilateral PQRS is similar to quadrilateral WXYZ.” Describe the relationships between corresponding angles and between corresponding sides that make this statement true.

Answer:
When 2 figures are similar, then their corresponding angles are congruent and their corresponding lengths are proportional. hence if PQRS is similar to wxyZ, then the following statements are true.
∠P = ∠W, ∠Q = ∠X, ∠R = ∠Y and ∠S = ∠Z and
\(\frac { PQ }{ WX } \) = \(\frac { QR }{ XY } \) = \(\frac { RS }{ YZ } \) = \(\frac { PS }{ WZ } \) = k
Here is a constant of proportionality.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions

Big Ideas Math 7th Grade Chapter 3 Expressions Answer Key: Download free step-by-step problem and solution pdf of Big Ideas Math Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions from here. Follow the various concepts and topics involved in this chapter and make your preparation easy and efficient. We are providing the free Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Expressions pdf links in the below sections.

Refer to the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions and finish your preparation and assignment. The solutions for 7th-grade chapter 3 expressions give you a clear idea of how to solve and understand the problems. With the help of experts, we have given all the problems of a chapter in a single pdf. To avoid time waste, download the pdf and start your preparation.

Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Expressions

There are various topics available in the Expressions Chapter. Those are Adding and Subtracting Linear Expressions, The Distributive Property, Algebraic Expressions, Factoring Expressions, and so on. Find out the solutions and problems involved in these chapters. To understand the concept more clearly, compare the problems with real-life situations.

Follow BIM 7th Grade Chapter 3 Expressions Solution Key and know your strengths and weaknesses. First of all, know the syllabus of expressions and then based on the various concepts, prepare the timetable. Involve the number of concepts, time remaining to learn all the topics, etc, and prepare the timetable according to it. Know the example problems and formulae in the below sections.

Performance

Lesson: 1 Algebraic Expressions

Lesson: 2 Adding and Subtracting Linear Expressions

Lesson: 3 The Distributive Property

Lesson: 4 Factoring Expressions

Chapter: 3 – Expressions 

Expressions STEAM VIDEO/Performance

STEAM Video

Trophic Status

In an ecosystem, energy and nutrients flow between abiotic and components. Biotic components are the living parts of an ecosystem. Abiotic components are the non-living parts of an ecosystem. What is an example of an ecosystem?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 1

Watch the STEAM video “Trophic Status.” Then answer the following questions.

Question 1.
Give examples of both biotic and abiotic components in an ecosystem. Explain.

Answer:
Examples of biotic components are plants, animals, bacteria, fungi. Examples of abiotic components are water, soil, sunlight, gases, etc.

Explanation:
Biotic components are the living organisms in an ecosystem. Examples of biotic components are plants, animals, bacteria, fungi. Abiotic components are the non-living physical and chemical factors in the environment that affect ecosystems. Examples of abiotic components are water, soil, sunlight, gases, etc. Abiotic factors affect the ability of organisms to reproduce, survive, help determine the types and number of organisms able to exist in the environment. Limiting factors restrict growth. Biotic factors are the living things that directly or indirectly affect organisms in the environment.

Question 2.
When an organism is eaten, its energy flows into the organism that consumes it. Explain how to use an expression to represent the total energy that a person gains from eating each of the items shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 2

Answer:
bx + lx + fx

Explanation:
Let us take the energy gained by eating a banana is bx, by eating leaves is lx, by eating fish is fx.
So, the expression becomes the sum of all those energies.
bx + lx + fx

Performance Task

Chlorophyll in Plants

After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the STEAM concepts you learned to answer the questions in the Video Performance Task. You will be given the numbers of atoms found in molecules involved in photosynthesis.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 4
You will be asked to determine the total cost for a model of a molecule given the costs of different types of atom models. How can you find the total cost of purchasing several identical objects?

Expressions Getting Ready for Chapter 3

Chapter Exploration

Work with a partner. Rewrite the algebraic expression so that it has fewer symbols x but still has the same value when evaluated for any value of x.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 5

Answer:
1. 3x + 4
2. 3x – 1
3. 2x – 3
4. 2(1 + x)
5. 3x – 1
6. x + 5

Explanation:
1. Original expression is 2x + 4 + x
Simplified expression is 3x + 4
2. Original expression is 3(x + 1) – 4
3x + 3 – 4 = 3x – 1
Simplified expression is 3x – 1
3. Original expression is x – (3 – x)
x – 3 + x
Simplified expression is 2x – 3
4. Original expression is 5 + 2x – 3
Simplified expression is 2 + 2x = 2(1 + x)
5. Original expression is x + 3 + 2x – 4
Simplified expression is 3x – 1
6. Original expression is 2x + 2 – x + 3
Simplified expression is x + 5

Question 7.
WRITING GUIDELINES
Work with a partner. Use your answers in Exercises 1-6 to write guidelines for simplifying an expression.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 6

Answer:
First, you need to take the given original expression as it is.
If there are any braces, then eliminate them by expanding the expression
Then, add or subtract variables and constants together to get the solution

Explanation:
Let us take question 2. 3(x + 1) – 4
Expand 3
3x + 3 – 4
Simplify
3x – 1

APPLYING A DEFINITION
Work with a partner. Two expressions are equivalent if x they have the same value when evaluated for any value of x. Decide which two expressions are equivalent. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 7

Answer:
8. x – (2x + 1) is equivalent to -x – 1
9. 2x + 3 – x + 4 is equivalent to x + 7 in expression B
10. 3 + x -2(x + 1) is equivalent to -x + 1
11. 2 – 2x – (x + 2) is equivalent to -3x

Explanation:
8. x – (2x + 1) = x – 2x – 1
= -x – 1
So, x – (2x + 1) is equivalent to -x – 1
9. 2x + 3 – x + 4 = x + 7
So, 2x + 3 – x + 4 is equivalent to x + 7 in expression B
10. 3 + x -2(x + 1) = 3 + x -2x – 2
= 1 – x
So, 3 + x -2(x + 1) is equivalent to -x + 1
11. 2 – 2x – (x + 2) = 2 – 2x – x – 2
= -3x
So, 2 – 2x – (x + 2) is equivalent to -3x

Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 8

Lesson 3.1 Algebraic Expressions

EXPLORATION 1
Simplifying Algebraic Expressions
Work with a partner.
a. Choose a value of other than 0 or 1 for the last column in the table. Complete the table by evaluating each algebraic expression for each value of x. What do you notice?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 9
b. How can you use properties of operations to justify your answers in part(a)? Explain your reasoning.
c. To subtract a number, you can add its opposite. Does a similar rule apply to the terms of an algebraic expression? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 1
b. Just simplify the expression and put the values of x in simplified expression
c. Yes

Explanation:
a.
A. -1/3 + x + 7/3 = (-1 + 7)/3 + x
= -6/3 + x = -2 + x
If x = 0, then -2 + 0 = -2
If x = 1, then -2 + 1 = -1
If x = 4, then -2 + 4 = 2
B. 0.5x + 3 – 1.5x – 1 = -x + 4
If x = 0, then -0 + 4 = 4
If x = 1, then -1 + 4 = 3
If x = 4, then -4 + 4 = 0
C. 2x + 6
If x = 0, then 2(0) + 6 = 6
If x = 1, then 2(1) + 6 = 8
Ifx = 4, then 2(4) + 6 = 14
D. x + 4
If x = 0, then 0 + 4 = 4
If x = 1, then 1 + 4 = 5
If x = 4, then 4 + 4 = 8
E. -2x + 2
If x = 0, then -2(0) + 2 = 2
If x = 1, then -2(1) + 2 = 0
If x = 4, then -2(4) + 2 = -6
F. 1/2 x – x + 3/2 x + 4 = 4/2 x – x + 4
= 2x – x + 4 = x + 4
If x = 0, then 0 + 4 = 4
If x = 1, then 1 + 4 = 5
If x = 4, then 4 + 4 = 8
G. -4.8x + 2 – x + 3.8x = -2x + 2
If x = 0, then -2(0) + 2 = 2
If x = 1, then -2(1) + 2 = 0
If x = 4, then -2(4) + 2 = -6
H. x + 2
If x = 0, then 0 + 2 = 2
If x = 1, then 1 + 2 = 3
If x = 4, then 4 + 2 = 6
I. -x + 2
If x = 0, then -0 + 2 = 2
If x = 1, then -1 + 2 =1
If x = 4, then -4 + 2 = -2
J. 3x + 2 – x + 4 = 2x + 6
If x = 0, then 2(0) + 6 = 6
If x = 1, then 2(1) + 6 = 8
If x = 4, then 2(4) + 6 = 14

3.1 Lesson

In an algebraic expression, are terms that have the same variables raised to the same exponents. Constant terms are also like terms. To identify terms and like terms in an expression, first write the expression as a sum of its terms.

Try It
Identify the terms and like terms in the expression.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 10

Answer:
Terms are 10, y, -3/2y, like terms are y, -3/2y.

Explanation:
The given expression is y + 10 – 3/2 y
Like terms are y, -3/2y
Because they have the same variable y
Terms are 10, y, -3/2y

Question 2.
2r2 + 7r – r2 – 9

Answer:
The like terms are 2r², -r², Terms are -9, 7r, 2r², -r²

Explanation:
Given expression is 2r² + 7r -r² – 9
The like terms are 2r², -r²
Terms are -9, 7r, 2r², -r²

Question 3.
7 + 4p – 5 + p + 2q

Answer:
The like terms are 4p, p
The terms are 7, -5, 2q, 4p, p

Explanation:
Given expression is 7 + 4p – 5 + p + 2q
The like terms are 4p, p
The terms are 7, -5, 2q, 4p, p

Try It
Simplify the expression.

Question 4.
-10y + 15y

Answer:
-10y + 15y = 5y

Explanation:
Given expression is -10y + 15y
5y

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 11

Answer:
3/8 b – 3/4 b = -3/8 b

Explanation:
Given expression is 3/8 b – 3/4 b
L.C.M of 8, 4 is 8
(3 – 6)/8 b = -3/8 b

Question 6.
2.4g – 2.4g – 9.8g

Answer:
-9.8g

Explanation:
Given expression is 2.4g – 2.4g – 9.8g
-9.8g

Try It

Simplify the expression.

Question 7.
14 – 3z + 8 + z

Answer:
22 – 2z

Explanation:
Given expression is 14 – 3z + 8 + z
Add constants and like terms
22 – 2z

Question 8.
2.5x + 4.3x – 5

Answer:
6.8x – 5

Explanation:
Given expression is 2.5x + 4.3x – 5
6.8x – 5

Question 9.
2s – 9s + 8t – t

Answer:
7(t – s)

Explanation:
Given expression is 2s – 9s + 8t – t
-7s + 7t = 7(t – s)

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
WRITING
Explain how to identify the terms and like terms of 3y – 4 – 5y.

Answer:
The like terms are 3y, -5y
Terms are -4, 3y, -5y

Explanation:
Given expression is 3y – 4 – 5y
Like terms are the terms in the expression which have the same variable
The following are the like terms because each term contains a variable y and numeric coefficient
3y, -5y
Other than like terms are called the terms
Terms are -4, 3y, -5y

SIMPLIFYING ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS
Simplify the expression.

Question 11.
7p + 6p

Answer:
13p

Explanation:
Given expression is 7p + 6p
13p

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 12

Answer:
3n/2 – 3

Explanation:
Given expression is 4/5 n – 3 + 7/10 n
(8n + 7n)/10 – 3
= 15n/10 – 3
= 3n/2 – 3

Question 13.
2w – g – 7w + 3g

Answer:
-5w + 2g

Explanation:
Given expression is 2w – g – 7w + 3g
Perform the arithmetic operations between the like terms
-5w + 2g

Question 14.
VOCABULARY
Is the expression 3x + 2x – 4 in simplest form? Explain.

Answer:
The expression 3x + 2x – 4 is not in the simplest form.

Explanation:
Given expression is 3x + 2x – 4
= 5x – 4
The simplest form of 3x + 2x – 4 is 5x – 4

Question 15.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 13

Answer:
5x – 10 – 2x does not belong with the other three.

Explanation:
The first expression is -4 + 6 + 3x = 2 + 3x
The second expression is 3x + 9 – 7 = 3x + 2
The third expression is 5x – 10 – 2x = 3x – 10
Fourth expression is 5x – 4 + 6 – 2x = 3x + 2
So, out of all 5x – 10 – 2x does not belong with the other three.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 16.
MODELING REAL LIFE
An exercise mat is 3.3 times as long as it is wide. Write expressions in simplest form that represent the perimeter and the area of the exercise mat.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 14

Answer:
The perimeter of the exercise mat is 8.6l, Area of the exercise mat is 3.3l²

Explanation:
Let us take the l is the length of the exercise mat
Then, the width of the exercise mat = 3.3l
Perimeter of exercise mat = 2(length + width)
= 2(l + 3.3l)
= 2(4.3l) = 8.6 l
Area of the exercise mat = length x width
= l x 3.3l
= 3.3l²
Therefore, the perimeter of the exercise mat is 8.6l, Area of the exercise mat is 3.3l²

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
A group of friends visits the movie theater in Example 4. Each person buys a daytime ticket and a small drink. The group shares 2 large popcorns. What is the average cost per person when there are 4 people in the group?

Answer:
The total cost for a group of 4 people is $35.

Explanation:
Number of tickets . cost per ticket + number of small drinks . cost per small drink + Number of large popcorns . Cost per large popcorn
The same number of tickets, small drinks are purchased. So, can represent the number of tickets, the number of small drinks.
5x + 1.75x + $8 = x(5 + 1.75) + $8
= 6.75x + $8
2 popcorns cost is 2 x 4 = $8
The expression 6.75x + $8 indicates that the cost per person is $6.75 + $8 = 14.75
To find the cost for a group of 4 people, evaluate the expression when x = 4
= 6.75 (4 ) + 8 = 27 + 8 = 35
The total cost for a group of 4 people is $35.

Algebraic Expressions Homework & Practice 3.1

Review & Refresh

Find the product or quotient. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 15

Answer:
-1/2

Explanation:
Given that,
-2/7 x 7/4 = -2/4
= -1/2

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 16

Answer:
3/5

Explanation:
Given that,
-2/3(-9/10) = 2/3 x 9/10
= 6/10 = 3/5

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 17

Answer:
-13/6

Explanation:
Given that,
1(4/9) ÷ (-2/3) = 13/9 ÷ (-2/3)
= 13/9 x (-3/2) = -13/6

Order the numbers from least to greatest.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 18

Answer:
3/4, 78%, 0.85, 87%, 7/8

Explanation:
Given that
7/8 = 0.875, 0.85, 87% = 87/100 = 0.87 3/4 = 0.75, 78% = 78/100 = 0.78
So, the numbers are 0.875, 0.85, 0.87, 0.75, 0.78
Ordering from the least to the greatest is 0.75,0.78,0.85,0.87,0.875
i.e 3/4, 78%, 0.85, 87%, 7/8

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 19

Answer:
15%, 1450%, 14.8, 15(4/5)

Explanation:
Given that,
15% = 15/100 = 0.15, 14.8, 15(4/5) = 79/5 = 15.8, 1450% = 1450/100 = 14.5
So the numbers are 0.15, 14.8, 15.8, 14.5
The order of number from least to greatest is 0.15, 14.5, 14.8, 15.8
i.e 15%, 1450%, 14.8, 15(4/5)

Question 6.
A bird’s nest is 12 feet above the ground. A mole’s den is 12 inches below the ground. What is the difference in height of these two positions?
A. 24 in.
B. 11 ft
C. 13 ft
D. 24 ft

Answer:
The difference in height of these two positions is 13 feet.

Explanation:
Given that,
The bird nest is 12 feet above the ground and a mole’s den is 12 inches below the ground.
So, the mole’s den have to travel 12 inches +12 feet to reach the bird nest
So, the difference in height of these two positions is 12 feet + 12 inches
= 12 feet + 1 feet = 13 feet

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
REASONING
Determine whether the expressions are equivalent. Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 91.)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 20

Answer:
The expressions are not equivalent

Explanation:
Expression 1 is 3 – 5x
Expression 2 is 4.25 – 5x – 4.25
= -5x
So, expressions are not equivalent

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 21

Answer:
Both the expressions are equivalent.

Explanation:
Expression 1 is 1.25x + 4 + 0.75x – 3
= 2x + 4 – 3 = 2x + 1
Expression 2 is 2x + 1
So, both the expressions are equivalent.

IDENTIFYING TERMS AND LIKE TERMS
Identify the terms and like terms in the expression.

Question 9.
t + 8 + 3t

Answer:
Like terms are t, 3t
Terms are 8, t, 3t

Explanation:
Given expression is t + 8 + 3t
Like terms are t, 3t
Terms are 8, t, 3t

Question 10.
3z + 4 + 2 + 4z

Answer:
Like terms are 3z, 4z
terms are 4, 2, 3z, 4z

Explanation:
Given expression is 3z + 4 + 2 + 4z
Like terms are 3z, 4z
terms are 4, 2, 3z, 4z

Question 11.
2n – n – 4 + 7n

Answer:
Like terms are 2n, -n, 7n
Terms are -4, 2n, -n, 7n

Explanation:
Given expression is 2n – n – 4 + 7n
Like terms are 2n, -n, 7n
Terms are -4, 2n, -n, 7n

Question 12.
-x – 9x2 + 12x2 + 7

Answer:
Like terms are -9x², 12x²
Terms are 7, -x, -9x², 12x²

Explanation:
Given expression is -x – 9x² + 12x² + 7
Like terms are -9x², 12x²
Terms are 7, -x, -9x², 12x²

Question 13.
1.4y + 5 – 4.2 – 5y2 + z

Answer:
There are no like terms
Terms are 1.4y, 5, -4.2, -5y², z

Explanation:
Given expression is 1.4y + 5 – 4.2 – 5y² + z
There are no like terms
Terms are 1.4y, 5, -4.2, -5y², z

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 22

Answer:
Like terms are 1/2 s, 3/4 s
Terms are -4, 1/8, -s³, 1/2 s, 3/4 s

Explanation:
Given expression is 1/2 s – 4 + 3/4 s + 1/8 – s³
Like terms are 1/2 s, 3/4 s
Terms are -4, 1/8, -s³, 1/2 s, 3/4 s

Question 15.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend identifies the terms and like terms in the expression 3x – 5 – 2x + 9x. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 23

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
Given expression is 3x – 5 – 2x + 9x
like terms are 3x, -2x, 9x
Terms are 3x, -2x, 9x, 5

SIMPLIFYING ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS
Simplify the expression.

Question 16.
12g + 9g

Answer:
21g

Explanation:
The given expression is 12g + 9g
= 21g

Question 17.
11x + 9 – 7

Answer:
11x + 2

Explanation:
Given expression is 11x + 9 – 7
= 11x + 2

Question 18.
8s – 11s + 6s

Answer:
3s

Explanation:
Given expression is 8s – 11s + 6s
= 14s – 11s = 3s

Question 19.
4b – 24 + 19

Answer:
4b – 5

Explanation:
Given expression is 4b – 24 + 19
= 4b – 5

Question 20.
4p – 5p – 30p

Answer:
-31p

Explanation:
Given expression is 4p – 5p – 30p
= 4p – 35p = -31p

Question 21.
4.2v – 5 – 6.5v

Answer:
-2.3v – 5

Explanation:
Given expression is 4.2v – 5 – 6.5v
= -2.3v – 5

Question 22.
8 + 4a + 6.2 – 9a

Answer:
14.2 – 5a

Explanation:
Given expression is 8 + 4a + 6.2 – 9a
= 14.2 – 5a

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 24

Answer:
3 – 1/2 y

Explanation:
Given expression is 2/5y – 4 + 7 – 9/10y
= (4 – 9)/10 y + 3
= -5/10 y + 3
= -1/2 y + 3

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 25

Answer:
40c/3 – 3/2

Explanation:
Given expression is -2/3 c -9/5 + 14c + 3/10
= (-2 + 42)c/3 – (18 – 3)/10
= 40c/3 – 15/10
= 40c/3 – 3/2

Question 25.
MODELING REAL LIFE
On a hike, each hiker carries the items shown. Write and interpret an expression in simplest form that represents the weight carried by x hikers. How much total weight is carried when there are 4 hikers?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 26

Answer:
When there are 4 hikers the total weight is 40.8 lb.

Explanation:
A hiker has thw following items:
A sleeping bag of 3.4 lb weight, camping bag of 4.6 lb weight, and a water bottle of 2.2 lb weight
The expression can be
3.4x + 4.6x + 2.2x = x
Here x is the weight each hiker is carrying
10.2x = x
So, each hiker carries a total weight of 10.2 pounds
When there are 4 hikes, the total weight is 10.2 x 4 = 40.8

Question 26.
STRUCTURE
Evaluate the expression -8x + 5 – 2x – 4 + 5 when x = 2 before and after simplifying. Which method do you prefer? Explain.

Answer:
-14

Explanation:
Given expression is -8x + 5 – 2x – 4 + 5
Put x = 2
-8(2) + 5 -2(2) – 4 + 5
= -16 + 5 – 4 – 4 + 5 = -14
Simplify -8x + 5 – 2x – 4 + 5
= -10x + 10 – 4 = -10x + 6
Put x = 2 in -10x + 6
= -10(2) + 6
= -20 + 6 = -14
I just prefer putting x = 2 after simplifying the expression.

Question 27.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an expression with five different terms that is equivalent 8x2 + 3x2 + 3y. Justify your answer.

Answer:
3x² + 2y + y + 7x² + x²

Explanation:
Given expression is 8x² + 3x² + 3y.
The expression which is equivalent to 8x² + 3x² + 3y and having 5 different terms can be as follows
3x² + 2y + y + 7x² + x²
by simplifying the above expression, you will get the original expression.

Question 28.
STRUCTURE
Which of the following shows a correct way of simplifying 6 + (3 – 5x)? Explain the errors made in the other choices.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 27

Answer:
C. 6 + (3 – 5x) = (6 + 3) – 5x = 9 – 5x

Explanation:
A. 6 + (3 – 5x) = (6 + 3 – 5)x
Here, x is applicable to only -5x, it is not multiplied with whole expression
B. 6 + (3 – 5x) = 6 + (3 – 5)x
Here, x is the multiple of only -5x, but you have included 3 also which is false
C. 6 + (3 – 5x) = (6 + 3) – 5x = 9 – 5x
This is true
D. 6 + (3 – 5x) = (6 + 3 + 5) – x
5 is the multiple of x, it is not constant.

Question 29.
PRECISION
Two comets orbit the Sun. One comet travels 30,000 miles per hour and the other comet travels 28,500 miles per hour. What is the most efficient way to calculate the difference of the distances traveled by the comets for any given number of minutes? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 28

Answer:
The difference between those distances is 1500 miles for 60 minutes.

Explanation:
Given that,
One comet travels 30,000 miles per hour and the other comet travels 28,500 miles per hour.
Let us say, the time given for the comets is 60 minutes.
So, in 60 minutes, the first one travels 30,000 miles, and the second one travels 28,500 miles
The difference between those distances = 30,000 – 28,500 = 1500 miles

Question 30.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Find the earnings for washing and waxing 12 cars and 8 trucks. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 29

Answer:
and waxing 12 cars and 8 trucks is $440

Explanation:
The earnings for washing and waxing 12 cars = 12(washing one car cost) + 12(waxing one car cost)
= 12($8) + 12($12)
= 12(8 + 12) = $240
The earnings for washing and waxing 8 trucks = 8(washing one truck cost) + 8(waxing one truck cost)
= 8($10) + 8($15)
= 8(10 + 15) = 8(25) = $200
So, the earnings for washing and waxing 12 cars and 8 trucks is $ 240 + $200 = $440

Question 31.
CRITICAL THINKING
You apply gold foil to a piece of red poster board to make the design shown.
a. Find the area of the gold foil when x = 3. Justify your answer.
b. The pattern at the right is called “St. George’s Cross.” Find a country that uses this pattern as its flag.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 30

Answer:
a. Area of the gold foil = 87 sq in
b. England

Explanation:
You apply gold foil to a piece of red poster board to make the design.
a. Area of rectangle = length x breadth
= 20 x 12 = 240 sq in.
Length of the gold foil = (12 – x) in
The breadth of gold foil = (20 – x) in
Area of horizontal gold foil = length x breadth
= 20 * x = 20x sq. in
Area of the vertical gold foil = length x breath
= 12 * x = 12x sq. in
Area of the middle gold foil = length x breadth
= x * x = x² sq. in
Area of the gold foil = Area of horizontal gold foil + Area of vertical gold foil – Area of the middle gold foil
= 20x + 12x – x²
The area of gold foil when x = 3 is 20(3) + 12(3) – (3)²
= 60 + 36 – 9
= 87 sq in
b. The pattern at the right is called “St. George’s Cross.” Find a country that uses this pattern as its flag.
England

Question 32.
GEOMETRY
Two rectangles have different dimensions. Each rectangle has a perimeter of (7x + 5) inches. Draw and label diagrams that represent possible dimensions of the rectangles.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 3
Rectangle 1 dimensions are 3.5x and 2.5, rectangle 2 dimensions are 1/2(5x + 1), x + 2

Explanation:
Perimeter of rectangle = (7x + 5) inches
2(length + width) = 7x + 5
length + width = (7x + 5)/2
Rectangle 1 dimensions can be 3.5x and 2.5
Rectangle 2 dimensions can be 1/2(5x + 1), x + 2

Lesson 3.2 Adding and Subtracting Linear Expressions

EXPLORATION 1

Using Algebra Tiles
Work with a partner. You can use the algebra tiles shown at the left to find sums and differences of algebraic expressions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 31
a. How can you use algebra tiles to model a sum of terms that equals 0? Explain your reasoning.
b. Write each sum or difference modeled below. Then use the algebra tiles to simplify the expression.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 32
c. Write two algebraic expressions of the form ax + b, where a and b are rational numbers. Find the sum and difference of the expressions.

EXPLORATION 2
Using Properties of Operations
Work with a partner.
a. Do algebraic expressions, such as 2x, -3y, and 3z + 1 have additive inverses? How do you know?
b. How can you find the sums and differences modeled in Exploration 1 without using algebra tiles? Explain your reasoning.

3.2 Lesson

Try It

Find the sum.

Question 1.
(x + 3) + (2x – 1)

Answer:
(x + 3) + (2x – 1) = 3x + 2

Explanation:
The given expression is (x + 3) + (2x – 1)
Add the like terms and constant
= 3x + 3 – 1
= 3x + 2

Question 2.
(-8z + 4) + (8z – 7)

Answer:
(-8z + 4) + (8z – 7) = -3

Explanation:
The given expression is (-8z + 4) + (8z – 7)
= -8z + 4 + 8z – 7
= -3

Question 3.
(4.5 – n) + (-10n + 6.5)

Answer:
(4.5 – n) + (-10n + 6.5) = 11(1 – n)

Explanation:
The given expression is (4.5 – n) + (-10n + 6.5)
= 4.5 – n – 10n + 6.5
= 11 – 11n
= 11(1 – n)

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 34

Answer:
(1/2w – 3) + (1/4w + 3) = 3w/4

Explanation:
The given expression is (1/2w – 3) + (1/4w + 3)
= 1/2w – 3 + 1/4w + 3
= (2w + w)/4 = 3w/4

Try It

Find the difference.

Question 5.
(m – 3) – (-m + 12)

Answer:
(m – 3) – (-m + 12) = 2m – 15

Explanation:
The given expression is (m – 3) – (-m + 12)
= m – 3 + m – 12
= 2m – 15

Question 6.
(-2c + 5) – (6.3c + 20)

Answer:
(-2c + 5) – (6.3c + 20) = -83c – 15

Explanation:
The given expression is (-2c + 5) – (6.3c + 20)
= -2c + 5 – 6.3c – 20
= -83c – 15

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
WRITING
Describe how to distinguish a linear expression from a nonlinear expression. Give an example of each.

Answer:
An example of a linear expression is 2x + 1.
An example of a non-linear expression is 2x² + 1

Explanation:
Linear expressions are the expressions where the sum of constants and products of constants and raised to a power of 0 or 1. Non-linear expressions are the expressions where the sum of constants and products of constants and raised to a power that is not 0 or 1.
So, an example of a linear expression is 2x + 1.
An example of a non-linear expression is 2x² + 1

Question 8.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 35

Answer:
What is x more than 3x – 1 is different.

Explanation:
What is x more than 3x – 1 = x + 3x – 1 = 4x – 1
Find 3x – 1 decreased by x = 3x – 1 – x = 2x – 1
What is the difference of 3x – 1 and x = 3x – 1 – x = 2x – 1
Subtract (x + 1) from 3x = 3x – (x + 1) = 3x – x – 1 = 2x – 1

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
In a basketball game, the home team scores (2m + 39) points and the away team scores (3m + 40) points, where m is the number of minutes since halftime. Who wins the game? What is the difference in the scores minutes after halftime? Explain.

Answer:
The away team wins the game. And the difference in the scores minutes after halftime is 2m + 2.

Explanation:
Given that,
The score of home team = 2m + 39 points
The score of away team = 3m + 40 points
Here, m is the number of minutes since halftime
Let us consider the teams that score the same points after the half time
The score of home team = 2m + 39 + 2m + 39 = 4m + 78
The score of away team = 3m + 40 + 3m + 40 = 6m + 80
The difference between those scores = 6m + 80 – (4m + 78)
= 6m + 80 – 4m – 78 = 2m + 2
The away team wins the game.

Question 10.
Electric guitar kits originally cost d dollars online. You buy the kits on sale for 50% of the original price, plus a shipping fee of $4.50 per kit. After painting and assembly, you sell each guitar online for (1.5d + 4.5) dollars. Find and interpret your profit on each guitar sold.

Answer:
Your profit on each electric guitar kit is d dollars

Explanation:
Electric guitar kits originally cost d dollars online.
You buy the kits on sale for 50% of the original price. So, the purchase price of kit is = d/2 + 4.50
After painting and assembly, you sell each guitar online for (1.5d + 4.5) dollars
Profit = Selling price – Purchased price
= 1.5d + 4.5 – (d/2+ 4.50)
= 1.5d + 4.5 – 0.5d – 4.50
= d dollars
Your profit on each electric guitar kit is d dollars. You pay (0.5d + 4.50) dollars for each kit. so, you are getting 4.50 dollars less than double your money.

Adding and Subtracting Linear Expressions Homework & Practice 3.2

Review & Refresh

Simplify the expression.

Question 1.
4f + 11f

Answer:
4f + 11f = 15f

Explanation:
Given expression is 4f + 11f
Add the like terms
= 15f

Question 2.
b + 4b – 9b

Answer:
b + 4b – 9b = -4b

Explanation:
Given expression is b + 4b – 9b
Perform required operations between like terms
= 5b – 9b = -4b

Question 3.
-4z – 6 – 7z + 3

Answer:
-4z – 6 – 7z + 3 = -11z- 3

Explanation:
Given expression is -4z – 6 – 7z + 3
Perform required operations between like terms and constants
= -11z- 3

Evaluate the expression when x = \(-\frac{4}{5}\) and y = \(\frac{1}{3}\).

Question 4.
x + y

Answer:
-7/15

Explanation:
Given expression is x + y
Put x = -4/5, y = 1/3
= -4/5 + 1/3
= (-12 + 5)/15 = -7/15

Question 5.
2x + 6y

Answer:
2/5

Explanation:
Given expression is 2x + 6y
Put x = -4/5, y = 1/3
= 2(-4/5) + 6(1/3) = -8/5 + 6/3
= (-24 + 30)/15 = 6/15
= 2/5

Question 6.
-x + 4y

Answer:
32/15

Explanation:
Given expression is -x + 4y
Put x = -4/5, y = 1/3
= -(-4/5) + 4(1/3)
= 4/5 + 4/3
= (12 + 20)/15
= 32/15

Question 7.
What is the surface area of a cube that has a side length of 5 feet?
A. 25 ft2
B. 75 ft2
C. 125 ft2
D. 150 ft2

Answer:
D. 150 ft²

Explanation:
Given that,
the side length of cube = 5 feet
The surface area of a cube = 6side²
= 6 x (5)² = 6 x 25
= 150 ft²

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
USING ALGEBRA TILES
Write the sum or difference modeled by the algebra tiles. Then use the algebra tiles to simplify the expression. (See Exploration 1, p. 97.)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 36

Answer:
3x – 1

Explanation:
Convert the given algebra tiles to the expressions
(x – 1 – 1 – 1 + x – 1 – 1 – 1) + (x + 1 + 1+ 1+ 1+ 1)
= (2x – 6) +(x + 5)
= 2x – 6 + x + 5
= 3x – 1

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 37

Answer:
11

Explanation:
Convert the given algebra tiles to the expressions
(x + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + x + 1 + 1) – (x – 1 – 1 – 1 – 1 + x)
= (2x + 7) – (2x – 4)
= 2x + 7 – 2x + 4
= 11

ADDING LINEAR EXPRESSIONS
Find the sum.

Question 10.
(n + 8) + (n – 12)

Answer:
(n + 8) + (n – 12) = 2n – 4

Explanation:
Given linear expression is (n + 8) + (n – 12)
= n + 8 + n – 12
= 2n – 4

Question 11.
(7 – b) + (3b + 2)

Answer:
(7 – b) + (3b + 2) = 9 + 2b

Explanation:
Given linear expression is (7 – b) + (3b + 2)
= 7 – b + 3b + 2
= 9 + 2b

Question 12.
(2w – 9) + (-4w – 5)

Answer:
(2w – 9) + (-4w – 5) = -2w – 14

Explanation:
Given linear expression is (2w – 9) + (-4w – 5)
= 2w – 9 – 4w- 5
= -2w – 14

Question 13.
(2x – 6) + (4x – 12)

Answer:
(2x – 6) + (4x – 12) = 8x – 18

Explanation:
Given linear expression is (2x – 6) + (4x – 12)
= 2x – 6 + 4x – 12
= 8x – 18

Question 14.
(-3.4k – 7) + (3k + 21)

Answer:
(-3.4k – 7) + (3k + 21) = -0.4k + 14

Explanation:
Given linear expression is (-3.4k – 7) + (3k + 21)
= -3.4k – 7 + 3k + 21
= -0.4k + 14

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 38

Answer:
(-7/2 z+ 4) + (1/5 z- 15) = -33z/10 – 11

Explanation:
Given linear expression is (-7/2 z+ 4) + (1/5 z- 15)
= -7/2 z + 4 + 1/5 z- 15
= (-35z + 2z)/10 – 11
= -33z/10 – 11

Question 16.
(6 – 2.7h) + (-1.3j – 4)

Answer:
(6 – 2.7h) + (-1.3j – 4) = 2 – 2.7h – 1.3j

Explanation:
Given linear expression is (6 – 2.7h) + (-1.3j – 4)
= 6 – 2.7h – 1.3j – 4
= 2 – 2.7h – 1.3j

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 39

Answer:
(7/4 x – 5) + (2y – 3.5) + (-1/4 x + 5) = 3x/2 + 2y – 3.5

Explanation:
Given linear expression is (7/4 x – 5) + (2y – 3.5) + (-1/4 x + 5)
= 7/4 x – 5 + 2y – 3.5 – 1/4x + 5
= (7x – x)/4 + 2y – 3.5
= 6x/4 + 2y – 3.5
= 3x/2 + 2y – 3.5

Question 18.
MODELING REAL LIFE
While catching fireflies, you and a friend decide to have a competition. After m minutes, you have (3m + 13) fireflies and your friend has (4m + 6) fireflies.
a. How many total fireflies do you and your friend catch? Explain your reasoning.
b. The competition lasts 3 minutes. Who has more fireflies? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 40

Answer:
a. The total number of fireflies collected is 7m + 19
b. You have more fireflies when compared with your friend.

Explanation:
The number of fireflies you collected after m minutes is (3m + 13)
The number of fireflies your friend collected after m minutes is (4m + 6)
a.
The number of fireflies you collected is (3m + 13)
The number of fireflies your friend collected is (4m + 6)
The total number of fireflies collected = (3m + 13) + (4m + 6)
= 3m + 13 + 4m + 6 = 7m + 19
b. The competition lasts 3 minutes
So, The number of fireflies you collected is 3(1) + 13 = 3 + 13 = 16
The number of fireflies your friend collected is 4(1) + 6 = 4 + 6 = 10
So, you have more fireflies when compared with your friend.

SUBTRACTING LINEAR EXPRESSIONS

Find the difference.

Question 19.
(-2g + 7) – (g + 11)

Answer:
(-2g + 7) – (g + 11) = -3g – 4

Explanation:
The given linear expression is (-2g + 7) – (g + 11)
= -2g + 7 – g – 11
= -3g – 4

Question 20.
(6d + 5) – (2 – 3d)

Answer:
(6d + 5) – (2 – 3d) = 9d + 3

Explanation:
The given linear expression is (6d + 5) – (2 – 3d)
= 6d + 5 – 2 + 3d
= 9d + 3

Question 21.
(4 – 5y) – (2y – 16)

Answer:
(4 – 5y) – (2y – 16) = 20 – 7y

Explanation:
The given linear expression is (4 – 5y) – (2y – 16)
= 4 – 5y – 2y + 16
= 20 – 7y

Question 22.
(2n – 9) – (-2.4n + 4)

Answer:
(2n – 9) – (-2.4n + 4) = 4.4n – 13

Explanation:
The given linear expression is (2n – 9) – (-2.4n + 4)
= 2n – 9 + 2.4n – 4
= 4.4n – 13

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 41

Answer:
(-1/8 c + 16) – (3/8 + 3c) = (-25c + 125)/8

Explanation:
The given linear expression is (-1/8 c + 16) – (3/8 + 3c)
= -1/8 c + 16 – 3/8 – 3c
= (-c – 24c)/8 + (128 – 3)/8
= -25c/8 + 125/8
= (-25c + 125)/8

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 42

Answer:
(9/4 x + 6) – (-5/4 x – 24) = 7x/2 + 30

Explanation:
The given linear expression is (9/4 x + 6) – (-5/4 x – 24)
= 9x/4 + 6 + 5x/4 + 24
= (9x + 5x)/4 + 30
= 14x/4 + 30
= 7x/2 + 30

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 43

Answer:
(1/3 – 6m) – (1/4 n – 8) = 25/4 – 6m – n/4

Explanation:
The given linear expression is (1/3 – 6m) – (1/4 n – 8)
= 1/3 – 6m – 1/4 n + 8
= (1 + 24)/3 – 6m – n/4
= 25/4 – 6m – n/4

Question 26.
(1 – 5q) – (2.5s + 8) – (0.5q + 6)

Answer:
(1 – 5q) – (2.5s + 8) – (0.5q + 6) = -5.5q – 2.5s – 13

Explanation:
The given linear expression is (1 – 5q) – (2.5s + 8) – (0.5q + 6)
= 1 – 5q – 2.5s – 8 – 0.5q – 6
= 1 – 5.5q – 2.5s – 14
= -5.5q – 2.5s – 13

Question 27.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the difference (4m + 9) – (2m – 5). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 44

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
The given expression is (4m + 9) – (2m – 5)
= 4m + 9 – 2m + 5
= 2m + 14

Question 28.
GEOMETRY
The expression 17n + 11 represents the perimeter of the triangle. What is the length of the third side? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 45

Answer:
The length of the third side is 8n.

Explanation:
Perimeter of the triangle = 17n + 11
5n + 6 + 4n + 5 + third side = 17n + 11
9n + 11 + third side = 17n + 11
third side = 17n + 11 – (9n +11)
= 17n + 11 – 9n – 11
= 8n
The length of the third side is 8n.

Question 29.
LOGIC
Your friend says the sum of two linear expressions is always a linear expression. Is your friend correct? Explain.

Answer:
yes, the sum of two linear expressions is always a linear expression.

Explanation:
The sum of two linear expressions is always a linear expression. But the product of linear expressions may not be the linear expression.

Question 30.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You burn 265 calories running and then 7 calories per minute swimming. Your friend burns 273 calories running and then 11 calories per minute swimming. You each swim for the same number of minutes. Find and interpret the difference in the amounts of calories burned by you and your friend.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 46

Answer:
The difference in the amounts of calories burned by you and your friend is 8 + 4m.

Explanation:
The number of calories your burn by running and swimming is 265 + 7m
The number of calories your friend burns by running and swimming is 273 + 11m
The difference in amount of calories burn = 273 + 11m – (265 + 7m)
= 273 + 11m – 265 – 7m
= 8 + 4m
The difference in the amounts of calories burned by you and your friend is 8 + 4m.

Question 31.
DIG DEEPER!
You start a new job. After w weeks, you have (10w + 120) dollars in your savings account and (45w + 25) dollars in your checking account.
a. What is the total amount of money in the accounts? Explain.
b. How much money did you have before you started your new job? How much money do you save each week?
c. You want to buy a new phone for $150, and still have $500 left in your accounts afterwards. Explain how to determine when you can buy the phone.

Answer:
a. The total amount of money in the accounts = (55w + 145) dollars
b. You started a new job with 120 dollars savings and you earned 10 dollars savings each week.
c. You can buy the phone after 9 weeks of starting new job.

Explanation:
You have (10w + 120) dollars in your savings account and (45w + 25) dollars in your checking account.
a.
The total amount of money in the accounts = 10w + 120 + 45w + 25
= 55w + 145
b.
In the saving’s account the multiple of w is the amount earned during job and other constant is the amount you have before the new job.
So, you started a new job with 120 dollars savings and you earned 10 dollars savings each week.
c.
The total amount in accounts is (55w + 145) dollars
You want to buy a new phone for $150, and still have $500 left in your accounts afterwards
Deduct $150 from total amount so that the remaining amount should be $500.
55w + 145 – 150 = 500
55w – 5 = 500
55w = 500 + 5
55w = 505
w = $505/55
w = 9.1818
So, you can buy the phone after 9 weeks of starting new job.

Question 32.
REASONING
Write an expression in simplest form that represents the vertical distance between the two lines shown. What is the distance when x = 3? when x = -3?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 47

Answer:
The vertical distance between the two lines is 3 units.

Explanation:
Given equations are y = x – 1, y = 2x – 4
Equating those two
x – 1 = 2x – 4
-1 + 4 = 2x – x
3 = x
So, the vertical distance between the two lines is 3 units.

Lesson 3.3 The Distributive Property

EXPLORATION 1

Using Models to Write Expressions
Work with a partner.
a. Write an expression that represents the area of the shaded region in each figure.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 48
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 48.1
b. Compare your expressions in part(a) with other groups in your class. Did other groups write expressions that look different than yours? If so, determine whether the expressions are equivalent.

3.3 Lesson

Try It
Simplify the expression.

Question 1.
-1(x + 9)

Answer:
-1(x + 9) = 9 – x

Explanation:
Given expression is -1(x + 9)
= -x + 9

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 49

Answer:
2/3 (-3z – 6) = -2z – 4

Explanation:
Given expression is 2/3 (-3z – 6)
= 2/3(-3z) – 2/3(6)
= -2z – 2(2)
= -2z – 4

Question 3.
-1.5(8m – n)

Answer:
-1.5(8m – n) = -12m + 1.5n

Explanation:
Given expression is -1.5(8m – n)
= -1.5(8m) + 1.5(n)
= -12m + 1.5n

Try It

Simplify the expression.

Question 4.
2(-3s + 1 – 5)

Answer:
2(-3s + 1 – 5) = -6s – 8

Explanation:
Given expression is 2(-3s + 1 – 5)
= 2(-3s) + 2(1) + 2(-5)
= -6s + 2 – 10
= -6s – 8

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 3 Expressions 50

Answer:
-3/2 (a – 4 – 2a) = 3a/2 + 6

Explanation:
Given expression is -3/2 (a – 4 – 2a)
= -3/2 (a) + 3/2(4) + 3/2(2a)
= -3a/2 + 3(2) + 3(a)
= -3a/2 + 6 + 3a
= (-3a + 6a)/2 + 6
= 3a/2 + 6

Try It

Simplify the expression.

Question 6.
3.5m – 1.5(m – 10)

Answer:
3.5m – 1.5(m – 10) = 2m + 15

Explanation:
Given expression is 3.5m – 1.5(m – 10)
= 3.5m – 1.5(m) + 1.5(10)
= 3.5m – 1.5m + 15
= 2m + 15

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 51

Answer:
4/5(10w – 5) – 2(w + 9) = 6w – 22

Explanation:
Given expression is 4/5(10w – 5) – 2(w + 9)
= 4/5(10w) – 4/5(5) – 2w – 18
= 4(2w) – 4 – 2w – 18
= 8w – 2w – 22
= 6w – 22

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 8.
WRITING
Explain how to use the Distributive Property when simplifying an expression.

Answer:
Distributive property says that a(b+ c) = ab + ac and a(b – c) = ab – ac
So, you need to expand the outer number with the sum or difference inside the braces
And perform the required arithmetical operations to get the simplified expression.

USING THE DISTRIBUTIVE PROPERTY
Simplify the expression.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 52

Answer:
5/6 (-2y + 3) = -5y/3 + 5/2

Explanation:
Given expression is 5/6 (-2y + 3)
= 5/6(-2y) + 5/6(3)
= -10y/6 + 15/6
= -5y/3 + 5/2

Question 10.
6(3s – 2.5 – 5s)

Answer:
6(3s – 2.5 – 5s) = -15 – 12s

Explanation:
Given expression is 6(3s – 2.5 – 5s)
= 6(-2.5 – 2s)
= 6(-2.5) – 6(2s)
= -15 – 12s

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 3 Expressions 53

Answer:
3/10(4m – 8) + 9m = (51m – 12)/5

Explanation:
Given expression is 3/10(4m – 8) + 9m
= 3/10(4m) – 3/10(8) + 9m
= 3/5(2m) – 3/5(4) + 9m
= 6m/5 – 12/5 + 9m
= (6m + 45m)/5 – 12/5
= 51m/5 – 12/5
= (51m – 12)/5

Question 12.
2.25 – 2(7.5 – 4h)

Answer:
2.25 – 2(7.5 – 4h) = 8h – 12.75

Explanation:
Given expression is 2.25 – 2(7.5 – 4h)
= 2.25 – 2(7.5) + 2(4h)
= 2.25 – 15 + 8h
= 8h – 12.75

Question 13.
STRUCTURE
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 3 Expressions 54
Use the terms at the left to complete the expression below so that it is equivalent to 9x – 12. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 3 Expressions 55

Answer:
3/2 (4x – 8) + 3x

Explanation:
The expression can be
3/2 (4x – 8) + 3x
= 3/2(4(x – 2)) + 3x
= 3(2(x – 2)) + 3x
= 6(x – 2) + 3x
= 6x – 12 + 3x
= 9x – 12

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 14.
A rectangular room is 10 feet longer than it is wide. How many 1-foot square tiles does it take to tile along the inside walls of the room?

Answer:
The number of tiles required is 4w + 20.

Explanation:
Let the width of the rectangular room is w
The length of the rectangular room is w + 10
Perimeter of the rectangular room = 2(length + with)
= 2(w + 10 + w)
= 2(2w +10)
= 4w + 20
So, the number of tiles required is 4w + 20.

Question 15.
How many 2-foot square tiles does it take to tile the border of the pool in Example 4? Explain.

Answer:
(4s + 8) 2 foot square tiles are required.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 6
The diagram shows that the tiled border can be divided into two sections that each requires s + 4 tiles and two sections that each requires s tiles. So, the number of tiles can be represented as 2(s + 4) + 2s
2(s + 4) + 2s = 2(s) + 2(4) + 2s
= 4s + 8
So, (4s + 8) 2 foot square tiles are required.

The Distributive Property Homework & Practice 3.3

Review & Refresh

Find the sum or difference.

Question 1.
(5b – 9) + (b + 8)

Answer:
(5b – 9) + (b + 8) = 6b – 1

Explanation:
Given expression is (5b – 9) + (b + 8)
= 5b – 9 + b + 8
= 6b – 1

Question 2.
(3m + 5) – (6 – 5m)

Answer:
(3m + 5) – (6 – 5m) = 8m – 1

Explanation:
Given expression is (3m + 5) – (6 – 5m)
= 3m + 5 – 6 + 5m
= 8m – 1

Question 3.
(1 – 9z) + 3(z – 2)

Answer:
(1 – 9z) + 3(z – 2) = -5 – 6z

Explanation:
Given expression is (1 – 9z) + 3(z – 2)
= 1 – 9z + 3(z) – 3(2)
= 1 – 9z + 3z – 6
= -5 – 6z

Question 4.
(7g – 6) – (-3n – 4)

Answer:
(7g – 6) – (-3n – 4) = 7g + 3n – 2

Explanation:
Given expression is (7g – 6) – (-3n – 4)
= 7g – 6 -(-3n) -(-4)
= 7g – 6 + 3n + 4
= 7g + 3n – 2

Evaluate the expression.

Question 5.
-62

Answer:
-6² = -36

Explanation:
Given expression is -62
-6 x 6 = -36

Question 6.
-92 . 3

Answer:
-9² . 3 = -243

Explanation:
Given expression is -9² . 3
= -9 . 9 . 3
= -9 . 27
= -243

Question 7.
(-7) . (-2) . (-4)

Answer:
(-7) . (-2) . (-4) = -56

Explanation:
Given expression is (-7) . (-2) . (-4)
= -7 . -2 . -4
= 14 . -4
= -56

Copy and complete the statement using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 3 Expressions 56

Answer:
11 = | -11 |

Explanation:
11 = | -11 |
mod of -11 is positive 11
So, they are equal.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 3 Expressions 57

Answer:
| 3.5 | <  | -5.8 |

Explanation:
| 3.5 | _  | -5.8 |
3.5 < 5.8

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 3 Expressions 58

Answer:
| -3.5 | <  | 17/5 |

Explanation:
| -3.5 | _  | 17/5 |
3.5 < 3.4

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING MODELS
Write two different expressions that represent the area of the shaded region. Show that the expressions are equivalent. (See Exploration 1, p. 103.)

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 3 Expressions 59

Answer:
6.5(2x + 2), 13x + 13

Explanation:
The length of the shaded region is 6.5
The width of the shaded region is (3x + 4) – (x + 2) = 3x + 4 – x – 2
= 2x + 2
The area of the shaded region = length . width
= 6.5 . (2x + 2)
= 6.5(2x + 2)
= 6.5(2x) + 6.5(2)
= 13x + 13
The second way is as follows
The length of bigger rectangle is 3x + 4
Width of the bigger rectangle is 6.5
Area of the bigger rectangle = length . width
= 6.5(3x + 4)
The length of unshaded region is x + 2
width of the unshaded region is 6.2
Area of the unshaded region = length . width
= 6.5(x + 2)
Area of the shaded region = Area of the bigger rectangle – area of the shaded region
= 6.5(3x + 4) – 6.5(x + 2)
= 6.5(3x + 4 -(x + 2))
= 6.5(3x + 4 – x – 2)
= 6.5(2x + 2)
= 6.5(2x) + 6.5(2)
= 13x + 13

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 3 Expressions 60

Answer:
2.5m² – 2m, 1.5m² + m(m – 2)

Explanation:
The first way is here.
The length of the bigger rectangle is 1.5m
The width of the bigger rectangle is 2m
The area of the bigger rectangle = length . width
= 1.5m x 2m = 3m²
Length of the unshaded region is 1.5m – (m – 2) = 1.5m – m + 2
= 0.5m + 2
Width of the unshaded region = 2m – m = m
Area of the unshaded region = length . width
= (0.5m + 2) . m
Area of the shaded region = The area of the bigger rectangle – Area of the unshaded region
= 3m² – m(0.5m + 2)
= 3m² – 0.5m² -2m
= 2.5m² – 2m
The second way is as follows
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 7
The length of the first shaded rectangle = 1.5m
The width of the first shaded rectangle = m
Area of the first shaded rectangle = length . width
= 1.5m x m
= 1.5m²
The length of the second shaded rectangle = m – 2
The width of the first shaded rectangle = 2m – m = m
Area of the second shaded rectangle = length . width
= m(m – 2)
Therefore, area of the shaded region = Area of the first shaded rectangle + Area of the second shaded rectangle
= 1.5m² + m(m – 2)
= 1.5m² + m² – 2m
= 2.5m² – 2m
Therefore, two expressions that represent the area of the shaded region is 2.5m² – 2m, 1.5m² + m(m – 2).

USING THE DISTRIBUTIVE PROPERTY
Simplify the expression.

Question 13.
3(a – 7)

Answer:
3(a – 7) = 3a – 21

Explanation:
The given expression is 3(a – 7)
= 3(a) – 3(7)
= 3a – 21

Question 14.
-6(2 + x)

Answer:
-6(2 + x) = -12 – 6x

Explanation:
The given expression is -6(2 + x)
= -6(2) +(-6)(x)
= -12 -6(x)
= -12 – 6x

Question 15.
-5(3m – 4)

Answer:
-5(3m – 4) = -15m + 20

Explanation:
The given expression is -5(3m – 4)
= -5(3m) – (-5) (4)
= -15m +5(4)
= -15m + 20

Question 16.
-9(-5 – 4c)

Answer:
-9(-5 – 4c) = 45 + 36c

Explanation:
The given expression is -9(-5 – 4c)
= -9(-5) – (-9) (4c)
= 45 + 9(4c)
= 45 + 36c

Question 17.
4.5 (3s + 6)

Answer:
4.5 (3s + 6) = 13.5s+ 27

Explanation:
The given expression is 4.5 (3s + 6)
= 4.5(3s) + 4.5(6)
= 13.5s+ 27

Question 18.
-1.4 (-5 + 7g)

Answer:
-1.4 (-5 + 7g) = 7 – 9.8g

Explanation:
The given expression is -1.4 (-5 + 7g)
= -1.4(-5) -1.4(7g)
= 7 – 9.8g

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 3 Expressions 61

Answer:
2/5(6 – 5p) = 12/5 – 2p

Explanation:
The given expression is 2/5(6 – 5p)
= 2/5(6) – 2/5(5p)
= 12/5 – 2p

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 3 Expressions 62

Answer:
-4/3 (3q – 10) = -4q + 40/3

Explanation:
The given expression is -4/3 (3q – 10)
= -4/3 (3q) + 4/3(10)
= -4q + 40/3

Question 21.
2(3 + 4y + 5)

Answer:
2(3 + 4y + 5) = 16 + 8y

Explanation:
The given expression is 2(3 + 4y + 5)
= 2(8 + 4y)
= 2(8) + 2(4y)
= 16 + 8y

Question 22.
-9(8 + 6n – 4)

Answer:
-9(8 + 6n – 4) = -36 – 54n

Explanation:
The given expression is -9(8 + 6n – 4)
= -9(4 + 6n)
= -9(4) – 9(6n)
= -36 – 54n

Question 23.
-6(-4d – 8.3 + 3d)

Answer:
-6(-4d – 8.3 + 3d) = 6d + 49.8

Explanation:
The given expression is -6(-4d – 8.3 + 3d)
= -6(-d – 8.3)
= -6(-d) + 6(8.3)
= 6d + 49.8

Question 24.
2.3h(6 – k)

Answer:
2.3h(6 – k) = 13.8h – 2.3hk

Explanation:
The given expression is 2.3h(6 – k)
= 2.3h(6) – 2.3h(k)
= 13.8h – 2.3hk

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 63

Answer:
-3/8 (-4y + z) = 3y/2 – 3z/8

Explanation:
The given expression is -3/8 (-4y + z)
= -3/8 (-4y) – 3/8(z)
= 3y/2 – 3z/8

Question 26.
2(-2w – 1.2 + 7x)

Answer:
2(-2w – 1.2 + 7x) = -4w- 2.4 + 14x

Explanation:
The given expression is 2(-2w – 1.2 + 7x)
= 2(-2w) + 2(-1.2) + 2(7x)
= -4w- 2.4 + 14x

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 64

Answer:
5/3(4/3 a + 9b + 2/3 a) = 10a/3 + 15b

Explanation:
The given expression is 5/3(4/3 a + 9b + 2/3 a)
= 5/3 ( 6a/3 + 9b)
= 5/3 (2a + 9b)
= 5/3 (2a) + 5/3 (9b)
= 10a/3 + 5 (3b)
= 10a/3 + 15b

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend simplifies the expression. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 65

Answer:
Wrong.

Explanation:
-2(h + 8k) = -2(h) -2(8k)
= -2h – 16k

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 66

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
-3(4 – 5b + 7) = -3(11 – 5b)
= -3(11) -3(-5b)
= -33 + 15b

SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS
Simplify the expression.

Question 30.
-3(5g + 1) + 8g

Answer:
-3(5g + 1) + 8g = -7g – 3

Explanation:
The given expression is -3(5g + 1) + 8g
= -3(5g) -3(1) + 8g
= -15g – 3 + 8g
= -7g – 3

Question 31.
-6a + 7(-2a – 4)

Answer:
-6a + 7(-2a – 4) = -20a – 28

Explanation:
The given expression is -6a + 7(-2a – 4)
= -6a + 7(-2a) +7(-4)
= -6a – 14a – 28
= -20a – 28

Question 32.
9 – 3(5 – 4x)

Answer:
9 – 3(5 – 4x) = -6 + 12x

Explanation:
The given expression is 9 – 3(5 – 4x)
= 9 – 3(5) -3(-4x)
= 9 – 15 + 12x
= -6 + 12x

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 67

Answer:
-3/4(5p – 12) + 2(8 – 1/4 p) = -17p/4 + 25

Explanation:
The given expression is -3/4(5p – 12) + 2(8 – 1/4 p)
= -3/4 (5p) -3/4(-12) + 2(8) + 2(-1/4p)
= -15p/4 + 9 + 16 – p/2
= (-15p -2p)/4 + 25
= -17p/4 + 25

Question 34.
c(4 + 3c) – 0.75(c + 3)

Answer:
c(4 + 3c) – 0.75(c + 3) = 4c + 3c² – 0.75c – 2.25

Explanation:
The given expression is c(4 + 3c) – 0.75(c + 3)
= c(4) + c(3c) – 0.75(c) – 0.75(3)
= 4c + 3c² – 0.75c – 2.25

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 68

Answer:
-1 – 2/3(6/7 – 3/7 n) = -33/21 + 6n/21

Explanation:
The given expression is -1 – 2/3(6/7 – 3/7 n)
= -1 -2/3(6/7) – 2/3(-3/7 n)
= -1 – 12/21 + 6n/21
= (-21 – 12)/21 + 6n/21
= -33/21 + 6n/21

Question 36.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The cost (in dollars) of a custom-made sweatshirt is represented by 3.5n + 29.99, where n is the number of different colors in the design. Write and interpret a simplified expression that represents the cost of 15 sweatshirts.

Answer:
The cost of 15 sweatshirts is 52.5n + 449.85

Explanation:
The cost (in dollars) of a custom-made sweatshirt is represented by 3.5n + 29.99
To find the cost of 15 sweatshirts, we need to multiply the expression by 15
= 15(3.5n + 29.99)
= 15(3.5n) + 15(29.99)
= 52.5n + 449.85
Therefore, the cost of 15 sweatshirts is 52.5n + 449.85

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A ski resort makes snow using a snow fan that costs $1200. The fan has an average daily operation cost of $9.50. Write and interpret a simplified expression that represents the cost to purchase and operate 6 snow fans.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 69

Answer:
The expression that represents the cost to purchase and operate 6 snow fans is 7200 + 57d.

Explanation:
Given that,
A ski resort makes snow fan that costs $1200
The fan has an average daily operation cost of $ 9.50
We have to write a simplified expression that represents the cost to purchase and operate 6 snow fans.
And variable d represents the number of days that the resort operates the fans.
Now, cost of 6 snow fans = 6 x cost of each snow fan = 6 x 1200 = 7200
The cost to operate 6 fans = 6 x number of days x cost to operate each fan
= 6 x d x 9.5 = 57d
So, the expression for total cost will be cost of fans + cost to operate = 7200 + 57d.

Question 38.
NUMBER SENSE
Predict whether the instructions below will produce equivalent expressions. Then show whether your prediction is correct.

  • Subtract 3 from n, add 3 to the result, and then triple that expression.
  • Subtract 3 from n, triple the result, and then add 3 to that expression.

Answer:
Your prediction is wrong.

Explanation:
a. Subtract 3 from n = n – 3
Add 3 to the result = n – 3 + 3 = n
And then triple that expression = n x n x n = n³.
b. Subtract 3 from n = n – 3
Triple the result = (n – 3) . (n – 3) . (n – 3) = (n – 3)³
And then add 3 to that expression = (n – 3)³ + 3
Therefore, n³ is not equivalent to (n – 3)³ + 3
Hence, the prection is wrong.

USING A MODEL
Draw a diagram that shows how the expression can represent the area of a figure. Then simplify the expression.

Question 39.
5(2 + x + 3)

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 8

Explanation:
The area of rectangle = length . width
= 5(2 + x + 3)
= 5(5 + x)
= 5(5) + 5(x)
= 25 + 5x
Therefore, area is (25 + 5x)

Question 40.
(4 + 1)(x + 2x)

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 9

Explanation:
Length = 4 + 1
width = x + 2x
The area of rectangle = length . width
= (4 + 1) . (x + 2x)
= 5 . (3x)
= 15x
Therefore, area is 15x.

Question 41.
DIG DEEPER!
A square firepit with a side length of s feet is bordered by 1-foot square stones as shown.
a. How many stones does it take to border the firepit with two rows of stones? Use a diagram to justify your answer.
b. You border the fire pit with rows of stones. How many stones are in the nth row? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 70

Answer:
a. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 11
The number of stones = (s + 2)² + (s + 4)²
b. The area of the nth row square is (s + 2n)² ft².

Explanation:
a. The side length of the inner sqaure is s
The area of the sqaure = side²
= s²
The side length of the 1st row square is s + 1 + 1 = s + 2 ft
The area of the 1st row square = side²
= (s + 2)² ft²
The side length of the 2nd row of the sqaure is s + 2 + 2 = s + 4 ft
The area of the 2st row square = side²
= (s + 4)² ft²
So, the number of stones = (s + 2)² + (s + 4)²
b.
The side length of the nth row is s + 2n ft
The area of the nth row square = side²
= (s + 2n)² ft²

Question 42.
PUZZLE
Your friend asks you to perform the following steps.

  1. Pick any number except 0.
  2. Add 2 to your number.
  3. Multiply the result by 3.
  4. Subtract 6 from the result.
  5. Divide the result by your original number.

Your friend says, “The final result is 3!” Is your friend correct? If so, explain how your friend knew the final result. If not, explain why not.

Answer:
Yes, my friend is correct.

Explanation:

  1. Pick any number except 0.
    I have taken 2.
  2. Add 2 to your number.
    2 + 2 = 4
  3. Multiply the result by 3.
    4 x 3 = 12
  4. Subtract 6 from the result.
    12 – 6 = 6
  5. Divide the result by your original number.
    6/2 = 3

Lesson 3.4 Factoring Expressions

Factoring Expressions

EXPLORATION 1

Finding Dimensions
Work with a partner.
a. The models show the areas (in square units) of parts of rectangles.
Use the models to find the missing values that complete the expressions. Explain your reasoning.?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 71
b. Are the expressions you wrote in part(a) equivalent to the original expressions? Explain your reasoning.
c. Explain how you can use the Distributive Property to find rational number factors of an expression.

Try It

Factor the expression using the GCF.

Question 1.
15x + 25

Answer:
15x + 25 = 5(3x + 5)

Explanation:
Find the G.C.F of 15x and 25
15x = 3 . 5 . x
25 = 5. 5
The common prime factor is 5.
So, the GCF of 15x and 25 is 5
Use the GCF to factor the expression
15x + 25 = 5(3x) + 5(5)
= 5(3x + 5)

Question 2.
4y – 20

Answer:
4y – 20 = 4(y – 5)

Explanation:
Find the G.C.F of 4y and 20
15x = 2 . 2 . y
20 = 2 . 2 . 5
The common prime factors are 2 . 2 = 4
So, the GCF of 4y and 20 is 4
Use the GCF to factor the expression
4y – 20 = 4(y) – 4(5)
= 4(y – 5)

Question 3.
36c + 24d

Answer:
36c + 24d = 12(3c + 2d)

Explanation:
The G.C.F of 36c, 24d is
36c = 2 . 2 . 3 . 3 . c
24d = 2 . 3 . 2 . 2 . d
The common prime factors are 2 . 2 . 3 = 12
The G.C.F of 36c, 24d is 12
Use the GCF to factor the expression
36c + 24d = 12(3c) + 12(2d)
= 12(3c + 2d)

Try It

Factor out the coefficient of the variable term.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 72

Answer:
½n – ½ = ½(n – 1)

Explanation:
Given that,
½n – ½
½n = ½ . n
½ = ½ . 1
Use the distributive property to factor out ½.
½n – ½ = ½(n) – ½(1)
= ½(n – 1)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 73

Answer:
3/4 p – 3/2 = 3/2(p/2 – 1)

Explanation:
Given that,
3/4 p – 3/2
3/2 = 3/2 . 1
3/4 p = 3/2 . 1/2 . p
Use the distributive property to factor out 3/2
3/4 p – 3/2 = 3/2(1/2 p) – 3/2(1)
= 3/2(p/2 – 1)

Question 6.
5 + 2.5q

Answer:
5 + 2.5q = 2.5(2 + q)

Explanation:
Given that,
5 + 2.5q
5 = 2.5 . 2
2.5 = 2.5 . 1
Use the distributive property to factor out 2.5
5 + 2.5q = 2.5(2) + 2.5(q)
= 2.5(2 + q)

Try It

Question 7.
Factor -5 out of -5d + 30.

Answer:
-5d + 30 = -5(d – 6)

Explanation:
Given that,
-5d + 30.
-5d = -5 . d
30 = 5 . 6 = -5 . -6
-5d + 30 = -5(d) – 5(-6)
= -5(d – 6)

Question 8.
Factor -4 out of -8k – 12.

Answer:
-8k – 12 = -4(2k + 3)

Explanation:
given that,
-8k – 12
-8k = -2 . 4 . k
-12 = -4 . 3
The G.C.f of -8k, -12 is -4.
-8k – 12 = -4(2k) – 4(3)
= -4(2k + 3)

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

FACTORING OUT THE GCF
Factor the expression using the GCF.

Question 9.
16n – 24

Answer:
16n – 24 = 8(2n – 3)

Explanation:
Find the G.C.F of 16n, 24
16n = 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . n
24 = 2 . 2 . 2 . 3
The G.C.F of 16n, 24 is 2 . 2 . 2 = 8
Use the GCF to factor the expression
16n – 24 = 8(2n)- 8(3)
= 8(2n – 3)

Question 10.
42a + 14b

Answer:
42a + 14b = 14(3a + b)

Explanation:
Find the G.C.F of 42a, 14b
42a = 2 . 3 . 7 . a
14b = 2 . 7 . b
The greatest common factor of 42a, 14b is 2 . 7 = 14
Use the GCF to factor the expression
42a + 14b = 14(3a) + 14(b)
= 14(3a + b)

FACTORING OUT A RATIONAL NUMBER
Factor out the coefficient of the variable term.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 74

Answer:
1/10 k – 7/10 = 1/10(k – 7)

Explanation:
Given that,
1/10 k – 7/10
The factors of 1/10, 7/10 are
1/10 = 1/10 . 1
7/10 = 7 . 1/10
Use the distributive property to factor out 1/10
1/10 k – 7/10 = 1/10 (k) – 1/10(7)
= 1/10(k – 7)

Question 12.
42 + 3.5h

Answer:
42 + 3.5h = 3.5(12 + h)

Explanation:
Find the factors of 42, 3.5
42 = 4 . 3 . 3.5
3.5 = 3.5 . 1
Use the distributive property to factor out 3.5
42 + 3.5h = 3.5(12) + 3.5(h)
= 3.5(12 + h)

FACTORING OUT A NEGATIVE NUMBER
Factor out the indicated number.

Question 13.
Factor -8 out of -3d + 56.

Answer:
-3d + 56 = -8(3d/8  – 7)

Explanation:
Get the factors of -3d, 56
-3d = 3d/8 . -8
56 = -7 . -8
Use the distributive property to factor out -8
-3d + 56 = -8(3d/8) – 8(-7)
= -8(3d/8  – 7)

Question 14.
Factor -12 out of -24k + 120.

Answer:
-24k + 120 = -12(2k – 10)

Explanation:
Get the factors of -24k, 120
-24k = -12. 2. k
120 = -12. -10
Use the distributive property to factor out -12
-24k + 120 = -12(2k) -12(-10)
= -12(2k – 10)

Question 15.
WRITING
Describe the relationship between using the Distributive Property to simplify an expression and to factor an expression. Give an example to justify your answer.

Answer:
The distributive property tells that a(b – c) = ab – ac and a(b + c) = ab + ac. It means you can seperate the common term and represent it as the factor.

Explanation:
The relationship between using the Distributive Property to simplify an expression and to factor an expression is mentioned here.
The distributive property tells that a(b – c) = ab – ac and a(b + c) = ab + ac. It means you can seperate the common term and represent it as the factor.
Let us take one example question 12x + 40y
The factors of 12x = 3 . 4 . x, the factors of 40y = 5 . 2 . 4 . y
The common factor is 4. So, take out the common factor and use the distribuyive property.
12x + 4y = 4(3x) + 4(10y)
= 4(3x + 10y)

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 16.
An organization drills 3 wells to provide access to clean drinking water. The cost (in dollars) to drill and maintain the wells for n years is represented by 34,500 + 540n. Write and interpret an expression that represents the cost to drill and maintain one well for n years.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 75

Answer:
The cost to drill and maintain one well for n years is 10(1150 + 18n).

Explanation:
The cost to drill and maintain 3 wells for n years is 34,500 + 540n
To get the drill and maintainance cost for 1 well, you need to find the factors
34500 = 10 . 10 . 3 . 5 . 23
540n = 3. 9 . 2 . 10 . n
The G.C.F of 34500 and 540n is 10 . 3 = 30
34,500 + 540n = 30(1150) + 30(18n)
= 30(1150 + 18n)
Divide the expression by 3 to get the drill and maintainance cost for 1 well
= 30(1150 + 18n)/ 3 = 10(1150 + 18n)
So, the cost to drill and maintain one well for n years is 10(1150 + 18n)

Question 17.
A photograph is 16 inches long and has an area of (16x + 96) square inches. A custom-made frame is 2 inches wide and costs $0.50 per square inch. Write an expression that represents the cost of the frame.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 76

Answer:
The cost of frame is $0.50(4x + 104)

Explanation:
Given that,
Length of photograph = 16 inches
Area of photograph = (16x + 96) sq inches
Factor out 16 from the expression
= 16(x) + 16(6) = 16(x + 6)
So, the width of the photograph is x + 6 inches
A custom-made frame is 2 inches wide and costs $0.50 per square inch.
The length of frame and photograph is 16 + 2 + 2 = 20 inches
The bredth of the frame & photograph is (x + 6 + 4) = x + 10 inches
Area of the photograph and frame = length . width
= 20(x + 10)
The area of frame = The area of photograph and frame – Area of photograph
= 20(x + 10) – (16x + 96)
= 20x + 200 – 16x – 96
= 4x + 104 sq inches
The cost of frame is $0.50 per square inch
So, the cost of the frame is 0.50(4x + 104).

Factoring Expressions Homework & Practice 3.4

Review & Refresh

Simplify the expression.

Question 1.
8(k – 5)

Answer:
8(k – 5) = 8k – 40

Explanation:
The given expression is 8(k – 5)
= 8(k) – 8(5)
= 8k – 40

Question 2.
-4.5(-6 + 2d)

Answer:
-4.5(-6 + 2d) = 27 – 9d

Explanation:
The given expression is -4.5(-6 + 2d)
= -4.5(-6) – 4.5(2d)
= 27 – 9d

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 77

Answer:
-1/4 (3g – 6 – 5g) = 3/2 + g/2

Explanation:
The given expression is -1/4 (3g – 6 – 5g)
= -1/4(-6 – 2g)
= -1/4(-6) – 1/4(-2g)
= 3/2 + 1/2 g

Find the difference. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 78

Answer:
2/3 – (-5/3) = 7/3

Explanation:
Given that,
2/3 – (-5/3) = 2/3 + 5/3
= (2 + 5)/3 = 7/3

Question 5.
-4.7 – 5.6

Answer:
-4.7 – 5.6 = -10.3

Explanation:
Given that,
-4.7 – 5.6 = -10.3

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 79

Answer:
-4(3/8) – (-2(1/4) = -17/8

Explanation:
Given that,
-4(3/8) – (-2(1/4) = -35/8 – (-9/4)
= -35/8 + 9/4 = (-35 + 18)/8
= -17/8

Evaluate the expression when x = 4, y = -6, and z = -3.

Question 7.
y ÷ z

Answer:
y ÷ z = 2

Explanation:
Given expression is y ÷ z
Put y = -6, and z = -3
y ÷ z = -6 ÷ -3
= 6 ÷ 3 = 2

Question 8.
\(\frac{4 y}{2 x}\)

Answer:
4y/2x = -3

Explanation:
Given expression is 4y/2x
Put x = 4, y = -6
4y/2x =(4 x -6)/ (2 x 4)
= -24/8 = -3

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 80

Answer:
(3x – 2y)/z = -8

Explanation:
Given expression is (3x – 2y)/z
Put x = 4, y = -6, and z = -3
= (3 x 4 – 2(-6))/-3
= (12 + 12)/-3
= 24/-3
= -24/3
= -8

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
FINDING DIMENSIONS
The model shows the area (in square units) of each part of a rectangle. Use the model to find the missing values that complete the expression. Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 109.)

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 81

Answer:
2.25x + 3 = 1.5(1.5x + 2)

Explanation:
Find the factors of 2.25x, 3
2.25x = 1.5 . 1.5 . x
3 = 1.5 . 2
So, 2.25x + 3 = 1.5(1.5x) +1.5(2)
= 1.5(1.5x + 2)

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 82

Answer:
5/6 m + 2/3 n = 1/3(5m/2 + 2n)

Explanation:
Find the factors of 5m/6, 2n/3
5m/6 = 1/3 . 5/2 . m
2n/3 = 1/3 . 2 . n
So, 5/6 m + 2/3 n = 1/3(5m/2) + 1/3(2n)
= 1/3(5m/2 + 2n)

FACTORING OUT THE GCF
Factor the expression using the GCF.

Question 12.
9b + 21

Answer:
9b + 21 = 3(3b + 7)

Explanation:
The given expression is 9b + 21
Find the factors of 9b, 21
9b = 3 . 3 . b
21= 7 . 3
G.C.F of 9b, 21 is 3
Use the GCF to factor the expression
9b + 21 = 3(3b) + 3(7)
= 3(3b + 7)

Question 13.
32z – 48

Answer:
32z – 48 = 16(2z – 3)

Explanation:
The given expression is 32z – 48
Find the factors of 32z, -48
32z = 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . z
48 = 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 3
G.C.F of 32z, -48 is 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 = 16
Use the GCF to factor the expression
32z – 48 = 16(2z) – 16(3)
= 16(2z – 3)

Question 14.
8x + 2

Answer:
8x + 2 = 2(4x + 1)

Explanation:
The given expression is 8x + 2
find the factors of 8x, 2
8x = 2 . 2 . 2 . x
2 = 2. 1
G.C.F of 8x, 2 is 2
Use the GCF to factor the expression
8x + 2 = 2(4x) + 2(1)
= 2(4x + 1)

Question 15.
3y – 24

Answer:
3y – 24 = 3(y – 4)

Explanation:
The given expression is 3y – 24
Find the factors of 3y, 24
3y = 3 . y
24 = 4 . 3
G.C.F of 3y, 24 is 3
Use the GCF to factor the expression
3y – 24 = 3(y) – 3(4)
= 3(y – 4)

Question 16.
14p – 28

Answer:
14p – 28 = 14(p – 2)

Explanation:
The given expression is 14p – 28
Find the factors of 14p, 28
14p = 7 . 2 . p
28 = 7 . 2 . 2
G.C.F of 14p, 28 is 14
Use the GCF to factor the expression
14p – 28 = 14(p) – 14(2)
= 14(p – 2)

Question 17.
6 + 16k

Answer:
6 + 16k = 2(3 + 8k)

Explanation:
The given expression is 6 + 16k
Find the factors of 6, 16k
6 = 2 . 3
16k = 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . k
G.C.F of 6, 16k is 2
Use the GCF to factor the expression
6 + 16k = 2(3) + 2(8k)
= 2(3 + 8k)

Question 18.
21 – 14d

Answer:
21 – 14d = 7(3 – 2d)

Explanation:
The given expression is 21 – 14d
Get the factors of 21, 14d
21 = 7 . 3
14d = 7 . 2 . d
G.C.F of 21, 14d is 7
Use the GCF to factor the expression
21 – 14d = 7(3) – 7(2d)
= 7(3 – 2d)

Question 19.
20z – 8

Answer:
20z – 8 = 4(5z – 2)

Explanation:
The given expression is 20z – 8
Get the factors of 20z, 8
20z = 5 . 2 . 2 . z
8 = 2 . 2 . 2
G.C.F of 20z, 8 is 4
Use the GCF to factor the expression
20z – 8 = 4(5z) – 4(2)
= 4(5z – 2)

Question 20.
15w + 65

Answer:
15w + 65 = 5(3w + 13)

Explanation:
The given expression is 15w + 65
Get the factors of 15w, 65
15w = 5 . 3 . w
65 = 5 . 13
G.C.F of 15w, 65 is 5
Use the GCF to factor the expression
15w + 65 = 5(3w) + 5(13)
= 5(3w + 13)

Question 21.
36a + 16b

Answer:
36a + 16b = 4(9a + 4b)

Explanation:
The given expression is 36a + 16b
Get the factors of 36a, 16b
36a = 3 . 2 . 3 . 2 . a
16b = 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 . b
G.C.F of 36a, 16b is 4
Use the GCF to factor the expression
36a + 16b = 4(9a) + 4(4b)
= 4(9a + 4b)

Question 22.
21m – 49n

Answer:
21m – 49n = 7(3m + 7n)

Explanation:
The given expression is 21m – 49n
Get the factors of 21m, 49n
21m = 7 . 3 . m
49n = 7 . 7 . n
G.C.F of 21m, 49n
Use the GCF to factor the expression
21m – 49n = 7(3m) + 7(7n)
= 7(3m + 7n)

Question 23.
12 + 9g – 30h

Answer:
12 + 9g – 30h = 3(4 + 3g – 10h)

Explanation:
The given expression is 12 + 9g – 30h
Get the factors of 12, 9g, 30h
12 = 3 . 2 . 2
9g = 3 . 3 . g
30h = 3 . 5 . 2 . h
G.C.F of 12, 9g, 30h is 3
Use the GCF to factor the expression
12 + 9g – 30h = 3(4) + 3(3g) – 3(10h)
= 3(4 + 3g – 10h)

FACTORING OUT A RATIONAL NUMBER
Factor out the coefficient of the variable term.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 83

Answer:
1/7 a + 1/7 = 1/7 (a + 1)

Explanation:
The given expression is 1/7 a + 1/7
1/7a = 1/7 . a
1/7 = 1/7 . 1
Use the distributive property to factor out 1/7
1/7 a + 1/7 = 1/7(a) + 1/7(1)
= 1/7 (a + 1)

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 84

Answer:
1/3 b – 1/3 = 1/3(b – 1)

Explanation:
The given expression is 1/3 b – 1/3
1/3b = 1/3 . b
1/3 = 1/3 . 1
Use the distributive property to factor out 1/3
1/3 b – 1/3 = 1/3(b) – 1/3(1)
= 1/3(b – 1)

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 85

Answer:
3/8 d + 3/4 = 3/4(d/2 + 1)

Explanation:
The given expression is 3/8 d + 3/4
3/8 d = 3/4 . 1/2 . d
3/4 = 3/4 . 1
Use the distributive property to factor out 3/4
3/8 d + 3/4 = 3/4 (d/2) + 3/4(1)
= 3/4(d/2 + 1)

Question 27.
2.2x + 4.4

Answer:
2.2x + 4.4 = 2.2(x +2)

Explanation:
The given expression is 2.2x + 4.4
2.2x = 1.1 . 2 . x
4.4 = 1.1 . 2 . 2
Use the distributive property to factor out 2.2
2.2x + 4.4 = 2.2(x) + 2.2(2)
= 2.2(x +2)

Question 28.
1.5y – 6 = 1.5(y – 4)

Answer:
1.5y – 6

Explanation:
The given expression is 1.5y – 6
1.5y = 1.5 . y
6 = 1.5 . 2 . 2
Use the distributive property to factor out 1.5
1.5y – 6 = 1.5(y) – 1.5(4)
= 1.5(y – 4)

Question 29.
0.8w + 3.6

Answer:
0.8w + 3.6 = 0.8(w + 4.5)

Explanation:
The given expression is 0.8w + 3.6
0.8w = 0.8 . w
3.6 = 0.8 . 4.5
Use the distributive property to factor out 0.8
0.8w + 3.6 = 0.8(w) + 0.8(4.5)
= 0.8(w + 4.5)

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 86

Answer:
15/4 + 3/8 x = 3/4(5 + x/2)

Explanation:
The given expression is 15/4 + 3/8 x
15/4 = 3/4 . 5
3/8x = 3/4 . 1/2 . x
Use the distributive property to factor out 3/4
15/4 + 3/8 x = 3/4(5) + 3/4(x/2)
= 3/4(5 + x/2)

Question 31.
4h – 3

Answer:
4h – 3 = 2(2h – 1.5)

Explanation:
The given expression is 4h – 3
4h = 2 . 2 h
3 = 2 . 1.5
Use the distributive property to factor out 2
4h – 3 = 2(2h) – 2(1.5)
= 2(2h – 1.5)

Question 32.
0.15c – 0.072

Answer:
0.15c – 0.072 = 0.03(5c – 2.4)

Explanation:
The given expression is 0.15c – 0.072
0.15c = 0.03 . 5 . c
0.072 = 0.03 . 2.4
Use the distributive property to factor out 0.03
0.15c – 0.072 = 0.03(5c) – 0.03(2.4)
= 0.03(5c – 2.4)

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 87

Answer:
3/8 z + 1 = 1/8(3z + 8)

Explanation:
The given expression is 3/8 z + 1
3/8 z = 1/8 . 3 . z
1 = 1/8 . 8
Use the distributive property to factor out 1/8
3/8 z + 1 = 1/8(3z) + 1/8(8)
= 1/8(3z + 8)

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 88

Answer:
6s – 3/4 = 3(2s – 1/4)

Explanation:
The given expression is 6s – 3/4
6s = 3 . 2 . s
3/4 = 3 . 1/4
Use the distributive property to factor out 3
6s – 3/4 = 3(2s) – 3(1/4)
= 3(2s – 1/4)

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 89

Answer:
5/2 k – 2 = 1/2(5k – 4)

Explanation:
The given expression is 5/2 k – 2
5/2k = 1/2 . 5 . k
2 = 1/2 . 4
Use the distributive property to factor out 1/2
5/2 k – 2 = 1/2 (5k) – 1/2(4)
= 1/2(5k – 4)

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend factors the expression. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 90

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
Factors of 16p, 28
16p = 4 . 4 . p
28 = 4 . 7
Use the distributive property to factor out 4
16p – 28 = 4(4p) – 4(7)
= 4(4p – 7)

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 91

Answer:
Correct.

Explanation:
Find the factors of 2/3y, 14/3
2/3y = 2 . 1/3 . y
14/3 = 2 . 7 . 1/3
Use the distributive property to factor out 2/3
2/3y – 14/3 = 2/3(y) – 2/3(7)
= 2/3(y – 7)

FACTORING OUT A NEGATIVE NUMBER
Factor out the indicated number.

Question 38.
Factor -4 out of -8d + 20.

Answer:
-4(2d – 5)

Explanation:
Given expression is -8d + 20
Find factors of 8d, 20
-8d = -4 . 2 . d
20 = -4. -5
Use the distributive property to factor out -4
-8d + 20 = -4(2d) – 4(-5)
= -4(2d – 5)

Question 39.
Factor -6 out of 18z – 15.

Answer:
18z – 15 = -6(-3z + 5/2)

Explanation:
Given expression is 18z – 15
Find factors of 18z, -15
18z = -6 . -3 . z
-15 = -3 . 5/2 . 2
Use the distributive property to factor out -6
18z – 15 = -6(-3z) – 6(5/2)
= -6(-3z + 5/2)

Question 40.
Factor -0.25 out of 7g+ 3.5.

Answer:
7g+ 3.5 = -0.25(-28g – 14)

Explanation:
Given expression is 7g+ 3.5
Find factors of 7g, 3.5
7g = -0.25 x -28 x g
3.5 = -0.25 x -14
Use the distributive property to factor out -0.25
7g+ 3.5 = -0.25(-28g) -0.25(-14)
= -0.25(-28g – 14)

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 92

Answer:
-1/2 x + 6 = -1/2(x – 12)

Explanation:
Given expression is -1/2 x + 6
Find factors of -1/2 x, 6
-1/2x = -1/2 . x
6 = -1/2 . -4 . 3
Use the distributive property to factor out -1/2
-1/2 x + 6 = -1/2(x) – 1/2(-12)
= -1/2(x – 12)

Question 42.
Factor -1.75 out of -14m – 5.25n.

Answer:
-14m – 5.25n = -1.75(8m + 3n)

Explanation:
Given expression is -14m – 5.25n
Find factors of -14m, -5.25n
-14m = -1.75 . 8 . m
-5.25n = -1.75 . 3 . n
Use the distributive property to factor out -1.75
-14m – 5.25n = -1.75(8m) -1.75(3n)
= -1.75(8m + 3n)

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 92.1

Answer:
-1/2 x – 5/4 y = -1/4(2x + 5y)

Explanation:
Given expression is -1/2 x – 5/4 y
Find factors of -1/2 x, – 5/4 y
-1/2x = -1/4 . 2. x
-5/4y = -1/4 . 5 . y
Use the distributive property to factor out -1/4
-1/2 x – 5/4 y = -1/4(2x) -1/4(5y)
= -1/4(2x + 5y)

Question 44.
STRUCTURE
A rectangle has an area of (4x + 12) square units. Write three multiplication expressions that can represent the product of the length and the width of the rectangle.

Answer:
Three multiplication expressions that can represent the product of the length and the width of the rectangle are1/2(4x + 24), 2(2x + 6), 4(x + 3).

Explanation:
Rectangle area is (4x + 12) square units
Find the factors of 4x, 12
4x = 2 . 2 . x
12 = 2 . 2 . 3
Use the distributive property to factor out 2
(4x + 12) = 2(2x) + 2(6)
= 2(2x + 6)
Area of rectangle = length . width
= 2(2x + 6)
Use the distributive property to factor out 4 of (4x + 12)
(4x + 12) = 4(x) + 4(3)
= 4(x + 3)
4x = 1/2 . 4x
12 = 1/2 . 6 . 4
Use the distributive property to factor out 1/2
(4x + 12) = 1/2(4x) + 1/2(24)
= 1/2(4x + 24)
So, three multiplication expressions that can represent the product of the length and the width of the rectangle are1/2(4x + 24), 2(2x + 6), 4(x + 3).

Question 45.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A square wrestling mat has a perimeter of (12x – 32) feet. Explain how to use the expression to find the length (in feet) of the mat. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 93

Answer:
The expression that represents the length of the side of the mat is 3x – 8 feet.

Explanation:
The wrestling mat is a sqauare
Let a is the length of the side of a square
The perimeter of mat = 4 x side = 4 . a
12x – 32 = 4a
In order to find the length of the side of te mat we have to solve the equation above for a
4a = 12x – 32
a = (12x – 32)/4
a = 3x – 8 feet
The expression that represents the length of the side of the mat is 3x – 8 feet.

Question 46.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A table is 6 feet long and 3 feet wide. You extend the length of the table by inserting two identical leaves table. The extended table is rectangular with an area of (18 + 6x) square feet. Write and interpret an expression that represents the length (in feet) of the extended table.

Answer:
The length of the extended table is 6 + 2x

Explanation:
A table is 6 feet long and 3 feet wide.
Table area = length. width
= 6 . 3 = 18 sq feet
The extended table is rectangular with an area of (18 + 6x) square feet.
Find factors of 18, 6x
18 = 3 . 6
6x = 3 . 2 . x
(18 + 6x) = 3(6) + 3(2x)
= 3(6 + 2x)
So, the length of the extended table is 6 + 2x

Question 47.
DIG DEEPER!
A three-dimensional printing pen uses heated plastic to create three-dimensional objects. A kit comes with one 3D-printing pen and packages of plastic. An art club purchases 6 identical kits for (180 + 58.5p) dollars. Write and interpret an expression that represents the cost of one kit.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 94

Answer:
The cost of one kit is (30 + 9.75) dollars.

Explanation:
Art club purchases 6 identical kits for (180 + 58.5p) dollars
Divide (180 + 58.5p) by 6 to get the cost of one kit
= (180 + 58.5p) / 6
= 180/6 + 58.5p/6
= 30 + 9.75
Hence, the cost of one kit is (30 + 9.75) dollars.

Question 48.
STRUCTURE
The area of the trapezoid is Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 95.1 square centimeters. Write two different pairs of expressions that represent the possible base lengths (in centimeters). Justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 95

Answer:
(3x – 1)/2

Explanation:
Area of the trapezoid = height * (sum of parallel lengths)/2
= (3x/4 – 1/4)
= (3x – 1)/4
Here height is 1/2
So, base length is (3x – 1)/2

Expressions Connecting Concepts

3 Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Question 1.
The runway shown has an area of (0.05x + 0.125) square miles. Write an expression that represents the perimeter (in feet) of the runway.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 96
Understand the problem
You know the area of the rectangular runway in square miles and the width of the runway in miles. You want to know the perimeter of the runway in feet.
Make a plan.
Factor the width of 0.05 mile out of the expression that represents the area to find an expression that represents the length of the runway. Then write an expression that represents the perimeter (in miles) of the runway. Finally, use a measurement conversion to write the expression in terms of feet.
Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:
The perimeter of the runway is 2(x + 2.55) miles.

Explanation:
The runway shown has an area of (0.05x + 0.125)
= 0.05(x) + 0.05(2.5)
= 0.05(x + 2.5)
The length of the run way is (x + 2.5) miles
Width = 0.05
Perimeter of the runway = 2(length + width)
= 2(x + 2.5 + 0.05)
= 2(x + 2.55)

Question 2.
The populations of two towns after t years can be modeled by -300t + 7000 and -200t + 5500. What is the combined population of the two towns after years? The combined population of the towns in Year 10 is what percent of the combined population in Year 0?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 97

Answer:
The combined population of two towns after t years is -500t + 12500.
The combined population of the towns in 10 Years is 60% of the combined population in Year 0.

Explanation:
The populations of two towns after t years can be modeled by -300t + 7000 and -200t + 5500
The combined population of two towns after t years = -300t + 7000 + (-200t + 5500)
= -300t + 7000 – 200t + 5500
= -500t + 12500
The combined population of the towns in 10 Years = -500(10) + 12500
= -5000 + 12500 = 7500
The combined population in Year 0 = -500(0) + 12500
= 12500
The combined population of the towns in 10 Years is what percent of the combined population in Year 0 is 7500/12500 x 100
= 7500/125 = 60
So, The combined population of the towns in 10 Years is 60% of the combined population in Year 0.

Performance Task

Chlorophyll in Plants

At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Tropic Status.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 98

Expressions Chapter Review

3 Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 99

Graphic Organizers

You can use an Example and Non-Example Chart to list examples and non-examples of a concept. Here is an Example and Non-Example Chart for like terms.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 100

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.

  1. simplest form
  2. equivalent expressions
  3. linear expression
  4. Distributive Property
  5. factoring an expression

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 101

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 102

3.1 Algebraic Expressions (pp. 91–96)

Identify the terms and like terms in the expression.

Question 1.
z + 8 – 4z

Answer:
Like terms are z, -4z
Terms are z, 8, -4z

Explanation:
Like terms are z, -4z
Terms are z, 8, -4z

Question 2.
3n + 7 – n – 3

Answer:
Like terms are 3n, -n
Terms are 3n, 7, -n, -3

Explanation:
Like terms are 3n, -n
Terms are 3n, 7, -n, -3

Question 3.
10x2 – y + 12 – 2x2

Answer:
Like terms are10x², -2x²
Terms are 10x², -y, 12, -2x²

Explanation:
Like terms are10x², -2x²
Terms are 10x², -y, 12, -2x²

Simplify the expression.

Question 4.
4h – 8h

Answer:
4h – 8h = -4h

Explanation:
The given expression is 4h – 8h
= -4h

Question 5.
6.4r – 7 – 2.9r

Answer:
6.4r – 7 – 2.9r = 3.5r – 7

Explanation:
The given expression is 6.4r – 7 – 2.9r
= 3.5r – 7

Question 6.
2m – m – 7m

Answer:
2m – m – 7m = -6m

Explanation:
The given expression is 2m – m – 7m
= 2m – 8m = -6m

Question 7.
6y + 9 + 3y – 7

Answer:
6y + 9 + 3y – 7 = 9y + 2

Explanation:
The given expression is 6y + 9 + 3y – 7
= 9y + 2

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 103

Answer:
3/5 x + 19 – 3/20 x – 7 = 9x/20 + 12

Explanation:
The given expression is 3/5 x + 19 – 3/20 x – 7
= 3x/5 + 19 – 3x/20 – 7
= (12x – 3x)/20 + 19 – 7
= 9x/20 + 12

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 104

Answer:
2/3 y + 14 – 1/6 y – 8 = y/2 + 6

Explanation:
The given expression is 2/3 y + 14 – 1/6 y – 8
= (4y – y)/6 + 14 – 8
= 3y/6 + 6
= y/2 + 6

Question 10.
Write an expression with 4 different terms that is equivalent to 5x2 – 8. Justify your answer.

Answer:
5x² – 8 = 3x² + 2x² – 6 – 2

Explanation:
Given expression is 5x² – 8
= 3x² + 2x² – 6 – 2

Question 11.
Find the earnings for selling the same number of each type of sandwich. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 105

Answer:
The earnings in turkey is 2.25x + 1.15y
The earnings in Ham is 1.55x + 1.30y

Explanation:
Let us take the earnings for selling pretzel roll sandwich is x, begel sandwich is y
So, The earnings in turkey is 2.25x + 1.15y
The earnings in Ham is 1.55x + 1.30y

Question 12.
You buy the same number of brushes, rollers, and paint cans.
a. Write and interpret an expression in simplest form that represents the total amount of money you spend on painting supplies.
b. How much do you spend when you buy one set of supplies for each of 3 painters?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 106

Answer:
a. The total amount of money you spend on painting supplies is 32.67x
b. The cost of one set of supplies for each of 3 painters is $98.01.

Explanation:
a.
let us take you buy the x number of brushes, rollers, and paint cans.
So, the amount sped to buy those is 3.99x + 21.79x + 6.89x
= x(3.99 + 21.79 + 6.89)
= x(32.67)
b. The cost for 1 set of painting supplies = (3.99 + 21.79 + 6.89)
= 32.67
The cost for 3 sets of painting supplies = 3(32.67)
= 98.01

3.2 Adding and Subtracting Linear Expressions (pp. 97–102)

Find the sum.

Question 13.
(c – 4) + (3c + 9)

Answer:
(c – 4) + (3c + 9) = 4c + 5

Explanation:
The given expression is (c – 4) + (3c + 9)
= c – 4 + 3c + 9
= 4c + 5

Question 14.
(5z + 4) + (3z – 6)

Answer:
(5z + 4) + (3z – 6) = 8z- 2

Explanation:
The given expression is (5z + 4) + (3z – 6)
= 5z + 4 + 3z – 6
= 8z- 2

Question 15.
(-2.1m – 5) + (3m – 7)

Answer:
(-2.1m – 5) + (3m – 7) = 0.9m – 12

Explanation:
The given expression is (-2.1m – 5) + (3m – 7)
= -2.1m – 5 + 3m – 7
= 0.9m – 12

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 107

Answer:
(5/4 q + 1) + (q – 4) + (-1/4 q + 2) = 2q – 1

Explanation:
The given expression is (5/4 q + 1) + (q – 4) + (-1/4 q + 2)
= 5/4 q + 1 + q – 4 -1/4 q + 2
= (5q – q)/4 + q + 3 – 4
= 4q/4 + q – 1
= q + q – 1
= 2q – 1

Find the difference.

Question 17.
(x – 1) – (3x + 2)

Answer:
(x – 1) – (3x + 2) = -2x – 3

Explanation:
The given expression is (x – 1) – (3x + 2)
= x – 1 – 3x – 2
= -2x – 3

Question 18.
(4y + 3) – (2y – 9)

Answer:
(4y + 3) – (2y – 9) = 2y + 12

Explanation:
The given expression is (4y + 3) – (2y – 9)
= 4y + 3 – 2y + 9
= 2y + 12

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 108

Answer:
(1/2 h + 7) – (3/2 h + 9) = -h – 2

Explanation:
The given expression is  (1/2 h + 7) – (3/2 h + 9)
= 1/2 h + 7 – 3/2 h – 9
= (1 – 3)/2 h – 2
= -2h/2 – 2
= -h – 2

Question 20.
(4 – 3.7b) – (-5.4b – 4) – (1.2b + 1)

Answer:
(4 – 3.7b) – (-5.4b – 4) – (1.2b + 1) = 7 – 0.5b

Explanation:
The given expression is (4 – 3.7b) – (-5.4b – 4) – (1.2b + 1)
= 4 – 3.7b + 5.4b + 4 – 1.2b – 1
= 7 – 4.9b + 5.4b
= 7 – 0.5b

Question 21.
A basket holds apples. You pick (2n – 3) apples, and your friend picks (n + 4) apples. How many apples do you and your friend pick together? How many baskets do you need to carry all the apples? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The number of apples you and your friend picked is 3n + 1.

Explanation:
The number of apples you picked = 2n – 3
The number of apples your friend picked = n + 4
The number of apples you and your friend picked = (2n – 3) + (n + 4)
= 3n + 1
The number of apples you and your friend picked is 3n + 1

Question 22.
Greenland has a population of x people. Barbados has a population of about 4500 more than 5 times the population of Greenland. Find and interpret the difference in the populations of these two countries.

Answer:
The difference in the populations of these two countries is 4500 + 4x.

Explanation:
Greenland population = x
Barbados population = 4500 + 5x
The difference in the populations of these two countries = 4500 + 5x – x
= 4500 + 4x

3.3 The Distributive Property (pp. 103–108)

Simplify the expression.

Question 23.
2(a – 3)

Answer:
2(a – 3) = 2a – 6

Explanation:
The given expression is 2(a – 3)
= 2(a) – 2(3)
= 2a – 6

Question 24.
-3(4x – 10)

Answer:
-3(4x – 10) = -12x + 30

Explanation:
The given expression is -3(4x – 10)
= -3(4x) + 3(10)
= -12x + 30

Question 25.
-2.5(8 – b)

Answer:
-2.5(8 – b) = -20 + 2.5b

Explanation:
The given expression is -2.5(8 – b)
= -2.5(8) + 2.5(b)
= -20 + 2.5b

Question 26.
-7(1 – 3d – 5)

Answer:
-7(1 – 3d – 5) = 21d + 28

Explanation:
The given expression is -7(1 – 3d – 5)
= -7(-3d – 4)
= -7(-3d) – 7(-4)
= 21d + 28

Question 27.
9(-3w – 6.2 + 2w)

Answer:
9(-3w – 6.2 + 2w) = -9w – 55.8

Explanation:
The given expression is 9(-3w – 6.2 + 2w)
= 9(-w – 6.2)
= 9(-w) – 9(6.2)
= -9w – 55.8

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 109

Answer:
3/4 (8g – 1/4 – 2/3 g) = 11g/2 – 3/8

Explanation:
The given expression is 3/4 (8g – 1/4 – 2/3 g)

= 3/4((24g – 2g)/3 – 1/4)
= 3/4(22g/3 – 1/4)
= 3/4(22g/3) – 3/4(1/4)
= 11g/2 – 3/8

Question 29.
Mars has m moons. The number of moons of Pluto is one more than twice the number of moons of Mars. The number of moons of Neptune is one less than 3 times the number of moons of Pluto. Write and interpret a simplified expression that represents the number of moons of Neptune.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 109.1

Answer:
The number of moons of Neptune is 6m + 2.

Explanation:
Number of moons of marks = m
The number of moons of pluto = 1 + 2m
The number of moons of Neptune = 3(1 + 2m) – 1
= 3 + 6m – 1 = 6m + 2

Simplify the expression.

Question 30.
3( 2 + q) + 15

Answer:
3( 2 + q) + 15 = 21 + 3q

Explanation:
The given expression is 3( 2 + q) + 15
= 3(2) + 3(q) + 15
= 6 + 3q + 15
= 21 + 3q

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 110

Answer:
1/8 (16m – 8) – 17 = 2m – 18

Explanation:
The given expression is 1/8 (16m – 8) – 17
= 1/8(16m) + 1/8(-8) – 17
= 2m – 1 – 17
= 2m – 18

Question 32.
-1.5(4 – n) + 2.8

Answer:
-1.5(4 – n) + 2.8 = -3.2 + 1.5n

Explanation:
The given expression is -1.5(4 – n) + 2.8
= -1.5(4)- 1.5(-n) + 2.8
= -6 + 1.5n + 2.8
= -3.2 + 1.5n

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 111

Answer:
2/5 (d – 10) – 2/3 (d + 6) = -4d/15 – 8

Explanation:
The given expression is 2/5 (d – 10) – 2/3 (d + 6)
= 2/5(d) + 2/5(-10) – 2/3(d) – 2/3(6)
= 2d/5 – 4 – 2d/3 – 4
= (6d – 10d)/15 – 8
= -4d/15 – 8

Question 34.
The expression for degrees Fahrenheit is Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 112 where C represents degrees Celsius. The temperature today is 5 degrees Celsius more than yesterday. Write and simplify an expression for the difference in degrees Fahrenheit for these two days.

Answer:
The difference in degrees Fahrenheit for these two days 9 degrees celsius.

Explanation:
The expression for degrees Fahrenheit is 9/5 C + 32
The temperature today is 5 degrees Celsius more than yesterday.
Today temperature = 9/5 (x + 5) + 32
Yesterday Temperature = 9/5 x + 32
The difference in degrees Fahrenheit for these two days = 9/5 (x + 5) + 32 – ( 9/5 x + 32)
= 9/5(x) + 9/5(5) + 32 – 9/5 x – 32
= 9x/5 + 9 + 32 – 9x/5 – 32
= 9

3.4 Factoring Expressions (pp. 109–114)

Factor the expression using GCF.

Question 35.
18a – 12

Answer:
18a – 12 = 6(3a – 2)

Explanation:
The G.C.F of 18a, 12 is
18a = 2 . 3 . 3 . a
12 = 3 . 2 . 2
The common prime factors are 2 . 3 = 6
The G.C.F of 18a, 12 is 6
Use the GCF to factor the expression
18a – 12 = 6(3a) – 6(2)
= 6(3a – 2)

Question 36.
2b + 8

Answer:
2b + 8 = 2(b + 3)

Explanation:
The G.C.F of 2b, 8 is
2b = 2 . b
8 = 2 . 2 . 2
The common prime factors are 2
The G.C.F of 2b, 8 is 2
Use the GCF to factor the expression
2b + 8 = 2(b) + 2(3)
= 2(b + 3)

Question 37.
9 – 15x

Answer:
9 – 15x = 3(3 – 5x)

Explanation:
The G.C.F of 9, 15x is
9 = 3 . 3
15x = 3 . 5 . x
The common prime factor is 3
The G.C.F of 9, 15x is 3
Use the GCF to factor the expression
9 – 15x = 3(3) – 3(5x)
= 3(3 – 5x)

Factor out the coefficient of the variable term.

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 112.1

Answer:
1/4 y + 3/8 = 1/4(y + 3/2)

Explanation:
Find the factors of 1/4 y, 3/8
1/4y = 1/4 . y
3/8 = 1/4 . 1/2 . 3
Use the distributive property to factor out 1/4
1/4 y + 3/8 = 1/4(y) + 1/4(3/2)
= 1/4(y + 3/2)

Question 39.
1.7j – 3.4

Answer:
1.7j – 3.4 = 1.7(j – 2)

Explanation:
Find the factors of 1.7j, 3.4
1.7j = 1.7 . j
3.4 = 1.7 . 2
Use the distributive property to factor out 1.7
1.7j – 3.4 = 1.7(j) – 1.7(2)
= 1.7(j – 2)

Question 40.
-5p + 20

Answer:
-5p + 20 = 5(-p + 4)

Explanation:
Find the factors of 5p, 20
5p = 5 . p
20 = 5 . 4
Use the distributive property to factor out 5
-5p + 20 = 5(-p) + 5(4)
= 5(-p + 4)

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 113

Answer:
3/2 x – 9/4y = -3/4(-2 + 3y)

Explanation:
Find the factors of 3/2 x , -9/4 y
3/2x = -3/4 . -2
-9/4 y = -3/4 . 3 . y
Use the distributive property to factor out -3/4
3/2 x – 9/4y = -3/4(-2) – 3/4(3y)
= -3/4(-2 + 3y)

Question 42.
You and 4 friends are buying tickets for a concert. The cost to buy one ticket is c dollars. If you buy all the tickets together, there is a discount and the cost is (5c – 12.5) dollars. How much do you save per ticket when you buy the tickets together?

Answer:
The amount saved by buying all tickets is 12.5 dollars.

Explanation:
The cost per 1 ticket is c
The cost to buy 5 tickets = 5c dollars
If you buy all the tickets together, there is a discount and the cost is (5c – 12.5) dollars
The amount saved by buying all tickets = 5c – (5c – 12.5) dollars
= 5c – 5c + 12.5
= 12.5 dollars

Question 43.
The rectangular pupil of an octopus is estimated to be 20 millimeters long with an area of (20x – 200) square millimeters. Write an expression that represents the perimeter (in millimeters) of the octopus pupil.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 114

Answer:
Perimeter the octopus pupil is 2x milli meters.

Explanation:
The length of an octopus pupil = 20 millimeters
Area of an octopus = (20x – 200) sq milli meters
Factor 20 out of (20x – 200)
= 20(x) – 20(10)
= 20(x – 20)
So, the width of the octopus pupil = x – 20 milli meters
The perimeter of octopus pupil = 2(length + width)
= 2(20 + (x – 20))
= 2(20 + x – 20)
= 2x milli meters
Perimeter the octopus pupil is 2x milli meters.

Question 44.
A building block has a square base that has a perimeter of (12x – 9) inches. Explain how to use the expression to find the length (in inches) of the wall shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 114.1

Answer:
The length of the wall is 7(3x – 9/4) inches

Explanation:
The perimeter of the square base = (12x – 9) inches
4 x length of the base = (12x – 9)
length of the base = (12x/4 – 9/4)
= (3x – 9/4) inches
The length of wall = 7(3x – 9/4)

Expressions Practice Test

3 Practice Test

Question 1.
Identify the terms and like terms in 4x + 9x2 – 2x + 2.

Answer:
The terms are 4x, 9x², -2x, 2
The like terms are 4x -2x

Explanation:
The given expression is 4x + 9x² – 2x + 2
The terms are 4x, 9x², -2x, 2
The like terms are 4x -2x

Simplify the expression.

Question 2.
8x – 5 + 2x

Answer:
8x – 5 + 2x = 10x – 5

Explanation:
The given expression is 8x – 5 + 2x
= 10x – 5

Question 3.
2.5w – 3y + 4w

Answer:
2.5w – 3y + 4w = 6.5w – 3y

Explanation:
The given expression is 2.5w – 3y + 4w
= 6.5w – 3y

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 115

Answer:
5/7 x + 15 – 9/14 x – 9 = x/14 + 6

Explanation:
The given expression is 5/7 x + 15 – 9/14 x – 9
= (10x – 9x)/14 + 15 – 9
= x/14 + 6

Question 5.
(3j + 11) + (8j – 7)

Answer:
(3j + 11) + (8j – 7) = 11j + 4

Explanation:
The given expression is (3j + 11) + (8j – 7)
= 3j + 11 + 8j – 7
= 11j + 4

Question 6.
(2r – 13) – (-6r + 4)

Answer:
(2r – 13) – (-6r + 4) = 8r – 17

Explanation:
The given expression is (2r – 13) – (-6r + 4)
= 2r – 13 + 6r – 4
= 8r – 17

Question 7.
-2(4 – 3n)

Answer:
-2(4 – 3n) = -8 + 6n

Explanation:
The given expression is -2(4 – 3n)
= -2(4) – 2(-3n)
= -8 + 6n

Question 8.
3(5 – 2n) + 9n

Answer:
3(5 – 2n) + 9n = 15 + 3n

Explanation:
The given expression is 3(5 – 2n) + 9n
= 3(5) – 3(2n) + 9n
= 15 – 6n + 9n
= 15 + 3n

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 116

Answer:
1/3 (6x + 9) – 2 = 2x + 1

Explanation:
The given expression is 1/3 (6x + 9) – 2
= 1/3 (6x) + 1/3(9) – 2
= 2x + 3 – 2
= 2x + 1

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 117

Answer:
3/4 (8p + 12) + 3/8 (16p – 8) = 12p + 6

Explanation:
The given expression is 3/4 (8p + 12) + 3/8 (16p – 8)
= 3/4(8p) + 3/4(12) + 3/8(16p) + 3/8(-8)
= 3(2p) + 3(3) + 3(2p) + 3(-1)
= 6p + 9 + 6p – 3
= 12p + 6

Question 11.
-2.5(2s – 5) – 3(4.5s – 5.2)

Answer:
-2.5(2s – 5) – 3(4.5s – 5.2) = -18.5s + 28.1

Explanation:
The given expression is -2.5(2s – 5) – 3(4.5s – 5.2)
= -2.5(2s) – 2.5(-5) – 3(4.5s) – 3(-5.2)
= -5s + 12.5 – 13.5s + 15.6
= -18.5s + 28.1

Factor out the coefficient of the variable term.

Question 12.
6n – 24

Answer:
6n – 24 = 6(n – 4)

Explanation:
Find the factors of 6n, 24
6n = 6 . n
24 = 6 . 4
Use the distributive property to factor out 6
6n – 24 = 6(n) – 6(4)
= 6(n – 4)

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 118

Answer:
1/2 q + 5/2 = 1/2(q + 5)

Explanation:
Find the factors of 1/2 q, 5/2
1/2q = 1/2 . q
5/2 = 5 . 1/2
Use the distributive property to factor out 1/2
1/2 q + 5/2 = 1/2(q) + 1/2(5)
= 1/2(q + 5)

Question 14.
-4x + 36

Answer:
-4x + 36 = 4(-x + 9)

Explanation:
Find the factors of 4x, 36
4x = 4 . x
36 = 4 . 9
Use the distributive property to factor out 4
-4x + 36 = 4(-x) + 4(9)
= 4(-x + 9)

Question 15.
Find the earnings for giving a haircut and a shampoo to m men and w women. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 119

Answer:
The earnings for giving a haircut and a shampoo to women is 45w + 12w
The earnings for giving a haircut and a shampoo to men is 15m + 7m

Explanation:
The earning for giving haircut to women is 45w
The earning for giving shampoo to women is 12w
The earning for giving haircut to men is 15m
The earning for giving shampoo to men is 7m
The earnings for giving a haircut and a shampoo to women is 45w + 12w
The earnings for giving a haircut and a shampoo to men is 15m + 7m

Question 16.
The expression 15x + 11 represents the perimeter of the trapezoid. What is the length of the fourth side? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 120

Answer:
The length of the fourth side of trapezoid is 6x + 5.

Explanation:
Perimeter of the trapezoid = 15x + 11
2x + 3 + 3x + 4 + 4x – 1 + fourth side length = 15x + 11
9x + 7 – 1 + fourth side length = 15x + 11
9x + 6 + fourth side length = 15x + 11
fourth side length = (15x + 11) – (9x + 6)
= 15x + 11 – 9x – 6
= 6x + 5

Question 17.
The maximum number of charms that will fit on a bracelet is Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 121, where d is the diameter(in centimeters) of the bracelet.
a. Write and interpret a simplified expression that represents the maximum number of charms on a bracelet.
b. What is the maximum number of charms that fit on a bracelet that has a diameter of 6 centimeters?

Answer:
a. The maximum number of charms that will fit on a bracelet = 3d – 2
b. The maximum number of charms that fit on a bracelet that has a diameter of 6 centimeters is 16.

Explanation:
a. The maximum number of charms that will fit on a bracelet = 3(d – 2/3)
= 3(d) – 3(2/3)
= 3d – 2
b. The maximum number of charms that fit on a bracelet that has a diameter of 6 centimeters is 3(6) – 2
= 18 – 2 = 16

Question 18.
You expand a rectangular garden so the perimeter is now twice the perimeter of the old garden. The expression 12w + 16 represents the perimeter of the new garden, where w represents the width of the old garden.
a. Write an expression that represents the perimeter of the old garden. Justify your answer.
b. Write an expression that represents the area of the old garden.

Answer:
a. Perimeter of old rectangular garden is 6w + 8
b. The area of the old garden is 12w.

Explanation:
a. New garden perimeter = 2 * perimeter of old garden
(12w + 16) = 2 * perimeter of old garden
(12w/2 + 16/2) = Perimeter of old garden
6w + 8 = Perimeter of old garden
b. Perimeter of old rectangular garden is 6w + 8
Find the factors of 6w, 8
6w = 2 . 3 . w
8 = 2 . 2 . 2
Use the distributive property to factor out 2
6w + 8 = 2(3w) + 2(4)
= 2(3w + 4)
Perimeter of old garden = 2(length + width) = 2(3w + 4)
So, length of the garden is 3w, width of the garden is 4
The area of old garden = length . width
= 3w . 4 = 12w

Expressions Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
What is the simplified form of the expression?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 121.1
A. -3.6x
B. 6x – 5
C. 1.4x – 5
D. 3.7x – 7.3

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 122

Answer:
C. 1.4x – 5

Explanation:
The given expression is 3.7x – 5 – 2.3x
= 1.4x – 5

Question 2.
What is the value of the expression when c = 0 and d = -6?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 123
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 124

Answer:
-9.

Explanation:
The give expression is (cd – d²)/4
Put c = 0, d= -6 in above expression
= (0 . -6 – (-6)²)/4
= -(36)/4
= -9

Question 3.
What is the value of the expression?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 125
F. -52
G. -24
H. 24
I. 52

Answer:
G. -24

Explanation:
The given expression is -38 – (-14)
= -38 + 14 = -24

Question 4.
The daily low temperatures for a week are shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 126
What is the mean low temperature of the week?
A. −2°F
B. 6°F
C. 8°F
D. 10°F

Answer:
The mean low temperature of the week is 6°F.

Explanation:
The list of low temperatures are -2°F, -3°F, -1°F, 8°F, 10°F, 12°F, 18°F
The mean temperature of the week = sum of the observations/ number of observations
= (-2 – 3 – 1 + 8 + 10 + 12 + 18)/7
= (-6 + 48)/7
= 42/7
= 6°F
The mean low temperature of the week is 6°F.

Question 5.
You and a friend collect seashells on a beach. After h minutes, you have collected (11 + 2h) seashells and your friend has collected (5h – 2) seashells. How many total seashells have you and your friend collected?
F. 7h + 9
G. 3h – 13
H. 16h
I. 7h + 13

Answer:
F. 7h + 9

Explanation:
The number of seashells collected by you = (11 + 2h)
The number of seashells collected by your friend = (5h – 2)
The total seashells have you and your friend collected = The number of seashells collected by you + The number of seashells collected by your friend
= 11 + 2h + 5h – 2
= 9 + 7h

Question 6.
What is the value of the expression?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 127

Answer:
-0.28 ÷ (-0.07) = 4

Explanation:
The value of the expression is -0.28 ÷ (-0.07)
= 0.28 ÷ 0.07 = 4

Question 7.
Which list is ordered from least to greatest?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 128

Answer:
D.

Explanation:
A. -3/4, -1/2, 3/8, -1/4, 7/8 is not in the order
B. -1/2, -1/4, 3/8, -3/4, 7/8 is not in the order
C. 7/8, 3/8, -1/4, -1/2, -3/4 is not in the order
D. -3/4, -1/2, -1/4, 3/8, 7/8 is in the order from least to greatest.

Question 8.
Which number is equivalent to the expression shown?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 129

Answer:
H. 6(1/8)

Explanation:
-2(1/4) – (-8(3/8)) = -9/4 + 67/8
= (-18 + 67)/8 = 49/8
= 6(1/8)

Question 9.
What is the simplified form of the expression?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 130
A. 15x + 30
B. x – 12
C. 13x + 12
D. -11x

Answer:
B. x – 12

Explanation:
The given expression is 7x – 2(3x + 6)
= 7x – 2(3x) – 2(6)
= 7x – 6x – 12
= x – 12

Question 10.
Which expression is not equivalent to the expression?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 131
F. 6(12m – 10)
G. 4(18m – 15)
H. 12m
I. 12(6m – 5)

Answer:
I. 12(6m – 5)

Explanation:
The given expression is 72m – 60
Find the factors of 72m, 60
72m = 2 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 2 . m
60 = 2 . 2 . 3 . 5
The G.C.F of 72m, 60 is 2 . 2 . 3 = 12
72m – 60 = 12(6m) – 12(5)
= 12(6m – 5)

Question 11.
You want to buy a bicycle with your friend. You have $43.50 saved and plan to save an additional $7.25 every week. Your friend has $24.50 saved and plans to save an additional $8.75 every week.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 132
Part A
Simplify and interpret an expression that represents the amount of money you and your friend save after weeks.
Part B
After 10 weeks, you and your friend use all of the money and buy the bike. How much does the bike cost? Who pays more towards the cost of the bike? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
A. The total amount of money you and your friend saved after x weeks is 68 + 16x
B. The cost of the bike is 228 dollars
You will pay more money towards the bike.

Explanation:
A. Let the number of weeks we need to save be x
The amount you saved 43.50 + 7.25x
The amount your friend saved = 24.50 + 8.75x
The total amount of money you and your friend saved after x weeks is 43.50 + 7.25x + 24.50 + 8.75x
= 68 + 16x
B. The amount saved after 10 weeks is
The amount you saved = 43.50 + 7.25(10) = 43.50 + 72.5 = 116
The amount your friend saved = 24.50 + 8.75(10) = 24.50 + 87.5 = 112
The cost of bike = The amount you saved + The amount your friend saved
= 116 + 112 = 228 dollars
You will pay more money towards the bike.

Question 12.
Your friend evaluated 3 + x2 ÷ y when x = 2 and y = 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 3 Expressions 133
What should your friend do to correct his error?
A. Divide 3 by 4 before subtracting.
B. Square -2, then divide.
C. Divide -2 by 4, then square.
D. Subtract 4 from 3 before dividing.

Answer:
B. Square -2, then divide.

Explanation:
The given expression is 3 + x2 ÷ y
Put x = 2 and y = 4
= 3 + 2² ÷ 4
= 3 + 4 ÷  4
= 3 + 1
= 4

Conclusion:

To help all the candidates, we have provided Chapter 3 Expressions in this article. Just click on the respective direct link and download the pdf and start your preparation and learn all the fundamentals which are included in it. Bookmark our website of Big Ideas Math Answers and get the solutions to Grade 7 chapters. If you bookmark our page, you will get instant updates of all 7th Grade chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5

Enhance your subject knowledge by taking the help of the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20. Practice Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 and answer the questions from the chapter with confidence. The detailed explanation provided helps you understand the topics easily. Become champ in the subject by referring to our Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20.

Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20

Attain the logic behind each problem in the exercise questions from Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 and clear the exam with better grades. Have an overview of the concepts present in Bigideas Math Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 Answer Key through the quick links available. Utilize the Grade 1 Big Ideas Math Answers Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 Use Multiplication Facts and clear your queries regarding the topics instantly. You just need to click on the below-mentioned links and take your preparation to the next level.

Vocabulary

Lesson: 1 Count Back to Subtract within 20

Lesson: 2 Use Addition to Subtract within 20

Lesson: 3 Subtract 9

Lesson: 4 Get to 10 to Subtract

Lesson: 5 More True or False Equations

Lesson: 6 Make True Equations

Lesson: 7 Problem Solving: Subtraction within 20

Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20

Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 Vocabulary

Organize It

Review Words:
bar model
difference
minus
part-part-whole model
subtraction equation

Use the review words to complete the graphic organizer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 1
Answer:

Explanation:
Given 8 – 3 = 5, Here – represents minus sign minus
represents the arithmetic operation of subtraction between
two numbers, 5 represents difference is the result of subtracting
one number from another and 8 – 3 = 5 is called subtraction equation
 is a statement that shows a subtraction operation using the minuend,
subtrahend, difference.

Define It

Match the review word to its definition.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 2
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above picture, the first one is a bar model  a pictorial representation
of a problem or concept where bars or boxes are used to represent the
known and unknown quantities, the second picture is the part-part-whole model
is a simple pictorial representation of a problem that helps us
see the relationships between numbers.

Lesson 5.1 Count Back to Subtract within 20

Explore and Grow

Model the story.

You are on floor number 12. You go down 4 floors. What floor are you on now?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 3

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 4

floor number ____8______
Answer:

I am in 8 floors now.

Explanation:
Given I am on floor number 12 and go down 4 floors means
now I am on floor 12 – 4 = 8 . on the number line we start from 12
since subtracting makes numbers smaller, we move left to subtract.
So from 12 we move 4 parts back or left to 8. Therefore now I am at
8 floor now.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
15 – 8 = ___7____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 5
Answer:

15 – 8 = 7

Explanation:
We subtract 15 – 8 = 7, on number line we start at 15 and
move 8 steps back or left we get 7.

Question 2.
12 – 3 = ___9______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 6
Answer:

12- 3 = 9

Explanation:
We subtract 12 – 3 = 9, on number line we start at 12 and
move 3 steps back or left we get 9.

Question 3.
17 – 9 = ____8_____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 6
Answer:

17 – 9 = 8

Explanation:
We subtract 17 – 9 = 8, on the number line we start at 17 and
move 9 steps back or left we get 8.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 4.
11 – 6 = ____5____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 6
Answer:

11 – 6 = 5

Explanation:
We subtract 11 – 6 = 5, on the number line we start at 11 and
move 6 steps back or left we get 5.

Question 5.
13 – 7 = ___6_____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 6
Answer:

13 – 7 = 6

Explanation:
We subtract 13 – 7 = 6, on the number line we start at 13 and
move 7 steps back or left we get 6.

Question 6.
18 – 9 = ___9_____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 6
Answer:

18- 9 = 9

Explanation:
We subtract 18 – 9 = 9, on number line we start at 18 and
move 9 steps back or left we get 9.

Question 7.
20 – 10 = ____10_____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 6
Answer:

20 – 10 = 10

Explanation:
We subtract 20 – 10 = 10, on the number line we start at 20 and
move 10 steps back or left we get 10.

Question 8.
17 – 8 = ____9_____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 6
Answer:

17- 8 = 9

Explanation:
We subtract 17 – 8 = 9, on the number line we start at 17 and
move 8 steps back or left we get 9.

Question 9.
18 – 3 = ____15______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 6
Answer:

18 – 3 = 15

Explanation:
We subtract 18 – 3 = 15, on the number line we start at 18 and
move 3 steps back or left we get 15.

Question 10.
___12____ = 16 – 4
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 6
Answer:

16- 4 = 12

Explanation:
We subtract 16 – 4 = 12, on the number line we start at 16 and
move 4 steps back or left we get 12.

Question 11.
___6_____ = 14 – 8
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 6
Answer:

14- 8 = 6

Explanation:
We subtract 14 – 8 = 6, on the number line we start at 14 and
move 8 steps back or left we get 6.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Write the equation shown by the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 7
___15_____ – __9______ = ___6_____
Answer:
The equation on the number line is 15 – 9 = 6.

Explanation:
As shown on the number line we start at 15 and move
9 steps or 9 units back or left we reached at 6 so the equation shown by the number line is 15 – 9 = 6.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You collect 6 gems. Your friend collects 14. How many fewer gems do you collect?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 8
Model:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 9
Subtraction equation:

____8____ fewer gems

Subtraction equation is 14 – 6 = 8,
I have 8 fewer gems.

Explanation:
Given I have collected 6 gems and friend collects 14 gems
now how many less or fewer gems I have than my friend are
14 – 6 = 8 gems, On number line we start at 14 and
move 6 steps or 6 units back or left we reach at 8.
So the Subtraction equation is 14 – 6 = 8,
I have 8 fewer gems.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
Your friend finds 16 gold bars. You find 9. How many fewer gold bars do you find?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 10
Model:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 11
Subtraction equation:

_____7_____ gold bars
Answer:

Subtraction equation is 16 – 9 = 7,
I have 7 fewer gold bars.

Explanation:
Given friend finds 16 gold bars and I found 9,
now how many less or fewer gold bars I have than my friend are
16 – 9 = 7 gold bars, On number line we start at 16 and
move 9 steps or 9 units back or left we reach at 7.
So the Subtraction equation is 16 – 9 = 7,
I have 7 fewer gold bars.

Count Back to Subtract within 20 Practice 5.1

Question 1.
12 – 5 = __7____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 12
Answer:

12 – 5 = 7

Explanation:
We subtract 12 – 5 = 7, on number line we start at 12 and
move 5 steps back or left we get 7.

Question 2.
15 – 7 = ____8____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 12
Answer:

15 – 7 = 8

Explanation:
We subtract 15 – 7 = 8, on number line we start at 15 and
move 7 steps back or left we get 8.

Question 3.
13 – 6 = ___7_____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 12
Answer:

13 – 6 = 7

Explanation:
We subtract 13 – 6 = 7, on number line we start at 13 and
move 6 steps back or left we get 7.

Question 4.
14 – 5 = ___9_______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 12
Answer:

14 – 5 = 9

Explanation:
We subtract 14 – 5 = 9, on number line we start at 14 and
move 5 steps back or left we get 9.

Question 5.
11 – 5 = ____6______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 12
Answer:

11- 5 = 6

Explanation:
We subtract 11 – 5 = 6, on number line we start at 11 and
move 5 steps back or left we get 6.

Question 6.
15 – 4 = ___11_____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 12
Answer:

15- 4 = 11

Explanation:
We subtract 15 – 4 = 11, on number line we start at 15 and
move 4 steps back or left we get 11.

Question 7.
__10____ = 18 – 8
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 12
Answer:

18 – 8 = 10

Explanation:
We subtract 18 – 8 = 10, on number line we start at 18 and
move 8 steps back or left we get 10.

Question 8.
____4_____ = 12 – 8
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 12
Answer:

12 – 8 = 4

Explanation:
We subtract 12 – 8 = 4, on number line we start at 12 and
move 8 steps back or left we get 4.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER
Write the equation shown by the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 13
___14_____ – ___9_____ = ___5_____
Answer:

The equation on the number line is 14 – 9 = 5.

Explanation:
As shown on the number line we start at 14 and move
9 steps or 9 units back or left we reach at 5, so the
equation shown by the number line is 14 – 9 = 5.

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
You play soccer. The visiting team scores 12 goals. Your team scores 4 fewer. How many goals does your team score?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 14

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 15

_____8_____ goals
Answer:

Subtraction equation is 12 – 4 = 8,
My team scored 8 goals

Explanation:
Given visiting team scores 12 goals, My team scores 4 fewer goals
My team have scored 12 – 4 = 8 goals, On number line we start at
12 and move 4 steps or 4 units back or left we reach at 8.
So the Subtraction equation is 12 – 4 = 8,
therefore my team score 8 goals.

Review & Refresh

Question 11.
6 + 2 = ___8_____
Answer:
6 + 2 = 8

Explanation :
The addition equation is 6 + 2 = 8,
We add 2 to 6 we get 8.

Question 12.
4 + 3 = ___7_____
Answer:
4 + 3 = 7

Explanation :
The addition equation is 4 + 3 = 7,
We add 3 to 4 we get 7.

Question 13.
8 + 2 = ___10____
Answer:
8 + 2 = 10

Explanation :
The addition equation is 8 + 2 = 10,
We add 2 to 8 we get 10.

Question 14.
5 + 4 = ____9___
Answer:
5 + 4 = 9

Explanation :
The addition equation is 5 + 4 = 9,
We add 4 to 5 we get 9.

Lesson 5.2 Use Addition to Subtract within 20

Explore and Grow

Model the story.
Your class needs to make 15 scrapbook pages. 8 are already made. How many more pages does your class need to make?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 16

Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 17

____7_____ more pages

15 – 8 = 7,
We need 7 more pages to make.

Explanation:
Given my class needs to make 15 scrapbook pages,
8 are already made ,We need 15 – 8 = 7 more pages
are needed  to make scrapbook.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
11 – 7 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 18
Think 7 + ___4____ = 11.
So, 11 – 7 = ___4____ .
Answer:

7 + 4 = 11
11 – 7 = 4

Explanation:
Explanation:
First we move from 7 on number line and start moving till
11 we count how many units right we have moved we get
4 units so 7 + 4 = 11 or we start at 11 on number line and
move 7 steps back or left we get 4, 11 – 7 = 4.

Question 2.
16 – 8 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 19
Think 8 + ___8____ = 16.
So, 16 – 8 = ___8____ .
Answer:

8 + 8 = 16
16 – 8 = 8

Explanation:
First we move from 8 on number line and start moving till
16 we count how many units right we have moved we get
8 units so 8 + 8 = 16 or we start at 16 on number line and
move 8 steps back or left we get 8, 16 – 8 = 8.

Question 3.
13 – 10 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 19
Think 10 + __3_____ = 13.
So, 13 – 10 = ___3____ .
Answer:

10 + 3 = 13
13 – 10 = 3

Explanation:
First we move from 10 on number line and start moving till
13 we count how many units right we have moved we get
3 units so 10 + 3 = 13 or we start at 13 on number line and
move 10 steps back or left we get 3, 13 – 10 = 3.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 19
12 – 7 = ?
Think 7 + ___5____ = 12.
So, 12 – 7 = ___5____ .
Answer:

7 + 5 = 12
12 – 7 = 5

Explanation:
First we move from 7 on number line and start moving till
12 we count how many units right we have moved we get
5 units so 7 + 5 = 12 or we start at 12 on number line and
move 7 steps back or left we get 5, 12 – 7 = 5.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 19
17 – 8 = ?
Think 8 + ___9____ = 17.
So, 17 – 8 = __9____ .
Answer:

8 + 9 = 17
17 – 8 = 9

Explanation:
First we move from 8 on number line and start moving till
17 we count how many units right we have moved we get
9 units so 8 + 9 = 17 or we start at 17 on number line and
move 8 steps back or left we get 9, 17 – 8 = 9.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 19
11 – 2 = ___9_____
Answer:

11 – 2 = 9

Explanation:
We subtract 11 – 2 = 9, on number line we start at 11 and
move 2 steps back or left we get 9.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 19
_____14____ = 19 – 5
Answer:

19 – 5 = 14 or 14 = 19 – 5

Explanation:
We subtract 19 – 5 = 14, on number line we start at 19 and
move 5 steps back or left we get 14.

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
Tell what subtraction problem Newton and Descartes solved. Think: What strategies did they use?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 20
Answer:
Newton and Descartes solved the subtraction equation as
First  by 5 + = 13
Second by 13 – 5 =_

Explanation :
Newton and Descartes solved the subtraction equation on the number line
first they solved equation 5 + _______ = 13 as started from 5 and moved
8 units right reached till 13 so the missing number is 8, 5 + 8 = 13.
In second method they solved by starting from 13 and moved 5 units
left till they reached 8 on the number line so they solved
the subtraction equation as 13 – 5 = 8.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

There are 15 people in an elevator. Some of them exit. There are 7 left. How many people exit?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 21
Model:

Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 22
Subtraction equation:
15 – 7 = 8

____8_____ people
Answer:

15 – 7 = 8,
8 people exit.

Explanation:
Given 15 people are there in elevator, some of them exit,
There are 7 left, So people exit are 15 – 7 = 8,
So 8 people exit from elevator.

Show and Grow

Question 9.
There are 18 people in a subway car. Some of them exit. There are 9 left. How many people exit?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 23
Model:

Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 22
Subtraction equation:
18 -9 = 9

_____9_____ people
Answer:

18 – 9 = 9,
9 people exit.

Explanation:
Given there are 18 people in a subway car , some of them exit,
There are 9 left, So people exit are 18 – 9 = 9,
So 9 people exit from subway car.

Use Addition to Subtract within 20 Practice 5.2

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 24
13 – 9 = ?
Think 9 + __4____ = 13
So, 13 – 9 = ___4____.
Answer:

9 + 4 = 13
13 – 9 = 4

Explanation:
First we move from 9 on number line and start moving till
13 we count how many units right we have moved we get
4 units so 9 + 4 = 13 or we start at 13 on number line and
move 9 steps back or left we get 4, 13 – 9 = 4.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 24
17 – 8 = ?
Think 8 + __9____ = 17
So, 17 – 8 = ___9____.
Answer:

8 + 9 = 17
17 – 8 = 9

Explanation:
First we move from 8 on number line and start moving till
17 we count how many units right we have moved we get
9 units so 8 + 9 = 17 or we start at 17 on number line and
move 8 steps back or left we get 9, 17 – 8 = 9.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 24
14 – 7 = ____7_____
Answer:

14 – 7 = 7

Explanation:
We subtract 14 – 7 = 7, on number line we start at 14 and
move 7 steps back or left we get 7.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 24
____13_____ = 17 – 4
Answer:

17 – 4 = 13

Explanation:
We subtract 17 – 4 = 13, on number line we start at 17 and
move 4 steps back or left we get 13.

Question 5.
DIG DEEPER!
Tell what subtraction problem Newton and Descartes solved. Think: What strategies did they use?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 25
Answer:
Newton and Descartes solved the subtraction equation as
First by 11 – 7 =_4 
Second  by 7 +  4  =  11

Explanation :
Newton and Descartes solved the subtraction equation on the number line
first method they solved by starting from 11 and moved 7 units
left till they reached 4 on the number line so they solved
the subtraction equation as 11 – 7 = 4.
Second they solved equation 7 + ______ = 11 as started from 7 and moved
4 units right reached till 11 so the missing number is 4, 7 + 4 = 11.

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
There are 13 people on a train. Some of them exit. There are 6 left. How many people exit?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 26

Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 27

_____7_______ people
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-1

13 – 6 = 7,
So, 7 people exit.

Explanation:
Given there are 13 people on a train , some of them exit,
There are 7 left, So people exit are 13 – 6 = 7,
So 7 people exit from the train.

Review & Refresh

Question 7.
10 – 9 = ____1______
Answer:
10 – 9 = 1

Explanation :
The subtraction equation is 10 – 9 = 1,
We subtract 9 from 10 we get 1.

Question 8.
9 – 9 = ____0______
Answer:
9 – 9 = 0

Explanation :
The subtraction equation is 9 – 9 = 0,
We subtract  9 from 9 we get 0.

Lesson 5.3 Subtract 9

Explore and Grow

Use counters to find each difference.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 28

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-2
Explanation:
To find 15 -10 =  here we use two counters  first
we take total 15 circles in that we strike 10 numbers
the left number of circles are 5, So 15 – 10 = 5.
To find 15 – 9 = here we use two counters and we take
15 circles in that we will strike out 9 numbers the left are
6, So 15 – 9 = 6.

Show and Grow

Get to 10 to subtract.

Question 1.
17 – 9 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 29
17 – __7____ = 10
10 – ___2____ = ___8___
So, 17 – 9 = ___8_____
Answer:
17 – 7 = 10 we get 10
10 – 2 = 8,
So 17 – 9 = 8

Explanation:
We have 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter we have 7 circles so in total we have 17,
First we see out of 17 if we consider counter-2 we have 7 strike outs
means 17 – 7 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and if we see first counter
we have 2 strike outs 10 – 2 = 8, So total number of circles strike out
from 2-counters are 7 + 2 = 9, So making equation as 17 – 9 = 8.

Question 2.
14- 9 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 30
14 – __4____ = 10
10 – ___5____ = ___5___
So, 14 – 9 = _____5___
Answer:
14 – 4  = 10 we get 10
10 – 5 = 5
So 14 – 9 = 5

Explanation:
We have  2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter we have 4 circles so in total we have 14,
First we see out of 14 if we consider counter-2 we have 4 strike outs
means 14 – 4 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and if we see first counter
we have 5 strike outs 10 – 5 = 5,So total number of circles strike out
from 2-counters are 4 + 5 = 9, So making equation as 14 – 9 = 5.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 3.
16 – 9 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 31
16 – ___6___ = 10
10 – ____3___ = __7____
So, 16 – 9 = ___7_____
Answer:
16 – 6 = 10 we get 10
10 – 3 = 7
So 16 – 9 = 7

Explanation:
We have  2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter we have 6 circles so in total we have 16,
First we see out of 16 if we consider counter-2 we have 6 strike outs
means 16 – 6 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and if we see first counter
we have 3 strike outs 10 – 3 = 7, So total number of circles strike out
from 2-counters are 6 + 3 = 9, So making equation as 16 – 9 = 7.

Question 4.
11 – 9 = ?
11 – ___1____ = 10
10 – ___8____ = ___2____
S0, 11 – 9 = ____2____ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-3
11 – 1 = 10 we get 10
10 – 8 = 2
So 11 – 9 = 2

Explanation:
To solve 11 – 9  and to get 10,
We solve by using 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter we have 1 circle so in total we have 11,
Now in all we will strike 9 circles, 1 circle from counter-2 making equation
as 11 – 1 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and we strike out  8 circles from counter-1
we are left with 2 making it as 10 – 8 = 2, So in total we have taken 8 + 1 = 9
from 11 in 2-counters, making equation as 11 -9 = 2 as shown in the picture.

Question 5.
15 – 9 = ?
15 – __5_____ = 10
10 – __4______ = __6______
So, 15 – 9 = ___6_____
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-4
15- 5 = 10 we get 10
10 – 4 = 6
So 15 – 9 = 6

Explanation:
To solve 15 – 9  and to get 10,
We solve by using 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter we have 5 circles so in total we have 15,
Now in all we will strike 9 circles, 5 circles from counter-2 making equation
as 15 – 5 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and we strike 4 circles from counter-1
we are left with 6 making it as 10 – 4 = 6, So in total we have taken 5 + 4 = 9
from 15 in 2-counters, making equation as 15 -9 = 6 as shown in the picture.

Question 6.
MP Structure
Which models show 12 – 9?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-5 Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-6

First model and third model shows 12 – 9.

Explanation:
If we see all models are having 12 now we will see which model is subtracting 9,
For this we consider both counters and count total strike outs
Model 1 have 9 strike outs , Model 2 have 10 strike outs,
Model 3 have 9 strike outs, So first model and third model shows 12 – 9.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You have 12 eggs. You use 9 of them. How many eggs are left?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 33
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 34
Subtraction equation:

___3_______ eggs
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-7
12 – 9 = 3,
So 3 eggs are left.

Explanation:
Given I have 12 eggs and use 9 eggs,
By using counters first I take total 12 circles then I strike out 9,
So left are 3 so the subtraction equation is 12 – 9 = 3,
So 3 eggs are left.

Show and Grow

Question 7.
An egg carton has 18 eggs. You crack 9 of them. How many eggs are not cracked?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 35
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 34
Subtraction equation:

_____9_______ eggs
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-8
18 – 9 = 9,
So 9 eggs are not cracked.

Explanation:
Given egg carton has 18 eggs and crack 9 of them,
By using counters first I take total 18 circles then I strike out 9,
So left are 9 so the subtraction equation is 18 – 9 = 9,
So 9 eggs are not cracked.

Subtract 9 Practice 5.3

Get to 10 to subtract.

Question 1.
18 – 9 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 36
18 – ___8_____ = 10
10 – __1_____ = __9_____
So, 18 – 9 = ____9_____ .
Answer:

18- 8 = 10 we get 10
10 – 1 = 9
So 18 – 9 = 9

Explanation:
To solve 18 – 9  and to get 10,
We solve by using 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter we have 8 circles so in total we have 18,
Now in all we will strike 9 circles, 8 circles from counter-2 making equation
as 18 – 8 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and we strike 1 circle from counter-1
we are left with 9 making it as 10 – 1 = 9, So in total we have taken 8 + 1 = 9
from 18 in 2-counters, making equation as 18 – 9 = 9 as shown in the picture.

Question 2.
12 – 9 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 37
12 – ___2_____ = 10
10 – ___7____ = ___3____
So, 12 – 9 = _____3____ .
Answer:
12 – 2 = 10 we get 10
10 – 7 = 3
12 – 9 = 3

Explanation:
To solve 12 – 9  and to get 10,
We solve by using 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter we have 2 circles so in total we have 12,
Now in all we will strike 9 circles, 2 circles from counter-2 making equation
as 12 – 2 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and we strike 7 circles from counter-1
we are left with 3 making it as 10 – 7 = 3, So in total we have taken 2 + 7 = 9
from 12 in 2-counters, making equation as 12 – 9 = 3 as shown in the picture.

Question 3.
19 – 9 = ?
19 – ____9____ = 10
10 – ___0____ = ___10____
So, 19 – 9 = ____10_____ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-9
19 – 9 = 10,
10 – 0 = 10
So, 19 -9 = 10

Explanation:
To solve 19 – 9  and to get 10,
We solve by using 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter we have 9 circles so in total we have 19,
Now in all we will strike 9 circles, 9 circles from counter-2 making equation
as 19 – 9 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1, we will not strike in counter-1 as we have
already taken 9 ,So 10 – 0 = 10, We are left with 10 and the equation is 19 – 9 = 10.

Question 4.
MP Structure
Which models show 16 – 9?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 38
Answer:

Second model and third model shows 16 – 9.

Explanation:
If we see all models are having 16 now we will see which model is subtracting 9,
For this we consider both counters and count total strike outs
Model 1 have 10 strike outs , Model 2 have 9 strike outs,
Model 3 have 9 strike outs, So Second model and third model shows 16 – 9.

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
You have 14 water balloons. You break 9 of them. How many water balloons are left?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 39
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 40

____5______ Water balloons
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-10
14 – 9 = 5
5 water balloons are left.

Explanation:
Given I have 14 water balloons. I break 9 of them,
So I will take 2 counters counter-1 has 10 circles and counter-2 has
4 circles in all I have 14 number of circles, now over all I will
strike out 9 from the 2-counters. As counter-2 has only 4 I will take 5 from
counter-1 so that in total 4 + 5 = 9 circles are strike out so we are left with 5,
So the subtraction equation is 14  – 9 = 5, So 5 water balloons are left.

Review & Refresh

Question 6.
Use the picture to complete the number bond.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 41
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-11

Explanation:
Number bonds are pictures that show the bond between parts and whole.
So here we know that 10 is the whole number
and 8 is one of the numbers from the pair of number bonds.
The other number that combines with 8 to give 10 is 2.

Lesson 5.4 Get to 10 to Subtract

Explore and Grow

Use counters to find the difference. Show how you can make a 10 to solve.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 42
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-12

14 – 4 = 10
10 – 2 = 8
14 – 6 = 8

Explanation:
To solve 14 – 6  and to get 10,
We solve by using 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter we have 4 circles so in total we have 14,
Now in all we will strike 6 circles, 4 circles from counter-2 making equation
as 14 – 4 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and we strike 2 circles from counter-1
we are left with 8 making it as 10 – 2 = 8, So in total we have taken 4 + 2 = 6
from 14 in 2-counters, making equation as 14 – 6 = 8 as shown in the picture.

Show and Grow

Get to 10 to subtract.

Question 1.
12 – 5 = ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 43
12 – __2____ = 10
10 – __3___ = ___7_____
So, 12 – 5 = ____7______
Answer:

12 – 2 = 10 we get 10
10 – 3 = 7
12 – 5 = 7

Explanation:
To solve 12 – 2  and to get 10,
We solve by using 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter two we have 2 circles so in total we have 12,
Now in all we will strike 5 circles, 2 circles from counter-2 making equation
as 12 – 2 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and we strike 3 circles from counter-1
we are left with 7 making it as 10 – 3 = 7, So in total we have taken 2 + 3 = 5
from 12 in 2-counters, making equation as 12 – 5 = 7 as shown in the picture.

Question 2.
17 – 8 = ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 44
17 – ___7___ = 10
10 – __1___ = ___9_____
So, 17 – 8 = ___9_______
Answer:
17 – 7 = 10
10 – 1 = 8
So 17 – 8 = 9

Explanation:
To solve 17 -8  and to get 10,
We solve by using 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter two we have 7 circles so in total we have 17,
Now in all we will strike 8 circles, 7 circles from counter-2 making equation
as 17 – 7 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and we strike 1 circle from counter-1
we are left with 9 making it as 10 – 1 = 9, So in total we have taken 7 + 1 = 8
from 17 in 2-counters, making equation as 17 – 8 = 9 as shown in the picture.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Get to 10 to subtract

Question 3.
16 – 7 = ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 45
I6 – __6______ = 10
10 – ___1_____ = ____9____
So, 16 – 7 = _____9_____ .
Answer:
16 – 6 = 10
10 – 1 = 9
So 16 – 7 = 9

Explanation:
To solve 16 -7  and to get 10,
We solve by using 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter two we have 6 circles so in total we have 16,
Now in all we will strike 7 circles, 6 circles from counter-2 making equation
as 16 – 6 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and we strike 1 circle from counter-1
we are left with 9 making it as 10 – 1 = 9, So in total we have taken 6 + 1 = 7
from 16 in 2-counters, making equation as 16 – 7 = 9 as shown in the picture.

Question 4.
11 – 4 = ?
11 – ____1___ = 10
10 – ___3____ = ___7_____
So, 11 – 4 = ___7_____ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-13

Answer:
11 – 1 = 10
10 – 3 = 7
So 11 – 4 = 7

Explanation:
To solve 11 -4  and to get 10,
We solve by using 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter two we have 1 circles so in total we have 11,
Now in all we will strike 4 circles, 1 circles from counter-2 making equation
as 11 – 1 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and we strike 3 circles from counter-1
we are left with 9 making it as 10 – 3 = 7, So in total we have taken 1 + 3 = 4
from 11 in 2-counters, making equation as 11 – 4 = 7 as shown in the picture.

Question 5.
13 – 5 = ?
13 – ____3_____ = 10
10 – ____2_____ = ____8______
So, 13 – 5 = ____8____ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-14
13 – 3 = 10
10 – 2 = 8
So 13 – 5 = 8

Explanation:
To solve 13 -5  and to get 10,
We solve by using 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter two we have 3 circles so in total we have 13,
Now in all we will strike 5 circles, 3 circles from counter-2 making equation
as 13 – 3 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and we strike 3 circles from counter-1
we are left with 8 making it as 10 – 2 = 8, So in total we have taken 3 + 2 = 5
from 13 in 2-counters, making equation as 13 – 5 = 8 as shown in the picture.

Question 6.
MP Number Sense
Which equations did Newton use to solve the problem?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 46
Answer:
Newton uses Equation 3 : 12 – 2 =10 , 10 – 4 = 6 so we get 12 – 6 = 6

Explanation:
If we see picture we have two counters in total we have total 12 circles,
In counter-2 we have 2 strike out means 12 – 2 = 10 and from counter-1
we have 4 strike out so 10 – 4 = 6 so in total out of 12 we strike 6 making
the equation as 12 – 6 = 6.
Out of three equations Newton uses equation 12 – 2 = 10 , 10 – 4 = 6,
other equations have 17 count in total and only 3rd equation is having
12 count as per the given picture, So newton use Equation 3.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Your friend checks out 13 books. You check out 4 fewer. How many books do you check out?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 47
Model:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 48
Subtraction equation:

____9___ books
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-15
I have checked 9 books.

Explanation:
Given my friend checks out 13 books and I check out 4 fewer,
Means I will take 2 counters in counter-1 I will have 10 books and counter-2
3 books in total 13 books, now I have 4 fewer means I will strike out 4,
3 from counter-2 and 1 from counter-1 in total 4 from both the counters,
So 13 – 4 = 9, I checked 9 books.

Show and Grow

Question 7.
Your friend skips 16 stones. You skip 8 fewer. How many stones do you skip?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 49
Model:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 50
Subtraction equation:

_____8_______ stones
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-16
16 – 8 = 8
So I skip 8 stones.

Explanation:
Given my friend skips 16 stones and I skip 8 fewer,
Means I will take 2 counters in counter-1 I will have 10 stones and counter-2
6 stones in total 16 stones, now I have 8 fewer means I will strike out 8 ,
6 from counter-2 and 2 from counter-1 in total 8 from both the counters,
So 16 – 8 = 8, I skip 8 stones.

Get to 10 to Subtract Practice 5.4

Get to 10 to Subtract

Question 1.
15 – 6 = ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 51
15 – __5_____ = 10
10 – ___1____ = __9______
So, 15 – 6 = ____9____ .
Answer:
15 – 5 = 10
10 -1 = 9
So, 15 – 6 = 9.

Explanation:
To solve 15 -6  and to get 10,
We solve by using 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter two we have 5 circles so in total we have 15,
Now in all we will strike 6 circles, 5 circles from counter-2 making equation
as 15 – 5 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and we strike 1 circle from counter-1
we are left with 9 making it as 10 – 1 = 9, So in total we have taken 5 + 1 = 6
from 15 in 2-counters, making equation as 15 – 6 = 9 as shown in the picture.

Question 2.
12 – 4 = ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 52
12 – ___2____ = 10
10 – ___2____ = ___8_____
So, 12 – 4 = ___8_____ .
Answer:
12 – 2 = 10
10 -2 = 8
So, 12 – 4 = 8.

Explanation:
To solve 12 -4  and to get 10,
We solve by using 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter two we have 2 circles so in total we have 12,
Now in all we will strike 4 circles, 2 circles from counter-2 making equation
as 12 – 2 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and we strike 2 circles from counter-1
we are left with 8 making it as 10 – 2 = 8, So in total we have taken 2 + 2 = 4
from 12 in 2-counters, making equation as 12 – 4 = 8 as shown in the picture.

Question 3.
13 – 7 = ?
13 – ___3____ = 10
10 – ___4____ = ___6_____
So, 13 – 7 = ____6____ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-17
13 – 3 = 10
10 – 4 = 6
13 – 7 = 6

Explanation:
To solve 13 -7  and to get 10,
We solve by using 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter two we have 3 circles so in total we have 13,
Now in all we will strike 7 circles, 3 circles from counter-2 making equation
as 13 – 3 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and we strike 4 circles from counter-1
we are left with 6 making it as 10 – 4 = 6, So in total we have taken 3 + 4 = 7
from 13 in 2-counters, making equation as 13 – 7 = 6 as shown in the picture.

Question 4.
14 – 8 = ?
14 – ___4____ = 10
10 – ___4____ = ___6_____
So, 14 – 8 = ____6____ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-18
14 – 4 = 10
10 – 4 = 6
14 – 8 = 6

Explanation:
To solve 14 -8  and to get 10,
We solve by using 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter two we have 4 circles so in total we have 14,
Now in all we will strike 8 circles, 4 circles from counter-2 making equation
as 14 – 4 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and we strike 4 circles from counter-1
we are left with 6 making it as 10 – 4 = 6, So in total we have taken 4 + 4 = 8
from 14 in 2-counters, making equation as 14 – 8 = 6 as shown in the picture.

Question 5.
MP Number Sense
Which equations did Descartes use to solve the problem?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 53
Answer:

Descartes uses Equation 1 : 15 – 5 =10 , 10 – 4 = 6 so we get 15 – 9 = 6

Explanation:
If we see picture we have two counters in total we have total 15 circles,
In counter-2 we have 5 strike out means 15 – 5 = 10 and from counter-1
we have 4 strike out so 10 – 4 = 6 so in total out of 15 we strike 9 making
the equation as 15 – 9 = 6.
Out of three equations Newton uses equation 15 – 5 = 10 , 10 – 4 = 6,
other equations have 20 count in total and only 1st equation is having
15 count as per the given picture, So newton use 1 Equation.

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
Your friend recycles 14 cans. You recycle 7 fewer. How many cans do you recycle?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 54
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 55

____7_____ cans
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-19

I recycle 7 cans.

Explanation:
Given my friend recycle 14 cans and I recycle 7 fewer,
Means I will take 2 counters in counter-1 I will have 10 cans and counter-2
4 cans in total 14 cans, now I have 7 fewer means I will strike out 7,
4 from the counter-2 and 3 from counter-1 in total 7 from both the counters,
So 14 – 7 = 7, I recycle 7 cans.

Review & Refresh

Is the equation true or false?

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 56
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-20
3 + 2 = 5 + 0
5 = 5 ,
So True.

Explanation:
We take 3 + 2 means adding 3 and 2 we get 3 + 2 = 5
and 5 + 0 is 5 so both sides are equal therefore
3 + 2 = 5 + 0 is True.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 57
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-21
8 – 2 = 6 ≠ 5 + 5 = 10
6 ≠ 10
So False

Explanation:
We take 8 – 2 means subtracting 2 from 8 we get 8 – 2 = 6
and 5 + 5 means adding 5 and 5 we get 5 + 5  =10,
If we see both sides they are not equal as 6 ≠ 10,
So 8 – 2 = 5 + 5 is False.

Lesson 5.5 More True or False Equations

Explore and Grow

Color the stars that have a sum or difference equal to 19 – 5.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 58
Answer:
https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-1-Chapter-5-Subtract-Numbers-within-20-22.bmp
Explanation:
We color the stars that have a sum or difference equal to 19 – 5,
means  19 – 5 = 14, We check each star if equal to 14 we will color.
a. The sum is 9 + 5 = 14, so color it with green,
b. The difference is 20 – 6 = 14, we color it with blue
c. The sum is 12 + 1 + 1 = 14, we color it with green
d. The difference is 16 – 2 = 14, we color it with blue
e. The difference is 13 – 1 = 12 , we will not color it
as this is not equal to 14.
f. The sum is 14 + 0 = 14 , we will color it with green

Show and Grow

Is the equation true or false ?

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 59
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-23
As 17 – 9 = 8  ≠ 14 -5 = 9
So False

Explanation:
We take 17 – 9 means subtracting 9 from 17 we get 17 – 9 = 8
and 14 – 5 means subtracting 5 from 14 we get 14 – 5 = 9,
If we see both sides they are not equal as 8 ≠ 9,
So 17 – 9 = 14 – 5 is False.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 60
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-24
As 6 + 5 = 11 = 18 – 7 = 11
So True.

Explanation:
We take 6 + 5 means adding 6 and 5 we get 6 + 5 = 11,
and 18 – 7 means subtracting 7 from 18 we get 18 – 7 = 11,
As both sides are equal therefore
6 + 5 = 11 = 18 – 7 = 11 is True

Apply and Grow: Practice

Is the equation true or false?

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 61
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-25

As 5 + 7 = 12  ≠  3 + 8 = 11
So False

Explanation:
We take 5 + 7 means adding 5 and 7 we get 5 + 7 = 12,
and 3 + 8 means adding 3 and 8 we get 3 + 8 = 11,
As both sides are not equal therefore
5 + 7 = 12 ≠ 3 + 8 = 11 is False.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 62
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-26
As 4 + 9 = 13 = 5 + 3 + 5 = 13
Is True.

Explanation:
We take 4 + 9 means adding 4 and 9 we get 4 + 9 = 13,
and 5 + 3 + 5  means adding 5 , 3 and 5 we get 5 + 3 + 5 = 13,
As both sides are equal therefore
4 + 9 = 13 = 5 + 3 + 5 = 13 is True.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 63
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-27

As 12 – 7 = 5 ≠ 13 – 5 = 8
So False.

Explanation:
We take 12 – 7 means subtracting 7 from 12 we get 12 – 7 = 5,
and 13 – 5 means subtracting 5 from 13 we get 13 – 5 = 8,
As both sides are not equal therefore
12 – 7  = 5 ≠ 13 – 5 = 8 is False.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 66
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-28

As 14 – 8 = 6 = 12 – 6 = 6
So True.

Explanation:
We take 14 – 8 means subtracting 8 from 14 we get 14 – 8 = 6,
and 12 – 6 means subtracting 6 from 12 we get 12 – 6 = 6,
As both sides are equal therefore
14 – 8  = 6 = 12 – 6 = 6 is True.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 64
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-29
1 + 8 = 9 = 16 -7 = 9
So True.

Explanation:
We take 1 + 8  means adding 1 and 8 we get 1 + 8  = 9,
and 16 – 7 means subtracting 7 from 16 we get 16 – 7 = 9,
As both sides are equal therefore
1 + 8  = 9 = 16 – 7 = 9 is True.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 65
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-30
18 – 9 = 9 ≠  5 + 1 + 4 = 10
So False.

Explanation:
We take 18 – 9  means subtracting 9 from 18 we get 18 – 9  = 9,
and 5 + 1 + 4 means adding 5,1 and 4 we get 5 + 1 + 4 = 10,
As both sides are not equal therefore
18 – 9  = 9 ≠ 5 + 1 + 4 = 10 is False.

Question 9.
MP Number Sense
Circle all of the equations that are true.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 67
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-31

Explanation:
Given equations are a. 20 = 2 as 20 is not equal to 2,false so we will not circle,
b. 19 – 7 = 12 as 19 – 7 is 12 this is true we will circle it.
c. 6 + 6 + 3 = 7 + 8 as 6 + 6 + 3 = 15 and 7 + 8 = 15, Both are same
and true we will circle the equation.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You hove 12 lemons. You use 4 of them. Your friend has 3 lemons and buys 4 more.
Do you each have the same number of lemons?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 68
Equation:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 69
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-32
No each do not have the same number of lemons as 8 ≠ 7 .

Explanation:
Given I have 12 lemons and use 4 of them means 12 – 4
My friend have 3 lemons and buys 4 more means 3 + 4
now checking both of them 12 – 4 = 8 and 3 + 4 = 7 as 8 ≠ 7
both are not equal each do not have the same number of lemons.

Show and Grow

Question 10.
You have 14 grapes. You eat 7 of them. Your friend has 10 grapes and eats 3 of them.
Do you each have the same number of grapes?
Equation:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 70
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-34
Yes each have the same number of grapes as 7 = 7.

Explanation:
Given I have 14 grapes and I eat 7 of them means 14 -7
My friend has 10 grapes and eats 3 of them means 10 – 3,
Now checking both we have 14 – 7 = 7 and 10 – 3 = 7,
Both are equal, So, Yes each of them have the same number of grapes 7= 7.

More True or False Equations Practice 5.5

Is the equation true or false?

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 71
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-35
13 – 9 = 4 = 11 – 7 = 4
So True.

Explanation:
Checking 13 – 9 and 11 – 7 , subtracting 9 from 13 we get 4
and subtracting 7 from 11 we get 4
as both equations values are equal, true.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 72
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-36
9 + 8 = 17 = 17 + 0 = 17
So True.

Explanation:
Checking 9 + 8 and 17 + 0, as 9 + 8 = 17 and
17 + 0 = 17 as both equations values are equal to 17 so true.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 73
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-37
12 – 4 = 8 ≠ 15 – 6 = 9,
So False.

Explanation:
Checking 12 – 4 and 15 – 6, We get 12 – 4 = 8 and
15 – 6 = 9 as both equations values are not equal 8 ≠ 9,
So false.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 74
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-38
4 + 5 = 9 ≠ 11 – 3 = 8
Is False

Explanation:
Checking 4 + 5 and 11 – 3, We get 4 + 5 = 9 and
11 – 3 = 8 as both equations values are not equal 9 ≠ 8,
So false.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-39
15 – 7 = 8 = 4 + 4 = 8
So True.

Explanation:
Checking 15 – 7 and  4 + 4  we get 15 – 7 = 8
and  4 + 4 = 8 as both equations values are same 8 = 8
so true.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 76
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-40
0 + 5 + 2 = 7 = 12 – 5 =  7
So True.

Explanation:
Checking 0 + 5 + 2 = 12 – 5, We get 0 + 5 + 2 = 7
and 12 – 5 = 7 as both equations values are same 7 = 7
so true.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 77
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-41
16 – 8 = 8  ≠  2 + 3 + 2 = 7
So False

Explanation:
Checking 16 – 8 and 2 + 3 + 2 we see 16 – 8 = 8
and  2 + 3 + 2 = 7 as both equations are not equal
8 ≠ 7 so false.

Question 8.
MP Number Sense
Circle all of the equations that are false.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 78
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-42
Explanation:
Checking equations
a. 7 + 2 = 9 and 11 -2 = 9 both are equal so true we will not circle.
b. 3 , 12 – 8 = 4 as 3 ≠  4, So false we will circle it.
c. 4 + 1 + 4 = 9 and 14 -6 = 12 as 9 ≠ 12 , So false we will circle it.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
You have 9 badges. You earn 3 more. Your friend has 5 badges and earns 7 more. Do you each have the same number of badges?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 79
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 80
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-43
Yes , each have the same number of badges.

Explanation:
Given I have 9 badges and  earn 3 more means 9 + 3 = 12,
My friend has 5 badges and earns 7 more means 5 + 7 = 12,
as both are having 12 badges Yes, I and my friend each
have same number of badges .

Review & Refresh

Question 10.
_____4____ + 2 = 6
Answer:
4 + 2 = 6

Explanation:
Given _______ + 2 = 6, Let us take missing number as X,
X + 2 = 6 means X = 6 – 2 = 4, X = 4 So missing number is 4,
the equation is 4 + 2 = 6.

Question 11.
____6____ + 3 = 9
Answer:
6 + 3 = 9

Explanation:
Given _______ + 3 = 9, Let us take missing number as X,
X + 3 = 9 means X = 9 – 3 = 6, X = 6 So missing number is 6,
the equation is 6 + 3 = 9.

Lesson 5.6 Make True Equations

Explore and Grow

Complete the equation.

14 – 5 = 3 + __________

Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 81
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-44
14 – 5 = 3 + 6

Explanation:
Given 14 – 5 = 3 + ________ Let us take missing number as X,
First we see 14 – 5 on number line we move
5 steps left from 14 we get 9, means 3 + X = 9
so to get X we move on number line from 3 till 9
we got 6 units means X = 6,
therefore the true equation is 14 – 5 = 3 + 6.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
? + 6 = 10 – 3
? + 6 = __7______
___1_____ + 6 = ___7____

So, ____1____ + 6 = 10 – 3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-45
1 + 6 = 10 – 3

Explanation:
Given _____ + 6 = 10 – 3
Now first we start from 10 and move 3 units back on the
number line we get 7, 10 – 3 = 7 now from 6 we will move
right till we get 7 we moved 1 unit means 6 + 1  = 7,
So the true equation is 1 + 6 = 10 – 3.

Question 2.
12 – 9 = ? – 5
____3____ = ? – 5
____3____ = __8_____ – 5

So, 12 – 9 = ____8____ – 5.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-46
12 – 9 = 8 – 5

Explanation:
First we find 12 – 9 we start from 12 on number line
and move 9 units back we get 3 means 12 – 9 = 3 and ____ – 5 = 3,
Let us take missing number as X and X – 5 = 3 , therefore X = 3 + 5
on number line we move 3 units right from 5 we get 8,
making the true equation as 12 – 9 = 8 – 5.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 3.
? + 8 = 9 + 6
? + 8 = __15______
____7____ + 8 = _15___

So, ___7_____ + 8 = 9 + 6.
Answer:
_ + 8 = 9 + 6
_ + 8 = 15
7 + 8 = 15
So 7 + 8 = 9 + 6

Explanation :

Given ___ +  8 = 9 + 6, First we see 9 + 6 = 15 means
____ + 8 = 15 So let us take missing number as X ,
X + 8 = 15 therefore X = 15 – 8 = 7 making true equation as
7 + 8 = 9 + 6.

Question 4.
13 – 8 = ? – 6
___5_____ = ? – 6
____5____ = __11_ – 6

So, 13 – 8 = __11_ – 6.
Answer:
13 – 8 = _______ – 6
5 = ______ – 6
5 = 11 – 6
So 13 – 8 = 11 – 6

Explanation:
Given 13 – 8 = ____ – 6 means first we see 13 – 8 we get 5
means _____ – 6 = 5 let us take missing number as X
So X – 6 = 5, X = 5 + 6 = 11 making the true equation as
13 – 8  = 11 – 6.

Question 5.
14 – 6 = ? + 2
___8_____ = ? + 2
____8____ = ___6____ + 2

So, 14 – 6 = ____6____ + 2.
Answer:
14 – 6 = _____ + 2
8 = ________ + 2
8 = 6 + 2
So 14 – 6 = 6 + 2

Explanation:
Given 14 – 6 is equal to ________ + 2 , first we see 14 – 6 we get
8 means _______ + 2 = 8 , let us take missing number as X
so 8 = X + 2 means X = 8 – 2 = 6 making the true equation as
14 – 6 = 6 + 2.

Question 6.
15 – ? = 3 + 3
15 – ? = __6______
15 – ___9_____ = ___6____

So, 15 – ____9____ = 3 + 3.
Answer:
15 – ___ = 3 + 3
15 – ___ =  6
15 – 9 = 6
15 – 9 = 3 + 3

Explanation:
Given 15 – ___ = 3 + 3 means first we see 3 + 3 = 6,
means 15 – __ = 6 , Let us take X as missing number means
15 – X = 6 we get X = 15 – 6 = 9  therefore 15- 9 = 6,
making true equation as 15 – 9 = 3 + 3.

Question 7.
_____12_____ – 6 = 3 + 2 + 1
Answer:
12 – 6 = 3 + 2 + 1

Explanation:
Given __________ – 6 = 3 + 2 + 1 we see first
3 + 2 + 1 = 6 means ________ – 6 = 6,
let us take missing number as X , X – 6 = 6,
X = 6 + 6 = 12 making the true equation as 12 – 6 = 3 + 2 + 1.

Question 8.
6 + 4 + 4 = 6 + _______
Answer:
6 + 4 + 4 = 6 + 8

Explanation:
Given 6 + 4 + 4 = 6 + _______, First we add 6 + 4 + 4 we get 14
means 14 = 6 + ____, we will take missing number as X So that
6 + X = 14 , X = 14 – 6 = 8 making the true equation as 6 + 4 + 4 = 6 + 8.

Question 9.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says 2 makes the equation true. Is Newton correct? Show how you know.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 82
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-47
Yes, Newton is correct, as 7 + 2 = 9 = 11 – 2.

Explanation:
Given the equation as 7 + 2 = 11 -____ and newton says 2
makes the equation true, First we see 7 + 2 = 9
on number line we move 2 steps from 7 we get 9 so
now on number line we need to reach 9  from 11
so we will move 2 steps back or left we reach 9 so 11 – 2 = 9,
Both equations are equal so Newton is true.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You catch 11 butterflies. 4 fly away. Your friend catches 3 butterflies.
How many more butterflies must your friend catch to have the same number as you?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 83
Equation:
___11____ – ___4_____ = ____3___ + ?

____4______ butterflies

11 – 4  = 3 + 4
My friend should catch 4 butterflies to have same number as me.

Explanation :
Given I catch 11 butterflies. 4 fly away means I have
11 – 4 = 7 butterflies now and my friend catches 3 butterflies
to have same number of butterflies let my friend should catch
X butterflies as 3 + X = 7 so X = 7 – 3 = 4 making equation as
11 – 4 = 3 + 4. Therefore my friend should catch 4 butterflies
to have same number as me.

Show and Grow

Question 10.
You catch 15 leaves. 6 of them blow away. Your friend catches 12 leaves and some of them blow away. Now you each have the same number of leaves. How many of your friend’s leaves blow away?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 84
Equation:
___15____ – ___6_____ = ___12____ – ?

______3____ leaves
15 – 6 = 12 – 3,
3 leaves of my friend’s blow away.

Explanation:
Given I catch 15 leaves and 6 of them blow away means I have
15 – 6 = 9, Your friend catches 12 leaves and some of them blow away
lets take it as X number and given I & my friend have same number of leaves now
12 – X = 9 , X = 12 – 9 = 3. So 3 leaves of my friend’s blow away.

Make True Equations Practice 5.6

Question 1.
12 – ? = 8 – 4
12 – ? = __4______
12 – ___8_____ = ___4____

So, 12 – ___4_____ = 8 – 4.
Answer:
12 – ____ = 8 – 4
12 – ___ = 4
12 – 8 = 4
So, 12 – 8 =  8 – 4

Explanation:
Given equation as 12 – ___ = 8 – 4, first we see 8 – 4
we get as 4, 8-4 = 4 So 12 – ___ = 4,
Let us take missing number as X so 12 – X = 4,
X = 12 – 4= 8, Now the true equation is 12 – 8 = 8 – 4.

Question 2.
7 + 9 = 8 + ?
____16____ = 8 + ?
_____16___ = 8 + ___8____

So, 7 + 9 = 8 + ___8_____ .
7 + 9 = 8 + ___
16 = 8 + ___
16 = 8 + 8
So, 7 + 9 = 8 + 8

Explanation:
Given equation as 7 + 9 = 8 + __,  So first we see
7 + 9 = 16 means 8 + ___ = 16 ,Let us take X as missing number
8 + X = 16, X = 16 – 8  = 8, Now the true equation is 7 + 9 = 8 + 8

Question 3.
4 + 3 = __________ – 7
Answer:
4 + 3 = 14 – 7

Explanation:
Given 4 + 3 = ___ – 7, first we see 4 + 3 we get 7,
means 7  = ____ – 7, Let us take X as missing number
so 7 = X – 7, X = 7 + 7 = 14 making true equation as
4 + 3 = 14 – 7.

Question 4.
7 + _________ = 17 – 0
Answer:
7 + 10 = 17 – 0

Explanation:
Given as 7 + ___ = 17 – 0 first we see 17 – 0 we get 17
means 7 + ___ = 17, Now we take missing number as X,
7 + X = 17, X = 17 – 7 = 10 therefore the true equation is
7 + 10 = 17 – 0.

Question 5.
__________ + 20 = 8 + 10 + 2
Answer:
0 + 20 = 8 + 10 + 2

Explanation:
Given ____ + 20 = 8 + 10 + 2, We solve first 8 + 10 + 2
we get 20 so  ____ + 20 = 20, Let us take missing number as X,
X + 20 = 20 therefore X = 20 -20 = 0 , Making true equation as
0 + 20 = 8 + 10 + 2.

Question 6.
3 + 1 + 1 = 14 – __________
Answer:
3 + 1 + 1 = 14 – 9

Explanation:

Given 3 + 1 + 1 = 14 – ____, first we see 3 + 1 + 1 we get
5 and 14 – ___ = 5 , Let us take missing number as X, 14 – X = 5,
X = 14 – 5 = 9, making true equation as 3 + 1 + 1 = 14 – 9.

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Descartes says 5 makes the equation true. Is Descartes correct? Show how you know.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 85
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-48
17 – 9 ≠ 5 – 2 ,So Descartes is in correct.

Explanation:
Given equation is 17 – 9 = ___ – 2 and 5 makes the equation true ,
we see first 17 – 9 on number line we start from 17 and move 9 units back
we get 8 means 17 – 9 = 8, Now we take as per Descartes 5 – 2 on number line
we start from 5 and move 2 units back we get 3 which is not equal to 8,
So 17 – 9 ≠ 5 – 2 ,So Descartes is in correct.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
You catch 14 fireflies. You lose 8 of them. Your friend catches 11 fireflies and loses some of them.
Now you each have the same number of fireflies. How many fireflies does your friend lose?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 86
___14_____ – ___8____ = ___11____ – ?

__5_____ fireflies
14 – 8 = 11 – 5, My friend loses 5 fireflies.

Explanation:
Given I catch 14 fireflies and lose 8 of them, means I have
14 – 8 = 6 with me, My friend catches 11 fireflies and
loses some of them let us take my friend loses X fireflies and
each have the same number of fireflies means 11 – X = 6, So
X = 11 – 6 = 5, making the equation as 14 – 8 = 11 – 5,
therefore my friend loses 5 fireflies.

Review & Refresh

Question 9.
color the rectangles.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 87
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-49

Explanation:
Given in the picture we have four shapes and we color the third shape
which is rectangle means a quadrilateral with four right angles, or a parallelogram
containing a right angle, so colored it with purple color.

Question 10.
color the squares.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 88
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-50
Explanation:
Given in the picture we have four shapes and we color the first shape
which is rectangle means a quadrilateral with four right angles, or a parallelogram
containing a right angle, so colored it with orange color.

Lesson 5.7 Problem Solving: Subtraction within 20

Explore and Grow

Model the story.

There are 18 seagulls. Some of them fly away. There are 9 left. How many seagulls flew away?

_____9___ seagulls
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-51
18 – 9 = 9
9 seagulls flew away.

Explanation:
Given there are 18 seagulls. Some of them fly away.
There are 9 left means out of 18 we are left with 9,
Let us take X number of them fly away means
18 – X  = 9, X = 18 – 9 = 9, We show in bar model as
total we have 18, 9 left and 9 seagulls flew away.

show and Grow

Question 1.
You have some stuffed animals. You give 3 away. You have 8 left. How many stuffed animals did you have to start?
Circle what you know.
Underline what you need to find.
Solve:
____11____ ○ ___3______ = ____8______

_____11_____ stuffed animals
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-52
11 – 3 = 8
I have to start with 11 stuffed animals.

Explanation:
Given I have some stuffed animals and I give 3 away so have 8 left,
let I have X number of stuffed animals so From X  gave 3 so
X – 3 = 8 , X = 8 + 3 = 11 I know I gave 3 and left with 8 so I circled them,
I need to know how many stuffed animals I had so underlined it
as shown above in the picture. making equation as 11 – 3 = 8,
therefore I have to start with 11 stuffed animals.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
A group of students are at an arcade. 8 of them leave. There are 3 left. How many students were at the arcade to start?
Circle what you know.
Underline what you need to find.
Solve:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 89
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-53
11 – 8 = 3,
11 students were at the arcade to start.

Explanation:
Given a group of students are at an arcade let us take as X,
8 of them leave and there are 3 left means X – 8 = 3,
X = 3 + 8 = 11 as shown in bar model  8 leave and 3 left total 11.
the equation is 11 – 8 = 3, I circled 8 and 3 I know, underlined 11
to find. So there are 11 students at the arcade to start.

Question 3.
You have 15 trucks. Your friend has 7. How many more trucks do you have?

_____8____ more trucks
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-54
15 – 7 = 8
I have 8 more trucks.

Explanation:
Given I have 15 trucks and friend have 7, So more trucks I have than my
friend are 15 – 7 = 8, as shown in bar model I have 15 and friend have
7 and 8 more trucks I have than my friend.

Question 4.
DIG DEEPER
You have 16 stickers. Your friend has 7 fewer than you. Which bar model shows how many stickers your friend has?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 90
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-55
16 – 7 = 9
circled the equation shown in bar model which
shows how many stickers my friend has.

Explanation:
Given I have 16 stickers and my friend has 7 fewer than me
means my friend have 16 – 7 = 9 stickers ,So I have circled the
equation shown in bar model which shows how many stickers my friend has.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Your friends mask has 13 feathers. Your mask has 7 feathers. How many fewer feathers does your mask have?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 91
Circle what you know.
Underline what you need to find.
Solve:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 92
_________ – ________ = _________ fewer feathers
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-56
Explanation:
Given friends mask has 13 feathers and my mask has 7 feathers,
So I have 13 – 7 = 6 feathers fewer in my mask as shown in the bar model
I have circled 13, 7 in the equation as I know how many my friend
and I have and underlined 6 so that how many fewer feathers my mask have.

Show and Grow

Question 5.
There are 12 party hats. There are 5 fewer noisemakers than party hats. How many noisemakers are there?
Circle what you know.
Underline what you need to find.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 93
Solve:
____12_____ – ____5____ = ____7_____ noisemakers
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-57
12 – 5 = 7
So there are 7 noisemakers.

Explanation:
Given there are 12 party hats and there are 5 fewer
noisemakers than party hats means 12 – 5 = 7 noisemakers
are available, as I know how many party hats and how many fewer
noisemakers are there so I circled them 12, 5 and I need to find how
many noisemakers are there so I underlined 7 in the equation.

Problem Solving: Subtraction within 20 Practice 5.7

Question 1.
You have 12 erasers. Your friend takes some of them. You have 5 left. How many erasers does your friend take?
Circle what you know.
Underline what you need to find.
Solve:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 94
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-58
12 – 7 = 5
My friend have taken 7 erasers.

Explanation:
Given I have 12 erasers and my friend takes some of them
and I have 5 left. Let my friend takes X number so
12 – X = 5, X = 12 – 5 = 7 , So 12 – 7 = 5 as shown in bar model,
As I know 12 and 5 I have circled it and I need to find
how many my friend have taken so I have underlined 7 in the
equation.

Question 2.
You have 17 glitter pens. Your friend has 9 fewer than you. How many does your friend have?

_____8______ glitter pens
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-59
17 – 9 = 8,
My friend have 8 glitter pens.

Explanation:
Given I have 17 glitter pens and my friend has 9 fewer than me,
Now let us take my friend have X number of glitter pens so
X = 17 – 9, X = 8 therefore my friend have 8 glitter pens.

Question 3.
DIG DEEPER!
A group of students are at a library. 6 of them leave. There are 7 left. Which part-part whole model shows how many students were at the library to start?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 95
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 96
Answer:
Second One Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-60shows
13 number students were there at the library to start.

Explanation:
Given a group of students are at a library 6 of them leave and
there are 7 left. So a number of students were there at the library
to start are 6 + 7 = 13, so the second one part-part whole model shows
how many students were there at the library to start.

Question 4.
Modeling Real Life
Your friend’s shirt has 14 buttons. Your shirt has 7 fewer. How many buttons does your shirt have?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 97
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 98

___________ buttons
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-61
14 – 7 = 7
My shirt have 7 buttons.

Explanation:
Given my friend’s shirt has 14 buttons and my shirt has 7 fewer,
So my shirt have 14 – 7 = 7 buttons as shown in the bar model
therefore my shirt has 7 buttons.

Review & Refresh

Question 5.
There are 8 Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 99.
3 Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 99 swim away.
How many Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 99 are left?
____8____ – ___3____ = ___5_____ Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 99
Answer:
8 – 3 = 5,
There are 5 seals left.

Explanation:
Given there are 8 seals and 3 of them swim away means
from 8 we will take 3 making equation as 8 – 3 = 5,
So there are 5 seal left.

Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 Performance Task

Question 1.
You keep track of the number of honeybees and bumblebees you see.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 100

a. How many more honeybees did you see on Monday than on Tuesday?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 101

_____6_____ more honeybees
Answer:

12 – 6 = 6,
I have 6 more honeybees seen on Monday than on Tuesday.

Explanation:
Given track of the number of honeybees seen
in that on Monday it is 12 and on Tuesday it is 6,
more number of honeybees seen are 12 – 6 = 6 on Monday than on Tuesday.

b. How many fewer bees did you see on Monday than on Tuesday?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 101

_____9_____ fewer bees
Answer:
14 – 5 = 9
9 fewer bees I have seen on Monday than on Tuesday.

Explanation:
Given track of the number of bees  seen
in that on Monday it is 5 and on Tuesday it is 14, now on Monday
it is less than Tuesday  so out of 14 we have seen 5 means
we have 14 – 5  = 9  fewer bees seen on Monday than on Tuesday.

c. How many bumblebees must you see on Wednesday so that the numbers of bees you see on
Tuesday and Wednesday are the same?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 101

____14______ bumblebees
Answer:
14 number of bumblebees I must see on Wednesday so that the numbers
of bees I see on Tuesday and Wednesday are the same.

Explanation:
Given track of the number of bumblebees seen on Tuesday are 14, So
bumblebees I must  see on Wednesday so that the numbers of bees I see on
Tuesday and Wednesday are the same are 14 only as both days is should be the same.

Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 Chapter Practice

Count Back to Subtract within 20 Homework & Practice 5.1

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 102
11 – 3 = ____8______
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-62

11 – 3 = 8

Explanation:
We subtract 11 – 3 = 9, on number line we start at 11 and
move 3 steps back or left we get 8.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 102
13 – 4 = _____9_____
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-63
13 – 4 = 9

Explanation:
We subtract 13 – 4 = 9, on number line we start at 13 and
move 4 steps back or left we get 9.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 102
____12______ = 15 – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-64
12 = 15 – 3

Explanation:
We subtract 15 – 3 = 12, on number line we start at 15 and
move 3 steps back or left we get 12.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 102
____8______ = 16 – 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-65
8 = 16 – 8

Explanation:
We subtract 16 – 8 = 8, on number line we start at 16 and
move 8 steps back or left we get 8.

Use Addition to Subtract within 20 Homework & Practice 5.2

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 102
11 – 9 = ?
Think 9 + ___2____ = 11
So, 11 – 9 = ____2_____ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-66

9 + 2 = 11
11 – 9 = 2

Explanation:
First we move from 9 on number line and start moving till
11 we count how many units right we have moved we get
2 units, so 9 + 2 = 11 or we start at 11 on number line and
move 9 steps back or left we get 2, 11 – 9 = 2.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 102
13 – 8 = ?
Think 8 + __5_____ = 13
So, 13 – 8 = ____5_____ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-67
8 + 5 = 13
13 – 8 = 5

Explanation:
First we move from 8 on number line and start moving till
13 we count how many units right we have moved we get
5 units, so 8 + 5 = 13 or we start at 13 on number line and
move 8 steps back or left we get 5 so 13 – 8 = 5.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 102
____13_____ = 20 – 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-68
13 + 7 = 20
20 – 7 = 13

Explanation:
First we move from 13 on number line and start moving till
20 we count how many units right we have moved we get
7 units, so 13 + 7 = 20 or we start at 20 on number line and
move 7 steps back or left we get 13 so 20 – 7 = 13.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 102
____9____ = 12 – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-69
9 + 3 = 12
9 = 12 – 3

Explanation:
First we move from 9 on number line and start moving till
12 we count how many units right we have moved we get
3 units so 9 + 3 = 12 or we start at 12 on number line and
move 3 steps back or left we get 9 so 12 – 3 = 9.

Subtract 9 Homework & Practice 5.3

Get to 10 to subtract

Question 9.
15 – 9 = ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 103
15 – ____5____ = 10
10 – _____4_____ = ____6_____
So, 15 – 9 = ___6_____
Answer:
15 – 5 = 10
10 – 4 = 6
So, 15 – 9 = 6

Explanation:
We have 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in the next counter we have 5 circles so in total we have 15,
First we see out of 15 if we consider counter-2 we have 5 strike outs
means 15 – 5 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and if we see first counter
we have 4 strike outs 10 – 4 = 6, So total number of circles strike out
from 2-counters are 5 + 4 = 9, So making equation as 15 – 9 = 6.

Question 10.
17 – 9 =?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 104
17 – ___7_____ = 10
10 – _____2_____ = ____8_____
So, 17 – 9 = ____8____
Answer:
17 – 7 = 10
10 – 2 = 8
So, 17 – 9 = 8

Explanation:
We have 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in next counter we have 7 circles so in total we have 17,
First we see out of 17 if we consider counter-2 we have 7 strike outs
means 17 – 7 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and if we see first counter
we have 2 strike outs 10 – 2 = 8, So total number of circles strike out
from 2-counters are 7 + 2 = 9, So making equation as 17 – 9 = 8.

Get to 10 to subtract Homework & Practice 5.4

Get to 10 to subtract

Question 11.
12 – 7 = ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 105
12 – ____2_____ = 10
10 – ____5______ = ____5_____
So, 12 – 7 = _____5_____ .
Answer:
12 – 2 = 10
10 – 5 = 5
So, 12 – 7 = 5.

Explanation:
We have 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in the next counter, we have 2 circles so in total we have 12,
First, we see out of 12 if we consider counter-2 we have 2 strike outs
means 12 – 2 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and if we see first counter
we have 5 strike outs 10 – 5 = 5, So the total number of circles strike out
from 2-counters are 5 + 2 = 7, So making equation as 12 – 7 = 5.

Question 12.
17 – 8 = ?
17 – ____7____ = 10
10 – ____1_____ = ___9_____
So, 17 – 8 = ___9____ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-70
17 – 7 = 10
10 – 1 = 9
So, 17 – 8 = 9

Explanation:
We have 2 counters in counter one we have 10 circles
and in the next counter, we have 7 circles so in total we have 17,
First, we see out of 17 if we consider counter-2 we have 7 strike outs
means 17 – 7 = 10 we got 10 in counter-1 and if we see the first counter
we have 1 strike outs 10 – 1 = 9, So the total number of circles strike out
from 2-counters are 7+ 1 = 8, So making equation as 17 – 8 = 9.

More True or False Equations Homework & Practice 5.5

Is the equation true or false?

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 106
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-71

8 + 3 + 8  = 13 + 6
19 = 19 ,
So True.

Explanation:
We take 8 + 3 + 8 means adding 8 to 3 and
again adding 8 we get 8 + 3 + 8 = 19
Now 13 + 6 is 19 so both sides are equal therefore
8 + 3 +8 = 13 + 6 is True.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 107
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-72
16 – 8 = 6 + 2
8 = 8
So True.

Explanation:
We take 16 – 8 means subtracting 8 from 16
we get 16 – 8 = 8,
Now 6 + 2 is 8 so both sides are equal therefore
16 – 6  = 6 + 2  is True.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 108
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-73

14 – 7 = 7 ≠ 12 – 9 = 3
7 ≠ 3
So False

Explanation:
We take 14 – 7 means subtracting 7 from 14 we get 14 – 7 = 7
and 12 -9 means subtracting  9 from 12 we get 12 – 9 = 3,
If we see both sides they are not equal as 7 ≠ 3,
So 14 – 7 = 12 -9 is False.

Make True Equations Homework & Practice 5.6

Question 16.
11 – 7 = 10 – ?
___4____ = 10 – ?
___4____ = 10 – ___6_____
So, 11 – 7 = 10 – ___6_____ .
Answer:

11 – 7 = 10 – ____
___4____ = 10 – ___
___4____ = 10 – ___6_____
So, 11 – 7 = 10 – ___6_____ .

Explanation :
Given 11 – 7 = 10 –  ___, First we see 11 – 7 = 4 means
10 – ___ = 4 So let us take missing number as X ,
10 – X = 4 therefore X = 10 – 4 = 6 making true equation as
11 – 7 = 10 – 6.

Question 17.
2 + 0 + 6 = ? – 5
____8____ = ? – 5
____8____ = ___13___ – 5
So, 2 + 0 + 6 = ____13____ – 5
Answer:
2 + 0 + 6 = ____ – 5
____8____ = ___ – 5
____8____ = ___13___ – 5
So, 2 + 0 + 6 = ____13____ – 5

Explanation :
Given 2 + 0 + 6 = ___- 5 , First we see 2 + 0 + 6 = 8 means
___ – 5 = 8 So let us take missing number as X ,
X – 5 = 8 therefore X = 8 + 5 = 13 making true equation as
2 + 0 + 6 = 13 – 5.

Problem Solving: Subtraction within 20 Homework & Practice 5.7

Question 18.
There are 13 people on a train. Some of them exit. There are 5 left. How many people exit the train?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 109
Circle what you know.
Underline what you need to find.
Solve:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 110

_____13_____ ○- ____8______ = _____5______, ____8_____ people
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-74
13 – 8 = 5
8 people exit the train.

Explanation:
Given there are 13 people on a train, some of them exit and
there are 5 left. On number line we start at 13 and move 5 units
left or back so we reach at 8 means 8 people exit the train,
As we know 13 people are on the train and 5 left we circle
in the equation and we need to know how many exit the train,
so we underline 8 in the equation  13 – 8 =5 above.

Question 19.
A group of students are at a museum. 8 of them leave. There are 7 left. How many students were there to start ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 111

_____15_______ Students
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-75
8 + 7 = 15 or 15 – 8 = 7
There were 15 students at the start.

Explanation:
Given a group of students are at a museum, 8 of them leave,
There are 7 left. We start from 8 and move 7 units rights we get 15,
8 + 7 = 15, So there are 15 students at the start.

Question 20.
You and a friend play basketball. Your friend scores 17 points. You score 8 fewer. How many points do you score?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20 112

_____9_______ points
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 5 Subtract Numbers within 20-76
17 – 8 = 9
I scored 9 points.

Explanation:
Given I and a friend play basketball my friend scores 17 points
and I score 8 fewer. On the number line, I start from 17 and move
8 steps left I reach at 9 means 17 – 8 = 9, so I scored 9 points.

Conclusion:

Students can find Big Ideas Math Solution Keys for all the chapters at one place. All the Concepts in the Big Ideas Math Answer are prepared by the subject experts. Resolve all your queries and assess your preparation standard using the Common Core Big Ideas Math Grade 1 Answer Key.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3

Detailed explanation for all questions of Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies is provided here. Students can find the exact solution for every question of BIM 3rd Grade 3rd Chapter More Multiplication Facts and Strategies Book. So one who wants to become an expert in solving multiplication problems can download the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies pdf from this page.

Big Ideas Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies

Topic-wise quick links of Big Ideas Math Book Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies Solutions are mentioned below. The different lessons covered in grade 3 chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies are multiply by 3, multiply by 4, multiply by 6, multiply by 7,  multiply by 8, multiply by 9, and multiply three factors. Interested students must download BIM Grade3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies Answer Key pdf and start their preparation.

In addition to the exercise problems, you can also find the answers for homework, assignments and practice problems. Tap on the concept, you want to explore and get the solutions for all questions from the below sections.

Lesson 1 – Multiply by 3

Lesson 2 Multiply by 4

Lesson 3 Multiply by 6

Lesson 4 Multiply by 7

Lesson 5 Multiply by 8

Lesson 6 Multiply by 9

Lesson 7 Practice Multiplication Strategies

Lesson 8 Multiply Three Factors

Lesson 9 More Problem Solving: Multiplication

Performance Task

Lesson 3.1 Multiply by 3

Explore and Grow

Use the number line to find the product.
4 × 3 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 1

Answer: 12
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.1-1

Repeated Reasoning
Explain how you can use the number line to find products greater than 20. Complete the table
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.1-2

Think and Grow: Multiply by 3

Example
Find 5 × 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 3
Answer:
Distribute 3 to 2 and 1.
5 × 3 = 5 × (2 + 1)
5 × 3 = (5 × 2) + (5 × 1)
5 × 3 = 10 + 5
5 × 3 = 15

Show and Grow

Find the product
Question 1.
6 × 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 4
Answer:
Distribute 3 to 2 and 1.
6 × 3 = 6 × (2 + 1)
6 × 3 = (6 × 2) + (6 × 1)
6 × 3 = 12 + 6
6 × 3 = 18

Question 2.
3 × 4
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 5
Answer:
Distribute 3 to 2 and 1.
3 × 4 = (2 + 1) × 4
3 × 4 = (2 × 4) + (1 × 4)
3 × 4 = 8 + 4
3 × 4 = 12

Question 3.
2 × 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 6
Answer:
Distribute 3 to 2 and 1.
2 × 3 = 2 × (2 + 1)
2 × 3 = (2 × 2) + (2 × 1)
2 × 3 = 4 + 2
2 × 3 = 6

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 7
Answer:
Distribute 3 to 2 and 1.
3 × 7 = (2 + 1) × 7
3 × 7 = (2 × 7) + (1 × 7)
3 × 7 = 14 + 7
3 × 7 = 21

Question 5.
3 × 8 = ____
Answer:
Distribute 3 to 2 and 1.
3 × 8 = (2 + 1) × 8
3 × 8 = (2 × 8) + (1 × 8)
3 × 8 = 16 + 8
3 × 8 = 24

Question 6.
3 × 1 = ____
Answer:
Distribute 3 to 2 and 1.
3 × 1 = (2 + 1) × 1
3 × 1 = (2 × 1) + (1 × 1)
3 × 1 = 2 + 1
3 × 1 = 3

Question 7.
3 × 3 = _____
Answer:
Distribute 3 to 2 and 1.
3 × 3 = (2 + 1) × 3
3 × 3 = (2 × 3) + (1 × 3)
3 × 3 = 6 + 3
3 × 3 = 9

Question 8.
3 × 5 = _____
Answer:
Distribute 3 to 2 and 1.
3 × 5 = (2 + 1) × 5
3 × 5 = (2 × 5) + (1 × 5)
3 × 5 = 10 + 5
3 × 5 = 15

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 8
Answer:
Multiply the two numbers 3 and 6.
3 × 6 = 18

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 9
Answer:
Multiply the two numbers 3 and 10.
Multiply 3 by 0 and 3 by 1
10 × 3 = 30

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 10
Answer:
Multiply the two numbers 3 and 4.
4 × 3 = 12

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 11
Answer:
Multiply the two numbers 3 and 9.
3 × 9 =27

Compare
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 12
Answer: >

Explanation:
8 × 3 = 24
3 × 6 = 18
24 is greater than 18
Thus 8 × 3 > 3 × 6

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 13
Answer: <

Explanation:
3 × 1 = 3
3 × 10 = 30
3 is less than 30.
3 × 1 < 3 × 10

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 14
Answer: =

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 0 will be always 0.
3 × 0 = 0
0 × 3 = 0
Thus 3 × 0 = 0 × 3

Question 16.
A baseball game has 9 innings. Each team gets 3 outs every inning. How many outs does each team get in one game?
Answer:
Given that,
A baseball game has 9 innings. Each team gets 3 outs every inning.
9 × 3 = 27
Therefore each team gets 27 outs in one game.

Question 17.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says 23 is a multiple of 3 because there is a 3 in the ones place. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Given,
Your friend says 23 is a multiple of 3 because there is a 3 in the ones place.
No, my friend is not correct. Because 23 is a prime number it is not a multiple of 3.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Ten people want toride a camel. There are 3 camels. Twopeople can ride on each camel. Are there enough camels for all of the people to ride at the same time?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 15
Multiplication equation:
There _____ enough camels for all of the people.

Answer:
Given,
Ten people want to ride a camel. There are 3 camels. Two people can ride on each camel.
3 × 2 = 6
There are not enough camels for all the 10 people.

Show and Grow

Question 18.
You want to give each of your 10 friends a sticker. You buy 4 sheets. Each sheet has 3 stickers. Do you have enough stickers?
Answer:
Given,
You want to give each of your 10 friends a sticker. You buy 4 sheets. Each sheet has 3 stickers.
1 sheet – 3 stickers
4 sheets – 4 × 3 stickers = 12 stickers
12 – 10 = 2 stickers
Yes, I have enough stickers.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
You buy 2 heads of cauliflower and 5 ears of corn. How much money do you spend?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 16
You buy 3 heads of broccoli and 1 head of cauliflower.How much money do you spend?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 17
Answer:
The cost of 1 Broccoli is $3
The cost of 1 Cauliflower is $3
3 broccoli = 3 × $3 = $9
1 cauliflower = 1 × $3 = $3
9 + 3 = $12
Therefore I spent $12.

Multiply by 3 Homework & Practice 3.1

Find the product
Question 1.
3 × 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 18
Answer:
Distribute 3 to 2 and 1.
3 × 3 = 3 × (2 + 1)
3 × 3 = (3 × 2) + (3 × 1)
3 × 3 = 6 + 3
3 × 3 = 9

Question 2.
3 × 9
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 19
Answer:
Distribute 3 to 2 and 1.
3 × 9 = (2 + 1) × 9
3 × 9 = (2 × 9) + (1 × 9)
3 × 9 = 18 + 9
3 × 9 = 27

Question 3.
3 × 2 = ___
Answer:
Distribute 3 to 2 and 1.
3 × 2 = (2 + 1) × 2
3 × 2 = (2 × 2) + (1 × 2)
3 × 2 = 4 + 2
3 × 2 = 6

Question 4.
3 × 5 = ____
Answer:
Distribute 3 to 2 and 1.
3 × 5 = (2 + 1) × 5
3 × 5 = (2 × 5) + (1 × 5)
3 × 5 = 10 + 5
3 × 5 = 15

Question 5.
7 × 3 = _____
Answer:
Distribute 3 to 2 and 1.
7 × 3 = 7 × (2 + 1)
7 × 3 = (7 × 2) + (7 × 1)
7 × 3 = 14 + 7
7 × 3 = 21

Question 6.
0 × 3 = ____
Answer:
Any number multiplied by 0 will be always 0.
0 × 3 = 0

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 20
Answer:
Multiply the two numbers 3 and 4.
3 × 4 = 12

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 21
Answer:
multiply the two numbers 3 and 10.
3 × 10 = 30

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 22
Answer:
Multiply the two numbers 6 and 3.
6 × 3 = 18

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 23
Answer:
Multiply the two numbers 3 and 1.
3 × 1 = 3

Compare
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 24
Answer: <

Explanation:
0 × 3 = 0
3 × 3 = 9
0 is less than 9.
0 × 3 < 3 × 3

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 25
Answer: >

Explanation:
8 × 3 = 24
7 × 3 = 21
24 > 21
8 × 3 > 7 × 3

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 26
Answer: =

Explanation:
6 × 3 = 18
18 = 18

Question 14.
A Russian guitar, called a , has 3 strings. A music teacher is replacing the strings on 5 balalaikas. How many strings does the teacher need?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 27
Answer:
Given that,
A Russian guitar, called a, has 3 strings. A music teacher is replacing the strings on 5 balalaikas.
3 × 5 = 15
Thus the teacher needs 15 strings.

Question 15.
Number Sense
Circle the multiples of 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 28
Answer: The multiples of 3 are 12, 15, 21.

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
You need 24 tennis balls. You buy 6 packs of 3 tennis balls. Do you have enough tennis balls?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 29
Answer:
Given,
You need 24 tennis balls. You buy 6 packs of 3 tennis balls.
6 × 3 = 18
24 – 18 = 6 tennis balls
Thus I don’t have enough tennis balls.

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton buys 3 packs of plates and 3 packs of cups. How much money does he spend?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 30
Answer:
Given,
Newton buys 3 packs of plates and 3 packs of cups.
Cost of 1 plate = $4
Cost of 1 cup = $2
3 plates = 3 × $4 = $12
3 cups = 3 × $2 = $6
12 + 6 = 18
Thus Newton spend $18.

Review & Refresh

Question 18.
Which shapes show thirds?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.1 31
Answer: The 2nd, 3rd, and 4th figures show thirds. Because the figures are divided into 3 parts.

Lesson 3.2 Multiply by 4

Explore and Grow

Use the tape diagram to find the product
3 × 4 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 1

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.2-1

Repeated Reasoning
Explain how you can use a tape diagram to find the missing products in the table. Complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 2

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.2-2

Think and Grow: Multiply by 4

Example
Find 5 × 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 3

Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
5 × 4 = 5 × (2 + 2)
5 × 4 = (5 × 2) + (5 × 2)
5 × 4 = 10 + 10
5 × 4 = 20

Show and Grow

Find the product
Question 1.
6 × 4
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 4
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
6 × 4 = 6 × (2 + 2)
6 × 4 = (6 × 2) + (6 × 2)
6 × 4 = 12 + 12
6 × 4 = 24

Question 2.
4 × 8
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 5
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 8 = (2 + 2) × 8
4 × 8 = (2 × 8) + (2 × 8)
4 × 8 = 16 + 16
4 × 8 = 32

Apply and Grow:Practice

Find the product
Question 3.
4 × 4
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 6
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 4 = 4 × (2 + 2)
4 × 4 = (4 × 2) + (4 × 2)
4 × 4 = 8 + 8
4 × 4 = 16

Question 4.
4 × 2
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 7
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 2 = (2 + 2) × 2
4 × 2 = (2 × 2) + (2 × 2)
4 × 2 = 4 + 4
4 × 2 = 8

Question 5.
4 × 5 = ___
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 5 = (2 + 2) × 5
4 × 5 = (2 × 5) + (2 × 5)
4 × 5 = 10 + 10
4 × 5 = 20

Question 6.
4 × 7 = ___
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 7 = (2 + 2) × 7
4 × 7 = (2 × 7) + (2 × 7)
4 × 7 =  14 + 14
4 × 7 = 28

Question 7.
4 × 6 = ____
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 6 = (2 + 2) × 6
4 × 6 = (2 × 6) + (2 × 6)
4 × 6 = 12 + 12
4 × 6 = 24

Question 8.
4 × 1 = ____
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 1 = (2 + 2) × 1
4 × 1 = (2 × 1) + (2 × 1)
4 × 1 = 2 + 2
4 × 1 = 4

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 8
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
10 × 4 = 10 × (2 + 2)
10 × 4 = (10 × 2) + (10 × 2)
10 × 4 = 20 + 20
10 × 4 = 40

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 9
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
3 × 4 = 3 × (2 + 2)
3 × 4 = (3 × 2) + (3 × 2)
3 × 4 = 6 + 6
3 × 4 = 12

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 10
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
8 × 4 = 8 × (2 + 2)
8 × 4 = (8 × 2) + (8 × 2)
8 × 4 = 16 + 16
8 × 4 = 32

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 11
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 9 = (2 + 2) × 9
4 × 9 = (2 × 9) + (2 × 9)
4 × 9 = 18 + 18
4 × 9 = 36

Find the missing factor.
Question 13.
4 × ___ = 0
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x.
4 × x = 0
x = 0/4
x = 0
Thus the missing factor is 0.

Question 14.
___ × 4 = 40
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be y.
y × 4 = 40
y = 40/4
y = 10
Thus the missing factor is 10.

Question 15.
4 = ____ × 4
Answer:
Let the missing factor be t.
4 = t × 4
t = 4/4
t = 1
Thus the missing factor is 1.

Question 16.
Number Sense
You exchange some dollar bills for quarters. How many quarters might you receive?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 12
Answer:
Convert from dollars to quarters
1 dollar = 4 quarters
Multiples of 4 are 12, 16, 24, 36, 40.

Question 17.
Explain how you can use 2 × 3 to find 4 × 3.
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 3 = (2 + 2) × 3
4 × 3 = (2 × 3) + (2 × 3)
4 × 3 = 6 + 6
4 × 3 = 12

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

The graph shows the number of cars scheduled to get a new set of tires installed. How many new tires are installed on the busiest day?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 13
What is the busiest day?
Multiplication equation:
______ new tires are installed on the busiest day.

Answer:
Monday = 6 × 1 = 6 new tires
Tuesday = 7 × 1 = 7 new tires
Wednesday = 3 × 1 = 3 new tires
Thursday = 8 × 1 = 8 new tires
Friday = 4 × 1 = 4 new tires
8 new tires are installed on the busiest day.

Show and Grow

Question 18.
Use the graph above. How many new tires are installed on the least busy day?
Answer:
Monday = 6 × 1 = 6 new tires
Tuesday = 7 × 1 = 7 new tires
Wednesday = 3 × 1 = 3 new tires
Thursday = 8 × 1 = 8 new tires
Friday = 4 × 1 = 4 new tires
3 new tires are installed on the least busy day.

Question 19.
DIGD EEPER!
Descartes is packing bags for party favors. Each bag needs 1 container of bubbles, 5 stickers, and 3 balloons. How many of each item does Descartes need to make 4 bags?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 14
Answer:
Given that,
Descartes is packing bags for party favors.
Each bag needs 1 container of bubbles, 5 stickers, and 3 balloons.
4 bags = 1 bubble × 4 + 5 stickers × 4 + 3 balloons × 4
4 bags = 4 + 20 + 12 = 36
Thus Descartes need 4 bubbles, 20 stickers and 12 balloons.

Multiply by 4 Homework & Practice 3.2

Fing the product
Question 1.
3 × 4
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 15
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
3 × 4 = 3 × (2 + 2)
3 × 4 = (3 × 2) + (3 × 2)
3 × 4 = 6 + 6
3 × 4 = 12

Question 2.
4 × 9
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 16
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 9 = (2 + 2) × 9
4 × 9 = (2 × 9) + (2 × 9)
4 × 9 = 18 + 18
4 × 9 = 36

Question 3.
8 × 4 = ___
Answer:

Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
8 × 4 = 8 × (2 + 2)
8 × 4 = (8 × 2) + (8 × 2)
8 × 4 = 16 + 16
8 × 4 = 32

Question 4.
4 × 4 = ____
Answer:

Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 4 = 4 × (2 + 2)
4 × 4 = (4 × 2) + (4 × 2)
4 × 4 = 8 + 8
4 × 4 = 16

Question 5.
10 × 4 = _____
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
10 × 4 = 10 × (2 + 2)
10 × 4 = (10 × 2) + (10 × 2)
10 × 4 = 20 + 20
10 × 4 = 40

Question 6.
4 × 6 = _____
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 6 = (2 + 2) × 6
4 × 6 = (2 × 6) + (2 × 6)
4 × 6 = 12 + 12
4 × 6 = 24

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 17
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 5 = (2 + 2) × 5
4 × 5 = (2 × 5) + (2 × 5)
4 × 5 = 10 + 10
4 × 5 = 20

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 18
Answer:
Any number multiplied by 0 is always 0.
0 × 4 = 0

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 19
Answer:
Any number multiplied by 1 is always the same number.
1 × 4 = 4

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 20
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
2 × 4 = 2 × (2 + 2)
2 × 4 = (2 × 2) + (2 × 2)
2 × 4 = 4 + 4
2 × 4 = 8

Find the missing factor
Question 11.
10 × ____ = 40
Answer: 4

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be p.
10 × p = 40
p = 40/10 = 4
p = 4
Therefore the missing factor is 4.

Question 12.
____ × 1 = 4
Answer: 4

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be q.
q × 1 = 4
q = 4/1
q = 4
Therefore the missing factor is 4.

Question 13.
8 = ____ × 4
Answer: 2

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be r.
8 = r × 4
r = 8/4
r = 2
Therefore the missing factor is 2.

Question 14.
A string quartet has 4 musicians. Each musician’s instrument has 4 strings. How many total strings are there in a string quartet?
Answer: 16

Explanation:
Given that,
A string quartet has 4 musicians. Each musician’s instrument has 4 strings.
1 musician = 4 strings
4 musicians = 4 × 4 strings = 16 strings
Therefore there are 16 strings in a string quartet.

Question 15.
Which One Doesn’tBelong?
Which one does belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 21
Answer:
(2 × 3) + (2 × 3) doesn’t belong to the other three expressions.
4 × 6, 6 × 4, (2 × 6) + (2 × 6) belong to other expressions. Because
4 × 6 = 24
6 × 4 = 24
(2 × 6) + (2 × 6) = 12 + 12 = 24

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
The tally chart shows the number of tables a carpenter makes each day. Each table has 4 legs. How many legs does the carpenter make on the busiest day?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.2 22
Answer:
Given,
The tally chart shows the number of tables a carpenter makes each day. Each table has 4 legs.
Monday – 5 + 5 = 10
Tuesday – 5 + 3 = 8
Wednesday – 4
Monday – 10 × 4 = 40
Tuesday – 8  × 4 = 32
Wednesday – 4 × 4 = 16
Thus the carpenter makes 40 legs on the busiest day.

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton is packing lunches. Each lunch needs 1 sandwich, 2 celery sticks, 3 carrot sticks, and 4 strawberries. How many of each item does Newton need to make 4 lunches?
Answer:
Given,
Newton is packing lunches. Each lunch needs 1 sandwich, 2 celery sticks, 3 carrot sticks, and 4 strawberries.
1 lunch – 1 sandwich, 2 celery sticks, 3 carrot sticks, 4 strawberries
4 lunches – 1 sandwich × 4, 2 celery sticks × 4, 3 carrot sticks × 4, 4 strawberries × 4 = 4 + 8 + 12 + 16 = 40
Thus newton needs 4 sandwiches, 8 celery sticks, 12 carrot sticks, and 16 strawberries to make 4 lunches.

Review & Refresh

Write the number in expanded form and word form
Question 18.
837
____ + ____ + _____
_______________

Answer:
The expanded form of 837 is 800 + 30 + 7
The word form of 837 is Eight Hundred and Third Seven.

Question 19.
954
____ + ____ + ____
_______________

Answer:
The expanded form of 954 is 900 + 50 + 4
The word form of 954 is Nine Hundred and Fifty-Four.

Lesson 3.3 Multiply by 6

Explore and Grow
Question 1.
Use equal groups to find the product. Draw your model.
4 × 6 = _____
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Grade-6-Answers-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-&-Strategies
6 + 6 + 6 + 6 = 24

Repeated Reasoning
Explain how you can use equal groups to multiply. Complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.3-1

Think and Grow: Multiply by 6

Example
Find 5 × 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 2
Answer:
Rewrite 6 as 5 + 1.
5 × 6 = 5 × (5 + 1)
5 × 6 = (5 × 5) + (5 × 1)
5 × 6 = 25 + 5
5 × 6 = 30

Show and Grow

Find the product
Question 1.
3 × 6
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 3
Answer:
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
3 × 6 = 3 × (3 + 3)
3 × 6 = (3 × 3) + (3 × 3)
3 × 6 = 9 + 9
3 × 6 = 18

Question 2.
6 × 5
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 4
Answer:
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
6 × 5 = (3 + 3) × 5
6 × 5 = (3 × 5) + (3 × 5)
6 × 5 = 15 + 15
6 × 5 = 30

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the product
Question 3.
6 × 7
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 5
Answer:

Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
6 × 7 = (3 + 3) × 7
6 × 7 = (3 × 7) + (3 × 7)
6 × 7 = 21 + 21
6 × 7 = 42

Question 4.
4 × 6
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 6
Answer:
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
4 × 6 = 4 × (3 + 3)
4 × 6 = (4 × 3) + (4 × 3)
4 × 6 = 12 + 12
4 × 6 = 24

Question 5.
8 × 6 = ___
Answer:
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
8 × 6 = 8 × (3 + 3)
8 × 6 = (8 × 3) + (8 × 3)
8 × 6 = 24 + 24
8 × 6 = 48

Question 6.
7 × 6 = ____
Answer:
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
7 × 6 = 7 × (3 + 3)
7 × 6 = (7 × 3) + (7 × 3)
7 × 6 = 21 + 21
7 × 6 = 42

Question 7.
6 × 0 = ___
Answer: 0
Any number multiplied by 0 will be always 0.
6 × 0 = 0

Question 8.
6 × 4 = ____
Answer:
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
6 × 4 = (3 + 3) × 4
6 × 4 = (3 × 4) + (3 × 4)
6 × 4 = 12 + 12
6 × 4 = 24

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 7
Answer:
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
6 × 6 = 6 × (3 + 3)
6 × 6 = (6 × 3) + (6 × 3)
6 × 6 = 18 + 18
6 × 6 = 36

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 8
Answer: 6
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
6 × 1 = (3 + 3) × 1
6 × 1 = (3 × 1) + (3 × 1)
6 × 1 = 3 + 3
6 × 1 = 6

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 9
Answer: 12

Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
2 × 6 = 2 × (3 + 3)
2 × 6 = (2 × 3) + (2 × 3)
2 × 6 = 6 + 6
2 × 6 = 12

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 10
Answer: 54
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
9 × 6 = 9 × (3 + 3)
9 × 6 = (9 × 3) + (9 × 3)
9 × 6 = 27 + 27
9 × 6 = 54

Compare
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 11
Answer: =

Explanation:
8 × 6 = 48
48 = 48

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 12
Answer: <

Explanation:
6 × 0 = 0
10 × 6 = 60
6 × 0 < 10 × 6

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 13
Answer: <

Explanation:
6 × 1 = 6
6 × 3 = 18
6 is less than 18.
6 × 1 < 6 × 3

Question 16.
There are 9 volleyball teams in a tournament. There are 6 players on each team. How many volleyball players are in the tournament?
Answer: 54

Explanation:
Given,
There are 9 volleyball teams in a tournament. There are 6 players on each team.
9 × 6 = 54
Thus there are 54 volleyball players in the tournament.

Question 17.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says that all multiples of 3 are also multiples of 6. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer: No. Multiples of 3 are not the multiples of 6.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You have 5 apples. You cut each apple into8 slices. You have6 oranges and cut each orange into4 slices. Do you have more apple slices or orange slices?
Multiplication equations:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 14
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 15
You have more _____ slices.

Answer:
Given,
You have 5 apples. You cut each apple into 8 slices. You have 6 oranges and cut each orange into 4 slices.
1 apple = 8 slices
5 apples = 5 × 8 slices = 40 slices
1 orange = 4 slices
6 oranges = 6 × 4 slices = 24 slices
40 slices is greater than 24 slices.
Therefore you have more apple slices.

Show and Grow

Question 18.
Your friend makes 6 bracelets each day for 7 days. Your cousin makes 10 bracelets each day for 3 days. Who makes fewer bracelets?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 16
Answer:
Given,
Your friend makes 6 bracelets each day for 7 days.
Your cousin makes 10 bracelets each day for 3 days.
1 day = 6 bracelets
7 days = 7 × 6 bracelets = 42 bracelets
1 day = 10 bracelets
3 days = 3 × 10 bracelets = 30 bracelets
By this we can say that my cousin makes fewer bracelets.

Question 19.
You draw 6 octagons. How many sides do you draw?
Answer: A octagon contains 8 sides. Thus I need to draw 48 sides for all 6 octagon.

Question 20.
You draw 9 hexagons. How many sides do you draw?
Answer: A hexagon contains 6 sides. Thus I need to draw 54 sides for all 9 hexagons.

Multiply by 6 Homework & Practice 3.3

Find the product
Question 1.
2 × 6
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 17
Answer:
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
2 × 6 = 2 × (3 + 3)
2 × 6 = (2 × 3) + (2 × 3)
2 × 6 = 6 + 6
2 × 6 = 12

Question 2.
6 × 6
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 18
Answer:
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
6 × 6 = (3 + 3) × 6
6 × 6 = (3 × 6) + (3 × 6)
6 × 6 = 18 + 18
6 × 6 = 36

Question 3.
9 × 6 = ____
Answer:
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
9 × 6 = 9 × (3 + 3)
9 × 6 = (9 × 3) + (9 × 3)
9 × 6 = 27 + 27
9 × 6 = 54

Question 4.
5 × 6 = _____
Answer:
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
5 × 6 = 5 × (3 + 3)
5 × 6 = (5 × 3) + (5 × 3)
5 × 6 = 15 + 15
5 × 6 = 30

Question 5.
6 × 3 = ____
Answer:
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
6 × 3 = (3 + 3) × 3
6 × 3 = (3 × 3) + (3 × 3)
6 × 3 = 9 + 9
6 × 3 = 18

Question 6.
4 × 6 = ____
Answer:
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
4 × 6 = 4 × (3 + 3)
4 × 6 = (4 × 3) + (4 × 3)
4 × 6 = 12 + 12
4 × 6 = 24

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 19
Answer:
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
8 × 6 = 8 × (3 + 3)
8 × 6 = (8 × 3) + (8 × 3)
8 × 6 = 24 + 24
8 × 6 = 48

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 20
Answer:
Any number multiplied by 0 is always 0.
So, 6 × 0 = 0

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 21
Answer:
Any number multiplied by 1 is always the same number.
6 × 1 = 6

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 22
Answer:
Distribute 6 as 3 + 3.
10 × 6 = 10 × (3 + 3)
10 × 6 = (10 × 3) + (10 × 3)
10 × 6 = 30 + 30
10 × 6 = 60

Compare
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 23
Answer: <

Explanation:
4 × 6 = 24
6 × 6 = 36
24 < 36
Thus 4 × 6 < 6 × 6

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 24
Answer: >

Explanation:
6 × 5 = 30
4 × 5 = 20
30 > 20
Thus 6 × 5 > 4 × 5

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 25
Answer: =

Explanation:
6 × 7 = 42
42 = 42
Thus 42 = 6 × 7

Question 14.
There are 6 faces on a standard die. How many faces are on 5 dice?
Answer: 30 faces

Explanation:
Given that,
There are 6 faces on a standard die.
1 dice – 6 faces
5 dice – 5 × 6 faces = 30 faces
Thus 5 dice has 30 faces.

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
You have a muffin tin with 6 cups. You want to bake 36 muffins. How many times must you use the muffin tin?
Answer:
Given,
You have a muffin tin with 6 cups. You want to bake 36 muffins.
1 muffin tin – 6 cups
x – 36 muffins
36/6 = 6
Thus I must use 6 muffin tins.

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
You practice the saxophone 1 hour in the morning and 2 hours at night each day. How many hours do you practice in 6 days?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 26
Answer:
Given that,
You practice the saxophone for 1 hour in the morning and 2 hours at night each day.
1 day = 1 + 2 = 3 hours
6 days = 6 × 3 = 18 hours.
Thus you practice 18 hours in 6 days.

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life You want to make 6 pentagons using toothpicks. How many toothpicks do you need?
Answer:
We know that a pentagon contains 5 sides.
So to make the pentagon you need 5 toothpicks
6 pentagons = 6 × 5 = 30 toothpicks.
Thus you need 30 toothpicks to make 6 pentagons.

Review & Refresh

Question 18.
Find the total value.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.3 27
Total value: _____
Answer:
2 dimes = $0.2
2 pennies = $0.02
1 Nickel = $0.05
1 Washington quarter = $0.25
1 cent = $0.01
Total Value = $0.2+ $0.02 + $0.05 + $0.25 + $0.01
= $0.53
Thus the total value is $0.53

Lesson 3.4 Multiply by 7

Explore and Grow
Question 1.
Use the number line to find the product
2 × 7 = ____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.4-1
Multiply 2 and 7.
7 + 7 = 14

Repeated Reasoning
Complete the table. Explain how you found the missing products.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 2

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.4-2

Think and Grow: Multiply by 7

Example
Find 3 × 7
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 3
Answer:
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
Use Distributive Property.
3 × 7 = 3 × (5 + 2)
3 × 7 = (3 × 5) + (3 × 2)
3 × 7 = 15 + 6
3 × 7 = 21

Show and Grow

Find the product
Question 1.
4 × 7
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 4
Answer:
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
Use Distributive Property.
4 × 7 = 4 × (5 + 2)
4 × 7 = (4 × 5) + (4 × 2)
4 × 7 = 20 + 8
4 × 7 = 28

Question 2.
7 × 9
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 5
Answer:
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
Use Distributive Property.
7 × 9 = (5 + 2) × 9
7 × 9 = (5 × 9) + (2 × 9)
7 × 9 = 45 + 18
7 × 9 = 63

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the product
Question 3.
7 × 7
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 6
Answer:
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
Use Distributive Property.
7 × 7 = 7 × (5 + 2)
7 × 7 = (7 × 5) + (7 × 2)
7 × 7 = 35 + 14
7 × 7 = 49

Question 4.
7 × 6
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 7
Answer:
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
Use Distributive Property.
7 × 6 = (5 + 2) × 6
7 × 6 = (5 × 6) + (2 × 6)
7 × 6 = 30 + 12
7 × 6 = 42

Question 5.
7 × 5 = ___
Answer:
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
Use Distributive Property.
7 × 5 = (5 + 2) × 5
7 × 5 = (5 × 5) + (2 × 5)
7 × 5 = 25 + 10
7 × 5 = 35

Question 6.
7 × 1 = ___
Answer:
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
Use Distributive Property.
7 × 1 = (5 + 2) × 1
7 × 1 = (5 × 2) + (2 × 1)
7 × 1 = 10 + 2
7 × 1 = 12

Question 7.
2 × 7 = ___
Answer:
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
Use Distributive Property.
2 × 7 = 2 × (5 + 2)
2 × 7 = (2 × 5) + (2 × 2)
2 × 7 = 10 + 4
2 × 7 = 14

Question 8.
3 × 7 = ____
Answer:
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
Use Distributive Property.
3 × 7 = 3 × (5 + 2)
3 × 7 = (3 × 5) + (3 × 2)
3 × 7 = 15 + 6
3 × 7 = 21

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 8
Answer:
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
Use Distributive Property.
10 × 7 = 10 × (5 + 2)
10 × 7 = (10 × 5) + (10 × 2)
10 × 7 = 50 + 20
10 × 7 = 70

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 9
Answer: 0
Any number multiplied by 0 is always 0.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 10
Answer:
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
Use Distributive Property.
8 × 7 = 8 × (5 + 2)
8 × 7 = (8 × 5) + (8 × 2)
8 × 7 = 40 + 16
8 × 7 = 56

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 11
Answer:
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
Use Distributive Property.
7 × 9 = (5 + 2) × 9
7 × 9 = (5 × 9) + (2 × 9)
7 × 9 = 45 + 18
7 × 9 = 63

Find the missing factor
Question 13.
7 × ___ = 0
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x.
7 × x = 0
x = 0/7
x = 0
Thus the missing factor is 0.

Question 14.
___ × 7 = 35
Answer: 5

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be y.
y × 7 = 35
y = 35/7
y = 5
Thus the missing factor is 5.

Question 15.
70 = ___ × 7
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be z.
70 = z × 7
z = 70/7
z = 10
Thus the missing factor is 10.

Question 16.
How many days are in 4 weeks?
Answer: 28 days

Explanation:
Convert from weeks to days.
1 week – 7 days
4 weeks – 4 × 7 = 28 days
Therefore there are 28 days in 4 weeks.

Question 17.
Number Sense
How can you use the Commutative Property of Multiplication to find 7 × 3?
Answer:
The commutative property is a math rule that says that the order in which we multiply numbers does not change the product.
The Commutative Property of Multiplication of 7 × 3 is 3 × 7.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A child ticket costs $7. An adult ticket costs 4 times as much as the child ticket. Descartes has $40. Can he buy an adult ticket?
Multiplication equation:
Descartes _____ buy an adult ticket.

Answer:
Given,
A child ticket costs $7.
An adult ticket costs 4 times as much as the child ticket.
4 × $7 = $28
Descartes has $40.
$40 – $28 = $12
Therefore Descartes can buy an adult ticket.

Show and Grow

Question 18.
A small painting costs $5. A large painting costs 7 times as much as the small painting. Newton has $30.Can he buy a large painting?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 12
Answer:
Given,
A small painting costs $5.
A large painting costs 7 times as much as a small painting.
7 × $5 = $35
Newton has $30.
$30 – $35 = -$5
Thus he cannot buy a large painting.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
You study your spelling words for 5 minutes twice a day. How many minutes do you spend studying your spelling words in one week?
Answer:
Given,
You study your spelling words for 5 minutes twice a day.
1 day – 2 × 5 = 10 minutes
Convert from week to days.
1 week – 7 days
7 × 10 = 70 minutes

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
Your dentist tells you to brush your teeth for 3 minutes three times a day. How many minutes should you spend brushing your teeth in one week?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 13
Answer:
Given,
Your dentist tells you to brush your teeth for 3 minutes three times a day.
3 minutes – 3 × 3 = 9 minutes a day.
Convert from week to day.
1 week – 7 days
7 × 9 minutes = 63 minutes a week.

Multiply by 7 Homework & Practice 3.4

Question 1.
5 × 7 =
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 14
Answer: 35

Explanation:
Rewrite 7 as 2 + 5.
5 × 7 = 5 × (2 + 5)
5 × 7 = (5 × 2) + (5 × 5)
5 × 7 = 10 + 25
5 × 7 = 35

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 15
Answer: 14

Explanation:
Rewrite 7 as 2 + 5.
7 × 2 = (2 + 5) × 2
7 × 2 = (2 × 2) + (5 × 2)
7 × 2 = 4 + 10
7 × 2 = 14

Question 3.
0 × 7 = ___
Answer: 0

Explanation: Any number multiplied by 0 will be always 0.

Question 4.
7 × 7 = ____
Answer: 49

Explanation:
Rewrite 7 as 2 + 5.
7 × 7 = (2 + 5) × 7
7 × 7 = (2 × 7) + (5 × 7)
7 × 7 = 14 + 35
7 × 7 = 49

Question 5.
10 × 7 = ____
Answer: 70

Explanation:
Rewrite 7 as 2 + 5.
10 × 7 = 10 × (2 + 5)
10 × 7 = (10 × 2) + (10 × 5)
10 × 7 = 20 + 50
10 × 7 = 70

Question 6.
8 × 7 = ____
Answer: 56

Explanation:
Rewrite 7 as 2 + 5.
8 × 7 = 8 × (2 + 5)
8 × 7 = (8 × 2) + (8 × 5)
8 × 7 = 16 + 40
8 × 7 = 56

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 16
Answer: 7

Explanation:
Rewrite 7 as 2 + 5.
7 × 1 = (2 + 5) × 1
7 × 1 = (2 × 1) + (5 × 1)
7 × 1 = 2 + 5
7 × 1 = 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 17
Answer: 63

Explanation:
Rewrite 7 as 2 + 5.
7 × 9 = (2 + 5) × 9
7 × 9 = (2 × 9) + (5 × 9)
7 × 9 = 18 + 45
7 × 9 = 63

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 18
Answer: 28

Explanation:
Rewrite 7 as 2 + 5.
4 × 7 = 4 × (2 + 5)
4 × 7 = (4 × 2) + (4 × 5)
4 × 7 = 8 + 20
4 × 7 = 28

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 19
Answer: 21

Explanation:
Rewrite 7 as 2 + 5.
3 × 7 = 3 × (2 + 5)
3 × 7 = (3 × 2) + (3 × 5)
3 × 7 = 6 + 15
3 × 7 = 21

Find the missing factor
Question 11.
7 × ____ = 7
Answer: 1

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be x.
7 × x = 7
x = 7/7
x = 1
Thus the missing factor is 1.

Question 12.
____ × 7 = 14
Answer: 2

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be y.
y × 7 = 14
y = 14/7
y = 2
Thus the missing factor is 2.

Question 13.
56 = ____ × 7
Answer: 8

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be t.
56 = t × 7
t = 56/7
t = 8
Thus the missing factor is 8.

Question 14.
You go to school for 5 days each week. You spend 7 hours at school each day. How many hours do you spend at school in one week?
Answer: 35

Explanation:
Given that,
You go to school for 5 days each week.
You spend 7 hours at school each day.
1 day – 7 hours
5 days – x
x = 5 × 7 hours
x = 35 hours
Thus you spend 35 hours at school in one week.

Question 15.
Number Sense
Circle the multiples of 7
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 20
Answer: Multiples of 7 are 21, 35, 56, 63
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.4-20

Question 16.
Structure
Find in two different ways 7 × 6
Answer: The two different ways to find 7 × 6 are
Multiply the two numbers 7 and 6
7 × 6 = 42
The other way to find the product 7 × 6 is by using the distributive property.
Rewrite 6 as 3 + 3.
7 × 6 = 7 × (3 + 3)
7 × 6 = (7 × 3) + (7 × 3)
7 × 6 = 21 + 21
7 × 6 = 42

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
A pair of regular shoes costs $9. A pair of light-up shoes costs 7 times as much as the pair of regular shoes. Newton has $60. Can he buy a pair of light-up shoes?
Answer:
Given that,
A pair of regular shoes costs $9. A pair of light-up shoes costs 7 times as much as a pair of regular shoes.
9 × 7 = $63
Newton has $60.
$60 – $63 = -$3
By this, we can say that Newton cannot buy a pair of light-up shoes.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
A veterinarian tells you to feed your dog 2 cups of food twice a day. How many cups of food should you feed your dog in one week?
Answer:
Given,
A veterinarian tells you to feed your dog 2 cups of food twice a day.
First, convert from week to day.
1 week = 7 days
7 × 2 cups = 14 cups
Thus you feed 14 cups in one week.

Review & Refresh

Question 19.
What is the best estimate of the length of a thumbtack?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 21
Answer:
By seeing the figure we can estimate the length of a thumbtack as 2 centimeters.

Question 20.
What is the best estimate of the height of a trampoline?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.4 22
Answer:
By seeing the figure we can estimate the height of a trampoline as 4 centimeters.

Lesson 3.5 Multiply by 8

Explore and Grow

Use the tape diagram to find the product
3 × 8 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 1
Answer: 24
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.5-1

Repeated Reasoning
Explain how you can use a different model to solve. Complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 2
Answer: The tables for multiples of 8 are given below,
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.5-2

Think and Grow: Multiply by 8

Example
Find 5 × 8
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 3

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
5 × 8 = 5 × (4 + 4)
5 × 8 = (5 × 4) + (5 × 4)
5 × 8 = 20 + 20
5 × 8 = 40

Show and Grow

Find the product
Question 1.
4 × 8
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 4
Answer: 32

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
4 × 8 = 4 × (4 + 4)
4 × 8 = (4 × 4) + (4 × 4)
4 × 8 = 16 + 16
4 × 8 = 32

Question 2.
8 × 7
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 5
Answer: 56

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
8 × 7 = (4 + 4) × 7
8 × 7 = (4 × 7) + (4 × 7)
8 × 7 = 28 + 28
8 × 7 = 56

Find the product
Question 3.
8 × 8
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 6
Answer: 64

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
8 × 8 = (4 + 4) × 8
8 × 8 = (4 × 8) + (4 × 8)
8 × 8 = 32 + 32
8 × 8 = 64

Question 4.
3 × 8
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 7
Answer: 24

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
3 × 8 = 3 × (4 + 4)
3 × 8 = (3 × 4) + (3 × 4)
3 × 8 = 12 + 12
3 × 8 = 24

Question 5.
8 × 2 = ___
Answer: 16

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
8 × 2 = (4 + 4) × 2
8 × 2 = (4 × 2) + (4 × 2)
8 × 2 = 8 + 8
8 × 2 = 16

Question 6.
7 × 8 = ___
Answer: 56

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
7 × 8 = 7 × (4 + 4)
7 × 8 = (7 × 4) + (7 × 4)
7 × 8 = 28 + 28
7 × 8 = 56

Question 7.
8 × 6 = ____
Answer: 48

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
8 × 6 = (4 + 4) × 6
8 × 6 = (4 × 6) + (4 × 6)
8 × 6 = 24 + 24
8 × 6 = 48

Question 8.
10 × 8 = ____
Answer: 80

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
10 × 8 = 10 × (4 + 4)
10 × 8 = (10 × 4) + (10 × 4)
10 × 8 = 40 + 40
10 × 8 = 80

Compare
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 8
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 0 will be 0.
0 × 8 = 0 × (4 + 4)
0 × 8 = (0 × 4) + (0 × 4)
0 × 8 = 0 + 0
0 × 8 = 0

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 9
Answer: 72

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
8 × 9 = (4 + 4) × 9
8 × 9 = (4 × 9) + (4 × 9)
8 × 9 = 36 + 36
8 × 9 = 72

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 10
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
8 × 5 = (4 + 4) × 5
8 × 5 = (4 × 5) + (4 × 5)
8 × 5 = 20 + 20
8 × 5 = 40

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 11
Answer: 8

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
1 × 8 = 1 × (4 + 4)
1 × 8 = (1 × 4) + (1 × 4)
1 × 8 = 4 + 4
1 × 8 = 8

Compare
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 12
Answer: =

Explanation:
8 × 8 = 64
64 = 64
So, 8 × 8 = 64

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 13
Answer: <

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 0 will be 0.
Any number multiplied by 1 will be the same number.
8 × 0 = 0
8 × 1 = 8
0 < 8
So, 8 × 0 < 8 × 1

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 14
Answer: >

Explanation:
8 × 6 = 48
5 × 8 = 40
48 > 40
8 × 6 > 5 × 8

Question 16.
Which One Doesn’tBelong?
Which expression does not belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 15
Answer:
4 × (4 + 3) = 4 × 7 = 28
3 × (1 + 7) = 3 × 8 = 24
3 × (3 + 5) = 3 × 8 = 24
3 × (4 + 4) = 3 × 8 = 24
Thus the first doesn’t belong with the other three.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A marching band has 7 rows with 8 musicians in each row. There is also a row of 6 people who carry flags. How many people are in the marching band in all?
Multiplication equation:
Addition equation:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 16
There are _______ people in the marching band in all.

Answer:
A marching band has 7 rows with 8 musicians in each row.
1 row – 8 musicians
7 rows – 7 × 8 musicians = 56 musicians
There is also a row of 6 people who carry flags.
56 + 6 = 62 people
Therefore there are 62 people in the marching band in all.

Show and Grow

Question 17.
A table has 3 rows with 8 prizes in each row. There is also a row of 4 prizes on the floor. How many prizes are there in all?
Answer: 28 prizes

Explanation:
A table has 3 rows with 8 prizes in each row.
1 row – 8 prizes
3 rows – 8 × 3 = 24 prizes
There is also a row of 4 prizes on the floor
24 + 4 = 28 prizes
Thus there are 28 prizes in all.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
One section of a parking lot has 2 rows of 8 cars. Another section of the parking lot has 8 rows of 6 cars. How many cars are in the parking lot in all?
Answer: 64 cars

Explanation:
Given that,
One section of a parking lot has 2 rows of 8 cars.
2 × 8 = 16 cars
Another section of the parking lot has 8 rows of 6 cars.
8 × 6 = 48 cars
16 + 48 = 64 cars
Thus 64 cars are in the parking lot in all.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
One building has 8 rows of 5 windows. Another building has 9 rows of 8 windows. How many windows are on the two buildings in all?
Answer: 112 windows

Explanation:
Given that,
One building has 8 rows of 5 windows.
8 × 5 = 40 windows
Another building has 9 rows of 8 windows.
9 × 8 = 72 windows
40 windows + 72 windows = 112 windows
Therefore 112 windows are on the two buildings in all.

Multiply by 8 Homework & Practice 3.5

Question 1.
8 × 6
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 17
Answer: 48

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
8 × 6 = (4 + 4) × 6
8 × 6 = (4 × 6) + (4 × 6)
8 × 6 = 24 + 24
8 × 6 = 48

Question 2.
2 × 8
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 18
Answer: 16

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
2 × 8 = 2 × (4 + 4)
2 × 8 = (2 × 4) + (2 × 4)
2 × 8 = 8 + 8
2 × 8 = 16

Question 3.
8 × 0 = ____
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
8 × 0 = (4 + 4) × 0
8 × 0 = (4 × 0) + (4 × 0)
8 × 0 = 0 + 0
8 × 0 = 0

Question 4.
4 × 8 = ____
Answer: 32

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
4 × 8 = 4 × (4 + 4)
4 × 8 = (4 × 4) + (4 × 4)
4 × 8 = 16 + 16
4 × 8 = 32

Question 5.
8 × 10 = ____
Answer: 80

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
8 × 10 = (4 + 4) × 10
8 × 10 = (4 × 10) + (4 × 10)
8 × 10 = 40 + 40
8 × 10 = 80

Question 6.
1 × 8 = ____
Answer: 8

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
1 × 8 = 1 × (4 + 4)
1 × 8 = (1 × 4) + (1 × 4)
1 × 8 = 4+ 4
1 × 8 = 8

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 19
Answer: 24

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
8 × 3 = (4 + 4) × 3
8 × 3 = (4 × 3) + (4 × 3)
8 × 3 = 12 + 12
8 × 3 = 24

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 20
Answer: 64

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
8 × 8 = (4 + 4) × 8
8 × 8 = (4 × 8) + (4 × 8)
8 × 8 = 32 + 32
8 × 8 = 64

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 21
Answer: 56

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
7 × 8 = 7 × (4 + 4)
7 × 8 = (7 × 4) + (7 × 4)
7 × 8 = 28 + 28
7 × 8 = 56

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 22
Answer: 72

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
We can find the product by using the Distributive Property.
8 × 9 = (4 + 4) × 9
8 × 9 = (4 × 9) + (4 × 9)
8 × 9 = 36 + 36
8 × 9 = 72

Compare
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 23
Answer: >

Explanation:
8 × 3 = 24
8 × 2 = 16
24 > 16
So, 8 × 3 > 8 × 2

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 24
Answer: <

Explanation:
8 × 7 = 56
56 < 64
So, 8 × 7 < 64

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 25
Answer: =

Explanation:
8 × 1 = 8
1 × 8 = 8
8 = 8
So, 8 × 1 = 1 × 8

Question 14.
There are 8 batteries in a package. You buy 7 packages. How many batteries do you have?
Answer: 56 batteries

Explanation:
Given that,
There are 8 batteries in a package.
You buy 7 packages.
1 pack – 8 batteries
7 pack – 7 × 8 batteries
7 packs = 56 batteries
Therefore there are 56 batteries in all.

Question 15.
Patterns
Tell whether each statement is true or false. If false, explain.
The ones digit in multiples of 8 follows the pattern 8, 6, 4, 2, 0. _____
The product of an odd factor and 8 is always odd. ____

Answer:
The ones digit in multiples of 8 follows the pattern 8, 6, 4, 2, 0 is true. Because the multiples of 8 are 8, 16, 24, 32, 40.
Thus the statement is true.
The product of an odd factor and 8 is always odd is false. Because any odd number multiplied by an even number will be always an even number. Thus the statement is false.

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
A trophy case has 4 shelves with 8 trophies on each shelf and 1 shelf with 3 trophies. How many trophies are there in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 26
Answer: 35 trophies

Explanation:
Given,
A trophy case has 4 shelves with 8 trophies on each shelf and 1 shelf with 3 trophies.
1 shelf – 8 trophies
4 shelves – 4 × 8 trophies = 32 trophies
1 shelf – 3 trophies
32 + 3 = 35 trophies
Therefore there are 35 trophies in all.

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
In a science experiment, one group of students tests 2 rows of 8 magnets. A different group tests 1 row of 8 magnets. How many magnets do they test in all?
Answer: 24 magnets

Explanation:
Given that,
In a science experiment, one group of students tests 2 rows of 8 magnets.
2 × 8 = 16 magnets
A different group tests 1 row of 8 magnets.
1 × 8 = 8 magnets
16 + 8 = 24 magnets
Thus there are 24 magnets in all.

Review & Refresh

Show and write the time.

Question 18.
half past 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 27
Answer: 3:30

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.5-27
Half is nothing but 30 minutes.
So, half past 30 is 3:30

Question 19.
quarter to 11
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.5 28
Answer: 10:45

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.5-28
The quarter is nothing but 15. Quarter to 11 means 10:45.

Lesson 3.6 Multiply by 9

Explore and Grow

Write an equation to match the array
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 1
Cross out the last column. Write an equation to match the new array
____ × ____ = ____
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.6-1
Now there are 4 rows of 9 columns.
So the equation to match the new arrays is 4 × 9 = 36

Repeated Reasoning
Explain how multiplying by 10 can help you multiple by 9. Complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 2
Answer:
The multiples of 9 are given in the below table.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.6-2

Think and Grow: Multiply by 9

Example
Find 6 × 9
One way: Use the Distributive Property. Rewrite 9 as 5 + 4
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 3

Distributive Property (with subtraction)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 4

Answer: 54

Explanation:
Rewrite 9 as 5 + 4
6 × 9 = 6 × (5 + 4)
6 × 9 = (6 × 5) + (6 × 4)
6 × 9 = 30 + 24
6 × 9 = 54
Distribution property with subtraction
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
6 × 9 = 6 × (10 – 1)
6 × 9 = (6 × 10) – (6 × 1)
6 × 9 = 60 – 6
6 × 9 = 54

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Find 3 × 9
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 5
Answer: 27

Explanation:
Distribution property with subtraction
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
3 × 9 = 3 × (10 – 1)
3 × 9 = (3 × 10) – (3 × 1)
3 × 9 = 30 – 3
3 × 9 = 27

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the product
Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 6
Answer: 36

Explanation:
Distribution property with subtraction
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
4 × 9 = 4 × (10 – 1)
4 × 9 = (4 × 10) – (4 × 1)
4 × 9 = 40 – 4
4 × 9 = 36

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 7
Answer: 72

Explanation:
Distribution property with subtraction
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
9 × 8 = (10 – 1) × 8
9 × 8 = (10 × 8) – (1 × 8)
9 × 8 = 80 – 8
9 × 8 = 72

Question 4.
9 × 7 = ___
Answer: 63

Explanation:
Distribution property with subtraction
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
9 × 7 = (10 – 1) × 7
9 × 7 = (10 × 7) – (1 × 7)
9 × 7 = 70 – 7
9 × 7 = 63

Question 5.
9 × 1 = ___
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Distribution property with subtraction
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
9 × 1 = (10 – 1) × 1
9 × 1 = (10 × 1) – (1 × 1)
9 × 1 = 10 – 1
9 × 1 = 9

Question 6.
2 × 9 = ____
Answer: 18

Explanation:
Distribution property with subtraction
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
2 × 9 = 2 × (10 – 1)
2 × 9 = (2 × 10) – (2 × 1)
2 × 9 = 20 – 2
2 × 9 = 18

Question 7.
0 × 9 = ____
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Distribution property with subtraction
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
0 × 9 = 0 × (10 – 1)
0 × 9 = (0 × 10) – (0 × 1)
0 × 9 = 0 – 0
0 × 9 = 0

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 8
Answer: 90

Explanation:
Distribution property with subtraction
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
9 × 10 = (10 – 1) × 10
9 × 10 = (10 × 10) – (1 × 10)
9 × 10 = 100 – 10
9 × 10 = 90

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 9
Answer: 45

Explanation:
Distribution property with subtraction
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
9 × 5 = (10 – 1) × 5
9 × 5 = (10 × 5) – (1 × 5)
9 × 5 = 50 – 5
9 × 5 = 45

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 10
Answer: 72

Explanation:
Distribution property with subtraction
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
8 × 9 = 8 × (10 – 1)
8 × 9 = (8 × 10) – (8 × 1)
8 × 9 = 80 – 8
8 × 9 = 72

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 11
Answer: 81

Explanation:
Distribution property with subtraction
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
9 × 9 = 9 × (10 – 1)
9 × 9 = (9 × 10) – (9 × 1)
9 × 9 = 90 – 9
9 × 9 = 81

Find the missing factor
Question 12.
9 × ____ = 0
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be p.
9 × p = 0
p = 0/9
p = 0
Thus the missing factor is 0.

Question 13.
___ × 9 = 45
Answer: 5

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be q.
q × 9 = 45
q = 45/9
q = 5
Thus the missing factor is 5.

Question 14.
9 × ____ = 36
Answer: 4

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be s.
9 × s = 36
s = 36/9
s = 4
Thus the missing factor is 4.

Question 15.
A softball team has 9 positions and 2 players for each position. How many players are on the team?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 12
Answer: 18 players

Explanation:
Given that,
A softball team has 9 positions and 2 players for each position.
9 × 2 = 18 players
Thus there are 18 players on the team.

Question 16.
Number Sense
Which are not multiples of 9?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 13
Answer: The numbers that are not the multiples of 9 are 50, 42, 10.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

In geocaching, people search for a cache, or collection of objects, using a GPS device. You go geocaching for 9 days. You find 2 caches each day. Your goal is to find 20 caches. Do you reach your goal?
Multiplication equation:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 14
You ______ reach your goal.

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Given,
In geocaching, people search for a cache, or collection of objects, using a GPS device.
You go geocaching for 9 days.
You find 2 caches each day.
1 day – 2 caches
9 days – 9 × 2 caches = 18 caches
Your goal is to find 20 caches.
20 – 18 = 2 caches
Yes, you can reach your goal.

Show and Grow

Question 17.
You have 9 math problems for homework. You spend 4 minutes on each problem. Your goal is to finish your math homework in 40 minutes. Do you reach your goal?
Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Given,
You have 9 math problems for homework. You spend 4 minutes on each problem.
1 problem – 4 minutes
9 problems – 9 × 4 minutes = 36 minutes
Your goal is to finish your math homework in 40 minutes.
40 – 36 = 4 minutes
Yes, you reach your goal.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
You exercise for 6 days. You exercise for 10 minutes each day. Your friend exercises for 8 days. Your friend exercises for 9 minutes each day. Who exercises the most minutes?
Answer: Your friend

Explanation:
Given,
You exercise for 6 days. You exercise for 10 minutes each day.
1 day – 10 minutes
6 days – 6 × 10 minutes = 60 minutes
Your friend exercises for 8 days. Your friend exercises for 9 minutes each day.
1 day – 9 minutes
8 days – 8 × 9  minutes = 72 minutes
Thus your friend exercises the most minutes.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
Your school is collecting cans for a food drive. Seven students from your class each collect 9 cans. Eight students from your friend’s class each collect 8 cans. Which class collects the most cans?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 15
Answer: Your friends class collects the most cans

Explanation:
Given,
Your school is collecting cans for a food drive. Seven students from your class each collect 9 cans.
1 student – 9 cans
7 students – 7 × 9 cans = 63 cans
Eight students from your friend’s class each collect 8 cans.
1 student – 8 cans
8 students – 8 × 8 cans = 64 cans
Thus Your friend’s class collects the most cans.

Multiply by 9 Homework & Practice 3.6

Find the product
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 16
Answer: 63

Explanation:
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
We can find the product by using the distributive property with subtraction
7 × 9 = 7 × (10 – 1)
7 × 9 = (7 × 10) – (7 × 1)
7 × 9 = 70 – 7
7 × 9 = 63

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 17
Answer: 18

Explanation:
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
We can find the product by using the distributive property with subtraction.
9 × 2 = (10 – 1) × 2
9 × 2 = (10 × 2) – (1 × 2)
9 × 2 = 20 – 2
9 × 2 = 18

Question 3.
1 × 9 = ____
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
We can find the product by using the distributive property with subtraction.
1 × 9 = 1 × (10 – 1)
1 × 9 = (1 × 10) – (1 × 1)
1 × 9 = 10 – 1
1 × 9 = 9

Question 4.
9 × 9 = _____
Answer: 81

Explanation:
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
We can find the product by using the distributive property with subtraction.
9 × 9 = 9 × (10 – 1)
9 × 9 = (9 × 10) – (9 × 1)
9 × 9 = 90 – 9
9 × 9 = 81

Question 5.
10 × 9 = ____
Answer: 90

Explanation:
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
We can find the product by using the distributive property with subtraction.
10 × 9 = 10 × (10 – 1)
10 × 9 = (10 × 10) – (10 × 1)
10 × 9 = 100 – 10
10 × 9 = 90

Question 6.
3 × 9 = _____
Answer: 27

Explanation:
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
We can find the product by using the distributive property with subtraction.
3 × 9 = 3 × (10 – 1)
3 × 9 = (3 × 10) – (3 × 1)
3 × 9 = 30 – 3
3 × 9 = 27

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 18
Answer: 72

Explanation:
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
We can find the product by using the distributive property with subtraction.
9 × 8 = (10 – 1) × 8
9 × 8 = (10 × 8) – (1 × 8)
9 × 8 = 80 – 8
9 × 8 = 72

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 19
Answer: 54

Explanation:
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
We can find the product by using the distributive property with subtraction.
9 × 6 = (10 – 1) × 6
9 × 6 = (10 × 6) – (1 × 6)
9 × 6 = 60 – 6
9 × 6 = 54

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 20
Answer: 36

Explanation:
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
We can find the product by using the distributive property with subtraction.
4 × 9 = 4 × (10 – 1)
4 × 9 = (4 × 10) – (4 × 1)
4 × 9 = 40 – 4
4 × 9 = 36

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 21
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Rewrite 9 as 10 – 1
We can find the product by using the distributive property with subtraction.
0 × 9 = 0 × (10 – 1)
0 × 9 = (0 × 10) – (0 × 1)
0 × 9 = 0
0 × 9 = 0

Find the missing factor
Question 11.
9 × ___ = 9
Answer: 1

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be a.
9 × a = 9
a = 9/9
a = 1
Therefore the missing factor is 1.

Question 12.
___ × 5 = 45
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be r.
r × 5 = 45
r = 45/5
r = 9
Therefore the missing factor is 9.

Question 13.
90 = ___ × 10
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be p.
90 = p × 10
p = 90/10
p = 9
Therefore the missing factor is 9.

Question 14.
You see 9 chipmunks on your walk to school. You see twice as many pigeons. How many pigeons do you see?
Answer: 18

Explanation:
Given that,
You see 9 chipmunks on your walk to school. You see twice as many pigeons.
Let the number of pigeons is x.
twice = 2x
2 × 9 = 18
Thus there are 18 pigeons.

Question 15.
Patterns
Use the table
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 22
What pattern do you notice in the ones digits? the tens digits?
What do you notice about the sum of the digits for each multiple of 9?
Answer:
The pattern in ones digit is 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0.
The pattern in tens digit is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.
I observe that the sum of digits for each multiple of 9 is 9.
18 = 1 + 8 = 9
27 = 2 + 7 = 9
36 = 3 + 6 = 9
45 = 4 + 5 = 9
54 = 5 + 4 = 9
63 = 6 + 3 = 9
72 = 7 + 2 = 9
81 = 8 + 1 = 9
90 = 9 + 0 = 9

Question 16.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says the product of 7 × 9 is 69. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer: My friend is incorrect. Because the product of 7 × 9 is 63.

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
You sell 8 orchids. You want to raise $70. Do you meet your goal?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 23

Answer:
Given,
You sell 8 orchids.
The cost of 1 orchid – $9
8 orchids – 8 × $9 = $72
You want to raise $70.
$70 – $72 = -$2
No, I didn’t reach my goal.

DIG DEEPER!
Newton sells 9 lilies. Descartes sells 5 orchids. Who raises the most money?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.6 24
Answer:
Given that,
Newton sells 9 lilies. Descartes sells 5 orchids.
Cost of lily – $6
9 × $6 = $54
Cost of Orchid – $9
5 × $9 = $45
Thus Newton raises more money.

Review & Refresh

Complete the equation.
Question 18.
4 × 5 = 5 × ____
Answer: 4

Explanation:
The commutative property is a math rule that says that the order in which we multiply numbers does not change the product.
So, 4 × 5 = 5 × 4

Question 19.
8 × ____ = 7 × 8
Answer: 7

Explanation:
The commutative property is a math rule that says that the order in which we multiply numbers does not change the product.
8 × 7 = 7 × 8

Lesson 3.7 Practice Multiplication Strategies

Explore and Grow

Show how to find the product
6 × 7 = ____
Answer: 42

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 6 and 7.
6 × 7 = 42

Reasoning
What other strategies can you use to solve?
Answer: The other strategy to find the product is by using the distributive property.
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2
6 × 7 = 6 × (5 + 2)
6 × 7 = (6 × 5) + (6 × 2)
6 × 7 = 30 + 12
6 × 7 = 42

Think and Grow: Practice Multiplication Strategies

Example
Use any strategy to find 4 × 3.
One way: Use a number line. Skip count by 3s four times.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 1
Another way: Use the Distributive Property
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 2

Answer:
Using Distributive Property
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 3 = (2 + 2) × 3
4 × 3 = (2 × 3) + (2 × 3)
4 × 3 = 6 + 6
4 × 3 = 12

Show and Grow

Use any strategy to find the product
Question 1.
5 × 6 = ____
Answer: 30

Explanation:
Using Distributive Property
Rewrite 6 as 3 + 3.
5 × 6 = 5 × (3 + 3)
5 × 6 = (5 × 3) + (5 × 3)
5 × 6 = 15 + 15
5 × 6 = 30

Question 2.
3 × 8 = ____
Answer: 24

Explanation:
Using Distributive Property.
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
3 × 8 = 3 × (4 + 4)
3 × 8 = (3 × 4) + (3 × 4)
3 × 8 = 12 + 12
3 × 8 = 24

Question 3.
7 × 8 = ____
Answer: 56

Explanation:
Using Distributive Property
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
7 × 8 = 7 × (4 + 4)
7 × 8 = (7 × 4) + (7 × 4)
7 × 8 = 28 + 28
7 × 8 = 56

Question 4.
9 × 6 = ____
Answer: 54

Explanation:
Using Distributive Property
Rewrite 6 as 3 + 3.
9 × 6 = 9 × (3 + 3)
9 × 6 = (9 × 3) + (9 × 3)
9 × 6 = 27 + 27
9 × 6 = 54

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use any strategy to find the product
Question 5.
5 × 9 = _____
Answer: 45

Explanation:
Using Distributive Property
Rewrite 9 as 5 + 4.
5 × 9 = 5 × (5 + 4)
5 × 9 = (5 × 5) + (5 × 4)
5 × 9 = 25 + 20
5 × 9 = 45

Question 6.
5 × 7 = ____
Answer: 35

Explanation:
Using Distributive Property
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
5 × 7 = 5 × (5 + 2)
5 × 7 = (5 × 5) + (5 × 2)
5 × 7 = 25 + 10
5 × 7 = 35

Question 7.
10 × 3 = ____
Answer: 30

Explanation:
Using Distributive Property
Rewrite 10 as 5 + 5.
10 × 3 = (5 + 5) × 3
10 × 3 = (5 × 3) + (5 × 3)
10 × 3 = 15 + 15
10 × 3 = 30

Question 8.
7 × 1 = ____
Answer: 7

Explanation:
Using Distributive Property
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
7 × 1 = (5 + 2) × 1
7 × 1 = (5 × 1) + (2 ×1)
7 × 1 = 5 + 2
7 × 1 = 7

Question 9.
5 × 5 = ____
Answer: 25

Explanation:
Using Distributive Property
Rewrite 5 as 2 + 3
5 × 5 = 5 × (2 + 3)
5 × 5 = (5 × 2) + (5 × 3)
5 × 5 = 10 + 15
5 × 5 = 25

Question 10.
4 × 9 = ____
Answer: 36

Explanation:
Using Distributive Property
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 9 = (2 + 2) × 9
4 × 9 = (2 × 9) + (2 × 9)
4 × 9 = 18 + 18
4 × 9 = 36

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 3
Answer: 48

Explanation:
Using Distributive Property.
Rewrite 8 as 4 + 4.
8 × 6 = (4 + 4) × 6
8 × 6 = (4 × 6) + (4 × 6)
8 × 6 = 24 + 24
8 × 6 = 48

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 4
Answer: 28

Explanation:
Using Distributive Property
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 7 = (2 + 2) × 7
4 × 7 = (2 × 7) + (2 × 7)
4 × 7 = 14 + 14
4 × 7 = 28

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 5
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Using Distributive Property
Rewrite 5 as 2 + 3
5 × 2 = (2 + 3) × 2
5 × 2 = (2 × 2) + (2 × 3)
5 × 2 = 4 + 6
5 × 2 = 10

Name the strategy or property used to solve

Question 14.
9 × 9 = 9 × (10 – 1)
9 × 9 = (9 × 10) – (9 × 1)
9 × 9 = 90 – 9
9 × 9 = 81
Answer: Distributive property with subtraction
The distributive property of multiplication over subtraction is like the distributive property of multiplication over addition. You can subtract the numbers and then multiply, or you can multiply and then subtract.

Question 15.
2 × 4 = 8
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 6
Answer: Number line

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
Use known facts to find 6 × 12. Explain your strategy 6 × 12 = ____
Answer: 72

Explanation:
Rewrite 6 as 3 + 3.
6 × 12 = (3 + 3) × 12
6 × 12 = (3 × 12) + (3 × 12)
6 × 12 = 36 + 36
6 × 12 = 72

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You want to make a dragon that is 25 feet long for a parade. You have 6 pieces of fabric that are each 5 feet long. Do you have enough fabric to make the dragon?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 7
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 8
You _____ have enough fabric to make the dragon.

Answer:
Given,
You want to make a dragon that is 25 feet long for a parade.
You have 6 pieces of fabric that are each 5 feet long
6 × 5 = 30
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.7-8
Yes, you have enough fabric to make the dragon.

Show and Grow

Question 17.
A book is 70 pages long. You read 9 pages each day for one week. Do you finish the book in one week?
Answer: No

Explanation:
Given,
A book is 70 pages long. You read 9 pages each day for one week.
Convert week to day.
1 day – 9 pages
7 days – 7 × 9 pages = 63 pages
63 – 70 = -7
Thus you did not finish the book in one week.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
You buy 4 packs of juice boxes. How many juice boxes do you buy in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 9
Explain how you solved the problem.
Answer: 40 juice boxes

Explanation:
You buy 4 packs of juice boxes.
1 pack contains 5 grape, 3 apple, 2 berry
4 packs = 5 grapes × 4, 3 apple × 4, 2 berry × 4
= 20 grape, 12 apple, 8 berry
= 20 + 12 + 8 = 40
Thus you buy 40 juice boxes in all.

Practice Multiplication Strategies Homework & Practice 1.1

Use any strategy to find the product
Question 1.
0 × 6 = ____
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 0 will be always 0.

Question 2.
2 × 10 = ____
Answer: 20

Explanation:
You can find the product by using the distributive property.
Rewrite 10 as 5 + 5.
2 × 10 = 2 × (5 + 5)
2 × 10 = (2 × 5) + (2 × 5)
2 × 10 = 10 + 10
2 × 10 = 20

Question 3.
1 × 9 = ____
Answer: 9

Explanation:
You can find the product by using the distributive property.
Rewrite 9 as 6 + 3
1 × 9 = 1 × (6 + 3)
1 × 9 = (1 × 6) + (1 × 3)
1 × 9 = 6 + 3
1 × 9 = 9

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 10
Answer: 20

Explanation:
You can find the product by using the distributive property.
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 5 = (2 + 2) × 5
4 × 5 = (2 × 5) + (2 × 5)
4 × 5 = 10 + 10
4 × 5 = 20

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 11
Answer: 72

Explanation:
You can find the product by using the distributive property.
Rewrite 9 as 6 + 3
8 × 9 = 8 × (6 + 3)
8 × 9 = (8 × 6) + (8 × 3)
8 × 9 = 48 + 24
8 × 9 = 72

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 12
Answer: 21

Explanation:
You can find the product by using the distributive property.
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
7 × 3 = (5 + 2) × 3
7 × 3 = (5 × 3) + (2 × 3)
7 × 3 = 15 + 6
7 × 3 = 21

Name the strategy or property used to solve.
Question 7.
3 × 5 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 13

Answer: The strategy used for the above product is table diagram.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 14
Answer: Distributive Property of Multiplication.

Explanation:
According to the distributive property, multiplying the sum of two or more addends by a number will give the same result as multiplying each addend individually by the number and then adding the products together.

Question 9.
Logic
Without multiplying, how can you tell which product will be greater,6 × 3 or 6 × 4? Explain.
Answer: We can say the greater product by comparing the multiples 4 is greater than 3. So, 6 × 3 is less than 6 × 4.

Question 10.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Descartes uses the Distributive Property to solve 5 × 8. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 15
Answer: No Descartes solution is incorrect.

Explanation:
Rewrite 8 as 10 – 2.
5 × 8 = 5 × (10 – 2)
5 × 8 = (5 × 10) – (5 × 2)
5 × 8 = 50 – 10
5 × 8 = 40

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
You order 24 eggs from a farmer. The farmer has 8 chickens. Each chicken lays 3 eggs. Does the farmer have enough eggs for your order? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 16
Answer:
Given that,
You order 24 eggs from a farmer.
The farmer has 8 chickens.
Each chicken lays 3 eggs.
8 × 3 eggs = 24 eggs
Yes, the farmer have enough eggs for your order.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 3 piles of sports cards. There are 3 baseball cards, 2 basketball cards, and 4 football cards in each pile. How many sports cards do you have in all?
Answer:
Given that,
You have 3 piles of sports cards.
There are 3 baseball cards, 2 basketball cards, and 4 football cards in each pile.
1 pile – 3 basketball cards, 2 basketball cards, and 4 football cards
3 piles – 9 basketball cards, 6 basketball cards, and 12 football cards
= 9 + 6 + 12 = 27 cards
Thus you have 27 sports cards in all.

Review & Refresh

Find the sum
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 17
Answer: 92

Explanation:
Add all the three numbers.
32
+13
+47
92

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 18
Answer: 84

Explanation:
Add all the three numbers.
46
+14
+24
84

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 19
Answer: 72

Explanation:
Add all the three numbers.
55
+10
+12
72

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.7 20
Answer: 63

Explanation:
Add all the three numbers.
21
+13
+29
63

Lesson 3.8 Multiply Three Factors

Explore and Grow

Model 2 arrays that each have 4 rows and 3 columns. Draw your model. Complete the equation for the arrays.
2 × ____ ×____ = _____
Answer: 2 × 4 × 3 = 24

Model 3 arrays that each have 2 rows and 4 columns. Draw your model. Complete the equation for the arrays.
3 × ___ × ____ = ____
Answer: 3 × 2 × 4 = 24

Structure
Compare the equations. How are they the same? How are they different?
Answer: The solutions for both equations are the same. But the arrays and rows and columns are different.

Think and Grow: Associative Property of Multiplication

Associative Property of Multiplication: Changing the grouping of factors does not change the product
Example
Find (5 × 2) × 3
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.8 1
Answer:
Associative Property of Multiplication
First find the factors in the bracket.
5 × 2 = 10
10 × 3 = 30
Commutative Property of Multiplication
5 × (2 × 3)
2 × 3 = 6
5 × 6 = 30

Example
Find 4 × (7 × 2)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.8 2

Answer:
4 × (7 × 2) = 4 × (2 × 7)
4 × (2 × 7) = (4 × 2) × 7
(4 × 2) × 7 = 8 × 7 = 56
4 × (2 × 7) = 4 × 14 =56

Show and Grow

Find the product
Question 1.
(3 × 2) × 2 = _____
Answer: 12

Explanation:
First find the factors in the bracket.
(3 × 2) × 2
3 × 2 = 6
6 × 2 = 12

Question 2.
3 × (4 × 3) = ____
Answer: 36

Explanation:
First find the factors in the bracket.
3 × (4 × 3)
(4 × 3) = 12
3 × 12 = 36

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the product
Question 3.
(3 × 2) × 7 = ____
Answer: 42

Explanation:
First find the factors in the bracket.
3 × 2 = 6
6 × 7 = 42

Question 4.
5 × (4 × 2) = _____
Answer: 40

Explanation:
First find the factors in the bracket.
4 × 2 = 8
5 × 8 = 40

Question 5.
(3 × 6) × 2 = ____
Answer: 36

Explanation:
First find the factors in the bracket.
3 × 6 = 18
18 × 2 = 36

Question 6.
3 × (5 × 3) = ____
Answer: 45

Explanation:
First find the factors in the bracket.
5 × 3 = 15
3 × 15 = 45

Question 7.
(4 × 10) × 2 = ____
Answer: 80

Explanation:
First find the factors in the bracket.
4 × 10 = 40
40 × 2 = 80

Question 8.
6 × (0 × 7) = ____
Answer: 0

Explanation:
First find the factors in the bracket.
0 × 7 = 0
6 × 0 = 0

Tell whether the equation is true or false. Explain.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.8 3
Answer: True

Explanation:
First find the factors in the bracket.
5 × 3 = 15
15 × 4 = 60
5 × 4 = 20
3 × 20 = 60
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.8 4
Answer: False

Explanation:
First find the factors in the bracket.
2 × 6 = 12
4 × 12 = 48
8 × 4 = 32
48 ≠ 32
Thus the above statement is false.

Question 11.
A water ride has 4 log boats. Each boat has 2 sections with 2 seats in each section. How many seats does the water ride have?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.8 5
Answer:
Given that,
A water ride has 4 log boats. Each boat has 2 sections with 2 seats in each section.
1 section – 2 seats
2 sections – 2 × 2 seats = 4 seats
4 × 4 seats = 16 seats
Therefore the water ride have 16 seats.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Complete the square so that the product of the numbers in each row and each column equals 24.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.8 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.8-6

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

There are 26 students in your class. Your teacher brings in 4 boxes of muffins. Each box has 4 packages with 2 muffins in each package. Are there enough muffins for the class?
Multiplication equation:
There ______ enough muffins for the class.

Answer:
Given,
There are 26 students in your class.
Your teacher brings in 4 boxes of muffins.
Each box has 4 packages with 2 muffins in each package.
1 package – 2 muffins
4 packages – 2 × 4 packages = 8 packages
4 × 8 packages = 32 packages
32 – 26 = 6
Thus there are enough muffins for the class.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
Newton needs to send out 50 letters. He buys 4 sheets of stamps. Each sheet has 2 rows with 6 stamps in each row. Does Newton have enough stamps to send out all the letters?
Answer:
Given that,
Newton needs to send out 50 letters.
He buys 4 sheets of stamps.
Each sheet has 2 rows with 6 stamps in each row.
2 × 6 = 12 stamps
4 × 12 stamps = 48 stamps
48 – 50 = -2
Newton does not have enough stamps to send out all the letters.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
There are 60 people in line to ride the tram at a zoo. There are 5 benches on each tram car. Two people fit on each bench. The tram is 5 cars long. How many people will have to wait for the next tram?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.8 7
Answer:
Given that,
There are 60 people in line to ride the tram at a zoo.
There are 5 benches on each tram car.
Two people fit on each bench.
5 × 2 = 10 people fit on 5 benches
The tram is 5 cars long
5 × 10 = 50 people
50 – 60 = -10 people
Thus 10 people will have to wait for the next time.

Multiply Three Factors Homework & Practice 3.8

Find the product
Question 1.
(2 × 4) × 1 = _____
Answer: 8

Explanation:
First multiply the factors in the bracket.
2 × 4 = 8
8 × 1 = 8
Thus (2 × 4) × 1 = 8

Question 2.
2 × (3 × 3) = ____
Answer: 18

Explanation:
First multiply the factors in the bracket.
3 × 3 = 9
2 × 9 = 18
Thus 2 × (3 × 3) = 18

Question 3.
(4 × 2) × 9 = _____
Answer: 72

Explanation:
First multiply the factors in the bracket.
4 × 2 = 8
8 × 9 = 72
Thus (4 × 2) × 9 = 72

Question 4.
2 × (8 × 5) = _____
Answer: 80

Explanation:
First multiply the factors in the bracket.
8 × 5 = 40
2 × 40 = 80
So, 2 × (8 × 5) = 80

Tell whether the equation is true or false. Explain
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.8 8
Answer: False

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 0 will be always 0.
0 × 3 = 0
7 × 0 = 0
7 × 3 = 21
Thus the equation 7 × (0 × 3) = 7 ×3 is false.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.8 9
Answer: True

Explanation:
6 × 5 = 30
2 × 30 = 60
6 × 2 = 12
12 × 5 = 60
Thus the equation 2 × (6 × 5) = (6 × 2) × 5 is false.

Question 7.
A sudoku puzzle is made of 9 large squares. Each large square is made of an array with 3 rows and 3 columns of small squares. How many small squares are there?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.8 10
Answer: 81 small squares

Explanation:
Given that,
A sudoku puzzle is made of 9 large squares.
Each large square is made of an array with 3 rows and 3 columns of small squares.
3 × 3 = 9 small squares in each large square
9 × 9 = 81 small squares in sudoko puzzle.

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
Use the number of cards to complete the equations.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.8 11

Answer:
Solve the equations by using the number of cards.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-3-More-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.8-11

Question 9.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says that (2 × 1) × 7 is equal to 2 × (1 × 7). Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Given,
Your friend says that (2 × 1) × 7 is equal to 2 × (1 × 7).
(2 × 1) × 7 = 2 × 7 = 14
2 × (1 × 7) = 2 × 7 = 14
Thus your friend is correct.

Question 10.
Writing
How do you know 2 × 9 × 5 is the same as 10 × 9?
Answer:
2 × 9 × 5 = 18 × 5 = 90
10 × 9 = 90
Thus the expression is correct.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
There are 64 soccer players. Some coaches bring 7 boxes of protein bars. Each box has 5 packages with 2 protein bars in each package. Are there enough protein bars for each soccer player to get one?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.8 12

Answer:
Given that,
There are 64 soccer players.
Some coaches bring 7 boxes of protein bars.
Each box has 5 packages with 2 protein bars in each package.
1 package – 2 protein bars
5 packages – 2 × 5 = 10 protein bars
7 × 10 = 70 protein bars
70 – 64 = 6
Thus each soccer player get enough protein bars.

Review & Refresh

Question 12.
A training academy certifies 12 fire fighting Dalmations. They divide the Dalmations among different cities with 3 Dalmatians in each city. How many cities receive firefighting Dalmations?
____ ÷ _____ = _____
Answer:
Given that,
A training academy certifies 12 fire fighting Dalmations. They divide the Dalmations among different cities with 3 Dalmatians in each city.
12 ÷ 3 = 4
Therefore 4 cities receive firefighting Dalmations.

Lesson 3.9 More Problem Solving: Multiplication

Explore and Grow

Model the story. A baseball league gives 8 new baseballs to each team. There are 8 teams. How many baseballs does the league need?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.9 1
The baseball league needs ______ baseballs.
Answer:
Given,
A baseball league gives 8 new baseballs to each team.
There are 8 teams.
8 × 8 baseballs = 64 baseballs
Thus, the baseball league needs 64 baseballs.

Reasoning
Explain how you can use a different strategy to solve.
Answer:
We can solve by using the distributive property.
8 can be written as (10 – 1)
8 × 8 = 8 × (10 – 2)
8 × 8 = (8 × 10) – (8 × 2)
8 × 8 = 80 – 16
8 × 8 = 64

Think and Grow: Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Example
You want to make 8 dream catchers. You have 30 feathers. You tie 3 feathers to each dream catcher. How many feathers do you have left?

Understand the Problem

What do you know?
• You want to make ______ dream
• You have ______ feathers in all
• You tie _____ feathers to each dream catcher.

Answer:
Fill the blanks with the help of the above question.
• You want to make 8 dream
• You have 30 feathers in all
• You tie 3 feathers to each dream catcher.

What do you need to find?
• You need to find how many ______ are left after catchers. you make dream catchers.

Answer:
By seeing the above question we can fill the blanks.
• You need to find how many feathers are left after catchers. you make dream catchers.

Make a Plan

How will you solve?
• Multiply _____ by ______ to find how many ______ you used to make 8 dream catchers.
• Subtract the product from ______.

Answer:
Fill in the blanks by using the above question.
• Multiply 8 by 3 to find how many feathers you used to make 8 dream catchers.
• Subtract the product from total number of feathers.

Solve
8 × 3 = ______
30 – ___ = _____
You have _____ feathers left.

Answer:
8 × 3 = 24
30 – 24 = 6
Thus, you have 6 feathers left.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
You want to make 6 cheese sandwiches. You have 8 slices of cheese in all. You put 2 slices on each sandwich. How many more slices of cheese do you need?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.9 2
Answer:
Given that,
You want to make 6 cheese sandwiches.
Each sandwich needs 2 slices.
6 × 2 = 12 slices
You have 8 slices of cheese in all. You put 2 slices on each sandwich.
12 – 8 = 4 slices
Therefore you need 4 slices of cheese.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
You have 60 fluid ounces of water and 6 water bottles. You pour 8 fluid ounces of water into each bottle. What information do you know that will help you find how much water you have left?
Answer:
Given,
You have 60 fluid ounces of water and 6 water bottles. You pour 8 fluid ounces of water into each bottle.
To find how much water you have left we need to subtract total fluid ounces and amount of fluid ounces in 6 water bottles.
6 × 8 fluid ounces = 48 fluid ounces
60 – 48 = 12 fluid ounces
Thus 12 fluid ounces of water is left.

Question 3.
A sheet of stamps has 2 rows with 5 stamps in each row. You buy 3 sheets of stamps. How many stamps do you buy?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.9 3
Answer:
Given that,
A sheet of stamps has 2 rows with 5 stamps in each row.
2 × 5 = 10 stamps in each row.
You buy 3 sheets of stamps.
10 × 3 = 30 stamps
Thus you buy 30 stamps.

Question 4.
Your cousin works two jobs. She walks dogs 4 days each week for 2 hours each day. She babysits 2 days each week for 5 hours each day. How many hours does your cousin work in one week?
Answer:
Given that,
Your cousin works two jobs. She walks dogs 4 days each week for 2 hours each day.
4 × 2 = 8 hours each week
She babysits 2 days each week for 5 hours each day.
2 × 5 hours = 10 hours
8 + 10 = 18 hours in one week
Thus your cousin 18 hours in one week.

Question 5.
Four arcade tokens cost $1. You buy $5 in tokens. You play 6 games that cost 3 tokens each. How many tokens do you have left?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.9 4
Answer:
Given that,
Four arcade tokens cost $1. You buy $5 in tokens.
1 × 4 = 4 tokens
5 × 4 = 20 tokens
You play 6 games that cost 3 tokens each.
6 × 3 = 18 tokens
20 – 18 tokens = 2 tokens
Thus 2 tokens are leftover.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A basketball team scores 6 three-pointers, 9 two-pointers, and 7 free throws in the first quarter. How many points does the team score in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.9 5
Understand the problem:
Make a plan:
Solve:
The team scores ____ points in all.

Answer:
Given that,
A basketball team scores 6 three-pointers, 9 two-pointers, and 7 free throws in the first quarter.
6 × 3 points = 18 points
9 × 2 points = 18 points
7 × 1 point = 7 point
18 + 18 + 7 = 43 points
Thus the team scores 43 points in all.

Show and Grow

Question 6.
Descartes buys 4 shirts, 3 pairs of shorts, and 2 pairs of pants. How much does he spend in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.9 6
Answer:
Given that,
Descartes buys 4 shirts, 3 pairs of shorts, and 2 pairs of pants.
4 shirts – 4 × $5 = $20
3 shorts – 3 × $7 = $21
2 pants – 2 × $10 = $20
20 + 21 + 20 = $61
Thus Descartes spend $61 in all.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
City workers set up 100 chairs for a concert in a park. Section A has 4 rows with 9 chairs in each row. Section B has 3 rows with 8 chairs in each row. Section C has 8 equal rows. How many chairs are in each of section C’s rows?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.9 7
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Given that,
City workers set up 100 chairs for a concert in a park.
Section A has 4 rows with 9 chairs in each row.
4 × 9 = 36 chairs
Section B has 3 rows with 8 chairs in each row.
3 × 8 = 24 chairs
Section C has 8 equal rows.
100 – 36 – 24 = 40 chairs
Thus there are 40 chairs in Section C.

More Problem Solving: Multiplication Homework & Practice 3.9

Question 1.
You and 3 of your friends each spend $9 on a present. How much does the present cost?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.9 8
Answer: $36

Explanation:
Given,
You and 3 of your friends each spend $9 on a present.
1 – $9
4 – 4 × $9 = $36
Thus the cost of the present is $36.

Question 2.
A landlord is replacing windows in an apartment complex. There are 6 apartments. Each apartment has 8 windows. Seven windows do not need replacing. How many windows does the landlord need to replace?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.9 9
Answer: 41 windows

Explanation:
Given,
A landlord is replacing windows in an apartment complex.
There are 6 apartments. Each apartment has 8 windows.
6 × 8 = 48 windows
Seven windows do not need replacing.
48 – 7 = 41
Therefore the landlord needs to replace 41 windows.

Question 3.
Women’s boxing consists of four 2-minute rounds. There is a 1-minute rest interval between each round. What information do you know that will help you find how long a boxing match lasts?
Answer: I need that information about the time that last four 2-minute rounds and 1-minute rest interval.

Explanation:
Given,
Women’s boxing consists of four 2-minute rounds.
4 × 2 = 8 minutes
There is a 1-minute rest interval between each round.
4 × 1 = 4 minutes
8 + 4 = 12 minutes
Thus the boxing match lasts for 12 minutes.

Question 4.
Writing
Write and solve your own word problem that involves multiplication.
Answer:
Find the product of 3 × 5
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
Rewrite 5 as 2 + 3.
3 × 5 = 3 × (2 + 3)
3 × 5 = (3 × 2) + (3 × 3)
3 × 5 = 6 + 9
3 × 5 = 15

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
You play a trivia game with your friends. Team A answers 3 hard questions and 6 easy questions. Team B answers 5 hard questions and 2 easy questions. Which team is winning? by how many points?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.9 10
Answer:
Given,
You play a trivia game with your friends. Team A answers 3 hard questions and 6 easy questions.
Hard – 5 points
Easy – 2 points
3 hard question = 3 × 5 = 15 points
6 easy questions = 6 × 2 = 12 points
15 + 12 = 27 points
Team B answers 5 hard questions and 2 easy questions.
5 hard question = 5 × 5 = 25 points
2 easy questions = 2 × 2 = 4 points
25 + 4 = 29 points
Thus Team B is winning the points by 2 points.

Review & Refresh

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.9 11
Answer:
i. 5 sides
ii. 5 vertices
iii. pentagon

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that the shape of the image is a pentagon with 5 sides and 5 vertices.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3.9 12
Answer:
i. 4 sides
ii. 4 vertices
iii. Quadrilateral

Explanation:
The figure has 4 sides and 4 vertices so the shape is a quadrilateral.

More Multiplication Facts and Strategies Performance Task

Question 1.
You and your friend make origami animals.
a.You have two packages of paper. One package has 8 colors with 6 sheets of each color. Another package has 3 white sheets and 9 times as many colored sheets as white sheets. How many sheets of paper do you have in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 1

Answer:
Given,
You have two packages of paper. One package has 8 colors with 6 sheets of each color.
8 × 6 = 48 colors in 6 sheets
Another package has 3 white sheets and 9 times as many colored sheets as white sheets.
9 × 3 = 27 sheets
= 27 + 6 = 33 sheets

b.You and your friend each want to make 5 origami animals every day for one week. Do you have enough paper? Explain.

Answer:
Given,
You and your friend each want to make 5 origami animals every day for one week.
5 + 5 = 10 origami animals every day for one week.
10 × 7 = 70 origami animals
Yes, you have enough paper.
c.You make a jumping frog. The first step is to fold the paper into fourths that are shaped like triangles. Draw lines to show how you would fold your paper.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2
d. It takes 12 steps to make a crane. Your friend makes 8 paper cranes. How many steps does your friend do in all? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3

Answer:
Given,
It takes 12 steps to make a crane. Your friend makes 8 paper cranes.
12 × 8 = 96 steps
Your friend does 96 steps in all.

More Multiplication Facts and Strategies Activity

Product Lineup
Directions:
1. Players take turns flipping two number cards.
2. On your turn, multiply the two numbers and place a counter on the product.
3. If you flip two of the same number, take another turn.
4. The first player to create two lines of 5 in a row, horizontally, vertically, or diagonally, wins!
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies 4

Answer:
Multiply 5 by row, horizontally and vertically.
5 × 27 = 135
5 × 64 = 320
5 × 3 = 15

More Multiplication Facts and Strategies Chapter Practice

3.1 Multiply by 3

Draw the model to find the product
Question 1.
3 × 8
Answer:
BIM Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication facts and strategies img_1

Question 2.
3 × 4
Answer:
Bigideas math answers grade 3 chapter 3 more multiplication facts and strategies img_2

Find the product
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 3
Answer: 15

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 3 and 5.
3 × 5 = 15

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 4
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 0 and 3.
Any number multiplied by 0 will be always 0.
So, 0 × 3 = 0

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 5
Answer: 3

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 1 and 3.
Any number multiplied by 1 will be always the same number.
1 × 3 = 3

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 6
Answer: 18

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 3 and 6.
3 × 6 = 18

3.2 Multiply by 4

Find the product
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 7
Answer: 32

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 4 and 8.
4 × 8 = 32

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 8
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 4.
10 × 4 = 40

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 9
Answer: 28

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 7 and 4.
7 × 4 = 28

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 10
Answer: 16

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 4 and 4.
4 × 4 = 16

Find the missing factor
Question 11.
1 × ___ = 4
Answer: 4

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be a.
1 × a = 4
a = 4/1
a = 4
Thus the missing factor is 4.

Question 12.
____ × 4 = 0
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be b.
b × 4 = 0
b = 0/4
b = 0
Thus the missing factor is 0.

Question 13.
20 = ____ × 4
Answer: 5

Explanation:
Let the missing factor be c.
20 = c × 4
c = 20/4
c = 5
Thus the missing factor is 5.

Question 14.
Number Sense
How can you use 2 × 5 to find 4 × 5?
Answer:
Rewrite 4 as 2 + 2.
4 × 5 = (2 + 2) × 5
4 × 5 = (2 × 5) + (2 × 5)
4 × 5 = 10 + 10
4 × 5 = 20

3.3 Multiply by 6

Find the product
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 15
Answer: 30

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 6 and 5.
6 × 5 = 30

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 16
Answer: 12

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 6 and 2.
6 × 2 = 12

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 17
Answer: 54

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 9 and 6.
9 × 6 = 54

Question 18
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 18
Answer: 18

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 3 and 6.
3 × 6 = 18

Compare
Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 19
Answer: <

Explanation:
Compare both expressions
7 × 6 = 42
6 × 8 = 48
42 is less than 48.
7 × 6 < 6 × 8

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 20
Answer: >

Explanation:
Compare both expressions
6 × 9 = 54
4 × 6 = 24
54 is greater than 24.
6 × 9 > 4 × 6

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 21
Answer: =

Explanation:
Compare both expressions
6 × 6 = 36
36 = 6 × 6

3.4 Multiply by 7

Find the product
Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 22
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 0 and 7.
Any number multiplied by 0 is always 0.
0 × 7 = 0

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 23
Answer: 49

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 7 and 7.
7 × 7 = 49

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 24
Answer: 70

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 7.
10 × 7 = 70

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 25
Answer: 14

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 7 and 2.
7 × 2 = 14

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 26
Answer: 7

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 7 and 1.
Any number multiplied by 1 is always the same number.
7 × 1 = 7

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 27
Answer: 63

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 7 and 9.
7 × 9 = 63

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 28
Answer: 28

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 4 and 7.
4 × 7 = 28

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 29
Answer: 56

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 8 and 7.
8 × 7 = 56

3.5 Multiply by 8

Find the product
Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 30
Answer: 48

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 8 and 6.
8 × 6 = 48

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 31
Answer: 72

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 9 and 8.
9 × 8 = 72

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 32
Answer: 32

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 4 and 8.
4 × 8 = 32

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 33
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 8 and 5.
8 × 5 = 40

Question 34.
Precision
There are 8 fluid ounces in 1 cup. How many fluid ounces are in 3 cups?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 34
Answer: 24 fluid ounces

Explanation:
Given,
There are 8 fluid ounces in 1 cup.
1 cup – 8 fluid ounces
3 cups – 3 × 8 fluid ounces = 24 fluid ounces
Therefore there are 24 fluid ounces in 3 cups.

3.6 Multiply by 9

Find the product
Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 35
Answer: 90

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 10 and 9.
10 × 9 = 90

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 36
Answer: 36

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 9 and 4.
9 × 4 = 36

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 37
Answer: 54

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 9 and 6.
9 × 6 = 54

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 38
Answer: 18

Explanation:
Multiply the two numbers 3 and 6.
3 × 6 = 18
Thus the product of 3 and 6 is 18.

Question 39.
Reasoning
An artist needs 80 flower petals for a craft. She picks 9 flowers that each have 8 petals. Does she have enough flower petals for her craft? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 39
Answer:
Given,
An artist needs 80 flower petals for a craft.
She picks 9 flowers that each have 8 petals.
9 × 8 = 72 flower petals.
80 – 72 = 8  flower petals
Therefore, She has enough flower petals for her craft.

3.7 Practice Multiplication Strategies

Use any strategy to find the product
Question 40.
2 × 7 = ____
Answer: 14

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
Rewrite 7 as 5 + 2.
2 × 7 = 2 × (5 + 2)
2 × 7 = (2 × 5) + (2 × 2)
2 × 7 = 10 + 4
So, 2 × 7 = 14

Question 41.
6 × 6 = ____
Answer: 36

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
Rewrite 6 as 3 + 3
6 × 6 = 6 × (3 + 3)
6 × 6 = (6 × 3) + (6 × 3)
6 × 6 = 18 + 18
Thus 6 × 6 = 36

Question 42.
5 × 1 = _____
Answer: 5

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
Rewrite 5 as 2 + 3
5 × 1 = (2 + 3) × 1
5 × 1 = (2 × 1) + (3 × 1)
5 × 1 = 2 + 3
Thus 5 × 1 = 5

Question 43.
8 × 10 = ____
Answer: 80

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
Rewrite 10 as 5 + 5
8 × 10 = 8 × (5 + 5)
8 × 10 = (8 ×5) + (8 × 5)
8 × 10 = 40 + 40
So, 8 × 10 = 80

Question 44.
4 × 0 = ____
Answer: 0

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
Any number multiplied by 0 will be always 0.
So, 4 × 0 = 0

Question 45.
10 × 10 = ____
Answer: 100

Explanation:
We can find the product by using the distributive property.
Rewrite 10 as 5 + 5
10 × 10 = 10 × (5 + 5)
10 × 10 = (10 ×5) + (10 × 5)
10 × 10 = 50 + 50
Thus 10 × 10 = 100

Question 46.
Modeling Real Life
Newton has 4 bundles of balloons. There is 1 blue balloon, 2 purple balloons, and 1 green balloon in each bundle. How many balloons does he have in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 46
Answer: 16 balloons

Explanation:
Given that,
Newton has 4 bundles of balloons.
There is 1 blue balloon, 2 purple balloons, and 1 green balloon in each bundle.
4 bundles = 1 blue balloon × 4 + 2 purple balloons × 4 + 1 green balloon × 4
= 4 blue ballon + 8 purple balloon + 4 green balloon
= 16 balloons
Thus there are 16 balloons in all.

3.8 Multiply Three Factors

Find the product
Question 47.
(4 × 2) × 2 = _____
Answer: 16

Explanation:
Given the expression as (4 × 2) × 2
First, multiply the factors in the bracket.
4 × 2 = 8
8 × 2 = 16
Thus (4 × 2) × 2 = 16

Question 48.
3 × (3 × 3) = ____
Answer: 27

Explanation:
Given the expression as 3 × (3 × 3)
First, multiply the factors in the bracket.
3 × 3 = 9
3 × 9 = 27
Thus 3 × (3 × 3) = 27

Question 49.
(3 × 3) × 6 = ____
Answer: 54

Explanation:
Given the expression as (3 × 3) × 6
First, multiply the factors in the bracket.
3 × 3 = 9
9 × 6 = 54
Thus (3 × 3) × 6 = 54

Question 50.
2 × (8 × 4) = _____
Answer: 64

Explanation:
Given the expression as 2 × (8 × 4)
First, multiply the factors in the bracket.
8 × 4 =32
2 × 32 = 64
Thus 2 × (8 × 4) = 64

Question 51.
(2 × 0) × 4 = _____
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Given the expression as (2 × 0) × 4
First, multiply the factors in the bracket.
2 × 0 = 0
0 × 4 = 0
Thus (2 × 0) × 4 = 0

Question 52.
0 × (8 × 5) = ____
Answer: 0

Explanation:
Given the expression as 0 × (8 × 5)
First, multiply the factors in the bracket.
8 × 5 = 40
0 × 40 = 0
Thus 0 × (8 × 5) = 0

3.9 More Problem Solving: Multiplication

Question 53.
You find 2 four-leaf clovers and 9 three-leaf clovers. What is the total number of leaves on the clovers you find?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 53
Answer:
Given that,
You find 2 four-leaf clovers and 9 three-leaf clovers
2 four-leaf clovers = 4 + 4 = 8 leaves
9 three-leaf clovers = 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 =27 leaves
8 + 27 = 35
Thus the total number of leaves on the cloves are 35.

Question 54.
A bakery sells croissants for $2 each. A tray contains 2 rows of 4 croissants. You buy 2 trays. How many croissants do you buy?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies chp 54
Answer: 16 croissants

Explanation:
Given that,
A bakery sells croissants for $2 each.
A tray contains 2 rows of 4 croissants.
2 × 4 = 8
You buy 2 trays.
8 × 2 = 16 croissants
Cost of croissants = 16 × $2 = $32
Thus I can buy 16 croissants.

Final Words:

I hope the answers provided in Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies Answer Key is helpful for all the students to become an expert in this concept. If you have any queries regarding Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies topic, you can leave a comment below. Stay in touch with us to get solutions for all questions of Big Ideas Math Book Grade 3 Chapter 3 Chapter 3 More Multiplication Facts and Strategies.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9

Avail free Big Ideas Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 Answer Key PDF on this page. This handy Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 9th Chapter Add Numbers within 1,000 contains solutions for each and every question in the textbook. Students can download BIM Book Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 Answers PDF and prepare well for the test.

Big Ideas Math Book 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000

Practicing Big Ideas Math Grade 2 Book Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 will help the students who want to score good marks in the examination. We advise you to refer the different topics such as Add 10 and 100, Use a Number Line to Add Hundreds and Tens, Use a Number Line to Add Three-Digit Numbers, Use Compensation to Add Three-Digit Numbers, Use Partial Sums to Add Three-Digit Numbers, Use Models to Add Three-Digit Numbers, Add Three-Digit Numbers, and so on.

By learning all those lessons, students can know various methods of adding numbers below 1000. Students have to work hard right from the beginning days of their school to be strong in the basics of math. Solve all the questions and verify whether your method of solving and the solution is correct or not by checking Big Ideas Math Book Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000. Tap on the link given below to learn that particular concept.

Vocabulary

Lesson 1 Add 10 and 100

Lesson 2 Use a Number Line to Add Hundreds and Tens

Lesson 3 Use a Number Line to Add Three-Digit Numbers

Lesson 4 Use Compensation to Add Three-Digit Numbers

Lesson 5 Use Partial Sums to Add Three-Digit Numbers

Lesson 6 Use Models to Add Three-Digit Numbers

Lesson 7 Add Three-Digit Numbers

Lesson 8 Add Up to 4 Two-Digit Numbers

Lesson 9 Explain Addition Strategies

Performance task 

Add Numbers within 1,000 Vocabulary

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 v 1
Organize It
Use the review words to complete the graphic organizer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 v 2
Answer:

Define It
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 v 3

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 v 4
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 v 5

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 v 6
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 v 7

Answer:

Lesson 9.1 Add 10 and 100

Explore and Grow

Model 231. Make a quick sketch of your model.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.1 1
231

Model 10 more than 231. Make a quick sketch of your model.
231 + 10 = _____

Model 100 more than 231. Make a quick sketch of your model.
231 + 100 = _____
Answer:
Model 10 more than 231. Sketch of it:

231 + 10 = 241.

231 + 100 = 331. Sketch of it:

231 + 100 = 331.

Model 100 more than 231.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
317 + 10 = _____
317 + 100 = _____
Answer:
317 + 10 = 327.
317 +100 = 417.

Explanation:

Question 2.
168 + 10 = _____
168 + 100 = _____
Answer:
168 + 10 = 178.
168 + 100 = 268.

Explanation:

.

Question 3.
223 + 10 = _____
223 + 100 = _____
Answer:
223 + 10 = 233.
223 + 100 = 323.

Explanation:

Question 4.
490 + 10 = ____
490 + 100 = _____

Answer:
490 + 10 = 500.
490 + 100 = 590.

Explanation:

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 5.
731 + 10 = _____
Answer:
731 + 10 = 741

Explanation:

Question 6.
674 + 100 = _____
Answer:
674 + 100 = 774.

Explanation:

Question 7.
620 + 10 = ____
Answer:
620 + 10 = 630.

Explanation:

Question 8.
713 + 10 = ____
Answer:
713 + 10 = 723.

Explanation:

Question 9.
564 + 100 = _____
Answer:
564 + 100 = 664.

Explanation:

Question 10.
349 + 10 = _____
Answer:
349 + 10 = 359.

Explanation:

Question 11.
456 + 100 = ____
Answer:
456 + 100 = 556.

Explanation:

Question 12.
802 + 100 = _____
Answer:
802 + 100 = 902.

Explanation:

Question 13.
192 + 10 = ____
Answer:
192 + 10 = 202.

Explanation:

Question 14.
900 + 100 = ____
Answer:
900 + 100 = 1000.

Explanation:

Question 15.
349 + ____ = 449
Answer:
349 + 100 = 449.

Explanation:
349 + ??? = 449.
449 – 349 =???
100 = ???
Hence, 349 + 100 = 449.

Question 16.
____ + 10 = 791
Answer:
781 + 10 = 791.

Explanation:
??? + 10 = 791
791-10 = ???
781 = ???
Hence, 781 + 10 = 791.

Question 17.
Number Sense
Use each number once to complete the equations.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.1 2
____ + 10 = ____
_____ + _____ = 512
Answer:
312 + 10 = 322
412 + 10 = 422
100 + 10 = 110
322 + 10 = 332
412 + 100 = 512

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You and a friend play skee ball. Your score is 290. Your friend’s score is 220. On the last roll, you score 10 more and your friend scores 100 more. Who wins?
Addition equations:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.1 3
You Friend
Answer:
GIVEN:
My score = 290
Friends score = 220
In the last roll,10 runs more my score
=> 290+ 10 = 300.
In the last roll,100 runs more my friend score
=> 220 + 100 = 320.
DIFFERENCE:
My friends score – My score=
320 – 300 = 20 runs.
COMPARE:

Hence, my friend wins the match by 20 runs.

Show and Grow

Question 18.
You and a friend play a card game. Your score is 420. Your friend’s score is 530. In the last round, you score 100 more and your friend scores 10 more. Who wins?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.1 4
You Friend
Answer:
GIVEN:
My score = 420
Friends score = 530
In the last round ,100 runs more my score
=> 420+ 100 = 520.
In the last roll,10 runs more my friend score
=> 530 + 10 = 540.
DIFFERENCE:
My friends score – My score=
540 – 520 = 20 .
COMPARE:

Hence, my friend wins the match by 20.

Question 19.
You spin the wheel and score 100 points. Your friend scores 335. On the last spin, you score275 more and your friend scores 10 more. Who wins?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.1 5
You Friend
Answer:
GIVEN:
My score = 100 points
Friends score = 335 points
In the last spin ,275 runs more my score
=> 100+ 275 = 375 points.
In the last spin,10 runs more my friend score
=> 335 + 10 = 345 points.
DIFFERENCE:
My  score – My  friends score=
375 – 345 = 30 points.
COMPARE:

Hence, I win the match by 30points.

Add 10 and 100 Homework & Practice 9.1

Question 1.
850 + 100 = _____
Answer:
850 +100 =950.

Question 2.
625 + 10 = ____
Answer:
625 + 10 = 635.

Question 3.
704 + 10 = ____
Answer:
704 + 10 = 714.

Question 4.
294 + 100 = ____
Answer:
294 + 100 = 394.

Question 5.
556 + 100 = ____
Answer:
556 + 100 = 656.

Question 6.
471 + 100 = _____
Answer:
471 + 100 =571.

Question 7.
308 + 100 = ____
Answer:
308 + 100 =408.

Question 8.
149 + 10 = _____
Answer:
149 + 10 =159.

Question 9.
690 + 10 = ____
Answer:
690 + 10 =700.

Question 10.
990 + 10 = _____
Answer:
990 + 10 =1000.

Question 11.
621 + ____ = 631
Answer:
621 + 10 = 631.

Question 12.
____ + 100 = 613
Answer:
513 + 100 = 613.

Question 13.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says that 847 + 10 = 947. Is your friend correct? Explain.
_____________________________
_____________________________
Answer:
Your friend says that 847 + 10 = 947.
847 + 10 = 857.
Hence, my Friend is not correct because the total is 857 not 947.

Question 14.
Modeling Real Life
You pick 220 blueberries. Your friend picks 200. You pick 10 more and your friend picks 100 more. Who picks more blueberries?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.1 6
You Friend
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of blueberries I picked up  = 220
Number of blueberries my friend picked up = 200
10 more Blueberries I picked up later
Total number of blueberries I has => 220 + 10 = 230.
100 more Blueberries my Friend picked up later
Total number of blueberries my friends has=>200 + 100 =300.
DIFFERENCE:
Total number of blueberries my friends has  – Total number of blueberries I have
=>300 – 230
=> 70.
COMPARE:

Hence, my friend wins because he has 70 blueberries more than me.

Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
You download 100 songs. Your friend downloads 125. Then you download 145 more and your friend downloads 10 more. Who downloads more songs?
You Friend
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of songs I downloaded = 100
Number of songs my friend downloaded = 125
Number of songs I downloaded more = 145
Total number of songs I downloaded = 100 + 145 = 245.
Number of songs my friend downloaded more = 10
Total number of songs my friend downloaded = 125 + 10 = 135.
DIFFERENCE:
Total number of songs I downloaded – Total number of songs my friend downloaded
= 245 – 135
= 110.
Hence, I downloaded 110 songs more than my friend.

Review & Refresh

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.1 7
Answer:
DIFFERENCE:
56 – 8 = 48.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.1 8
Answer:
DIFFERENCE:
73 – 5 = 68.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.1 9
Answer:
DIFFERENCE:
41 – 26 = 15.

Lesson 9.2 Use a Number Line to Add Hundreds and Tens

Explore and Grow

Show how to skip count by tens five times on the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 1
154 + _____ = ____
Answer:

ADDITION:
154 + 5(10)
=154 + 50
= 204.
Hence, 154 + 50 = 204.

Show how to skip count by hundreds five times on the number line.
1Q
154 + _____ = _____
Answer:

ADDITION:
154 + 5(100)
=154 + 500
= 654.
Hence, 154 + 500 = 654.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
380 + 340 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 3
Answer:

ADDITION:
380+ 3(100) +40
= 380 + 300 +40
=680 + 40
= 720.
Hence, 380 + 340 = 720.

Question 2.
462 + 270 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 4
Answer:

ADDITION:
462 +2(100) + 70
=462 + 200 + 70
= 662 + 70
=732.
Hence, 462 + 270 = 732.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 3.
550 + 210 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 5
Answer:

ADDITION:
550 + 2(100) + 10
= 550 + 200 + 10
= 750 + 10
= 760.
Hence, 550 + 210 = 760.

Question 4.
725 + 160 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 6
Answer:

ADDITION:
725 + 100 + 60
=825 + 60
=885.
Hence, 725 + 160 = 885.

Question 5.
469 + 350 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 7
Answer:

ADDITION:
469 + 3( 100) + 50
= 469 + 300 +50
=769 + 50
=819.
Hence, 469 + 350 = 819.

Question 6.
Reasoning
Complete the number line and the equation.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 8
____ + ____ = _____
Answer:

ADDITION:
720 + 100 + 100
=820 + 100
=920.
SUBTRACTION:
960 -920 = 40
Hence, 720 + 100 +100 +40 =960.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A post office has 330 large envelopes and some small envelopes. There are560 envelopes in all. How many small envelopes are there?
Addition equation:
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 9
______ small envelopes
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of large envelopes post office has = 330
Total number of envelopes post office has = 560
Number of small envelopes post office has = ???
=> Total number of envelopes post office has  – Number of large envelopes post office has
=> 560 – 330 = 230.

Hence, Number of small envelopes post office has = 230.

Show and Grow

Question 7.
A postal carrier delivers 280 letters and some post cards. She delivers 390 pieces of mail in all. How many postcards does she deliver?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 10
_____ postcards
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of letters delivered by postal carrier = 280
Total Number of pieces mails delivered by the postal carrier = 390
Number of postcards delivered by the postal carrier = ???
=>Total Number of pieces mails delivered by the postal carrier  –  Number of letters delivered by postal carrier
=>  390 – 280 = 110.
Hence, the number of postcards delivered by the postal carrier = 110.

Question 8.
There are some children and 180 adults on a subway. There are 300 passengers in all. How many children are there?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 11
_____ children
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of adults on the subway = 180
Total number of passengers on the subway = 300
Number of children on the subway = ???
=> Total number of passengers on the subway – Number of adults on the subway
=> 300 – 180
=> 120.
Hence, the Number of children on the subway = 120.

Use a Number Line to Add Hundreds and Tens Homework & Practice 9.2

Question 1.
150 + 610 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 12
Answer:

ADDITION:
150 + 6(100) + 10
=> 150 +600 + 10
=> 750 +10
=>760.
Hence, 150 + 610 = 760.

Question 2.
291 + 450 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 13
Answer:

ADDITION:
291 + 4(100) + 5(10)
=> 291 + 400 +50
=> 691 + 50
=> 741.
Hence, 291 + 450 = 741.

Question 3.
553 + 250 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 14
Answer:

ADDITION:
553 +2(100) +5(10)
=>553 + 200 + 50
=>753 + 50
=>803.
Hence, 553 + 250 = 803.

Question 4.
Number Sense
Write the equation shown by the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 15
____ + ____ = ______
Answer:
ADDITION:
430 + 100  +100  +100 + 10 + 10
=>530 +100+ 100 + 10 + 10
=> 630 + 100 + 10 + 10
=> 730 +  10 + 10
=> 740 + 10
=> 750.
Hence, 430 + 100  +100  +100 + 10 + 10 = 750.

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
A carpenter has 320 nails and some screws. There are 470 nails and screws in all. How many screws are there?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 16
______ screws
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of nails a carpenter has = 320
Total number of nails and screws a carpenter has = 470
Number of screws a carpenter has = ??
SUBTRACTION:
Number of screws a carpenter has = Total number of nails and screws a carpenter has – Number of nails a carpenter has
= 470 – 320
=150.
Hence, Number of screws a carpenter has = 150.

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
A concession stand sells some drinks and 260 hot dogs. There were 400 drinks and hot dogs sold in all. How many drinks were sold?
______ drinks
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of hot dogs a concession stand sells = 260
Total number of drink a concession stand sold = 400
Number of drinks sold = ??
SUBTRACTION:
Number of drinks sold = Total number of drink a concession stand sold – Number of hot dogs a concession stand sells
= 400 – 260
= 140.
Hence, Number of drinks sold = 140.

Review & Refresh

Question 7.
Show 416 two ways.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.2 17
Answer:
ONE WAY: TABLE WAY

ADDITION:
=> 4(100) + 1(10)  + 6(1)
=> 400 + 10 + 6
=> 410 + 6
=>416.
OTHER WAY: NUMBER LINE WAY

ADDITION:
0+4(100) +1(10) + 6(1)
= 0 + 400 + 10 + 6
= 400 + 10 + 6
= 410 + 6
= 416.

Lesson 9.3 Use a Number Line to Add Three-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Use each sum as the missing addend in the next equation.
425 + 200 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 1

How does this help you find 425 + 222?
___________________
____________________
Answer:
GIVEN:
To Find 425 + 222 = ???
ADDITION:
425 + 200 = 625.

625 + 20 = 645.

645 + 2 = 647.

Hence, 425 + 222 = 647.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
371 + 145 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 2
Answer:

ADDITION:
371 + 100 +45
= 471 + 45
= 516.
Hence, 371 + 145 = 516.

Question 2.
419 + 237 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 3
Answer:

ADDITION:
419 + 100 + 100 + 37
=519 + 100 + 37
=619 +37
= 656.
Hence, 419 + 237 = 656.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 3.
524 + 312 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 4
Answer:

ADDITION:
524 + 100 + 100 + 100 +12
= 624 + 100 + 100 +12
= 724 + 100 +12
= 824 + 12
= 836.
Hence, 524 + 312 = 836.

Question 4.
645 + 108 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 5
Answer:

ADDITION:
645 + 100 + 8
= 745 + 8
= 753.
Hence, 645 + 108 = 753.

Question 5.
836 + 74 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 6
Answer:

ADDITION:
836 + 74
= 910.
Hence, 836 + 74 = 910.

Question 6.
Number Sense
Write the equation shown by the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 7
_____ + ______ = ______
Answer:
EQUATION:
326+ 200 + 50 + 2
= 526 +  50 + 2
= 576 + 2
=578.
Hence, 326+ 200 + 50 + 2 = 578.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

There are 289 boys and 323 girls running in a race. How many runners are there in all?
Addition equation:
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 8
_____ runners
Answer:
Number of boys running in the race = 289
Number of girls running in the race = 323
Total Number of runners in all = ???
ADDITION:
Total Number of runners in all = Number of boys running in the race – Number of girls running in the race
= 289 + 323
= 612.

Hence, Total Number of runners in all = 612.

Show and Grow

Question 7.
A textbook has 478 pages in Volume 1 and443 pages in Volume 2. How many pages are there in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 9
_____ pages
Answer:
Total number of pages in the text book = 921.
Number of pages in Volume 1 in the text book = 478
Number of pages in Volume 2 in the text book = 443
Total number of pages in the text book = ???
ADDITION:
Total number of pages in the text book = Number of pages in Volume 1 in the text book + Number of pages in Volume 2 in the text book
= 478 + 443
= 921.
Hence, the total number of pages in the text book = 921.

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
The pictures show your fitness tracker before and after you take a walk. How many steps did you take on your walk?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 10
_____ steps

Answer:
Total number of steps taken in the walk = 1027.

Explanation:
GIVEN:
Number of steps took after = 132
Number of steps took after = 895
Total number of steps taken in the walk = ???
ADDITION:
Total number of steps taken in the walk = Number of steps took after + Number of steps took after
= 132 + 895
= 1027.
Hence, Total number of steps taken in the walk = 1027.

Use a Number Line to Add Three-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 9.3

Question 1.
291 + 407 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 11
Answer:
291 + 407 = 698.

Explanation:

ADDITION:
291 + 100 +100 + 100 + 100 + 7
= 391 + 100 + 100 + 100 + 7
= 491 + 100 + 100 + 7
= 591 + 100 + 7
= 691 + 7
= 698.
Hence, 291 + 407 =698.

Question 2.
752 + 138 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 12
Answer:
752 + 138 = 890.

Explanation:

ADDITION:
752 + 100 + 38
= 852 + 38
= 890.
Hence, 752 + 138 = 890.

Question 3.
372 + 319 =_____
 Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 13
Answer:
372 + 319 = 691.

Explanation:

ADDITION:
372 + 100 + 100 + 100 + 19
= 472 + 100 + 100 + 19
= 572 + 100 + 19
= 672 + 19
= 691.
Hence, 372 + 319 = 691.

Question 4.
Structure
Use the number lines to show 257 + 321 two ways.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 14
257 + 321 = _____
Answer:
257 + 321 = 578.

Explanation:
ONE WAY: NUMBERLINE REPRESENTATION

OTHER WAY: EQUATION WAY REPRESENTATION:
257 + 100 + 100 + 100 + 21
= 357 + 100 + 100 + 21
= 457+ 100 + 21
= 557 + 21
= 578.
Hence, 257 + 321 = 578.

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
A florist has 416 daisies and152 roses. How many flowers are there in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 15
______ flowers
Answer:
Total number of flowers a florist has = 568.

GIVEN:
Number of daisies a florist has = 416
Number of roses a florist has = 152
Total number of flowers a florist has = ???

Explanation:
ADDITION:
Total number of flowers a florist has = Number of daisies a florist has
Number of roses a florist has
= 416 + 152
= 568.
Hence, Total number of flowers a florist has = 568.

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
A school has 872 students.139 students are in the second grade. How many students are not in second grade?
______ students
Answer:
Number of students not in second grade = 733.

GIVEN:
Total number of students present in school =872
Number of students in second grade = 139
Number of students not in second grade = ???

Explanation:
SUBTRACTION:
Number of students not in second grade = Total number of students present in school – Number of students in second grade
= 872 – 139
= 733.
Hence, Number of students not in second grade = 733.

Review & Refresh

Draw more lines to show fourths.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 16
Answer:

Explanation:
1/4 of the figure is shaded.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.3 17
Answer:

Explanation:
3/4 of the figure is shaded.

Lesson 9.4 Use Compensation to Add Three-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Add to the model to make 300. Make a quick sketch of your work.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 1
Answer:
What number did you add to make 300? _____
How can this help you find 296 + 124?
____________________
____________________

GIVEN:
In the figure given, the number count is 296.
given number = 300
what should be added to 296 to make 300?
SUBTRACTION:
300 – 296 = 4.

Hence, 4 should b added to 296 to make it 300.

This help in the calculating the sum easily .
296 + 124 = 420.

 

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Use compensation to add.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 2
Answer:
GIVEN:
294 + 148 =??
Add 6 to 294.
subtract 6 from 148.
294 + 148
+6        -6
300 + 142 = 442.
Hence, 294 + 148 = 442.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use compensation to add.
Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 3
Answer:
GIVEN:
628 + 206 = ???
Add 2 to 628
Subtract 2 from 206.
628  +  206
+  2        – 2
630  +   204 = 834.
Hence, 628 + 206 = 834.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 4
Answer:
703 + 145 =???
Add 5 to 145.
Subtract 5 from 703.
703 + 145
–  5     + 5
698 +  150 = 848.
Hence, 703 + 145 = 848.

Question 4.
490 + 367 = ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 5
____ + ____ = _____
Answer:
490 + 367 =??
Add 3 to 367.
Subtract 3 from 490.
490  +  367
–  3       + 3
487  +  370 = 857.
Hence, 490 + 367 = 857.

Question 5.
172 + 520 = ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 6
_____ + _____ = ______
Answer:
172 + 520 =???
Add 8 to 172.
Subtract 8 from 520.
172   +    520
+ 8         –   8
180   +    512 =  692.
Hence, 172 + 520 = 692.

Question 6.
614 + 275 = ______
Answer:
614  + 275 =???
Add 6 to 614.
Subtract 6 from 275.
614    +   275
+6           –  6
620    +   269 = 889.
Hence,  614 + 275 =889.

Question 7.
308 + 549 = _____
Answer:
308 + 549 = ???
Add 2 to 308.
Subtract 2 from 549.
308   +    549
+2            – 2
310   +    547 = 857.
Hence, 308 + 549 = 857.

Question 8.
Reasoning
Show two different ways to use compensation to find 406 + 113.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 7
Answer:
ONE WAY:
406 + 113 = ??
Add 4 to 406.
Subtract 4 from 113.
406     +    113
+ 4            –  4
410     +    109 = 519.

OTHER WAY:
406 + 113 = ???
Add 7 to 113.
Subtract 7 from 406.
406     +    113
–  7            + 7
399   +      120 = 519.
Hence, 399 + 120 = 519.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You want to raise $500 in 2 days. Do you reach your goal?
Addition equation:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 8
Yes     No
Answer:
GIVEN:
You want to raise $500 in 2 days.
Amount raised in day 1 = $283
Amount raised in day 2 = $205
ADDITION:
Total amount raised in day 1 and day 2 = $283 + $205 = $ 488.
SUBTRACTION:
Amount to be raised in two days = $500
Difference in amount = Amount to be raised in two days – Total amount raised in day 1 and day 2
= $500 – $488
= $2.
Hence, more $2 required to reach the goal.

Show and Grow

Question 9.
A museum wants a weekend total of 700 guests. Does the museum reach the goal?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 9
Yes No
Answer:
GIVEN:
Total guests in the museum = 700
Number of guests on Saturday = 338
Number of guests on Sunday = 389
ADDITION
Total number of guests on Saturday and Sunday = 338 + 389 = 727
SUBTRACTION:
Difference in the guests total = Total number of guests on Saturday and Sunday – Total guests in the museum
= 727 – 700 = 27.
Hence, the museum reaches the goal by 27 guests more.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
You want to score 400 in 3 bowling games. What score do you need in the third game to reach your goal?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 10
Answer:
Score to be needed  in 3 bowling games = 400
Score in game 1 = 107
Score in game 2 = 144
ADDITION:
Total score in game 1 and game 2 = 107 + 144 = 251.
SUBTRACTION:
Score needed in the third game to reach your goal = score to be needed  in 3 bowling games – Total score in game 1 and game 2
= 400 – 251
= 149.
Hence, Score needed in the third game to reach your goal = 149.

Use Compensation to Add Three-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 9.4

Use compensation to add.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 11
Answer:
393 + 122 = ???
Add 7 to 393.
Subtract 7 from 122.
393   +   122
+7          –  7
400    +  115 = 515.
Hence, 393 + 122 = 515.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 12
Answer:
GIVEN:
106 + 614 =???
Add 4 to 106.
Subtract 4 from 614.
106     +    614
+4              – 4
110     +    610 = 720.
Hence, 106 + 614 = 720.

Question 3.
237 + 315 = ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 13
_____ + _____ = ______
Answer:
GIVEN:
237 + 315 = ???
Add 3 to 237
Subtract 3 from 315
237   +   315
+ 3          –  3
240   +   312 = 552.
Hence, 237 + 315 = 552.

Question 4.
285 + 320 = ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 14
_____ + _____ = _____
Answer:
GIVEN:
285  +  320 ==?
Add 5 to 285
Subtract 5 from 320
285   +  320
+ 5         – 5
290   +  315 = 605.
Hence, 285 + 320 = 605.

Question 5.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend uses compensation to find 550 + 298. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 15
Answer:
GIVEN:
550 + 298 = 852
550   +  298
Add 2 to 298
Subtract 2 from 550
550   +   298
– 2         +  2
552   +   300 = 852.
Hence, my friend compensation is correct because 550 + 298 = 852.

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
Newton wants to read 571 pages in two weeks. He reads 321 pages in the first week and196 pages in the second week. Does he reach his goal?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 16
Yes No
Answer:
GIVEN:
Total number pages newton wants to read in two weeks = 571
Number of pages he read in first week = 321
Number of pages he read in second week = 196
Did he reach his goal ??
ADDITION:
Total number of pages he read in first week and second week = 321 + 196 = 517
SUBTRACTION:
Number of pages left for reading by newton =  Total number pages newton wants to read in two weeks – Total number of pages he read in first week and second week
= 571 – 517
= 54.
Hence ,No Newton did not reach his goal because he read only 517 pages out of 571 pages.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
You need 850 points to get to level 4 in a video game. How many points do you need in level 3to reach your goal?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 17
______ points
Answer:
GIVEN:
Total points to go into level 4 in a video game = 850
Scored points in level 1 = 348
Scored points in level 2 = 297
Needed points in level 3 =???
ADDITION:
Total points scored in both level 1 and level 2 in a video game = 348 +297 = 645.
SUBTRACTION:
Needed points in level 3 = Total points to go into level 4 in a video game – Total points scored in both level 1 and level 2 in a video game
= 850 – 645
= 205.
Hence, Needed points in level 3 = 205.

Review & Refresh

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 18
Answer:
SUBTRACTION:
95 – 38 = 57.
Hence, difference of 95 – 38 = 57.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 19
Answer:
SUBTRACTION:
82 – 40 = 42.
Hence, difference of 82 – 40 = 42.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.4 20
Answer:
SUBTRACTION:
59 -21 =38.
Hence, difference of 59 -21 = 38.

Lesson 9.5 Use Partial Sums to Add Three-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Model each number. Make quick sketches of your models. Then solve.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 1
_____ + ____ = _____
324 + 215 = _____
Answer:

Hence, 324 + 215 = 539.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 2
Answer:

236 + 359 = ???
236 + 359 = 695.
Hence,  Sum of 236 + 359 = 695.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 3
Answer:

582 + 173 =???
582 + 173 = 755.
Hence, Sum of 582 + 173 = 755.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 4
Answer:

364 + 432 = ???
364 + 432 = 796.
Hence, Sum of 364 + 432 = 796.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 5
Answer:

454  + 488 = ???
454  + 488 = 942.
Hence, Sum of 454  + 488 = 942.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 6
Answer:

145 + 341 = ???
145 + 341 = 486.
Hence, Sum of 145 + 341 = 486.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 7
Answer:

576 + 248 = ???
576 + 248 = 824.
Hence, Sum of 576 + 248 = 824.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 8
Answer:

217 + 435 =???
217 + 435 = 652.
Hence, Sum of  217 + 435 = 652.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 9
Answer:

532 + 129 = ???
532 + 129 = 661.
Hence, sum of 532 + 129 = 661.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 10
Answer:

651 + 237 = ???
651 + 237 = 888.
Hence, Sum of 651 + 237 = 888.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 11
Answer:

779 + 130 = ???
779 + 130 = 909.
Hence, Sum of 779 + 130 = 909.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 12
Answer:

362 + 217 = ???
362 + 217 = 579.
Hence, Sum of 362 + 217 = 579.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 13
Answer:

806 + 115 = ???
806 + 115 = 921.
Hence, Sum of 806 + 115 = 921.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 14
Answer:

448 + 312 = ???
448 + 312 = 760.
Hence, Sum of 448 + 312 = 760.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 15
Answer:

581 + 243 = ???
581 + 243 = 824.
Hence, Sum of 581 + 243 = 824.

Question 15.
Which One Doesn’t Belong?
Which expression does not belong with the other three?
200 + 300 + 50 + 20 + 5 + 6
581
500 + 70 + 11
500 + 80 + 5 + 6
Answer:
Expression 1:
200 + 300 + 50 + 20 + 5 + 6
=500 + 50 + 20 + 5 + 6
= 550 + 20 + 5 + 6
= 570 + 5 + 6
= 575 + 6
= 581.
Expression 2:
581
Expression 3:
500 + 70 + 11
= 570 + 11
= 581.
Expression 4:
500 + 80 + 5 + 6
=580 + 5 +6
= 585 + 6
= 591.
Hence, Expression 4 does not belong with the other three Expressions because the number given is not matching other three answers..

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A video rental store has 348 fewer video games than movies. There are 116 video games. How many movies are there?
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 16
_____ movies
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of video games a video rental store has= 116
Let the number of movies be X
Difference of video games and movies = 348
EQUATION:
X – 116 = 348
=> X = 348 + 116
=> X = 464.


Hence, the number of movies rental store has = 464.

Show and Grow

Question 16.
A library has 477 fewer magazines than books. There are 243 magazines. How many books are there?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 17
____ books
Answer:
GIVEN:
Let the number of books = X
Number of magazines = 243
Difference of books and magazines = 477
EQUATION:
=> X – 243 = 477
=> X = 477 +243
=> X = 720
Hence, total number of books in the library = 720.

Question 17.
A clothing store has some shirts on hangers. There are 214 shirts on shelves. The store has 356 shirts in all. How many shirts are on hangers?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 18
_____ shirts
Answer:
Number of shirts in all clothing store has = 356
Number of shirts on shelves = 214
Number of shirts on hangers = ???
SUBTRACTION:
Number of shirts on hangers = Number of shirts in all clothing store has – Number of shirts on shelves
= 356 -214 = 142.
Hence, Number of shirts on hangers = 142.

Use Partial Sums to Add Three-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 9.5

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 19
Answer:

ADDITION:
442 + 215 = 657.
Hence, Sum of 442 + 215 = 657.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 20
Answer:

ADDITION:
336 +465 = 801.
Hence, Sum of 336 +465 = 801.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 21
Answer:

ADDITION:
451 + 401 = 852.
Hence, Sum of 451 + 401 = 852.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 22
Answer:

ADDITION:
371 +248 = 619.
Hence, Sum of 371 +248 = 619.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 23
Answer:

ADDITION:
672 + 283 = 955.
Hence, Sum of 672 + 283 = 955.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 24
Answer:

ADDITION:
527 + 106 = 633.
Hence, Sum of 527 + 106 = 633.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the missing digits. Then find the sum.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 25
Answer:
GIVEN:
Hundreds = 7
Tens = 0
Ones = 8
EXPLANATION:
— 4  5
+ 3 —  3
= 7  0  8
4 + 6 = 10
1 + 3 + 3 =7
MISSING NUMBERS ARE :
Hundreds place = 3
tens place = 6
ADDITION: 345 + 363 = 708.
Hence, missing numbers are 3 and 6.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
There are 180 fewer muffins than rolls. There are 425 muffins. How many rolls are there?
______ rolls
Answer:
Total number of muffins = 425
Let the number of rolls be X
Difference  in the muffins and rolls = 180
EQUATION:
X – 180 = 425
=> X = 425 – 180
=> X = 245
Hence, the number of rolls = 245.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
A truck driver drives 672 miles on Monday. He drives some more miles on Tuesday. He drives 954 miles in all. How many miles did he drive on Tuesday?
_____ miles
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of miles driver drove on Monday = 672
Number of miles driver drove in all = 954
Number of miles driver drove on Tuesday = ???
SUBTRACTION:
Number of miles driver drove on Tuesday = Number of miles driver drove in all – Number of miles driver drove on Monday
= 954 – 672
= 282.
Hence, Number of miles driver drove on Tuesday = 282.

Review & Refresh

Question 10.
Circle the closed shapes with only 3 vertices.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.5 26
Answer:

Hence, shapes having only 3 vertices are circled.

Lesson 9.6 Use Models to Add Three-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Model to solve. Make a quick sketch of your model.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.6 1
Answer:
GIVEN:
327 + 458 =???
ADDITION:

327 + 458 = 785.
Hence, Sum of 327 + 458 = 785.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
383 + 255 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.6 2
Answer:
GIVEN:
383 + 255 = ???
ADDITION:

383 + 255 = 638.
Hence, Sum of 383 + 255 = 638.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
238 + 354 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.6 3
Answer:
GIVEN:
238 + 354 = ???
ADDITION:

238 + 354 = 592.
Hence, Sum of 238 + 354 = 592.

Question 3.
692 + 147 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.6 4
Answer:
GIVEN:
692 + 147 = ???
ADDITION:

692 + 147 =  839
Hence, sum of 692 + 147 = 839.

Question 4.
553 + 250 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.6 5
Answer:
GIVEN:
553 + 250 = ???
ADDITION:

553 + 250 =  803.
Hence, Sum of 553 + 250 =  803.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Your school wants to collect 750 canned goods. Your school collects 432 cans of soup and386 cans of vegetables. Does your school reach the goal? Explain.
Models:
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.6 6
Yes No
____________________
____________________
Answer:
Number of canned goods school wants to collect   = 750
Number of cans of soup school collected =  432
Number of cans of vegetables school collected = 386
ADDITION:
Total number of cans of soup and cans of vegetables school collected
= 432 + 386 = 818.

SUBTRACTION:
Number of canned goods school wants to collect  –  Total number of cans of soup and cans of vegetables school collected
= 818 – 750
= 68.
Yes, school reached its goal by 68 more than its wanted goods.

Show and Grow

Question 5.
A charity needs 600 volunteers. 328 people sign up on Saturday and 219 people sign up on Sunday. Are there enough volunteers? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.6 7
Yes No
______________________
______________________
Answer:
GIVEN:
Total number of volunteers in a charity = 600
Number of people signed up on Saturday = 328
Number of people signed up on Sunday = 219
ADDITION:
Total number of people signed up on  Saturday and Sunday = 328 + 219 = 547.
NO, there are not enough volunteers because:
SUBTRACTION:
Total number of volunteers in a charity – Total number of people signed up on  Saturday and Sunday
= 600 – 547
= 53.
Hence, no there are not enough because 53 more people are required to sign up into the charity.

Use Models to Add Three-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 9.6

Question 1.
614 + 250 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.6 8
Answer:
GIVEN:
614 + 250 = ???
ADDITION:

614 + 250 = 864.
Hence, 614 + 250 = 864.

Question 2.
192 + 717 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.6 9
Answer:
GIVEN:
192 + 717 = ???
ADDITION:

192 + 717 = ???
Hence, Sum of 192 + 717 = 909.

Question 3.
Open-Ended
Complete the addition problem so that you need to regroup to add.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.6 10
Answer:
GIVEN:
235 + 32? = ???
ADDITION:

253 + 325 = 578.
REGROUPING OF NUMBERS:
Add 7 to 235.
Subtract 7 from 325.
253    +     325
+  7           –   7
260    +     318 = 578.
Hence, Sum of 253 + 325 = 578.

Question 4.
Modeling Real Life
The cafeteria needs 700 trays. They have 312 brown trays and 342 orange trays. Does the cafeteria have enough trays? Explain.
Yes No
_____________________________
_____________________________
Answer:
GIVEN:
Total number of trays cafeteria needs = 700
Number of brown trays cafeteria has = 312
Number of  orange trays cafeteria has = 342
ADDITION:
Total  number of brown and orange trays cafeteria has = 312 + 342 = 654
SUBTRACTION:
Total number of trays cafeteria needs – Total  number of brown and orange trays cafeteria has
= 700 – 654
= 46.
Hence, there are no enough trays in the cafeteria.46 more trays the cafeteria needs.

Review & Refresh

Draw to show the time.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.6 11
Answer:

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.6 12
Answer:

Lesson 9.7 Add Three-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Find each sum.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 1
Answer:
GIVEN:
445 + 254 = ???
253 + 318 = ???
627 + 194 =???
ADDITION:

445 + 254 = 699
253 + 318 =  571
627 + 194 = 821
Hence, Sum of 445 + 254 = 699
253 + 318 =  571
627 + 194 = 821.

Compare the problems. How are they the same? How are they different?
_________________________
_________________________
Answer:
They are same with the process of adding and they are different in the results.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 2
Answer:
GIVEN:
184+438 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, sum of 184+438 = 622.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 3
Answer:
GIVEN:
227 + 267 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 227 + 267 = 494.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 4
Answer:
GIVEN:
421 + 354 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 421 + 354 = 775.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 5
Answer:
GIVEN:
279 + 514 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 279 + 514 = 793.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 6
Answer:
GIVEN:
313 + 288 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 313 + 288 = 601.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 7
Answer:
GIVEN:
396 + 156 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 396 + 156 = 552.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 8
Answer:
GIVEN:
659 + 258 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 659 + 258 = 917.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 9
Answer:
GIVEN:
463 + 485 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 463 + 485 = 948.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 10
Answer:
GIVEN:
298 + 378 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 298 + 378 = 676.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 11
Answer:
GIVEN:
245 + 605 = ???
ADDITION:

245 + 605 = 810
Hence, Sum of 245 + 605 = 810.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 12
Answer:
GIVEN:
450 + 291 = ???
ADDITION:

450 + 291 = 741.
Hence, Sum of 450 + 291 = 741.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 13
Answer:
GIVEN:
198 + 527 = ???
ADDITION:

198 + 527 = 725.
Hence, Sum of 198 + 527 = 725.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 14
Answer:
GIVEN:
742 + 116 = ???
ADDITION:

742 + 116 = 858.
Hence, Sum of 742 + 116 = 858.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 15
Answer:
GIVEN:
537 + 176 = ???
ADDITION:

537 + 176 = 713.
Hence, Sum of 537 + 176 = 713.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 16
Answer:
GIVEN:
382 + 351 = ???
ADDITION:

382 + 351 = 733.
Hence, Sum of 382 + 351 = 733.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 17
Answer:
GIVEN:
463 + 194 = ???
ADDITION:

463 + 194 = 657.
Hence, Sum of 463 + 194 = 657.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 18
Answer:
GIVEN:
186 + 567 = ???
ADDITION:

186 + 567 = 753.
Hence, Sum of 186 + 567 = 753.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 19
Answer:
GIVEN:
623 + 298 = ???
ADDITION:

623 + 298 = 921.
Hence, Sum of 623 + 298 = 921.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the missing digits
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 20
Answer:
GIVEN:
462 + ___43 = 705.
SUBTRACTION:
=> 705 – 462 = 243.

1___7 + 115 = 252.
SUBTRACTION:
=> 252 – 115 = 137.

395 + 14___ = 540.
SUBTRACTION:
=> 540 – 395 = 145.

Hence, Sum of  462 + 343 = 705.
147 + 115 = 252.
395 + 145 = 540.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A puzzle has 540 pieces. You put 254 pieces together. Your friend puts 286 pieces together. Did you and your friend use all of the pieces?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 21
Addition equation:
Yes         No
Answer:
Total number of pieces the puzzles has = 540
Number of pieces kept together by me = 254
Number of pieces kept together by my Friend = 286
ADDITION:
Total number of pieces kept together = Number of pieces kept together by me + Number of pieces kept together by my Friend
= 254 + 286
= 540.
Hence, my friend and me used all the pieces of puzzle.
Yes ,its a addition equation.

Show and Grow

Question 20.
A sticker book has 800 stickers. You use 413 of them. Your friend uses 377. Did you and your friend use all of the stickers?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 22
Yes No
Answer:
Total number of stickers a sticker book has = 800
Number of stickers used by me =413
Number of stickers used by my Friend = 377
ADDITION:
Total number of stickers used = Total number of stickers used by me and my Friend
= 413 + 377 = 790.
Number of stickers remaining = Total number of stickers a sticker book has – Total number of stickers used by me and my Friend
= 800 -790
= 10.
Number of stickers remaining = 10.
Hence, NO we did not use all stickers. There are 10 more stickers to be used.

Question 21.
A bus has 850 miles to travel. How many miles does the bus have left to travel?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 23
______ miles
Answer:
Total number of miles the bus travels = 850
Number of miles bus travelled on day 1 = 423
Number of miles bus travelled on day 2 = 417
ADDITION:
Number of miles bus travelled on day 1 and day 2 = 423 + 417 = 840.
DIFFERENCE:
Number of miles left out for the bus to travel =Total number of miles the bus travels – Number of miles bus travelled on day 1 and day 2
= 850 – 840
= 10.
Hence, Number of miles left out for the bus to travel =10.

Add Three-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 9.7

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 24
Answer:
GIVEN:
341 + 278 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 341 + 278 = 619.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 25
Answer:
GIVEN:
705 + 126 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 705 + 126 = 831.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 26
Answer:
GIVEN:
582 + 249 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of  582 + 249 = 831.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 27
Answer:
GIVEN:
573 + 338 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 573 + 338 = 911.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 28
Answer:
GIVEN:
264 + 310 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 264 + 310 = = 574.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 29
Answer:
GIVEN:
516 + 156 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 516 + 156 = 672.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 30
Answer:
GIVEN:
490 + 137 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 490 + 137 = 627.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 31
Answer:
GIVEN:
625 + 297 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 625 + 297 = = 922.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 32
Answer:
GIVEN:
364 + 386 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 364 + 386 = 750.

Question 10.
Open-Ended
Complete the addition problem so that you do not need to regroup to add.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 33
Answer:
GIVEN:
256 + 3____3 = ???

Missing number = 4
ADDITION:
256 + 343 = 599.
Hence, Sum of 256 + 343 = 599.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
The art room has 645 markers. One class is using 312 markers. Another class is using 209. Are both classes using all the markers?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 34
Yes No
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of Markers art room has = 645
Number of markers one class using = 312
Number of markers another class using = 209
ADDITION:
Total Number of markers used by one class and another class = 312 + 209 = 521
SUBTRACTION:
Number of markers unused = Number of Markers art room has – Total Number of markers used by one class and another class
= 645 – 521
= 124.
Hence, Number of markers unused = 124.
NO, all markers are not used.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
340 water balloons need to be filled. You fill 122 and your friend fills 145. How many more water balloons need to be filled?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.7 35
____ water balloons
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of balloons needed to be filled = 340
Number of balloons filled by me = 122
Number of balloons filled by my friend = 145
ADDITION:
Total Number of balloons filled by me and my friend = 122 + 145 =  267.
SUBTRACTION:
Number of balloons more to be filled = Number of balloons needed to be filled – Total Number of balloons filled by me and my friend
= 340 – 267
= 73.
Hence, Number of balloons more to be filled = 73.

Review & Refresh

Use place value to find the missing numbers.
Question 13.
324, 325, ____, 327, _____, _____, ______
Answer:
GIVEN:
324, 325, ____, 327, _____, _____, ______
SUBTRACTION:
=> 325 – 324 = 1  (PLACE VALUE)
ADDITION:
325 + 1 = 326
327 + 1 = 328
328 + 1 = 329
329 + 1 = 330
Hence, the missing number sequence =324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330.

Question 14.
463, 473, ____, 493, ____, _____, ______
Answer:
GIVEN:
463, 473, ____, 493, ____, _____, ______
SUBTRACTION:
=> 473- 463 = 10(PLACE VALUE)
ADDITION:
463 + 10 = 473
473 + 10 = 483
483 + 10 = 493
493 + 10 = 503
503 + 10 = 513
513 + 10 = 523
Hence, the missing number sequence = 463, 473, 483, 493, 503, 513, 523.

Lesson 9.8 Add Up to 4 Two-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Use any strategy to solve.
Newton has 19 red balloons, 23 green balloons,31 yellow balloons, and 17 blue balloons. How many balloons does he have in all?
_____ balloons
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of red balloons Newton has = 19
Number of green balloons Newton has = 23
Number of yellow balloons Newton has = 31
Number of blue balloons Newton has = 17
ADDITION:
Total number of balloons Newton has = Number of red balloons Newton has + Number of green balloons Newton has + Number of yellow balloons Newton has  + Number of blue balloons Newton has
= 19 + 23 + 31 + 17
= 42 + 31 + 17
= 73 + 17
= 90.
Hence, Total number of balloons Newton has = 90.

Compare your strategy to your partner’s strategy. How are your strategies the same? How are they different?
______________________
_______________________
Answer:
Strategy of mine and my friends are different yet the process to calculate the sum of the numbers is same.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 1
Answer:
GIVEN:
26 + 88 + 32 = ???
ADDITION:
26 + 88 + 32
= 114 + 32
= 146.
Hence, Sum of 26 + 88 + 32 = 146.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 2
Answer:
GIVEN:
60 + 15 + 55 = ???
ADDITION:
60 + 15 + 55
= 75 + 55
= 130.
Hence, Sum of 60 + 15 + 55 = 130.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 3
Answer:
GIVEN:
77 + 96 +24 = ???
ADDITION:
77 + 96 +24
= 173 + 24
= 197.
Hence, Sum of 77 + 96 +24 = 197.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 4
Answer:
GIVEN:
57 + 13 + 33+ 48 = ???
ADDITION:
57 + 13 + 33+ 48
= 70 + 33+ 48
= 103 + 48
= 151.
Hence, Sum of 57 + 13 + 33+ 48 = 151.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 5
Answer:
GIVEN:
89 + 62 +10 + 51 = ???
ADDITION:
89 + 62 +10 + 51
= 151 + 10 + 51
= 161 + 51
= 212.
Hence, Sum of 89 + 62 +10 + 51 = 212.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 6
Answer:
GIVEN:
95 + 71 + 46 + 53 = ???
ADDITION:
95 + 71 + 46 + 53
= 166 + 46 + 53
= 212 + 53
= 265.
Hence, Sum of 95 + 71 + 46 + 53 = 265.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 7
Answer:
GIVEN:
17 + 84 + 23 = ???
ADDITION:
17 + 84 + 23
= 101 + 23
= 124.
Hence, Sum of 17 + 84 + 23 = 124.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 8
Answer:
GIVEN:
21 + 42 + 39 = ???
ADDITION:
21 + 42 + 39
= 63 + 39
= 102.
Hence, Sum of 21 + 42 + 39 = 102.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 9
Answer:
GIVEN:
92 + 58 + 19 = ???
ADDITION:
92 + 58 + 19
= 150 + 19
= 169.
Hence, Sum of 92 + 58 + 19 = 169.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 10
Answer:
GIVEN:
58 + 12 + 6 + 24 = ???
ADDITION:
58 + 12 + 6 + 24
= 70 + 6 + 24
= 76 + 24
= 100.
Hence, Sum of 58 + 12 + 6 + 24 = 100.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 11
Answer:
GIVEN:
42 + 26 + 33 + 14 = ???
ADDITION:
42 + 26 + 33 + 14
= 68 + 33 + 14
= 101 + 14
= 115.
Hence, Sum of 42 + 26 + 33 + 14 = 115.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 12
Answer:
GIVEN:
13 + 52 + 37 + 48 = ???
ADDITION:
13 + 52 + 37 + 48
= 65 + 37 + 48
= 102 + 48
= 150.
Hence, Sum of 13 + 52 + 37 + 48 = 150.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 13
Answer:
GIVEN:
64 + 20 + 35 + 56 = ???
ADDITION:
64 + 20 + 35 + 56
= 84 + 35 + 56
=  119 + 56
= 175.
Hence, Sum of 64 + 20 + 35 + 56 = 175.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 14
Answer:
GIVEN:
36 + 92 + 40 + 15 = ???
ADDITION:
36 + 92 + 40 + 15
= 128 + 40 + 15
= 168 + 15
= 183.
Hence, Sum of 36 + 92 + 40 + 15 = 183.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 15
Answer:
GIVEN:
19 +  3 + 47 + 25 = ???
ADDITION:
19 +  3 + 47 + 25
= 22 + 47 + 25
= 69 + 25
= 94.
Hence, Sum of  19 + 3 + 47 + 25 = 94.

Question 16.
Number Sense
Solve. Which two digits in the ones place did you add first? Explain.
7 + 15 + 36 + 25 = _______
______________________
______________________
Answer:
GIVEN:
7 + 15 + 36 + 25 = ???
The two digits in ones place added first are 5 number.
= 15 + 25 + 36 + 7
= 40 + 36 + 7
= 76 + 7
= 83.
Hence, Sum of 7 + 15 + 36 + 25  = 83.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

How many seeds does your class plant in all?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 16
Addition problem:
_____ seeds
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of Sunflower plant seeds = 81
Number of Marigold plant seeds = 92
Number of Pumpkin plant seeds = 83
Number of Tomato plant seeds = 78
ADDITION:
Total number of plants seeds = Number of Sunflower plant seeds + Number of Marigold plant seeds + Number of Pumpkin plant seeds + Number of Tomato plant seeds
= 81 + 92 + 83 + 78
= 173 + 83 + 78
= 256 + 78
= 334.
Hence, the total number of plants seeds = 334.

Show and Grow

Question 17.
How many fish are there in all?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 17
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of Angelfish = 43
Number of Rainbow fish = 37
Number of Swordtail = 29
Number of Tetra = 59
Total Number of all fishes = Number of Angelfish + Number of Rainbow fish + Number of Swordtail + Number of Tetra
= 43 + 37 + 29 + 59
= 80 + 29 + 59
= 109 + 59
= 168.
Hence, Total Number of all fishes = 168.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
You need 100 craft sticks for a project. You have a 24-pack, a 32-pack, and a 36-pack. How many more craft sticks do you need?
______ more craft sticks
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of craft sticks needed for a project = 100
Number of packs in first pack = 24
Number of packs in second pack = 32
Number of packs in third pack = 36
ADDITION:
Total number of packs in all three packs = Number of packs in first pack + Number of packs in second pack + Number of packs in third pack = 24 + 32 + 36 = 92.
SUBTRACTION:
Number of stickers needed = Number of craft sticks needed for a project – Total number of packs in all three packs
= 100 – 92
=8.
Hence, Number of stickers needed = 8.

Add Up to 4 Two-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 9.8

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 18
Answer:
GIVEN:
43 + 62 + 18 =???
ADDITION:
43 + 62 + 18
=105 + 18
= 123.
Hence, Sum of 43 + 62 + 18 = 123.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 19
Answer:
GIVEN:
74 + 30 +69 = ???
ADDITION:
74 + 30 +69
= 104 + 69
= 173.
Hence, Sum of 74 + 30 +69 = 173.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 20
Answer:
GIVEN:
34 + 57 + 27 = ???
ADDITION:
34 + 57 + 27
= 91 + 27
= 118.
Hence, Sum of 34 + 57 + 27 = 118.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 21
Answer:
GIVEN:
51 + 16 + 6 + 24 = ???
ADDITION:
51 + 16 + 6 + 24
= 67 + 6 + 24
= 73 + 24
= 97.
Hence, Sum of 51 + 16 + 6 + 24 = 97.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 22
Answer:
GIVEN:
84 + 62 + 10 + 31 = ???
ADDITION:
84 + 62 + 10 + 31
= 146 + 10 + 31
= 156 + 31
= 187.
Hence, Sum of 84 + 62 + 10 + 31 = 187.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 23
Answer:
GIVEN:
66 + 49 + 34 +21 = ???
ADDITION:
66 + 49 + 34 +21
= 115 + 34 + 21
= 149 + 21
= 170.
Hence, Sum of 66 + 49 + 34 +21 = 170.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 24
Answer:
GIVEN:
50 + 26 + 45 + 44 = ???
ADDITION:
50 + 26 + 45 + 44
= 76 + 45 + 44
= 121 + 44
= 165.
Hence, Sum of 50 + 26 + 45 + 44 = 165.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 25
Answer:
GIVEN:
73 + 14 + 26 + 27 = ???
ADDITION:
73 + 14 + 26 + 27
= 87 + 26 + 27
= 113 + 27
= 140.
Hence, Sum of 73 + 14 + 26 + 27 = 140.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 26
Answer:
GIVEN:
65 + 8 + 32 + 71 = ???
ADDITION:
65 + 8 + 32 + 71
= 73 + 32 + 71
= 105 + 71
= 176.
Hence, Sum of 65 + 8 + 32 + 71 = 176.

Question 10.
Number Sense
Find the missing number.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 27
Answer:
GIVEN:
38 + 41 + ____ + 52 = 159.
Let the missing number be X.
ADDITION:
38 + 41 + X + 52 = 159
=> 79 + X + 52 = 159
=> X + 131 = 159
=> X = 159 – 131
=> X = 28.
EQUATION:
38 + 41 + 28 + 52 = 159.
Hence, missing number = 28.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
How many sandwiches are there in all?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.8 28
______ sandwiches
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of Turkey Sandwiches = 59
Number of Ham Sandwiches = 23
Number of Cheese Sandwiches = 35
Number of Peanut Butter Sandwiches = 45
ADDITION:
Total number of all sandwiches = Number of Turkey Sandwiches + Number of Ham Sandwiches + Number of Cheese Sandwiches + Number of Peanut Butter Sandwiches
= 59 + 23 +35 + 45
= 162.
Hence, the total number of all sandwiches = 162.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
You need 210 votes to win a school election. You receive 67 votes from the first grade and 93 votes from the second grade. How many more votes do you need?
____ votes
Answer:
Number of votes required to win school election = 210
Number of votes received from first grade = 67
Number of votes received from second grade = 93
ADDITION:
Total number of votes received from first and second grade = 67 + 93 = 160
SUBTRACTION:
Number of votes required to win the election = Number of votes required to win school election – Total number of votes received from first and second grade
= 210 – 160 = 50.
Hence, Number of votes required to win the election =  50.

Review & Refresh

Write a number that makes the statement true.
Question 13.
865 < _____
Answer:
GIVEN:
865 < _____.
Hence, 865 < 900.

Question 14. _____ > 374
Answer:
GIVEN: _____ > 374
Hence,  415 > 374.

Question 15.
736 = ____
Answer:
GIVEN:
736 = _____
Hence, 736 = 736.

Question 16.
451 > _____
Answer:
GIVEN:
451 > ______
Hence, 451 > 389.

Lesson 9.9 Explain Addition Strategies

Explore and Grow

Use two different strategies to find 274 + 519.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.9 1
Answer:
ONE WAY :COMPENSATION METHOD
274 + 519 = ???
Add 6 to 274.
Subtract 6 from 519.
274     +     519
+  6             –   6
280     +     513  = 793.
Hence, Sum of 274 + 519 = 793.
OTHER WAY: USE MODELS TO ADD

Hence, Sum of 274 + 519 = 793.
Explain why you chose one of your strategies.
_________________________
_________________________
Answer:
I choose COMPENSATION METHOD and USE MODELS TO ADD for adding numbers because its easy to understand and easy to calculate the addition also.

Show and Grow

Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.
Question 1.
379 + 240 = ____
___________________
____________________
Answer:
GIVEN:
379 + 240 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 379 + 240 = 619.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.
Question 2.
426 + 355 = _____
___________________
___________________
Answer:
GIVEN:
426 + 355 = ???

Hence, Sum of 426 + 355 = 781.

Question 3.
671 + 219 = _____
____________________
____________________
Answer:
GIVEN:
671 + 219 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 671 + 219 = 890.

Question 4.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend uses compensation to solve. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.9 2
____________________
____________________
Answer:
GIVEN:
182 + 506 = 688
ADDITION:
182     +    506
+6               -6
188     +    500 = 688
Hence, my friend compensation is correct because sum of 182 + 506 = 688.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.
You have 567 pennies in a piggy bank and 428 in a jar. How many pennies do you have in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.9 3
Addition equation:
______ pennies
_______________________
_______________________
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of pennies in  piggy bank = 567
Number of pennies in a jar = 428
ADDITION:
Total number of pennies in piggy bank and a jar = Number of pennies in  piggy bank  + Number of pennies in a jar
= 567 + 428 =  995.
Hence, the total number of pennies in piggy bank and a jar = 995.

Show and Grow

Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.
Question 5.
A beekeeper has 494 worker bees and 376 drone bees. How many bees does he have in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.9 4
______ bees
___________________
___________________
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of worker bees a beekeeper has = 494
Number of drone bees a beekeeper has = 376
ADDITION:
Total number of worker bees and drone bees  a beekeeper has = 494 + 376 = 870
Hence, the total number of worker bees and drone bees a beekeeper has = 870.

Question 6.
There are 365 days in one year. How many days are there in two years?
______ days
______________________
______________________
Answer:
CONVERTION:
1 YEAR = 365 DAYS
2 YEARS =????
MULTIPLICATION:
=> 2 x 365 = 730 days.
Hence, Number of days in 2 years = 730.

Explain Addition Strategies Homework & Practice 9.9

Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.
Question 1.
656 + 181 = _____
_________________________
_________________________
Answer:
GIVEN:
656 + 181 = ???

Hence, Sum of 656 + 181 = 837.

Question 2.
567 + 348 = ______
______________________
______________________
Answer:

Hence, Sum of 567 + 348 =915.

Question 3.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the missing numbers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.9 5
Answer:
SUBTRACTION:
765 – 541 = 224
870 – 358 = 512
542 – 108 = 434

Hence, 541 + 224 = 765
358 + 512 = 870
108 + 434 = 542.

Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.
Question 4.
Modeling Real Life
A farmer has 415 tomato plants and 250 pepper plants. How many plants does he have in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 9.9 6
_____ plants
___________________
___________________
Answer:
Number of tomatoes plants farmer has = 415
Number of pepper plants farmer has = 250
ADDITION:
Total number of tomatoes plants and pepper plants farmer has = 415 + 250 = 665
Hence , the total number of tomatoes plants and pepper plants farmer has = 665.

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
You practice the trumpet for 45 minutes each day. How many minutes do you practice in 4 days?
______ minutes
_________________________
________________________
Answer:
GIVEN:
Practice time of the trumpet each day = 45 minutes
Practice time of the trumpet in 4 days= ???
MULTIPLICATION:
=> 4 x 45 = 180 minutes.
Hence, Practice time of the trumpet in 4 days=  180 minutes.

Review & Refresh

Question 6.
97 − 71 = _____
Answer:
GIVEN:
97 – 71 = ???
DIFFERENCE:
97 – 71 =26.
Hence, 97 – 71 =26.

Question 7.
56 − 14 = _____
Answer:
GIVEN:
56 – 14 = ???
DIFFERENCE:
56 – 14 = 42
Hence, 56 – 14 = 42.

Add Numbers within 1,000 Performance Task

A store has four different robot kits.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 1
Question 1.
How many parts are there in the green, purple, and orange kits?
______ parts
Answer:
GIVEN:
FOUR different robot kits.
Number of robot parts in green kit = 280
Number of robot parts in purple kit = 157
Number of robot parts in orange kit = 360
ADDITION:
Total number of robot parts in green, purple, and orange kits = 280 + 157 + 360
= 437 + 360 = 797.
Hence, Total number of robot parts in green, purple, and orange kits = 797.

Question 2.
The orange kit has 183 fewer parts than the yellow kit. How many parts are in the yellow kit?
______ parts
Answer:
Let robot parts in yellow kit be X
Number of robot parts in orange kit = 183
Difference in Number of robot parts in orange and yellow kit = 360
= X – 183 = 360
=> X = 360 + 183
=> X = 543.
Hence, robot parts in yellow kit = 543.
Question 3.
Your friend wants to buy two kits so that he has700 parts. Which two kits should he buy?
_____ and ______
Answer:
GIVEN:
Your friend wants to buy two kits so that he has700 parts.
Number of robot parts in green kit = 280
Number of robot parts in purple kit = 157
Number of robot parts in orange kit = 360
Number of robot parts in yellow kit = 543
Check the sum of four kits robot parts to each other.
280 + 157 = 437                     157 + 280 = 437
280 + 360 = 640                     157 + 360 = 517
280 + 543 = 823                     157 + 543 = 700

360+ 280 = 640
360 + 157 = 517
360 + 543 = 903
Therefore, 157 + 543 = 700.
ADDITION:
Two kits that have to be purchased = Number of robot parts in purple kit +  Number of robot parts in yellow kit =157 + 543 = 700.
Hence, Two kits that have to be purchased =700.

Question 4.
a. You have some robot parts at home. You buy two purple kits and one orange kit. Now you have 774 parts. How many parts did you have to start?
_______ parts
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of robot parts in purple kit = 157
Two purple kit  robot parts total = 2 x 157 = 314
Number of robot parts in orange kit = 360
Total parts in Two purple kit and orange kit = 314 + 360 = 674
Total number of robot parts had= 774
DIFFERENCE:
Number of robot parts required to start =  Total number of robot parts had – Total robot parts in Two purple kit and orange kit
= 774 – 674
= 100
Hence, Number of robot parts required to start are 100 more.

b. Your cousin has 450 robot parts at home. She buys a kit and now has 36 more parts than you. Which kit did she buy?
______ kit
Answer:
GIVEN:
Number of robot parts my cousin has = 450
Number of robot parts me having = 674
Number of robot parts she has more than me = 36
=> 674 + 36 = 710
Checking the sum of kits with my friends kit
=> 450 + 280 =730
450 + 157 = 607
450 + 360 = 810
450 + 543 = 993
CONDITION GIVEN:
She buys a kit and now has 36 more parts than you.
=> 450 + 280 = 730.
Hence, Kit my friend purchased is green kit.

Add Numbers within 1,000 Activity

Three in a Row: Three-Digit Addition
To Play: Players take turns. On your turn, spin both spinners. Add the two numbers and cover the sum. Continue playing until someone gets three in a row.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 2

Add Numbers within 1,000 Chapter Practice

9.1 Add 10and 100

Question 1.
230 + 10 = _____
Answer:
GIVEN:
230 + 10 = ???
ADDITION:
230 + 10 = 240.
Hence, Sum of 230 + 10 = 240.

Question 2.
419 + 10 = _____
Answer:
GIVEN:
419 + 10 = ???
ADDITION:
419 + 10 = 429.
Hence, Sum of 419 + 10 = 429.

Question 3.
623 + 100 = _____
Answer:
GIVEN:
623 + 100 = ???
ADDITION:
623 + 100 = 723.
Hence, Sum of 623 + 100 = 723.

Question 4.
899 + 10 = _____
Answer:
GIVEN:
899 + 10 = ???
ADDITION:
899 + 10 = 999.
Hence, Sum of 899 + 10 = 999.

Question 5.
384 + 100 = _____
Answer:
GIVEN:
384 + 100 = ???
ADDITION:
384 + 100 = 484.
Hence, sum of 384 + 100 = 484.

Question 6.
167 + 100 = _____
Answer:
GIVEN:
167 + 100 = ???
ADDITION:
167 + 100 = 267.
Hence, sum of 167 + 100 = 267.

9.2 Use a Number Line to Add Hundreds and Tens

Question 7.
592 + 340 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 7
Answer:

ADDITION:
592 + 100 + 100 + 100 + 40
= 692 + 100 + 100 + 40
= 792 + 100 + 40
= 892 + 40
= 932.
Hence, Sum of 592 + 100 + 100 + 100 + 40 = 932.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
You have 170 football stickers and some baseball stickers. You have 360 stickers in all. How many baseball stickers do you have?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 8
_______ baseball stickers
Answer:
GIVEN:
Total number of stickers in all = 360
Number of football stickers = 170
Number of baseball stickers = ???
SUBTRACTION:
Number of baseball stickers = Total number of stickers in all – Number of football stickers
= 360 – 170
= 130.
Hence, Number of baseball stickers = 130.

9.3 Use a Number Line to Add Three-Digit Numbers

Question 9.
365 + 342 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 9
Answer:

ADDITION:
365 +100 + 100 + 100 + 42
= 465 + 100 + 100 + 42
= 565 + 100 + 42
= 665 + 42
= 707.
Hence, 365 +100 + 100 + 100 + 42 = 707.

Question 10.
604 + 217 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 10
Answer:

ADDITION:
604 + 100 + 100 + 17
= 704 + 100 + 17
= 804 + 17
= 821.
Hence, Sum of 604 + 100 + 100 + 17 = 821.

9.4 Use Compensation to Add Three-Digit Numbers

Use Compensation to Add
Question 11.
205 + 631 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 11
_____ + ____ = _____
Answer:
205 + 631 = ???
Add 5 to 205.
Subtract 5 from 631.
205   +    631
+   5          –  5
210     +   626 = 836.
Hence, Sum of 205 + 631 = 836.

Question 12.
452 + 311 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 12
_____ + ____ = _____
Answer:
GIVEN:
452 + 311 = ???
Add 8 to 452.
Subtract 8 from 311.
452      +    311
+ 8             –   8
460      +    302 = 762.
Hence, Sum of 452 + 311 = 762.

Question 13.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton uses compensation to find 198 + 267. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 13
Answer:
GIVEN:
198 + 267 = ???
Add 2 to 198.
Subtract 2 from 267.
198    +    267
+ 2           –  2
200    +   265 = 465.
Hence, Newton compensation is not correct because the sum of 198 + 267 = 465 not 467.

9.5 Use Partial Sums to Add Three-Digit Numbers

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 14
Answer:
GIVEN: 264 + 483 =???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 264 + 483 = 747.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 15
Answer:
GIVEN:
807 + 123 = ??
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 807 + 123 = 933.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 16
Answer:
GIVEN:
325 + 324 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 325 + 324 = 649.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 17
Answer:
GIVEN:
640 + 293 = ???
ADDITION:

Hence, Sum of 640 + 293 = 933.

9.6 Use Models to Add Three-Digit Numbers

Question 18.
395 + 410 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 18
Answer:
GIVEN:
395 + 410 = ???

Hence, Sum of 395 + 410 = 805.

9.7 Add Three-Digit Numbers

Question 19.
Number Sense
Find the missing digits.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 19
Answer:
GIVEN:
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 19
SUBTRACTION:
918 – 561 = 357.
379 – 264 = 115.
792 – 646 = 146.

ADDITION:
561 + 357 = 918.
115 + 264 = 379.
646 + 146 = 792.
Hence, the missing numbers are  357, 115 and 146.

9.8 Add Up to 4 Two-Digit Numbers

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 20
Answer:
GIVEN:
54 + 32 + 20 = ???
ADDITION:
54 + 32 + 20
= 86 + 20
= 106.
Hence, 54 +32 +20 = 106.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 21
Answer:
GIVEN:
43 + 58 +17 = ???
ADDITION:
43 + 58 +17
= 101 + 17
=118.
Hence, 43 + 58 +17 = 118.

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 22
Answer:
GIVEN:
16 + 81 + 74 = ???
ADDITION:
16 + 81 + 74
= 97 + 74
= 151.
Hence, 16 +61 + 74 = 151.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 23
Answer:
GIVEN:
92 + 52+ 38 +41 = ???
ADDITION:
92 + 52+ 38 +41
= 144 + 38 +41
= 182 + 41
= 223.
Hence, 92 + 52+ 38 +41 = 223.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 24
Answer:
GIVEN:
90+ 5 +13 + 48 = ???
ADDITION:
66 + 44 +30 +9
= 95 + 13 + 48
= 108 + 48
= 156.
Hence, 90+ 5 +13 + 48 = 156.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 chp 25
Answer:
GIVEN:
66 + 44 +30 +9 = ???
ADDITION:
66 + 44 +30 +9
= 110+30 +9
= 140 + 9
= 149.
Hence, 66 + 44 +30 +9 = 149.

9.9 Explain Addition Strategies

Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.
Question 26.
538 + 176 = ______
________________________
_________________________
Answer:
EQUATION METHOD:
538 + 100 + 10 + 10 +10 + 10  + 10 + 10 + 10 + 6
=638 + 10 + 10 +10 + 10  + 10 + 10 + 10 + 6
= 648 + 10 +10 + 10  + 10 + 10 + 10 + 6
= 658 + 10 + 10  + 10 + 10 + 10 + 6
= 668 + 10  + 10 + 10 + 10 + 6
= 678 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 6
= 688 + 10 + 10 + 6
= 698 + 10 + 6
= 708 +6
= 714.

Conclusion:

We have given a detailed explanation for each and every topic discussed in Big Ideas Math Book Grade 2 Chapter 9 Add Numbers within 1,000 Solutions. We have also provided the exercise problems along with the answers to help in practising the Add Numbers within 1,000 chapter. Stay tuned to our website to get the answers for all chapters of grade 2.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3

Students who are searching Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers pdf can get them here. Big Ideas Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers includes all the important lessons which help to improve your math skills. If you wish to get good marks in the exam, then you must practice all the problems available on Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4. We have covered all the topics in this chapter with a brief explanation of every problem. Check out every problem along with the solution for a better understanding of concepts.

Big Ideas Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers

Before you begin practicing the problems, we request you go through all the topics included in this chapter. Students who really want to become a master in math must work hard from the basic level itself. So, Download Free Pdf Big Ideas Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers. This helps you to improve your math skills and become excel in that subject. Students can easily overcome the difficulties in maths and also their performance in the exam with the help of the Big Ideas Grade 4 Answer Key.

Lesson 1 Understand Multiplicative Comparisons
Lesson 2 Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands
Lesson 3 Estimate Products by Rounding
Lesson 4 Use the Distributive Property to Multiply
Lesson 5 Use Expanded Form to Multiply
Lesson 6 Use Partial Products to Multiply
Lesson 7 Multiply Two-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers
Lesson 8 Multiply Three- and Four-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers
Lesson 9 Use Properties to Multiply
Lesson 10 Problem Solving: Multiplication
Multiply by One-Digit Numbers Performance Task

Lesson 3.1 Understand Multiplicative Comparisons

Explore and Grow

Model the counters. Draw to show your model.

There are 20 counters. Five of the counters are yellow. The rest are red.

How many more red counters are there than yellow counters?
How many times as many red counters are there as yellow counters?
Answer: model

15 red counters, 3 times the yellow counters.

Explanation:
Totally there are 20 counters in which 5 of them are yellow counters and the remaining 15 of them are red counters.
So, red counters are three times the yellow counters.

Structure
Explain how you can use an addition equation or a multiplication equation to compare the numbers of yellow counters and red counters.
Answer:  Number of yellow counters = 5 and number of red counters =15,
There are red counters as 3 times of yellow counters that is,
3 × 5 = 15  or
5 + 5 + 5 = 15.

Explanation: Given the total number of yellow counters and the number of red counters so, simply we should use our basic addition rule and basic multiplication rule to explain the mathematical equation for the number of yellow counters and number of red counters.

Think and Grow: Understand Multiplicative Comparisons

You can use multiplication to compare two numbers.
Example
Write two comparison sentences for 24 = 4 × 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.1 2

You can compare two numbers using addition or multiplication.
• Use addition to find or how many more how many fewer
• Use multiplication to find as much. how many times

Answer : 24 is 6 times as many as 4 or 24 is 4 times as many as 6
Example
Write an equation for each comparison sentence.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.1 3
Answer: 12 = 8 + 4 ,  12 = 3 × 4

Show and Grow

Write two comparison sentences for the equation
Question 1.
15 = 3 × 5
Answer:  15 is 3 times as many as 5.
or
15 is 5 times as many as 3.

Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 3 and 5 ,
to get the multiplication result as 15.

Question 2.
32 = 4 × 8
Answer: 32 is 4 times as many as 8.
or
32 is 8 times as many as 4.

Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 4 and 8 ,
to get the multiplication result as 32.

Draw a model for the comparison sentence. Then write an equation.
Question 3.
21 is 14 more than 7.
Answer:

21 = 14 + 7.

Explanation: The term more than is referred  to addition ,
we should add the numbers 14 and 7,
to get the addition result as 21.

Question 4.
40 is 8 times as many as 5.
Answer:

40 = 8 × 5.

Explanation: The term as many as is referred  to multiplication ,
we should multiply the numbers 5and 8 ,
to get the multiplication result as 40.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Write two comparison sentences for the equation.
Question 5.
48 = 6 × 8
Answer: 48 is 6 times as many as 8. or
48 is 8 times as many as 6.

Explanation: The term as many as is referred  to multiplication ,
we should multiply the numbers 6and 8 ,
to get the multiplication result as 48.

Question 6.
63 = 7 × 9
Answer:  63 is 7 as many as 9. or
63 is 9 as many as 7.

Explanation: The term as many as is referred  to multiplication ,
we should multiply the numbers 7and 9 ,
to get the multiplication result as 63.

Write an equation for the comparison sentence.
Question 7.
20 is 2 times as many as 10.
Answer: 20 = 2 × 10.

Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 2 and 10 ,
to get the multiplication result as 20.

Question 8.
18 is 10 more than 8.
Answer: 18 = 10 + 8.

Explanation: we should add the numbers 10 and 8,
to get the addition result as 18.

Question 9.
35 is 7 times as many as 5.
Answer: 35 = 7 × 5.

Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 7and 5 ,
to get the multiplication result as 35.

Question 10.
16 is 4 times as many as 4.
Answer: 16 = 4 × 4.

Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 4 and 4 ,
to get the multiplication result as 16.

Question 11.
Earthworms have four more hearts than humans. How many hearts do earth worms have?
Answer: 5.

Explanation: Humans have one heart and question implies that,
Earthworms have four more hearts than humans.
So 1 + 4 = 5.

Question 12.
Ants can lift 50 times their body weight. An ant weighs 5 milligrams. How much weight can the ant lift?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.1 4

Answer:  250 milligrams.

Explanation: Ant body weight = 5 milligrams and it can lift 50 times their body weight.
So, ant can lift 50 times the 5 milligrams,
that is 5 × 50 = 250 milligrams.

Question 13.
Writing
Explain how you know the statement “32 is 8 times as many as 4”is a comparison involving multiplication.
Answer:  Multiplication is used to find as  much or how many times,
and the two factors 8 &  4 gives the product of 32 .
So, 32  = 8 × 4.

Question 14.
Number Sense
Write an addition comparison statement and a multiplication comparison statement for the numbers 8 and 24.
Answer: Addition comparison statement  for 24 = 16 + 8  is ,
24 is 16 more than 8.
multiplication comparison statement for 24 = 3 × 8 is ,
24 is 3 times as many as 8.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You perform a science experiment and use4 times as much hydrogen peroxide as water. You use a total of 10 tablespoons of liquid. How many table spoons of hydrogen peroxide do you use?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.1 5
Draw a model.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.1 6

Answer: tablespoons of liquid,
8 tablespoons of hydrogen peroxide is used in the solution.

Explanation: Given, hydrogen peroxide used in this solution is 4 times as many as water ,
so let us say that , Hydrogen peroxide is represented as H and water as W,
then we have H = 4W, from the model given we can say that
Hydrogen peroxide + water = 10 tablespoons of liquid,
we get H + W = 10
from above details we can write it as,
4W + W = 10
5W = 10
W = 10/5
w = 2. Replace this value in assumed equation H = 4W that is
H = 4(2)
H = 4 ×2
H = 8.
Hydrogen peroxide (H) = 8
Water (W) = 2, in total
8 + 2 = 10.
Given equation is balanced.
so here we are using 8 tablespoons of Hydrogen peroxide and 2 tablespoons of water to get the required 10 table spoons of liquid.

Find the number of tablespoons of water.
The model shows ______ equal parts. There are ______ tablespoons of liquid in all.
Answer: The model shows 2 tablespoons of water . There are 10 tablespoons of liquid in all.

5 × ? = 10 Think: 5 times what number equals 10?
Answer: 5 × 2 = 10.
Explanation: 10 is 5 times as many as 2.

You use _______ tablespoons of water.
Answer: we use 2 tablespoons of water in the liquid.

Find the number of tablespoons of hydrogen peroxide.
You use ________ times as much hydrogen peroxide as water.
Answer: we use 4 times as much Hydrogen peroxide as water.

2 × 4 = ______
Answer: 2 × 4 = 8. 8 is 2 times as many as 4.

So, you use _______ tablespoons of hydrogen peroxide.
Answer: we use 8 tablespoons of Hydrogen peroxide.

Show and Grow

Question 15.
A bicycle-sharing station on Main Street has 5 times as many bicycles as a station on Park Avenue. There are 24 bicycles at the two stations. How many bicycles are at the Main Street station?
Answer: 20

Explanation: Let us say ,Main street as M and Park Avenue as P,
Given that main street has 5 times as many bicycles as a station on Park Avenue so we get, M = 5P
And there are 24 bicycles at the two stations from that we have M + P = 24,
by replacing the M value in the equation M + P = 24 we get,
5P + P = 24
6P = 24
P = 24/6
P = 4. replace this P value in the above equation M = 5P to get M value, then
M = 5(4)
M = 5 × 4
M = 20.
so we have M = 20 and P = 4, in total
20 + 4 = 24. the given equation is balanced.
Finally, we have 20 bicycles at the Main street station and 4 bicycles at the Park Avenue station.

Question 16.
In the 2016 Olympics, Brazil won 6 silver medals. France won 3 times as many silver medals as Brazil. How many silver medals did France win?
Answer: 18 silver medals.

Explanation:
Brazil = 6 silver medals,
France = 3 times as many as brazil ,
so 3 × 6 = 18.
France has won 18 silver medals.

Question 17.
Of all the national flags in the world, there are 3 times as many red, white, and blue flags as there are red, white, and green flags. There are 40 flags with these color combinations. How many more flags are red, white, and blue than red, white, and green?
Answer:

Understand Multiplicative Comparisons Homework & Practice 3.1

Write two comparison sentences for the equation.
Question 1.
24 = 8 × 3
Answer: 24 is 8 times as many as 3. or
24 is 3 times as many as 8.

Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 8 and 3 ,
to get the multiplication result as 24.

Question 2.
14 = 7 × 2
Answer: 14 is 7 times as many as 2. or
14 is 2 times as many as 7.

Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 7 and 2 ,
to get the multiplication result as 14.

Write an equation for the comparison sentence.
Question 3.
30 is 6 times as many as 5.
Answer: 30 = 6 × 5

Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 6 and 5,
to get the multiplication result as 30.

Question 4.
27 is 3 times as many as 9.
Answer: 27 = 3 × 9

Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 3 and 9,
to get the multiplication result as 27.

Question 5.
12 is 7 more than 5.
Answer: 12 = 7 + 5

Explanation: we should add the numbers 7 and 5,
to get the Addition result as 12.

Question 6.
10 is 2 times as many as 5.
Answer: 10 = 2 × 5

Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 2 and 5,
to get the multiplication result as 10.

Question 7.
The House of Representatives has 335 more members than the Senate. The Senate has 100 members. How many members does the House of Representatives have?
Answer: 435 members.

Explanation:
senate has 100 members so, 335 + 100 = 435 .
House of representatives have 435 members.

Question 8.
A lion’s roar can be heard 5 miles away. The vibrations from an elephant’s stomp can be felt 4 times as many miles away as the lion’s roar can be heard. How many miles away can the vibrations be felt?
Answer: 20 miles.

Explanation:
a lion’s roar can be heard from 5 miles away
Elephant’s stomp can be felt 4 times as many miles away from the lion’s roar ,
that is 4 × 5 = 20.

 

Question 9.
Reasoning
Newton says the equation 270 = 30 × 9 means 270 is 30 times as many as 9. Descartes says it means 270 is 9 times as many as 30. Explain how you know they are both correct.

Answer: Multiplication is used to find as much or how, many times.
Since the two numbers 30 and 9 are the  factors of  multiplication they remain constant,
Even their position in the factors place changes,
The result will be the same product , that is 270.

Question 10.
Precision Compare the door’s height to the desk’s height using multiplication and addition.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.1 7
Answer:  Multiplication comparison:
Door’s height is 4 times the height of the desk’s height,
4 × 2 = 8.
Explanation: by multiplying the 4 times the height of the desk  and 2 we get door’s height 8 feet.
Addition comparison:
Door’s height is 6 feet more than height of the desk,
6 + 2 = 8.
Explanation: by adding the 6 feet height of the desk and 2 we get the door’s height 8 feet.

 

Question 11.
Open-Ended
Write a comparison statement for a sum of 28.
Answer:  28 is  20 more than 8.
Explanation: 28  = 20 + 8 . The term sum here refers to addition of two number to get the total number.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
There are 12 shepherds and retrievers in all at a dog park. There are 2 times as many shepherds as retrievers. How many retrievers are there?
Answer: 8 retrievers.

Explanation:  Total count of dogs at a dog park is 12.
Let us say that shepherds as S and retrievers as R , Given that, S + R = 12.
There are 2 times as many shepherds as retrievers.
we have S = 2R,  by replacing this value in equation S + R = 12 we get,
2R + R = 12
3R = 12
R = 12/3
R = 4.  To get S value substitute this value in S = 2R then
S = 2(4)
S = 2 × 4
S = 8.
Finally we have 8 shepherds and 4 retrievers in the dog park.

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
Pythons sleep 6 times as long as horses. Horses sleep3 hours each day. How many hours do pythons sleep each day?
Answer: 18 hours.

Explanation: Horses sleep 3 hours  and
Python sleep 6 times as long as horses
, so 6 x 3 =  18.
therefore python sleeps 18 hours each day.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 8 times as many dimes as nickels. You have18 dimes and nickels altogether. How much money do you have in all?
Answer: I have 16 dimes and 2 nickels.

Explanation: You have 8 times as many dimes as nickels
You have18 dimes and nickels altogether
Let us say, dimes as D and nickels as N then we have, D = 8N,
so, D + N = 18
8N + N = 18
9N = 18
N = 18/9
N = 2. replace the value in D = 8N , we get  D = 8 × 2 = 16 .

So, I have 16 dimes and 2 nickels.

Review & Refresh

Find the missing factor.
Question 15.
7 × _____ = 280
Answer: 40

Explanation:    280 is 7 times as many as 40 ,
7 × 40 = 280.
we should multiply the numbers 7 and 40,
to get the multiplication result as 280.

Question 16.
____ × 30 = 270
Answer: 9

Explanation: 270 is 9 times as many as 30 ,
9 × 30 = 270.
we should multiply the numbers 30 and 9,
to get the multiplication result as 270.

Question 17.
8 × ____ = 640
Answer: 80

Explanation: 640 is 8 times as many as 80 ,
8 × 80 = 640.
we should multiply the numbers 8 and 80,
to get the multiplication result as 640.

Question 18.
____ × 90 = 540
Answer: 6

Explanation: 540 is 6 times as many as 90 ,
6 × 90 = 540.
we should multiply the numbers 6 and 90,
to get the multiplication result as 540.

Question 19.
2 × _____ = 40
Answer: 20

Explanation: 40 is 2 times as many as 20,
2 × 20 = 40.
we should multiply the numbers 2 and 20,
to get the multiplication result as 40.

Question 20.
_____ × 50 = 350
Answer:  7

Explanation: 350 is 7 times as many as 50 ,
7 × 50 = 350.
we should multiply the numbers 7 and 50,
to get the multiplication result as 350.

Lesson 3.2 Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands

Explore and Grow

Use models to find each product. Draw your models.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 1
What pattern do you notice?
Answer:   Model

The Place- value method. From the above pattern, we can conclude that the result has different place-values of 12

Explanation:
The position of 3 is different in the given 4 multiplications.
So,
4 × 3 = 12
4 × 30 = 120
4 × 300 = 1200
4 × 3000 = 12,000
From the above pattern, we can conclude that the result has different place-values of 12.

Repeated Reasoning
How does 3 × 7 help you to find 3 × 7,000? Explain.
Answer: 3× 7 = 21
3 × 7000 = 21000

Explanation:   When multiplying 3 by 7 we get 21 , same as that when we multiply 3 by 7000 we get 21000.
the number moves to the left and a zero is put in, ,
the number moves three places to the left and zeros are put in,
so the number would become 21000.

Think and Grow: Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands

You can use place value to multiply by tens, hundreds, or thousands.
Example
Find each product.
7 × 200 = 7 × _____ hundreds
= _____ hundreds
= ______
So, 7 × 200 = _____.

Answer: 1400

Explanation: Using the Place-value method,
7 × 200 = 7 × 2 hundreds
= 14 hundreds
= 1400
So, 7 × 200 = 1400.

 

3 × 4,000 = 3 × ______ thousands
= _____ thousands
= _____
So, 3 × 4,000 = ______.

Answer: 12000.

Explanation: Using the Place-value method,
3 × 4,000 = 3 × 4 thousands
= 12 thousands
= 12000
So, 3 × 4,000 = 12000.

 

Example
Find each product.
8 × 5 = 40 Multiplication fact
8 × 50 = 400 Find 8 × 5; write 1 zero to show tens.
Answer: 8 × 5 = 40 .

Explanation: By using the place-value method,
8 × 50 = 8 × 5 tens
= 40 × tens
= 400
So,
8 × 50 = 400.

8 × 500 = _____ Find 8 × 5; write 2 zeros to show hundreds.
Answer: 8 × 5 = 40 , 8 × 500 = 4000.

Explanation: By using the place-value method,
8 × 500 = 8 × 50 tens
= 8 × 5 × tens ×  tens
= 40 × tens × tens
= 4000
So,
8 × 500 = 4000.

8 × 5,000= ______ Find 8 × 5; write 3 zeros to show thousands.
Answer : 8 × 5 = 40, 8 × 5,000 = 40,000.

Explanation: By using the place-value method,
8 × 5000 = 8 × 500 tens
= 8 × 5 × tens ×  tens ×tens
= 40 × tens × tens × tens
= 40,000
So,
8 × 5000 = 40,000.
Notice the Pattern: Write the multiplication fact and the same number of zeros that are in the second factor.

Show and Grow

Find each product.
Question 1.
6 × 9 = ____
6 × 90 = ____
6 × 900 = ______
6 × 9,000 = _____
Answer: 6 × 9 = 54
6 × 90 = 540
6 × 900 =5400
6 × 9,000 = 54,000

Explanation:  6 × 9 = 54

By using the place-value method,
6 × 90 = 6× 9 tens
= 6 × 9 × tens
= 54 × tens
= 540
So,
6 × 90= 540.

By using the place-value method,
6 × 900 = 6× 90 tens
= 6 × 9 × tens × tens
= 54 × tens × tens
= 5400
So,
6 × 900= 5400.

By using the place-value method,
6 × 9,000 = 6× 900 tens
= 6 × 90 × tens × tens
= 6 × 9 × tens ×  tens × tens
= 54 × tens × tens × tens
= 54,000
So,
6 × 9,000 = 54,000.

Question 2.
5 × 2 = ____
5 × 20 = ____
5 × 200 = ______
5 × 2,000 = _____
Answer: 5 × 2 = 10
5 × 20 = 100
5 × 200 = 1000
5 × 2,000 = 10,000.

Explanation: 5 × 2 = 10.

By using the place-value method,
5 × 20 = 5 × 2 tens
= 10 × tens
= 100
So,
5 × 20 = 100.

By using the place-value method,
5 × 200 = 5 × 20 tens
= 5 × 2 × tens × tens
= 10 ×  tens × tens
= 1000
So,
5 × 200 = 1000.

By using the place-value method,
5 × 2,000 = 5× 200 tens
= 5 × 20 × tens × tens
= 5 × 2 × tens ×  tens × tens
= 10× tens × tens × tens
= 10,000
So,
5 × 2,000 = 10,000.

Question 3.
2 × 3 = _____
2 × 300 = _____
Answer: 2 × 3 = 6
2 × 300 = 600

Explanation:  we should multiply 2 by 3 to get 6.

By using the place-value method,
2 × 300 = 2 × 30 tens
= 2 × 3 × tens × tens
= 6 ×  tens × tens
= 600
So,
2 × 300 = 600.

Question 4.
9 × 8 = _____
9 × 8,000 = _____
Answer: 9 × 8 = 72
9 × 8,000 = 72,000

Explanation: we should multiply 9 by 8 to get 72.

By using the place-value method,
9 × 8,000 = 9 × 800 tens
= 9 × 80 × tens × tens
= 9 × 8 × tens ×  tens × tens
= 72× tens × tens × tens
= 72,000
So,
9 × 8,000 = 72,000.

 

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the product
Question 5.
7 × 700 = _____
Answer: 4900

Explanation:

By using the place-value method,
7 × 700 = 7 × 70 tens
= 7 × 7 × tens × tens
= 49 ×  tens × tens
= 4900
So,
7 × 700 = 4900.

 

Question 6.
3 × 100 = _____
Answer: 300

Explanation: By using the place-value method,
3 × 100 = 3 × 10 tens
= 3 × tens × tens
= 30× tens
= 300
So,
3 × 100 = 300.

 

Question 7.
8,000 × 3 = _____
Answer: 24,000

Explanation : By using the place-value method,
3 × 8,000 = 9 × 800 tens
= 3 × 80 × tens × tens
= 3 × 8 × tens ×  tens × tens
= 24× tens × tens × tens
= 24,000
So,
3 × 8,000 = 24,000.

Question 8.
60 × 2 = _____
Answer: 120

Explanation: By using the place-value method,
2 × 60 = 2 × 6 tens
= 12 × tens
= 120
So,
2 × 60 = 120.

Question 9.
4 × 4,000 = ______
Answer: 16,000.

Explanation : By using the place-value method,
4 × 4,000 = 4 × 400 tens
= 4 × 40 × tens × tens
= 4 × 4 × tens ×  tens × tens
= 16 × tens × tens × tens
= 16,000
So,
4 × 4,000 = 16,000.

Question 10.
700 × 5 = _____
Answer: 3500

Explanation: By using the place-value method,
5 × 700 = 5 ×70 tens
= 5 ×7 × tens × tens
= 350× tens
= 3500
So,
5 × 700 = 3500.

Question 11.
900 × 7 = _____
Answer: 6300

Explanation: By using the place-value method,
7 × 900 = 7 × 90 tens
= 7 × 9 × tens × tens
= 63 × tens × tens
= 6300
So,
7  × 900 = 6300.

Question 12.
50 × 3 = _____
Answer: 150

Explanation: By using the place-value method,
3 × 50 = 3 × 5 × tens
= 15 × tens
= 150
So,
3 × 50 = 150.

Question 13.
1,000 × 8 = ______
Answer: 8000

Explanation : By using the place-value method,
8 × 1,000 = 8 × 100 tens
= 8 × 10 × tens × tens
= 8 × tens ×  tens × tens
= 8,000
So,
8 × 1,000 = 8,000.

Find the missing factor
Question 14.
_____ × 6,000 = 24,000
Answer:  4 × 6,000 = 24,000

Explanation :Let the missing number be X
So, X × 6,000 = 24,000
X = 24,000 / 6,000 = 4
Hence, the value of X is: 4.

Question 15.
9 × ____ = 450
Answer: 9 × 50 = 450

Explanation :
Let the missing number be X
So, 9 × X = 450
X = 450 / 9 = 50
Hence, the value of X is: 50.

Question 16.
_____ × 30 = 210
Answer: 7 × 30 = 210

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X
So, X × 30 = 210
X = 210 / 30 = 7
Hence, the value of X is: 7

Question 17.
2 × _____ = 800
Answer: 2 × 400 = 800

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X
So, 2 × X = 800
X = 800 / 2 = 400
Hence, the value of X is: 400.

Question 18.
_____ × 1,000 = 9,000
Answer: 9 × 1,000 = 9,000

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X
So, X × 1,000 = 9,000
X = 9,000 / 1,000 = 9
Hence, the value of X is: 9.

Question 19.
8 × ____ = 640
Answer: 8 × 80 = 640.

Explanation :
Let the missing number be X
So, 8 × X = 640
X = 640 / 8 = 80
Hence, the value of X is: 80

Compare
Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 2
Answer: 7 × 60 = 420

Explanation:
7 × 60 = 420
Given numbers are: 420 and 400
By comparing 2 values, we can conclude that 420 is greater than 400

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 3
Answer: 500 × 4 = 2,000.

Explanation:
500 × 4 = 2,000
Given numbers are: 2,000 and 2,000
By comparing 2 values, we can conclude that 2,000 is equal to 2,000

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 4
Answer: 3 × 9,000 = 27,000.

Explanation :
3 × 9,000 = 27,000
Given numbers are: 27,000 and 39,000
By comparing 2 values, we can conclude that 27,000 is less than 39,000.

Question 23.
The North Canadian River is 800 miles long. The Amazon River is 5 times longer than the North Canadian River. How many miles long is the Amazon River?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 5
Answer: 4,000 miles

Explanation: Let us say North Canadian river as N and Amazon river as A ,
Given that Amazon river is 5 times longer than North Canadian river so A = 5N
N = 800 miles, get this value into above equation then,
A = 5(800)
= 5 × 800
= 4,000.
so Amazon river is 4,000 miles long.

Question 24.
One reusable bag can prevent the use of 600 plastic bags. Six reusable bags can prevent the use of how many plastic bags?
Answer: 3600 plastic bags

Explanation:
Given that , One reusable bag can prevent the use of 600 plastic bags.
if one bag = 600 plastic bags then six bags  = ?
let us multiply the bags then we have 6 × 600 = 3600.
so, answer is 3600 plastic bags.

Question 25.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says the product of 6 and 500 will have2 zeros. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer: NO

Explanation:  6 × 500 = 3,000.
they mentioned that result will have 2 zero’s,
but the actual product gives 3 zero’s.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
An aquarium has 7 bottle nose dolphins. Each dolphin eats 60 pounds of fish each day. The aquarium has510 pounds of fish. Does the aquarium have enough fish to feed the dolphins?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 6
Answer: YES

Explanation: Let us say Aquarium as A and Dolphins as D
Given that A = 7D, Aquarium has 510 pounds of fish
Each D = 60 pounds, we get
A = 7 (60)
= 7 × 60
= 420.
All the dolphins will eat 420 pounds of fish and the Aquarium has 510 pounds.510 is greater than 420

Think: What do you know? What do you need to find? How will you solve?
Step 1: How many pounds of fish do all of the dolphins eat?
7 × 60 = _____
Answer: 7 × 60 = 420.
All of the dolphins eat _______ pounds of fish.
Answer: 420 pounds.
Step 2: Compare the number of pounds of fish all of the dolphin seat to the number of pounds of fish the aquarium has.
Answer: Aquarium has 510 pounds of fish and all the dolphins will eat 420 pounds of fish
so, 510 is greater than 420
The aquarium _______ have enough fish to feed the dolphins.
Answer: 510 pounds of fish.

Show and Grow

Question 26.
Students want to make 400 dream catchers for a craft fair. Each dream catcher needs 8 feathers. The students have3,100 feathers. Do the students have enough feathers for all of the dream catchers?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 7
Answer: NO

Explanation: Let us say Dream catcher as D and Feathers as F, total Dream catchers we want are 400 and
Each Dream catcher needs 8 Feathers  so D = 8F, students have 3,100 Feathers
Then , by calculating , 3,100 /8 = 387.5.
to get up to the total count of required 400 Dream catchers Feathers are not sufficient as 400 is greater than 387.

Question 27.
A principal has 3 rolls of 800 raffle tickets each and 5 rolls of 9,000 raffle tickets each. How many raffle tickets does the principal have?
Answer: 47,400 raffle tickets are there with the principal.

Explanation: A principal has 3 rolls of 800 raffle tickets each and 5 rolls of 9,000 raffle tickets each.
Then we have 3 × 800 and 5 × 9,000
= 2,400 and 45,000
Totally , 45,000 + 2,400 = 47,400 .

So, 47,400 raffle tickets are there with the principal.

Question 28.
You have 2 sheets of 4 stickers each. Your friend has 20 times as many stickers as you. Your teacher has 700 times as many stickers as you. How many stickers do the three of you have in all?
Answer: Three of us have  5,768 stickers in all.

Explanation: You have 2 sheets of 4 stickers each. that is 2 × 4 = 8 stickers.
Your friend has 20 times as many stickers as you. that is 20 × 8 = 160 stickers.
Your teacher has 700 times as many stickers as you. that is 700 × 8 = 5,600 stickers.
Then 5,600 + 160 + 8 = 5,768 stickers.

So, Three of us have  5,768 stickers in all.

Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands Homework & Practice 3.2

Find each product
Question 1.
3 × 3 = ____
3 × 30 = ____
3× 300 = ______
3 × 3,000 = _____
Answer: 3 × 3 = 9
3 × 30 = 90
3× 300 = 900
3 × 3,000 = 9,000

Explanation:  3 × 3 = 9

By using the place-value method,
3 × 30 = 3× 3 × tens
= 9 × tens
= 90
So,
3 × 30= 90.

By using the place-value method,
3 × 300 = 3× 30 tens
= 3 × 3 × tens × tens
= 9 × tens × tens
= 900
So,
3 × 300= 900.

By using the place-value method,
3 × 3,000 = 3 × 300 tens
= 3 × 30 × tens × tens
= 3 × 3 × tens ×  tens × tens
= 9 × tens × tens × tens
= 9,000
So,
3 × 3,000 = 9,000.

Question 2.
8 × 7 = ____
8 × 70 = ____
8 × 700 = ______
8 × 7,000 = _____
Answer: 8 × 7 = 56
8 × 70 = 560
8 × 700 = 5600
8 × 7,000 = 56,000

Explanation:  8 × 7 = 56

By using the place-value method,
8 × 70 = 8 × 7 tens
= 8 × 7 × tens
= 56 × tens
= 560
So,
8 × 70= 560.

By using the place-value method,
8 × 700 = 8 × 70 tens
= 8 × 7 × tens × tens
= 56 × tens × tens
= 5600
So,
8 × 700= 5600.

By using the place-value method,
8 × 7,000 = 8 × 700 tens
= 8 × 70 × tens × tens
= 8 × 7 × tens ×  tens × tens
= 56 × tens × tens × tens
= 56,000
So,
8 × 7,000 = 56,000.

Find the product.
Question 3.
9 × 90 = ____
Answer: 9 × 90 = 810

Explanation:  we should multiply 9 by 9 to get 81 that implies 9 × 90 = 810.
By using the place-value method,
9 × 90 = 9 × 9 tens
= 81 × tens
= 810
So,
9 × 90 = 810.

Question 4.
6,000 × 1 = _____
Answer: 6,000 × 1 = 6,000.

Explanation : By using the place-value method,
1 × 6,000 = 1× 600 tens
= 1 × 60 × tens × tens
= 1 × 6 × tens ×  tens × tens
= 6 × tens × tens × tens
= 6,000
So,
1 × 6,000 = 6,000.

Question 5.
8 × 200 = _____
Answer: 8 × 200 = 1600.

Explanation: By using the place-value method,
8 × 200 = 8 ×20 tens
= 8 ×2 × tens × tens
= 160× tens
= 1600
So,
8 × 200 = 1600.

Question 6.
3,000 × 6 = _____
Answer: 3,000 × 6 = 18,000.

Explanation : By using the place-value method,
6 × 3,000 = 6 × 300 tens
= 6 × 30 × tens × tens
= 6 × 3 × tens ×  tens × tens
= 18 × tens × tens × tens
= 18,000
So,
6 × 3,000 = 18,000.

Question 7.
5 × 500 = _____
Answer: 5 × 500 = 2500.

Explanation: By using the place-value method,
5 × 500 = 5 ×50 tens
= 5 ×5 × tens × tens
= 250× tens
= 2500
So,
5 × 500 = 2500.

Question 8.
2 × 90 = ______
Answer: 2 × 90 = 180

Explanation: By using the place-value method,
2 × 90 = 2 × 9 × tens
= 18 × tens
= 180
So,
2 × 90 = 180.

Question 9.
7 × 300 = ______
Answer: 7 × 300 = 2100

Explanation: By using the place-value method,
7 × 300 = 7 × 30 tens
= 7 × 3 × tens × tens
= 21 × tens × tens
= 2100
So,
7  × 300 = 2100.

Question 10.
20 × 2 = _____
Answer:  20 × 2 = 40

Explanation: By using the place-value method,
2 × 20 = 2 × 2 × tens
= 4 × tens
= 40
So,
2 × 20 = 40.

Question 11.
6,000 × 5 = _____
Answer:  6,000 × 5 = 30,000.

Explanation : By using the place-value method,
5 × 6,000 = 5 × 600 tens
= 5 × 60 × tens × tens
= 5 × tens ×  tens × tens
= 30,000
So,
5 × 6,000 = 30,000.

Find the missing factor.
Question 12.
_____ × 400 = 3,200
Answer:  8 × 400 = 3,200

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X
So, X × 400 = 3,200
X = 3,200 / 300 = 8
Hence, the value of X is: 8

Question 13.
1 × _____ = 500
Answer: 1 × 500 = 500.

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X
So, 1 × X = 500
X = 500 / 1 = 500
Hence, the value of X is: 500

Question 14.
_____ × 300 = 1,200
Answer:  4 × 300 = 1,200

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X
So, X × 300 = 1,200
X = 1,200 / 300 = 4
Hence, the value of X is: 4

Question 15.
8 × ____ = 720
Answer: 8 × 90 = 720

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X
So, 8 × X = 720
X = 720 / 8 = 90
Hence, the value of X is: 90

Question 16.
_____ × 1,000 = 7,000
Answer:   7 × 1,000 = 7,000

Explanation :
Let the missing number be X
So, X × 1,000 = 7,000
X = 7,000 / 1,000 = 7
Hence, the value of X is: 7

Question 17.
8 × _____ = 4,800
Answer: 8 × 600 = 4,800

Explanation:
Let the missing number be X
So, 8 × X = 4,800
X = 4,800 / 8 = 600
Hence, the value of X is: 600

Compare.
Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 8
Answer: 9 × 400 is equal to 3,600

Explanation:
9 × 400 = 3,600
Given numbers are: 3,600 and 3,600
By comparing 2 values, we can conclude that 3,600 is equal to 3,600

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 9
Answer: 360 is less than 660

Explanation:
6 × 60 = 360
Given numbers are: 360 and 660
By comparing 2 values, we can conclude that 360 is less than 660.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 10
Answer: 16,000 is greater than 10,000

Explanation:
8,000 × 2 = 16,000
Given numbers are: 16,000 and 10,000
By comparing 2 values, we can conclude that 16,000 is greater than 10,000

Question 21.
Patterns
Describe and complete the pattern.
1 × 4 = _____
2 × 40 = _____
3 × 400 = ____
_____ × _____ = _____
_____ × _____ = ______
Answer:  1 × 4 = 4
2 × 40 = 80
3 × 400 = 1200
4 × 4,000 = 16,000
5 × 40,000 = 200,000
Explanation :  we should multiply the numbers 1 and 4 to get 4 .
By using the place-value method,
2 × 40 = 2 × 4 tens
= 8 × tens
= 80
So,
2 × 40 = 80.

By using the place-value method,
3 × 400 = 3 × 40 tens
= 3 × 4 × tens × tens
= 12 ×  tens × tens
= 120× tens
= 1200
So,
3 × 400 = 1200.

By using the place-value method,
4 × 4,000 = 4 × 4,000 tens
= 4 × 40 × tens × tens
= 4 × 4 × tens ×  tens × tens
= 16× tens × tens × tens
= 16,000
So,
4 × 4,000 = 16,000.

By using the place-value method,
5 × 40,000 = 5 × 4,000 tens
= 5 × 400 × tens × tens
= 5 × 40 × tens ×  tens × tens
= 5 × 4 × tens × tens × tens × tens
= 200,000
So,
5 × 40,000 = 200,000.

Question 22.
DIG DEEPER!
Without calculating, tell whether the product of 5 and 700 or the product of 5 and 7,000 is greater. Explain how you know.
Answer: The place value method.
This is a common method used to know how to multiply by ten: When multiplying 5 by ten, the number moves to the left and a zero is put in, so the number becomes 50. If you multiply 5 by 100, the number moves two places to the left and zeros are put in, so the number would become 500.

Explanation:
This shows that to know the greater value of the product of 5 and 700 or the product of 5 and 7,000 is determined by the place of the zero’s in the number.
So, product of 5 and 7,000 is greater than the product of 5 and 700.

Question 23.
Writing
How does 3 × 6 help you to find 3,000 × 6? Explain.
Answer: 3 × 6 = 18   so 3,000 × 6 = 18000.

Explanation: we should multiply the 3 and 6 to get 18 ,like wise
the zero’s value increases when they start to move left side adding another zero until  the thousands place is filled so we have
3,000 × 6 = 18,000.

Question 24.
Open-Ended
Write a multiplication equation with a product of 120.
Answer: 4 × 30 = 120 or 3 × 40 = 120

Explanation: the product of the two numbers 4 and 3 is 12 that implies
if the zero, is in tens place in any one of the number in multiplying
we get the same number as a product so, 4 × 30 = 120 or 3 × 40 = 120.

Question 25.
Modeling Real Life
A second grade student answers about 2,000 math problems each month. A fourth grade student answers about 7,000 math problems each month. How many total problems would 8 second grade students and 9 fourth grade students answer in one month?
Answer: Totally they both answer 79,000 math problems in one month.

Explanation: A second grade student answers about 2,000 math problems each month.
For 8 students to solve in 1 month we have, 8 × 2,000 = 16,000.

A fourth grade student answers about 7,000 math problems each month.
For 9 students to solve in 1 month we have, 9 × 7,000 = 63,000.

They both have answered, 63,000 + 16,000 = 79,000.
Totally they both answer 79,000 math problems in one month.

Question 26.
Modeling Real Life
A teacher has 5 boxes with 50 pencils in each box. He also has 3 boxes with 20 pens in each box. A student donates 25 pencils. How many pens and pencils does the teacher have now?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 11
Answer: He has 275 pencils and 60 pens.

Explanation: A teacher has 5 boxes with 50 pencils in each box.  so, 5 × 50 = 250 pencils
He also has 3 boxes with 20 pens in each box. so, 3 × 20 = 60 pens.
A student donates 25 pencils. so 250 + 25 = 275 pencils.

So, He has 275 pencils and 60 pens.

Review & Refresh

Complete the table.
Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 12
Answer:

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 13
Answer:

Lesson 3.3 Estimate Products of Rounding

Explore and Grow

There are 92 marbles in each jar.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 1
Estimate the total number of marbles in two ways.
Answer:  540 and 600
Explanation: 1 jar has 92 marbles, then 6 jars has  6 × 92 marbles
Round to the nearest tens.
92 is close to 90;
6 x 90 = 540.
and
Round to the nearest tens.
92 is close to 100;
6 x 100 = 600.
So the total number of marbles count is in between 540 and 600.

Round 92 to the nearest ten.
Answer:  90
Explanation: Round the nearest tens , so 92 is close to 90.

Round 92 to the nearest hundred.
Answer: 100
Explanation: Round the nearest tens , so 92 is close to 100.

Which estimate do you think is closer to the total number of marbles? Explain.
Answer:   540. The one 92 is closer to 90.
Because marbles in all jars are calculated as 552 by multiplying the 6 and 992.

Explanation: 1 jar has 92 marbles, then 6 jars has  6 × 92 marbles
Round to the nearest tens.
92 is close to 90;
6 x 90 = 540.
and
Round to the nearest tens.
92 is close to 100;
6 x 100 = 600.
So the total number of marbles count is in between 540 and 600.

Repeated Reasoning
Would your answer to the question above change if there were 192 marbles in each jar? Explain
Answer: Yes. 1,140 and 1200.

Explanation: 1 jar has 192 marbles, then 6 jars has  6 × 192 marbles
Round to the nearest tens.
192 is close to 190;
6 x 190 = 1,140.
and
Round to the nearest tens.
192 is close to 200;
6 x 200 = 1200.
So the total number of marbles count is in between 1,140 and 1200.

Think and Grow: Estimate Products

You can estimate a product by rounding.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 2
Example
Estimate 7 × 491
Round 491 to the nearest hundred. Then multiply.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 3
So, 7 × 491 is about ______.
Answer: 3,430
Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
491 is close to 490; ;
7 x 490 = 3,430

When solving multiplication problems, you can check whether an answer is reasonable by finding two estimates that a product is between.
Example
Find two estimates that the product of 4 × 76 is between.
Think: 76 is between 70 and 80.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 4
So, the product is between _______ and ____.
Answer: 280 and 320.

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
76 is close to 70;
4 x 70 = 280.
or
Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
76 is close to 80;
80 x 4 = 320

Show and Grow

Estimate the product.
Question 1.
3 × 89
Answer: 270

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
89 is close to 90;
3 x 90 = 270

Question 2.
8 × 721
Answer: 5,760

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
721 is close to 720;
8 x 720 = 5,760

Question 3.
5 × 7,938
Answer: 39,700

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
7,938 is close to 7,940;
5  x  7,940 = 39,700

Find two estimates that the product is between
Question 4.
9 × 44
Answer: 360 and 450

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
44 is close to 40;
9 x 40 = 360
and
Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
44 is close to 50;
9 x 50 = 450
The product is in between 360 and 450.

Question 5.
2 × 657
Answer:  1,300 and  1,320

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
657 is close to 650;
2 x 650 = 1,300
and
Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
657 is close to 660;
2 x 660 = 1,320
The product is in between 1,300 and  1,320

Question 6.
6 × 4,243
Answer:  25,440 and 25,500

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
4,243 is close to 4,240;
6 x 4,240 = 25,440
and
Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
4,243 is close to 4,250;
6 x 4,250 = 25,500
The product is in between 25,440 and 25,500

Apply and Grow: Practice

Estimate the product.
Question 7.
4 × 65
Answer: 240

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
65 is close to 60;
4 x 60 = 240

Question 8.
248 × 7
Answer:  1,750

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
248 is close to 250;
250 x 7 = 1,750

Question 9.
3 × 9,032
Answer: 27,090

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
9,032 is close to 9,030;
3 x 9,030 = 27,090

Find two estimates that the product is between.
Question 10.
32 × 9
Answer:  270 and  360

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
32 is close to 30;
9 x 30 = 270
and
Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
32 is close to 40;
9 x 40 = 360
The product is in between 270 and 360

Question 11.
970 × 5
Answer: 4,850

Explanation:
There is no need to Round to the nearest tens. Because the number 970 is already has its tens value
970 x 5 = 4,850 .

Question 12.
6 × 5,328
Answer:  31,920 and 31,968

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
5,328 is close to 5,320;
6 x 5,320 = 31,920

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
5,328 is close to 5,330;
6 x 5,330 = 31,968

Question 13.
A sales representative sells 4 smart watches for $199 each. To determine whether the sales representative collects at least $1,000, can you use an estimate, or is an exact number required? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 5
Answer: $800

Explanation: if each watch cost $199, 4 × 199
then 4 watches costs $ 800
Round to the nearest tens.
199 is close to 200;
4 x 200 = 800
The estimated cost is $800.

YOU BE THE TEACHER
A student finds the product. Is her answer reasonable? Estimate to check.
Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 6
Answer:  The answer is not reasonable

Explanation: The given number is already at its tens place so,
There is no need to Round to the nearest tens.
480 x 8 = 3,840

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 7
Answer: 7,600
The product is equal to the result but the estimated result is different

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
1,904 is close to 1,900;
1,900 x 4 = 7,600

 

Number Sense
Use two of the numbers below to write an expression for a product that can be estimated as shown. You may use the numbers more than once.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 8
Question 16.
Estimate: 40,000
____ × _____
Answer:  5 and 8,932  are used here.

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
8,932 is close to 8,930;
5 x 8,930 = 44,650
The product is estimated as the nearest to 40,000

Question 17.
Estimate: 9,000
_____ × ____
Answer:  3 and  2,842 are used here.
Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
2,842 is close to 2,850;
3 x 2,850 = 8,550
The product is estimated as the nearest to 9,000

Question 18.
Estimate: 72,000
_____ × ______
Answer: 8 and 8,932  are used here.

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
8,932 is close to 8,930;
8 x 8,930 = 71,440
The product is estimated as the nearest to 72,000.

Question 19.
Estimate: 45,000
_____ × ______
Answer:   5 and 8,932  are used here.

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
8,932 is close to 8,930;
5 x 8,930 = 44,650
The product is estimated as the nearest to 45,000.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
About how much more money was earned from new release rentals than from top pick rentals?
Estimate the amount of money earned from new release rentals.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 9
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 10
So, about $ ______ more was earned from new release rentals.
Answer: Estimation of the amount of money earned from new release rentals is  $15,250,
Estimation of the amount of money earned from top pick rentals is $11,970,
Money was earned from new release rentals than from top pick rentals is $3,280

Explanation:
Estimation of the amount of money earned from new release rentals is
Round to the nearest tens.
3,047 is close to 3,050;
$5 x 3,050 = $15,250

Estimation of the amount of money earned from top pick rentals is
Round to the nearest tens.
3,986 is close to 3,990;
$3 x 3,990 = $11,970

Money was earned from new release rentals than from top pick rentals is
subtract  $11,970 from $15,250 then we get  $3,280..

Show and Grow

Use the graph above.
Question 20.
About how much more money was earned from top pick rentals than from television episode rentals?
Answer:  Estimation of the amount of money earned from top pick rentals is  $11,970
Estimation of the amount of money earned from to television episode rentals is $1,700
Money was earned from top pick rentals than from television episode rentals is $10,270

Explanation:   Estimation of the amount of money earned from top pick rentals is
Round to the nearest tens.
3,986 is close to 3,990;
$3 x 3,990 = $11,970

Estimation of the amount of money earned from to television episode rentals is
Round to the nearest tens.
849 is close to 850;
$2 x 850 = $1,700

Money was earned from top pick rentals than from television episode rentals is
subtract $1,700 from $11,970 we get  $10,270.

Question 21.
Your friend says that the number of top picks rented is about 5 times as many as the number of television episodes rented. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer: yes. The number of top picks rented is about 5 times as many as the number of television episodes rented.

Explanation:   Estimation of the amount of money earned from top pick rentals is
Round to the nearest tens.
3,986 is close to 3,990;
$3 x 3,990 = $11,970

Estimation of the amount of money earned from to television episode rentals is
Round to the nearest tens.
849 is close to 850;
$2 x 850 = $1,700

Money was earned from top pick rentals than from television episode rentals is
subtract $1,700 from $11,970 we get  $10,270.

The number of top picks rented is about 5 times as many as the number of television episodes rented.
5 × $1,700 = $8,500

Question 22.
An accountant says that the total amount of money earned from new release rentals is $11,958. Check whether the accountant’s answer is reasonable by finding two estimates that the total is between.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 11
Answer: The total amount of money earned from new release rentals is $11,958 is not reasonable .

Explanation:
Estimation of the amount of money earned from new release rentals is
Round to the nearest tens.
3,047 is close to 3,040;
$5 x 3,040 = $15,200
Estimation of the amount of money earned from new release rentals is
Round to the nearest tens.
3,047 is close to 3,050;
$5 x 3,050 =  $15,250
The estimated product should be in between  $15,200 and $15,250

Estimate Products of Rounding Homework & Practice 3.3

Estimate the product
Question 1.
7 × 42
Answer: 280

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
42 is close to 40;
7 x 40 = 280

Question 2.
85 × 4
Answer: 320

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
85 is close to 80;
4 x 80 = 320

Question 3.
2 × 698
Answer: 1,400

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
698 is close to 700;
2 x 700 = 1,400

Question 4.
6 × 705
Answer: 4,200

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
705 is close to 700;
6 x 700 = 4,200

Question 5.
1,834 × 9
Answer: 16,470

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
1,834 is close to 1,830;
9 x 1,830 = 16,470

Question 6.
7,923 × 8
Answer: 63,360

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
7,923 is close to 7,920;
8 x 7,920 = 63,360

Find two estimates that the product is between
Question 7.
3 × 95
Answer: 270 and 300

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
95 is close to 90;
3 x 90 = 270
and
Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
95 is close to 100;
3 x 100 = 300
The product is in between 270 and 300

Question 8.
23 × 5
Answer: 100 and 150

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
23 is close to 20;
20 x 5 = 100
and
Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
23 is close to 30;
5 x 30 = 150
The product is in between 100 and 150

Question 9.
537 × 6
Answer: 3,240 and 3,180

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
537 is close to 530;
6 x 530 = 3,180
and
Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
537 is close to 540;
6 x 540 = 3,240
The product is in between 3,240 and 3,180

Question 10.
8 × 309
Answer: 2,400 and 2,4800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
309 is close to 300;
8 x 300 = 2,400
and
Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
309 is close to 310;
8 x 310 = 2,480
The product is in between 2,400 and 2,4800

Question 11.
1,649 × 7
Answer:

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
1,649 is close to 1,640;
1,640 x 7 = 11,480
and
Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
1,649 is close to 1,650;
1,650 x 7 = 11,550
The product is in between 11,480  and  11,550.

Question 12.
4 × 6,203
Answer: 24,800  and  24,840.

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
6,203 is close to 6,200;
4 x 6,200 = 24,800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
6,203 is close to 6,210;
4 x 6,210 = 24,840

The product is in between  24,800  and  24,840.

Question 13.
Construction workers build 54 feet of a bridge each day for 9 days. To determine whether the bridge is at least 490 feet long, can you use an estimate, or is an exact answer required? Explain.
Answer: exact answer is 9 × 54 = 486 feet long .which is close to the target of 490 feet long

Explanation: if 54 feet of a bridge  each day for 9 days, we get 9 × 54
Round to the nearest tens.
54 is close to 500;
9 x 50 = 450.
The estimated product 450 feet is close to given target of 490 feet long and an exact answer can also satisfies.

Question 14.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
A student finds the product. Is his answer reasonable? Estimate to check.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 12
Answer: Yes .The answer is reasonable  and The estimated product is 17,070.
Explanation:   5,692 × 3
Round to the nearest tens.
5,692 is close to 5,690;
3 x 5,690 = 17,070
The estimated product is 17,070

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
An astronaut earns $5,428 each month. You estimate that she will earn $35,000 in 7 months. Is the amount she earns in 7 months greater than or less than your estimate? Explain.
Answer: The estimated product  $38,010 is greater than the given $35,000.

Explanation:
if astronaut earns $5,428 each month then ,
Estimation of the amount of money earned for 7 months is $5,428 × 7
Round to the nearest tens.
5,428 is close to 5,430;
$5,430 x 7 = $38,010
The estimated product  $38,010 is greater than the given $35,000.

Question 16.
Writing
Explain how estimating by rounding can be helpful as a check when finding a product.
Answer:  sTo find the actual product of the two factors of numbers are quite hard for larger digit numbers so by rounding the higher digit numbers which have nearest to 10’s or 100’s. We will get the estimated product easily and fast . To get the actual product we have to use the normal method .

Modeling Real Life
Use the graph to answer the question.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 13
Question 17.
Which animal has a heart rate that is about 2 times as fast as a whale’s?
Answer: Horse

Explanation: whale has heart rate of 20 Bpm
Horse has around 40 Bpm as per the given details, so
Horse = 2(20) Bpm
Horse has a heart rate that is about 2 times as fast as a whale’s

Question 18.
About how many times does a giraffe’s heart beat in 5 minutes? Find two estimates that the answer is between.
Answer:  300 and 350 times
Explanation:
Giraffe’s heart beat is in between 60  and 70 as per the details so
to find for 5 min we have to multiply 5 × 60  and 5 × 70
so, 300 and 350 is the estimation times.

Review & Refresh

Use the Distributive Property to find the product.
Question 19.
9 × 6 = ____ × (5 + ____)
= (9 × 5) + (____ + _____)
= ____ + ____
= _____
Answer: 54

Explanation: by using Distributive property
9 × 6 = 9 × (5 + 1)
= (9 × 5) + (9 × 1)
= 45 + 9
= 54

Question 20.
7 × 7 = 7 × (5 + ____)
= (_____ × 5) + (7 × _____)
= _____ + _____
= _____
Answer: 49

Explanation: by using Distributive property
7 × 7 = 7 × (5 + 2)
= (7 × 5) + (7 × 2)
= 35 + 14
= 49

Lesson 3.4 Use the Distributive Property to Multiply

Explore and Grow

Use base ten blocks to model 4 × 16. Draw your model. Then find the area of the model.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 1
4 × 16 = _____
Break apart 16 to show two smaller models. Find the area of each model. What do you notice about the sum of the areas?
Area = _____ Area = ______
Answer:  64
Explanation: 4 × 16 = 4× (10 + 6)
= (4 × 10) + (4 × 6)
= 40 + 24
= 64

Reasoning
How does this strategy relate to the Distributive Property? Explain.
Answer: Because of the evenly distributed  numbering among the place – values of the numbers. This property helps to find the product in a easy way.

Think and Grow: Use the Distributive Property to Multiply

Think: One way to multiply a two-digit number is to first break apart the number. Then use the Distributive Property.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 2
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 3
Answer: 108

Show and Grow

Draw an area model. Then find the product.
Question 1.
7 × 11 = ____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 4
Answer: 77
Explanation:
by using Distributive property
7 × 11 = 7 × (7 + 4)
= (7 × 7) + (7 × 4)
= 49 + 28
= 77

Question 2.
2 × 15 = _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 5
Answer: 30

Explanation:
by using Distributive property
2 × 15 = 2 × 10 + 5)
= (2 × 10) + (2 × 5)
= 20 + 10
= 30

Apply and Grow: Practice

Draw an area model. Then find the product.
Question 3.
4 × 16 = ______
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 6
Answer: 64

Explanation:
by using distributive property
4 × 16 = 4× (10 + 6)
= (4 × 10) + (4 × 6)
= 40 + 24
= 64

Question 4.
9 × 18 = _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 7
Answer: 162
Explanation:
by using distributive property
9 × 18 = 9× (10 + 8)
= (9 × 10) + (9 × 8)
= 90 + 72
= 162

Question 5.
6 × 27 = _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 8
Answer: 162

Explanation:
by using distributive property
6 × 27 = 6× (20 + 7)
= (6 × 20) + (6 × 7)
= 120 + 42
= 162

Find the product.
Question 6.
3 × 46 = _____
Answer: 129
Explanation: by using distributive property
3 × 43 = 3 × (40 + 3)
= (3 × 40) + (3 × 3)
= 120 + 9
= 129

Question 7.
8 × 35 = ____
Answer: 280

Explanation: by using distributive property
8 × 35 = 8× (30 + 5)
= (8 × 30) + (8 × 5)
= 240 + 40
= 280

Question 8.
5 × 72 = _____
Answer: 360

Explanation: by using distributive property
5 × 72 = 5 × (70 + 2)
= (5 × 70) + (5 × 2)
= 350 + 10
= 360

Question 9.
Number Sense
Use the area model to complete the equation
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 9
5 × ____ = _____
Answer: 5 × 34 = 170
Explanation: by using distributive property
5 × 34 = 5 × (30 + 4)
= (5 × 30) + (5 × 4)
= 150 + 20
= 170

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A parking garage has 9 floors. Each floor has 78 parking spaces. 705 cars are trying to park in the garage. Are there enough parking spaces? Explain.
Multiply the number of floors by the number of parking spaces on each floor.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 10
Answer:   Only 702 cars are able to park in the garage

Explanation: by using distributive property
9 × 78 = 9× (70 + 8)
= (9 × 70) + (9 × 8)
= 630 + 72
= 702
Compare the number of spaces to the number of cars trying to park in the garage.
There _____ enough parking spaces.
Explain:
Answer:  Total number of spaces in the garage are 702 but as per the given details 705 are trying to park in the garage .
There are not enough parking spaces.

 

Show and Grow

Question 10.
Your piano teacher wants you to practice playing the piano 160 minutes this month. So far, you have practiced 5 minutes each day for 24 days. Have you reached the goal your teacher set for you? Explain.
Answer: 150 minutes
Explanation : practice for 160 minutes in a month ,say that 30 days
So far, you have practiced 5 minutes each day for 24 days. then, 5 × 24, By using distributive property
= 5 × (20+ 4)
= (5 × 20) + (5 × 4)
= 100 + 20
= 120
Remaining 6 days have to be practiced so ,5 × 6, By using distributive property
= 5 × (4 + 2)
= (5 × 4) + (5 × 2)
= 20 +10
= 30
Totally we have 120 + 30
= 150

Question 11.
Newton has $150. He wants to buy a bicycle that costs 4 times as much as the helmet. Does he have enough money to buy the bicycle and the helmet? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 11
Answer: $112
Explanation: Helmet = $ 28 ,bicycle that costs 4 times as much as the helmet. so
Bicycle = 4 × $28, By using distributive property
= 4 × (20 + 8 )
= (4 × 20) + (4 × 8)
= 80 + 32
= 112. so ,The bicycle costs $112 and he has $150 so he can buy the Bicycle.

Question 12.
A baby orangutan weighs 3 pounds. The mother orangutan weighs 27 times as much as the baby. The father orangutan weighs 63 times as much as the baby. What are the weights of the mother and the father?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 12
Answer: The mother orangutan weighs  81 pounds
The father orangutan weighs 189 pounds

Explanation: Baby orangutan  = 3 pounds
Mother orangutan weighs 27 times as much as the baby , 27 × 3, By using distributive property
3 × 27 = 3 × (20 + 7)
= (3 × 20) + ( 3 × 7)
= 60+21
= 81.
father orangutan weighs 63 times as much as the baby, 63 × 3, By using distributive property
63 × 3 = 3 × (60 + 3)
= (3 × 60) + (3 × 3)
= 180 + 9
= 189.

Use the Distributive Property to Multiply Homework & Practice 3.4

Draw an model. Then find the product
Question 1.
3 × 12 = _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 13
Answer: 36
Explanation:
3×12= 3 ×(10+2)
=(3×10)+ (3×2)
=30+6
=36

Question 2.
5 × 16 = _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 14
Answer: 80

Explanation:
5×16= 5 ×(10+6)
=(5×10)+ (5×6)
=50+30
=80

Question 3.
4 × 34 = _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 15
Answer: 136

Explanation:
4 ×34 = 4 ×(30+4)
=(4×30)+ (4×4)
=120+ 16
=136

Find the product.
Question 4.
9 × 56 = ____
Answer: 504

Explanation: 9 × 56= 9 ×(50+6)
=(9×50)+ (9×6)
=450 + 54
=504

Question 5.
71 × 2 = _____
Answer:  142

Explanation:  71 × 2 = 2 × (70+ 1)
=(2×70)+ (2×1)
= 140+2
=142

Question 6.
3 × 77 = ____
Answer:  231

Explanation:  77 × 3 = 3 × (70+ 7)
=(3×70)+ (3×7)
= 210 + 21
=231

Question 7.
Writing
Explain how you can use the Distributive Property to find a product.
Answer:
The Distributive Property states that when you multiply the sum of two or more addends by a factor, the product  is the same as if you multiplied each addend by the factor and then added the partial products .

Question 8.
Structure
Use the Distributive Property to find 6 × 18 two different ways.
Answer: 108
Explanation: 6 ×18 = 6 ×(10+8)
=(6×10)+ (6×8)
=60 + 48
= 108
or
Explanation: 6 ×18= 6 ×(9 + 9)
=(6×9)+ (6 ×9)
=54 +54
= 108

Question 9.
Reasoning
To find 4 × 22, would you rather break apart the factor 22 as 20 + 2 or as 11 + 11? Explain.
Answer:  88. I would rather prefer to break apart the factor 22 as 20 + 2 . as it has zero’s in the tens place it would be easier to calculate and both of them are correct and anyone can use it on their
Explanation: 4× 22 = 4 ×(20+2)
= (4×20)+ (4×2)
= 80 + 8
= 88
or
Explanation: 4× 22 = 4 ×(11+11)
= (4×11)+ (4×11)
= 44 + 44
= 88

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
The diameter of a firework burst, in feet, is 45 times the height of the shell in inches. You have an 8-inch firework shell. Will the shell produce a firework burst that has a diameter greater than 375 feet? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 16
Answer: NO

Explanation: The diameter of a firework burst, in feet, is 45 times the height of the shell in inches
You have an 8-inch firework shell converting into feet e get 0.66 feet
so diameter = 45 × 0.66
=  29.7 feet
The shell  does not produce a firework burst that has a diameter greater than 375 feet

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
A juvenile bearded dragon should eat 48 crickets each day. You have150 crickets. Do you have enough crickets to feed 3 juvenile bearded dragons? Explain.?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 17
Answer: yes

Explanation:  juvenile bearded dragon should eat 48 crickets each day
To feed 3 juvenile bearded dragons , 3 × 48
= 3 × (40 + 8)
= ( 3 × 40) + (3 × 8)
= 120 + 24
= 144.
You have150 crickets , we can feed them by 144 crickets

Review & Refresh

Plot the fraction on a number line.
Question 12.
\(\ frac{7}{4}\)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 18
Answer:  7/4
Explanation:
To mark 7/4; move seven parts on the right-side of zero.

Question 13.
\(\frac{4}{3}\)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 19
Answer: 4/3

Explanation:
To mark 4/3 ; move four parts on the right-side of zero

Lesson 3.5 Use Expanded Form to Multiply

Explore and Grow

Write 128 in expanded form.
128 = _____ + _____ + _____
Answer: 100 + 20 + 8
Use expanded form to label the area model for 5 × 128. Find the area of each part.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 1
Answer: 640

Explanation: 5 × 128, by expanding we get
= 5 × (100 + 20 + 8), by using distributive property, we get
= (5 × 100) + ( 5 × 20) + ( 5 × 8)
Area model = 500 + 100 + 40
so the result of the partial products is 640
What is the sum of all of the parts? How does the sum relate to the product of 5 and 128?
Answer:  the sum of all of the parts is 640  the sum relate to the product of 5 and 128 because of their partial products.

Repeated Reasoning
Explain to your partner how you can use expanded form to find 364 × 8.
Answer:  2,912
Explanation: 364 × 8 , by expanding we get
= (300 + 60 + 4) × 8, by using distributive property, we get
= (8 × 300) + ( 8 × 60) + ( 8× 4),
Area model = 2400 + 360  + 32
The sum of the partial products is 2,912.

Think and Grow: Use Expanded Form to Multiply

You can use expanded form and the Distributive Property to multiply.
Example
Find 8 × 74.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 2
Answer:  592
Explanation: 8 × 74 , by expanding
= 8 × (70 + 4), by using distributive property,
= (8 × 70) + ( 8 × 4)
= 560 + 32
= 592.

Example
Find 2 × 5,607.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 3
Answer:  11,214
Explanation: 2 × 5,607, by expanding
= 2 × (5,000 + 600 + 7) by using distributive property we get,
= (2 × 5,000) + ( 2 × 600) +(2 × 7)
= 10,000 + 1200 + 14
= 11,214

Show and Grow

Find the product.
Question 1.
4 × 306 = 4 × (_____ + _____)
= (4 × _____) + (4 × _____)
= ____ + _____
= ______
Answer: 1,224
Explanation :  4 × 306 = 4 × ( 300 + 6 )
= (4 × 300 ) + (4 × 6 ) by using distributive property we get
= 1200 + 24
= 1,224

Question 2.
7 × 549
Answer:  3,843

Explanation :  7 × 549 = 4 × ( 500 + 40 + 9 )
= (7 × 500 ) + (7 × 40 ) + (7 × 9)  by using distributive property we get
= 3,500 + 280 + 63
= 3,843

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the product.
Question 3.
6 × 85 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 4
Answer: 510

Explanation :  6 × 85 = 6 × ( 80 + 5 )
= (6 × 80 ) + (6 × 5 ) by using distributive property we get
= 480 + 30
= 510

Question 4.
2 × 932 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 5
Answer: 1,864

Explanation :  2 × 932 = 2 × ( 900 + 30 + 2 )
= (2 × 900 ) + (2 × 30 ) + ( 2 ×2)  by using distributive property we get
= 1800 + 60 + 4
= 1,864

Question 5.
4 × 690 = 4 × (_____ + ______)
= (4 × _____) + (4 × ____)
= _____ + _____
= _____
Answer: 2,760

Explanation: 4 × 690 = 4 × (600 + 90)
= (4 × 600) + (4 × 90)
= 2,400 + 360
= 2,760

Question 6.
1,027 × 9 = (_____ + _____ + ______) × 9
= (____ × 9) + (_____ × 9) + (_____ × 9)
= _____ + ______ + _____
= _____
Answer: 9,243

Explanation: 1,027 × 9 = (1000+ 20 + 7) × 9
= (1000 × 9) + (20 × 9) + (7 × 9)
= 9000 + 180 + 63
= 9,243

Question 7.
487 × 5 = _____
Answer: 2,435

Explanation :  5 × 487 = 5 × ( 400 + 80 + 7 )
= (5 × 400 ) + (5 × 80 ) + ( 5 ×7 )  by using distributive property we get
= 2000 + 400 + 35
= 2,435

Question 8.
8 × 2,483 = ______
Answer: 19,864

Explanation :  8 × 2,483 = 8 × (2000 + 400 + 80 + 3 )
= (8 × 2000 ) + (8 × 400 ) + ( 8 ×80) + (8 ×3)   by using distributive property we get
= 16,000 + 3200 + 640 +24
= 19,864

Question 9.
A basketball player made 269 three-point shots in a season. How many points did he score from three-point shots?
Answer:

Question 10.
Your cousin runs 6 miles each week. There are 5,280 feet in a mile. How many feet does your cousin run each week?
Answer: 6 × 5,280 = 31,680

Explanation :  cousin runs 6 miles each week. There are 5,280 feet in a mile.so
we have 6 × 5,280
6 × 5,280 = 6 × (5000 + 200 + 80 )
= (6 × 5000 ) + (6 × 200 ) + ( 6 ×80)  by using distributive property we get
= 30,000 + 1200 + 480
= 31,680.

Question 11.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds 744 × 3. Is your friend correct? Explain.
744 × 3 = (700 + 40 + 4) × 3
= (700 × 3) + (40 × 3) + (4 × 3)
= 2,100 + 120 + 12
= 2,232
Answer: Yes

Explanation: By using expanding form and distributive property we get,
744 × 3 = (700 + 40 + 4) × 3
= (700 × 3) + (40 × 3) + (4 × 3)
= 2,100 + 120 + 12
= 2,232

 

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
What is the greatest possible product of a two-digit number and a one-digit number? Explain.
Answer:  891
The greatest two digit number is 99 and the greatest single digit number is 9. The products when the two are multiplied. Multiply 99 by 9 to get 891.

Explanation : 99 × 9 = 891

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A baby hippo is fed 77 fluid ounces of milk 5 times each day. There are 128 fluid ounces in 1 gallon. Are2 gallons of milk enough to feed the baby hippo for 1 day?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 6
Answer: 2 gallons of milk is not enough for baby hippo to feed
Explanation:
baby hippo is fed 77 fluid ounces of milk 5 times each day that is, 5 × 77
= 5 × (70 + 7 )
= (5 ×70) + (5 ×7)
= 350 + 35
= 385
There are 128 fluid ounces in 1 gallon , then for 2 gallons it will 256 fluid ounces

Find the number of fluid ounces of milk the baby hippo drinks in 1 day.
5 × 77 = 5 × (70 + 7)
= (5 × 70) + (5 × 7)
= _____ +____
= _____

Answer : 385
Explanation:
baby hippo is fed 77 fluid ounces of milk 5 times each day that is, 5 × 77
= 5 × (70 + 7 )
= (5 ×70) + (5 ×7)
= 350 + 35
= 385

Find the number of fluid ounces in 2 gallons
2 × 128 = 2 × (100 + 20 + 8)
= (2 × 100) + (2 × 20) + (2 × 8)
= ___ + _____ + _____
= _____
Answer: 256
Explanation: 2 × 128 = 2 × (100 + 20 + 8)
= (2 × 100) + (2 × 20) + (2 × 8)
= 200 +40 + 16
= 256.
Compare the products.
Answer: Baby hippo is fed 77 fluid ounces of milk 5 times each day that is, 5 × 77 is 385 ounces
There are 128 fluid ounces in 1 gallon , then for 2 gallons it will 256 fluid ounces
So, 385 ounces is greater than 256 ounces.

So, 2 gallons of milk ______ enough to feed the baby hippo for 1 day.
Answer: 2 gallons of milk is not enough to feed the baby hippo for 1 day.s

Show and Grow

Question 13.
A school with 6 grades goes on a field trip. There are 64 students in each grade. One bus holds 48 students. Will 8 buses hold all of the students?
Answer: YES , there are 384 students in total.

Explanation : A school with 6 grades goes on a field trip.
There are 64 students in each grade. so we have 6 × 64
= 6 × ( 60 + 4 )
= (6 × 60) + ( 6 × 4)
= 360 + 24
= 384.
There are 8 buses in total
One bus holds 48 students.so 8 × 48
= 8 × ( 40 + 8 )
= (8 × 40) + ( 8 × 8)
= 320 + 64
= 384.

So, 8 buses are enough to carry the 384 students of all 6 grades.

Question 14.
The average life span of a firefly is 61 days. The average life span of a Monarch butterfly is 4 times as long as that of a firefly. How many days longer is the average lifespan of a Monarch butterfly than a firefly?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 7
Answer: 183 days longer.

Explanation: The average life span of a firefly is 61 days.
The average life span of a Monarch butterfly is 4 times as long as that of a firefly. so, we have 4 × 61
= 4 × ( 60 + 1 )
= (4 × 60) + ( 4 × 1)
= 240 + 4
= 244.
Then 244 – 61 (The average life span of a firefly) is 183.
So 183 days longer is the average lifespan of a Monarch butterfly than a firefly.

Question 15.
A tourist is in Denver. His car can travel 337 miles using 1 tank of gasoline. He wants to travel to a city using no more than 3 tanks of gasoline. To which cities could the tourist travel?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 8
Answer: Los Angeles 1,016 miles

Explanation: His car can travel 337 miles using 1 tank of gasoline.
He wants to travel to a city using no more than 3 tanks of gasoline. we have 3 × 337
= 3 × (300 + 30 + 7)
= (3 × 300) + (3 × 30) + (3 × 7)
= 900 +90 + 21
= 1,011.
From the given details Los Angeles is the nearest one which he can drive with 3 tanks of gasoline  that is 1,016 miles.

Use Expanded Form to Multiply Homework & Practice 3.5

Find the product
Question 1.
7 × 803 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 9
Answer:  5,621

Explanation: 7 × 803 = 7 × (800 + 3)
= (7 × 800) + (7 × 3)
= 5600 + 21
= 5,621.

Question 2.
9 × 1,024 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 10
Answer:9,216

Explanation: 9 × 1,024 = 9 × (1000 + 20 + 4)
= (9 × 1000) + (9 × 20) + (9 × 4)
= 9000 +180 + 36
= 9,216.

Question 3.
43 × 8 = (40 + 3) × 8
= (____ × 8) + (____ × 8)
= ____ + ____
= _____
Answer: 344

Explanation: 8 × 43 = (40 + 3) × 8
= (40 × 8) + (3 × 8)
= 320 + 24
= 344.

Question 4.
4 × 742 = 4 × (____ + ____ + _____)
= (4 × ____) + (4 × _____) + (4 × _____)
= ____ + _____ + _____
= _____
Answer: 2,968

Explanation: 4 × 742 = 4 × (700 + 40 + 2)
= (4 × 700) + (4 × 40) + (4 × 2)
= 2800 +160 + 8
= 2,968.

Question 5.
3 × 482 = _____
Answer: 1,446

Explanation: 3 × 482 = 2 × (400 + 80 + 2)
= (3 × 400) + (3 × 80) + (3 × 2)
= 1200 + 240 + 6
= 1,446.

Question 6.
4,591 × 6 = _____
Answer: 27,546

Explanation: 6 × 4,591
= 6 × (4,000 + 500 + 90 + 1)
= (6 × 4,000) + ( 6 × 500) +(6 × 90) + ((6 × 1)
= 24,000 + 3,000 + 540 + 6
= 27,546.

Question 7.
Each lobe on a Venus flytrap has 6 trigger hairs that sense and capture insects. A Venus flytrap has 128 lobes. How many trigger hairs does it have?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 11
Answer: 768 trigger hairs.

Explanation: A Venus flytrap has 128 lobes
Each lobe on a Venus flytrap has 6 trigger hairs, we have 6 × 128
= 6 × (120 + 8)
= (6 × 120) + (6 × 8)
= 720 + 48
= 768
So, it has 768 trigger hairs.

Question 8.
A human skeleton has 206 bones. How many bones do 4 skeletons have in all?
Answer: 824

Explanation:  A human skeleton has 206 bones
so 4 × 206 = 4 × ( 200 + 6)
= (4 × 200) + ( 4 × 6)
= 800 + 24
=824.
So, 4 skeletons have 824 bones.

Question 9.
Writing
Explain how you can find 5 × 7,303 using expanded form.
Answer: 36,515

Explanation: 5 × 7,303
= 5 × (7,000 + 300 + 3)
= (5 × 7,000) + ( 5 × 300) + (5 × 3)
= 35,000 + 15,000 + 15
= 36,515.

Question 10.
Structure
Rewrite the expression as a product of two factors.
(6,000 × 3) + (70 × 3) + (4 × 3)
Answer: 18,222

Explanation:
(6,000 × 3) + (70 × 3) + (4 × 3)
= (6,000 + 70 + 4) × 3
= 3 × 6,074
= 18,222.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
A summer camp has 8 different groups of students. There are 35 students in each group. There are 24 shirts in a box. Will 9 boxes be enough for each student to get one shirt?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 12
Answer: No, 9 boxes are not enough.

Explanation:  A summer camp has 8 different groups of students.
There are 35 students in each group, we have 8 × 35
= 8 × (30 + 5)
= (8 × 30) + ( 8 × 5)
= 240 + 40
=280.
There are 24 shirts in a box
for 9 boxes we have , 9 × 24
= 9 × (20 + 4)
= (9 × 20) + ( 9 × 4)
= 180 + 36
=216.
So, there are not enough shirts for all the students.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
Firefighters respond to 65 calls in 1 week. Police officers respond to 8 times as many calls as firefighters in the same week. How many more calls do police officers respond to than firefighters in that week?
Answer: 455 calls.

Explanation: Firefighters respond to 65 calls in 1 week.
Police officers respond to 8 times as many calls as firefighters in the same week.
we have, 8 × 65
= 8 × (60 + 5)
= (8 × 60) + ( 8 × 5)
= 480 + 40
=520.
Then 520 – 65 (Firefighters respond to 65 calls in 1 week.) = 455.
So, 455 calls do police officers respond to than firefighters in that week.

Review & Refresh

Write the total mass shown.
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 13
Answer:  913 g

Explanation: Total mass = 500 +100 + 100 + 100 +100 +1 + 1 + 1 +10
=500 + 400 + 3 + 10
=913g

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 14
Answer:  1,346

Explanation: 1 kg = 1000g
Total mass = 1000 + 5 + 100 +100 + 100 + 10 + 10 +10 + 1g
=1000 + 300 + 40 + 6
=1,346g

Lesson 3.6 Use Partial Products to Multiply

Explore and Grow

Use the area model to find 263 × 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 1
Answer:  1,052

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products = 800 + 240 +12 = 1,052

Repeated Reasoning
Does the product change if you multiply the ones first, then the tens and hundreds? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 2
Answer: product does not changes.

Explanation:  The product of the two numbers does not change as long as the factor numbers are same in the multiplication products that is (3 × 4 ) + ( 60 × 4) + ( 200 × 4)
= 12 + 240 + 800
= 1,052.

Think and Grow: Practice

Partial products are found by breaking apart a factor into ones, tens, hundreds, and so on, and multiplying each of these by the other factor.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 3

Answer: 194 × 3 = 582.

Explanation:
partial products = (3 × 100) + ( 3 × 90) + (3 × 4)
the sum of the partial products = 300 + 270 + 12 = 582
so, 194 × 3 = 582

Example 2
Answer: 3,190 × 2 = 6,380

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products = 6000 + 200 + 180 + 0 = 6,380
So, 3,190 × 2 = 6,380

Show and Grow

Find the product.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 4
Answer: 430

Explanation:
the sum of the partial products = 400 + 30 = 430
So, 86 × 5 = 430

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 5
Answer: 3,514

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products = 3500 + 14 = 3,514
So, 502 × 7 = 3,514

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 6
Answer: 21,468

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products is 20,000 + 1200 + 240 + 28 = 21,468
So, 5,367 × 4 = 21,468

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the product.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 7
Answer: 162

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 120 + 42 = 162
So, 27 × 6 = 162

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 8
Answer: 4,437

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are  3600 + 810 + 27 = 4,437
So, 493 × 9 = 4,437

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 9
Answer: 55,856

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 48000 + 7200 + 640 + 16 = 55,856
So, 6,982 × 8 = 55,856

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 10
Answer: 138

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 120 + 18 = 138
So, 69 × 2 = 138

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 11
Answer: 2,451

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 2400 + 30 + 21 = 2,451
So, 817 × 3 = 2,451

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 12
Answer: 19,810

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 15000 + 4500 + 300 + 10 = 19,810
So, 3,962 × 5 = 19,810

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 13
Answer: 5,096

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 4900 + 140 + 56 = 5,096
So, 728 × 7 = 5,096

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 14
Answer: 9,324

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 9000 + 2700 + 54 = 9,324
So, 1,036 × 9 = 9,324

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 15
Answer: 39,804

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 36,000 + 3600 + 200 + 4  = 39,804
So, 9,951 × 4 = 39,804

Question 13.
Descartes finds 472 × 3. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 16
Answer: 472 × 3 = 1,416

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 1200 + 210 + 6 = 1,416
So, 472 × 3 = 1,416

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
Write the multiplication equation shown by the model.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 17
Answer: The given model is not according to the distributive property there is no proper place for tens, hundreds in the zeros place . so, it should be modified in order to get the correct answer.

Question 15.
Writing
Write a multiplication word problem using the numbers 506 and 8. Then solve.
Answer: 506 × 8 = 4,048

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 4000 + 48 = 4,048
So, 506 × 8 = 4,048

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The Grand Prismatic Spring at Yellowstone National Park is 121 feet deep. Its width is 7 feet more than3 times its depth. What is the width of the spring?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 18
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 19
So, the width of the Grand Prismatic Spring is ______ feet.
Answer: The depth of the Grand Prismatic Spring  is 363 feet and width of the Grand Prismatic Spring  is 370 feet.

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 360 + 3 = 363. The depth of the Grand Prismatic Spring  is 363 feet
So, the width of the Grand Prismatic Spring  is 363 + 7 = 370 feet.

Show and Grow

Question 16.
The mass of a giant squid is 202 kilograms. The mass of a beluga whale is 78 kilograms less than 6 times the mass of the giant squid. What is the mass of beluga whale?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 20
Answer: the mass of beluga whale is 1,134 kilograms.

Explanation : 6 times the mass of the giant squid. is 6 × 202  = 1,212
The sum of the partial products are 1200 + 12 = 1,212.
The mass of a beluga whale is 78 kilograms less than 6 times the mass of the giant squid = 1,212 – 78 = 1,134 kg
The mass of beluga whale is 1,134 kilograms

Question 17.
Newton replaces all 4 tires on his car and pays $159 for each tire. Descartes replaces all 4 tires on his truck and pays $227 for each tire. How much more does Descartes pay to replace his tires?
Answer:  $272 more has to pay to replace the tires.

Explanation: Newton replaces all 4 tires on his car and pays $159 for each tire
so, $159 × 4 =  $636
The sum of the partial products are 400 + 200 + 36 =  $636.

Descartes replaces all 4 tires on his truck and pays $227 for each tire.
so, $227 × 4 =  $908
The sum of the partial products are 800 + 80 + 28 = $908.
Then $908  – $636 = $272.
So,$272 more has to pay to replace the tires.

Question 18.
There are 52 weeks and 1 day in a year. There are 52 weeks and 2 days in a leap year. How many weeks are there in 6 years if one of the years is a leap year?
Answer: There are 313 weeks are there for 6 years .

Explanation: Apart from the leap year there are 5 years with 52 weeks and 1 day
then, 52 × 5 = 260 weeks and 5 × 1 = 5 days ( 5 years)
In a leap year we have 52 weeks and 2 days adding this to the total count above we have,
260 weeks + 52 weeks = 312 weeks and by adding days we have 5 + 2 = 7 that is  a week
Totally 312 weeks + 1 week = 313 weeks.
There are 313 weeks are there for 6 years .

Use Partial Products to Multiply Homework & Practice 3.6

Find the product
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 21
Answer: 185

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 150 + 35 = 185
So, 37 × 5 = 185

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 22
Answer: 7,029

Explanation :
The sum of the partial products are 6300 + 720 + 9 = 7,029
So, 781 × 9 = 7,029

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 23
Answer: 8,811

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 6000 + 2700 + 90 + 21 = 8,811
S0, 2,937 × 3 = 8,811

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 24
Answer: 4,692

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 4200 + 480 12 = 4,962
So, 782 × 6 = 4,962

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 25
Answer: 680

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 640 + 40 = 680
So, 85 × 8 = 680

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 26
Answer: 16,052

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 16,000 + 40 + 12 = 16,052
So, 8,026 × 2 = 16,052

Find the product
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 27
Answer: 2,793

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 2100 + 630 + 63 = 2,793
So, 399 × 7 = 2,793

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 28
Answer: 29,560

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 28,000 + 1200 + 360 = 29,560
So, 7,390 × 4 = 29,560

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 29
Answer: 46,430

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 45,000 + 1000 + 400 + 30 = 46,430
So, 9,286 × 5 = 46,430

Question 10.
Number Sense
Which four numbers are the partial products that you add to find the product of 3,472 and 6?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 30
Answer: 18,000 ; 24,00 ; 420 ; 12.

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 18,000 + 2400 + 420 + 12 = 20,832.
So, The partial products are 18,000 ; 24,00 ; 420 ; 12.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
The sum of a four-digit number and a one-digit number is 7,231. The product of the numbers is 28,908. What are the numbers?
Answer: 7227 and 4

Explanation:
The sum of a four-digit number and a one-digit number is 7,231. The product of the numbers is 28,908. so we have 7,227 + 4 = 7,231 and product is 7,227 × 4 = 28,908.
So, The numbers are 7,227 and 4

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
The height of the Eiffel Tower is 38 feet more than 3 times the height of Big Ben. What is the height of the Eiffel Tower?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 31
Answer: The height of the Eiffel Tower is 986 feet.

Explanation:
The height of the Eiffel Tower is 38 feet more than 3 times the height of Big Ben.
so, 316 × 3 = 948 feet,
The height of the Eiffel Tower is 38 feet more we get 948 + 38 = 986 feet.
So, The height of the Eiffel Tower is 986 feet.

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
An animal shelter owner has 9 dogs and 4 cats ready for adoption. How much money will the owner collect when all of the animals are adopted?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 32
Answer:  $12,150 money is collect from the adoption.

Explanation:
Each cat is $450 , Then for 4 cats we get 4 × 450 = 1,800
Each dog is $1,150 ,Then for 9 dogs we get 9 × 1,150 = 10,350.

Total amount is $1800 + $10,350 = $ 12,150.
So, $12,150 money is collect from the adoption.

Review & Refresh

Write all of the names for the quadrilateral.
Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 33
Answer: Parallelogram, Square, Rectangle, Rhombus, Trapezoid.

Explanation: In geometry, a quadrilateral can be defined as a closed, two dimensional shape which has four straight sides.
We can find the shape of quadrilaterals in various things around us, like in a chess board, a deck of cards, a kite, a tub of popcorn, a sign board and in an arrow.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 34
Answer: square.

Explanation:
All sides are equal.
All angles are equal and measure 90°.

Lesson 3.7 Multiply Two-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Model 24 × 3. Draw to show your model.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 1
24 × 3 = _____
How did you use regrouping to find the product?
Answer: 72

Precision
Use a model to find 15 × 8.
Answer: 120

Think and Grow: Use Regrouping to Multiply

Example
Find 32 × 6.
Estimate: 30 × 6 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 2
Check: Because ____ is close to the estimate, _____, the answer is reasonable.
Answer: 32 × 6 = 192 , Then 30 × 6 = 180.

Explanation: Because 192  is close to the estimate, 180 , the answer is reasonable.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Use the model to find the product.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 3
Answer: 132.

Explanation:

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 2.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 4
Answer: 96, the Estimate product is 80

Explanation:
8 × 2 ones = 16 ones
regroup 16 ones as
1 ten and 6 ones
Then 8 × 1 ten = 8 tens
8 tens + 1 ten = 9 tens , then we have 96

And the Estimate product is 80,
because 12 is close to 10 , we have 10 × 8 = 80
So, 12 × 8 = 96

Question 3.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 5
Answer: 235, the estimated product is 250

Explanation:

5 × 7 ones = 35 ones
regrouping 35 ones as 3 tens and 5 ones
5 × 4 tens = 20 tens
20 tens + 3 tens = 23 tens  or  2 hundreds and 3 tens ,Then we get 235

And the estimated product is 250
because 47 is close to 50,then 50 × 5 = 250
So, 47 × 5 = 235

Question 4.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 6
Answer:  138, he estimated product is 120

Explanation:
6 × 3 ones = 18 ones
regrouping 18 ones as 1 ten and 8 ones
6 × 2tens = 12 tens
12 tens + 1 ten = 13 tens or 1 hundred and 3 tens ,Then we have 138

And the estimated product is 120
because 23 is close to 20 , so 20 × 6 = 120
So, 23 × 6 = 138

 

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 5.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 7
Answer: 175 , the Estimate product is 140

Explanation:
7 × 5 ones = 35 ones
regrouping 35 ones as 3 tens and 5 ones
7 × 2tens = 14 tens
14 tens + 3 tens = 17 tens or 1 hundred and 7 tens ,Then we have 175

And the estimated product is 140
because 25 is close to 20 , so 20 × 7 = 120
So, 25 × 7 = 175

Question 6.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 8
Answer:  68 , the Estimate product is 60

Explanation:
2 × 4 ones = 8 ones
2 × 3tens = 6 tens
Then we have 68

And the estimated product is 60
because 34 is close to 30 , so 30 × 2 = 60
So, 34 × 2 = 68

 

Question 7.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 9
Answer: 504, the Estimate product is 540

Explanation:
9 × 6 = 54 ones
regrouping 54 ones as 5 tens and 4 ones
9 × 5 tens = 45 tens
45 tens + 5 tens = 50 tens or 5 hundreds ,Then we have 504

And the estimated product is 540
because 56 is close to 60 , so 60 × 9 = 540
So, 56 × 9 = 504

Question 8.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 10
Answer:  328, the Estimate product is 320

Explanation:   
8 × 1 ones = 8 ones
8 × 4 tens = 32 tens
Then we have 328

And the estimated product is 320
because 41 is close to 40 , so 40 × 8 = 320
So, 41 × 8 = 328

Question 9.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 11
Answer: 292, the Estimate product is 280

Explanation:
4 × 3 ones = 12 ones
regrouping 12 ones as 1 ten and 2 ones
4 × 7 tens = 28  tens
28 tens + 1 ten  = 29 tens or 2 hundred and 9 tens ,Then we have 292

And the estimated product is 280
because 73 is close to 70 , so 70 × 4 = 280
So, 73 × 4 = 292

Question 10.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 12
Answer:  534, the Estimate product is 540

Explanation:
6 × 9 ones = 54 ones
regrouping 54 ones as 5 tens and 4 ones
6 × 8 tens = 48 tens
48 tens + 5 tens = 53 tens or 5 hundred and 3 tens ,Then we have 534

And the estimated product is 540
because 89 is close to 90 , so 90 × 6 = 540
So, 89 × 6 = 534

Question 11.
Estimate: ______
65 × 7 = ______
Answer:  455, the Estimate product is 490

Explanation:
7 × 5 ones = 35 ones
regrouping 35 ones as 3 tens and 5 ones
7 × 2tens = 14 tens
14 tens + 3 tens = 17 tens or 1 hundred and 7 tens ,Then we have 175

And the estimated product is 140
because 25 is close to 20 , so 20 × 7 = 120
So, 25 × 7 = 175

Question 12.
Estimate: ____
3 × 92 = _____
Answer: 276, the Estimate product is 270

Explanation:

3 × 2 ones = 6 ones
3 × 9 tens = 27 tens
Then we get 235

And the estimated product is 270
because 92 is close to 90, then 90 × 3 = 270
So, 92 × 3 = 276

Question 4.

Question 13.
Estimate: _____
47 × 5 = ______
Answer:  235, the Estimate product is 250

Explanation:

5 × 7 ones = 35 ones
regrouping 35 ones as 3 tens and 5 ones
5 × 4 tens = 20 tens
20 tens + 3 tens = 23 tens  or  2 hundreds and 3 tens ,Then we get 235

And the estimated product is 250
because 47 is close to 50,then 50 × 5 = 250
So, 47 × 5 = 235

Question 14.
There are 8 questions during the first round of a game show. Each question is worth 15 points. What is the greatest number of points that a contestant can earn during the first round?
Answer: 120 is the greatest number of points that a contestant can earn during the first round

Explanation:

8 × 5 ones = 40 ones
regrouping 40 ones as 4 tens and 0 ones
1 × 8 tens = 8 tens
8 tens + 4 tens = 12 tens  or  1 hundred  and 2 tens ,Then we get 120
So, 120 is the greatest number of points that a contestant can earn during the first round.

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the missing digits.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 13
Answer:  1 , 7 and 1 , 9 and 7.

Explanation:

5 × 3 ones = 15 ones
regrouping 15 ones as 1 ten and 5 ones
5 × 1 ten = 5 tens
5 tens + 1 ten = 6 tens  ,Then we get  65

Explanation:

2 × 7 ones = 14 ones
regrouping 14 ones as 1 ten and 4 ones
2 × 3 tens = 6 tens
6 tens + 1 ten = 7 tens  Then we get  74

Explanation:

9 × 8 ones = 72 ones
regrouping 72 ones as 7 tens and 2 ones
9 × 8 tens = 72 tens
72 tens + 7 tens = 79 tens  or  7 hundreds and 9 tens ,Then we get  792
Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The fastest human on Earth can run up to 27 miles per hour. A pronghorn antelope can run up to 2 times as fast as the fastest human. A cheetah can run up to 61 miles per hour. Which animal can run faster?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 14
Find how fast a pronghorn antelope can run.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 15
Answer: 54 miles per hour

Explanation:
2 × 7 ones = 14 ones
regrouping 14 ones as 1 ten and 4 ones
2 × 2 tens = 4 tens
4 tens + 1 ten = 5 tens  Then we get  54.

A pronghorn antelope can run up to _____ miles per hour.
Answer: A pronghorn antelope can run up to 54 miles per hour.

Compare the fastest speeds of a pronghorn antelope and a cheetah.
So, a _______ can run faster.
Answer: A cheetah can run faster.

Show and Grow

Question 16.
A band’s goal is to produce 100 songs. The band has produced 6 albums with 13 songs on each album. Has the band reached its goal?
Answer: NO , 78 songs

Explanation:

6 × 3 ones = 18 ones
regrouping 18 ones as 1 ten and 8 ones
6 × 1 ten = 6 tens
6 tens + 1 ten = 7 ten Then we get  78
A band’s goal is to produce 100 songs but they had only 78 songs so they did not get to their goal.

Question 17.
A teenager must practice driving with an adult for 50 hours before taking a driver’s license test. A teenager practices driving with an adult 4 hours each week for14 weeks. Has the teenager practiced long enough to take the test?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 16
Answer: YES , 56 hours

Explanation:

4 × 4 ones = 16 ones
regrouping 16 ones as 1 ten and 6 ones
4 × 1 ten = 4 tens
4 tens + 1 ten = 5 tens Then we get  56
A teenager must practice driving with an adult for 50 hours So she has practiced enough to get a license.

Question 18.
How much more does it cost to rent a personal water craft for 3 hours than a motor boat for 3 hours?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 17
Answer: It cost $60 more to rent a personal water craft for 3 hours than a motor boat for 3 hours.

Explanation:
A Personal water craft cost $89 per hour then per 3 hours, $89 × 3 ,so
3 × 9 ones = 27 ones
regrouping 27 ones as 2 tens and 7 ones
3 × 8 tens = 24 tens
24 tens + 2 tens = 26 tens  or  2 hundreds and 6 tens ,Then we get  $267.

Explanation:
A Motor boat costs $69 per hour then for 3 hours,$69 × 3 ,so
3 × 9 ones = 27 ones
regrouping 27 ones as 2 tens and 7 ones
3 × 6 tens = 18 tens
18 tens + 2 tens = 20 tens or  2 hundreds ,Then we get  $207

Finally $267 – $ 207 = $60
It cost $60 more to rent a personal water craft for 3 hours than a motor boat for 3 hours.

Multiply Two-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 3.7

Question 1.
Use the model to find the product.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 18
Answer: 106

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 2.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 19
Answer: 72 , the Estimate product is 60,

Explanation: 
3 × 4 ones = 12 ones
regroup 12 ones as 1 ten and 2 ones
Then 3 × 2 tens = 6 tens
6 tens + 1 ten = 7 tens , then we have 72

And the Estimate product is 60,
because 24 is close to 20 , we have 20 × 3 = 60
So, 24 × 3 = 72.

Question 3.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 20
Answer: 126 ,the Estimate product is 140,

Explanation: 
7 × 8 ones = 56 ones
regroup 56 ones as
5 tens and 6 ones
Then 7 × 1 ten = 7 tens
7 tens + 5 tens = 12  tens , then we have 126

And the Estimate product is 140,
because 18 is close to 20 , we have 20 × 7 = 140
So, 18 × 7 = 126

Question 4.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 21
Answer: 198, the Estimate product is 180.

Explanation: 
6 × 3 ones = 18 ones
regroup 18 ones as 1 ten and 8 ones
Then 6 × 3 tens = 18 tens
18 tens + 1 ten = 19 tens , then we have  198

And the Estimate product is 180,
because 33 is close to 30 , we have 30 × 6 = 180
So, 33 × 6 = 198

Question 5.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 22
Answer: 423, the Estimate product is 450.

Explanation: 
9 × 7 ones = 63 ones
regroup 63 ones as 6 tens and  3 ones
Then 9 × 4 tens = 36 tens
36 tens + 6 ten = 42 tens , then we have 423

And the Estimate product is 450,
because 47 is close to 50 , we have 50 × 9 = 450
So, 47 × 9 = 423

Question 6.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 23
Answer: 260,the Estimate product is 240.

Explanation: 
4 × 5 ones = 20 ones
regroup 20 ones as 2 tens and 0 ones
Then 4 × 6 tens = 24 tens
24 tens + 2 tens = 26 tens , then we have 260

And the Estimate product is 240,
because 65 is close to 60 , we have 60 × 4 = 240
So, 65 × 4 = 260

Question 7.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 24
Answer:  576 ,the Estimate product is 560.

Explanation:
8 × 2 ones = 16 ones
regroup 16 ones as
1 ten and 6 ones
Then 8 × 7 tens = 56 tens
56 tens + 1 ten = 57 tens , then we have 576

And the Estimate product is 560,
because 72 is close to 70 , we have 70 × 8 = 560
So, 72 × 8 = 576.

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 8.
Estimate: ______
49 × 5 = _____
Answer: 245 , the Estimate product is 250,

Explanation: 
5 × 9 ones = 45 ones
regroup 45 ones as 4 tens and 5 ones
Then 5 × 4 tens = 20 tens
20 tens + 4 tens = 24 tens , then we have  245

And the Estimate product is 250,
because 49 is close to 50 , we have 50 × 5 = 250
So, 49 × 5 = 250.

Question 9.
Estimate: _______
7 × 86 = _______
Answer: 602, the Estimate product is 630,

Explanation: 
7 × 6 ones = 42 ones
regroup 42 ones as 4 tens and  2 ones
Then 7 × 8 tens = 56 tens
56 tens + 4 tens = 60 tens , then we have 602

And the Estimate product is 630,
because 86 is close to 90 , we have 90 × 7 = 630
So, 86 × 7 = 602.

Question 10.
Estimate: ______
93 × 3 = ______
Answer: 279 , the Estimate product is 270

Explanation: 
3 × 3 ones = 9 ones
Then 3 × 9 tens = 27 tens
then we have 279

And the Estimate product is 270,
because 93 is close to 90 , we have 90 × 3 = 270
So, 93 × 3 = 270.

Question 11.
You read 56 pages each week. How many pages do you read in 8 weeks?
Answer: 448 pages.

Explanation:
8 × 6 ones = 48 ones
regroup 48 ones as 4 tens and 8 ones
Then 8 × 5 tens = 40 tens
40 tens + 4 tens = 44 tens , then we have  448.
So, 448 pages for 8 weeks.

Question 12.
Number Sense
The sum of two numbers is 20. The product of the two numbers is 51. What are the two numbers?
Answer: 17 and 3  are the two numbers.

Explanation:
3 × 7 ones = 21 ones
regroup 21 ones as 2 tens and 1 ones
Then 3 × 1 ten = 3 tens
3 tens + 2 tens = 5 tens , then we have  51

Question 13.
Reasoning
Your friend multiplies 58 by6 and says that the product is 3,048. Is your friend’s answer reasonable? Explain.
Answer:  Correct answer is 348

Explanation:

6 × 8 ones = 48 ones
regroup 48 ones as 4 tens and 2 ones
Then 6 × 5 tens = 30 tens
30 tens + 4 tens = 34 tens , then we have  348
So, Correct answer is 348 .

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
How much greater is 4 × 26 than 3 × 26? Explain how you know without multiplying.
Answer:  4 × 26 is greater than 3 × 26 .
Explanation: The two factors of the given multiplication are 4 and 3 as 4 is greater than 3 , So , any same number multiplied by these two numbers individually will give the greatest number as a result for the number 4 .
So, 4 × 26 is greater than 3 × 26.

Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
A self-balancing scooter travels 12 miles per hour. An all-terrain vehicle can travel 6 times as fast as the scooter. A go-kart can travel 67 miles per hour. Which vehicle can travel the fastest?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 25
Answer: An all-terrain vehicle can travel faster that is 72 miles per hour

Explanation:
6 × 2 ones = 12 ones
regroup 12 ones as 1 ten and 2 ones
Then 6 × 1 tens = 6 tens
6 tens + 1 tens = 7 tens , then we have  72.
Given , A go-kart can travel 67 miles per hour.
An all-terrain vehicle can travel faster that is 72 miles per hour

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
It takes a spaceship 3 days to reach the moon from Earth. It takes a spaceship 14 times as many days to reach Mars from Earth. How long would it take the spaceship to travel from Earth to Mars and back?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 26
Answer: It takes 84 days for the spaceship to travel from Earth to Mars and back.

Explanation:
3 × 4 ones = 12 ones
regroup 12 ones as 1 ten and 2 ones
Then 3 × 1 ten = 3 tens
3 tens + 1 ten = 4 tens , then we have  42.
It takes 42 days to reach Mars from Earth.
And IT take 42 + 42  = 84 days
It takes 84 days to travel from Earth to Mars and back.

Review & Refresh

Question 17.
You spend 21 fewer minutes riding the bus to school than getting ready in the morning. You take 36 minutes to get ready. How long is the bus ride?
Answer: 15 minutes to ride the bus

Explanation:  You take 36 minutes to get ready.
You spend 21 fewer minutes riding the bus to school than getting ready in the morning
So, 36 – 21 = 15
It takes 15 minutes to ride the bus.

Lesson 3.8 Multiply Three-and Four-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Use any strategy to find each product.
7 × 39 = _____
7 × 439 = ______
Answer: 273 and 3,073

Explanation: by using distributive property
7 × 39 = 7 × ( 30 + 9)
= (7 × 30)+ (7 ×9)
=210  + 63
= 273.

Explanation:
7 × 439 = 7 × ( 400 + 30 + 9)
= ( 7 × 400) +(7 × 30)+ (7 ×9)
= 2800  + 210 + 63
= 3,073.

Structure
How are the equations the same? How are they different?
Answer: The equations are same when the numbers in the equation are in their standard position as ones, tens, hundreds etc. And at the same time the factors of the products must not change .
The equation is different when the two factor numbers are changing their position irrespective of their places.

Think and Grow: Use Regrouping to Multiply

Example
Find 795 × 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 1

Example
Find 6,084 × 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 2
Check: Because ____ is close to the estimate, _____, the answer is reasonable.
Answer: 6,000 × 2 = 12,000 and 6,084 × 2 = 12,168.

Explanation:
Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
2 × 4 ones = 8 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
2 × 8 tens = 16 tens
regroup as 1 ten and 6 ones

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
2 × 0 = 0

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
2 × 6 thousands = 12 thousands
Finally we have , 12,168.
So, 6,000 × 2 = 12,000 and 6,084 × 2 = 12,168.
Because 6,000  is close to the estimate, 12,000, the answer is reasonable.

Show and Grow

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 1.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 3
Answer: 615, the estimated product is 600

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
5 × 3 ones = 15 ones
Regroup as 1 ten and 5 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
5 × 2 tens = 10 tens
10 tens + 1 ten = 11 tens
regroup 11 tens  as 1 hundreds and 1 ten

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
5 × 1 hundreds  = 5 hundreds
5 hundreds + 1 hundred = 6 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 615 .

And the estimated product is 600
because 123 is close to 120, 120 × 5 = 600
So, 123 × 5 = 615 .

Question 2.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 4
Answer:  2,721 , the estimated product is 2,700

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
3 × 7 ones = 21 ones
Regroup 21 ones  as 2 tens and 1 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
3 × 0 tens = 0 tens
0 tens + 2 tens = 2 tens

 Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
3 × 9 hundreds  = 27 hundreds
Regroup 27 hundreds  as 2 thousands and 7 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 2,721 .

And the estimated product is 2,700
because 907 is close to 900, 900 × 3 = 2,700
So, 907 × 3 = 2,721 .

Question 3.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 5
Answer:  43,890, the estimated product is 43,800

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
6 × 5 ones = 30 ones
regroup 30 ones as 3 tens and 0 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
6 × 1 tens = 6 tens
6 tens + 3 tens = 9 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
6 × 3 hundreds  = 18 hundreds
regroup as 1 thousand and 8 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
6 × 7 thousands = 42 thousands
42 thousands + 1 thousand = 43 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 43,890

And the estimated product is 43,800
because 7,315 is close to 7300, 7300 × 6 = 43,800
So, 7,315 × 6  = 43,890 .

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 4.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 6
Answer:  840, the estimated product is also 840

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
7 × 0 ones = 0 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
7 × 2 tens = 14 tens
regroup 14 tens  as 1 hundred and 4 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
7 × 1 hundreds  = 7 hundreds
7 hundreds + 1 hundred = 8 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 840.

And the estimated product is 840
because 120 has a zero’s in ones place ,
so it is already close to the nearest 0’s so we don’t have to  estimate separately.

Question 5.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 7
Answer:  10,136, the estimated product is 10,000

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
4 × 4 ones = 16 ones
regroup as 1 ten and 6 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
4 × 3 tens = 12 tens
12 tens + 1 ten = 13 tens
regroup as 1 hundred and 3 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
4 × 5 hundreds  = 20 hundreds
20 hundreds +  1 hundred = 21 hundreds
regroup as 2 thousands and 1 hundred

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
4 × 2 thousands = 8 thousands
8 thousands + 2 thousands = 10 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 10,136

And the estimated product is 10,000
because 2,534 is close to 2500, 2500 × 4 = 10,000
So, 2,534 × 4 = 10,136 .

Question 6.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 8
Answer: 15,234, the estimated product is 15,200

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
2 × 7 ones = 14 ones
regroup as 1 ten and 4 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
2 × 1 ten = 2 tens
2 tens + 1 ten = 3 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
2 × 6 hundreds  = 12 hundreds
regroup as 1 thousand  and 2 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
2 × 7 thousands = 14 thousands
14 thousands + 1 thousand = 15 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 15,234

And the estimated product is 15,200
because 7,617 is close to 7600, 7,600 × 2 = 15,200
So, 7,617 × 2 = 15,234 .

Question 7.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 9
Answer:  3,664, the estimated product is 3,680

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
8 × 8 ones = 64 ones
regroup as 6 tens and 4 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
8 × 5 tens = 40 tens
40 tens + 6 tens = 46 tens
regroup 46 tens  as 4 hundreds  and 6 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
8 × 4 hundreds  = 32 hundreds
32 hundreds + 4 hundreds = 36 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 3,664.

And the estimated product is 3,680
because 458 is close to 460, 460 × 8 = 36,80
So, 458 × 8 = 3,664 .

Question 8.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 10
Answer: 79,407, the estimated product is 79,200

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
9 × 3 ones = 27 ones
regroup 27 ones as 2 tens and 7 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
9 × 2 tens = 18 tens
18 tens + 2 tens = 20 tens
regroup as 2 hundreds and 0 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
9 × 8 hundreds  = 72 hundreds
72 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 74 hundreds
regroup as 7 thousands and 4 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
9 × 8 thousands = 72 thousands
72 thousands + 7 thousand = 79 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 79,407.

And the estimated product is 79,200
because 8,823 is close to 8,800, 8,800 × 9 = 79,200
So, 8,823 × 9  = 79,407 .

Question 9.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 11
Answer:  5,850, the estimated product is 5,820

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
6 × 5 ones = 30 ones
regroup as 3 tens and 0 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
6 × 7 tens = 42 tens
42 tens + 3 tens = 45 tens
regroup 45 tens  as 4 hundreds  and 5 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
6 × 9 hundreds  = 54 hundreds
54 hundreds + 4 hundreds = 58 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 5,850.

And the estimated product is 5,820
because 975 is close to 970, 970 × 6 = 5,820
So, 975 × 6 = 5,850 .

Question 10.
Estimate: _____
1,762 × 3 = ______
Answer:  5,286, the estimated product is 5,100

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
3 × 2 ones = 6 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
3 × 6 tens = 18 tens
regroup as 1 hundred and 8 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
3 × 7 hundreds  = 21 hundreds
21 hundreds + 1 hundred = 22 hundreds
regroup as 2 thousands and 2 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
3 × 1 thousands = 3 thousands
3 thousands + 2 thousands = 5 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 5,286.

And the estimated product is 5,100
because 1,762 is close to 1,700, 1,700 × 3  = 5,100
So, 1,762 × 3  = 5,286 .

Question 11.
Estimate: ______
5 × 5,492 = ______
Answer:  27,460, the estimated product is 27,000

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
5 × 2 ones = 10 ones
regroup 10 ones as 1 ten and 0 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
5 × 9 tens = 45 tens
45 tens + 1 ten = 46 tens
regroup as 4 hundreds and 6 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
5 × 4 hundreds  = 20 hundreds
20 hundreds + 4 hundreds = 24 hundreds
regroup as 2 thousands and 4 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
5 × 5 thousands = 25 thousands
25 thousands + 2 thousand = 27 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 27,460.

And the estimated product is 27,000
because 5,492 is close to 5,400, 5,400 × 5 = 27,000
So, 5,492  × 5  =  27,460.

Question 12.
Estimate: ______
347 × 7 = _____
Answer:   2,429, the estimated product is 2,380

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
7 × 7 ones = 49 ones
regroup as 4 tens and 9 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
7 × 4 tens = 28 tens
28 tens + 4 tens = 32 tens
regroup 32 tens  as 3 hundreds  and 2 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
7 × 3 hundreds  = 21 hundreds
21 hundreds + 3 hundreds = 24 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 2,429.

And the estimated product is 2,380
because 347 is close to 340, 340 × 7 = 2,380
So, 347 × 7 = 2,429 .

Compare
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 12
Answer: 6 × 2,843 is greater than 8 × 1,645
17,058  is greater than 13,160

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
6 × 3 ones = 18 ones
regroup 18 ones as 1 ten and 8 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
6 × 4 tens = 24 tens
24 tens + 1 ten = 25 tens
regroup as 2 hundreds and 5 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
6 × 8 hundreds  = 48 hundreds
48 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 50 hundreds
regroup as 5 thousands and 0 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
6 × 2 thousands = 12 thousands
12 thousands + 5 thousands = 17 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 17,058
So, 2,843 × 6 = 17,058

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
8 × 5 ones = 40 ones
regroup 40 ones as 4 tens and 0 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
8 × 4 tens = 32 tens
32 tens + 4 tens = 36 tens
regroup as 3 hundreds and 6 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
8 × 6 hundreds  = 48 hundreds
48 hundreds + 3 hundreds = 51 hundreds
regroup as 5 thousands and 1 hundred

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
8 × 1 thousand = 8 thousands
8 thousands + 5 thousands = 13 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 13,160
So, 1,645 × 8 = 13,160

Finally , 17,058  is greater than 13,160.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 13
Answer: 6,582 × 3 is greater than 2,394 × 8
19,746  is greater than 19,152

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
3 × 2 ones = 6 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
3 × 8 tens = 24 tens
regroup as 2 hundreds and 4 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
3 × 5 hundreds  = 15 hundreds
15 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 17 hundreds
regroup as 1 thousand and 7 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
3 × 6 thousands = 18 thousands
18 thousands + 1 thousand = 19 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 19,746.
So, 6,582 × 3 = 19,746.

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
8 × 4 ones = 32 ones
regroup 32 ones as 3 tens and 2 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
8 × 9 tens = 72 tens
72 tens + 3 tens = 75 tens
regroup as 7 hundreds and 5 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
8 × 3 hundreds  = 24 hundreds
24 hundreds + 7 hundreds = 31 hundreds
regroup as 3 thousands and 1 hundred

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
8 × 2 thousands = 16 thousands
16 thousands + 3 thousands = 19 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 19,152
So, 2,394 × 8 =  19,152

Finally , 19,746  is greater than 19,152.

Question 15.
A roller coaster is twice as tall as a Ferris wheel that is 228 feet tall. How tall is the roller coaster?
Answer:  The roller coaster is 456 feet tall.

Explanation:
Given, A roller coaster is twice as tall as a Ferris wheel that is 228 feet tall.so , 228 × 2

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
2 × 8 ones = 16 ones
Regroup as 1 ten and 6 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
2 × 2 tens = 4 tens
4 tens + 1 ten = 5 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
2 × 2 hundreds  = 4 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 456 .
The roller coaster is 456 feet tall.

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
How can you estimate the number of digits in the product of 7 and 8,348?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 14
Answer:  58,436 , There are 7 digits i the product of the 7 and 8,348

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
7 × 8 ones = 56  ones
regroup 56 ones as 5 tens and 6 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
7 × 4 tens = 28 tens
28 tens +  5 tens = 33 tens
regroup as 3 hundreds and 3 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
7 × 3 hundreds  = 21 hundreds
21 hundreds + 3 hundreds = 24 hundreds
regroup as 2 thousands and 4 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
7 × 8 thousand = 56 thousands
56 thousands + 2 thousands = 58 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 58,436.
So, 8,348 × 7 = 58,436

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The lengths of time that a penguin and an elephant seal can hold their breaths are shown. A sea turtle can hold its breath 7 times as long as a penguin. Which animal can hold its breath the longest?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 15
Multiply to find how long a sea turtle can hold its breath.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 16
Answer : The sea turtle can hold its breath up to 84,00 seconds

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
0

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
0

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
7 × 2 hundreds  = 14 hundreds
regroup as 1 thousand and 4 hundreds

Step 4:  Multiply thousands and regroup
7 × 1 thousands = 7 thousands
7 thousands + 1 thousand  =  8 thousands

By holding all places together we get 8,400 .

Compare the lengths of time that each animal can hold its breath.
Answer:     Penguin can hold its breath by 1,200 seconds.
Elephant seal can hold its breath by 7,200 seconds.
Sea turtle can hold it breath by 8,400 seconds.

The _______ can hold its breath the longest.
Answer: Sea turtle can hold its breath the longest

Show and Grow

Question 17.
You have 796 baseball cards and 284 hockey cards. You have 3 times as many football cards as hockey cards. Which type of card do you have the greatest number of?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 17
Answer: 852 football cards are the greatest number of cards.

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
3 × 4 ones = 12 ones
Regroup as 1 ten and 2 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
3 × 8 tens = 24 tens
24 tens + 1 ten = 25 tens
regroup 25 tens  as 2 hundreds and 5 ten

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
3 × 2 hundreds  = 6 hundreds
6 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 8 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 852.

So,852 football cards are the greatest number of cards.

Question 18.
A principal has $2,000 to spend on updating some of your school’s tablets. She buys 4 tablets that each cost $299. How much money does the principal have left?
Answer: $299 × 4 = $1,196 , the principal have left $804.

Explanation:
She buys 4 tablets that each cost $299

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
4 × 9 ones = 36 ones
Regroup as 3 tens and 6 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
4 × 9 tens = 36 tens
36 tens + 3 tens = 39 tens
regroup 39 tens  as 3 hundreds and 9 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
4 × 2 hundreds  = 8 hundreds
8 hundreds + 3 hundreds = 11 hundreds
regroup as 1 thousand and 1 hundred.

By holding all places together we get 1,196
So, $299 × 4 = $1,196 ,
the principal have left $804.

Question 19.
A train ticket from New York City to Miami costs $152. A train ticket from New York City to Orlando costs $144. A group of 8 friends is in New York City. How much money can the group save by going to Orlando instead of going to Miami?
Answer: They can save $64.

Explanation:
A group of 8 friends is in New York City,
A train ticket from New York City to Miami costs $152.

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
8 × 2 ones = 16 ones
Regroup as 1 ten and 6 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
8 × 5 tens = 40 tens
40 tens + 1 ten = 41 tens
regroup 41 tens  as 4 hundreds and 1 ten

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
8 × 1 hundreds  = 8 hundreds
8 hundreds + 4 hundred = 12 hundreds
regroup as 1 thousand and 2 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 1,216
So, $152 × 8 = $1,216.


A train ticket from New York City to Orlando costs $144,

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
8 × 4 ones = 32 ones
Regroup as 3 tens and 2 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
8 × 4 tens = 32 tens
32 tens + 3 tens = 35 tens
regroup 35 tens  as 3 hundreds and 5 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
8 × 1 hundreds  = 8 hundreds
8 hundreds + 3 hundred = 11 hundreds
regroup as 1 thousand and 1 hundred

By holding all places together we get 1,152
So, $144 × 8 = $1,152.

Finally , $1,216  – $1,152 = $ 64
They can save $64.

Multiply Three-and Four-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 3.8

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 1.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 18
Answer:  2,736, The estimated product is  2,700

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
9 × 4 ones = 36 ones
Regroup 36 ones  as 3 tens and 6 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
9 × 0 tens = 0 tens
0 tens + 3 tens = 3 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
9 × 3 hundreds  = 27 hundreds
Regroup 27 hundreds  as 2 thousands and 7 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 2,736 .

And the estimated product is 2,700
because 304 is close to 300, 300 × 9 = 2,700
So, 304 × 9 = 2,736 .

Question 2.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 19
Answer:  4,936, The estimated product is 4,880

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
8 × 7 ones = 56 ones
Regroup 56 ones  as 5 tens and 6 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
8 × 1 ten = 8 tens
8 tens + 5 tens = 10 tens
regroup as 1 hundred and 0 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
8 × 6 hundreds  = 48 hundreds
48 hundreds + 1 hundred = 49 hundreds
Regroup 49 hundreds  as 4 thousands and 9 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 4,936 .

And the estimated product is 4,880
because 617 is close to 610, 610 × 8 = 4,880
So, 617 × 8 = 4,936 .

Question 3.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 20
Answer: 23,756, The estimated product is  23,760

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
4 × 9 ones = 36 ones
regroup 36 ones as 3 tens and 6 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
4 × 3 tens = 12 tens
12 tens + 3 tens = 15 tens
regroup as 1 hundred and 5 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
4 × 9 hundreds  = 36 hundreds
36 hundreds + 1 hundred = 37 hundreds
regroup as 3 thousands and 7 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
4 × 5 thousands = 20 thousands
20 thousands + 3 thousands = 23 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 23,756.

And the estimated product is 23,760
because 5,939 is close to 5,940, 5,940 × 4 = 23,760
So, 5,939 × 4  = 23,756 .

Question 4.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 21
Answer:  8,262, The estimated product is  8,250.

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
3 × 4 ones = 12 ones
regroup 12 ones as 1 ten and 2 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
3 × 5 tens = 15 tens
15 tens + 1 ten = 16 tens
regroup as 1 hundred and 6 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
3 × 7 hundreds  = 21 hundreds
21 hundreds + 1 hundred = 22 hundreds
regroup as 2 thousands and 2 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
3 × 2 thousands = 6 thousands
6 thousands + 2 thousands = 8 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 8,262

And the estimated product is 8,250
because 2,754 is close to 2,750, 2,750 × 3 = 8,250
So, 2,754 × 3  = 8,262 .

Question 5.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 22
Answer: 50,790, The estimated product is  50,760

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
6 × 5 ones = 30 ones
regroup 30 ones as 3 tens and 0 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
6 × 6 tens = 36 tens
36 tens + 3 tens = 39 tens
regroup as 3 hundreds and 9 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
6 × 4 hundreds  = 24 hundreds
24 hundreds + 3 hundreds = 27 hundreds
regroup as 2 thousands and 7 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
6 × 8 thousands = 48 thousands
48 thousands + 2 thousands = 50 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 50,790.

And the estimated product is 50,760,
because 8,465 is close to 8,460, 8,460 × 6 = 50,760
So, 8,465 × 6  = 50,790.

Question 6.
Estimate: ______
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 23
Answer: 5,754 ,The estimated product is  5,740

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
7 × 2 ones = 14 ones
Regroup 14 ones  as 1 tens and 4 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
7 × 2 tens = 14 tens
14 tens + 1 tens = 15 tens
regroup as 1 hundred and 5 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
7 × 8 hundreds  = 56 hundreds
56 hundreds + 1 hundred = 57 hundreds
Regroup 57 hundreds  as 5 thousands and 7 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 5,754 .

And the estimated product is 5,740
because 822 is close to 820, 820 × 7 = 5,740
So, 822 × 7 = 5,754 .

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 7.
Estimate: _______
629 × 5 = ______
Answer: 3,145 , The estimated product is 3,150

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
5 × 9 ones = 45 ones
Regroup 45 ones  as 4 tens and 5 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
5 × 2 tens = 10 tens
10 tens + 4 tens = 14 tens
regroup as 1 hundred and 4 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
5 × 6 hundreds  = 30 hundreds
30 hundreds + 1 hundred = 31 hundreds
Regroup 31 hundreds  as 3 thousands and 1 hundred

By holding all places together we get 3,145.

And the estimated product is 3,150.
because 629 is close to 630, 630 × 5 = 3,150.
So, 629 × 5 = 3,145 .

Question 8.
Estimate: _______
7 × 1,836 = ______
Answer:  12,852 , The estimated product is  12,880

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
7 × 6 ones = 42 ones
regroup 42 ones as 4 tens and 2 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
7 × 3 tens = 21 tens
21 tens + 4 tens = 25 tens
regroup as 2 hundreds and 5 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
7 × 8 hundreds  = 56 hundreds
56 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 58 hundreds
regroup as 5 thousands and 8 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
7 × 1 thousands = 7 thousands
7 thousands + 5 thousands = 12 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 12,852

And the estimated product is 12,880
because 1,836 is close to 1,840, 1,840 × 7 = 12,880
So, 1,836 × 7  = 12,852 .

Question 9.
Estimate: ______
453 × 3 = ______
Answer: 1,359 , The estimated product is  1,350

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
3 ×  ones = 9 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
3 × 5 tens = 15 tens
regroup as 1 hundred and 5 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
3 × 4 hundreds  = 12 hundreds
12 hundreds + 1 hundred = 13 hundreds
Regroup 13 hundreds  as 1 thousand and 3 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 1,359 .

And the estimated product is 1,350
because 453 is close to 450, 450 × 3 = 1,350.
So, 453 × 3 = 1,359 .

Compare
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 24
Answer: 20,346 is greater than 6,782.

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
3 × 2 ones = 6 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
3 × 8 tens = 24 tens
regroup as 2 hundreds and 4 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
3 × 7 hundreds  = 21 hundreds
21 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 23 hundreds
regroup as 2 thousands and 3 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
3 × 6 thousands = 18 thousands
18 thousands + 2 thousands = 20 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 20,346

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
2 × 1 ones = 2 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
2 × 9 tens = 18 tens
regroup as 1 hundred and 8 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
2 × 3 hundreds  = 6 hundreds
6 hundreds + 1 hundred = 7 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
2 × 3 thousands = 6 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 6,782.
So, 20,346 is greater than 6,782.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 25
Answer: 12,528 is greater than 9,972.

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
9 × 2 ones = 18 ones
regroup 18 ones as 1 tens and 8 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
9 × 9 tens = 81 tens
81 tens + 1 tens = 82 tens
regroup as 8 hundreds and 2 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
9 × 3 hundreds  = 27 hundreds
27 hundreds + 8 hundreds = 35 hundreds
regroup as 3 thousands and 5 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
9 × 1 thousands = 9 thousands
9 thousands + 3 thousands = 12 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 12,528.

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
4 × 3 ones = 12 ones
regroup 12 ones as 1 tens and 2 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
4 × 9 tens = 36 tens
36 tens + 1 tens = 37 tens
regroup as 3 hundreds and 7 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
4 × 4 hundreds  = 16 hundreds
16 hundreds + 3 hundreds = 19 thousands
regroup as 1 thousand and 9 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
4 × 2 thousands = 8 thousands
8 thousands + 1 thousand = 9 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 9,972.
So, 12,528 is greater than 9,972.

Question 12.
A backpacker hikes the Buckeye Trail 5 times. The trail is 1,444 miles long. How many miles has he hiked on the Buckeye Trail in all?
Answer: 7,220 miles has hiked on the Buckeye Trail.

Explanation:
The trail is 1,444 miles long,
A backpacker hikes the Buckeye Trail 5 times. Then 1,444 × 5 ,

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
5 × 4 ones = 20 ones
regroup 20 ones as 2 tens and 0 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
5 × 4 tens = 20 tens
20 tens + 2 tens = 22 tens
regroup as 2 hundreds and 2 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
5 × 4 hundreds  = 20 hundreds
20 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 22 hundreds
regroup as 2 thousands and 2 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
5 × 1 thousands = 5 thousands
5 thousands + 2 thousands  = 7 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 7,220.

Question 13.
Number Sense
What number is 980 more than the product of 6,029 and 8?
Answer: 49,212, The product of 6,029 and 8 is 48,232

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
8 × 9 ones = 72 ones
regroup 72 ones as 7 tens and 2 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
8 × 2 tens = 16 tens
16 tens + 7 tens = 23 tens
regroup as 2 hundreds and 3 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
8 × 0 hundreds  = 0 hundreds
0 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 2 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
8 × 6 thousands = 48 thousands

By holding all the places together we get  48,232.

Given, The required number is 980 more than  48,232,
Then 48,232 + 980 = 49,212.
Finally the wanted number is 49,212.

Question 14.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says that the product of a three-digit number and a one-digit number is always a three-digit number. Is Newton correct? Explain.
Answer: NO

Explanation: The Assumption that the product of a three-digit number and a one-digit number is always a three-digit number is wrong because,
the the factor numbers of a product might vary in places .
The highest one digit number is multiplied by the highest 3 digit number will not be a 3 digit number as a output product .
So, Newton is wrong about his statement.

Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
The numbers of songs Newton and Descartes’s download are shown. You download 2 times as many songs as Descartes. Who downloads the most songs?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 26
Answer: I downloaded 334 songs and Newton has the most songs that is 351 songs .

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
2 × 7 ones = 14 ones
Regroup as 1 ten and 4 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
2 × 6 tens = 12 tens
12 tens + 1 ten = 13 tens
regroup 11 tens  as 1 hundreds and 3 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
2 × 1 hundreds  = 2 hundreds
2 hundreds + 1 hundred = 3 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 334 .
The songs that i downloaded are 334
Newton has 351 songs and Descartes has 167 songs and compared to all of us ,
Newton has more songs that is 315 songs.

Review & Refresh

Find the sum or difference. Use the inverse operation to check.
Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 27
Answer: 685.

Explanation:
By subtracting 847 – 162 , we get 685
To check inverse operation :
Add 685 + 162  = 847.

So 847 – 162 = 685 .
Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 28
Answer:  901

Explanation:
By adding 612 + 289 , we get 901
To check inverse operation:
Subtract 901 – 289 ,we get  612

So, 612 + 289 = 901 .

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 29
Answer:  149

Explanation:

By subtracting 500 – 351 , we get 149
To check inverse operation :
Add 315 + 149  = 500 .

So 500 – 351 = 149 .

Lesson 3.9 Use Properties to Multiply

Explore and Grow

Use any strategy to find each product. Explain the strategy you used to find each product.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 1
Answer:  700 , 790, 45,009 , 44,991.

Explanation:  7 × 25 × 4
By using commutative property of multiplication
= 7 × ( 25 × 4)
=7 × 100
= 700
So, 7 × 25 × 4 = 700 .

5 × 79 × 2
By using commutative property of multiplication
= 79 × ( 5 × 2)
=79 × 10
= 790
So, 5 × 79 × 2 = 790 .

9 × 5,001
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 9 × (5,000 + 1)
= ( 9 × 5,000) + ( 9 × 1)
= 45,000 + 9
= 45,009
So,  9 × 5,001 = 45,009.

9 × 4,999
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 9 × (5,000 – 1)
= ( 9 × 5,000) – ( 9 × 1)
= 45,000 – 9
= 44,991
So,  9 × 4,999 = 44,991.

Construct Arguments
Compare your strategies with your partner’s. How are they alike? How are they different?
Answer:  All the strategies are correct that are used by my friend and me.
Using any method in multiplication is frequently used to find the product as fast as possible
some methods are long and some of them are really fast and easy .
Every method is correct unless you did not do any mistakes, so , all are alike.

Think and Grow: Use Properties to Multiply

You can use properties to multiply.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 2
Answer :  2,000 , 3,490 , 900

Explanation:
8 × 250
By using associative property of multiplication
=( 4 × 2 ) × 250
= 4 × ( 2 × 250)
= 4 × 500
= 2,000.
So, 8 × 250 = 2,000.

5 × 698
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 5 × ( 700 – 2)
= (5 × 700) – ( 5 × 2)
= 3,500 – 10
= 3,490
So,  5 × 698 = 3,490.

4 × 9 × 25
By using commutative property of multiplication
= 9 × ( 4 × 25)
= 9 × 100
= 900.
So, 4 × 9 × 25 = 900.

Show and Grow

Use properties to find the product. Explain your reasoning.
Question 1.
6 × 150
Answer: 900

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 6 × ( 100 + 50)
= (6 × 100) + ( 6 × 50)
= 600 + 300
= 900.
So, 6 × 150 = 900.

Question 2.
3 × 494
Answer: 1,482

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 3 × ( 500 – 6)
= (3 × 500) – ( 3 × 6)
= 1500 – 18
= 1,482.
So, 3 × 494 = 1,482.

Question 3.
25 × 7 × 4
Answer:  700

Explanation:
By using commutative property of multiplication
= 7 × ( 25 × 4 )
= 7 × 100
= 700.
So, 25 × 7 × 4 = 700.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use properties to find the product. Explain your reasoning.
Question 4.
7 × 798
Answer: 5,586

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 7 × ( 800 – 2)
= (7 × 800) – ( 7 × 2)
= 5,600 – 14
= 5,586
So,  7 × 798 = 5,586.

Question 5.
350 × 6
Answer:  2,100

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 6 × ( 300 + 50)
= (6 × 300) + ( 6 × 50)
= 1,800 + 300
= 2,100.
So, 6 × 350 = 2,100.

Question 6.
106 × 5
Answer: 530

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 5 × ( 100 + 6)
= (5 × 100) + ( 5 × 6)
= 500 + 30
= 530.
So, 5 × 106 = 530.

Question 7.
4 × 625
Answer:  2,500

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 4 × ( 600 + 25)
= (4 × 600) + ( 4 × 25)
= 2400 + 100
= 2,500.
So, 4 × 625 = 2,500.

Question 8.
395 × 8
Answer: 3,160.

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 8 × ( 400 – 5)
= (8 × 400) – ( 8 × 5)
= 3,200 – 40
= 3,160.
So, 8 × 395 = 3,160.

Question 9.
2 × 7 × 15
Answer: 210

Explanation:
By using commutative property of multiplication
= 7 × ( 15 × 2 )
= 7 × 30
= 210.
So, 2 × 7 × 15 = 210.

Question 10.
430 × 2
Answer:  860

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 2 × ( 400 + 30)
= (2 × 400) + ( 2 × 30)
= 800 + 60
= 860.
So, 2 × 430 = 860.

Question 11.
8 × 150
Answer: 1,200

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 8 × ( 100 + 50)
= (8 × 100) + ( 8 × 50)
= 800 + 400
= 1,200.
So, 8 × 150 = 1,200.

Question 12.
3 × 1,997
Answer: 5,991

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 3 × ( 2000 – 3)
= (3 × 2000) – ( 3 × 3)
= 6000 – 9
= 5,991.
So, 3 × 1,997 = 5,991.

Question 13.
25 × 9 × 2
Answer: 450

Explanation:
By using commutative property of multiplication
= 9 × ( 25 × 2 )
= 9 × 50
= 450.
So, 25 × 9 × 2 = 450.

Question 14.
404 × 6
Answer:  2,424

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 6 × ( 400 + 4)
= (6 × 400) + ( 6 × 4)
= 2400 + 24
= 2,424.
So, 6 × 404 = 2,424.

Question 15.
4 × 2,004
Answer:  8,016

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 4 × ( 2000 + 4)
= (4 × 2000) + ( 4 × 4)
= 8000 + 16
= 8,016.
So, 4 × 2,004 = 8,016.

Question 16.
Which One Doesn’t Belong?
Which expression does not belong with the other three?
(3 × 30) + (3 × 7), (3 × 40) – (3 × 3)
3 × (30 + 7), 3 × 3 × 7
Answer: 3 × 3 × 7

Explanation:
(3 × 30) + (3 × 7)
(3 × 40) – (3 × 3)
3 × (30 + 7) ,
These 3 expressions are related to the distributive property of multiplication.
So, 3 × 3 × 7 this expression does not belong to the distributive property of multiplication.

Question 17.
Number Sense
Use properties to find each product
9 × 80 = 720, so 18 × 40 = _____.
5 × 70 = 350, so 5 × 72 = _____.
Answer: 720, 360.

Explanation:
By using associative property of multiplication
=( 6 × 3 ) × 40
= 6 × ( 3 × 40)
= 6 × 120
= 720.
So, 18 × 40 = 720.

5 × 72
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 5 × ( 70 + 2)
= (5 × 70) + ( 5 × 2)
= 350 + 10
= 360.
So, 5 × 72 = 360.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The fastest recorded speed of a dragster car in the United States was 31 miles per hour less than 3 times the top speed of the roller coaster. What was the speed of the car?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 3
Multiply to find 3 times the top speed of the roller coaster.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 4
Answer: 360 miles per hour.

Explanation:
3 × 120
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 3 × ( 100 + 20)
= (3 × 100) + ( 3 × 20)
= 300 + 60
= 360.
So, 3 × 120 = 360.

Subtract to find 31 miles per hour less
_____ – 31 = _______ miles per hour
Answer:  329 miles per hour

Explanation:
360 – 31 = 329 .

So, the speed of the car was ______ miles per hour.
Answer: the speed of the car was 329 miles per hour.

Show and Grow

Question 18.
In 2016, a theme park used 300 drones for a holiday show. In 2017, China used 200 fewer than 4 times as many drones for a lantern festival. How many drones did China use?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 5
Answer: China used  1,000 drones.

Explanation:
A theme park used 300 drones for a holiday show
China used 4 times as many drones for a lantern festival.
So, 4 × 300 = 1,200
Given, China used 200 fewer than 4 times as many drones for a lantern festival.
So 1,200 – 200 = 1,000.

China used 1,000 drones.

Question 19.
A subway train has 8 cars. Each car can hold 198 passengers. How many passengers can two subway trains hold?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 6
Answer: 3,168 passengers.

Explanation:
A subway train has 8 cars
Each car can hold 198 passengers.
So, 8 × 198
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 8 × ( 200 – 2)
= (8 × 200) – ( 8 × 2)
= 1600 – 16
= 1,584.
So, 8 × 198 = 1,584. 1,584 passengers for a subway train
For 2 subway trains , 1,584 + 1,584 = 3,168.
Two subway trains can hold 3,168 passengers.

Question 20.
You plant cucumbers, green beans, squash, and corn in a community garden. You plant 3 rows of each vegetable with 24 seeds in each row. How many seeds do you plant?
Answer: 288 seeds

Explanation:
plant 3 rows of each vegetable with 24 seeds in each row.
So, 3 × 24
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 3 × ( 20 + 4)
= (3 × 20) + ( 3 × 4)
= 60 + 12
= 72.
So, 3 × 24 = 72.

You plant cucumbers, green beans, squash, and corn in a community garden.
Total 4 various vegetables are planted
So, 4 × 72
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 4 × ( 70 + 2)
= (4 × 70) + ( 4 × 2)
= 280 + 8
= 288.
So, 4 × 72 = 288.

We have to plant 288 seeds.

Use Properties to Multiply Homework & Practice 3.9

Use properties to find the product. Explain your reasoning.
Question 1.
3 × 497
Answer: 1,491

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 3 × ( 500 – 3)
= (3 × 500) – ( 3 × 3)
= 1500 – 9
= 1,491.
So, 3 × 497 = 1,491.

Question 2.
36 × 9
Answer: 324

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 9 × ( 30 + 6)
= (9 × 30) + ( 9 × 6)
= 270 + 54
= 324.
So, 9 × 36 = 324.

Question 3.
8 × 350
Answer: 2,800

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 8 × ( 300 + 50)
= (8 × 300) + ( 8 × 50)
= 2400 + 400
= 2,800.
So, 8 × 350 = 2,800.

Question 4.
25 × 8 × 4
Answer: 800

Explanation:
By using commutative property of multiplication
= 8 × ( 25 × 4 )
= 8 × 100
= 800.
So, 25 × 8 × 4 = 800.

Question 5.
999 × 5
Answer:  4,995

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 5 × ( 1000 – 1)
= (5 × 1000) – ( 5 × 1)
= 5,000 –  5
= 4,995
So,  5 × 999 = 4,995.

Question 6.
9 × 402
Answer: 3,618

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 9 × ( 400 + 2)
= (9 × 400) + ( 9 × 2)
= 3600 + 18
= 3,618.
So, 9 × 402 = 3,618.

Question 7.
509 × 4
Answer: 2,036

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 4 × ( 500 + 9)
= (4 × 500) + ( 4 × 9)
= 2000 + 36
= 2,036 .
So, 4 × 509 = 2,036.

Question 8.
2 × 9 × 15
Answer: 270

Explanation:
By using commutative property of multiplication
= 9 × ( 15 × 2 )
= 9 × 30
= 270.
So, 2 × 9 × 15 = 270.

Question 9.
3,998 × 7
Answer: 27,986

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 7 × ( 4000 – 2)
= (7 × 4000) – ( 7 × 2)
= 28,000 – 14
= 27,986.
So, 3,998 × 7 = 27,986.

Question 10.
Is Descartes correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 7
Answer: Descartes is not correct, 895 × 4 = 3,580.

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 4 × ( 900 – 5)
= (4 × 900) – ( 4 × 5)
= 3600 – 20
= 3,620.
So, 895 × 4 = 3,580.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
Complete the square so that the product of each row and each column is 2,400.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 8
Answer:

Explanation: 
By using column 1 , we get 4 × 200 = 800,
To obtain the 2,400 the missing number should be 3 , Then 800 × 3  = 2,400.
By using column 3 , we get 2 × 2 = 4,
To obtain the 2,400 the missing number should be 600 , Then 600 × 4 = 2,400.
By using row 2 , we get 200 × 2 = 400,
To obtain the 2,400 the missing number should be 6 , Then 400 × 6 = 2,400.
By using row 1 , we get 4 × 600 = 2,400,
To obtain the 2,400 the missing number should be 1 , Then 2,400 × 1 = 2,400.
By using row 3 , we get 3 × 2 = 6,
To obtain the 2,400 the missing number should be 400 , Then 6 × 400 = 2,400.

The complete Square is .

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
The height of the Great Pyramid of Giza is 275 feet shorter than 2 times the height of the Luxor Hotel in Las Vegas. How tall is the Great Pyramid of Giza?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 9
Answer: The height of the Great Pyramid of Giza is 455 feet

Explanation:
The height of the Great Pyramid of Giza is 2 times the height of the Luxor Hotel in Las Vegas
The height of the Luxor Hotel in Las Vegas is 365 feet,
So, 2 × 365
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 2 × ( 300 + 60 + 5 )
= (2 × 300) + ( 2 × 60) + ( 2 × 5 )
= 600 + 120 + 10
= 730.
So, 2 × 365 = 730.

Given, The height of the Great Pyramid of Giza is 275 feet shorter than 2 times the height of the Luxor Hotel in Las Vegas. So, 730 -275 = 455

The height of the Great Pyramid of Giza is 455 feet.

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
Some firefighters are testing their equipment. Water from their firetruck hose hits the wall 12 feet higher than 7 times where the spray from a fire extinguisher hits the wall. How many feet high does the wall water from the hose hit the wall?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 10
Answer: 180 feet.

Explanation:
Water from their firetruck hose hits the wall 7 times where the spray from a fire extinguisher hits the wall.
The spray from a fire extinguisher hits the wall at 24 feet,
So, 7 × 24
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 7 × ( 20 + 4)
= (7 × 20) + ( 7 × 4)
= 140 + 28
= 168.
So, 7 × 24 = 168.
Water from their firetruck hose hits the wall 12 feet higher than 7 times where the spray from a fire extinguisher hits the wall. Then 168 + 12 = 180 feet

The wall water from the hose hit the wall is 180 feet.

Review & Refresh

Question 14.
You want to learn 95 new vocabulary words. You learn 5 words the first week and an equal number of words each week for the next 9 weeks. How many words do you learn in each of the 9 weeks?
Answer: 45 words.

Explanation:
You learn 5 words the first week
An equal number of words each week for the next 9 weeks
So, 5 × 9 = 45

We learn 45 words for 9 weeks.

Lesson 3.10 Problem Solving: Multiplication

Explore and Grow

Make a plan to solve the problem.
A group of sea otters that swim together is called a raft. There are 37 otters in a raft. Each otter eats about 16 pounds of food each day. About how many pounds of food does the raft eat in 1 week?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 1
Answer: A raft eats 4,144 pounds in 1 week.

Explanation:
Each otter eats about 16 pounds of food each day.
There are 37 otters in a raft,
The food eaten by a raft in a day is 37 × 16 = 592 pounds.

The food eaten by a raft in 7 days ( 1 week ) is 592 × 7
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 7 × ( 500 + 90 + 2 )
= (7 × 500) + ( 7 × 90) + ( 7 × 2 )
= 3500 + 630 + 14
= 4,144.
So, 592 × 7 = 4,144.

A raft eats 4,144 pounds in 1 week.

Critique Reasoning
Compare your plan to your partner’s. How are your plans alike? How are they different?
Answer: All the strategies are correct that are used by my friend and me.
Using any method in multiplication is frequently used to find the product as fast as possible
some methods are long and some of them are really fast and easy .
Every method is correct unless you did not do any mistakes, so , all are alike. in obtaining the correct answer.

Think and Grow: Problem Solving: Multiplication

Example
A coach buys 6 cases of sports drinks and spends $60. Each case has 28 bottles. A team drinks 85 bottles at a tournament. How many bottles are left?
Understand the Problem
What do you know?
• The coach buys 6 cases.
• The coach spends $60.
• Each case has 28 bottles.
• The team drinks 85 bottles.

What do you need to find?
• You need to find how many bottles are left.

Make a Plan

How will you solve?
• Multiply 28 by6 to find the total number of bottles in 6 cases.
• Then subtract 85 bottles from the product to find how many bottles are left.
• The amount of money the coach spends is unnecessary information.

Solve
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 2
Answer: 28 × 6 = 168 , k = 168
The total bottles in 6 cases are 168
n = k – 85
= 168 – 85
= 83 .
The total bottles left are 83 .
There are ______ bottles left.
Answer: There are 83 bottles left.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Explain how you can check whether your answer above is reasonable.
Answer: Calculate the given information to get the result.

Explanation:
The coach buys 6 cases.
Each case has 28 bottles.
The team drinks 85 bottles
We need to find how many bottles are left.

So, by calculating these we obtain the result.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 3
Understand the problem. What do you know? What do you need to find? Explain.
Question 2.
A zookeeper has 4 boxes. There are137 grams of leaves in each box. A koala eats 483 grams of leaves in 1 day. The zookeeper wants to know how many grams of leaves are left.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 4
Answer: 65 grams of leaves are left.

By understanding the problem
We know that,
A zookeeper has 4 boxes.
There are137 grams of leaves in each box.
A koala eats 483 grams of leaves in 1 day

We need to find,
how many grams of leaves are left.

Explanation: A zookeeper has 4 boxes.
There are137 grams of leaves in each box.
So, 137 × 4
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 4 × ( 100 + 30 + 7 )
= (4 × 100) + ( 4 × 30) + ( 4 × 7 )
= 400 + 120 + 28
= 548.
So, 137 × 4 = 548.

A koala eats 483 grams of leaves in 1 day
The zookeeper wants to know how many grams of leaves are left.
Then 548 – 483 = 65
There are 65 leaves left.

Question 3.
A beekeeper has 2 hives. Hive A produces 14 pounds of honey. Hive B produces 4 times as much honey as Hive A. The beekeeper wants to know how many pounds of honey are produced in all.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 5
Answer: 70 pounds

By understanding the problem
We know that,
A beekeeper has 2 hives.
Hive A produces 14 pounds of honey.
Hive B produces 4 times as much honey as Hive A.

We should know ,
The beekeeper wants to know how many pounds of honey are produced in all.

Explanation: Hive A produces 14 pounds of honey.
Hive B produces 4 times as much honey as Hive A.
So, 4 × 14
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 4 × ( 10 + 4)
= (4 × 10) + ( 4 × 4)
= 40 + 16
= 56.
So, 4 × 14 = 56.
Hive B produces 56 pounds of honey

The honey produced by the 2 hives is 14  + 56 = 70  pounds.

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.
Question 4.
A runner completes 12 races each year. He improves his time by 10 seconds each year. Each race is 5 kilometers long. The runner wants to know how many kilometers he runs in races in 3 years.
Answer: 180 kilometers.

Explanation:
By understanding the problem
we know that,
A runner completes 12 races each year.
Each race is 5 kilometers long.

We should know that,
how many kilometers he runs in races in 3 years.

Then, he completes 12 races each year. The races in 3 years. are
12  × 3 = 36 , 36 races in 3 years .

Each race is 5 kilometers long. Then for 36 races , we get
36 × 5 = 180 km.

So, The runner completes 180 km in 3 years.

Question 5.
A volunteer bikes 4 miles in all to travel from her home to a shelter and back. At the shelter, she walks a dog 1 mile. The volunteer wants to know how many miles she travels doing these tasks for 28 days.
Answer: 140 miles

Explanation:
By understanding the problem
we know that,
A volunteer bikes 4 miles in all to travel from her home to a shelter and back.
At the shelter, she walks a dog 1 mile.

We should know that,
how many miles she travels doing these tasks for 28 days.

A volunteer bikes 4 miles in all to travel from her home to a shelter and back. For 28 days, we get
4 × 28 = 112, she bikes for 112 miles.
At the shelter, she walks a dog 1 mile. for 28 days, we get
1 × 28 = 28, she walks dog for 28 miles .

she travels doing these tasks for 28 days by covering  a total of 140 miles.

Question 6.
Cats have 32 muscles in each ear. Humans have 12 ear muscles in all. How many more muscles do cats have in both ears than humans have in both ears?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 6
Answer: 52 more muscles .

Explanation:
By understanding the problem
we know that,
Cats have 32 muscles in each ear.
Humans have 12 ear muscles in all.

We should know that,
How many more muscles do cats have in both ears than humans have in both ears

Cats have 32 muscles in each ear, For 2 ears we get 32 +32 = 64 muscles
Humans have 12 ear muscles in all. Then 64 – 12 = 52 .

Cats have 52 more muscles than humans have in both the ears.

Question 7.
A school has 5 hallways. Each hallway has 124 lockers. 310 lockers are red. 586 lockers are in use. How many lockers not are in use?
Answer: 34 lockers are not in use.

Explanation:
By understanding the problem
we know that,
A school has 5 hallways.
Each hallway has 124 lockers
586 lockers are in use.

We should know that,
How many lockers not are in use.

Each hallway has 124 lockers , then for 5 hallways , we get 124 × 5 = 620.
620 lockers in the whole school
586 lockers are in use, to get the number of lockers that are not in use are 620 – 586 = 34.

34 lockers are not in use.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A group of scientists has $7,500 to spend on microscopes and balances. They buy 3 microscopes that each cost $1,642 and 6 balances that each cost $236. How much money do the scientists have left to spend?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 7
Think: What do you know? What do you need to find? How will you solve?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 8
Answer : They have $1,160 left.

Explanation:
Step 1 : Scientists buy 3 microscopes and each costs $1,642 , then we have $1,642 × 3  = m,
we get m = $4,926,

Step 2 :
scientists buy 6 balances that each cost $236, then we have $236 × 6 = r, we get  r = $1,416.

Step 3 :
The total money spent is m + r = k ,we have , $4,926 + $1,416 = $ 6,340, we get k = $ 6,340.

Step 4 :
The money left J = $7,500 – $6,340, we get J = $ 1,160.

Totally scientists have $1,160 left.

Show and Grow

Question 8.
City A has 3,296 fourth graders. City B has 3 times as many fourth graders as City A. City C has 5 times as many fourth graders as City B. How many fourth graders are in all three cities?
Answer: Totally There are 62,624 fourth graders in all the three cities.

Explanation: City A has 3,296 fourth graders,

Step 1 :
City B has 3 times as many fourth graders as City A. we get , 3,296 × 3 = 9,888.

Step 2 :
City C has 5 times as many fourth graders as City B. we get , 9,888 × 5 = 49,440.

Step 3 :
Fourth graders in all the three cities are 3,296 + 9,888 + 49,440 = 62,624.

Fourth graders in all the three cities are 62,624.

Problem Solving: Multiplication Homework & Practice 3.10

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.
Question 1.
Raku is a Japanese-inspired art form. fires An artist, or bakes, a raku pot at1,409 degrees Fahrenheit. The artist fires a porcelain pot at 266 degrees Fahrenheit less than 2 times the temperature at which the raku pot is fired. You want to find the temperature at which the porcelain pot is fired.
Answer: The porcelain pot is fired at the temperature of 2,552 degrees Fahrenheit.

Explanation:
By understanding the problem
we know that,
Raku is a Japanese-inspired art form
bakes, a raku pot at1,409 degrees Fahrenheit.
The artist fires a porcelain pot at 266 degrees Fahrenheit less than 2 times the temperature at which, the raku pot is fired.

We should know that,
find the temperature at which the porcelain pot is fired.

Let us say porcelain pot as p and raku pot as r ,
Now, The artist fires a porcelain pot at 266 degrees Fahrenheit less than 2 times the temperature at which, the raku pot is fired. we have  p =  2r  – 266 degrees Fahrenheit
2r = 2 × 1,409
= 2,818.
Then  p = 2,818 – 266 = 2,552  degrees Fahrenheit

The temperature at which the porcelain pot is fired is  2,552  degrees Fahrenheit.

Question 2.
You practice basketball 6 times each week. Each basketball practice is 55 minutes long. You practice dance for 225 minutes altogether each week. You want to find how many minutes you practice basketball and dance in all each week.
Answer: you practice basketball and dance  in all  for 555 minutes each week.

Explanation:
By understanding the problem
we know that,
practice basketball 6 times each week.
Each basketball practice is 55 minutes long.
practice dance for 225 minutes altogether each week.

We should know that,
find how many minutes you practice basketball and dance in all each week.

So, practice basketball 6 times each week.
Each basketball practice is 55 minutes long. we have 6 × 55 = 330,
Basketball practice for a week is for 330 min.
Dance practice for a week is for 225 minutes. Then 330 + 225 = 555.

The basketball and dance practice for a whole week is for 555 minutes.

Question 3.
You buy 7 books of stamps. There are 35 stamps in each book. You give some away and have124 stamps left. How many stamps did you give away?
Answer: 121 stamps have left.

Explanation:
By understanding the problem
we know that,
You buy 7 books of stamps
There are 35 stamps in each book.
You give some away and have124 stamps left.

We should know that,
How many stamps did you give away?

So, You buy 7 books of stamps
There are 35 stamps in each book. we have 35 × 7 = 245 stamps. 245 stamps are gave away.

You give some away and have124 stamps left. we get , 245 – 124 = 121.

So, Totally 121 stamps have left.

Question 4.
Your neighbor fills his car’s gasoline tank with 9 gallons of gasoline. Each gallon of gasoline allows him to drive 23 miles. Can he drive for 210 miles without filling his gasoline tank? Explain.
Answer: No , He can only drive for 207 miles without filling his gasoline.

Explanation:
By understanding the problem
we know that,
Neighbor fills his car’s gasoline tank with 9 gallons of gasoline.
Each gallon of gasoline allows him to drive 23 miles.

We should know that,
Can he drive for 210 miles without filling his gasoline tank?

So, Neighbor fills his car’s gasoline tank with 9 gallons of gasoline.
Each gallon of gasoline allows him to drive 23 miles. we have 9 × 23 = 207.
He can travel for 207 miles for 9 gallons of gasoline.

So, he cannot drive for 210 miles without filling any extra gasoline.

Question 5.
Writing
Write and solve a two-step word problem that can be solved using multiplication as one step.
Answer:  David has 20 oranges.

Explanation:
Problem- Newton has 10 apples and David  has oranges 2 times as many as Newton’s apples. How many oranges does David have?
Solution:  Newton has 10 apples , David  has oranges 2 times as many as Newton’s apples, then we have
2 × 10 = 20 . So, David has 20 oranges.

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
There are 1,203 pictures taken for a yearbook. There are 124 student pictures for each of the 6 grades. There are also 7 pictures for each of the 23 school clubs. The rest of the pictures are teacher or candid pictures. How many teacher or candid pictures are there?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 9
Answer: There are 298 pictures of teacher or candid pictures.

Explanation:
By understanding the problem
we know that,
There are 1,203 pictures taken for a yearbook.
There are 124 student pictures for each of the 6 grades.
There are also 7 pictures for each of the 23 school clubs.

We should know that,
How many teacher or candid pictures are there?

So, There are 124 student pictures for each of the 6 grades. , we have 6 × 124 = 744 . There are 744 pictures from all 6 grades students.
There are also 7 pictures for each of the 23 school clubs. we have, 7 × 23 = 161 .There are 161 pictures from 23 school club students.
Total number of students we calculated are 744 + 161 = 905.
Totally a  number of 1,203 pictures taken for a yearbook. Then 1,203 – 905 = 298.

Finally, There are 298 pictures of teacher or candid pictures.

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
A construction worker earns $19 each hour she works. A supervisor earns $35 each hour she works. How much money do the construction worker and supervisor earn in all after 8 hours of work?
Answer: $432 are earned by the construction worker and supervisor earn in all after 8 hours of work.

Explanation:
By understanding the problem
we know that,
A construction worker earns $19 each hour she works.
A supervisor earns $35 each hour she works.

We should know that,
How much money do the construction worker and supervisor earn in all after 8 hours of work.

So, A construction worker earns $19 each hour she works. Then for 8 hours we get , $19 × 8 = $152.
Also A supervisor earns $35 each hour she works. Then for 8 hours we get , $35 × 8 = $280.
Total pay of both worker and supervisor is $152 + $280 = $432.

So,$432 are earned by the construction worker and supervisor earn in all after 8 hours of work.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
A family of 8 has $1,934 to spend on a vacation that is 1,305 miles away. They buy a $217 plane ticket and an $8 shirt for each person. How much money does the family have left?
Answer: The Family  have $134 left.

Explanation:
By understanding the problem
we know that,
A family of 8 has $1,934 to spend.
They buy a $217 plane ticket and an $8 shirt for each person.

We should know that,
How much money does the family have left.

So, They buy a $217 plane ticket for each person, Then for 8 members , we have , $217 × 8 = $1,736.
They buy an $8 shirt for each person ,Then for 8 members , we have , $8 × 8 = $64.
Total cost for plane tickets and shirts are $1,736 + $64 = $1,800.
The money they left is $1,934 – $1,800 = $134.

So, The Family  have $134 left.

Review & Refresh

What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 10
Answer: 5/8  is shaded.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 11
Answer: 2/4 is shaded.

Multiply by One-Digit Numbers Performance Task

Sounds are vibrations that travel as waves through solids, liquids, and gases. Sound waves travel 1,125 feet per second through air.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 1
Question 1.
You see a flash of lightning 5 seconds before you hear the thunder. How far away is the storm?
Answer:  5625 feet

Explanation: As sound waves travel 1,125 feet per second through air. A flash of lightning 5 seconds before you hear the thunder, at a distance of 5625 feet.

Question 2.
Sound waves travel 22,572 feet per second faster through iron than through diamond. The speed of sound through the diamond is 39,370 feet per second.
a. Estimate the speed of sound through iron in feet per second.
b. What is the actual speed of sound through iron in feet per second?
c. Is your estimate close to the exact speed of sound through iron? Explain.
Answer:
a. 61,9412 feet per second
b. 61,9412 feet per second
c. yes

Explanation:
Sound waves travel 22,572 feet per second faster through iron than through diamond. The speed of sound through the diamond is 39,370 feet per second.
speed of iron is 22,572 + 39,370  = 61,9412.
So, we have the same answer for both of the questions because  estimated speed is the actual speed of sound through iron .

Question 3.
Sound waves travel about 4 times faster through water than through air.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 2
a. What is the speed of sound through the water in feet per second?
b. A horn blows underwater. A diver is about 9,000 feet away from the horn. About how many seconds does it take the diver to hear the sound of the horn?
Answer: a. 4,500 feet per second and  b. 8 seconds

Explanation:
a. speed of sound is 1,125 feet per second And sound travels 4 times faster in water than in air
So, 1,125 × 4 =  4,500.
b. We know that, time = distance / speed , Given distance is 9,000 feet and speed is 1,125 feet per second. so
time = 9,000 / 1,125 = 8 seconds.
So, Diver can hear the Horn sound from 8 seconds away.

Question 4.
Do sound waves travel the fastest through solids, liquids, or gases? Explain.
Answer: Yes

Explanation:
As the density of the materials high, sound waves travel faster. That is the reason for high speed in solids then liquids compare to gases.

Multiply by One-Digit Numbers Activity

Multiplication Quest
Directions:
1. Players take turns rolling a die. Players solve problems on their boards to race the knights to their castles.
2. On your turn, solve the next multiplication problem in the row of your roll.
3.The first player to get a knight to a castle wins
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3

Answer:




Multiply by One-Digit Numbers Chapter Test

3.1 Understand Multiplicative Comparisons

Write two comparison sentences for the equation.
Question 1.
72 = 8 × 9
Answer:  72 is 8 times as many as 9. or
72 is 9 times as many as 8.

Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 8 and 9 ,
to get the multiplication result as 72.

Question 2.
60 = 10 × 6
Answer: 60 is 10 times as many as 6. or
60 is 6 times as many as 10.

Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 10 and 6 ,
to get the multiplication result as 60.

Write an equation for the comparison sentence.
Question 3.
28 is 4 times as many as 7.
Answer:  28 = 4 × 7

Explanation:  we should multiply the numbers 4 and 7,
to get the multiplication result as 28.

Question 4.
40 is 8 times as many as 5.
Answer:  40 = 8 × 5

Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 8 and 5,
to get the multiplication result as 40.

Question 5.
Newton saves $40. Descartes saves $25 more than Newton. How much money does Descartes save?
Answer: Descartes saves $65.

Explanation: Newton saves $40.
Descartes saves $25 more than Newton.,
So, $40 + $25 = $65.

Question 6.
Your friend is 10 years old. Your neighbor is 4 times as old as your friend. How old is your neighbor?
Answer: 40 years old.

Explanation: Your friend is 10 years old.
Your neighbor is 4 times as old as your friend.
So, 10 × 4 = 40.

3.2 Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands

Find the product
Question 7.
6 × 90 = _____
Answer:  540

Explanation: Using the Place-value method,
6 × 90 = 6 × 9 tens
= 54 tens
= 540
So, 6 × 90 = 540.

Question 8.
3,000 × 1 = _____
Answer: 3000

Explanation: Using the Place-value method,
1 × 3,000 = 1 × 3 thousands
= 3 thousands
= 3,000
So, 1 × 3,000 = 3,000.

Question 9.
4 × 200 = _____
Answer: 800

Explanation: Using the Place-value method,
4 × 200 = 4 × 2 hundreds
= 8 hundreds
= 800
So, 4 × 200 = 800.

Question 10.
4,000 × 4 = _____
Answer: 16000

Explanation: Using the Place-value method,
4 × 4,000 = 4 × 4 thousands
= 16 thousands
= 16,000
So, 4 × 4,000 = 16,000.

Question 11.
8 × 700 = _____
Answer: 5,600

Explanation: Using the Place-value method,
8 × 700 = 8 × 7 hundreds
= 56 hundreds
= 5600
So, 8 × 700 = 5,600.

Question 12.
2 × 60 = _____
Answer: 120

Explanation: Using the Place-value method,
2 × 60 = 2 × 6 tens
= 12 tens
= 120
So, 2 × 60 = 120.

Find the missing factor.
Question 13.
____ × 200 = 1,000
Answer: 5

Explanation :Let the missing number be X
So, X × 200 = 1,000
X = 1,000 / 200 = 5
Hence, the value of X is: 5.

Question 14.
5 × _____ = 450
Answer: 90

Explanation :Let the missing number be X
So, 5 × X  = 450
X = 450 / 5 = 90
Hence, the value of X is: 90.

Question 15.
_____ × 800 = 6,400
Answer: 8

Explanation :Let the missing number be X
So, X × 800 = 6,400
X = 6,400 / 800 = 8
Hence, the value of X is: 8.

3.3 Estimate Products by Rounding

Estimate the product
Question 16.
5 × 65
Answer: 350.

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
65 is close to 70;
5 x 70 = 350

Question 17.
2 × 903
Answer: 1,800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
903 is close to 900;
2 x 900 = 1,800.

Question 18.
7 × 3,592
Answer:  25,130.

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
3,592 is close to 3,590;
7 x 3,590 = 25,130.

Find two estimates that the product is between.
Question 19.
8 × 32
Answer: The product is in between 240 and 320.

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
32 is close to 30;
8 × 30 = 240
and
Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
32 is close to 40;
8 × 40 = 320
The product is in between 240 and 320.

Question 20.
4 × 284
Answer:

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
32 is close to 30;
8 × 30 = 240
and
Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
32 is close to 40;
8 × 40 = 320
The product is in between 240 and 320.

Question 21.
6 × 5,945
Answer:  The product is in between 35,640 and 35,700.

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
5,945 is close to 5,940;
6 × 5,940 = 35,640
and
Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
5,945 is close to 5,950;
6 × 5,950 = 35,700
The product is in between 35,640 and 35,700.

Question 22.
A charity organizer raises $9,154 each month for 6 months. To determine whether the charity raises $50,000, can you use an estimate, or is an exact answer required? Explain.
Answer: estimated raise is $54,900, The charity can raise above $50,000.

Explanation:  organizer raises $9,154 each month for 6 months.
$9,154 is close to $9,150;
So, $9,150 × 6 = $54,900.
The charity can raise above $50,000.

3.4 Use Distributive Property to Multiply

Find the product.
Question 23.
3 × 14 = _____
Answer: 42

Explanation: by using distributive property
3 × 14 = 3× (10 + 4)
= (3 × 10) + (3 × 4)
= 30 + 12
= 42

Question 24.
18 × 9 = _____
Answer: 162

Explanation: by using distributive property
9 × 18 = 9× (10 + 8)
= (9 × 10) + (9 × 8)
= 90 + 72
= 162

Question 25.
36 × 5 = _____
Answer:  180

Explanation: by using distributive property
5 × 36 = 5 × (30 + 6)
= (5 × 30) + (5 × 6)
= 150 + 30
= 180

Question 26.
8 × 56 = _____
Answer: 448

Explanation: by using distributive property
8 × 56 = 8 × (50 + 6)
= (8 × 50) + (8 × 6)
= 400 + 48
= 448

Question 27.
6 × 67 = ______
Answer: 402

Explanation: by using distributive property
6 × 67 = 6 × (60 + 7)
= (6 × 60) + (6 × 7)
= 360 + 42
= 402

Question 28.
83 × 2 = _____
Answer:  166

Explanation: by using distributive property
2 × 83 = 2 × (80 + 3)
= (2 × 80) + (2 × 3)
= 160 + 6
= 166

Question 29.
Structure
Use the Distributive Property to write an equation shown by the model.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 29
Answer: 4 × 23 =  92

Explanation: by using distributive property
4 × 23 = 4× (20 + 3)
= (4 × 20) + (4 × 3)
= 80 + 12
= 92

3.5 Use Expanded Form to Multiply

Find the product
Question 30.
487 × 3 = _____
Answer: 1,461

Explanation: 3 × 487, by expanding we get
= 3 × (400 + 80 + 7), by using distributive property, we get
= (3 × 400) + ( 3 × 80) + ( 3 × 7)
= 1,200 + 240 + 21
Area model = 1,200 + 240 + 21
so the result of the partial products is 1,461

Question 31.
5 × 7,402
Answer:  37,010

Explanation: 5 × 7,402 , by expanding we get
= 5 × (7,000 + 400 + 2), by using distributive property, we get
= (5 × 7,000) + ( 5 × 400) + ( 5 × 2)
= 3,500 + 2,000 + 10
Area model = 3,500 + 2,000 + 10
so the result of the partial products is 37,010.

Question 32.
8,395 × 7 = _____
Answer: 58,765

Explanation :  7 × 8,395 = 7 × (8,000 + 300 + 90 + 5 )
= (7 × 8,000 ) + (7 × 300 ) + ( 7 × 90) + (7 × 5)   by using Expanded form we get
= 56,000 + 2,100 + 630 + 35
Area model = 56,000 + 2,100 + 630 + 35
so the result of the partial products is 58,765

3.6 Use Partial Products of Multiply

Find the product
Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 33
Answer: 2,394.

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 1800 + 540 + 54 = 2,394
So, 266 × 9 = 2,3942.

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 34
Answer:  680

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 640 + 40 = 680
So, 85 × 8 = 680.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 35
Answer:  28,128

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 28,000 + 120 + 8 = 28,128
So, 7,032 × 4 = 28,128.

Question 36.
Number Sense
Which three numbers are the partial products that you add to find the product of 518 and 2?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 36
Answer: 518 × 2 = 1,036 , So,1,000 , 20 , 16 are the partial products .

Explanation:
The sum of the partial products are 1,000 + 20 + 16 = 1,036.
So, 518 × 2 = 1,036.

So, 1,000 , 20 , 16 are the partial products .

3.7 Multiply Two-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 37.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 37
Answer: 114 ,  the estimated product is 120.

Explanation: 

6 × 9 ones = 54 ones
regrouping 54 ones as 5 tens and 4 ones
6 × 1 tens = 6 tens
6 tens + 5 tens = 11 tens  or  1 hundreds and 1 tens ,Then we get 114

And the estimated product is 120
because 19 is close to 20,then 20 × 6 = 120
So, 19 × 6 = 114.

Question 38.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 38
Answer: 511 , the estimated product is 490.

Explanation:

7 × 3 ones = 21 ones
regrouping 21 ones as 2 tens and 1 ones
7 × 7 tens = 49 tens
49 tens + 2 tens = 51 tens  or  5 hundreds and 1 tens ,Then we get 511

And the estimated product is 490
because 73 is close to 70,then 70 × 7 = 490
So, 73 × 7 = 511.

Question 39.
Estimate: _____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 39
Answer:  290, the estimated product is 300.

Explanation:

5 × 8 ones = 40 ones
regrouping 40 ones as 4 tens and 0 ones
5 × 5 tens = 25 tens
25 tens + 4 tens = 29 tens  or  2 hundreds and 9 tens ,Then we get 290.

And the estimated product is 300
because 58 is close to 70,then 60 × 7 = 300
So, 58 × 5 = 290.

3.8 Multiply Three – and Four-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable
Question 40.
Estimate: _____
402 × 3 = _____
Answer: 1,206, And the estimated product is 1,200

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
3 × 2 ones = 6 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
3 × 0 tens = 0 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
3 × 4 hundreds  = 12 hundreds
or 1 thousands and 2 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 1,206 .

And the estimated product is 1,200
because 402 is close to 400, 400 × 3 = 1,200
So, 402 × 3 =  1,206.

Question 41.
Estimate: _____
8 × 3,861 = _____
Answer: 30,888, And the estimated product is 30,880

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
8 × 1 ones = 8 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
8 × 6 tens = 48 tens
or 4 hundreds and 8 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
8 × 8 hundreds  = 64 hundreds
64 hundreds + 4 hundreds = 68 hundreds
regroup as 6 thousands and 8 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
8 × 3 thousands = 24 thousands
24 thousands + 6 thousands = 30 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 30,888.

And the estimated product is 30,880
because 3,861 is close to 3,860, 3,860 × 8 = 30,880
So, 3,861 × 8  = 30,888 .

Question 42.
Estimate: ______
977 × 2 = ______
Answer: 1,954 ,And the estimated product is 1,960

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
2 × 7 ones = 14 ones
Regroup 14 ones  as 1 tens and 4 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
2 × 7 tens = 14 tens
14 tens + 1 tens = 15 tens
regroup as 1 hundred and 5 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
2 × 9 hundreds  = 18 hundreds
18 hundreds  + 1 hundreds = 19 hundreds
Regroup  as 1 thousands and 9 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 1,954 .

And the estimated product is 1,960
because 977 is close to 980, 980 × 2 = 1,960
So, 977 × 2 = 1,954 .

Compare.
Question 43
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 43
Answer: 306 × 6 = 1,848 is less than 408 × 5 = 2,040.

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
6 × 8 ones = 48 ones
Regroup 48 ones  as 4 tens and 8 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
6 × 0 tens = 0 tens
0 tens + 4 tens = 4 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
6 × 3 hundreds  = 18 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 1,848 .

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
5 × 8 ones = 40 ones
Regroup 40 ones  as 4 tens and 0 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
5 × 0 tens = 0 tens
0 tens + 4 tens = 4 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
5 × 4 hundreds  = 20 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 2,040 .

So, 306 × 6 = 1,848 is less than 408 × 5 = 2,040.

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 44
Answer:  6 × 789 = 4,734 is equal to 2 × 2,367 = 4,734.

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
6 × 9 ones = 54 ones
regroup 54 ones as 5 tens and 4 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
6 × 8 tens = 48 tens
48 tens + 5 tens = 53 tens or regroup as 5 hundreds and 3 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
6 × 7 hundreds  = 42 hundreds
42 hundreds + 5 hundreds = 47 hundreds
regroup as 4 thousands and 7 hundreds

By holding all the places together we get 4,734.

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
2 × 7 ones = 14 ones
regroup 14 ones as 1 tens and 4 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
2 × 6 tens = 12 tens
12 tens + 1 tens = 13 tens
regroup as 1 hundred and 3 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
2 × 3 hundreds  = 6 hundreds
6 hundreds + 1 hundred =  7 hundreds

Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands
2 × 2 thousands = 4 thousands

By holding all the places together we get 4,734.
So, 6 × 789 = 4,734 is equal to 2 × 2,367 = 4,734.

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 45
Answer: 454 × 3 = 1,362 is grater than 313 × 4 = 1,252.

Explanation:

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
3 × 4 ones = 12 ones
regroup as 1 tens and 2 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
3 × 5 tens = 15 tens
15 tens + 1 tens = 16 tens
regroup 16 tens  as 1 hundreds  and 6 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
3 × 4 hundreds  = 12 hundreds
12 hundreds + 1 hundreds = 13 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 1,362.

Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup
4 × 3 ones = 12 ones
regroup as 1 tens and 2 ones

Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens
4 × 1 tens = 4 tens
4 tens + 1 tens = 5 tens

Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds
3 × 4 hundreds  = 12 hundreds

By holding all places together we get 1,252.

So, 454 × 3 = 1,362 is grater than 313 × 4 = 1,252.

3.9 Use Properties to Multiply

Use properties to find the product. Explain your reasoning.
Question 46.
25 × 9 × 4
Answer: 900

Explanation:
By using commutative property of multiplication
= 9 × ( 25 × 4)
=9 × 100
= 900
So,  25 × 9 × 4 = 900 .

Question 47.
8 × 250
Answer:  2,000.

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 8 × ( 200 + 50)
= (8 × 200) + ( 8 × 50)
= 1,600 + 400
= 2,000.
So, 8 × 250 = 2,000.

Question 48.
3 × 497
Answer: 1,491

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 3 × ( 400 + 90 + 7 )
= (3 × 400) + ( 3 × 90) + (3 × 7)
= 1,200 + 270 + 21
= 1,491.
So, 3 × 497 = 1,491.

Question 49.
2 × 8 × 15
Answer: 240

Explanation:
By using commutative property of multiplication
= 8 × ( 15 × 2)
= 8 × 30
= 240
So,  2 × 8 × 15 = 240 .

Question 50.
699 × 9
Answer: 6,291.

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 9 × ( 600 + 90 + 9 )
= (9 × 600) + ( 9 × 90) + (9 × 9)
= 5,400 + 810 + 81
= 6,291 .
So, 9 × 699 = 6,291.

Question 51.
1,003 × 6
Answer: 6,018.

Explanation:
By using Distributive property of multiplication
= 6 × ( 1000 + 3)
= (6 × 1000) + (6 × 3)
= 6000 + 18
= 6,018
So, 1,003 × 6 = 6,018.

3.10 Problem Solving: Multiplication

Question 52.
A musical cast sells 1,761 tickets for a big show. The cast needs to complete 36 days of rehearsal. Each rehearsal is 8 hours long. The cast has rehearsed for 102 hours so far. How many hours does the cast have left to rehearse?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 52
Answer: 186 hours left to rehearse .

Explanation:
By understanding the problem
we know that,
A musical cast sells 1,761 tickets for a big show.
The cast needs to complete 36 days of rehearsal.
Each rehearsal is 8 hours long.
The cast has rehearsed for 102 hours so far.

We should know that,
How many hours does the cast have left to rehearse

The total number of hours to practice are 36 × 8 = 288 hours
They practiced for 102 hours so far then , to get the remaining hours 288 – 102 = 186 hours.

So, the cast has 186 hours left to rehearse .

Multiply by One-Digit Numbers Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
Which number is greater than 884,592?
A. 89,621
B. 884,592
C. 805,592
D. 894,592
Answer: D. 894,592

Explanation: of all the given options , D is the greatest number .

Question 2.
What is the difference of 30,501 and 6,874?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 2
Answer:  23,627.

Explanation : To fin the difference between two numbers, we should subtract the lowest number from the largest number, Then, 30,501 – 6,874 = 23,627.

Question 3.
A teenager will send about 37,000 text messages within 1 year. Which numbers could be the exact number of text messages sent?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 3
Answer: 36.834

Explanation: Because this number is the closest number to the 37,000 from the given options.
so, 36,834 could be the exact number.

Question 4.
What is the product of 4,582 and 6?
A. 27,492
B. 24,082
C. 27,432
D. 42,117
Answer: 27,492.

Explanation: by using distributive property we get
6 × 4,582 = 6 × ( 4,000 + 500 + 80 + 2)
= (6 × 4,000) + ( 6 × 500)+ ( 6 × 80 ) + ( 6 × 2)
= 24,000 + 3,000 + 480 + 12
= 27,492.
So, 6 × 4,582 = 27,492.

Question 5.
Which expression is equal to 246,951 + 73,084?
A. 246,951 + 70,000 + 3,000 + 800 + 40
B. 246,951 + 7,000 + 300 + 80 + 4
C. 246,951 + 70,000 + 3,000 + 80 + 4
D. 246,951 + 70,000 + 3,000 + 800 + 4
Answer: C

Explanation:    246,951 + 73,084, 73,084 can be written as,
246,951 + 70,000 + 3,000 + 80 + 4.

Question 6.
Newton reads the number ”four hundred six thousand, twenty-nine” in a book. What is this number written in standard form?
A. 4,629
B. 406,029
C. 460,029
D. 406,290
Answer: B

Explanation: 406,029 can be written as four hundred six thousand, twenty-nine.

Question 7.
Which expressions have a product of 225?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 7
Answer: 9 × 25 , 75 × 3 , 5 × 45.

Explanation: all the above expressions give the product of 225,
9 × 25  = 225
75 × 3  = 225
5 × 45  = 225.

Question 8.
What is the greatest possible number you can make with the number cards below?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 8
Answer: B

Explanation: from the give numbers 6 ,1,8,4,2 , place the numbers in the descending order we get 86,421.

Question 9.
What is the sum of 62,671 and 48,396?
A. 111,067
B. 11,067
C. 100,967
D. 100,067
Answer:  A.1,11,067.

Explanation: Sum means Addition we should add the two numbers in order to get the result,
62,671  +  48,396 = 1,11,067.

Question 10.
Your friend drinks 8 glasses of water each day. He wants to know how many glasses of water he will drink in 1 year. Between which two estimates is the number of glasses he will drink in a year?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 10
A. 2,400 and 3,200
B. 240 and 320
C. 3,200 and 4,000
D. 320 and 400
Answer: He drinks 2, 920 glasses for 1 year , so it is in between 2,400 and 3,200 .

Explanation: He drinks 8 glasses of water each day so for 1 year that is for 365 days , we get 365 × 8 = 2,920.
So, He drinks 2, 920 glasses for 1 year , so it is in between 2,400 and 3,200.

Question 11.
Which statement about the number 420,933 is true?
A. The value of the 2 is 2,000.
B. The 4 is in the ten thousands place.
C. The value of the 3 in the tens place is ten times the value of the 3 in the ones place.
D. There are 9 tens.
Answer: C

Explanation: The number 420,933  has the value of the 3 in the tens place is ten times the value of the 3 in the ones place.

Question 12.
Descartes rounds to the nearest ten thousand and gets an estimate of 360,000. Which expressions could be the problem he estimated?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 12
Answer: 480,012 – 127,465.

Explanation: Because the number 360,000 should be in between the same range of the given numbers that is,
480,012 – 127,465.

Question 13.
There are 8 students in a book club. There are 5 times as many students in a drama club as the book club. How many students are in the drama club?
A. 13 students
B. 45 students
C. 3 students
D. 40 students
Answer: D . 40 students

Explanation: There are 8 students in a book club.
There are 5 times as many students in a drama club as the book club.
Then, 8 × 5 = 40.
So, There are 40 students in the drama club.

Question 14.
The force required to shatter concrete is 3 times the amount of force required to shatter plexiglass. The force required to shatter plexiglass is 72 pounds per square foot. What is the force required to shatter concrete?
A. 216 pounds per square foot
B. 69 pounds per square foot
C. 75 pounds per square foot
D. 2,106 pounds per square foot
Answer: A.216 pounds per square foot

Explanation: The force required to shatter plexiglass is 72 pounds per square foot.
The force required to shatter concrete is 3 times the amount of force required to shatter plexiglass.
Then, 72 × 3 = 216.

So, the force required to shatter concrete is 216 pounds per square foot.

Question 15.
Which number, when rounded to the nearest hundred thousand, is equal to 100,000?
A. 9,802
B. 83,016
C. 152,853
D. 46,921
Answer: B. 83,016

Explanation: it is  only number in the options which is close to 100,000 , All the other options are too far to roundoff .

Question 16.
You want to find 5,193 × 8. Which expressions show how to use the Distributive Property to find the product?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 16
Answer:  8 × (5,000 + 100 + 90 +3)

Explanation: To use distributive property we have to organize the largest number in the expression in equal distributions respectively. so,  5,193 × 8 = 8 × (5,000 + 100 + 90 +3).

Question 17.
Use the table to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 17
Part A Five friends each buy all of the items listed in the table. Use rounding to find about how much money they spend in all.
Part B An Ultimate Package costs $40 and includes all of the items listed in the table. About how much money would the 5 friends have saved in all if they would have bought an Ultimate Package instead of purchasing the items individually? Explain.
Answer:  part A = $250 , part B = $50 can be saved.

Explanation:
Part A: By rounding the money from the table , we have 90 – minute jump pass = $20
water bottle = $10 and T-shirt = $20 ,That total amount will be $50
For five friends we get, 5 × $50 = $250. for all of them.

Part B : An Ultimate Package costs $40 and includes all of the items listed in the table. if each of the 5 members buys the package then , $40  × 5 = $200.
So, from Part A and Part B we get to know that they would have save $50 if they bought the package , that is
$250 – $200 = $50.

Question 18.
A pair of walruses weigh 4,710 pounds together. The female weighs1,942 pounds. How much more does the male weigh than the female?
A. 826 pounds
B. 6,652 pounds
C. 2,768 pounds
D. 2,710 pounds
Answer: C. 2,768 pounds

Explanation: A pair of walruses weigh 4,710 pounds together.
The female weighs1,942 pounds. Then , to get the male walrus weight , we have ,
4,710 – 1,942 = 2,768

So, The weight of male walrus is 2,768 pounds.

Question 19.
You use compensation as shown. What is the final step?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 19
Answer: D. There is no final step . You are finished.

Multiply by One-Digit Numbers STEAM Performance Task

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers spt 1
Question 1.
A teacher visits the Golden Gate Bridge in San Francisco, California. 1. Use the figure above to answer the questions.
a. The roadway is 8 times as wide as the width of both walkways combined. Each walkway has the same width. How wide is one of the walkways
b. What is the length of the bridge that is suspended above the water?
c. What is the length of the bridge that is not suspended above the water?
Answer:  a. each walk way is 5 feet,
b. 6,450 feet ,
c. 2,531 feet.

Explanation:
a. Given , in picture the whole roadway and walk way is 90 feet long in total
Considering 2 walkways and assuming walkway as W and roadway as R  we get
R + 2W = 90 feet and The roadway is 8 times as wide as the width of both walkways combined. can say as
R = 8(2W) then we have 8(2W) + 2W  = 90
16W + 2W = 90
18W = 90
W = 90 /8
W = 5 , so, each walk way is 5 feet long.

b. the length of the bridge that is suspended above the water is
from the picture we have 1,125 + 4,200 + 1,125 = 6,450. feet

c. the length of the bridge that is not  suspended above the water is
From the picture we have 8,981 – 6,450 = 2,531 feet.

Question 2.
The teacher wants to estimate the distance between the bridge and the water.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers spt 2
a. He rides in a ferry boat under the bridge. He says that the distance between the bridge and the water is about 5 times the height of the ferry boat. What is the distance between the bridge and the water?
b. The teacher estimates that the height of one tower is about three times the distance between the bridge and the water. What is the teacher’s estimate for the height of the tower?
c. You learn the exact height of the tower is 86 feet taller than the teacher’s estimate. How tall is the tower?
Answer:

a.220 ft.

b.660 ft.

c.746 ft.

Explanation:

a. 44 ft is the height of the boat as per the picture.so the distance between the water and the  bridge is 5 times the height of the ferry boat ,answer is 44 ft multiplied by 5 times i.e.220 ft. so 44 × 5 = 220 ft.

b. As per the teachers estimation height of tower is 3 times the distance between the bridge and the water, so 220ft is multiplied by 3, i.e.  660 ft.  so  220 × 3 = 660

c. learn the exact height of the tower is 86 feet taller than the teacher’s estimate.so 660 + 86 = 746 feet.

The teacher uses his fitness tracker to count the number of steps he walks on the Golden Gate Bridge each day for 1 week.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers spt 3
Question 3.
The table shows the numbers of steps taken on the first 3 days of the week. Use this information to complete the table.
a. He takes one thousand one hundred twenty-two more steps on Wednesday than on Monday.
b. On Thursday, he takes one hundred eighteen steps less than on Sunday.
c. He takes ten thousand fifty steps on Friday.
d. On Saturday, he takes twice as many steps as on Tuesday.
Answer:

a. 11,834 steps on Wednesday
b.  12,260 steps on Thursday
c. 10,050 steps on Friday
d.  15,978 steps on Saturday

Explanation:
a. He walks 1,122 more steps on Wednesday than on Monday = 10,712 + 1,122 = 11,834 steps.
b. He walks 118 steps less on Thursday than on Sunday =  12,378 – 118 = 12,260 steps.
c. He walks 10,050 steps on Friday
d. He walks 2 times as many steps on Saturday than on Tuesday = 2 × 7,989 = 15,978 steps.

Question 4.
The teacher’s goal is to take 11,500 steps each day.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers spt 4
a. What is his goal for the week?
b. Estimate the total number of steps he takes from Sunday to Saturday. Does he meet his goal for the week? Explain.
c. One mile is about two thousand steps. The teacher estimates that he walks 3 miles from one end of the Golden Gate Bridge to the other and back again. About how many steps does he walk?
Answer:
a. 80,500 steps
b. 81,200 steps are estimated. He reached his goal for the week.
c. 6,000 steps

Explanation:
a. He walks 11,500 steps each day , Then for 1 Week we have 7 days , so 7 × 11,500 = 80,500 steps for a week
b. By rounding the nearest numbers of all the steps he walked from Sunday to Saturday , we have,
12,380 + 10,710 + 7,990 + 11,830 + 12,260 + 10,050 + 15,980 = 81,200 steps.
81,200 steps are estimated. He reached his goal for the week.
c. 1 mile = 2,000 steps.
The teacher estimates that he walks 3 miles from one end of the Golden Gate Bridge to the other and back again.
So, 3 × 2,000  = 6,000 steps.
He walked 6,000 steps.

 

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2

Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 is an essential study material for students. Basic concepts of maths are clearly explained to score high marks for students. Also, in-depth knowledge of Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 BIM Grade 3 Answer Key mentioned with a brief explanation.

Furthermore, Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 is very convenient for students who are struggling and want to do extra practice in small groups. Every problem is solved and mentioned with a step-by-step explanation to support the students while their practice in Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10.

Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10

The quiz, homework, formative assessment, or just extra practice whatever you wish to solve can easily do using Bigideas Math Solution Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10. Improve problem-solving capacity by using Big Ideas Math Answer Grade 1. Just click on the below links and gain knowledge on this chapter.

Vocabulary

Lesson 1: Add 0

Lesson 2 Subtract 0 and Subtract All

Lesson 3: Add and Subtract 1

Lesson 4: Add Doubles from 1 to 5

Lesson 5: Use Doubles

Lesson 6: Add in Any Order

Lesson 7: Count on to Add

Lesson 8: Count Back to Subtract

Lesson 9: Use Addition to Subtract

Performance Task

Fluency and Strategies within 10 Vocabulary

Organize It

Review words:
addend
sum
difference

Use the review words to complete the graphic organizer.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Vocabulary-Question-1
Explanation:
A number that is added to another number is known as an addend.
In this case, 3 and 4 are the addends.
Sum is the result of adding two numbers.
So, 3 + 4 = 7
7 is the result that means sum.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Vocabulary-Question-2

Define It

Use your vocabulary cards to match.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Vocabulary-Define-it

Explanation:
A number line can be defined as a straight line with numbers placed at equal intervals or segments along its length. A number line can be extended infinitely in any direction and is usually represented horizontally.
Count on is nothing the count that goes forward.
Count back is nothing but count that goes backward.

Lesson 2.1 Add 0

Explore and Grow

Use linking cubes to model each story.

There are 6 ducks in the pond. 0 ducks join them. How many ducks are in the pond flow?

____ ducks

Answer:
Number of ducks in pond = 6
Number of ducks joined= 0
Total number of ducks= 6+0=6 Ducks

Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 4
Answer:
Number of ducks in pond = 0
Number of ducks joined= 8
Total number of ducks= 0+8=8 ducks

Show and Grow

Use the picture to write an equation.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 5
Answer:
4 + 0 = 4

Explanation:
By seeing the above picture we say that one of the addend is 4 and another addend is 0.
Now add both the numbers
4 + 0 = 4
Thus the result is 4.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 6
Answer:
0 + 1=1
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 1 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
0 + 1 = 1
Thus the result is 1.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 7
Answer:
0 + 6 = 6
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 6 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
0 + 6 = 6
Thus the result is 6

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 8
Answer:
8 + 0 = 8
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 8 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
8 + 0 = 8
Thus the result is 8.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use the picture to write an equation.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 9
Answer:
7 + 0 = 7
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 7 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
7 + 0= 7
Thus the result is 7.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 10
Answer:
0 + 10 = 10
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 10 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
0 + 10 = 10
Thus the result is 10.

Question 7.
9 + 0 = _____
Answer:
9 + 0 = 9
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 9 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
9 + 0 = 9
Thus the result is 9.

Question 8.
0 + 8 = ______
Answer:
0 + 8 = 8
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 8 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
0 + 8 = 8
Thus the result is 8.

DIG DEEPER!
Find each sum. Think: What do you notice?

Question 9.
3 + 0 = ______
0 + 3 = ______
Answer:
3 + 0 = 3
0 + 3 = 3
We notice that any number added with 0 will be the same number.

Question 10.
0 + 6 = ______
6 + 0 = ______
Answer:
0 + 6 = 6
6 + 0 = 6
We notice that any number added with 0 will be the same number.

Question 11.
MP Logic
There are 7 penguins in all. How many penguins are inside the igloo?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 11
Answer:
Total Number of penguins = 7
Number of penguins outside = 7
Number of penguins inside = x
x + 7 = 7
x = 0

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

There are no students at a bus stop. Then 9 students arrive. How many students are at the bus stop now?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 12
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 13
Addition equation:

_________ students
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.1-Add-0-Think-Grow
0 + 9 = 9
Number of students at bus stop = 9 students
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 9 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
0 + 9 = 9
Thus the result is 9.

Show and Grow

Question 12.
Your friend does not have any tokens. You give your friend 7 tokens. How many tokens does your friend have now?
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 14
Addition equation:

__________ tokens
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.1-Add-0-Show-Grow-Question-12
0 + 7 = 7
Number of tokens with my friend = 7 tokens
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 7 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
0 + 7 = 7
Thus the result is 7.

Add 0 Practice 2.1

Use the picture to write an equation.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 15
________ + 0 = _________
Answer:
9 + 0 = 9
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 9 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
9 + 0 = 9
Thus the result is 9.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 16
________ + 0 = _________
Answer:
0 + 3 = 3
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 3 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
0 + 3 = 3
Thus the result is 3

Question 3.
10 + 0 = ________
Answer:
10 + 0 = 10
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 10 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
10 + 0 = 10
Thus the result is 10.

Question 4.
0 + 5 = _______
Answer:
0 + 5 = 5
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 5 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
0 + 5 = 5
Thus the result is 5.

Question 5.
0 + 6 = _______
Answer:
0 + 6 = 6
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 6 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
0 + 6 = 6
Thus the result is 6.

Question 6.
0 + 0 = _______
Answer:
0 + 0 =0
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
0 + 0 = 0
Thus the result is 0.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Find each sum. Think: What do you notice?
7 + 0 = ______
0 + 7 = ______
Answer:
7 + 0 = 7
0 + 7 = 7
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 1 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. If the order of the addends changes, the sum stays the same.Now add both the numbers
0 + 1 = 1
Thus the result is 1.

Question 8.
MP Logic
There are 8 students in all. How many students are inside the museum?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 17
Answer:
Number of students = 8
Number of students out side the museum= 8
Number of students inside the museum=  x
x + 8 = 8
x = 0
Number of students inside the museum = 0

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
There are no seals on the shore. Then 10 seals swim to the shore. How many seals are on the shore now?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 18
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 19

__________ seals
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Add-0-Practice-2.1-Question-9
0 + 10 = 10
Number of seals on the shore = 0 + 10 = 10 seals
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 10 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
0 + 10 = 10
Thus the result is 10.

Review & Refresh

Write the number of goldfish.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 20
Answer:
1
Explanation:
As per above figure we notice only 1 goldfishes in the aquarium.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 21
Answer:
3
Explanation:
As per above figure we notice 3 goldfishes in the aquarium.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 22
Answer:
0
Explanation:
As per above figure we notice no goldfish in the aquarium.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 23
Answer:
2
Explanation:
As per above figure we notice 2 goldfishes in the aquarium.

Lesson 2.2 Subtract 0 and Subtract All

Explore and Grow

Use linking cubes to model each story.

There are 5 beavers on the log. None of the beavers leave. How many beavers are left?

________ beavers
Answer:
Number of beavers = 5
Number of beavers leave= 0
Number of beavers Remaining = 5 – 0 = 5

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 24
There are 5 beavers on the log. All of the beavers leave. How many beavers are left?

_________ beavers

Answer:
Number of beavers = 5
Number of beavers left = 5
Number of beavers remaining =5 – 5 = 0

Show and Grow

Use the picture to write an equation.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 25
_________ – 0 = ________
Answer:
2 – 0  = 2
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 2 is minuend and 0 is subtrahend. Subtracting 0 from any number gives the number itself as the difference. Now subtract the 2 and 0
2 – 0 = 2
Thus the difference is 2

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 26
_________ – _________ = 0
Answer:
1 – 1 = 0
Explanation:
When a number is subtracted from itself the difference is always equal to 0.
Thus the difference is 0

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 27
_________ – 0 = _________
Answer:
4 – 0 = 4
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 4 is minuend and 0 is subtrahend. Subtracting 0 from any number gives the number itself as the difference. Now subtract the 4 and 0
4 – 0 = 4
Thus the difference is 4

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 28
_________ – _________ = 0
Answer:
2 – 2 = 0
Explanation:
When a number is subtracted from itself the difference is always equal to 0.
Thus the difference is 0

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use the picture to write an equation.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 29
_________ – 0 = _________

Answer:
8 – 0 = 8
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 8 is minuend and 0 is subtrahend. Subtracting 0 from any number gives the number itself as the difference. Now subtract the 2 and 0
8 – 0 = 8
Thus the difference is 8

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 30
_________ – _________ = 0
Answer:
8 – 8 = 0
Explanation:
When a number is subtracted from itself the difference is always equal to 0.
Thus the difference is 0

Question 7.
5 – 5 = _______
Answer:
5 – 5 = 0

Explanation:
When a number is subtracted from itself the difference is always equal to 0.
Thus the difference is 0

Question 8.
6 – 0 = ________
Answer:
6 – 0 = 6
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 6 is minuend and 0 is subtrahend Subtracting 0 from any number gives the number itself as the difference. Now subtract the 6 and 0
6 – 0 = 6
Thus the difference is 6

Question 9.
9 – 0 = ________
Answer:
9 – 0 = 9
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 9 is minuend and 0 is subtrahend Subtracting 0 from any number gives the number itself as the difference. Now subtract the 9 and 0
9 – 0 = 9
Thus the difference is 9

Question 10.
7 – 7 = ________
Answer:
7 – 7 = 0
Explanation:
When a number is subtracted from itself the difference is always equal to 0.
Thus the difference is 0

Question 11.
MP Structure
Complete the equation. Then use the words to complete the sentence.

Words:
difference
number
subtract

4 – ______ = 4
When you ______ 0 from a number,  the ______ is that ______ .
Answer:
4 – 0 = 4
When you subtract 0 from a number,  the number is that difference.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Your friend has 7 pennies. You have 7 fewer pennies than your friend. How many do you have?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 31
Draw a picture:

Subtraction equation:

_________ pennies
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson -2.2-Subtract-0-Subtract-All-Think-Grow-Modeling-Real-Life
Number of pennies with my friend = 7
Number of pennies with me  = x
x = 7 – 7 (7 fewer than my friend )
x = 0
Number of pennies with me = 0

Show and Grow

Question 12.
You have 6 pieces of chalk. You give all of your chalk to your friend. How many pieces do you have left?
Draw a picture:

Subtraction equation:

_________ pieces of chalk
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson -2.2-Subtract-0-Subtract-All--Show-Grow-Question-12
Number of chalks with me = 6
Number of chalks given to my friend = 6
Number of chalks remaining with me = 6 – 6 = 0

Subtract 0 and Subtract All Practice 2.2

Use the picture to write an equation.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 32
________ – 0 = ________
Answer:
5 – 0 = 5

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 33
________ – _______ = 0
Answer:
5 – 5 = 0
Explanation:
When a number is subtracted from itself the difference is always equal to 0.
Thus the difference is 0

Question 3.
3 – 3 = _______
Answer:
3 – 3 = 0
Explanation:
When a number is subtracted from itself the difference is always equal to 0.
Thus the difference is 0

Question 4.
1 – 0 = _________
Answer:
1 – 0 = 1

Question 5.
1 – 1= _________
Answer:
1 – 1= 0
Explanation:
When a number is subtracted from itself the difference is always equal to 0.
Thus the difference is 0

Question 6.
7 – 0 = _________
Answer:
7 – 0 = 7

Question 7.
MP Structure
Complete the equation. Then use the words to complete the sentence.

Words:
difference
number
subtract

9 – ______ = 0
When you ______ a ______ from itself, the ______________ is 0.

Answer:
9 – 9 = 0
When you subtract a number from itself, the difference is 0

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life You have 4 stuffed animals. You give all of them to your friend. How many stuffed animals do you have left?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 34

________ stuffed animals

Answer:
Number of stuffed animals  with me = 4
Number of stuffed animals given to my friend= 4
Number of stuffed animals remaining = 4 – 4 = 0

Review & Refresh

Write the number of dots you see on each domino. Then write the numbers in order.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 35
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Subtract-0-Subtract-All-Practice-2.2-Question-9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 36
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Subtract-0-Subtract-All-Practice-2.2-Question-10

Lesson 2.3 Add and Subtract 1

Explore and Grow

Use linking cubes to model each story.

There are 7 kids on the bench. 1 kid joins them. How many kids are on the bench flow?
__________ kids

Answer:
Number of kids = 7
Number of kids joined = 1
Total number of kids = 7 + 1 = 8
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 37
There are 8 kids on the bench. 1 kid leaves. How many kids are left?
__________ kids

Answer:
Number of kids = 8
Number of kids left = 1
Total number of kids = 8 – 1 = 7

Show and Grow

Use the picture to write an equation.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 38
___________ – __________ = ___________
Answer:
7 – 1 = 6
Explanation:
From the above figure, we notice six people are playing and one person is leaving . so we get equation as
6 + 1 = 7 .
In Total we notice 7 people in the picture .

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 39
___________ + __________ = ___________
Answer:
7 + 1 = 8
Explanation:
From the above figure, we notice 7 people are playing and 1 person is joining. so we get equation as
7 + 1 = 8 .
In Total we notice 8 people in the picture .

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use the picture to write an equation.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 40
___________ + __________ = ___________
Answer:
9 + 1 = 10
Explanation:
From the above picture we notice 9 people in the pool and 1 person is joining the pool. so total number of people in pool is 9 + 1 = 10 .
Thus Total people in the pool are 10 people.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 41
___________ + __________ = ___________
Answer:
8 + 1 = 9
Explanation:
From the above picture we notice 8 people in the pool and 1 person is leaving the pool. so total number of people in the picture is 8 + 1 = 9 .
Thus Total people are 9 people.

Question 5.
5 – 1 = ________
Answer:
5 – 1 = 4
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 5 is minuend and 1 is subtrahend.
Now subtract
5 – 1 = 4
Thus the difference is 4

Question 6.
6 + 1 = ________
Answer:
6 + 1 = 7
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 6 and 1 are addends .Now add both the numbers
6 + 1 = 7
Therefore the sum is 7.

Question 7.
8 + 1 = ________
Answer:
8 + 1 = 9
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 8 and 1 are addends .Now add both the numbers
8 + 1 = 9
Therefore the sum is 9.

Question 8.
7 – 1 = ________
Answer:
7 – 1 = 6
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 7 is minuend and 1 is subtrahend.
Now subtract
7 – 1 = 6
Thus the difference is 6

DIG DEEPER!
Circle the problem with the greater sum or difference.
Question 9.
2 – 1                2 + 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.3-Add-Subtract-1-Question-9
Explanation:
from above equations we get
2 – 1 = 1 as difference and
2 + 1 = 3 as sum
now compare difference and sum
1 < 3
Therefore , 3 is greater than 1

Question 10.
5 + 1              6 – 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.3-Add-Subtract-1-Question-10
Explanation:
from above equations we get
6 –  1 = 5 as difference and
5 + 1 = 6 as sum
now compare difference and sum
6 > 5
Therefore , 6 is greater than 5

Question 11.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Circle to show who is correct. Show how you know?
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.3-Add-Subtract-1-Question-11
Explanation:
when a given number is increased by 1 then we get the next number of that number, Also, we know that a next number of a number is called successor.
From the number line we can notice when 3 is added with 1 we get 4 as sum which is next number of 3.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You have 9 action figures. Newton has 1 more than you. Descartes has 1 fewer than you. Who has more, Newton or Descartes?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 43

Equations:            Newton            Descartes

Who has more    Newton           Descartes
Answer:
Number of action figures with me= 9
Number of action figures with Newton = 9 + 1 = 10
Number of action figures with Descartes = 9 – 1 = 8
Newton has 2 more action figures than Descartes.

Show and Grow

Question 12.
You have 5 video games. Newton has 1 fewer than you. Descartes has 1 more than you. Who has fewer, Newton or Descartes?
Equations:            Newton            Descartes

Who has fewer?    Newton           Descartes
Answer:
Number of video games with me = 5
Number of video games with Newton  = 5 – 1 = 4
Number of video games with Descartes = 5 + 1 = 6
Newton has 2 fewer than Descartes.

Add and Subtract 1 Practice 2.3

Use the picture to write an equation.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 44
___________ + ___________ = ___________
Answer:
5 + 1 = 6
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 5 and 1 are addends .when a given number is increased by 1 then we get the next number of that number as sum, next number of 5 is 6
Now add both the numbers
5 + 1 = 6
Therefore the sum is 6.

Question 2.

___________ – ___________ = ___________
Answer:
5 – 1 = 4
Explanation:
when a number is reduced by 1, then we get the previous number of that number as difference.
previous number of 5 is 4 .
Therefore difference = 4

Question 3.
10 – 1 = ___________
Answer:
10 – 1 = 9
Explanation:
when a number is reduced by 1, then we get the previous number of that number as difference.
previous number of 10 is 9 .
Therefore difference = 9

Question 4.
7 + 1 = ___________
Answer:
7 + 1 = 8
Explanation:
From the above Equation we notice 7 and 1 are addends .when a given number is increased by 1 then we get the next number of that number as sum, next number of 7 is 8
Now add both the numbers
7 + 1 = 8
Therefore the sum is 8.

DIG DEEPER!
Circle the problem with the greater sum or difference.
Question 5.
4 – 1 4 + 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Add-Subtract-1-Practice-2.3-Question-5
Explanation:
from above equations we get
4 – 1 = 3 as difference and
4 + 1 = 5 as sum
now compare difference and sum
3 < 5
Therefore , 5 is greater than 3

Question 6.
7 + 1 8 + 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Add-Subtract-1-Practice-2.3-Question-6
Explanation:
from above equations we get
7 + 1 = 8 as sum and
8 + 1 = 9 as sum
now compare both the sums
8 < 9
Therefore , 9 is greater than 8

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Circle to show who is correct. Show how you know.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 46
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Add-Subtract-1-Practice-2.3-Question-7
Explanation:
when a number is reduced by 1, then we get the previous number of that number as difference.
previous number of 6 is 5 .
Therefore difference = 5

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
You have 3 karate belts. Newton has I fewer than you. Descartes has I more than you. Who has fewer, Newton or Descartes?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 47
Who has fewer?           Newton          Descartes
Answer:
Number of karate belts = 3
Number of belts with Newton = 3 – 1 = 2
Number of belts with Descartes = 3 + 1 = 4
Newton have 2 fewer belts than Descartes.

Review & Refresh

Question 9.
Use the picture to complete the number bond.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 48
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Add-Subtract-1-Practice-2.3-Question-9

Lesson 2.4 Add Doubles from 1 to 5

Explore and Grow

Use counters to model the story.

You have 3 balls. Your friend has 3 balls. How many balls are there in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 49
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.4 -Add-Doubles-from-1 to 5-Explore-Grow
Explanation:
Here we have 2 groups . each group contains 3 balls.
So total number of groups = 2
Total number of balls  = 3 + 3 = 6

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 50
___________ – ___________ = ___________
Answer:
4 – 4 = 0
Explanation:
When a number is subtracted from itself the difference is always equal to 0.
Thus the difference is 0

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 51
___________ + ___________ = ___________
Answer:
1 + 1 = 2
Explanation:
when a given number is increased by 1 then we get the next number of that number, Also, we know that a next number of a number is called successor.
The next number of 1 is 2.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 52
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.4 -Add-Doubles-from-1 to 5-Show-Grow-Question-3
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 4 are addends .Now add both the numbers
4 + 4 = 8
Therefore the sum is 8.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 53
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.4 -Add-Doubles-from-1 to 5-Show-Grow-Question-4
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 3 are addends .Now add both the numbers
3 + 3 = 6
Therefore the sum is 6.

Apply and grow: Practice

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 54
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.4 -Add-Doubles-from-1 to 5-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-5
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 5 are addends .Now add both the numbers
5 + 5 = 10
Therefore the sum is 10.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 55
Answer:
2 + 2 = 4
2 – 2 = 0
Explanation:
When a number is subtracted from itself the difference is always equal to 0.
Thus the difference is 0

Question 7.
2 + 2 = ______
Answer:
2 + 2 = 4
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 2 are addends .Now add both the numbers
2 + 2 = 4
Therefore the sum is 4.

Question 8.
5 + 5 = _______
Answer:
5 + 5 = 10
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 5 are addends .Now add both the numbers
5 + 5 = 10
Therefore the sum is 10.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 56
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.4 -Add-Doubles-from-1 to 5-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-9
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 3 are addends .Now add both the numbers
3 + 3 = 6
Therefore the sum is 6.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 57
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.4 -Add-Doubles-from-1 to 5-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-10
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 4 are addends .Now add both the numbers
4 + 4 = 8
Therefore the sum is 8.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
Circle the equations you can complete using doubles.
________ + ________ =               6 ________ + ________ = 5

________ + ________ =               9 ________ + ________ = 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.4 -Add-Doubles-from-1 to 5-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-11

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You and your friend color the same number of pictures. There are to pictures in all. How many pictures do you each color?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 58
Draw a Picture:

Addition equation:

__________ pictures

Show and Grow

Question 12.
You and your friend have the same number of flowers. There are 8 flowers in all. How many flowers do you each have?
Draw a picture:

Addition equation:

________ flowers
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.4 -Add-Doubles-from-1 to 5-Show-Grow-Question-12
Number of flowers with me = x
Number of flowers with my friend = x
Total number of flowers = 8
x + x = 8
4 + 4 = 8.

Add Doubles from 1 to 5 Practice 2.4

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 59
___________ + ___________ = ___________
Answer:
4 + 4 = 8

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 60
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Add-Doubles-from-1 to 5-Practice-2.4-Question-2

Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 3 are addends .Now add both the numbers
3 + 3 = 6
Therefore the sum is 6.

Question 3.
2 + 2 = ________
Answer:
2 + 2 = 4
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 2 are addends .Now add both the numbers
2 + 2 = 4
Therefore the sum is 4.

Question 4.
4 + 4 = _________
Answer:
4 + 4 = 8
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 4 are addends .Now add both the numbers
4 + 4 = 8
Therefore the sum is 8.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 61
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Add-Doubles-from-1 to 5-Practice-2.4-Question-5
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 5 are addends .Now add both the numbers
5 + 5 = 10
Therefore the sum is 10.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 62
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Add-Doubles-from-1 to 5-Practice-2.4-Question-6
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 3 are addends .Now add both the numbers
3 + 3 = 6
Therefore the sum is 6.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Circle the equations you can complete using doubles.
_________ + _________ = 3            _________ + _________= 8

_________ + _________ = 4            _________ + _________ = 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Add-Doubles-from-1 to 5-Practice-2.4-Question-7

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
Newton and Descartes each have the same number of linking cubes. There are 6 linking cubes in all. How many linking cubes do Newton and Descartes have?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 63

 

________ linking cubes
Answer:
Total Number of linking cubes = 6.
Newton and Descartes each have the same number of linking cubes
Each have 3 linking cubes
3 + 3 = 6.
Newton and Descartes each have 3 linking cubes.

Review & Refresh

Use the picture to write an equation.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 64
___________ + ___________ = ___________
Answer:
2 + 3 = 5
Explanation:
we notice 2 hippos in the mud and 3 hippos came to join them.
so total number of hippos are add 2 and 3
Total number of hippos = 2 + 3 = 5

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 65
___________ + ___________ = ___________
Answer:
4 + 5 = 9
Explanation:
We notice 4 zebras eating grass and 5 zebras joining them
so total number of zebras are add 4 and 5
Total number of zebras = 4 + 5 = 9

Lesson 2.5 Use Doubles

Explore and Grow

Use counters to model the story.

You collect 4 shells. Your friend collects 4 shells. How many shells are there in all?

____ shells

Answer:
Number of shells with me = 4
Number of shells with my friend= 4
Total Number of shells = 4 + 4 = 8

You collect 4 shells. Your friend collects 5 shells. How many shells are there in all?

 

____ shells
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 66
Answer:
Number of shells with me = 4
Number of shells with my friend= 5
Total Number of shells = 4 + 5 = 9

Show and Grow

Use the double 3 + 3 to find each sum.

Question 1.
3 + 4 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 67
Answer:
3 + 3 + 1 = 7

Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 68
Answer:
3 + 3 – 1 = 5

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use the double 2 + 2 to find each sum.

Question 2.
2 + 3 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 69
Answer:
2 + 2 + 1 =5

2 + 1 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 70
Answer:
2 + 2 – 1 = 3

Find the sum. Write the double you used.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 71
Answer:
3 + 4 = 7
3 + 3 + 1 = 6 + 1 = 7

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 72
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10- Lesson-2.5-Use-Doubles-Question-4

Question 5.
MP Number Sense
Use each card once to write two addition equations.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 73
Answer:
2 + 2 = 4
2 + 3 = 5

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You eat 4 grapes. Your friend eats I more than you. How many grapes do you and your friend eat in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 74
Which doubles can you use to find the sum?
4 + 4              5 + 5                3 + 3
Addition equation:

__________ grapes
Answer:
Number of grapes ate by me = 4
Number of grapes ate by my friend = 4 + 1
Number of grapes eaten = 4 + 4 + 1 = 9
4 + 4 is used to find the sum

Show and Grow

Question 6.
You have 5 toy cars. Your friend has I fewer than you. How many cars do you and your friend have in all?

Which doubles can you use to find the sum?
4 + 4            6 + 6              5 + 5
Addition equation:

 

_________ toy cars
Answer:
Number of toy cars with me = 5
Number of toy cars with my friend = 5 – 1
Total Number of cars = 5 + 5 – 1 = 10 – 1 = 9

Use Doubles Practice 2.5

Use the double 4 + 4 to find each sum.

Question 1.
4 + 5 = _______
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 75
Answer:
4 + 4 + 1 = 8 + 1 = 9

4 + 3 = _______
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 76
Answer:
4 + 4 – 1 = 8 – 1 = 7

Find the sum. Write the double you used.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 77
Answer:
1 + 1 = 2
1 + 2 = 3

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 78
Answer:
1 + 1 = 2
3 + 2 = 5

Question 4.
Number Sense
Use each card once to write two addition equations.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 79
Answer:
2 + 3 = 5
3 + 3 = 6

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
Newton catches 2 butterflies. Descartes catches I more than Newton. How many butterflies do Newton and Descartes catch in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 80
Which doubles can you use to find the sum?
3 + 3              1 + 1              2 + 2

 

_________ butterflies
Answer:
Number of butterflies with Newton = 2
Number of butterflies with Descartes = 2 + 1.
Total number of butterflies both caught = 2 + 2 + 1 = 4 + 1 = 5

Review & Refresh

Question 6.
Circle the model that shows the missing number.
2 + ______ = 5
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 81
Answer:
2 + 3 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10- Lesson-2.5-Use-Doubles-Question-6

Lesson 2.6 Add in Any Order

Explore and Grow

Use counters to model each problem. What do you notice?

4 + 3 = ____7_____

3 + 4 = ___7______

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 82
_________ + _________ = _________
Answer:
2 + 4 = 6
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 2 and 4 are addends .Now add both the numbers
2 + 4 = 6
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 6

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 83
_________ + _________ = _________
Answer:
4 + 2 = 6
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 2 and 4 are addends .Now add both the numbers
2 + 4 = 6

Question 2.Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 6
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 84
_________ + _________ = _________
Answer:
7 + 1 = 8
Explanation:
when a given number is increased by 1 then we get the next number of that number as sum.
The next number of 7 is 8 as sum.
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 8

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 85
_________ + _________ = _________
Answer:
1 + 7 = 8
Explanation:
when a given number is increased by 1 then we get the next number of that number as sum.
The next number of 7 is 8 as sum.
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 8

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 86
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10- Lesson-2.6-Add-Any-Order- Show and Grow-Question-3

2 + 3 = 5
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 2 and 3 are addends .Now add both the numbers
2 + 3 = 5
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 5

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 87
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10- Lesson-2.6-Add-Any-Order- Show and Grow-Question-3.

Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 2 and 3 are addends .Now add both the numbers
3 + 2 = 5
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 5

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 88
_________ + _________ = _________
Answer:
7 + 3 = 10
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 7 and 3 are addends .Now add both the numbers
7 + 3 = 10
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 10

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 89
_________ + _________ = _________
Answer:
3 + 7 = 10
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 3 and 7 are addends .Now add both the numbers
3 + 7 = 10
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 10

Find the sum. Then change the order of the addends. Write the new addition problem.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 90
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10- Lesson-2.6-Add-Any-Order- Show and Grow-Question-5
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 1 and 4 are addends .Now add both the numbers
1 + 4 = 5 or 4 + 1 = 5
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 91
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10- Lesson-2.6-Add-Any-Order- Show and Grow-Question-6

Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 5 and 2 are addends .Now add both the numbers
5 + 2 = 7 or 2 + 5 = 7
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 7

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 92
Answer:
2 + 6 = 8
6 + 2 = 8
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 6 and 2 are addends .Now add both the numbers
6 + 2 = 8 or 2 + 6 = 8
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 8

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 93
Answer:
9 = 8 + 1
9 = 1 + 8
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 8 and 1 are addends .Now add both the numbers
8 + 1 = 9 or 1 + 8 = 9
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 9

Question 9.
MP Number Sense
Use the numbers shown to write two addition equations.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 94
Answer:
4 + 5 = 9
5 + 4 = 9
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 4 and 5 are addends .Now add both the numbers
4 + 5 = 9 or 5 + 4 = 9
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 9

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You have 7 shirts. 3 are green. The rest are blue. How many blue shirts do you have?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 95
Which equations describe your shirts?
3 + 4 = 7            3 + 7 = 10
7 + 3 = 10          4 + 3 = 7
Show how you know:

You have ____ blue shirts.
Answer:
Number of green shirts = 3
Number of blue shirts  =  X
Total number of shirts = 7
3 + X = 7
X = 7 – 3 = 4
Number of blue shirts = 4
Equation: 3 + 4 = 7 or 4 + 3 = 7

Show and Grow

Question 10.
You have 5 cups. 2 are yellow. The rest are red. How many red cups do you have?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 96
Which equations describe your cups?
5 + 2 = 7               2 + 3 = 5
2 + 5 = 7               3 + 2 = 5
Show how you know:

You have ____ red cups.
Answer:
Number of red cups = x
Number of yellow cups = 2
Total number of cups = 5
x + 2 = 5
x = 5 – 2 = 3
Number of red cups = 3
Equation : 3 + 2 = 5 or 2 + 3 = 5

Add in Any Order Practice 2.6

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 97

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 98
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10- Add-in-Any-Order-Practice-2.6-Question-1
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 3 and 4 are addends .Now add both the numbers
3 + 4 = 7 or 4 + 3 = 7
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 7

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 99
Answer:
7 + 2 = 9

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 100
Answer:
2 + 7 = 9
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 2 and 7 are addends .Now add both the numbers
2 + 7= 9 or 7 + 2 = 9
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 9

Find the sum. Then change the order of the addends. Write the new addition problem.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 101
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10- Add-in-Any-Order-Practice-2.6-Question-3
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 6 and 4 are addends .Now add both the numbers
6 + 4 = 10 or 4 + 6 = 10
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 10

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 102
Answer:
6 = 5 + 1
6 = 1 + 5
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 6 and 4 are addends .Now add both the numbers
5 + 1 = 6 or 1 + 5 = 6
when a given number is increased by 1 then we get the next number of that number as sum
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 6

Question 5.
MP Number Sense
Use the numbers shown to write two addition equations.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 103
Answer:
2 + 8 = 10
8 + 2 = 10
Explanation:
From the above equations we notice 2 and 8 are addends .Now add both the numbers
2 + 8 = 10 or 8 + 2 = 10
Whatever may be the order of addends the sum is always the same.
Therefore the sum is 10

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
You have 7 tomatoes. 2 are red. The rest are yellow. How many yellow tomatoes do you have?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 104
Which equations describe your tomatoes?
2 + 5 = 7 5 + 2 = 7
7 + 2 = 9 2 + 7 = 9
Show how you know:

You have _______ yellow tomatoes.
Answer:
Total number of tomatoes = 7
Number of red tomatoes = 2
Number of yellow tomatoes = x
Explanation:
7 = 2 + x
x = 7 – 2 = 5
Number of yellow tomatoes = 5
Equations: 2 + 5 = 7 or 5 + 2 = 7

Review & Refresh

Use the ten frame to complete the equation.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 105
5 + _______ = 8
Answer:
5 + 3 = 8
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice to get 8 as sum what should be added for 5
if we add 3 to 5 we get 8 as sum.
Therefore 5 + 3 = 8 .

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 106
5 + ________ = 10
Answer:
5 + 5 = 10
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice to get 10 as sum what should be added for 5
if we add 5 to 5 we get 10 as sum.
Therefore 5 + 5 = 10 .

Lesson 2.7 Count on to Add

Explore and Grow

Model the story.

There are 5 coins in a piggy bank. You put in 2 more. How many coins are in the bank now?

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 107
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.7-Count-on-to-Add-Explore-Grow
Number of coins in piggy bank = 5
Number of coins added = 2
Total coins = 5 + 2 = 7.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
7 + 2 = _________
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 108
Answer:
7 + 2 = 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.7-Count-on-to-Add-Show-Grow-Question-1
Explanation:
Count on method to add numbers. To add 7 and 2, start from 7 and count on 2 steps to arrive at the sum (9).

Question 2.
3 + 1 = ________
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 109
Answer:
3 + 1 = 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.7-Count-on-to-Add-Show-Grow-Question-2
Explanation:
Count on method to add numbers. To add 3 and 1, start from 3 and count on 1 step to arrive at the sum (4).

Question 3.
4 + 6 = ________
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 110
Answer:
4 + 6 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-Strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.7-Count-on-to-Add-Show-Grow-Question-3
Explanation:
Count on method to add numbers. To add 4 and 6, start from 4 and count on 6 steps to arrive at the sum (10).

Question 4.
0 + 5 = ________
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 111
Answer:
0 + 5 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.7-Count-on-to-Add-Show-Grow-Question-4

Explanation:
Count on method to add numbers. To add 0 and 5, start from 0 and count on 5 steps to arrive at the sum (5).

Apply and Grow: practice

Question 5.
4 + 2 = _________
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 112
Answer:
4 + 2 = 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.7-Count-on-to-Add-Apply-Grow-practice-Question-5
Explanation:
Count on method to add numbers. To add 4 and 2, start from 4 and count on 2 steps to arrive at the sum (6).

Question 6.
6 + 1 = ________
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 112
Answer:
6 + 1 = 7

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.7-Count-on-to-Add-Apply-Grow-practice-Question-6
Explanation:
Count on method to add numbers. To add 6 and 1, start from 6 and count on 1 step to arrive at the sum (7).

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 113
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.7-Count-on-to-Add-Apply-Grow-practice-Question-7
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 5 and 4 are addends .Now add both the numbers
5 + 4 = 9
Therefore the sum is 9.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 114
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.7-Count-on-to-Add-Apply-Grow-practice-Question-8
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 3 and 2 are addends .Now add both the numbers
3 + 2 = 5
Therefore the sum is 5.

Question 9.
________ = 0 + 7
Answer:
7 = 0 + 7
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 7 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself.Now add both the numbers
0 + 7 = 7
Thus the result is 7.

Question 10.
________ = 2 + 8
Answer:
10 = 2 + 8
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 8 and 2 are addends .Now add both the numbers
2 + 8 = 10
Therefore the sum is 10.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
Tell what problems Newton and Descartes solved. Think: How are the problems the same? How are they different?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 115
Answer:

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You and your friend are on a scavenger hunt. You find 3 clues. You and your friend find 8 clues in all. How many clues does your friend find?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 116
Model:

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 117

______ clues
Answer:
Number of clues with me = 3
Number of clues with my friend = x
Total number of clues = 8
Explanation:
3 + x = 8
x = 8 – 3 = 5
Number of clues with my friend = 5
Equation: 3 + 5 = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.7-Count-on-to-Add-Think-Grow-Modeling-Real-Life
Explanation:
Count on method to add numbers. To add 3 and 5 start from 3 and count on 5 steps to arrive at the sum (8).

Show and Grow

Question 12.
Your friend collects 4 cans. You and your friend collect 10 cans in all. How many cans do you collect?
Model:

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 117

________ cans
Answer:
Number of cans with my friend = 4
Total number of cans = 10
Number of cans with me  = X
Explanation:
4 + X = 10
X= 10 – 4 = 6
Number of cans with me = 6
Equation: 4 + 6 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.7-Count-on-to-Add-Show-Grow- Question-12
Explanation:
Count on method to add numbers. To add 4 and 6, start from 4 and count on 6 steps to arrive at the sum (10).

Count on to Add Practice 2.7

Question 1.
4 + 3 = ________
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 118
Answer:
4 + 3 = 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10- Count-on-to-Add-Practice-2.7-Question-1
Explanation:
Count on method to add numbers. To add 4 and 3 start from 3 and count on 3 steps to arrive at the sum (7).

Question 2.
8 + 1 = ________
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 118
Answer:
8 + 1 = 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10- Count-on-to-Add-Practice-2.7-Question-2
Explanation:
Count on method to add numbers. To add 8 and 1 start from 8 and count on 1 step to arrive at the sum (9).

Question 3.
6 + 2 = ________
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 118
Answer:
6 + 2 = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10- Count-on-to-Add-Practice-2.7-Question-3
Explanation:
Count on method to add numbers. To add 6 and 2 start from 6 and count on 2 steps to arrive at the sum (8).

Question 4.
7 + 3 = ________
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 118
Answer:
7 + 3 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10- Count-on-to-Add-Practice-2.7-Question-4
Explanation:
Count on method to add numbers. To add 7 and 3 start from 7 and count on 3 steps to arrive at the sum (10).

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 119
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10- Count-on-to-Add-Practice-2.7-Question-5

Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 0 and 9 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself.Now add both the numbers
0 + 9 = 9
Thus the result is 9.

Question 6.
______ = 1 + 5
Answer:
6 = 1 + 5
Explanation:
when a given number is increased by 1 then we get the next number of that number as sum.
The next number of 5 is 6
Therefore sum = 6 .

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Tell what problems Newton and Descartes solved. Think: How are the problems the same? How are they different?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 120Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 120
Answer:
Both the problems are the same .
sum is the same only the order of the addends are different .
Newton have 3 and 4 as addends 3 added to 4 whereas in Descartes the 4 is added to 3. whatever may be the order of addends the sum will always be the same .
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10- Count-on-to-Add-Practice-2.7-Question-7

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
You have 4 coins. You and your friend have 9 coins in all. How many coins does your friend have?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 121
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 118

 

__________ coins
Answer:
Number of coins with me = 4
Number of coins with my friend = X
Total coins = 9
Explanation:
4 + X = 9
X = 9 -4 = 5
Number of coins with my friend = 5
Equation : 4 + 5 = 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10- Count-on-to-Add-Practice-2.7-Question-8
Explanation:
Count on method to add numbers. To add 4 and 5 start from 4 and count on 5 steps to arrive at the sum (9).

Review & Refresh

Use the picture to write an equation.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 122
Answer:
4 – 1 = 3
Explanation:
when a number is reduced by 1, then we get the previous number of that number as difference.
previous number of 4 is 3 .
Therefore difference = 3

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 123
Answer:
5 – 3 = 2
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 5 is minuend and 3 is subtrahend.
Now subtract
5 – 3 = 2
Thus the difference is 2

Lesson 2.8 Count Back to Subtract

Explore and Grow

Model the story.

There are 8 students in a line. 2 of them leave. How many students are left?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 124
Answer:
Number of students = 8
Number of students left = 2
Number of students remained in class = 8 – 2 = 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.8-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Explore-Grow

Show and Grow

Question 1.
5 – 4 = _________
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 125
Answer:
5 – 4 = 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.8-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Show-Grow-Question-1
Explanation:
Use the count back method to subtract.To subtract 4 from 5, one can start at 5 and count back 4 steps we get difference as 1.

Question 2.
7 – 3 = ________
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 126
Answer:
7 – 3 = 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.8-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Show-Grow-Question-2
Explanation:
Use the count back method to subtract.To subtract 3 from 7, one can start at 7 and count back 3 steps we get difference as 4.

Question 3.
6 – 1 = _________
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 127
Answer:
6 – 1 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.8-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Show-Grow-Question-3
Explanation:
Use the count back method to subtract.To subtract 1 from 6, one can start at 6 and count back 1 step we get difference as 5.

Question 4.
10 – 8 = ________
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 127
Answer:
10 – 8 = 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.8-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Show-Grow-Question-4
Explanation:
Use the count back method to subtract.To subtract 8 from 10, one can start at 10 and count back 8 steps we get difference as 2.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 5.
10 – 6 = _________
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 127
Answer:
10 – 6 = 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.8-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-5
Explanation:
Use the count back method to subtract.To subtract 6 from 10, one can start at 10 and count back 6 steps we get difference as 4.

Question 6.
9 – 3 = _________
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 127
Answer:
9 – 3 = 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.8-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-6
Explanation:
Use the count back method to subtract.To subtract 3 from 9, one can start at 9 and count back 3 steps we get difference as 6.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 128
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.8-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-7
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 5 is minuend and 2 is subtrahends. Now subtract the 5 and 2
5 – 2 = 3
Thus the difference is 3

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 129
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.8-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-8

Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 8 is minuend and 0 is subtrahends Subtracting 0 from any number gives the number itself as the difference. Now subtract the 8 and 0
8 – 0 = 8
Thus the difference is 8

Question 9.
________ = 7 – 6
Answer:
1

Question 10.
_________ = 4 – 1
Answer:
3

Question 11.
MP Structure
Write the problem shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 130
_________ – _________ = ________
Answer:
9 – 5 = 4
Explanation:
Use the count back method to subtract.To subtract 5 from 9, one can start at 9 and count back 5 steps we get difference as 4.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

There are 5 students on one side of a table and 5 students on the other. 7 students leave. How many students are left?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 131
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 132

__________ students
Answer:
Total Number of students = 5 + 5 = 10
Number of students left = 7
Remaining Number of students = 10 – 7 = 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.8-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Think- Grow-Modeling-Real-Life
Explanation:
Use the count back method to subtract.To subtract 7 from 10, one can start at 10 and count back 7 steps we get difference as 3

Show and Grow

Question 12.
You have 4 board games and 4 card games. You give 3 games to your friend. How many games do you have left?
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 132

 

__________ games
Answer:
Total Number of games  = 4 + 4 = 8
Number of games given to my friend = 3
Remaining Number of games with me =8 – 3 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson-2.8-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Show-Grow-Question-12
Explanation:
Use the count back method to subtract.To subtract 3 from 8, one can start at 8 and count back 3 steps we get difference as 5

Count Back to Subtract Practice 2.8

Question 1.
5 – 4 = ________
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 133
Answer:
5 – 4 = 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Practice-2.8-Question-1
Explanation:
Use the count back method to subtract.To subtract 4 from 5, one can start at 5 and count back 4 steps we get difference as 1

Question 2.
8 – 3 = ________
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 133
Answer:
8 – 3 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Practice-2.8-Question-2
Explanation:
Use the count back method to subtract.To subtract 3 from 8, one can start at 8 and count back 3 steps we get difference as 5

Question 3.
9 – 1 = ________
Answer:
9 – 1 = 8
Explanation:
when a number is reduced by 1, then we get the previous number of that number as difference.
previous number of 9 is 8 .
Therefore difference = 8

Question 4.
6 – 2 = ________
Answer:
6 – 2 = 4
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 6 is minuend and 2 is subtrahend.
Now subtract
6 – 2 = 4
Thus the difference is 4

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 134
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Practice-2.8-Question-5
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 7 is minuend and 5 is subtrahend.
Now subtract
7 – 5 = 2
Thus the difference is 2

Question 6.
__________ = 10 – 5
Answer:
5
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 10 is minuend and 5 is subtrahend.
Now subtract
10 – 5 = 5
Thus the difference is 5

Question 7.
MP Structure
Write the problem shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 135
__________ – _________ = _________
Answer:
9 – 7= 2
Explanation:
Use the count back method to subtract.To subtract 7 from 9, one can start at 9 and count back 7 steps we get difference as 2

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
You have 4 star stickers and 4 heart stickers. You give 6 away. How many stickers do you have left?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 136

 

__________ stickers
Answers:
Total Number of stickers = 4 + 4 = 8
Number of stickers given away = 6
Remaining number of stickers = 8 – 6 = 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Practice-2.8-Question-8
Explanation:
Use the count back method to subtract.To subtract 6 from 8, one can start at 8 and count back 6 steps we get difference as 2

Review & Refresh

Question 9.
Use the pictures to write the related equations.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 137
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Practice-2.8-Question-9

Lesson 2.9 Use Addition to Subtract

Explore and Grow

Use counters to model each problem.

 

4 + ___3___ = 7

 

7 – 4 = __3___

Show and Grow

Question 1.
5 – 4 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 138
Think 4 + ______ = 5
So, 5 – 4 = _______ .
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.9-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Show-Grow-Question-1
Think 4 + 1 = 5
So, 5 – 4 = 1 .

Question 2.
6 – 3 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 139
Think 3 + ______ = 6
So, 6 – 3 = _______ .
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.9-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Show-Grow-Question-2
Think 3 + 3 = 6
So, 6 – 3 = 3 .

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 3.
8 – 4 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 140
Think 4 + ______ = 8.
So, 8 – 4 = _______ .
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.9-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-3
Think 4 + 4 = 8.
So, 8 – 4 = 4 .

Question 4.
7 – 5 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 141
Think 5 + ______ = 7.
So, 7 – 5 = _______ .
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.9-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-4
Think 5 + 2 = 7.
So, 7 – 5 = 2 .

Question 5.
6 – 4 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 142
Think ______ + ______ = 6.
So, 6 – 4 = _______ .
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.9-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-5
Think 2+ 4 = 6.
So, 6 – 4 = 2 .

Question 6.
9 – 6 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 143
Think ______ + ______ = 9.
So, 9 – 6 = _______ .
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.9-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-6
Think 3 + 6 = 9.
So, 9 – 6 =  3 .

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
There are 8 goats. 2 of them leave. Newton uses addition to tell how many goats are left. Is he correct? Show how you know.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 144
Answer:
No, we have to subtract when goats leaves not addition.
8 – 2 = 6

Think and Grow: Modeling Real life

There are 10 puppies. 7 are brown. The rest are yellow. How many puppies are yellow?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 145
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 146
Subtraction equation:

_________ puppies
Answer:
Total number of puppies = 10
Number of brown puppies = 3
Number of yellow puppies = 10 – 3 = 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.9-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Think-Grow-Modeling-Real-life

Show and Grow

Question 8.
There are 8 eggs. I of them hatches. How many eggs still need to hatch?
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 147
Subtraction equation:

__________ eggs
Answer:
Total number of eggs = 8
Number of eggs hatched = 1.
Numbers of eggs left for hatching = 8 – 1 = 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Lesson 2.9-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Show-Grow-Question-8

Use Addition to Subtract Practice 2.9

Question 1.
3 – 2 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 148
Think 2 + ______ = 3.
So, 3 – 2 = _______ .
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Practice-2.9-Question-1
Think 2 + 1 = 3.
So, 3 – 2 = 1

Question 2.
10 – 5 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 149
Think 5 + ______ = 10.
So, 10 – 5 = _______ .
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Practice-2.9-Question-2
Think 5 + 5 = 10.
So, 10 – 5 = 5

Question 3.
9 – 5 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 150
Think ______ + ______ = ______.
So, 9 – 5 = _______ .
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Practice-2.9-Question-3
Think 4 + 5 = 9.
So, 9 – 5 = 4

Question 4.
7 – 6 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 151
Think ______ + ______ = ______.
So, 7 – 6 = _______ .
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Practice-2.9-Question-4
Think 1 + 6 = 7.
So, 7 – 6 = 1

Question 5.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
There are 8 birds. 5 fly away. Descartes uses addition to tell how many birds are left. Is he correct? Show how you know.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 152
Answer:
Numbers of birds = 8
Number of birds flew = 5
Remaining number of birds = 8 – 5 = 3
Descartes is wrong we need to subtract not addition .

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life There are 9 kittens. 7 are adopted. How many kittens still need to be adopted?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 153

_______ kittens
Answer:
Total Number of kittens = 9
Number of kittens  adopted = 7
Number of kittens remaining for adoption = 9 – 7 = 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Practice-2.9-Question-6

Review & Refresh

Question 7.
You have 5 Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 154 and 2 Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 155 How many dice do you have in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 156
_________ + _________ = ________ dice
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Practice-2.9-Question-7
5 + 2 = 7
Number of red dices = 5
Number of blue dices = 2
Total dices = 5 + 2 = 7

Fluency and Strategies within 10 Performance Task

Question 1.
You plant 4 red flower seeds and 4 yellow flower seeds. Your friend plants 5 red flower seeds and 4 yellow flower seeds.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 157

a. I of your yellow seeds does not grow. How many of your flowers grow?

_________ flowers
Answer:
Total number flower seeds = 4 + 4 = 8
Number of yellow seeds didn’t grow = 1
Number of your flowers grown = 8 – 1 = 7

b. 3 of your friend’s red seeds do not grow. How many of your friend’s flowers grow?

________ flowers
Answer:
Total number of my friends flowers = 5 + 4 = 9 (red and yellow )
Number of red seeds didn’t grow of my friend’s = 3
Number of your flowers grown of my friend’s= 9 – 3 = 6

c. Who has more flowers?

You       Friend

Answer: I have more flowers

d. How many more red flowers do you have than your friend?

_______ flowers
Answer:
I have 4 red flowers
My friend 2 red flowers (5 – 3 )

Fluency and Strategies within 10 Chapter Practice

Add 0 Homework & Practice 2.1

Use the picture to write an equation.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 158
_______ + 0 = ________
Answer:
2 + 0 = 2
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 2 and 0 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
2 + 0 = 0
Thus the result is 2.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 159
0 + _______ = ________
Answer:
0 + 5 = 5
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 5 and 0 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
5 + 0 = 0
Thus the result is 5.

Question 3.
7 + 0 = ________
Answer:
7 + 0 = 7
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 7 and 0 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
7 + 0 = 0
Thus the result is 7.

Question 4.
0 + 6 = ________
Answer:
0 + 6 = 6
Explanation:
From the above figure we notice 6 and 0 are addends . Adding 0 to any number gives the sum as the number itself. Now add both the numbers
6 + 0 = 0
Thus the result is 6.

Subtract 0 and Subtract All Homework & Practice 2.2

Use the picture to write an equation.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 160
________ – 0 = ________
Answer:
7 – 0 = 7
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 7 is minuend and 0 is subtrahends Subtracting 0 from any number gives the number itself as the difference. Now subtract the 7 and 0
7 – 0 = 7
Thus the difference is 7

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 161
_________ – ________ = 0
Answer:
7 – 7 = 0
Explanation:
When a number is subtracted from itself the difference is always equal to 0.
Thus the difference is 0

Question 7.
9 – 9 = ______
Answer:
9 – 9 = 0
Explanation:
When a number is subtracted from itself the difference is always equal to 0.
Thus the difference is 0

Question 8.
8 – 0 = _______
Answer:
8 – 0 = 8
Explanation:
From the above equation we notice 8 is minuend and 0 is subtrahends Subtracting 0 from any number gives the number itself as the difference. Now subtract the 8 and 0
8 – 0 = 8
Thus the difference is 8

Add and Subtract I Homework & Practice 2.3

Use the picture to write an equation.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 162
________ + ________ = _________
Answer:
8 + 1 = 9
Explanation:
As per the above picture , we can notice 8 people are playing and 1 more person joining them
So total number of people are 8 + 1 = 9
Total number of people = 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 163
________ – ________ = _________
Answer:
8 – 1 = 7
Explanation:
As per the above picture , we can notice 7 people are playing and 1 person leaving them
So total number of people are 7 – 1 = 6
Total number of people = 6

Question 11.
3 – 1 = ________
Answer:
3 – 1 = 2
Explanation:
when a number is reduced by 1, then we get the previous number of that number as difference.
previous number of 3 is 2 .
Therefore difference = 2

Question 12.
5 + 1 = ________
Answer:
5 + 1 = 6
Explanation:
when a given number is increased by 1 then we get the next number of that number as sum
Therefore the sum is 6

Add Doubles from 1 to 5 Homework & Practice 2.4

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 164
Answer:
2 + 2 = 4

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 165Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 162
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Add-Doubles-from-1 to 5-Homework-Practice-2.4-Question-14
8 + 1 = 9

Question 15.
MP Reasoning
Circle the equations you can complete using doubles.
_________ + ________ = 10 _________ + ________ = 3

_________ + ________ = 6 _________ + ________ = 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Add-Doubles-from-1 to 5-Homework-Practice-2.4-Question-15

Use Doubles Homework & Practice 2.5

Use the doubles 2 + 2 to find each sum.

Question 16.
2 + 3 = _______

Answer:
2 + 3 = 5
2 + 2 + 1 = 5

2 + 1 = _______

Answer:
2 + 1 =3
2 + 2 – 1 = 3

Find the sum. Write the double you used.

Question 17.

Answer:
4 + 5 = 9
5 + 4 = 9

Question 18.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10- Use-Doubles-Homework-Practice-2.5-Question-18

Add in any Order Homework & Practice 2.6

Question 19.

_______ + ______ = ______
Answer:
5 + 2 = 7


_______ + ______ = ______
Answer:
2 + 5 = 7

Question 20.
MP Number Sense
Use the numbers shown to write two addition equations.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 172
Answer:
3 + 6 = 9
6 + 3 = 9

Count on to Add Homework & Practice 2.7

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 173
5 + 2 = _________
Answer:
5 + 2 = 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Count-Back-to-addition-Homework-Practice-2.8-Question-21

Explanation:
Count on method to add numbers. To add 5 and 2, start from 5 and count on 2 steps to arrive at the sum (7).

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 173
6 + 4 = __________
Answer:
6 + 4 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Count-Back-to-addition-Homework-Practice-2.8-Question-22

Explanation:
Count on method to add numbers. To add 6 and 4, start from 6 and count on 4 steps to arrive at the sum (10).

Count Back to Subtract Homework & Practice 2.8

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 173
9 – 7 = __________
Answer:
9 – 7 = 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Homework-Practice-2.8-Question-23

Explanation:
Use the count back method to subtract.To subtract 7 from 9, one can start at 9 and count back 7 steps we get difference as 2

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 173
10 – 5 = _________
Answer:
10 – 5 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Count-Back-to-Subtract-Homework-Practice-2.8-Question-24
Explanation:
Use the count back method to subtract.To subtract 10 from 5, one can start at 10 and count back 5 steps we get difference as 5

Use Addition to Subtract Homework & Practice 2.9

Question 25.
5 – 3 = ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 174
Think 3 + ______ = 5.
So, 5 – 3 = ______.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Homework-Practice-2.9-Question-25
Think 3 + 2 = 5.
So, 5 – 3 = 2

Question 26.
9 – 8 =?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 2 Fluency and Strategies within 10 175
Think 8 + ______ = 9.
So, 9 – 8 = ______.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-2-Fluency-strategies-within-10-Use-Addition-to-Subtract-Homework-Practice-2.9-Question-26
Think 8 + 1 = 9.
So, 9 – 8 = 1

Conclusion:

Follow Big Ideas Math Grade 1 Answers for the strong foundation. Move with every step of solving the process to solve your problems easily. Get the pdfs of all Big Ideas Math Grade 1 Chapters @bigideasmathanswer.com

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2

Reasoning and Proofs Chapter Answers provided are aligned as per the Big Ideas Math Geometry Textbooks. Have an overview of the concepts you need to learn in BIM Geometry Ch 2 Reasoning and Proofs and test your understanding. Master the topics of BIM Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs by practicing from the quick links available below. Identify the knowledge gap and concentrate on the areas you are lagging and improvise on them accordingly. You will find the Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers and attempt the exam with utmost confidence.

Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs

Become proficient in the concepts of BIM Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs by referring to the quick links available. Solve the Questions available in BIM Book Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs Answer Key on a frequent basis and get a good hold of the concepts. Geometry Big Ideas Math Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs Answers here include questions from Lessons, Review Tests, Cumulative Practice, Assessment Tests, Practice Tests, etc. aligned as per the Textbooks. Download the Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Ch 2 Reasoning and Proofs Solution Key for free of cost and ace your preparation.

Reasoning and Proofs Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write an equation for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence. Then find a50.

Question 1.
3, 9, 15, 21, ……..
Answer:

Question 2.
– 29, – 12, 5, 22, ……..
Answer:

Question 3.
2.8, 3.4, 4.0, 4.6, ………
Answer:

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{3}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{2}{3}, \frac{5}{6}\), ………
Answer:

Question 5.
26, 22, 18, 14, ………
Answer:

Question 6.
8, 2, – 4, – 10, ………
Answer:

Solve the literal equation for x.

Question 7.
2y – 2x = 10
Answer:

Question 8.
20y + 5x = 15
Answer:

Question 9.
4y – 5 = 4x + 7
Answer:

Question 10.
y = 8x – x
Answer:

Question 11.
y = 4x + zx + 6
Answer:

Question 12.
z = 2x + 6xy
Answer:

Question 13.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Can you use the equation for an arithmetic sequence to write an equation for the sequence 3, 9, 27, 81. . . . ? Explain our reasoning.
Answer:

Reasoning and Proofs Mathematical Practices

Monitoring Progress

Decide whether the syllogism represents correct or flawed reasoning, If flawed, explain why the conclusion Is not valid.

Question 1.
All triangles are polygons.
Figure ABC is a triangle.
Therefore, figure ABC is a polygon.
Answer:

Question 2.
No trapezoids are rectangles.
Some rectangles are not squares.
Therefore, some squares are not trapezoids.
Answer:

Question 3.
If polygon ABCD is a square. then ills a rectangle.
Polygon ABCD is a rectangle.
Therefore, polygon ABCD is a square.
Answer:

Question 4.
If polygon ABCD is a square, then it is a rectangle.
Polygon ABCD is not a square.
Therefore, polygon ABCD is not a rectangle.
Answer:

2.1 Conditional Statements

Exploration 1

Determining Whether a Statement is True or False

Work with a partner: A hypothesis can either be true or false. The same is true of a conclusion. For a conditional statement to be true, the hypothesis and conclusion do not necessarily both have to be true. Determine whether each conditional statement is true or false. Justify your answer.

a. If yesterday was Wednesday, then today is Thursday.
Answer:

b. If an angle is acute. then it has a measure of 30°.
Answer:

c. If a month has 30 days. then it is June.
Answer:

d. If an even number is not divisible by 2. then 9 is a perfect cube.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Determining Whether a Statement is True or False

Work with a partner: Use the points in the coordinate plane to determine whether each statement is true or false. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 1
a. ∆ABC is a right triangle.
Answer:

b. ∆BDC is an equilateral triangle.
Answer:

c. ∆BDC is an isosceles triangle.
Answer:

d. Quadrilateral ABCD is a trapezoid.
Answer:

e. Quadrilateral ABCD is a parallelogram.
Answer:

Exploration 3

Determining Whether a Statement is True or False

Work with a partner: Determine whether each conditional statement is true or false. Justify your answer.

CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to distinguish correct logic or reasoning from that which is flawed.

a. If ∆ ADC is a right triangle, then the Pythagorean Theorem is valid for ∆ADC.
Answer:

b. If ∠A and ∠B are complementary, then the sum of their measures is 180°.
Answer:

c. If figure ABCD is a quadrilateral, then the sum of its angle measures is 180°.
Answer:

d. If points A, B, and C are collinear, then the lie on the same line.
Answer:

e. It Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2 and Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 3 intersect at a point, then they form two pairs of vertical angles.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
When is a conditional statement true or false?
Answer:

Question 5.
Write one true conditional statement and one false conditional statement that are different from those given in Exploration 3. Justify your answer.
Answer:

Lesson 2.1 Conditional Statements

Monitoring Progress

Use red to identify the hypothesis and blue to identify the conclusion. Then
rewrite the conditional statement in if-then form.

Question 1.
All 30° angles are acute angles.
Answer:

Question 2.
2x + 7 = 1. because x = – 3.
Answer:

In Exercises 3 and 4, write the negation of the statement.

Question 3.
The shirt is green.
Answer:

Question 4.
The Shoes are not red.
Answer:

Question 5.
Repeat Example 3. Let p be “the stars are visible” and let q be “it is night.”
Answer:

Use the diagram. Decide whether the statement is true. Explain your answer using the definitions you have learned.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 4

Question 6.
∠JMF and ∠FMG are supplementary.
Answer:

Question 7.
Point M is the midpoint of \(\overline{F H}\).
Answer:

Question 8.
∠JMF and ∠HMG arc vertical angles.
Answer:

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 5
Answer:

Question 10.
Rewrite the definition of a right angle as a single biconditional statement.
Definition: If an angle is a right angle. then its measure is 90°.
Answer:

Question 11.
Rewrite the definition of congruent segments as a single biconditional statement.
Definition: If two line segments have the same length. then they are congruent segments.
Answer:

Question 12.
Rewrite the statements as a single biconditional statement.
If Mary is in theater class, then she will be in the fall play. If Mary is in the fall play. then she must be taking theater class.
Answer:

Question 13.
Rewrite the statements as a single biconditional statement.
If you can run for President. then you are at least 35 years old. If you are at least 35 years old. then you can run for President.
Answer:

Question 14.
Make a truth table for the conditional statement p → ~ q.
Answer:

Question 15.
Make a truth table for the conditional statement ~(p → q).
Answer:

Exercise 2.1 Conditional Statements

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What type of statements are either both true or both false?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which statement does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
If today is Tuesday, then tomorrow is Wednesday
If it is Independence Day, then it is July.
If an angle is acute. then its measure is less than 90°.
If you are an athlete, then you play soccer.
Answer:

In Exercises 3 – 6. copy the conditional statement. Underline the hypothesis and circle the conclusion.

Question 3.
If a polygon is a pentagon, then it has five sides.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 3

Question 4.
If two lines form vertical angles, then they intersect.
Answer:

Question 5.
If you run, then you are fast.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 5

Question 6.
If you like math. then you like science.
Answer:

In Exercises 7 – 12. rewrite the conditional statement in if-then form.

Question 7.
9x + 5 = 23, because x = 2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 7

Question 8.
Today is Friday, and tomorrow is the weekend.
Answer:

Question 9.
You are in a hand. and you play the drums.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 9

Question 10.
Two right angles are supplementary angles.
Answer:

Question 11.
Only people who are registered are allowed to vote.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 11

Question 12.
The measures complementary angles sum to 90°
Answer:

In Exercises 13 – 16. write the negation of the statement.

Question 13.
The sky is blue.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 13

Question 14.
The lake is cold.
Answer:

Question 15.
The ball is not pink.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 15

Question 16.
The dog is not a Lab.
Answer:

In Exercises 17 – 24. write the conditional statement p → q. the converse q → p, the inverse ~ p → ~ q, and the contrapositive ~ q → ~ p in words. Then decide whether each statement is true or false.

Question 17.
Let p be “two angles are supplementary” and let q be “the measures of the angles sum to 180°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 17

Question 18.
Let p be “you are in math class” and let q be “you are in Geometry:”
Answer:

Question 19.
Let p be “you do your math homework” and let q be “you will do well on the test.”
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 19

Question 20.
Let p be “you are not an only child” and let q be “you have a sibling.
Answer:

Question 21.
Let p be “it does not snow” and let q be I will run outside.”
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 21

Question 22.
Let p be “the Sun is out” and let q be “it is day time”
Answer:

Question 23.
Let p be “3x – 7 = 20” and let q be “x = 9.”
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 23

Question 24.
Let p be “it is Valentine’s Day” and let q be “it is February.
Answer:

In Exercises 25 – 28, decide whether the statement about the diagram is true. Explain your answer using the definitions you have learned.

Question 25.
m∠ABC = 90°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 7
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 8
Answer:

Question 27.
m∠2 + m∠3 = 180°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 27

Question 28.
M is the midpoint of \(\overline{A B}\).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 10
Answer:

In Exercises 29 – 32. rewrite the definition of the term as a biconditional statement.

Question 29.
The midpoint of a segment is the point that divides the segment into two congruent segments.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 29

Question 30.
Two angles are vertical angles when their sides form two pairs of opposite rays.
Answer:

Question 31.
Adjacent angles are two angles that share a common vertex and side but have no common interior points.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 31

Question 32.
Two angles are supplementary angles when the sum of their measures 180°.
Answer:

In Exercises 33 – 36. rewrite the statements as a single biconditional statement.

Question 33.
If a polygon has three sides. then it is a triangle.
If a polygon is a triangle, then it has three sides.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 33

Question 34.
If a polygon has four sides, then it is a quadrilateral.
If a polygon is a quadrilateral, then it has four sides.
Answer:

Question 35.
If an angle is a right angle. then it measures 90°.
If an angle measures 90°. then it is a right angle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 35

Question 36.
If an angle is obtuse, then ii has a measure between 90° and 180°.
If an angle has a measure between 90° and 180°. then it is obtuse.
Answer:

Question 37.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in rewriting the conditional statement in if – then form.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 37

Question 38.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing the converse of the conditional statement.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 12
Answer:

In Exercises 39 – 44. create a truth table for the logical statement.
Question 39.
~ p → q
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 39

Question 40.
~ q → p
Answer:

Question 41.
~(~ p → ~ q)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 41

Question 42.
~ (p → ~ q)
Answer:

Question 43.
q → ~ p
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 43

Question 44.
~ (q → p)
Answer:

Question 45.
USING STRUCTURE
The statements below describe three ways that rocks are formed.

Igneous rock is formed from the cooling of Molten rock.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 13

Sedimentary rock is formed from pieces of other rocks.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 14

Metamorphic rock is formed by changing, temperature, pressure, or chemistry.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 15

a. Write each sLaternenl in if-then form.
b. Write the converse of each of the statements in part (a). Is the converse of each statement true? Explain your reasoning.
c. Write a true if-then statement about rocks that is different from the ones in parts (a) and (b). Is the converse of our statement true or false? Explain your reasoning
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 45.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 45.2

Question 46.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims the statement “If I bought a shirt, then I went to the mall’ can he written as a true biconditional statement. Your sister says you cannot write it as a biconditional. Who is correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 47.
REASONING
You are told that the contrapositive of a statement is true. Will that help you determine whether the statement can be written as a true biconditional statement’? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 47

Question 48.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Use the conditional statement to identify the if-then statement as the converse. inverse. or contrapositive of the conditional statement. Then use the symbols to represent both statements.
Conditional statement: It I rode my bike to school, then I did not walk to school.
If-then statement: If did not ride my bike to school, then I walked to school.
p      q     ~    →    ↔
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE
In Exercises 49 – 52. rewrite the conditional statement in if-then form. Then underline the hypothesis and circle the conclusion.
Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 49

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 17
Answer:

Question 51.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 51

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 19
Answer:

Question 53.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Can the statement “If x2 – 10 = x + 2. then x = 4″ be combined with its converse to form a true biconditional statement?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 53

Question 54.
CRITICAL THINKING
The largest natural arch in the United States is Landscape Arch. located in Thompson, Utah. h spans 290 feet.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 20
a. Use the information to write at least two true conditional statements.
Answer:

b. Which type of related conditional statement must also be true? Write the related conditional statements.
Answer:

C. What are the other two types of related conditional statements? Write the related conditional statements. Then determine their truth values. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 55.
REASONING
Which statement has the same meaning as the given statement?
Given statement:
You can watch a movie after you do your homework.
(A) If you do your homework, then you can watch a movie afterward.
(B) If you do not do your homework, then you can watch a movie afterward.
(C) If you cannot watch a movie afterward. then do your homework.
(D) If you can watch a movie afterward, then do not do your homework.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 55

Question 56.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write three conditional statements. where one is always true, one is always false, and one depends on the person interpreting the statement.
Answer:

Question 57.
CRITICAL THINKING
One example of a conditional statement involving dates is “If today is August 31, then tomorrow is September 1 Write a conditional statement using dates from two different months so that the truth value depends on when the statement is read.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 57

Question 58.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The Venn diagram represents all the musicians at a high school. Write three conditional statements in if-then form describing the relationships between the various groups of musicians.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 21
Answer:

Question 59.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
Create a Venn diagram representing each conditional statement. Write the converse of each conditional statement. Then determine whether each conditional statement and its converse are true or false. Explain your reasoning.
a. If you go to the zoo to see a lion, then you will see a Cat.
b. If you play a sport. then you wear a helmet.
c. If this month has 31 days. then it is not February.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 59.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 59.2

Question 60.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
You measure the heights of your classmates to gel a data set.
a. Tell whether this statement is true: If s and y are the least and greatest values in your data set, then the mean of the data is between x and y.
Answer:

b. Write the converse of the statement in part (a). Is the converse true? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

c. Copy and complete the statement below using mean, median, or mode to make a conditional statement that is true for an data set. Explain your reasoning.
If a data set has a mean. median, and a mode. then the _____________ of the data set will always be a data value.
Answer:

Question 61.
WRITING
Write a conditional statement that is true, but its converse is false.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 61

Question 62.
CRITICAL THINKING
write a series of if-then statements that allow you to find the measure of each angle, given that m∠1 = 90° Use the definition of linear pairs.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 22
Answer:

Question 63.
WRITING
Advertising slogans such as “Buy these shoes! They will make you a better athlete!” often imply conditional statements. Find an advertisement or write your own slogan. Then write it as a conditional statement.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 63

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the pattern. Then draw the next two figures in the sequence.

Question 64.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 23
Answer:

Question 65.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 65

Find the pattern. Then write the next two numbers.

Question 66.
1, 3, 5, 7 ……..
Answer:

Question 67.
12, 23, 34, 45 ……..
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 67

Question 68.
2, \(\frac{4}{3}, \frac{8}{9}, \frac{16}{27}\), ……..
Answer:

Question 69.
1, 4, 9, 16, ……..
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.1 Question 69

2.2 Inductive and Deductive Reasoning

Exploration 1

Writing a Conjecture

Work with a partner: Write a conjecture about the pattern. Then use your conjecture to draw the 10th object in the pattern.
a.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 25
Answer:

b.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 26
Answer:

c.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 27
Answer:

Exploration 2

Using a Venn Diagram

Work with a partner: Use the Venn diagram to determine whether the statement is true or false. Justify your answer. Assume that no region of the Venn diagram is empty.

CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to justify your conclusions and communicate them to others.

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 28

a. If an item has Property B. then it has Property A.
Answer:

b. If an item has Property A. then it has Property B.
Answer:

c. If an item has Property A, then it has Property C.
Answer:

d. Some items that have Property A do not have Property B.
Answer:

e. If an item has Property C. then it does not have Property B.
Answer:

f. Sonic items have both Properties A and C.
Answer:

g. Some items have both Properties B and C.
Answer:

Exploration 3

Reasoning and Venn Diagrams

Work with a partner: Draw a Venn diagram that shows the relationship between different types of quadrilateral: squares. rectangles. parallelograms. trapezoids. rhombuses, and kites. Then write several conditional statements that are shown in your diagram. such as “If a quadrilateral is a square. then it is a rectangle.”
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you use reasoning to solve problems?
Answer:

Question 5.
Give an example of how you used reasoning to solve a real-life problem.
Answer:

Lesson 2.2 Inductive and Deductive Reasoning

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Sketch the fifth figure in the pattern in Example 1.
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 29
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 30
Answer:

Question 4.
Make and test a conjecture about the sign o1 the product of any three negative integers.
Answer:

Question 5.
Make and test a conjecture about the sum of any five consecutive integers.
Answer:

Find a counterexample to show that the conjecture is false.

Question 6.
The value of x2 is always greater than the value of x.
Answer:

Question 7.
The sum of two numbers is always greater than their difference.
Answer:

Question 8.
If 90° ∠ m ∠ R ∠ 180°, then ∠R is obtuse. The measure of ∠R is 155°. Using the Law of Detachment. what statement can you make?
Answer:

Question 9.
Use the Law of Syllogism to write a new conditional statement that follows from the pair of true statements.
If you get an A on your math test. then you can go to the movies.
If you go to the movies, then you can watch your favorite actor.
Answer:

Question 10.
Use inductive reasoning to make a conjecture about the sum of a number and itself. Then use deductive reasoning to show that the conjecture is true.
Answer:

Question 11.
Decide whether inductive reasoning or deductive reasoning is used to reach the
conclusion. Explain your reasoning.
All multiples of 8 are divisible by 4.
64 is a multiple of 8.
So, 64 is divisible by 4.
Answer:

Exercise 2.2 Inductive and Deductive Reasoning

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
How does the prefix “counter” help you understand the term counterexample?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain the difference between inductive reasoning and deductive reasoning.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 8, describe the pattern. Then write or draw the next two numbers, letters, or figures.

Question 3.
1, – 2, 3, – 4, 5, ……..
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 3

Question 4.
0, 2, 6, 12, 20, ……..
Answer:

Question 5.
Z, Y, X, W, V, ……..
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 5

Question 6.
J, F, M, A, M, ……..
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 31
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 32
Answer:

In Exercises 9 – 12. make and test a conjecture about the given quantity.

Question 9.
the product of any two even integers
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 9

Question 10.
the sum of an even integer and an odd integer
Answer:

Question 11.
the quotient of a number and its reciprocal
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 11

Question 12.
the quotient of two negative integers
Answer:

In Exercises 13 – 16, find a counter example to show that the conjecture is false.

Question 13.
The product of two positive numbers is always greater than either number,
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 13

Question 14.
If n is a nonzero integer, then \(\frac{n+1}{n}\) is always greater than 1.
Answer:

Question 15.
If two angles are supplements of each other. then one of the angles must be acute.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 15

Question 16.
A line s divides \(\overline{M N}\) into two line segments. So, the lines is a segment bisector of \(\overline{M N}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 17 – 20. use the Law of Detachment to determine what you can conclude from the given information, if possible.

Question 17.
If you pass the final, then you pass the class. You passed the final.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 17

Question 18.
If your parents let you borrow the ear, then you will go to the movies with your friend. you will go to the movies with your friend.
Answer:

Question 19.
If a quadrilateral is a square. then it has four right angles. Quadrilateral QRST has four right angles.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 19

Question 20.
If a point divides a line segment into two congruent line segments. then the point is a midpoint. Point P divides \(\overline{L H}\) into two congruent line segments.
Answer:

In Exercises 21 – 24, use the Law of Syllogism to write a new conditional statement that follows from the pair of true statements, if possible.

Question 21.
If x < – 2, then |x| > 2. If x > 2. then |x| > 2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 21

Question 22.
If a = 3. then 5a = 15. If \(\frac{1}{2}\)a = 1\(\frac{1}{2}\), then a = 3.
Answer:

Question 23.
If a figure is a rhombus then the figure is a parallelogram. If a figure is a parallelogram, then the figure has two pairs of opposite sides that are parallel.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 23

Question 24.
If a figure is a square, then the figure has four congruent sides. If a figure is a square, then the figure has tour right angles.
Answer:

In Exercises 25 – 28. state the law of logic that is illustrated.

Question 25.
If you do your homework, then you can watch TV If you watch TV, then you can watch your favorite show.
If you do your homework. then you can watch your favorite show.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 25

Question 26.
If you miss practice the day before a game. then you will not be a starting player in the game.
You miss practice on Tuesday. You will not start the game Wednesday.
Answer:

Question 27.
If x > 12, then x + 9 > 20. The value of x is 14. So, x + 9 > 20.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 27

Question 28.
If ∠1 and ∠2 are vertical angles. then ∠1 ≅∠2.
If ∠1 ≅∠2 then m∠1 ≅ m∠2.
If ∠1 and ∠2 are vertical angles. then m∠1 = m∠2.
Answer:

In Exercises 29 and 30, use inductive reasoning to make a conjecture about the given quantity. Then use deductive reasoning to show that the conjecture is true.

Question 29.
the sum of two odd integers
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 29

Question 30.
the product of two odd integers
Answer:

In Exercises 31 – 34. decide whether inductive reasoning or deductive reasoning is used to reach the conclusion. Explain your reasoning.

Question 31.
Each time your mom goes to the store. she buy s milk. So. the next time your mom goes to the store. she will buy milk.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 31

Question 32.
Rational numbers can be written as fractions. Irrational numbers cannot be written as tractions. So. \(\frac{1}{2}\) is a rational number
Answer:

Question 33.
All men are mortal. Mozart is a man. so Mozart is mortal.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 33

Question 34.
Each time you clean your room. you are allowed to go out with your friends. So, the next time you clean your room. you will be allowed to go out with your friends.
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 35 and 36, describe and correct the error in interpreting the statement.

Question 35.
If a figure is a rectangle. then the figure has four sides.
A trapezoid has four sides.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 33
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 35

Question 36.
Each day, you get to school before your friend.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 34
Answer:

Question 37.
REASONING
The table Shows the average weights of several subspecies of tigers. What conjecture can you make about the relation between the weights of female tigers and the weights of male tigers? Explain our reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 35
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 37

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Determine whether you can make each conjecture from the graph. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 36
a. More girls will participate in high school lacrosse in Year 8 than those who participated in Year 7.
Answer:

b. The number of girls participating in high school lacrosse will exceed the number of boys participating in high school lacrosse in Year 9.
Answer:

Question 39.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Use inductive reasoning to write a formula for the sum of the first n positive even integers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 39

Question 40.
FINDING A PATTERN
The following are the first nine Fibonacci numbers.
1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, …….
a. Make a conjecture about each of the Fibonacci numbers after the first two.
Answer:

b. Write the next three numbers in the pattern.
Answer:

c. Research to find a real-world example of this pattern.
Answer:

Question 41.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Which argument is correct? Explain your reasoning.
Argument 1: If two angles measure 30° and 60° then the angles are complementary. ∠1 and ∠2 are complementary. So. m∠1 = 30° and m∠2 = 60°

Argument 2: If two angles measure 30° and 60°. then the angles are complementary. The measure of ∠1 is 30° and the measure of ∠2 is 60°. So, ∠1 and ∠2 are complementary.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 41

Question 42.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The first two terms of a sequence are \(\frac{1}{4}\) and \(\frac{1}{2}\) Describe three different possible Patterns for the sequence. List the first five terms for each sequence.
Answer:

Question 43.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Use the table to make a conjecture about the relationship between x and y. Then write an equation for y in terms of x. Use the equation to test your conjecture for other values of x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 37
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 43

Question 44.
REASONING
Use the pattern below. Each figure is made of squares that are 1 unit by 1 unit.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 38
a. Find the perimeter of each figure. Describe the pattern of the perimeters.
Answer:

b. Predict the perimeter of the 20th figure.
Answer:

Question 45.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
Decide whether each conclusion is valid. Explain your reasoning.

  • Yellowstone is a national park in Wyoming.
  • You and your Friend went camping at Yellowstone National Park.
  • When you go camping. you go canoeing.
  • If you go on a hike, your Friend goes with you.
  • You go on a hike.
  • There is a 3-mile-long trail near your campsite.

a. You went camping in Wyoming.
b. Your Friend went canoeing.
c. Your friend went on a hike.
d. You and your Friend went on a hike on a 3-mile-long trail.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 45

Question 46.
CRITICAL THINKING
Geologists use the Mohs’ scale to determine a mineral’s hardness. Using the scale. a mineral with a higher rating will leave a scratch on a mineral with a lower rating. Testing a mineral’s hardness can help identify the mineral.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 39
a. The four minerals are randomly labeled A, B, C, and D. Mineral A is scratched by Mineral B. Mineral C is scratched by all three of the other minerals. What can you conclude? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

b. What additional test(s) can you use to identify all the minerals in part (a)?
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Determine which postulate is illustrated by the statement.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 40

Question 47.
AB + BC = AC
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 47

Question 48.
m∠DAC = m∠DAE + m∠EAB
Answer:

Question 49.
AD is the absolute value of the difference of the coordinates of A and D.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.2 Question 49

Question 50.
m∠DAC is equal to the absolute value of the difference between the real numbers matched with \(\vec{A}\)D and \(\vec{A}\)C on a protractor.
Answer:

2.3 Postulates and Diagrams

Exploration 1

Looking at a Diagram

Work with a partner. On a piece of paper. draw two perpendicular lines. Label them Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 41 and Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 42. Look at the diagram from different angles. Do the lines appear perpendicular regardless of the angle at which you look at them? Describe all the angles at which you can l00k at the lines and have them appear perpendicular.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 43
Answer:

Exploration 2

Interpreting a Diagram

Work with a partner: When you draw a diagram, you are communicating with others. It is important that you include sufficient information in the diagram. Use the diagram to determine which of the following statements you can assume to be true. Explain your reasoning.

ATTENDING TO PRECISION
To be proficient in math, you need to state the meanings of the symbols you choose.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 44
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 45
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 46
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
In a diagram, what can be assumed and what needs to be labeled?
Answer:

Question 4.
Use the diagram in Exploration 2 to write two statements you can assume to be true and two statements you cannot assume to be true. Your statements should be different from those given in Exploration 2. Explain our reasoning.
Answer:

Lesson 2.3 Postulates and Diagrams

Monitoring progress

Question 1.
Use the diagram in Example 2. Which postulate allows you to say that the intersection of plane P and plane Q is a line?
Answer:

Question 2.
Use the diagram in Example 2 to write an example of the postulate.
a. Two Point Postulate
Answer:

b. Line-Point Postulate
Answer:

c. Line Intersection Postulate
Answer:

Refer back to Example 3.

Question 3.
If the given information states that \(\overline{P W}\) and \(\overline{Q W}\) arc congruent. how can you indicate that in the diagram?
Answer:

Question 4.
Name a pair of supplementary angles in the diagram. Explain.
Answer:

Use the diagram in Example 4.

Question 5.
Can you assume that plane S intersects plane T at Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 47?
Answer:

Question 6.
Explain how you know Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 48
Answer:

Exercise 2.3 Postulates and Diagrams

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
Through any ___________ non collinear points. there exists exactly one plane.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain why you need at least three noncollinear points to determine a plane.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4. state the postulate illustrated by the diagram.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 49
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 50
Answer:

In Exercises 5 – 8, use the diagram to write an example of the postulate.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 51

Question 5.
Line-Point Postulate (Postulate 2.2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 5

Question 6.
Line Intersection Postulate (Postulate 2.3)
Answer:

Question 7.
Three Point Postulate (Postulate 2.4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 7

Question 8.
Plane-Line Postulate (Postulate 2.6)
Answer:

In Exercises 9 – 12. sketch a diagram of the description.

Question 9.
plane P and line m intersection plane P at a 90° angle
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 9

Question 10.
\(\overline{X Y}\) in plane P, \(\overline{X Y}\) bisected by point A. and point C not
on \(\overline{X Y}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\overline{X Y}\) intersecting \(\overline{W V}\) at point A. so that XA = VA
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 11

Question 12.
\(\overline{A B}\), \(\overline{C D}\), and \(\overline{E F}\) are all in plane P. and point x is the midpoint of all three segments.
Answer:

In Exercises 13 – 20, use the diagram to determine whether you can assume the statement.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 52

Question 13.
Planes Wand X intersect at Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 53.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 13

Question 14.
Points K, L, M, and N are coplanar.
Answer:

Question 15.
Points Q, J, and M are collinear.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 54
Answer:

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 55 lies in plane X.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 17

Question 18.
∠PLK is a right angle.
Answer:

Question 19.
∠NKL and ∠JKM are vertical angles.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 19

Question 20.
∠NKI and ∠JKM are supplementary angles.
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 21 and 22. describe and correct the error in the statement made about the diagram.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 56

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 57
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 58
Answer:

Question 23.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
Select all the statements about the diagram that you cannot conclude.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 59
(A) A, B, and C are coplanar.
(B) Plane T intersects plane S in Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 60.
(C) Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 61 intersects Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 62.
(D) H, F, and D are coplanar.
(E) Plane T ⊥ plane S.
(F) Point B bisects \(\overline{H C}\).
(G) ∠ABH and ∠HBF are a linear pair.
(H) Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 63
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 23

Question 24.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the diagram of line m and point C. Make a conjecture about how many planes can be drawn so that line m and point C lie in the same plane. Use postulates too justify your conjecture.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 64
Answer:

Question 25.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
One way to graph a linear equation is to plot two points whose coordinates satisfy the equation and then connect them with a line. Which postulate guarantees this process works for any linear equation?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 25

Question 26.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
A way to solve a system of two linear equations that intersect is to graph the lines and find the coordinates of their intersection. Which postulate guarantees this process works for an two linear equations?
Answer:

In Exercises 27 and 28, (a) rewrite the postulate in if-then form. Then (b) write the converse, inverse, and contrapositive and state which ones are true.

Question 27.
Two Point Postulate (Postulate 2.1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 27

Question 28.
Plane-Point Postulate (Postulate 2.5)
Answer:

Question 29.
REASONING
Choose the correct symbol to go between the statements.
65
<         ≤         =        ≥          >
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 29

Question 30.
CRITICAL THINKING
If two lines intersect, then they intersect in exactly one point by the Line Intersection Postulate (Postulate 2.3). Do the two lines have to be in the same plane ? Draw a picture to support your answer. Then explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 31.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that even though two planes intersect in a line, it is possible for three planes to intersect in a point. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 31

Question 32.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that by the Plane Intersection Postulate (Post. 2.7), any two planes intersect in a line. Is your friend’s interpretation 0f the Plane Intersection Postulate (Post. 2.7) correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 33.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Points E, F, and G all lie in plane P and in plane Q. What must be true about points E, F. and G so that planes P and Q are different planes? What must be true about points E, F, and G to force planes P and Q to be the same plane? Make sketches to support your answers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 33

Question 34.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The postulates in this book represent Euclidean geometry. In spherical geometry. all points are points on the surface of a sphere. A line is a circle on the sphere whose diameter is equal to the diameter of the sphere. A plane is the surface of the sphere. Find a postulate on page 84 that is not true in spherical geometry. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Tell which algebraic property of equality you used.

Question 35.
t – 6 = – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 35

Question 36.
3x = 21
Answer:

Question 37.
9 + x = 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.3 Question 37

Question 38.
\(\frac{x}{7}\) = 5
Answer:

2.1 – 2.3 Study Skills: Using the Features of Your Textbook to Prepare for Quizzes and Tests

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
Provide a counter example for each false conditional statement in Exercises 17 – 24 on page 71.
(You do not need to consider the converse. inverse, and contrapositive statements.)

Question 2.
Create a truth table for each of your answers to Exercise 59 on page 74.
Answer:

Question 3.
For Exercise 32 on page 88. write a question you would ask your friend about his or her interpretation.
Answer:

2.1 – 2.3 Quiz

Rewrite the conditional statement in if-then form. Then write the converse, inverse, and contrapositive of the conditional statement. Decide whether each statement is true or false.

Question 1.
An angle measure of 167° is an obtuse angle.
Answer:

Question 2.
You are in a physics class, so you always have homework.
Answer:

Question 3.
I will take my driving test, So I will get my driver’s license.
Answer:

Find a countereample to show that the conjecture is false.

Question 4.
The sum of a positive number and a negative number is always positive.
Answer:

Question 5.
If a figure has four sides, then it is a rectangle.
Answer:

Use inductive reasoning to make a conjecture about the given quantity. Then use deductive reasoning to show that the conjecture is true.

Question 6.
the sum of two negative integers
Answer:

Question 7.
the difference of two even integers
Answer:

Use the diagram to determine whether you can assume the statement.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 66

Question 8.
Points D, B, and C are coplanar.
Answer:

Question 9.
Plane EAF is parallel to plane DBC.
Answer:

Question 10.
Line m intersects line Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 67 at point it.
Answer:

Question 11.
Line Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 68 lies in plane DBC.
Answer:

Question 12.
m∠DBG = 90°
Answer:

Question 13.
You and your friend are bowling. Your friend claims that the statement “If I got a strike, then I used thegreen ball” can be written as a true biconditional statement. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning. (Section 2.1)
Answer:

Question 14.
The table shows the 1 – mile running times of the members of a high school track team.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 69
a. What conjecture can you make about the running times of females and males?
Answer:

b. What type of reasoning did you use? Explain.
Answer:

Question 15.
List five of the seven Point, Line, and Plane Postulates on page 84 that the diagram of the house demonstrates. Explain how the postulate is demonstrated in the diagram.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 70
Answer:

2.4 Algebraic Reasoning

Exploration 1

Justifying steps in a solution

Work with a partner: In previous courses. you studied diíIrcnt properties. such as the properties of equality and the Distributive, Commutative, and Associative Properties. Write the property that justifies each of the following solution steps.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 69
Answer:

Exploration 2

Stating Algebraic Properties

Work with a partner: The symbols Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 70 and Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 71 represent addition and multiplication (not necessarily in that order). Determine which symbol represents which operation. Justify your answer. Then state each algebraic property being illustrated.

LOOKING FOR STRUCTURE
To be proficient in math, you need to look closely to discern a pattern or structure.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 72
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can algebraic properties help you solve an equation?
Answer:

Question 4.
Solve 3(x + 1) – 1 = – 13. Justify each step.
Answer:

Lesson 2.4 Algebraic Reasoning

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation. Justify each step.

Question 1.
6x – 11 = – 35
Answer:

Question 2.
– 2p – 9 = 10p – 17
Answer:

Question 3.
39 – 5z = -1 + 5z
Answer:

Question 4.
3(3x + 14) = – 3
Answer:

Question 5.
4 = – 10b + 6(2 – b)
Answer:

Question 6.
Solve the formula A = \(\frac{1}{2}\)bh for b. Justify each step. Then find the base of a
triangle whose area is 952 square feet and whose height is 56 feet.
Answer:

Name the property of equality that the statement illustrates.

Question 7.
If m∠6 = m∠7, then m∠7 = m∠6.
Answer:

Question 8.
34° = 34°
Answer:

Question 9.
m∠1 = m∠2 and m∠2 = m∠5. So, m∠1 = m∠5.
Answer:

Question 10.
If JK = KL and KL = 16, then JK = 16.
Answer:

Question 11.
PQ = ST, so ST = PQ.
Answer:

Question 12.
ZY = ZY
Answer:

Question 13.
In Example 5. a hot dog stand is located halfway between the shoe store and the pizza shop. at point H. Show that PH = HM.
Answer:

Exercise 2.4 Algebraic Reasoning

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
The statement “The measure of an angle is equal to itself” is true because of what property?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find both answers.
What property justifies the following statement?
If c = d, then d = c.
If JK = LW. then LM = JK.
If e = f and f = g, then e = g.
If m∠R = m∠S, then m∠S = m∠R.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, write the property that justifies each step.

Question 3.
3x – 12 = 7x + 8             Given
– 4x – 12 = 8                   ___________
– 4x = 20                        ___________
x = – 5                            ___________
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 3

Question 4.
5(x – 1) = 4x + 13                Given
5x – 5 = 4x + 13                  ___________
x – 5 = 13                            ___________
x = 18                                 ___________
Answer:

In Exercises 5 – 14. solve the equation. Justify each step.

Question 5.
5x – 10 = – 40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 5

Question 6.
6x + 17 = – 7
Answer:

Question 7.
2x – 8 = 6x – 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 7

Question 8.
4x + 9 = 16 – 3x
Answer:

Question 9.
5(3x – 20) = – 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 9

Question 10.
3(2x + 11) = 9
Answer:

Question 11.
2(- x – 5) = 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 11

Question 12.
44 – 2(3x + 4) = – 18x
Answer:

Question 13.
4(5x – 9) = – 2(x + 7)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 13

Question 14.
3(4x + 7) = 5(3x + 3)
Answer:

In Exercises 15 – 20, solve the equation for y. Justify each step.

Question 15.
5x + y = 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 15

Question 16.
– 4x + 2y = 8
Answer:

Question 17.
2y – 0.5x = 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 17

Question 18.
\(\frac{1}{2} x-\frac{3}{4} y\) = – 2
Answer:

Question 19.
12 – 3y = 30x + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 19

Question 20.
3x + 7 = – 7 + 9y
Answer:

In Exercises 21 – 24. solve the equation for the given variable. Justify each step

Question 21.
C = 2πr; r
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 21

Question 22.
I = Prt;P
Answer:

Question 23.
S = 180(n – 2); n
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 23

Question 24.
5 = 2πr2 + 2πrh; h
Answer:

In Exercises 25 – 32, name the property of equality that the statement illustrates.

Question 25.
If x = y, then 3x = 3y.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 25

Question 26.
If AM = MB. then AM + 5 = MB + 5.
Answer:

Question 27.
x = x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 27

Question 28.
If x = y, then y = x.
Answer:

Question 29.
m∠Z = m∠Z
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 29

Question 30.
If m∠Z = 29° and m∠B = 29°, then m∠A = m∠B
Answer:

Question 31.
If AB = LM, then LM = AB.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 31

Question 32.
If BC = XY and XY = 8, then BC = 8.
Answer:

In Exercises 33 – 40. use the property to copy and complete the statement.

Question 33.
Substitution Property of Equality:
If AB = 20. then AB + CD = ________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 33

Question 34.
Symmetric Property oÌ Equality:
If m∠1 = m∠2. then ________ .
Answer:

Question 35.
Addition Property of Equality:
If AB = CD. then AB + EF = ________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 35

Question 36.
Multiplication Property of Equality:
If AB = CD, then 5 • AB = ________ .
Answer:

Question 37.
Subtraction Property of Equality:
If LM = XY, then LM – GH = ________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 37

Question 38.
Distributive Property:
If 5(x + 8) = 2, then ___ + ___ = 2.
Answer:

Question 39.
Transitive Property of Equality:
If m∠1 = m∠2 and m∠2 = m∠3, then ________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 39

Question 40.
Reflexive Properly of Equality:
m∠ABC = ________ .
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 41 and 42, describe and correct the error in solving the equation.

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 73
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 41

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 74
Answer:

Question 43.
REWRITING A FORMULA
The formula for the perimeter P of a rectangle is P = 2l + 2w, where l is the length and w is the width. Solve the formula for l. Justify each step. Then find the length of a rectangular lawn with a perimeter of 32 meters and a width of 5 meters.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 43

Question 44.
REWRITING A FORMULA
The formula for the area
A of a trapezoid is A = \(\frac{1}{2}\)h (b1 + b2), where h is the
height and b1 and b2 are the lengths of the two bases. Solve the formula for b1. Justify each step. Then find the length of one of the bases of the trapezoid when the area of the trapezoid is 91 square meters. the height is 7 meters. and the length of the other base is 20 meters.
Answer:

Question 45.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
In the diagram,
m∠ABD = m∠CBE. Show that m∠1 = m∠3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 45

Question 46.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
In the diagram,
AC = BD. Show that AB = CD.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 76
Answer:

Question 47.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Copy and complete the table to show that m∠2 = m∠3.

EquationReason
m∠1 = m∠4, m∠EFH = 90°, m∠GHF = 90°Given
m∠EHF = m∠GHF
m∠EHF = m∠1 + m∠2
m∠GHF = m∠3 + m∠4
m∠1 + m∠2 = m∠3 + m∠4
Substitution Property of Equality
m∠2 = m∠3

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 47

Question 48.
WRITING
Compare the Reflexive Property of Equality with the Symmetric Property of Equality. How are the properties similar? How are they different?
Answer:

REASONING
In Exercises 49 and 50. show that the perimeter of ∆ABC is equal to the perimeter of ∆ADC.

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 78
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 49

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 79
Answer:

Question 51.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In the figure, \(\overline{Z Y}\) ≅ \(\overline{X W}\), ZX = 5x + 17, YW = 10 – 2x, and YX = 3. Find ZY and XW
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 80
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 51

Question 52.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The bar graph shows the number of hours each employee works at a grocery store. Give an example of the Reflexive, Symmetric, and Transitive Properties of Equality.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 81
Answer:

Question 53.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
Which of the following statements illustrate the Symmetric Property of Equality? Select all that apply.
(A) If AC = RS, then RS = AC.
(B) If x = 9 then 9 = x.
(C) If AD = BC, then DA = CB.
(D) AB = BA
(E) If AB = LW and LM = RT, then AB = RT.
(F) If XY = EF, then FE = XY.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 53

Question 54.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write examples from your everyday life lo help you remember the Reflexive, Symmetric, and Transitive Properties of Equality. Justify your answers.
Answer:

Question 55.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
The formula to convert
a temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F) to degrees
Celsius (°C) is C = \(\frac{5}{9}\)(F – 32).
a. Solve the formula for F. Justify each step.
b. Make a table that shows the conversion to Fahrenheit for each temperature: 0°C. 20°C, 32°C. and 41°C.
c. Use your table to graph the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit as a function of the temperature in degrees Celsius. Is this a linear function?

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 55.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 55.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 55.3

Question 56.
REASONING
Select all the properties that would also apply to inequalities. Explain your reasoning.
(A) Addition Property
Answer:

(B) Subtraction Properly
Answer:

(C) Substitution Property
Answer:

(D) Reflexive Property
Answer:

(E) Symmetric Property
Answer:

(F) Transitive Property
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Name the definition property, or postulate that is represented by each diagram.

Question 57.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 82
XY + YZ = XZ
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 57

Question 58.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 83
Answer:

Question 59.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 84
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.4 Question 59

Question 60.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 85
m∠ABD + m∠DBC = m∠ABC
Answer:

2.5 Proving Statements about Segments and Angles

Exploration 1

Writing Reasons in a proof

Work with a partner: Four steps of a proof are shown. Write the reasons for each statement
Given AC = AB + AB
Prove AB = BC
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 86

REASONING ABSTRACTLY
To be proficient in math, you need to know and be able to use algebraic properties.

StatementsReasons
1. AC = AB + AB1. Given
2. AB = BC  = AC2. ______________________
3. AB + AB = AB + BC3. ______________________
4. AB = BC4. ______________________

Answer:

Exploration 2

Writing Steps in a Proof

Work with a partner: Six steps of a proof are shown. Complete the statements that correspond to each reason.
Given m∠1 = m∠3
Prove m∠EBA = m∠CBD
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 87

StatementsReasons
1. ___________________________1. Given
2. m∠EBA = m∠2 + m∠32. Angle Addition Postulate (Post.1.4)
3. m∠EBA = m∠2 + m∠13. Substitution Property of Equality
4. m∠EBA = ___________________________4. Commutative Property of Addition
5. m∠1 + m∠2 = ______________________5. Angle Addition Postulate (Post. 1.4)
6. ________________________________________6. Transitive Property of Equality

Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you prove a mathematical statement?
Answer:

Question 4.
Use the given information and the figure to write a proof for the statement.
Given B is the midpoint of \(\overline{A C}\).
C is the midpoint of \(\overline{B D}\).
Prove AB = CD
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 88
Answer:

Lesson 2.5 Proving Statements about Segments and Angles

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Six Steps of a two-column proof are shown. Copy and complete the proof.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 89
Given T is the midpoint of \(\overline{S U}\).
Prove x = 5

StatementReason
1. T is the midpoint of \(\overline{S U}\).1. ________________________________________
2. \( \overline{S T} \cong \overline{T U} \)2. Definition of midpoint
3. ST = TU3. Definition of congruent segments
4. 7x = 3x + 204. ________________________________________
5. ________________________________________5. Subtraction Property of Equality
6. x = 56. ________________________________________

Answer:

Exercise 2.5 Proving Statements about Segments and Angles

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
How is a theorem different from a postulate?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.5 Question 1

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
In a two-column proof, each __________ is on the left and each __________ is on the right.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4. copy and complete the proof.

Question 3.
Given PQ = RS
Prove PR = QS
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 90

StatementsReasons
1. PQ = RS1. ________________________________________
2. PQ + QR = RS + QR2. ________________________________________
3. ________________________________________3. Segment Addition Postulate (Post. 1.2)
4. RS + QR = QS4. Segment Addition Postulate (Post. 1.2)
5. PR = QS5. ________________________________________

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.5 Question 3

Question 4.
Given ∠1 is a complement of ∠2.
∠2 ≅ ∠3
Prove ∠1 is a complement of ∠3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 91

StatementsReasons
1. ∠1 is a complement of ∠2.1. Given
2. ∠2 ≅ ∠32. _____________________________
3. m∠1 + m∠2 = 90°3. _____________________________
4. m∠2 = m∠34.  Definition of congruent angles
5. _____________________________5. Substitution Property Of Equality
6. ∠1 is a complement of ∠3.6. _____________________________

Answer:

In Exercises 5-10, name the property that the statement illustrates.

Question 5.
If \(\overline{P Q} \cong \overline{S T}\) and \(\overline{S T} \cong \overline{U V}\), then \(\overline{P Q} \cong \overline{U V}\).\
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.5 Question 5

Question 6.
∠F ≅ ∠F
Answer:

Question 7.
If ∠G ≅∠H. then ∠H ≅ ∠G.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.5 Question 7

Question 8.
\(\overline{D E} \cong \overline{D E}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
If \(\overline{X Y} \cong \overline{U V}\), then \(\overline{U V} \cong \overline{X Y}\).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.5 Question 9

Question 10.
If ∠L ≅∠M and ∠M ≅∠N, then ∠L ≅∠N.
Answer:

PROOF
In Exercises 11 and 12, write a two-column proof for the property.

Question 11.
Reflexive Property of Segment Congruence (Thm. 2.1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.5 Question 11

Question 12.
Transitive Property of Angle Congruence (Thm. 2.2)
Answer:

PROOF
Exercises 13 and 14. write a two-column proof.

Question 13.
Given ∠GFH ≅ ∠GHF
Prove ∠EFG and ∠GHF are supplementary
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 92
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.5 Question 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 93
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 94
Answer:

Question 15.
ERROR ANALYSIS
In the diagram \(\overline{M N} \cong \overline{L Q}\) and \(\overrightarrow{L Q} \cong \overrightarrow{P N}\). Describe and correct the error in the reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 95
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.5 Question 15

Question 16.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The distance fr the restaurant to the shoe store is the same as the distance from the cafe to the florist. The distance from the shoe store to the movie theater is the same as the distance from the movie theater to the cafe, and from the florist to the dry cleaners.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 96
Use the steps below to prove that the distance from the restaurant to the movie theater is the same as the distance from the cafe to the dry cleaners.
a. State what is given and what is to be proven for the situation.
Answer:

b. Write a two-column proof.
Answer:

Question 17.
REASONING
In the sculpture shown, \(\angle 1 \cong \angle 2\) and \(\angle 2 \cong \angle 3\) classify the triangle and justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 97
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.5 Question 17

Question 18.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
In the figure, \(\overline{S R} \cong \overline{C B}\) and \(\overline{A C} \cong \overline{Q R}\) Your friend claims that, because of this. \( \overline{C B} \cong \overline{A C}\) by the Transitive Property of Segment Congruence (Thin. 2. 1). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 98
Answer:

Question 19.
WRITING
Explain why you do not use inductive reasoning when writing a proof.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.5 Question 19

Question 20.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the figure to write Given and Prove statements for each conclusion.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 99
a. The acute angles of a right triangle are complementary.
b. A segment connecting the midpoints of two sides of a triangle is half as long as the third side.
Answer:

Question 21.
REASONING
Fold two corners of a piece of paper So their edges match. as shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 100
a. What do you notice about the angle formed at the top of the page by the folds?
b. Write a two-column proof to show that the angle measure is always the same no matter how you make the folds.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.5 Question 21

Question 22.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The distance from Springfield
to Lakewood City is equal to the distance from Springfield Lo BettsilIe. Janisburg is 50 miles farther from Springfield titan Bettsville. Moon Valley is 50 miles Farther from Springfield than Lakewood City is. Use line segments to draw a diagram that represents this situation.
Answer:

Question 23.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Solve for x using the given information. Justify each step.
Given \(\overline{Q R} \cong \overline{P Q}, \overline{R S} \cong \overline{P Q}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 101
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.5 Question 23

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Use the figure

Question 24.
∠ 1 is a complement of ∠4. and m∠1 33°. Find in m∠4.
Answer:

Question 25.
∠3 is a supplement of ∠2, and m∠2 = 147°. Find m∠3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.5 Question 25

Question 26.
Name a pair of vertical angles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 102
Answer:

2.6 Proving Geometric Relationships

Exploration 1

Matching Reasons in a Flowchart Proof

work with a partner: Match each reason with the correct step in the flowchart.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 103
Given AC = AB + AB
Prove AB = BC
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 104

MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
To be proficient in math, you need to map relationships using such tools as diagrams, two-way tables, graphs, flowcharts, and formulas.

A. Segment Addition Postulate (Post. 1.2)
Answer:

B. Given
Answer:

C. Transitive Property of Equality
Answer:

D. Subtraction Property of Equality
Answer:

Exploration 2

Matching Reasons in a Flowchart Proof

Work with a partner. Match each reason with the Correct step in the flowchart.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 105
Given m∠1 = m∠3
Prove m∠EBA = m∠CBD
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 106
A. Angle Addition Postulate (Post. 1.4)
Answer:

B. Transitive Property of Equality
Answer:

C. Substitution Property of Equality
Answer:

D. Angle Addition Postulate (Post. 1.4)
Answer:

E. Given
Answer:

F. Commutative Property of Addition
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use a flowchart to prove a mathematical statement?
Answer:

Question 4.
Compare the flowchart proofs above with the two-column proofs in the Section 2.5 Explorations. Explain the advantages and disadvantages of each.
Answer:

Lessson 2.6 Proving Geometric Relationships

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Copy and complete the flowchart proof. Then write a two-column proof.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 107
Given \(\overline{A B}\) ⊥ \(\overline{B C}\), \(\overline{D C}\) ⊥ \(\overline{B C}\)
Prove ∠B ≅∠C
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 108
Answer:

Question 2.
Copy and complete the two-column proof. Then write a flowchart proof.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 109
Given AB = DE, BC = CD
Prove \(\overline{A C} \cong \overline{C E}\)

StatementsReasons
1. AB = DE, BC = CD1. Given
2. AB + BC = BC + DE2. Addition Property of Equality
3. _____________________________3. Substitution Property of Equality
4. AB + BC = AC, CD + DE = CE4. _____________________________
5. _____________________________5. Substitution Property of Equality
6. \( \overline{A C} \cong \overline{C E} \)6. _____________________________

Answer:

Question 3.
Rewrite the two-column proof in Example 3 without using the Congruent Supplements Theorem. How many steps do you save by using the theorem?
Answer:

Use the diagram and the given angle measure to find the other three angle measures.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 110

Question 4.
m∠1 = 117°
Answer:

Question 5.
m∠2 = 59°
Answer:

Question 6.
m∠4 = 88°
Answer:

Question 7.
Find the value of w.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 111
Answer:

Question 8.
write a paragraph proof.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 112
Given ∠1 is a right angle.
Prove ∠2 is a right angle.
Answer:

Exercise 2.6 Proving Geometric Relationships

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Explain why all right angles are congruent.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
What are the two types of angles that are formed by intersecting lines?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6. identify the pairs) of congruent angles in the figures. Explain how you know they are congruent.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 113
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 114
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 115
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 5

Question 6.
∠ABC is supplementary to ∠CBD
∠CBD is supplementary to ∠DEF
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 116
Answer:

In Exercises 7 – 10. use the diagram and the given angle measure to find the other three measures.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 117

Question 7.
m∠1 = 143°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 7

Question 8.
m∠3 = 159°
Answer:

Question 9.
m∠2 = 34°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 9

Question 10.
m∠4 = 29°
Answer:

In Exercises 11 – 14, find the values of x and y.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 118
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 11

Question 12.

Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 120
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 121
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 15 and 16, describe and correct the error in using the diagram to find the value of x.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 122

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 123
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 124
Answer:

Question 17.
PROOF
Copy and complete the flowchart proof. Then write a two-column proof.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 125
Given ∠1 ≅ ∠3
Prove ∠2 ≅ ∠4
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 126
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 17.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 17.2

Question 18.
PROOF
Copy and complete the two-column proof. Then write a flowchart proof.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 127
Given ∠ABD is a right angle
∠CBE is a right angle
Prove ∠ABC ≅ ∠DBE

StatementsReasons
1. ∠ABD is a right angle.

∠CBE is a right angle.

1. _____________________________
2. ∠ABC and ∠CBD are complementary.2. Definition of complementary
3. ∠DBE and ∠CBD are complementary3. _____________________________
4. ∠ABE ≅ ∠DBE4. _____________________________

Question 19.
PROVING A THEOREM
Copy and complete the paragraph proof be the Congruent Complements Theorem (Theorem 2.5). Then write a two-column proof.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 128
Given ∠1 and ∠2 are complementary
∠1 and ∠3 are complementary
Prove ∠2 ≅ ∠3
∠1 and ∠2 are complementary, and ∠1 and ∠3 are complementary. By the definition
of ____________ angles. m∠1 + m∠2 = 90° and ____________ = 90°. By the ____________ m∠1 + m∠2 = m∠1 + m∠3. By the Subtraction ____________
Property of Equality, ____________ . So. ∠2 ≅∠3 by the definition of ____________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 19.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 19.2

Question 20.
PROVING A THEOREM
Copy and complete the two – column proof for the Congruent Supplement Theorem (Theorem 2.4). Then write a paragraph proof. (See Example 5.)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 129
Given ∠1 and ∠2 are supplementary
∠3 and ∠4 are supplementary
∠1 and ∠4
Prove ∠2 ≅∠3

StatementsReasons
1. ∠1 and ∠2 are supplementary
∠3 and ∠4 are supplementary
∠1 ≅ ∠4
1. Given
2. m∠1 + m∠2 = 180
m∠3 + m∠4 = 180
2. _____________________________
3. ______________ = m∠3 + m∠43. Transitive Property of Equality
4. m∠1 = m∠44. Definition of Congruent angles
5. m∠1 + m∠2 = ___________________5. Substitution property of Equality
6. m∠2 = m∠36. _____________________________
7. __________________________7. _____________________________

Answer:

PROOF
In Exercises 21 – 24. write a proof using any format.

Question 21.
Given ∠QRS and ∠PSR are supplementary
Prove ∠QRL ≅ ∠PSR
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 130
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 21

Question 22.
Given ∠1 and ∠3 are complementary.
∠2 and ∠4 are complementary.
Prove ∠1 ≅ ∠4
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 131
Answer:

Question 23.
Given ∠AEB ≅ ∠DEC
Prove ∠AEC ≅ ∠DEB

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 23.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 23.2

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 133

Answer:

Question 25.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
You overhear your friend discussing the diagram shown with a classmate. Your classmate claims ∠1 ≅∠4 because they are vertical angles Your friend claims they are not congruent because he can tell by looking at the diagram. Who is correct? Support your answer with definitions or theorems.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 135
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 25

Question 26.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Draw three lines all intersecting at the same point. Explain how you can give two of the angle measures so that you can find the remaining four angle measures.
Answer:

Question 27.
CRITICAL THINKING
Is the converse of the Linear Pair Postulate (Postulate 2.8) true? If so, write a biconditional statement. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 27

Question 28.
WRITING
How can you save time writing proofs?
Answer:

Question 29.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Find the measure of each angle in the diagram.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 136
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 29

Question 30.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the student’s two-column proof.
Given ∠1 ≅ ∠2
∠1 and ∠2 are supplementary.
Prove ___________

StatementsReasons
1. ∠1 ≅ ∠2
∠1 and ∠2 are supplementary
1. Given
2. m∠1 = m∠22. Definitions of congruent angles
3. m∠1 + m∠2 = 180°3. Definition of supplementary angles
4. m∠1 + m∠1 = 180°4. substitution property of Equality
5. 2m∠1 = 180°5. Simplify
6. m∠1 = 90°6. Division Property of Equality
7. m∠2 = 90°7. Transitive Property of Equality
8. __________________________8. ________________________________________

a What is the student trying to prove?
Answer:

b. Your friend claims that the last line of the proof should be ∠1 ≅ ∠2. because the measures of the angles are both 90°. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Use the cube

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 137

Question 31.
Name three collinear points.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 31

Question 32.
Name the intersection of plane ABF and plane EHG.
Answer:

Question 33.
Name two planes containing \(\overline{B C}\).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 33

Question 34.
Name three planes containing point D.
Answer:

Question 35.
Name three points that are not collinear,
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 2.6 Question 35

Question 36.
Name two planes containing point J.
Answer:

2.4 – 2.6 Performance Task: Induction and the Next Dimension

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
Explain the purpose of justifying each step in Exercises 5-14 on page 96.
Answer:

Question 2.
Create a diagram to model each statement in Exercises 5-10 on page 103.
Answer:

Question 3.
Explain why you would not be able to prove the statement in Exercise 21 on page 113 if you were provided with the given information or able to use an postulates or theorems.
Answer:

Reasoning and Proofs Chapter Review

2.1 Conditional Statements

Write the if-then form, the converse, the inverse, the contrapositive. and the biconditional of the conditional statement.

Question 1.
Two lines intersect in a Point.

Question 2.
4x + 9 = 21 because x = 3.
Answer:

Question 3.
Supplementary angles sum to 180°.
Answer:

Question 4.
Right angles are 90°.
Answer:

2.2 Inductive and Deductive Reasoning

Question 5
conclusion can you make about the difference of any two odd integers?
Answer:

Question 6.
What conclusion can you make about the product of an even and an odd integer?
Answer:

Question 7.
Use the Law of Detachment to make a valid conclusion.
If an angle is a right angle, then the angle measures 90°. ∠B is a right angle.
Answer:

Question 8.
Use the Law of Syllogism to write a new conditional statement that follows from the pair of true statements: If x = 3, then 2x = 6. If 4x = 12. then x = 3.
Answer:

2.3 Postulates and Diagrams

Use the diagram at the right to determine whether you can assume the statement.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 138

Question 9.
Points A, B, C, and E are coplanar.
Answer:

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 139
Answer:

Question 11.
Points F, B, and G are collinear.
Answer:

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 140
Answer:

sketch a diagram of the description.

Question 13.
∠ABC, an acute angle, is bisected by Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 141.
Answer:

Question 14.
∠CDE, a straight angle, is bisected by Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 142.
Answer:

Question 15.
Plane P and plane R intersect perpendicularly in Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 143. \(\overline{Z W}\) lies in plane P
Answer:

2.4 Algebraic Reasoning

Solve the equation. Justify each step.

Question 16.
– 9x – 21 = – 20x – 87
Answer:

Question 17.
15x + 22 = 7x + 62
Answer:

Question 18.
3(2x + 9) = 30
Answer:

Question 19.
5x + 2(2x – 23) = – 154
Answer:

Name the property of equality that the statement illustrates.

Question 20.
If LM = RS and RS = 25, then LM = 25.
Answer:

Question 21.
AM = AM
Answer:

2.5 Proving Statements about Segments and Angles

Name the property that the statement illustrates.

Question 22.
If ∠DEF ≅∠JKL, then ∠JKL ≅ ∠DEF
Answer:

Question 23.
∠C ≅ ∠C
Answer:

Question 24.
If MN = PQ and PQ = RS. then MN = RS.
Answer:

Question 25.
Write a two-column proof be the Reflexive Property of Angle Congruence (Thm. 2.2).
Answer:

2.6 Proving Geometric Relationships

Question 26.
Write a proof using any format
Given ∠3 and ∠2 are complementary.
m∠1 + m∠2 = 90°
Prove ∠3 ≅∠1
Answer:

Reasoning and Proofs Test

Use the diagram to determine whether you can assume the statement.
Explain your reasoning.

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 144

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 145 ⊥ plane M
Answer:

Question 2.
Points F, G, and A are coplanar.
Answer:

Question 3.
Points E, C, and G are collinear.
Answer:

Question 4.
Planes M and P intersect at Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 146.
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 147 lies in plane P.
Answer:

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 148
Answer:

Solve the equation. Justify each step.

Question 7.
9x + 31 = – 23 + 3x
Answer:

Question 8.
26 + 2(3x + 11) = – 18
Answer:

Question 9.
3(7x – 9) – 19x – 15
Answer:

Write the if-then form, the converse, the inverse, the contrapositive. and the biconditional of the conditional statement.

Question 10.
Two planes intersect at a line.
Answer:

Question 11.
A relation that pairs each input with exactly one output is a function.
Answer:

Use inductive reasoning to make a conjecture about the given quantity. Then use deductive reasoning to sIm that the conjecture is true.

Question 12.
the sum of three odd integers
Answer:

Question 13.
the product of three even integers
Answer:

Question 14.
Give an example of two statements for which the Law of Detachment does not apply.
Answer:

Question 15.
The formula for the area A of a triangle is A = \(\frac{1}{2}\)bh, where b is the base and h is the height. Solve the formula for h and justify each step. Then find the height of a standard yield sign when the area is 558 square inches and each side is 36 inches.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 149
Answer:

Question 16.
You visit the zoo and notice the following

  • The elephants, giraffes, lions, tigers, and zebras are located along a straight walkway.
  • The giraffes are halfway between the elephants and the lions.
  • The tigers are halfway between the lions and the zebras.
  • The lions are hallway between the giraffes and the tigers.

Draw and label a diagram that represents this information. Then prove that the distance between the elephants and the giraffes is equal to the distance between the tigers and the zebras. Use any proof format.
Answer:

Question 17.
Write a proof using an format.
Given ∠2 ≅∠3
\(\vec{T}\)V bisects ∠UTW.
Prove ∠1 ≅ ∠3
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 150
Answer:

Reasoning and Proofs Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Use the diagram to write an example of each postulate.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 151
a. Two Point Postulate (Postulate 2.1): Through any two points, there exists exactly one line.
Answer:

b. Line Intersection Postulate (Postulate 2.3): If two lines intersect, then their intersection is exactly one point.
Answer:

c. Three Point Postulate (Postulate 2.4): Through any three noncollinear points, there exists exactly one plane.
Answer:

d. Plane-Line Postulate (Postulate 2.6): If two points lie in a plane, then the line containing them lies in the plane.
Answer:

e. Plane Intersection Postulate (Postulate 2.7): If two planes intersect, then their intersection is a line
Answer:

Question 2.
Enter the reasons in the correct positions to complete the two-column proof.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 152
Answer:

Question 3.
Classify each related conditional statement. based on the conditional statement
“If I study, then I will pass the final exam.”
a. I will pass the final exam if and only if I study.
Answer:

b. If I do not study, then I will not pass the final exam.
Answer:

c. If I pass the final exam, then I studied.
Answer:

d. If I do not pass the final exam, then I did not study.
Answer:

Question 4.
List all segment bisectors given x = 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 153
Answer:

Question 5.
You are given m∠FHE = m∠BHG = m∠AHF = 90°. Choose the symbol that makes each statement true. State which theorem or postulate. if any, supports your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 154

=       ≅         ≠
a. ∠3 _____ ∠6
Answer:

b. m∠4 ______ m∠7
Answer:

c. m∠FHE _______ m∠AHG
Answer:

d. m∠AHG + m∠GHE _______180°
Answer:

Question 6.
Find the distance between each pair of points. Then order each line
segment from longest to shortest.
a. A(- 6, 1), B(- 1, 6)
Answer:

b. C(- 5, 8), D(5, 8)
Answer:

c. E(2, 7), F(4, – 2)
Answer:

d. G(7, 3), H(7, – 1)
Answer:

e. J(- 4, – 2), K(1, – 5)
Answer:

f. L(3, – 8), M(7, – 5)
Answer:

Question 7.
The proof shows that ∠MRL is congruent to ∠NSR. Select all other angles that are also congruent to ∠NSR.
Given ∠MRS and ∠NSR are supplementary.
Prove ∠MRL ≅ ∠VSR
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 155

StatementsReasons
1. ∠MRS and ∠NSR are supplementary1. Given
2. ∠MRL and ∠MRS are a linear pair.2. Definition of linear pair, as shown in the diagram
3. ∠MRL and ∠MRS are supplementary.3. Linear Pair Postulate (Postulate 2.8)
4. ∠MRL ≅ ∠NSR4. Congruent Supplements Theorem (Theorem 2.4)

∠PSK         ∠KSN        ∠PSR       ∠QRS          ∠QRL
Answer:

Question 8.
Your teacher assigns your class a homework problem that asks you to prove the Vertical Angles Congruence Theorem (Theorem 2.6) using the picture and information given at the right. Your friend claims that this can be proved without using the Linear Pair Postulate (Postulate 2.8). Is our friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Given ∠1 and ∠3 arc vertical angles.
Prove ∠1 ≅ ∠3
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 2 Reasoning and Proofs 156
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents

Follow our Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer key chapter 4 Percents problems and solutions. Understanding the concepts in depth is not an easy task, but if you have good practice and grip over the subject then you can easily solve all the problems. Big Ideas Math Book Answers 6th Grade solution key provides you with in-depth knowledge and concepts. You can find the step-by-step solution to all the problems of Percents. Scroll down to the below sections to check Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents and every detail of this concept.

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 4 Percents

Feeling difficulty in solving percent problems? Don’t worry! Here is the best material and guide for you to solve the problems quickly and efficiently. Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer key for Chapter 4 Percents pdf will help you to clear all your doubts and get perfection. To excel in the exam, we suggest all the aspirants to refer the Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents Answer key which is given in the below sections. Follow the lesson-wise practice material here.

Performance

Lesson 1: Percents and Fractions

Lesson 2: Percents and Decimals

Lesson: 3 Comparing and Ordering Fractions, Decimals, and Percents

Lesson: 4 Solving Percent Problems

Chapter – 4: Concepts

Percents STEAM Video/Performance


Chargaff’s Rules

DNA is a molecule made up of four nucleotide bases called adenine (A), thymine (T), cytosine (C), and guanine (G). DNA contains the genetic information for a living organism. What can you learn about an organism from its DNA?
Watch the STEAM Video “Chargaff’s Rules.” Then answer the following questions.
1. Veronica says that the DNA of most mammals contains about 60 percent A and T nucleotides and 40 percent C and G nucleotides. What do you think this means?

Answer:
According to the above stated DNA structure both adenine and thymine contains 60%, cytosine and guanine contain 40%. The difference between them is 20%.

Explanation:
In the above-given DNA structure, they stated that adenine and thymine contain 60%, cytosine and guanine contain 40% and the difference is 20%.
60% – 40% = 20%

2. Use your answer in Question 1 to determine which of the following DNA samples is most likely to belong to a mammal. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 1

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 2

Answer:
Sample 2 satisfies the condition because the 1st question statement is near to the sample2.

Explanation:
Sample 2 is near to the 1st question.

Performance Task
Genetic Ancestry

After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given the results of your friend’s ancestry test.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 3.1
You will be asked to compare the portions of your friend’s ancestry from different regions of the world. How can you order the portions of your friend’s ancestry from least to greatest?

Answer:
Native American, SouthWest Asian, Mediterranean, Northern European, African.

Explanation:
Native American = (1/50) = 0.02
African = (30/40) = 0.75
Northern European = 0.10
SouthWest Asian = (3/75) = 0.04
Mediterranean = 0.06

Percents Getting Ready for Chapter 4

Chapter Exploration

Question 1.
THE MEANING OF A WORD
Work with a partner. Match the “cent” word with its definition.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 4

Answer:
one hundredth of a dollar

Explanation:
cent meaning

Question 2.
THE MEANING OF A WORD
Work with a partner. Describe a situation where you have seen the word perused and explain its use. In your own words, what do you think the word percent means? Use the word percent in a sentence.
Work with a partner. Represent the shaded portion of the square as
(a) a fraction whose denominator is 100,
(b) a fraction in the simplest form,
(c) a decimal, and
(d) a percent.

Answer:
A fraction whose denominator is 100.

Explanation:
Per meaning in percentage.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 6

Answer:
4%

Explanation:
The Total number of boxes is 100. In the above-given boxes, 4 boxes are filled with color.
(4/100) x 100 = 4%.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 7

Answer:
15%

Explanation:
The number of boxes are 100. In the above-given boxes, 15 are filled with color.
(15/100) x 100 = 15%

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 8

Answer:
30%

Explanation:
The number of boxes are 100. In the above-given boxes, 30 are filled with color.
(30/100) x 100 = 30%

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 9

Answer:
50%

Explanation:
The Total number of boxes are 100. In the above-given boxes, 50 boxes are filled with color.
(50/100) x 100 = 50

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 10

Answer:
100%

Explanation:
The Total number of boxes are 100. In the above given 100 boxes are filled with color.

(100/100) x 100 = 100

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 11

Answer:
0%

Explanation:
The number of boxes are 100. In the above given no boxes are filled with color.
(0/100) x 100 = 0

Vocabulary

The following terms are used in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 12

Lesson 4.1 Percents and Fractions

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 13
Cent means one hundred, so percent means per one hundred. The symbol for percent is %.

EXPLORATION 1

Interpreting Models
Work with a partner. Write a percent, a fraction, and a ratio shown by each model. How are percents, fractions, and ratios related?
a. Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 14

Answer:
Percentage = 60%
Fraction = 6/10
Ratio = 3:5

Explanation:
In the above-given boxes, 60 boxes are filled with color.
Percentage = (60/100) x 100 = 60
Fraction = (60/100) = 6/10
Ratio = 6:10 = 3:5
The Relationship between Fractions, Percentages, Ratios is since a percent can be written as a fraction as well as a ratio. The ratio and fraction are same.

b. Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 15

Answer:
Percentage = 8%
Fraction = 8/100
Ratio = 2:25

Explanation:
In the above given boxes, 8 boxes are filled with color.
percentage = (8/100) x 100 = 8
Fraction = 2 : 25
Ratio = 2:5
The Relationship between percents, ratios, fractions are percents can be written as ratios. The ratios and fractions are the same.
c.Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 16

Answer:
Percentage = 51%
Fraction = 51/100
Ratio = 51:100

Explanation:
percentage = (51/100) x 100 = 51%
Fraction = 51 : 100
In the above given boxes 51 boxes are filled with color.

d. Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 17

Answer:
Percentage = 25%
Fraction = 1/4
Ratio = 1:4

Explanation:
percentage = (25/100)
Fraction = 0.25
In the above given boxes 51 boxes are filled with color.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 18

4.1 Lesson

Try It
Write the percent as a fraction or mixed number in simplest form.

Question 1.
5%
Answer:
1: 20

Explanation:
(5/100) = 1: 20

Question 2.
168%
Answer:
42/25

Explanation:
(168/100 )= 42: 25

Question 3.
36%
Answer:
3/25

Explanation:
(36/100) = 3: 25

Question 4.
83%

Answer:
83/100

Explanation:
(83/100) = 83: 100

Key Idea
Writing Fractions as Percents
Words Write an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 100. Then write the numerator with the percent symbol.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 19

Try It
Write the fraction or mixed number as a percent.

Question 5.
\(\frac{31}{50}\)

Answer:
62%

Explanation:
(31/50)  = (31 x 2)/(50 x 2) = 62/100 = 62%
Question 6.
\(\frac{19}{20}\)

Answer:
19/20

Explanation:
(19/20) = (19 x 5)/(20 x 5) = 95/100 = 95%

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{200}\)

Answer:
1/200

Explanation:
(1/200) = (1 x 1)/(2 x 1) = 0.5%

Question 8.
1\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
3/2

Explanation:
(3/2) = (3 x 50)/(2 x 50) = 150%

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
WRITING A FRACTION
Write 40% as a fraction in simplest form. Draw a model that represents this fraction.

Answer:
2/5

Question 10.
WRITING A PERCENT
Write \(\frac{9}{20}\) as a percent.

Answer:
45

Explanation:
9/20 x 100 = 45

Question 11.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which number does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 20

Answer:
0.01

Explanation:
They are in the fraction and 0.01 is in the decimal

Question 12.
OPEN-ENDED
Write three different fractions that are less than 40%.

Answer:
1/10, 1/5, 3/10

Explanation:
10%,20%,30%

Question 13.
NUMBER SENSE
Can 1\(\frac{1}{4}\) be written as a percent? Explain.

Answer:
25%

Explanation:
(1/4) x 100 = (50/2) = 25

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 14.
You and a friend fill balloons with water. Two out of every 25 balloons pop while they are being filled. What percent of the balloons do not pop while they are being filled?

Answer:
92%

Explanation:
Given that or every 25 ballons 2 ballons are popped, It means 23 ballons are not popped . For 100 ballons 92 ballons are not popped.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 21

Question 15.
During the month of April, it rains 2 days for every 3 days that it does not rain. What percent of the days in April does it rain?

Answer:
20 Days

Explanation:
In April month there are 30 days, so for every 3 days it rains 2 days.
3 x10 = 30 days
2 x10 = 20 days

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
There are 100 students in a band. Forty percent are 12 years old, \(\frac{1}{2}\) are 13 years old, and the rest are 14 years old. Write the portion of the band for each age as a fraction and a percent.

Answer:
12 years old = 40%, 2:5.
13 years old = 50%, 1:2.
14 yars old = 10%,1:10.

Explanation:
In the given quesion 40% are 12 years old ,50% are 13 years old and the rest are 14 years old.
percent = 40% , fraction = 2: 5
percent = 50% , fraction = 1:2
percent = 10% , fraction = 1: 10

Percents and Fractions Practice 4.1

Review & Refresh

Copy and complete the statement. Round to the nearest hundredth if necessary.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 22

Answer:
3000m

Explanation:
1 km = 1000 m so 3 x 1000 =3000m

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 23

Answer:
112 c

Explanation:
1 gal = 6 c so 7 gal = 112 c

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 24

Answer:
1.5 yd

Explanation:
1 Inch = 0.0277778 yds so 54 inches = 1.5 yds

Question 4.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 25

Answer:
6 kilometers

Explanation:
1 mile = 1.6093kms. So 4 miles = 6.4 km ~6 kms

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 26

Answer:
1
Explanation:
1 liter = 0.2647 gal
6.5 liters = 1

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 27

Answer:
20 kgs

Explanation:
1 lb = 0.4535 kgs so 45lb = 20 kgs

Divide

Question 7.
120 ÷ 12

Answer:
10

Explanation:
12 x 10 = 120

Question 8.
208 ÷ 4

Answer:
52

Explanation:
4×52 = 208

Question 9.
195 ÷ 15

Answer:
13

Explanation:
15×13 = 195

Question 10.
1428 ÷ 34

Answer:
42

Explanation:
34×42 = 1428

Question 11.
8528 ÷ 164

Answer:
52

Explanation:
164×52 = 8528

Question 12.
295 ÷ 8

Answer:
36.875

Explanation:
36.875 x 8 = 295

Use the table to write the ratio.

USING TOOLS
Use a 10-by-10 grid to model the percent. (See Exploration 1, p. 163)

Question 17.
10%

Answer:
1/10

Explanation:
10 x (1/100) = 1/10

Question 18.
55%

Answer:
11/20

Explanation:
55 x (1/100) = 11/20

Question 19.
45%

Answer:
9/20

Explanation:
45 x (1/100) = 9/20

WRITING PERCENTS AS FRACTIONS
Write the percent as a fraction or mixed number in simplest form.

Question 20.
45%

Answer:
9:20

Explanation:
45 x (1/100) = 9:20

Question 21.
90%

Answer:
9:10

Explanation:
90 x (1/100) = 9:10

Question 22.
15%

Answer:
3:20

Explanation:
(15/100) = 3:20

Question 23.
7%

Answer:
7:100

Explanation:
(7/100) = 7:100

Question 24.
34%

Answer:
17:50

Explanation:
(34/100) = (17/50) = 17:50

Question 25.
79%

Answer:
79:100

Explanation:
(79/100) = 79:100

Question 26.
77.5%

Answer:
151:200

Explanation:
(775/1000) = 151/200 = 151:200

Question 27.
188%

Answer:
47:25

Explanation:

(188/100) = 94/50 =47/25

Question 28.
8%

Answer:
2:25

Explanation:
(8/100) = (4/500) = 2/25

Question 29.
224%

Answer:
56:25

Explanation:
(224/100) = 112/50 = 56/25

Question 30.
0.25%

Answer:
1:400

Explanation:
(25/10000) = (5/2000) = 1/400

Question 31.
0.4%

Answer:
1:250

Explanation:
(4/1000) = (2/500) = 1/250

Question 32.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend writes 225% as a fraction. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 28

Answer:
correct

Explanation:
(225/100) = (45/20) = 9/4

WRITING FRACTIONS AS PERCENTS
Write the fraction or mixed number as a percent.

Question 33.
\(\frac{1}{10}\)

Answer:
0.1%

Explanation:
(1/10 x 100) = (10/100) = (1/10) = 0.1%

Question 34.
\(\frac{1}{5}\)

Answer:
0.2%

Explanation:
(1/5) x 100 = (20/100) = (10/100) = (1/5) = 0.2%

Question 35.
\(\frac{11}{20}\)

Answer:
0.55%

Explanation:
(11/20) x 100 = (55/100) = 0.55%

Question 36.
\(\frac{1}{400}\)

Answer:
0.0025%

Explanation:
(1/400) x 100 = (1/400) = 0.0025%

Question 37.
\(\frac{2}{25}\)

Answer:
0.08%

Explanation:
(2/25) x 100 = (8/100) = 0.08%

Question 38.
\(\frac{27}{50}\)

Answer:
0.27

Explanation:
(27/50) x 100 = (54/200) = 0.27%

Question 39.
\(\frac{3}{250}\)

Answer:
0.3%

Explanation:
(3/250) x 100 = (12/40)  = 0.3%

Question 40.
\(\frac{18}{25}\)

Answer:
0.72%

Explanation:
(18/25) x 100 = (72/100) = 0.72%

Question 41.
1\(\frac{17}{20}\)

Answer:
0.85%

Explanation:
(17/20) x 100 = (85/100) = 0.85%

Question 42.
2\(\frac{41}{50}\)

Answer:
282%

Explanation:
2 x (41/50) =(141/50)  = 2.82 x 100 = 282%

Question 43.
3\(\frac{1}{200}\)

Answer:
300.5%

Explanation:
3 x (1/200) = (601/200) = 3.005 x 100 = 300.5

Question 44.
4\(\frac{7}{500}\)

Answer:
200700%

Explanation:
4 x (7/500) = (2007/500) = 2007 x 100 = 200700

Question 45.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend writes \(\frac{14}{25}\) as a percent. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 29

Answer:
correct

Explanation:
(14/25) = (56/100) = 0.56%

Question 46.
MODELING REAL LIFE
During a 10-year period, 6 out of 30 Major League Baseball teams won the World Series. What percent of Major League Baseball teams won the World Series during the 10-year period?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 30

Answer:
5%

Explanation:
Out of 30 games, 6 matches are won for 100 games 15 matches are won
(6/30) = (X/100)
X = 5

Question 47.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A doctor conducts an experiment to test new treatments for a medical condition. Of the 16 volunteers in the experiment, 4 do not receive any treatment. What percent of the volunteers do not receive any treatment?

Answer:
25%

Explanation:
In the above-given statement out of 16 volunteers in the experiment, 4 do not receive any treatment. So (4/4) = 16. If it is 100% (100/4) = 25

Question 48.
LOGIC
Of the students in your class, 12% are left-handed and the rest are right-handed. What fraction of the students are left-handed? Are there more right-handed or left-handed students? Explain.

Answer:
12% of students are left handed = 3: 25

Explanation:
Given that 12% are left handed and remaining are right handed = 100% – 12% = 88%.
There are more right-handed students.

Question 49.
NUMBER SENSE
You have 125% of the tickets required for a prize. What fraction of the required tickets do you have? Do you need more tickets for the prize? Explain.

Answer:
5:4

Explanation:
We have 125% of the tickets required for a prize. No we do not need more tickets for the prize. We have more enough 125 percent of the tickets required for a prize.

FINDING PERCENTS
Find the percent.

Question 50.
3 is what percent of 8?

Answer:
37.5

Explanation:
(3/8)  x 100 = 37.5

Question 51.
13 is what percent of 16?

Answer:
81.25

Explanation:
(13/16) x 100 = 81.25

Question 52.
9 is what percent of 16?

Answer:
56.25

Explanation:
(9/16) x 100 = 56.25

Question 53.
33 is what percent of 40?

Answer:
82.5

Explanation:
(33/40) x 100 = 82.5

Question 54.
Modeling Real Life
A survey asked students to choose their favorite social media website.
a. What fraction of the students chose Website A?
b. What percent of the students chose Website C?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 30.1

Answer:
a = 5:20, b = 0.22

Explanation:
The fraction of students who choose website A is 35. 35 :100 = 5:20
The percent of students who choose website c is 22.(  25/100) = 0.22

Question 55.
DIG DEEPER!
The percent of the total area of the United States that is in each of four states is shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 31
a. Write the percents as fractions in simplest form.b. Compared to the map of Florida, is the map of Alaska the correct size? Explain your reasoning.
c. RESEARCH
Which of the 50 states are larger than Illinois?

Answer:
Alaska, California, Montana, New Mexico, Arizona, Nevada, Colorado, Oregon,

Question 56.
CRITICAL THINKING
A school fundraiser raised 120% of last year’s goal and 25% of this year’s goal. Did the fundraiser raise more money this year? Explain your reasoning.

Question 57.

Answer:
No

Explanation:
The fundraiser did not raise more money this year. Last year fundraiser raised 120% and this year fundraiser raised 25%,
CRITICAL THINKING
How can you use a 10-by-10 grid to model \(\frac{1}{2}\)?

Question 58.

Answer:

REASONING
Write \(\frac{1}{12}\) as a percent. Explain how you found your answer.

Answer:
8.33

Explanation:
(1/12) x 100 = 8.33

Lesson 4.2 Percents and Decimals

EXPLORATION 1
Interpreting Models
Work with a partner. Write a percent and a decimal shown by each model. How are percents and decimals related?

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 32
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 33

Answer:
a :  Fraction = 100% , Decimal = 1.0
b : Fraction = 33%, Decimal = 0.33
c : Fraction = 37%, Decimal = 0.37
d : Fraction = 64%, Decimal = 0.64
e : Fraction = 50%, Decimal = 0.5
f : Fraction = 60%, Decimal = 0.6
g : Fraction = 130%, Decimal = 0.65

Explanation:
a : 100% =  (100/100) = 1 and Decimal = 1.0. The total boxes are filled.
b : 33% = (33/100) = 0.33.  So 33% boxes are filled.
c : 37% = (37/100) = 0.37. So 37 boxes are filled.
d : 64% = (64/100) = 0.64. So 64 boxes are filled.
e : 50% = (50/100) = 0.5. So 50 boxes are filled.
f : 60% = (60/100) = 0.6. So 60 boxes are filled.
g : 130% = (130/200) = 0.65. So 130 boxes are filled.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 33.1

4.2 Lesson

Try It

Write the percent as a decimal. Use a model to represent the decimal.

Question 1.
24%

Answer:
(24/100) = (6/25) = 0.24

Explanation:

Question 2.
3%

Answer:
(3/100) = 0.03

Explanation:

Question 3.
107%

Answer:
1.07 = (107/100)

Explanation:

Question 4.
92.5%

Answer:
92.5% = (925/1000) = 0.925

Explanation:

Key Idea
Writing Decimals as Percents
Words Multiply by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right. Then add a percent symbol.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 34

Try It
Write the decimal as a percent.

Question 5.
0.94

Answer:
94%

Explanation:
94% = (94/100) = 0.94

Question 6.
1.2

Answer:
120%

Explanation:
120% = (120/100) = 1.2

Question 7.
0.316

Answer:
31.6%

Explanation:
31.6% = (31.6/100) = 0.316

Question 8.
0.005

Answer:
5%

Explanation:
5% = (5/1000) = 0.005

Try It

Question 9.
WHAT IF? You earn 90 out of a possible 100 points on the test. Write “90 out of 100” as a fraction, a decimal, and a percent.

Answer:
Fraction = 90: 100
Decimal = 0.9
percent = 90%

Explanation:
They had given that 90 out of possible 100 points on the test. So 90% = (90/100), fraction = 90 :  100, decimal = 0.9.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

WRITING PERCENTS AS DECIMALS
Write the percent as a decimal. Use a model to represent the decimal.

Question 10.
32%

Answer:
32% = (32/100) = 0.32

Explanation:

Question 11.
54.5%

54.5% = (54.5/100 = 0.545

Explanation:

Question 12.
108%

Answer:
108% = (108/100) = 1.08

Explanation:

WRITING DECIMALS AS PERCENTS
Write the decimal as a percent.

Question 13.
0.71

Answer:
71%

Explanation:
(71/100) = 71%

Question 14.
0.052

Answer:
52%

Explanation:
(52/1000) = 52%

Question 15.
9.66

Answer:
966%

Explanation:
966% = (966/100) = 9.66

Question 16.
WRITING
Explain why the decimal point moves left when dividing a number by 100.

Answer:
It moves 2 digits left because it has 2 zeros.

Explanation:
It is dividing by 100 so the decimal point moves left when dividing a number by 100.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 17.
Write the amount of occupied space on the computer as a percent.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 35

Answer:
0.18%

Explanation:
In the above given condition the total capacity is 150GB and the free space is 132GB. The remaining space is 18.

Question 18.
Salinity is a measure of the salt content of a body of water. One researcher measures the salinity of the Indian Ocean as 3.2%. Another researcher measures the salinity of the Dead Sea as 34%. A bucket of water from the Indian Ocean contains 56 grams of salt.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 36
How much salt is contained in the same amount of water from the Dead Sea? Justify your answer.

Answer:
34%

Explanation:
They have said that 34% of salt is ontained in the dead water.

Percents and Decimals Practice 4.2

Review & Refresh

Write the fraction or mixed number as a percent.

Question 1.
\(\frac{7}{50}\)

Answer:
0.14%

Explanation:
(7/50) x 100 = (7 x 2)/(50 x 2) = (14/100) = 0.14

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Answer:
0.4%

Explanation:
(2/5) x 100 = (2 x 20)/(5 x 100) = (40/100) = 0.4

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{250}\)

Answer:
0.004%

Explanation:
(1/250) x 100 = (1 x 4)/(250 x 4) = (4/1000) = 0.004

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{500}\)

Answer:
0.002%

Explanation:
(1/500) x 100 = (1 x 1)/(500 x 1) = 0.002

Represent the ratio relationship using a graph.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 37

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 38
Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 39

Answer:
(6/63)

Explanation:
(3 x 2) = 6 ,(7 x 9) = 63

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 40

Answer:
(5/60)

Explanation:
(5 x 1) = 5,(12 x 5) = 60

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 41

Answer:
(126/30)

Explanation:
(14 x 9) = 126,(3 x 10) = 30

Question 10.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 42

Answer:
(91/12)

Explanation:
(13 x 7) = 91, (6 x 2) = 12

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

INTERPRETING MODELS
Write the percent and the decimal shown by the model. (See Exploration 1, p. 169.)

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 43

Answer:
51%, 0.51

Explanation:
In the above given box 51 boxes are filled with color. So 51% = (51/100) = 0.51

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 44

Answer:
144%, 0.72

Explanation:
In the above given box 144 boxes are filled with color. So 144% = (144/200) = 0.72

WRITING PERCENTS AS DECIMALS
Write the percent as a decimal.

Question 13.
78%

Answer:
0.78

Explanation:
(78/100) = 0.78

Question 14.
55%

Answer:
0.55

Explanation:
(55/100) = 0.55

Question 15.
18.5%

Answer:
0.185

Explanation:
(18.5/100) = 0.185

Question 16.
57.4%

Answer:
0.574

Explanation:

(57.4 /100) = 0.574

Question 17.
33%

Answer:
0.33

Explanation:
(33/100) = 0.33

Question 18.
9%

Answer:
0.09

Explanation:
(9/100) = 0.09

Question 19.
47.63%

Answer:
0.4763

Explanation:
(47.63/100) = 0.4763

Question 20.
91.25%

Answer:
0.9125

Explanation:
(91.25/100) = 0.9125

Question 21.
166%

Answer:
1.66

Explanation:
(166/100) = 1.66

Question 22.
217%

Answer:
2.17

Explanation:
(217/100) = 2.17

Question 23.
0.06%

Answer:
6%

Explanation:
(6/100) = 0.06

Question 24.
0.034%

Answer:

WRITING DECIMALS AS PERCENTS
Write the decimal as a percent.

Question 25.
0.74

Answer:
74%

Explanation:
(74/100) = 0.74

Question 26.
0.52

Answer:
52%

Explanation:
(52/100) = 0.52

Question 27.
0.89

Answer:
89%

Explanation:
(89/100) = 0.89

Question 28.
0.768

Answer:
768%

Explanation:
(768/1000) = 0.768

Question 29.
0.99

Answer:
99%

Explanation:
(99/100) = 0.99

Question 30.
0.49

Answer:
49%

Explanation:
(49/100) = 0.49

Question 31.
0.487

Answer:
48.7%

Explanation:
48.7% = (48.7/100) = 0.487

Question 32.
0.128

Answer:
12.8%

Explanation:
12.8% = (12.8/100) = 0.128

Question 33.
3.68

Answer:
368%

Explanation:
368% = (368/100) = 3.68

Question 34.
5.12

Answer:
512%

Explanation:
512% = (512/100) = 5.12

Question 35.
0.0371

Answer:
3.71%

Explanation:
3.71% = (3.71/100) = 0.0371

Question 36.
0.0046

Answer:
46%

Explanation:
46% = (46/1000) = 0.0046

Question 37.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend writes 0.86 as a percent. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 45

Answer:
No my friend is not correct.

Explanation:
0.86 = 0.086 = 0.0086.

MATCHING
Match the decimal with its equivalent percent.

Question 38.
0.42

Answer:
0.42 = 0.042 = 0.0042

Explanation:
(42/100) = 0.42

Question 39.
4.02

Answer:
4.02 = 4.002 = 4.0002

Explanation:

Question 40.
0.042

Answer:
0.042 = 0.0042 = 0.00042

Explanation:
(42/100000) = 0.00042

Question 41.
0.0402
A. 4.02%
B. 42%
C. 4.2%
D. 402%

Answer:
A

Explanation:
4.02% = (4.02/100) = 0.0402

Question 42.
MODELING REAL LIFE
About 80% of the precipitation that enters Crater Lake falls directly on the surface of the lake. Write this percent as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 46

Answer:
0.8

Explanation:
(80/100) = 0.8 . In the above-given statement, they are given in percentage and said that write it in the decimal points.

Question 43.
MODELING REAL LIFE
About 0.34 of the length of a cat is its tail. Write this decimal as a percent.

Answer:
34%

Explanation:
(34/100) = 0.34. In the given question, they are given in decimal and they said that convert it in percents.

Question 44.
OPEN-ENDED
Write three different decimals that are between 10% and 20%.

Answer:
0.13,0.16,0.19

Explanation:
In the above-given question, they said to write the decimals between 10% and 20%. So 13%,16%,19% is between the 10% and 20%.

WRITING PERCENTS AS FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS
Write the percent as a fraction in simplest form and as a decimal.

Question 45.
36%

Answer:
Decimal = 0.36, Fraction = 18 : 25

Explanation:
36% = (36/100) = 0.36 , fraction = 18: 25
Question 46.
23.5%

Answer:
Decimal = 0.235, Fraction = 47: 200

Explanation:
23.5% = (23.5/100) = 0.235 , fraction = 47 : 200

Question 47.
16.24%

Answer:
Decimal = 0.1624, Fraction =

Question 48.
DIG DEEPER!
The percents of students who travel to school by car, bus, and bicycle are shown for a school of 825 students.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 47
a. Write the percents as decimals.

Answer:
car:0.2 , school bus:0.48 , bicycle:0.08

Explanation:
In the above-given figures, they have given in percents and said to write in decimals.
b. Write the percents as fractions.

Answer:

c. What percent of students use another method to travel to school?

Answer:
24%

Explanation:
They go by walk or either they go by bike.

d. RESEARCH
Make a bar graph that represents how the students in your class travel to school.

Question 49.
LOGIC
A running back was the MVP (most valuable player) in 0.14 of the first 50 Super Bowls.
a. What percent of the MVPs were running backs?
b. What fraction of the MVPs were not running backs?

Question 50.
CHOOSING A METHOD
Students in a class were asked to tell their favorite color.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 48
a. Whatpercent said red, blue, or yellow?

Answer:
Red = 26% , blue = 40% , yellow = 4%

Explanation:
In the above given that the students who like red are 26%, blue is40%, yellow is 4%.
b. How many times more students said red than yellow?

Answer:
22

Explanation:
The students who like red color more than yellow color is 22%
c. Use two methods to find the percent of students who said green. Which method do you prefer? Explain.

Answer:
The students who said green is 16%.

Explanation:
In the above given the students who like red 26%, blue 40%, yellow 4%, purple 14%. So the total percentage is 100 and the remaining is 16. (100-84) = 16

Lesson 4.3 Comparing and Ordering Fractions, Decimals, and Percents

EXPLORATION 1
Using a Number Line to Order Numbers

Work with three partners. Create a number line on the floor. Have your group stand on the number line to represent the four numbers in each list. Use the results to order each list of numbers from least to greatest. How did you know where to stand?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 49

Answer:
a =
b =
c =
d =
e =
f =

Explanation:
a = 0.25 = 25%
0.5 = (0.5/10) x 100 = 50%
b =  (3/4) = (3/4) x 100 = 75%
(1/20) = (1/20) x 100 = 5%
c = 0.125 = 12.5%
(3/10) = (3/10) x 100 = 30%
d = 1.02 = (1.02/100) x 100 = 102%
(1/100) = (1/100) x 100 = 1%
e = 0.3 = 30%
(1/8) = (1/8) x 100 = 5%
0.75 = (0.75/100) x 100 = 75%
f = (51/50) = (51/50) x 100 = 102%
(9/10) = 90%
1.5 = (1.5/10) x 100 = 150%
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 50

4.3 Lesson

When comparing and ordering fractions, decimals, and percents, write the numbers as all fractions, all decimals, or all percents.

Try It
Tell which number is greater.

Question 1.
25%, \(\frac{7}{25}\)

Answer:
(7/25) is greater

Explanation:
25% = (25/100) = 0.25, (7/25) = 0.28

Question 2.
0.49, 94%

Answer:
94% is greater

Explanation:
94% = (94/100) = 0.94

Try It
Order the numbers from least to greatest.

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{10}\), 15%, 0.2, \(\frac{3}{8}\), 0.09

Answer:
0.09, 0.15, 0.2, 0.3, 0.375

Explanation:
(3/10) = 0.3, 15% = 0.15, (3/8) = 0.375. They said to write from least to greast. So 0.09, 0.15, 0.2, 0.3, 0.375.

Question 4.
100%, 0.95, 1.2, \(\frac{5}{4}\), 110%

Answer:
0.95, 1, 1.1, 1.2,1.25

Explanation:
100% = 1, (5/4) = 1.25, 110% = 1.1 so 0.95, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.25.

Question 5.
WHAT IF?
Your friend makes \(\frac{3}{4}\) of his shots. Did your friend make more shots than you? your sister?

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 51

Answer:
72%
0.85
0.26, 26%
(31/50),62%
(9/20),0.45

Explanation:
Fraction = 18 : 25 ,decimal = 0.72, percent = 72%
Fraction = 17 : 20 , decimal = 0.85, percent = 85%
Fraction = 13 :50 , decimal = 0.26, percent = 26%
Fraction = 31 :50, decimal = 0.62, percent = 62%
Fraction = 9 : 20 , decimal = 0.45, percent = 45%

Question 6.
NUMBER SENSE
Copy and complete the table.

Answer:

Explanation:

Fraction = 18 : 25 ,decimal = 0.72, percent = 72%
Fraction = 17 : 20 , decimal = 0.85, percent = 85%
Fraction = 13 :50 , decimal = 0.26, percent = 26%
Fraction = 31 :50, decimal = 0.62, percent = 62%
Fraction = 9 : 20 , decimal = 0.45, percent = 45%

Question 7.
NUMBER SENSE
How would you decide whether \(\frac{3}{5}\) or 59% is greater? Explain.

Answer:
(3/5) is greater.

Explanation:
(3/5) = 0.6, 59% = 0.59 so 0.6 is greater than 0.59

COMPARING NUMBERS

Tell which number is greater.

Question 8.
33%, 0.34

Answer:
0.34 is greater.

Explanation:
0.34 = (34/100). 34 is greater than 33.

Question 9.
0.85, \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Answer:
0.8 is greater.

Explanation:
0.85 = (85/100)

Question 10.
\(\frac{9}{50}\), 17%

Answer:
(9/50) is greater.

Explanation:
17% = (17/100) = 0.17,(9/50) = (18/100) = 0.18. So 0.18 is greater.

ORDERING NUMBERS
Order the numbers from least to greatest.

Question 11.
12%, 0.1, \(\frac{4}{25}\)

Answer:
0.1,12%,4/25.

Explanation:
12% = 0.12, (4/25) = 0.16

Question 12.
1.35, 125%, \(\frac{6}{5}\), 1.5, 130%

Answer:
0.2, 1.25, 1.3, 1.35, 1.5.

Explanation:
125% = 1.25, (6/5) = 0.2, 130% = 1.3

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 13.
The table shows the portions of copper in three rings. Which ring has the highest portion of copper?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 52

Answer:
All the 3 rings are approximately equal.

Explanation:
25% = 0.25, 0.2, (9/40) = 0.225. So the 3 rings has approximately equal values.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows the results of five teams competing in a scavenger hunt. List the five teams in order by the portion of items collected from least to greatest. What is the minimum number of items in the scavenger hunt? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 53

Answer:
Team 5, team 1, team 3, team 2, team 4.

Explanation:
(13/20) = 0.65, (3/4) = 0.75, 77.5% = 0.775,  0.8, 0.825. So the minimum number of items in scavenger hunt is 5.

Comparing and Ordering Fractions, Decimals, and Percents Homework & Practice 4.3

Review & Refresh

Write the percent as a decimal.

Question 1.
12%

Answer:
0.12

Explanation:
(12/100) = 0.12

Question 2.
98.37%

Answer:
0.9837

Explanation:
(98.37/100) = 0.9837

Question 3.
0.046%

Answer:
0.00046

Explanation:
(0.046/100) = 0.00046

Find the missing value(s) in the ratio table. Then write the equivalent ratios.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 54

Answer:
45

Explanation:
(4 x 9) = 36, (5 x 9) = 45

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 55

Multiply.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 56

Answer:
(5.3 x 6) = 31.8

Explanation:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 57

Answer:
162.9

Explanation:

Question 8.
12.43 × 1.51

Answer:
(12.43 x 1.51) = 18.7693

Explanation:

Question 9.
0.852 × 6.7

Answer:
(0.852 x 6.7) = 5.7084

Explanation:

Find the GCF of the numbers.

Question 10.
15, 36

Answer:
3

Explanation:
(36/15) = 6 . (15/6) =3, (6/3) = 0

Question 11.
51, 85

Answer:
17

Explanation:
(85/51) = 34,(51/34) = 17, (34/17) = 0

Question 12.
88, 112

Answer:
8

Explanation:
(112/88) = 24, (88/24) = 16, (24/16) = 8, (16/8) = 0

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING A NUMBER LINE
Use a number line to order the numbers from least to greatest. (See Exploration 1, p. 175.)

Question 13.
80%, 0.65, \(\frac{3}{10}\), 40%

Answer:

Explanation:
(3/10) = (3/10) x 100 = (3 x 10)/(10 x 10) = (30/100) =30%
0.65 = (0.65/100) x 100 = 65%

Question 14.
0.27, 20%, \(\frac{1}{25}\), 9%

Answer:

Explanation:
0.27 = (0.27/100) x 100 = 27%
(1/25) = (1/25) x 100 = (1 x 4/25 x 4) = (4/100) = 4%

Question 15.
\(\frac{1}{8}\), 0.25, 15%, \(\frac{27}{100}\)

Answer:

Explanation:
(1/8) = (1/8) x 100 = (1 x 50/4 x 50) = (50/200) = 0.25 = 25%
0.25 = (0.25 x 100) = 25%
(27/100) = (27/100) x 100 = 27%

COMPARING NUMBERS
Tell which number is greater.

Question 16.
0.9, 95%

Answer:
95%

Explanation:
95% = (95/100) = 0.95

Question 17.
20%, 0.02

Answer:
20%

Explanation:
20% = 0.2

Question 18.
\(\frac{37}{50}\), 37%

Answer:
(37/50)

Explanation:
(37/50) = 0.74, 37% = 0.37. So (37/50) is greater.

Question 19.
50%, \(\frac{13}{25}\)

Answer:
(13/25)

Explanation:
50% = (50/100) = 0.5, (13/25) = 0.52

Question 20.
0.086, 86%

Answer:
86%

Explanation:
86% = 0.86, 0.086 so 0.86 is greater

Question 21.
76%, 0.67

Answer:
76%

Explanation:
76% = 0.76, 67% = 0.67

Question 22.
60%, \(9\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:
(5/8)

Explanation:
(5/8) = 0.625, 60% = 0.6

Question 23.
0.12, 1.2%

Answer:
0.12

Explanation:
0.12 = 12%, 1.2%

Question 24.
17%, \(\frac{4}{25}\)

Answer:
17%

Explanation:
17% = 0.17, (4/25) = 16% = 0.16

Question 25.
140%, 0.14

Answer:
140%

Explanation:
140% = 1.4

Question 26.
\(\frac{3}{8}\), 30%

Answer:
0.375

Explanation:
30% = 0.3, (3/8) = 0.375

Question 27.
80%, \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Answer:
80%

Explanation:
80% = 0.8, (7/10) = 0.7

ORDERING NUMBERS
Order the numbers from least to greatest.

Question 28.
38%, \(\frac{8}{25}\), 0.41

Answer:
(8/25) , 38%, 0.41

Explanation:
38% = 0.38, (8/25) = 0.32, 0.41

Question 29.
68%, 0.63, \(\frac{13}{20}\)

Answer:
0.63, (13/20), 68%

Explanation:
68% = 0.68, (13/20) = 0.65

Question 30.
\(\frac{43}{50}\), 0.91, \(\frac{7}{8}\), 84%

Answer:
84%, (43/50), (7/8) , 0.91

Explana;tion:
(43/50) = 0.86, (7/8) = 0.875, 84% = (84/100) = 0.84

Question 31.
0.15%, \(\frac{3}{20}\), 0.015

Answer:
0.15%, 0.015, (3/20)

Explanation:
0.15% =(0.15/100) = 0.0015, (3/20) = 2.5

Question 32.
2.62, 2\(\frac{2}{5}\), 26.8%, 2.26, 271%

Answer:
2 x (2/5) ,26.8%, 2.26, 2.62, 2.71

Explanation:
2 x (2/5) = 0.024, 26.8% = 0.268, 271% = 2.71
So 0.024, 0.268, 2.26, 2.62, 2.71

Question 33.
\(\frac{87}{200}\), 0.44, 43.7%, \(\frac{21}{50}\)

Answer:
(21/50),0.44, 43.7%, (87/200)

Explanation:
(21/50) = 0.42, (87/200) = 0.435, 43.7% = 0.437

Question 34.
NUMBER SENSE
You answer 21 out of 25 questions correctly on a test. Do you reach your goal of answering at least 80% of the questions correctly?

Answer:
yes we reach our goal of answering .

Explanation:
We answer 21 out of 25 questions correctly on a test. Yes we reach our goal of answering 80%.

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the approximate portions of the world population that live in four countries. Order the countries by population from least to greatest.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 58

PRECISION
Order the numbers from least to greatest.

Answer:
Russia, Brazil, India, United States.

Explanation:
Brazil = 2.8%
India = (7/40) = (7/40) x 100 = 17.5%
Russia = (1/50) = (1/50) x 100 = 2%
United States = 0.044 = (444/1000) x 100 = 44.4%

Question 36.
66.1%, 0.66, \(\frac{133}{200}\), 0.667

Answer:
0.66, 66.1%, (133/200), 0.667

Explanation:
66.1% = 0.661, (13/200) = 0.665

Question 37.
\(\frac{111}{500}\), 21%, 0.211, \(\frac{11}{50}\)

Answer:
21%, 0.211, (11/50), (111/500)

Explanation:
21% = 0.21, (11/50) = 0.22, (111/500) = 0.222

MATCHING
Tell which letter shows the graph of the number.

Question 38.
\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 39.
45.2%

Question 40.
0.435

Question 41.
\(\frac{89}{200}\)

Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 59

Question 42.
PRECISION
The Tour de France is a bicycle road race. The whole race is made up of 21 small races called stages. The table shows how several stages compare to the whole Tour de France in a recent year. Order the stages by distance from shortest to longest.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 60

Answer:
Stage21, Stage 8, Stage1, Stage17, Stage7

Explanation:
Stage 1 = (11/200 x 100) = 5.5%
Stage 7 = (444/1000 x 100 )  = 44.4%
Stage 8 = (6/125 x 100) = 4.8%
Stage 17 = (6/100 x 100) = 6%
Stage 21 = 4%

Question 43.
PRECISION
The table shows the portions of the day that several animals sleep.
a. Order the animals by sleep time from least to greatest.
b. Estimate the portion of the day that you sleep.
c. Where do you fit on the ordered list?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 61

Answer:
a : Dolphin, Rabbit, Lion, Squirrel,Tiger
b : 8 hours
c : Dolhpin:

Explanation:
a : dolphin = 43.3%, rabbit = (19/40 x 100) = 47.5%, squirrel = (31/50 x 100) = 62
b : I will sieep 8 hours per a day
c : Dolhpin

Question 44.
NUMBER SENSE
Tell what whole number you can substitute for a in each list so the numbers are ordered from least to greatest. If there is none, explain why.
a. \(\frac{1}{a}\), \(\frac{a}{20}\), 28%
b. \(\frac{3}{a}\), \(\frac{a}{5}\), 75%

Answer:
a : 0.1

Lesson 4.4 Solving Percent Problems

EXPLORATION 1

Using Percent Models
Work with a partner
a. Find the missing values. What does the model represent?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 62

Answer:
The missing values of 15= 16.6%, (100/3) = 22.5, 40 = 62.5, 75% = 50

Explanation:
The missing value of 15 = (0+33.5)/2 = 16.6%
The missing value of 33.5 = (15 + 30)/2 = 22.5%
The missing value of 40 = (50 + 75)/2 = 62.5%
The missing value of 75 = (40 + 60)/2 = 50%

b. Label atleast three percents and their corresponding numbers on the model below. How do you know you are correct?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 63

EXPLORATION 2
Solving a Percent Problem
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 64
Work with a partner. You purchase a national parks annual pass for 75% of the full price of the pass.
a. Suppose you know the full price or the discounted price. How can you find the other price? Compare your answers with other students in your class.
b. Suppose the full price of the pass is $80. How can you use a percent model to find the purchase price?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 65

Answer:
If we purchase national parks annual pass for 75% = (75 x 80)/100 = 6
if they give 25% discount = (25 x 80)/100 = 20

Explanation:
We purchase a national parks annual pass for 75% of the full price . If the full price is 100% then the discounted price is 25% = 100%-25% = 75%
So if we purchase annual pass for 80% = (75 x 80)/100 = 6
If we purchase it for 25% = (25 x 80) /100 = 20
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 66

4.4 Lesson

Try It

Find the percent of the number.

Question 1.
90% of 20

Answer:
18

Explanation:
90% = (90/100) x 20 = 18

Question 2.
75% of 32

Answer:
24
Eplanation:
(75/100) x 32 = 24

Because n% means n per 100, you can also solve percent problems using part-to-whole ratios.

Try It

Find the percent of the number.

Question 3.
10% of 110

Answer:
11
Explanation:
(10/100) x 110 = 11

Question 4.
30% of 75

Answer:
22.5

Explanation:
(30/100) x 75 = 22.5

Try It

Find the whole.

Question 5.
15% of what number is 9?

Answer:
60

Explanation:
(15/100) x 60 = 9

Question 6.
5% of what number is 10?

Answer:
200

Explanation:
(5/100) x 200 = 10

Try It

Question 7.
62% of what number is 31?

Answer:
50

Explanation:
(62/100) x 50 = 31

Question 8.
125% of what number is 50?

Answer:
40

Explanation:
(120/100) x 40 = 50

Try It

Question 9.
The width of a rectangular stage is 55% of its length. The stage is 120 feet long. What is the area of the stage?

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 67

Answer:
Twenty percent of what number is 30 is different.

Explanations:
1 : (20/100) x 150 = 30
2 : (20/100) x ? = 30 then 30 x (100/20) = 150

Question 11.
FINDING THE PERCENT OF A NUMBER
Find 12% of 75.

Answer:
9
Explanation:
(12/100) x 75 = 9

Question 12.
FINDING THE WHOLE
35% of what number is 21?

Answer:
60

Explanation:
(35/100) x 60 = 21

Question 13.
NUMBER SENSE
If 52 is 130% of a number, is the number greater than or less than 52? Explain.

Answer:
The number is less than 52

Explanation:
(130/100) x 40 = 52. So 40 is less than 52

Question 14.
STRUCTURE
How can you find 10% of any number without multiplying or dividing? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
(10/100) = (1/10) = 0.1

Explanation:
First, we have canceled zeros we got (1/10) automatically the point moves to the front then we get 0.1

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 15.
You raise $420 during a fundraising event. The amount of money that you raise is 120% of your goal. How much more did you raise than your goal?

Answer:
70$ I raise more than my goal

Explanation:
If i raise 120% of our goal for $420
So for 100% i raise more than 20%
(420 x 20)/120 = 70$

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 68
A shirt is on sale for 60% of the original price. The original price is $28 more than the sale price. What was the original price?

Answer:
The original price is 70

Explanation:
A shirt is on sale for 60% that  means for 100% 40% is remaining.
The original price is $28 more than the sale price.
(100 x 28)/40 = 70

Question 17.
You have a meal at a restaurant. The sales tax is 8%. You leave a tip for the waitress that is 20% of the pretax price. You spend a total of $23.04. What is the pretax price of the meal?

Answer:
The pretax price of the meal =

Solving Percent Problems Homework & Practice 4.4

Review & Refresh

Order the numbers from least to greatest.

Question 1.
latex]\frac{1}{8}[/latex], 35%, 0.33

Answer:
(1/8), 0.33, 35%

Explanation:
(1/8) = 0.125, 35% = 0.35, 0.33 so 0.125, 0.33, 0.35

Question 2.
0.3, latex]\frac{9}{25}[/latex], 0.35, 33%

Answer:
0.3, 33%, 0.35, (9/25)

Explanation:
33% = 0.33, (9/25) = 0.36 . So 0.3, 0.33, 0.35, 0.36

Question 3.
latex]\frac{13}{50}[/latex], 22%, 0.28, latex]\frac{1}{5}[/latex], 0.41

Answer:
(1/5), 22%, 0.28, 0.41, (13/50)

Explanation:
(13/50) = 2.66, 22% = 0.22, (1/5) = 0.2 so (1/5), 22%, 0.28, 0.41,2.66 is from least to greatest.

Write the percent as a fraction or mixednumber in simplest form.

Question 4.
65%

Answer:
(65/100)

Explanation:
65% = (65/100)

Question 5.
0.45%

Answer:
(45/100)

Explanation:
0.45% = (45/100)

Question 6.
110%

Answer:
(110/100)

Explanation:
110% = (110/100)

Divide.

Question 7.
19.2 ÷ 1.6

Answer:
12

Explanation:
(19.2 % 1.6) = 12

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 69

Answer:
10.2459016

Explanation:
(0.244 x 0.244) = 0.059536
0.61/0.244 = 10.2459016

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 70

Answer:
2.89050757
Explanation:
(0.558 x 0.558) = 0.311364
0.9/0.311364 = 2.89050757

Question 10.
4.65 ÷ 0.003

Answer:
1550

Explanation:
(4.65 % 0.003) = 1550

The tape diagram represents the ratio of the time you spend online to the time your friend spends online. You are online for 30 minutes. How many minutes does your friend spend online?

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 71

Answer:
2 hrs

Explanation:
I spend it online for 30 minutes and my friend spends it online for 2 hrs. The above diagram shows that 1:4 ratio that is 120 minutes.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 72

Answer:
45 minutes

Explanation:
1 spend it online for 30 minutes and my friend spends it online for 45 minutes. The above diagram shows that my friend spends 45 minutes in online.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING TOOLS
An annual pass to a park costs $120. Use a percent model to find the given percent of the full price of the annual pass. (See Exploration 2, p. 181.)

Question 13.
25%

Answer:
30$

Explanation:
(25/100) x 120 = 30$

Question 14.
50%

Answer::
60$

Explanation:
(50/100) x 120 = 60$

Question 15.
200%

Answer:
240$

Explanation:
(200/100) x 120 = 240$

FINDING THE PERCENT OF A NUMBER
Find the percent of the number. Explain your method.

Question 16.
20% of 60

Answer:
12

Explanation:
(20/100) x 60 = 12

Question 17.
10% of 40

Anwer:
4

Explanation:
(10/100) x 40 = 4

Question 18.
50% of 70

Answer:
35

Explanation:
(50/100) x 70 = 35

Question 19.
30% of 30

Answer:
9

Explanation:
(30/100) x 100 = 9

Question 20.
10% of 90

Answer:
9

Explanation:
(10/100) x 90 = 9

Question 21.
15% of 20

Answer:
3

Explanation:
(15/100) x 20 = 3

Question 22.
25% of 50

Answer:
12.5

Explanation:
(25/100) x 50 = 12.5

Question 23.
5% of 60

Answer:
3

Explanation:
(5/100) x 60 = 3

Question 24.
30% of 70

Answer:
21

Explanation:
(30/100) x 70 = 21

Question 25.
75% of 48

Answer:
36

Explanation:
(75/100) x 48 = 36

Question 26.
45% of 45

Answer:
20.25

Explanation:
(45/100) x 45 = 20.25

Question 27.
92% of 19

Answer:
17.48

Explanation:
(92/100) x 19 = 17.48

Question 28.
40% of 60

Answer:
24

Explanation:
(40/100) x 60 = 24

Question 29.
38% of 22

Answer:
8.36

Explanation:
(38/100) x 22 = 8.36

Question 30.
70% of 20

Answer:
14

Explanation:
(70/100) x 20 = 14

Question 31.
87% of 55

Answer:
47.85

Explanation:
(87/100) x 55 = 47.85

Question 32.
140% of 60

Answer:
84

Explanation:
(140/100) x 60 = 84

Question 33.
120% of 33

Answer:
39.6

Explanation:
(120/100) x 33 = 39.6

Question 34.
175% of 54

Answer:
94.5

Explanation:
(175/100) x 54 = 94.5

Question 35.
250% of 146

Answer:
365

Explanation:
(250/100) x 146 = 365

Question 36.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The tail of the spider monkey is 64% of the length shown. What is the length of the tail?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 73

Answer:
28

Explanation:
The length of the tail is 28

Question 37.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A family pays $45 each month for cable television. The cost increases 7%.
a. How many dollars is the increase?

Answer:
3.15$

Explanation:
(7/100) x 45 = 3.15$
b. What is the new monthly cost?

Answer:
3.15$

Explanation:
The cost increases by 7% so we have to pay 3.15$ for the new month.

Question 38.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds 40% of 75. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 74

Answer:
correct

Explanation:
40% = 0.4 so (40/100) x 75 = 0.4 x 75 = 30. Yes my friend is correct.

FINDING THE WHOLE
Find the whole. Explain your method.

Question 39.
10% of what number is 14?

Answer:
1.4

Explanation:
(14/10) = 1.4

Question 40.
20% of what number is 18?

Answer:
0.9

Explanation:
(18/20) = 0.9

Question 41.
25% of what number is 21?

Answer:
0.84

Explanation:
(21/25) = 0.84

Question 42.
75% of what number is 27?

Answer:
0.36

Explanation:
(27/75) = 0.36

Question 43.
15% of what number is 12?

Answer:
0.8

Explanation:
(12/15) = 0.8

Question 44.
85% of what number is 17?

Answer:
0.2

Explanation:
(17/85) = 0.2

Question 45.
140% of what number is 35?

Answer:
0.25

Explanation:
(35/140) = 0.25

Question 46.
160% of what number is 32?

Answer:
0.2

Explanation:
(32/160) = 0.2

Question 47.
125% of what number is 25?

Answer:
0.2

Explanation:
(25/125) = 0.2

Question 48.
175% of what number is 42?

Answer:
0.24

Explanation:
(42/175) = 0.24

Question 49.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend answers the question “20% of what number is 5?” Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 75

Answer:
correct

Explanation:
(5/20) = 0.25 = (1/4)

Question 50.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You have a coupon for a restaurant. You save $3 on a meal. What was the original cost of the meal?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 76

Answer:
12$

Explanation:
The original cost of the meal is 12$ because they save 3$ on a meal.

Question 51.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The results of a survey are shown at the right. In the survey, 12 students said that they would like to learn French. How many of the students surveyed would like to learn Spanish?

Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 77

Answer:
18

Explanation:
The students who would like to learn French is 12. The students who would like  to learn spanish is 18

Question 52.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A sixth grader weighs 90 pounds, which is 120% of what he weighed in fourth grade. How much did he weigh in fourth grade?

Answer:
60

Explanation:

Question 53.
LOGIC
In an asteroid field, 75% of the asteroids are carbonaceous asteroids. There are 375,000 carbonaceous asteroids in the asteroid field. How many asteroids are not carbonaceous?

Answer:
281250

Explanation:
(75/100) x  375,000 = 281250

Question 54.
DIG DEEPER!
A bottle contains 20 fluid ounces of lotion and sells for $5.80. The 20-fluid-ounce bottle contains 125% of the lotion in the next smallest size, which sells for $5.12. Which is the better buy? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 78

COMPARING PERCENTS
Copy and complete the statement using <, >, or =

Question 55.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 79

Answer:
equals to

Explanation:
80% = 0.8, (80/100) x 60 = 48
60% = 0.6, (60/100) x 80 = 48 so both the values are equal.

Question 56.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 80

Answer:
6 is less than 12

Explanation:
20% = 0.2, (20/100) x 30 = 6
30% = 0.3, (30/100) x 40 = 12 so 6 is less than 12

Question 57.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 81

Answer:
6 is greater than 2

Explanation:
120% = 1.2, (120/100) x 5 = 6
0.8% = 0.008, (0.8/100) x 250 = 2 so 6 is greater than 2.

Question 58.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 4 Percents 82

Answer:
equals to

Explanation:
85% = 0.85, (85/100) x 40 = 34
25% = 0.25, (25/100) x 136 = 34 so both the values are equal

Question 59.
Time
How many minutes is 40% of 2 hours?

Answer:
48 minutes

Explanation:
120 x (40/100) = 48

Question 60.
LENGTH
How many inches is 78% of 3 feet?

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 61.
GEOMETRY
The width of the rectangle is 75% of its length.
a. What is the area of the rectangle?

Answer:
108

Explanation:
Area of the Rectangle = L x W, width =( 75/100) x 24 = 18, L = (25/100) x 24 = 6 so (18 x 6 ) = 108
b. The length of the rectangle is doubled. What percent of the length is the width now? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 83

Answer:

Question 62.
PRECISION
To pass inspection, a new basketball should bounce between 68% and 75% of the starting height. A new ball is dropped from 6 feet and bounces back 4 feet 1 inch. Does the ball pass inspection? Explain.

Answer:
Yes the ball passes the inspection.

Explanation:
If the ball is dropped from 6 feet and it bounces back 4 feet 1 inch so it bounces 68% then it satisfies the condition.

Question 63.
REASONING
You know that 15% of a number n is 12. How can you use this to find 30% of n? 45% of n? Explain.

Answer:
To find 30% = 24
To find 45% = 36

Explanation:
(15/100) x 80 = 12 = n
(30/100) x 80 = 24
(45/100) x 80 = 36

Question 64.
REASONING
You have a coupon for 10% off the sale price of a surfboard. Which is the better buy? Explain your reasoning.

  • 40% off the regular price
  • 30% off the regular price and then 10% off the sale price

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 84

Answer:
40% of the regular price is better to buy.

Explanation:
40% is the better buy because they are giving more discount than the other.

Question 65.
CRITICAL THINKING
Consider two different numbers x and y. Is x% of y the same as y% of x? Justify your answer

Answer:
same

Explanation:
X = 10 and Y = 50 then X% of Y = (10/100) x 50 = 5
Y% of X = (50/100) x 10 =5

Question 66.
GEOMETRY
Square ABCD and Square EFGH both have side lengths of 8 inches. The squares overlap and form Rectangle ABGH, which has a length of 10 inches. What percent of Rectangle ABGH is shaded purple?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 85

Answer:
60%

Explanation:
In the above figure, the square ABCD and EFGH have 8 inches. The percent of Rectangle ABGH shaded purple is 60%. Total percent is 100% so 100-40 = 60

Question 67.
NUMBER SENSE
On three 150-point geography tests, you earned grades of 88%, 94%, and 90%. The final test is worth 250 points. What percent do you need on the final to earn 93% of the total points on all tests?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 86

Answer:
97.2%

Explanation:
(88 + 94 +90) x 150 + p x 250 = 93 x (3 x 150 + 250)
40800 + 250p = 65100
250p = 24300
p = 24300/250
p = 97.2%

Percents Connecting Concepts

4 Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Question 1.
During a football game, a total of 63 points are scored by the two teams. Team A scores 80% of the number of points that Team B scores. What is the final score of the game?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 87

Understand the Problem
You know that Team A’s score is 80% of Team B’s score, and the total points scored is 63. You are asked to find the final score of the football game.
Make a Plan
Because 80% means 80 per 100, write the relationship between the scores of the teams as a ratio. Then represent the situation using a tape diagram. Use the total points to find the value of each part of the tape diagram and the final score of the game.
Solve and check
Use the plan to solve the problem.

Question 2.
A pen at a pet store contains male and female guinea pigs. The ratio of female guinea pigs to male guinea pigs is 7 to 3. Find the percent of guinea pigs in the pen that is male. Justify your answer.

Answer:
30

Explanation:
(7/10) x 100 =  30. 30 % of guinea pigs are male

Question 3.
You multiply two numbers. The first number, 21, is 6.25% of the product. What is the second number? Justify your answer.

Answer:
29.76

Explanation:
The first number x second number = product of two numbers.
21 x X = (625/100) x 100
X = 625/21= 29.76

Question 4.
You have a bag containing dollar coins, dimes, and pennies. The bag contains 40 coins. The number of dollar coins is 20% of the total number of coins. The number of pennies is \(\frac{7}{9}\) of the number of dimes. How much money is in the bag?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 88

Answer:
8 rs  are there in the bag

Explanation:
The bag contains 40 coins.
The number of dollar coins is 20% of the total number of coins that is 40 coins.

Performance Task

Genetic Ancestry
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM video called “Chargaff’s Rules.” You are now ready to complete the performance task for this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 89

Percents Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary
Write the definition and give an example of the vocabulary term.
percent, p. 164

Answer:
A part of a whole expressed in hundredths.
(42/100) = 0.42

Graphic Organizers

You can use a Four Square to organize information about a concept. Each of the four squares can be a category, such as definition, vocabulary, example, non-example, words, algebra, table, numbers, visual, graph, or equation. Here is an example of a Four Square for finding the percent of a number.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 90

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 91

  1. percent
  2. writing percents as fractions
  3. writing fractions as percents
  4. writing percents as decimals
  5. writing decimals as percents
  6. finding the whole

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 92

4.1 Percents and Fractions (pp. 163 – 168)

Question 1.
12%

Answer:
(12/100)

Explanation:
(12/100) = 12%

Question 2.
88%

Answer:
(88/100)

Explanation:
(88/100) = 88%

Question 3.
0.8%

Answer:
(0.8/100)

Explanation:
(0.8/100) = 0.8%

Question 4.
127%

Answer:
(127/100)

Explanation:
(127/100) = 127%

Question 5.
2.5%

Answer:
(2.5/100)

Explanation:
(2.5/100) = 2.5%

Question 6.
18%

Answer:
(18/100)

Explanation:
(18/100) = 18%

Write the fraction or mixed number as a percent.

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{5}\)

Answer:

Question 8.
1\(\frac{18}{25}\)

Answer:
72%

Explanation:
(18/25) = 0.72 x 100 = 72

Question 9.
1\(\frac{21}{50}\)

Answer:
42%

Explanation:
(21/50) = 0.42 x 100 = 42

Question 10.
\(\frac{14}{35}\)

Answer:
0.04%

Explanation:
(14/35) = 0.4 x 100 = 0.04%

Question 11.
5\(\frac{7}{25}\)

Answer:
5.28

Explanation:
5 x (7/25) = (132/25) = 5.28

Question 12.
\(\frac{7}{400}\)

Answer:
1.75

Explanation:
(7/400) x 100 = (7/4) = 1.75

Question 13.
Write a fraction in simplest form that is greater than 43% and less than 47%.

Answer:
(9/20)

Explanation:
45% is greater than 43% and 47%
45% = (45/100) = (9/20)

Question 14.
Write a percent thatis greater than 3\(\frac{3}{4}\) and less than 3\(\frac{4}{5}\).

Question 15.
Your computer displays the progress of a downloading video. What fraction of the video is downloaded?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 93

Answer:
23:50
Explanation:
In the above figure it displays 46% and the remaining 54% is downloading. So (46/100) = (23/50).

Question 16.
You complete 40% of your homework problems before dinner. What fraction of the problems did you complete before dinner?

Answer:
2:5
Explanation:
40% = (40/100) = (2/5) = 2:5

Question 17.
There are nine different colonies of bacteria on the Petri dish. What percent of the bacteria on the Petri dish is from Colony 3?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 94

Answer:
33.3

Explanation:
(3/9) x 100 = 33.3

4.2 Percent and Decimals

Write the percent as a decimal.

Question 18.
76%

Answer:
0.76

Explanation:
76% = (76/100) = 0.76

Question 19.
6%

Answer:
0.06

Explanation:
6% = (6/100) = 0.06

Question 20.
17%

Answer:
0.17

Explanation:
17% = (17/100) = 0.17

Question 21.
0.8%

Answer:
0.008

Explanation:
0.8% = (0.8/100) = 0.008

Question 22.
0.016%

Answer:
0.00016

Explanation:
0.016 = (0.016/100) 0.00016

Question 23.
334%

Answer:
3.34

Explanation:
334% = (334/100) = 3.34

Write the decimal as a percent.

Question 24.
0.15

Answer:
15%

Explanation:
(15/100) = 0.15

Question 25.
0.77

Answer:
77%

Explanation:
(77/100) = 0.77

Question 26.
0.56

Answer:
56%

Explanation:
(56/100) = 0.56

Question 27.
1.06

Answer:
106%

Explanation:
(106/100) = 1.06

Question 28.
1.24

Answer:
124%

Explanation:
(124/100) = 1.24

Question 29.
0.097

Answer:

Question 30.
Write a decimal that is greater than 0.62% and less than 0.64%.

Answer:
63

Explanation:
0.63% is greater than 0.64% and less than 0.62%
0.63% = (0.63/100) = 63

Question 31.
Write a percent that is greater than 0.026 and less than 0.028.

Answer:
2.7

Explanation:
2.7 is greater than 0.026 and less than 0.028
(0.027/100) = 2.7

Question 32.
On a fishing trip, 38% of the fish that you catch are perch. Write this percent as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 95

Answer:
0.38

Explanation:
(38/100) = 0.38

4.3 Comparing and Ordering Fractions, Decimals, and Percents (pp. 175 – 180)

Tell which number is greater.

Question 33.
\(\frac{1}{2}\), 52%

Answer:
52%

Explanation:
52% = (52/100) =0.52, (1/2) = 0.5. So 52% is greater

Question 34.
\(\frac{12}{5}\), 245%

Answer:
245%

Explanation:
245% = 2.45. (12/5) = 2.4 so 245% is greater

Question 35.
0.46, 43%

Answer:
0.46

Explanation:
43% = 0.43, 0.46 = 46%

Question 36.
0.023, 22%

Answer:
22%

Explanation:
22% = 0.22, 0.023

Order the numbers from least to greatest.

Question 37.
\(\frac{9}{4}\), 220%, 2.15, 218%

Answer:
220%, 2.15, 218%,(9/4)

Explanation:
220% = 2.2, (9/4) = 2.25, 218% = 2.18

Question 38.
0.88, \(\frac{7}{8}\), 92%, 0.89

Answer:
(7/8), 0.88, 0.89, 92%

Explanation:
(7/8) = 0.875, 92% = 0.92

Question 39.
Write a percent that is greater than \(\frac{13}{25}\) and less than 0.54.

Question 40.
The table shows the portions of students in your grade who participate in five activities. List the activities in order by number of students from least to greatest.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 96

4.4 Solving Percent Problems (pp. 181–188)

Find the percent of the number. Explain your method.

Question 41.
60% of 80

Answer:
48

Explanation:
60% = (60/100) x 80 = 0.6 x 80 =48

Question 42.
80% of 55

Answer:
44

Explanation:
80% = (80/100) x 55 = 0.8 x 55 = 44

Question 43.
150% of 48

Answer:
72

Explanation:
150% = (150/100) x 48 = 1.5 x 48 = 72

Question 44.
42% of 150

Answer:
63

Explanation:
42% = (42/100) x 150 = 0.42 x 150 = 63

Question 45.
112% of 75

Answer:
84

Explanation:
112% = (112/100) x 75  = 1.12 x 75 = 84

Question 46.
45% of 42

Answer:
18.9

Explanation:
45% = (45/100) x 42 = 0.45 x 42 = 18.9

Find the whole. Explain your method.

Question 47.
70% of what number is 35?

Answer:
0.5

Explanation:
(35/70) = 0.5

Question 48.
28% of what number is 21?

Answer:
0.75

Explanation:
(21/28) = 0.75

Question 49.
56% of what number is 84?

Answer:
1.5

Explanation:
(84/56) = 1.5

Question 50.
20% of what number is 96?

Answer:
4.8

Explanation:
(96/20) = 4.8

Question 51.
140% of what number is 56?

Answer:
0.4

Explanation:
(56/140) = 0.4

Question 52.
175% of what number is 112?

Answer:
0.64

Explanation:
(112/175) = 0.64

Question 53.
Each cell of a dog contains 78 chromosomes. Exactly 50% of the chromosomes are inherited from the father. How many chromosomes in each cell of the dog are inherited from the father?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 97

Answer:
39 chromosomes in each cell of the dog are inherited from the father

Explanation:
50% = (78/2) = 39

Question 54.
You went to the mall with $80. You spent 25% of your money on a pair of shorts and 65% of the remainder on sandals. How much did you spend on the sandals? Which country would you most like to visit?

Answer:

Question 55.
The results of the survey are shown at the left. In the survey, 7 students said that they would most like to visit Italy. How many of the students surveyed would most like to visit Ireland?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 98

Answer:
2 students

Explanation:
(8/4) = 2

Question 56.
You answer 24 questions on a 100-point test correctly and earn a 96%.
a. All of the questions are worth the same number of points. How many questions are on the test? How many points is each question worth?

Answer:
25 questions are on the test
b. Your friend earns a grade of 76% on the same test. How many questions did your friend answer correctly?

Answer:
19

Explanation:
My friend answer 19 questions correctly

Percents Practice Test

4 Practice Test

Write the fraction or mixed number as a percent.

Question 1.
\(\frac{21}{25}\)

Answer:
84%

Explanation:
(21/25) = 0.84 = 84

Question 2.
\(\frac{17}{20}\)

Answer:
85%

Explanation:
(17/20) = 0.85 = 85

Question 3.
1\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Answer:
0.4%

Explanation:
(2/5) = 0.4

Write the decimal as a percent.

Question 4.
0.42

Answer:
42%

Explanation:
42%  = (42/100) = 0.42

Question 5.
7.88

Answer:
788%

Explanation:
788% = (788/100) = 7.88

Question 6.
0.5854

Answer:
5854%

Explanation:
5854% = (5854/10000) = 0.5854

Write the percent as a fraction in simplest form and as a decimal.

Question 7.
0.96%

Answer:
Fraction= 24:25, Decimal = 0.0096

Explanation:
0.96% = (0.96/100) = 0.0096

Question 8.
65%

Answer:
Fraction = 13:20, Decimal = 0.65

Explanation:
65% = 0.65, (65/100) = 13:20

Question 9.
25.7%

Answer:
Fraction =

Tell which number is greater.

Question 10.
\(\frac{16}{25}\), 65%

Answer:
65% is greater

Explanation:
(16/25) = 0.64, 65% = (65/100) = 0.65. So 65% is greater

Question 11.
56%, 5.6

Answer:
5.6 is greater

Explanation:
56% = (56/100) = 0.56 . So 5.6 is greater

Order the numbers from least to greatest.

Question 12.
85%, \(\frac{7}{10}\), 0.74, \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Answer:
(7/10), 0.74, 0.8, 0.85

Explanation:
85% = 0.85, (7/10) = 0.7, (4/5) = 0.8

Question 13.
130%, 1.32, \(\frac{6}{5}\), \(\frac{5}{4}\), 1.28

Answer:
(6/5), (5/4), 1.28, 130%, 1.32

Explanation:
130% = (130/100) = 1.3, (6/5) = 1.2, (5/4) = 1.25

Question 14.
80% of 90 is what number?

Answer:
72

Explanation:
80% = (80/100) =0.8 x 90  =72

Question 15.
120% of 75 is what number?

Answer:
112.5

Explanation:
120% = (120/100) = 1.2 x 112.5

Question 16.
40% of what number is 34?

Answer:
0.34

Explanation:
(34/40) = 0.34

Question 17.
130% of what number is 52?

Answer:
0.4

Explanation:
(52/130) = 0.4

Question 18.
A goalie’s saves (.) and goals scored against (×) are shown. What percent of shots did the goalie save? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 99

Answer:
2%

Explanation:
Two dots are there. So 2%

Question 19.
About 62% of the human body is composed of water. Write this percent as a fraction in simplest form.

Answer:
31:50

Explanation:
62% = (62/100) = 31:50

Question 20.
You, your cousin, and a friend each take the same number of free throws at a basketball hoop. You make \(\frac{17}{20}\) of your free throws, your cousin makes 0.8 of her free throws, and your friend makes 87.5% of his free throws. Who made the most free throws?

Answer:

Question 21.
In a class of 20 students, 40% are boys. Twenty-five percent of the boys and 50% of the girls wear glasses. How many students in the class wear glasses?

Answer:
15 students in the class wear glasses.

Explanation:
In the above given question there are 20 students. So 75% of students wear glasses that means the students who wear glasses is 15.

Question 22.
Eighty percent of the picture frame is glass. What is the area of the moulding?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 101

Answer:
91.375

Explanation:
(17/2) = 8.5
(43/4) = 10.75
Area = l x b = 91.375

Percents Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
How many pints are in 8 quarts?
A. 2 pints
B. 4 pints
C. 16 pints
D. 32 pints

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 102

Answer:
16 pints

Explanation:
16 pints = 8 quarts

Question 2.
Which fraction is not equivalent to 25%?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 103

Answer:
(2/5) is not equivalent to 25%

Explanation:
25% = (25/100), 25% = (5/20), 25% = (1/4). So (2/5) is not equivalent to 25%

Question 3.
What is the missing value in the ratio table?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 104

Answer:
28

Explanation:
In the above given table 2 x 2 x 2 = 8, 8 x 2 =16. 7 x 2 x 2 = 28, 28 x 2 = 56.  The  missing value in the ratio table is 28.

Question 4.
Your friend was finding the percent of a number in the box below.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 105
What should your friend do to correct the error?
A. Divide 24 by 25.
B. Divide \(\frac{1}{4}\) by 24.
C. Multiply 24 by 25.
D. Multiply 24 by \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Answer:
option b is correct

Explanation:
(25/100) x 24 = 6

Question 5.
Which percent is equivalent to \(\frac{4}{5}\)?
F. 20%
G. 45%
H. 80%
I. 125%

Answer:
80% is equivalent to (4/5)

Explanation:
80% = (80/100) 0.8 , (4/5) = 0.8. So 80% is equivalent to (4/5)

Question 6.
Which pair of numbers does not have a least common multiple less than 100?
A. 10, 15
B. 12, 16
C. 16, 18
D. 18, 24

Answer:
Option c is correct

Explanation:
16, 18 = 108 is least common multiple less than 100.

Question 7.
You are comparing the costs of buying bottles of water at the supermarket. Which of the following has the least cost per liter?
F. 6 one-liter bottles for $1.80
G. 1 two-liter bottle for $0.65
H. 8 half-liter bottles for $1.50
I. 12 half-liter bottles for $1.98

Answer:
one liter bottle for $1.80

Explanation:
one liter bottle for $1.80

Question 8.
What is 75% of 36?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 106

Answer:
27

Explanation:
(75/100) x 36 = 27

Question 9.
Which number is equivalent to \(\frac{5}{12}\) × \(\frac{4}{9}\) ?
A. \(\frac{5}{27}\)
B. \(\frac{3}{7}\)
C. \(\frac{15}{16}\)
D. \(\frac{5}{3}\)

Answer:
Option A is equivalent to (5/12) x (4/9)

Explanation:
(5/12) x (4/9) = 0.18518518. S0 (5/27) = 0.18518517. So both values are equal.

Question 10.
Which list of numbers is in order from least to greatest?
F. 0.8, \(\frac{5}{8}\), 70%, 0.09
G. \(\frac{5}{8}\), 70%, 0.8, 0.09
H. 0.09, \(\frac{5}{8}\), 0.8, 70%
I. 0.09, \(\frac{5}{8}\), 70%, 0.8

Answer:
0.09, (5/8) , 70%, 0.8

Explanation:
(5/8) = 0.625, 70% = 0.7

Question 11.+
Which number is equivalent to 1.32 ÷ 0.006?
A. 2.2
B. 22
C. 220
D. 2200

Answer:
220

Explanation:
(1.32 / 0.006) = 220

Question 12.
Which ratio is equivalent to 4 : 14?
F. 2 : 12
G. 10 : 35
H. 18 : 28
I. 8 : 18

Answer:
Option G is correct

Explanation:
4 : 14 = 2 : 7 , 10 : 35 = 2 :7

Question 13.
For a party, you make a gelatin dessert in a rectangular pan and cut the dessert into equal-sized pieces, as shown below.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 107
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 108
The dessert consists of 5 layers of equal height. Each layer is a different flavor, as shown below by a side view of the pan.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents 109
Your guests eat \(\frac{3}{5}\) of the pieces of the dessert.
Part A
Write the amount of cherry gelatin that your guests eat as a fraction of the total dessert. Justify your answer.
Part B
Write the amount of cherry gelatin that your guests eat as a percent of the total dessert. Justify your answer.

Conclusion:

I hope the information given in the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents benefits all the candidates who are in middle school. You can get free access to Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 4 Percents to make your preparation successful. We are here to clarify all your doubts, so you can post in the below comment box. Moreover, bookmark our page to get the preparatory material and solution key of grade 6 Big Ideas Math Answers. Get instant updates on all information regarding percents.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10

Download pdf link of Elementary school Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 is available here. So, the Grade K students who are looking for the Bigideas Math Answer Key 6th Chapter Add Numbers within 10 can Download them from this page. Parents and teachers who feel difficult to teach their children math concepts can make use of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10. Understand the concepts of addition and solve the questions in a simple way.

Big Ideas Math Book Grade K Answer Key Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10

The addition is the most basic and important concept in maths. If you want to become a master in maths it is necessary for elementary school students to learn the basics. Make use of the Big Ideas Math Book Grade K Answer Key Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 pdf link to complete your assignment in time. Many different types of problems can be represented by addition or subtraction. The topics covered in this chapter are Understand Addition, Addition: Add To, Addition: Put Together, and so on.

Lesson: 1 Understand Addition

Lesson: 2 Addition: Add To

Lesson: 3 Addition: Put Together

Lesson: 4 Addition: Partner Numbers

Lesson: 5 Addition Number Patterns

Lesson: 6 Practice Addition

Lesson: 7 Use a Group of 5 to Add

Lesson: 8 Add to Make 10

Chapter: 9 – Add Numbers within 10

Add Numbers within 10 Vocabulary

Directions:
Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 v 1

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-v-1

Explanation:
Number bond:
A number bond is a simple addition of two numbers that add up to give the sum. Using number bonds, one can instantly tell the answer without the need for the actual calculation.
Whole: Here we know that 7 is a whole number. The number 5 combines with other number 2 gives the result 7.
Parts: A number can be thought of as a whole made up of different pairs, or parts, added together.

Vocabulary Cards
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 v 2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 v 3

Lesson 6.1 Understand Addition

Explore and Grow

Directions: Use counters to act out the story.

  • There are 3 students on the bus. Write the number.
  • 2 more students get on the bus. Write the number.
  • Tell how many students are on the bus now.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.1 1
Answer: 3 + 2 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.1-1

Explanation:
There are 3 students on the bus.
2 more students get on the bus.
Add both the numbers to know how many students are on the bus.
3 + 2 = 5

Think and Grow

Directions:
Complete the sentence to tell how many students are in the group to start, how many join, and how many there are in all.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.1 2
Answer: 1 + 3 = 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.1-2

Explanation:
From the above figure we can see that there is 1 student playing in the ground.
Number of students joining are 3
1 + 3 = 4
Thus there are 4 students in all.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 – 3 Complete the sentence to tell how many students are in the group to start, how many join, and how many there are in all.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.1 3
Answer: 4 + 1 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.1-3

Explanation:
From the above figure we can see that there are 4 students.
And 1 student is joining.
Now add 4 and 1 we get 5
4 + 1 = 5
Thus there are 5 students in all.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.1 4
Answer: 2 + 3 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.1-4

Explanation:
From the above figure we can see that there are 2 students.
3 students are joining.
Now combine 2 and 3.
2 + 3 = 5
Thus there are 5 students in all.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.1 5
Answer: 4 + 3 = 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.1-5

Explanation:
From the above figure we can see that there are 4 students.
3 students are joining.
Now combine 4 and 3.
4 + 3 = 7
Thus there are 7 students in all.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:
5 students are playing basketball. 5 more students join them. Draw the students who join the group. Then complete the sentence to tell how many students are in the group to start, how many join, and how many there are in all.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.1 6
Answer: 5 + 5 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.1-6

Explanation:
Given,
5 students are playing basketball. 5 more students join them.
Combine both 5 and 5 we get
5 + 5 = 10
Therefore there are 10 students in all.

Understand Addition Homework & Practice 6.1

Directions:
1 Complete the sentence to tell how many students are in the group to start, how many join, and how many there are in all.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.1 7
Answer: 3 + 1 = 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.1-7

Explanation:
There are 3 students in a group.
1 student is joining the group.
3 + 1 = 4
Thus 4 students are joining in all.

Directions:
2 and 3 Complete the sentence to tell how many students are in the group to start, how many join, and how many there are in all. 4 Draw 3 students who join the group. Then complete the sentence to tell how many students are in the group to start, how many join, and how many there are in all.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.1 8
Answer: 2 + 4 = 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.1-8

Explanation:
From the picture we observe that there are 2 students in the group.
Now 4 students are joining the group.
Combine 2 and 4 we get
2 + 4 = 6

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.1 9
Answer: 6 + 2 = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.1-9

Explanation:
From the picture we observe that there are 6 students in the group.
Now 2 students are joining the group.
Combine 6 and 2 we get
6 + 2 = 8
Thus there are 8 students in all.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.1 10
Answer: 5 + 3 = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.1-10

Explanation:
From the picture we observe that there are 5 students in the group.
Now 3 students are joining the group.
Combine 5 and 3 we get
5 + 3 = 8
Thus there are 8 students in all.

Lesson 6.2 Addition: Add To

Explore and Grow

Directions: Use counters to act out the story.

  • There are 4 elephants in the water. Write the number.
  • 2 more elephants join them. Write the number.
  • Tell how many elephants are in the water now.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.2 1
Answer: 4 + 2 = 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.2-1

Explanation:
There are 4 elephants in the water.
2 more elephants join them.
Combine 4 and 2 we get
4 + 2 = 6
Thus there are 6 elephants in all.

Think and Grow

Directions:
Complete the sentence to tell how many animals are in the group to start, how many join, and how many there are in all. Then complete the addition sentence to match.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.2 2
Answer: 5 + 2 = 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.2-2

Explanation:
There are 5 birds on the tree.
2 more birds are joining the group.
Combine both to know how many birds are on the tree.
5 + 2 = 7

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 Complete the sentence to tell how many ducks are in the group to start, how many join, and how many there are in all. Then complete the addition sentence to match. 2 and 3 Complete the addition sentence to tell how many animals there are in all.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.2 3
Answer: 2 + 2 = 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.2-3

Explanation:
There are 2 ducks in the water.
And 2 more ducks are joining them.
Combine both to find how many ducks are in the water.
2 + 2 = 4
Thus there are 4 ducks in all.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.2 4
Answer: 1 + 5 = 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.2-4

Explanation:
There is 1 fish in water.
5 more fishes are joining.
Add 1 and 5 to find how many fishes are there.
1 + 5 = 6
Thus there are 6 fishes in all.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.2 5
Answer: 2 + 7 = 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.2-5

Explanation:
There are 2 frogs.
7 more frogs are joining.
Combine both to find how many frogs are there in all.
2 + 7 = 9
Thus there are 9 frogs in all.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:
There are 3 rabbits in a burrow. 6 more rabbits join them. Draw the rabbits that join the group. Then complete the addition sentence to tell how many rabbits there are in all.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.2 6
Answer: 3 + 6 = 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.2-6

Explanation:
There are 3 rabbits in a burrow. 6 more rabbits join them.
3 + 6 = 9
Thus there are 9 rabbits in a burrow.

Addition: Add To Homework & Practice 6.2

Directions:
1 Complete the sentence to tell how many monkeys are in the group to start, how many join, and how many there are in all. Then complete the addition sentence to match.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.2 7
Answer: 3 + 2 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.2-7

Explanation:
There are 3 monkeys and 2 monkeys are joining them.
Combine both we get
3 + 2 = 5
Thus there are 5 monkeys in all.

Directions:
2 and 3 Complete the addition sentence to tell how many animals there are in all. 4 Draw 4 mice that join the group. Then complete the addition sentence to tell how many mice there are in all.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.2 8
Answer: 3 + 1 = 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.2-8

Explanation:
There are 3 bees on the tree. 1 bee is joining them.
Add 3 and 1 to find total number of bees.
3 + 1 = 4
Thus there are 4 bees in all.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.2 9
Answer: 4 + 5 = 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.2-9

Explanation:
There are 4 birds and 5 birds are joining them.
4 + 5 = 9
Thus there are 9 birds in all.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.2 10
Answer: 3 + 4 = 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.2-10

Explanation:
There are 3 rats and 4 rats are joining the group.
3 + 4 = 7
Thus there are 7 rats in all.

Lesson 6.3 Addition: Put Together

Explore and Grow

Directions: Use counters to act out the story.

  • There are 4 pencils in the case. Write the number.
  • There are 3 crayons in the case. Write the number.
  • Tell how many objects are in the case now.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.3 1
Answer: 4 + 3 = 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.3-1

Explanation:
There are 4 pencils in the case.
There are 3 crayons in the case.
4 + 3 = 7
Thus there are 7 items in the case.

Think and Grow

Directions:
Circle the groups to put them together. Then write an addition sentence to tell how many objects there are in all.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.3 2
Answer: 5 + 4 = 9
1 + 7 = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.3-2

Explanation:
There are 5 green cubes and 4 orange cubes.
5 + 4 = 9
In the second figure we observe that 1 ball and 7 cubes.
1 + 7 = 8

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 – 3 Circle the groups to put them together. Then write an addition sentence to tell how many objects there are in all.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.3 3
Answer: 1 + 3 = 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.3-3

Explanation:
From the above figure we observe that there is 1 blue cube and 3 purple cubes.
The addition sentence is 1 + 3 = 4
Thus there are 4 cubes in all.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.3 4
Answer: 3 + 5 = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.3-4

Explanation:
There are 3 red circles and 5 yellow squares.
Now write the addition sentence for the above figure
3 + 5 = 8

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.3 5
Answer: 6 + 3 = 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.3-5

Explanation:
There are 6 orange squares and 3 orange teddy bears.
We have to write the addition sentence for the above figure.
6 + 3 = 9

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:

  • You have 5 balls of red clay and 1 ball of blue clay. Draw and color the balls of clay. Then write an addition sentence to tell how many balls of clay you have in all.
  • Your friend has 2 balls of red clay and 6 balls of blue clay. Draw and color the balls of clay. Then write an addition sentence to tell how many balls of clay your friend has in all.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.3 6
Answer:
5 + 1 = 6
2 + 6 = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.3-6

Explanation:
You have 5 balls of red clay and 1 ball of blue clay
The addition sentence is 5 + 1 = 6
You have 2 balls of red clay and 6 ball of blue clay
The addition sentence is 2 + 6 = 8

Addition: Put Together Homework & Practice 6.3

Directions:
1 and 2 Circle the groups to put them together. Then write an addition sentence to tell how many objects there are in all.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.3 7
Answer: 1 + 1 = 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.3-7

Explanation:
There is 1 red clay ball and 1 yellow clay ball.
The addition sentence for the above figure is 1 + 1 = 2

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.3 8
Answer: 4 + 2 = 6

Explanation:
There are 4 red linking cubes and 2 blue cubes.
The addition sentence is 4 + 2 = 6

Directions:
3 Circle the groups to put them together. Then write an addition sentence to tell how many objects there are in all. 4 You have 4 orange marbles and 4 purple marbles. Your friend has 7 orange marbles and 2 purple marbles. Draw and color your marbles and your friend’s marbles. Then write addition sentences to tell how many marbles you each have in all.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.3 9
Answer: 1 + 8 = 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.3-9

Explanation:
There is 1 green triangle and 8 teddy bears.
The addition sentence is 1 + 8 = 9

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.3 10

Answer: 4 + 4 = 8
7 + 2 = 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.3-10

Lesson 6.4 Addition: Partner Numbers

Explore and Grow

Directions:
You have 5 linking cubes. Some are red and some are blue. Color to show how many are red and how many are blue. Then complete the addition sentence to match your picture.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.4 1
Answer: 5 = 3 + 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.4-1

Explanation:
Given
You have 5 linking cubes. Some are red and some are blue.
3 are red and 2 are blue linking cubes
3 + 2 = 5

Think and Grow

Directions:
Use 2 colors to show partner numbers that make the whole. Then complete the addition sentence to match your picture.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.4 2
Answer:
4 = 2 + 2
7 = 3 + 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.4-2

Explanation:
You have 4 linking cubes. Some are orange and some are green.
2 are orange and 2 are green linking cubes
2 + 2 = 4
You have 7 linking cubes. Some are red and some are blue.
3 are red and 4 are blue linking cubes
3 + 4 = 7

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 – 4 Use 2 colors to show partner numbers that make the whole. Then complete the addition sentence to match your picture.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.4 4
Answer: 3 = 1 + 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.4-4

Explanation:
You have 3 linking cubes. Some are red and some are green.
1 is red and 2 are green linking cubes
1 + 2 = 3

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.4 5
Answer: 5 = 3 + 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.4-5

Explanation:
You have 5 balls. Some are red and some are green.
3 are red and 2 are green
3 + 2 = 5

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.4 6
Answer: 10 = 5 + 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.4-6

Explanation:
You have 10 balls. Some are red and some are green.
5 are red and 5 are green
5 + 5 = 10

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.4 7
Answer: 7 = 4 + 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.4-7

Explanation:
You have 7 balls. Some are red and some are green.
4 are red and 3 are green
4 + 3 = 7

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions: You have 8 pieces of sidewalk chalk. Some are red and some are blue.

  • Color the pieces of chalk to show partner numbers that make 8. Then write an addition sentence to match your picture.
  • Color to show another way to make 8. Then write an addition sentence to match your picture.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.4 8
Answer:
4 + 4 = 8
5 + 3 = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.4-8

Explanation:
There are 4 red chalks and 4 blue chalks
4 + 4 = 8
There are 5 green chalks and 3 red chalks.
5 + 3 = 8

Addition: Partner Numbers Homework & Practice 6.4

Directions:
1 and 2 Use 2 colors to show partner numbers that make the whole. Then complete the addition sentence to match your picture.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.4 9
Answer: 2 = 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.4-9 (1)

Explanation:
There are two linking cubes in the figure.
Color the cubes to know how many linking cubes are there in all.
2 = 1 + 1

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.4 10
Answer: 9 = 5 + 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.4-10

Explanation:
There are 9 linking cubes in the figure.
Color the cubes to know how many linking cubes are there in all.
There are 5 orange and 4 green linking cubes
5 + 4 = 9

Directions:
3 Use 2 colors to show partner numbers that make the whole. Then complete the addition sentence to match your picture. 4 There are 6 paint spots on a paint tray. Some are purple and some are green. Color the paint spots to show partner numbers that make 6. Then color the paint spots to show another way to make 6. Write addition sentences to match your pictures.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.4 11
Answer: 5 = 3 + 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.4-11

Explanation:
There are 5 crayons in total.
3 orange crayons and 2 blue crayons.
Thus 3 + 2 = 5

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.4 12
Answer: 6 = 3 + 3
6 = 2 + 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.4-12

Explanation:
There are 3 red balls and 3 yellow balls.
3 + 3 = 6
Thus there are 6 balls in all.
There are 4 red balls and 2 yellow balls.
4 + 2 = 6
Thus there are 6 balls in all.

Lesson 6.5 Addition Number Patterns

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Color the boxes to show how many in all. Tell what you notice.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-1

Think and Grow

Directions:
Write an addition sentence to tell how many dots there are in all. Tell what you notice.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 2
Answer:
6 + 0 = 6
6 + 1 = 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-2

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we have to count the number of dots.
6 + 0 = 6
Thus the addition sentence is 6 + 0 = 6
By seeing the above figure we have to count the number of dots.
6 + 1 = 7
Thus the addition sentence is 6 + 1 = 7

Apply and Grow

Directions:
1 and 2 Write an addition sentence to tell how many dots there are in all. Tell what you notice. 3 – 6 Complete the addition sentence. Tell what you notice.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 3
Answer: 2 + 0 = 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-3

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we have to count the number of dots.
2 + 0 = 2
Thus the addition sentence is 2 + 0 = 2

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 4
Answer: 2 + 1 = 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-4

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we have to count the number of dots.
2 + 1 = 3
Thus the addition sentence is 2 + 1 = 3

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 5
Answer: 5 + 0 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-5

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence by seeing the above image.
5 + 0 = 5
Because any number added to zero will be always the same number.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 6
Answer: 5 + 1 = 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-6

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence by seeing the above image.
5 + 1 = 6
Thus the addition sentence is 5 + 1 = 6

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 7
Answer: 9 + 1 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-7

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence by seeing the above image.
9 + 1 = 10
Thus the addition sentence is 9 + 1 = 10

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 8
Answer: 10 + 0 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-8

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence by seeing the above image.
10 + 0 = 10
Because any number added to zero will be always the same number.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions: You find 7 coins to put in your piggy bank.

  • You cannot find any more coins. Draw and color all of your coins. Then write an addition sentence to tell how many coins you have in all.
  • Your friend gives you a coin to put in your piggy bank. Draw and color all of your coins. Then write an addition sentence to tell how many coins you have in all.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 9
Answer:
5 + 2 = 7
3 + 4 = 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-9

Addition Number Patterns Homework & Practice 6.5

Directions:
1 and 2 Write an addition sentence to tell how many dots there are in all. Tell what you notice.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 10
Answer: 3 + 0 = 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-10

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we have to count the number of dots.
3 + 0 = 3
Thus the addition sentence is 3 + 0 = 3

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 11
Answer: 3 + 1 = 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-11

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we have to count the number of dots.
3 + 1 = 4
Thus the addition sentence is 3 + 1 = 4

Directions:
3 – 6 Complete the addition sentence. Tell what you notice. 7 You found 8 seashells at the beach yesterday. You do not find any more seashells today. Draw and color all of your seashells. Then write an addition sentence to tell how many seashells you have in all.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 12
Answer: 4 + 0 = 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-12

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence by seeing the above image.
4 + 0 = 4
Thus the addition sentence is 4 + 0 = 4

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 13
Answer: 4 + 1 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-13

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence by seeing the above image.
4 + 1 = 5
Thus the addition sentence is 4 + 1 = 5

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 14
Answer: 8 + 1 = 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-14

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence by seeing the above image.
8 + 1 = 9
Thus the addition sentence is 8 + 1 = 9

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 15
Answer: 9 + 0 = 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-15

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence by seeing the above image.
9 + 0 = 9
Thus the addition sentence is 9 + 0 = 9

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.5 16
Answer: 8 + 0 = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.5-16

Explanation:
Given that you found 8 seashells yesterday. And no seashells total.
The total number of seashells are 8 + 0 = 8
Thus the addition sentence is 8 + 0 = 8

Lesson 6.6 Practice Addition

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Use counters in the five frame to show how many there are in all. Complete the addition sentences.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.6 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.6-1

Think and Grow

Directions:
Complete the addition sentence. Tell how you found your answer.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.6 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.6-2

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
1 and 4 gives 5
1 + 4 = 5
0 and 3 gives
0 + 3 = 3
1 and 3 gives
1 + 3 = 4

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 – 4 Complete the addition sentence. Tell how you found your answer. 5 Complete the addition sentences. Tell what you notice.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.6 3
Answer: 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.6-3

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
1 and 2 gives 3
1 + 2 = 3

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.6 4
Answer: 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.6-4

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
0 and 5 gives 5
0 + 5 = 5

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.6 5
Answer: 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.6-5

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
2 and 2 gives 4
2 + 2 = 4

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.6 6
Answer: 0
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.6-6

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
0 and 0 gives 0
0 + 0 = 0

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.6 7
Answer: 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.6-7

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
2 and 3 gives 5
2 + 3 = 5
3 and 2 gives 5
3 + 2 = 5

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:

  • You have 4 game pieces. Some are green and some are yellow. Write an addition sentence to show partner numbers that make the whole. Color to show how you know.
  • There is 1 game piece on a game board. You put 2 more game pieces on the board. Write an addition sentence to tell how many game pieces are on the game board. Draw to show how you know.
  • You have 3 blue game pieces and 2 red game pieces. Write an addition sentence to show how many game pieces you have in all. Draw to show how you know.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.6 8
Answer:
2 + 2 = 4
1 + 2 = 3
3 + 2 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.6-8

Explanation:
You have 4 game pieces. Some are green and some are yellow.
There are 2 green game pieces and 2 yellow game pieces
2 + 2 = 4

Practice Addition Homework & Practice 6.6

Directions:
1 – 3 Complete the addition sentence. Tell how you found your answer.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.6 9
Answer: 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.6-9

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
0 and 2 gives 2
0 + 2 = 2

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.6 10
Answer: 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.6-10

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
1 and 3 gives 4
1 + 3 = 4

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.6 11
Answer: 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.6-11

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
1 and 2 gives 3
1 + 2 = 3

Directions:
4 Complete the addition sentences. Tell what you notice. 5 You have 5 game pieces. Some are red and some are black. Write an addition sentence to show partner numbers that make the whole. Color to show how you know. 6 There are no game pieces on a game board. You put 1 game piece on the board. Write an addition sentence to tell how many game pieces are on the game board. Draw to show how you know.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.6 12
Answer: 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.6-12

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
1 and 4 gives 5
1 + 4 = 5
4 and 1 gives 5
4 + 1 = 5

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.6 13
Answer: 2 + 3 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.6-13

Explanation:
There are 2 red balls and 3 black balls
2 + 3 = 5
Thus there are 5 balls in all.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.6 14
Answer: 0 + 1 = 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.6-14

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
0 and 1 gives 1
0 + 1 = 1

Lesson 6.7 Use a Group of 5 to Add

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Add more counters to make 8. Then complete the addition sentence.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.7 1
Answer: 5 + 3 = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.7-1

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
5 + _ = 8
The missing number is 3.
Thus there are 8 balls in all.

Think and Grow

Directions:
Draw more counters to show how many in all. Use the ten frame to complete the addition sentence.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.7 2
Answer:
5 + 1 = 6
5 + 4 = 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.7-2

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure.
5 + _ = 6
The missing number is 1.
Thus there are 6 balls in all.
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure.
5 + _ = 9
The missing number is 4.
Thus there are 9 balls in all.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 and 2 Draw more counters to show how many in all. Use the ten frame to complete the addition sentence. 3 Draw 5 counters. Draw more counters to show how many in all. Use the ten frame to complete the addition sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.7 3
Answer: 5 + 3 = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.7-3

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
5 + _ = 8
The missing number is 3.
Thus there are 8 balls in all.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.7 4
Answer: 5 + 5 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.7-4

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
5 + _ = 10
The missing number is 5.
Thus there are 10 balls in all.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.7 5
Answer: 5 + 2 = 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.7-5

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
5 + _ = 7
The missing number is 2.
Thus there are 7 balls in all.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:

  • A boy holds up 5 fingers to tell his age. His sister is 9 years old. Draw more fingers to show his sister’s age. Then write an addition sentence to match your picture.
  • A girl holds up 3 fingers to tell her age. Her brother is 8 years old. Draw more fingers to show her brother’s age. Then write an addition sentence to match your picture.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.7 6
Answer:
5 + 4 = 9
3 + 5 = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.7-6

Explanation:
A boy holds up 5 fingers to tell his age. His sister is 9 years old.
The addition sentence is 5 + 4 = 9

Use a Group of 5 to Add Homework & Practice 6.7

Directions:
1 and 2 Draw more counters to show how many in all. Use the ten frame to complete the addition sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.7 7
Answer: 5 + 1 = 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.7-7

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
5 + _ = 6
The missing number is 1.
Thus there are 6 balls in all.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.7 8
Answer: 5 + 4 = 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.7-8

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
5 + _ = 9
The missing number is 9.
Thus there are 9 balls in all.

Directions:
3 Draw more counters to show how many in all. Use the ten frame to complete the addition sentence. 4 Draw 5 counters. Draw more counters to show how many in all. Use the ten frame to complete the addition sentence. 5 You are decorating your friend’s cubby. You blow up 5 balloons. You need 7 balloons in all. Draw more balloons to make 7. Then write an addition sentence to match your picture.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.7 9
Answer: 5 + 0 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.7-9

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
5 + _ = 5
The missing number is 0.
Thus there are 5 balls in all.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.7 10
Answer: 5 + 5 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.7-10

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
5 + _ = 10
The missing number is 5.
Thus there are 10 balls in all.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.7 11
Answer: 5 + 2 = 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.7-11

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure
You are decorating your friend’s cubby. You blow up 5 balloons. You need 7 balloons in all.
We have to add 2 more balloons to make 7 balloons.
5 + 2 = 7

Lesson 6.8 Add to Make 10

Explore and Grow

Directions:
You have 10 linking cubes. Some are red and some are blue. Color to show how many are red and how many are blue. Then color to show another way. Complete the addition sentences to match your pictures.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.8 1
Answer:
5 + 5 = 10
7 + 3 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.8-1

Explanation:
You have 10 linking cubes. Some are red and some are blue.
Draw 5 red linking cubes and 5 blue linking cubes.
Add both to make 10 linking cubes.
5 + 5 = 10
Draw 7 red linking cubes and 3 blue linking cubes.
Add both to make 10 linking cubes.
7 + 3 = 10

Think and Grow

Directions:
Draw more counters to make 10. Use the ten frame to complete the addition sentence.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.8 2
Answer:
3 + 7 = 10
8 + 2 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.8-2

Explanation:
There are 10 balls in all.
We have to find the missing number to get 10.
3 + _ = 10
You need to add 7 to get 10.
3 + 7 = 10
The addition sentence is 3 + 7 = 10
We have to find the missing number to get 10.
8 + _ = 10
You need to add 2 to get 10.
8 + 2 = 10
The addition sentence is 8 + 2 = 10

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 Draw more counters to make 10. Use the ten frame to complete the addition sentence. 2 Color more linking cubes to make 10. Use the linking cubes to complete the addition sentence. 3 Color 4 linking cubes yellow. Color more linking cubes blue to make 10. Use the linking cubes to complete the addition sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.8 3
Answer: 5 + 5 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.7-10

Explanation:
We have to find the missing number to get 10.
5 + _ = 10
You need to add 5 to get 10.
5 + 5 = 10
The addition sentence is 5 + 5 = 10

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.8 4
Answer: 2 + 8 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.8-4

Explanation:
We have to find the missing number to get 10.
2 + _ = 10
You need to add 8 to get 10.
2 + 8 = 10
The addition sentence is 2 + 8 = 10

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.8 5
Answer: 4 + 6 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.8-5

Explanation:
There are 10 linking cubes in all.
We have to write the addition sentence by using the above figure.
4 + 6 = 10
The addition sentence is 4 + 6 = 10

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions: You need 10 tickets in all to win a prize.

  • You win 1 ticket. Draw more tickets to make 10. Then write an addition sentence to match your picture.
  • Your friend wins 3 tickets. Draw more tickets to make 10. Then write an addition sentence to match your picture.
  • Who needs more tickets? Circle your answer.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.8 6
Answer:
1 + 9 = 10
3 + 7 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.8-6

Explanation:
You need 10 tickets in all to win a prize.
You win 1 ticket.
1 + _ = 10
The missing number is 9.
The addition sentence is 1 + 9 = 10
Your friend wins 3 tickets.
3 + _ = 10
The missing number is 7.
The addition sentence is 3 + 7 = 10

Add to Make 10 Homework & Practice 6.8

Directions:
1 Draw more counters to make 10. Use the ten frame to complete the addition sentence. 2 Color more linking cubes to make 10. Use the linking cubes to complete the addition sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.8 7
Answer: 7 + 3 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.8-7

Explanation:
We have to find the missing number to get 10.
7 + _ = 10
You need to add 3 to get 10.
7 + 3 = 10
The addition sentence is 7 + 3 = 10

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.8 8
Answer: 10 + 0 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.8-8

Explanation:
We have to find the missing number to get 10.
10 + _ = 10
You need to add 0 to get 10.
10 + 0 = 10
The addition sentence is 10 + 0 = 10

Directions:
3 Color more linking cubes to make 10. Use the linking cubes to complete the addition sentence. 4 Color 6 linking cubes yellow. Color more linking cubes blue to make 10. Use the linking cubes to complete the addition sentence. 5 You need 10 stickers in all to win a prize. You have 8 stickers. Draw more stickers to make 10. Write an addition sentence to match your picture.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.8 9
Answer: 4 + 6 = 10

Explanation:
There are 10 linking cubes in all.
There are 4 green linking cubes.
4 + _ = 10
The missing number is 6.
Thus the addition sentence is 4 + 6 = 10

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.8 10
Answer: 6 + 4 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.8-10

Explanation:
There are 10 linking cubes in all.
There are 4 blue linking cubes.
There are 6 yellow linking cubes.
6 + 4 = 10
Thus the addition sentence is 6 + 4 = 10

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 6.8 11
Answer: 8 + 2 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-6.8-11

Explanation:
There are 8 smileys we have to make it 10.
8 + _ = 10
The missing number is 2.
The addition sentence is 8 + 2 = 10

Add Numbers within 10 Performance Task

Directions:
1 You buy more red fish than blue fish at a pet store. Color to show the fish that you buy. Then write an addition sentence to match your picture. 2 Your friend buys 5 fish. Draw and color your friend’s fish to show fewer red fish than blue fish. Then write an addition sentence to match your picture. 3 You put your food pellets into your fish bowl to feed fish. The number of food pellets is equal to the number of fish. Draw the food pellets. Then write an addition sentence to tell how many objects are in your fish bowl in all.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 1

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 2
Answer: 5 + 0 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-2

Explanation:
There are 5 fishes in all.
The addition sentence is 5 + 0 = 5

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 3
Answer: 3 + 2 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-1-1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-3

Explanation:
There are 2 red fishes and 3 blue fishes.
3 + 2 = 5
The addition sentence is 3 + 2 = 5

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 4
Answer: 5 + 5 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-1-1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-4

Explanation:
There are 5 red fishes we have to make them 10.
The addition sentence is 5 + 5 = 10

Add Numbers within 10 Activity

Add and Cover
Directions:
Start at Newton. Roll a die and move forward that number of spaces. Use the numbers on the space to find how many in all. Place a counter on a cloud with that number. If you land on a sun, cover a cloud of your choice. Repeat this process until you cover all of the clouds.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 5

Add Numbers within 10 Chapter Practice

Directions:
1 Complete the sentence to tell how many students are in the group to start, how many join, and how many there are in all. 2 Complete the sentence to tell how many owls are in the group to start, how many join, and how many there are in all. Then complete the addition sentence to match.

6.1 Understand Addition

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 chp 1
Answer: 3 + 1 = 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-chp-1

Explanation:
There are 3 students and 1 student in joining them.
3 + 1 = 4
Thus there are 4 students in all.

6.2 Addition: Add To

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 chp 2
Answer: 2 + 3 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-chp-2

Explanation:
There are 2 owls and 3 owls are joining them.
2 + 3 = 5
Thus there are 5 owls in all.

Directions:
3 Circle the groups to put them together. Then write an addition sentence to tell how many objects there are in all. 4 – 6 Use 2 colors to show partner numbers that make the whole. Then complete the addition sentence to match your picture.

6.3 Addition: Put Together

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 chp 3
Answer: 1 + 6 = 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-chp-3

Explanation:
There is 1 bear and 6 cubes.
We have to combine both.
1 + 6 = 7

6.4 Addition: Partner Numbers

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 chp 4
Answer: 9 = 5 + 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-chp-4

Explanation:
There are 9 linking cubes in all.
Some are red and some are yellow.
Add 5 red linking cubes and 4 yellow linking cubes.
9 = 5 + 4

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 chp 5
Answer: 6 + 2 = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-chp-5

Explanation:
There are 8 balls in all.
6 balls are red and 2 balls are yellow.
6 + 2 = 8

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 chp 6
Answer: 3 + 3 = 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-chp-6

Explanation:
There are 3 green crayons and 3 blue crayons.
The addition sentence is 3 + 3 = 6

Directions:
7 Write an addition sentence to tell how many dots there are in all. Tell what you notice. 8 Complete the addition sentence. Tell what you notice. 9 and 10 Complete the addition sentence. Tell how you found your answer. 11 Complete the addition sentences. Tell what you notice.

6.5 Addition Number Patterns

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 chp 7
Answer: 5 + 1 = 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-chp-7

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we have to count the number of dots.
5 + 1 = 6
Thus the addition sentence is 5 + 1 = 6

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 chp 8
Answer: 8 + 0 = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-chp-8

Explanation:
Add 8 and 0
8 + 0 = 8
The addition sentence is 8 + 0 = 8

6.6 Practice Addition

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 chp 9
Answer: 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-chp-9

Explanation:
Add 2 and 2 we get 4
The addition sentence is 2 + 2 = 4

Question 10
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 chp 10
Answer: 0
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-chp-10

Explanation:
Add 0 and 0 we get 0
The addition sentence is 0 + 0 = 0

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 chp 11
Answer: 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-chp-11

Explanation:
Add 2 and 1 we get 3
The addition sentence is 2 + 1 = 3
Add 1 and 2 we get 3
The addition sentence is 1 + 2 = 3

Directions:
12 Draw more counters to show how many in all. Use the ten frame to complete the addition sentence. 13 Color 3 linking cubes yellow. Color more linking cubes blue to make 10. Use the linking cubes to complete the addition sentence. 14 You need 10 tickets in all to win a prize. You win 2 tickets. Draw more tickets to make 10. Then write an addition sentence to match your picture.

6.7 Use a Group of 5 to Add

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 chp 12
Answer: 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-chp-12

Explanation:
We have to complete the addition sentence using the above figure.
5 + _ = 10
The missing number is 5.
5 + 5 = 10
Thus there are 10 balls in all.

6.8 Add to Make 10

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 chp 13
Answer: 3 + 7 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-chp-13

Explanation:
There are 10 linking cubes.
Draw 3 yellow linking cubes and 7 blue linking cubes.
The addition sentence is 3 + 7 = 10

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 chp 14
Answer: 2 + 8 = 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-6-Add-Numbers-within-10-chp-14

Explanation:
Total number of tickets = 10
You win 2 tickets.
2 + _ = 10
The missing number is 8
2 + 8 = 10
The addition sentence is 2 + 8 = 10

Final Words

The answers are shown in this article regarding i.e, Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 6 Add Numbers within 10 are prepared by the math experts. After finishing your practice we suggest you guys solve the questions given at the end of the chapter. So that you can know in which topic you are lagging. Also, bookmark our site to get the solutions of all Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers

Get Big Ideas Math Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers Answer Key PDF here. If you are seeking help in learning math problems and various concepts, then refer to this page. The professionals and experts suggested several ways to learn Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers questions.

Find the best solutions and methods to solve various problems. Practice the questions of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers to score better marks in the exam. Refer to the next sections to get the complete idea of various topics involved in Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers. Practice as many questions as from the material and get perfect in all ways.

Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 involves various topics like dividing integers, multiplying rational numbers, dividing rational numbers, multiplying integers, dividing integers, conversion between fractions and decimals. We are providing the various Cumulative Practice material, Chapter Review material, multiplying rational numbers, dividing rational numbers, etc.

Practice all these topics and get a clear idea of what is important and what is not. Follow all the important tips and tricks to get perfection in multiplying and dividing rational numbers. Get a final conclusion on advantages, formulae, and important concepts of rational numbers. Attend many mock tests and know how to manage your time to answer all the questions in the exam.

Performance

Lesson: 1 Multiplying Integers

Lesson: 2 Dividing Integers

Lesson: 3 Converting Between Fractions and Decimals

Lesson: 4 Multiplying Rational Numbers

Lesson: 5 Dividing Rational Numbers

Chapter: 2 – Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers

Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers STEAM Video/Performance

STEAM Video

Carpenter or Joiner

Carpenters and joiners must be precise with their measurements when building structures. In what other real-life situations must measurements be precise?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 1

Watch the STEAM Video “Carpenter or Joiner.” Then answer the following questions.

Question 1.
Robert says that changes in water content cause wood to shrink or expand across the grain more than along the grain. What does this mean?

Answer:
Robert says that changes in water content cause wood to expand across the grain. So, the carpenter has to make the measurements 1/16 inches.

Question 2.
Describe how you can cut a log so that the pieces shrink in different ways as they dry out.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 1.1

Answer:
While cutting the log, you need to take the correct measurement to avoid the pieces shrink in different ways as they dry out.

Performance Task

Precisely Perfect

After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the Video Performance Task. You will be given the accuracies of seven telescopes. For example:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 3
You will be asked to compare the accuracies of the telescopes. Why do different telescopes have different accuracies?

Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers Getting Ready for Chapter 2

Chapter Exploration

Question 1.
Work with a partner. Use integer counters to find each product. Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 4
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 4.1

Work with a partner. Use integer counters to find the product.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 1

Explanation:
a. (+3) x (-2) = -6
The integers have different signs, so the product is a negative value.
b. (-2) x (-2) = 4
The integers have the same sign, so the product is a positive value.
c. (-2) x (+3) = -6

Question 2.
(+3) × (+2)

Answer:
(+3) x (+2) = +6

Explanation:
The given expression is (+3) x (+2)
The integers have the same sign. So the product is a positive value.
(+3) x (+2) = +6

Question 3.
(+3) × (-1)

Answer:
(+3) × (-1) = -3

Explanation:
The given expression is (+3) × (-1)
The integers have different signs. So the product is a negative value.
(+3) × (-1) = -3

Question 4.
(+2) × (-4)

Answer:
(+2) × (-4) = -8

Explanation:
The given expression is (+2) × (-4)
The integers have different signs. So the product is a negative value.
(+2) × (-4) =-8

Question 5.
(-3) × (+2)

Answer:
(-3) × (+2) = -6

Explanation:
The given expression is
The integers have different signs. So the product is a negative value.
(-3) × (+2) = -6

Question 6.
(-2) × (-3)

Answer:
(-2) × (-3) = +6

Explanation:
The given expression is (-2) × (-3)
The integers have the same sign. So the product is a positive value.
(-2) × (-3) = +6

Question 7.
(-1) × (-4)

Answer:
(-1) × (-4) = +4

Explanation:
The given expression is (-1) × (-4)
The integers have the same sign. So the product is a positive value.
(-1) × (-4) = +4

Question 8.
(-1) × (-2)

Answer:
(-1) × (-2) = +2

Explanation:
The given expression is (-1) × (-2)
The integers have the same sign. So the product is a positive value.
(-1) × (-2) = +2

Question 9.
(+3) × (+1)

Answer:
(+3) × (+1) = 3

Explanation:
The given expression is (+3) × (+1) = 3
The integers have the same sign. So the product is a positive value.
(+3) × (+1) = 3

Question 10.
(-3) × (-2)

Answer:
(-3) × (-2) = +6

Explanation:
The given expression is (-3) × (-2)
The integers have the same sign. So the product is a positive value.
(-3) × (-2) = +6

Question 11.
(-2) × (+2)

Answer:
(-2) × (+2) = -4

Explanation:
The given expression is (-2) × (+2)
The integers have different signs. So the product is a negative value.
(-2) × (+2) = -4

Question 12.
(-2) × (+4)

Answer:
(-2) × (+4) = -8

Explanation:
The given expression is (-2) × (+4)
The integers have different signs. So the product is a negative value.
(-2) × (+4) = -8

Question 13.
(-4) × (-2)

Answer:
(-4) × (-2) = +8

Explanation:
The given expression is (-4) × (-2)
The integers have the same sign. So the product is a positive value.
(-4) × (-2) = +8

Question 14.
MAKE A CONJECTURE
Use your results in Exercises 1–13 to determine the sign of each product.
a. negative integer and a positive integer
b. two negative integers
c. two positive integers

Answer:
a. When you multiply a negative integer and a positive integer, the product is a negative integer.
b. When you multiply two negative integers, then the product is a positive integer.
c. If you multiply two positive integers, then the product is a positive integer.

Explanation:
a. negative integer and a positive integer
When you multiply a negative integer and a positive integer, the product is a negative integer.
b. two negative integers
When you multiply two negative integers, then the product is a positive integer.
c. two positive integers
If you multiply two positive integers, then the product is a positive integer.

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 4.2

Lesson 2.1 Multiplying Integers

EXPLORATION 1
Understanding Products Involving Negative Integers
Work with a partner.
a. The number line and integer counters model the product 3 • 2. How can you find 3 • (-2)? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 4.3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 4.4
b. Use the tables to find -3 • 2 and -3 • (-2). Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 4.5
c.
INDUCTIVE REASONING
Complete the table. Then write general rules for multiplying

  1. two integers with the same sign and
  2. two integers with different signs.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 4.6

Answer:
a. 3 . 2 = 6
3 . (-2) = -6
b. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 2
c. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 3

Explanation:
a. The product of 3 and 2 is 6
Both the integers are positive. So, the product is also positive.
3 . (-2) = -6
The reason is one integer is positive and another integer is negative. So, the result is negative.
b. The product of two positive or negative integers is a positive integer. The product of one positive and second negative integers is a negative integer.
c. In any expression, integers are having the same sign, which means the product is positive. If the integers are having a different sign, then the product is negative.

2.1 Lesson

Try It

Find the product.

Question 1.
5 • 5

Answer:
5 . 5 = 25

Explanation:
The given expression is 5 . 5
The given integers have the same sign. So the product is a positive integer.
5 . 5 = 25

Question 2.
-1(-9)

Answer:
-1(-9) = +9

Explanation:
The given expression is -1(-9)
The given integers have the same sign. So the product is a positive integer.
-1(-9) = +9

Question 3.
-7 • (-8)

Answer:
-7 • (-8) = 56

Explanation:
The given expression is -7 • (-8)
The given integers have the same sign. So the product is a positive integer.
-7 • (-8) = 56

Question 4.
12 • (-2)

Answer:
12 • (-2) = -24

Explanation:
The given integers are 12, -2
Integers have different signs. So, the product is a negative integer.
12 • (-2) = -24

Question 5.
4(-6)

Answer:
4(-6) = -24

Explanation:
The given integers are 4, -6
Integers have different signs. So, the product is a negative integer.
4(-6) = -24

Question 6.
-25(0)

Answer:
-25(0) = 0

Explanation:
The given integers are -25, 0
Integers have different signs. So, the product is a negative integer.
-25(0) = 0
When you multiply any number with zero, the product is also zero.

Try It

Evaluate the expression.

Question 7.
8 • (-15) • 0

Answer:
8 • (-15) • 0 = 0

Explanation:
The given expression is 8 • (-15) • 0
Use the commutative property of the multiplication
= -120 . 0
= 0

Question 8.
24 – 33

Answer:
24 – 3³ = -3

Explanation:
The given expression is 24 – 3³
Write 3³ as a repeated multiplication
= 24 – (3 . 3 . 3)
= 24 – 27
= -3

Question 9.
10 – 7(3 – 5)

Answer:
10 – 7(3 – 5) = 24

Explanation:
The given expression is 10 – 7(3 – 5)
Perform the operations in the parenthesis
= 10 – 7(-2)
= 10 + 14
= 24

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
WRITING
What can you conclude about two integers whose product is (a) positive and (b) negative?

Answer:
If the product of two integers is positive, then those integers are with the same sign. If the product of two integers is negative, then those integers are having different signs.

Explanation:
The two integers product is a positive integer means those integers are with two positive signs or two negative signs.
For example 4 . 2 = 8, (-4) . (-2) = 8
The two integers is a negative integer means those are having one positive integer and negative integer irrespective of the order.
Examples are -4 . 2 = -8, 4 . -2 = -8

EVALUATING AN EXPRESSION
Evaluate the expression.

Question 11.
4(-8)

Answer:
4(-8) = -32

Explanation:
The given expression is 4(-8)
Here integers are having different signs. So the product is a negative integer.
4(-8) = -32

Question 12.
-5(-7)

Answer:
-5(-7) = 35

Explanation:
The given expression is -5(-7)
The product of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-5(-7) = 35

Question 13.
12 – 32 • (-2)

Answer:
12 – 3² • (-2) = 30

Explanation:
The given expression is 12 – 3² • (-2)
Write 3² as a repeated multiplication
= 12 – (3 . 3) . (-2)
= 12 – 9 . (-2)
The product of two integers with the same sign is positive.
= 12 + 18
= 30

REASONING
Tell whether the statement is true or false. Explain your reasoning.

Question 14.
The product of three positive integers is positive.

Answer:
True

Explanation:
The product of three positive integers is positive The reason is the product of two positive integers is positive. Again perform the product of an obtained positive integer with the third positive integer to get a positive integer.

Question 15.
The product of three negative integers is positive.

Answer:
False

Explanation:
The product of three negative integers is always a negative integer. Because the product of two negative integers is a positive integer. The product of obtained positive integer and remaining negative integer is a negative integer. So, the product of three integers is not positive.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 16.
On a mountain, the temperature decreases by 18°F for each 5000-foot increase in elevation. At 7000 feet, the temperature is 41°F. What is the temperature at 22,000 feet? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The temperature at 22,000 feet is 95°F

Explanation:
Change in temperature over 5000 feet = 18°F
The temperature at 7000 feet = 41°F
The temperature at 22000 feet = 7000 + 5000x
22000 – 7000 = 5000x
15000 = 5000x
x = 15000/5000
x = 3
So, the temperature at 22000 feet is 41 + 3(18)
= 41 + 54 = 95°F

Question 17.
Players in a racing game earn 3 points for each coin they collect. Each player loses 5 points for each second that he or she finishes after the first-place finisher. The table shows the results of a race. List the players in order from greatest to least number of points.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 4.7
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 4.8

Answer:
Player 3, Player 2, Player 1, Player 4.

Explanation:
Players in a racing game earn 3 points for each coin they collect.
The number of coins earned by the players are listed here.
Player 2 = 18 x 3 = 54 points
Player 3 takes 3 seconds more than player 2 to finish the game.
So, player 3 number of points = (24 . 3) – (5 . 3) = 72 – 15 = 57
Player 4 takes 6 seconds more than player 2 to finish the game.
So, the number of points earned by player 4 = (27 . 3) – (5 . 6)
= 81 – 30 = 51
Player 1 takes 8 seconds more than player 2 to finish the game.
So, the number of points earned by player 1 = (31 . 3) – (5 . 8)
= 93 – 40 = 53
Hence, the number of coins earned by the players are Player 3 = 57, Player 2 = 53, Player 1 = 53, Player 4 = 51

Multiplying Integers Homework & Practice 2.1

Review & Refresh

Find the distance between the two numbers on a number line.

Question 1.
-4.3 and 0.8

Answer:
5.1

Explanation:
The distance between -4.3 and 0.8 = | 0.8 – (-4.3) |
= | 0.8 + 4.3 | = | 5.1 |
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers4

Question 2.
-7.7 and -6.4

Answer:
1.3

Explanation:
The distance between -7.7 and -6.4 = | -6.4 – (-7.7) |
= | -6.4 + 7.7 | = | 1.3 |
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 5

Question 3.
-2\(\frac{3}{5}\) and -1

Answer:
3.6

Explanation:
The distance between -2(3/5) or -13/5 and 1 = | 1 – (-13/5) |
= | 1 + 13/5 | = | (5 + 13)/5 |
= | 18/5 | = | 3.6 |
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 6

Divide.

Question 4.
27 ÷ 9

Answer:
27 ÷ 9 = 3

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 7

Question 5.
48 ÷ 6

Answer:
48 ÷ 6 = 8

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 8

Question 6.
56 ÷ 4

Answer:
56 ÷ 4 = 14

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 9

Question 7.
153 ÷ 8

Answer:
153 ÷ 8 = 19 R 1

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 10

Question 8.
What is the prime factorization of 84?
A. 22 × 32
B. 23 × 7
C. 33 × 7
D. 22 × 3 × 7

Answer:
D. 2² x 3 x 7

Explanation:
Divide 84 by 2
84/2 = 42
Divide 42 by 2
42/2 = 21
divide 21 by 3
21/3 = 7
Divide 7 by 7
7/7 = 1
So, the prime factorization of 84 is 2 x 2 x 3 x 7 = 2² x 3 x 7

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
CHOOSE TOOLS
Use a number line or integer counters to find the product. (See Exploration 1, p. 49.)

Question 9.
2(-4)

Answer:
2(-4) = -8

Explanation:
2 . -4
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 11

Question 10.
-6(3) = -18

Answer:
-6(3)

Explanation:
-6. 3
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 12

Question 11.
4(-5)

Answer:
4(-5) = -20

Explanation:
4(-5)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 13
So, 4(-5) = -20

MULTIPLYING INTEGERS
Find the product.

Question 12.
6 • 4

Answer:
6 • 4 = 24

Explanation:
The product of two integers with the same sign is positive.
6 • 4 = 24

Question 13.
7(-3)

Answer:
7(-3) = -21

Explanation:
The product of two integers with the different sign is negative.
7(-3) = -21

Question 14.
-2(8)

Answer:
-2(8) = -16

Explanation:
The product of two integers with different sign is negative.
-2(8) = -16

Question 15.
-3(-4)

Answer:
-3(-4) = 12

Explanation:
The product of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-3(-4)= 12

Question 16.
-6 • 7

Answer:
-6 • 7= -42

Explanation:
The product of two integers with different sign is negative.
-6 • 7 = -42

Question 17.
3 • 9

Answer:
3 • 9 = 27

Explanation:
The product of two integers with the same sign is positive.
3 • 9 = 27

Question 18.
8 • (-5)

Answer:
8 • (-5) = -40

Explanation:
The product of two integers with different sign is negative.
8 • (-5) = -40

Question 19.
-1 • (-12)

Answer:
-1 • (-12) = 12

Explanation:
The product of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-1 • (-12) = 12

Question 20.
-5(10)

Answer:
-5(10) = -50

Explanation:
The product of two integers with different sign is negative.
-5(10) = -50

Question 21.
-13(0)

Answer:
-13(0) = 0

Explanation:
The product of two integers with different sign is negative.
-13(0) = -0 = 0

Question 22.
-9 • 9

Answer:
-9 • 9 = -81

Explanation:
The product of two integers with different sign is negative.
-9 • 9 = -81

Question 23.
15(-2)

Answer:
15(-2) = -30

Explanation:
The product of two integers with different sign is negative.
15(-2) = -30

Question 24.
-10 • 11

Answer:
-10 • 11 = -110

Explanation:
The product of two integers with different sign is negative.
-10 • 11 = -110

Question 25.
-6 • (-13)

Answer:
-6 • (-13) = 78

Explanation:
The product of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-6 • (-13) = 78

Question 26.
7(-14)

Answer:
7(-14) = -98

Explanation:
The product of two integers with different sign is negative.
7(-14) = -98

Question 27.
-11 • (-11)

Answer:
-11 • (-11) = 121

Explanation:
The product of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-11 • (-11) = 121

Question 28.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You burn 10 calories each minute you jog. What integer represents the change in your calories after you jog for 20 minutes?

Answer:
The change in your calories after you jog for 20 minutes is 200.

Explanation:
The number of calories you burn per minute = 10
The change in your calories after you jog for 20 minutes = 20 x 10 = 200

Question 29.
MODELING REAL LIFE
In a four-year period, about 80,000 acres of coastal wetlands in the United States are lost each year. What integer represents the total change in coastal wetlands?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 6

Answer:
The total change in coastal wetlands is 20000 acres.

Explanation:
In A 4 year period, About 80,000 acres of coastal wetlands in United States are lost each year.
so, total area =80000 acres
total time = 4 years
now, we can use formula
total change in wetlands = ( total area)/(total time)
now, we can put values
total change in wetlands = 80000/4 = 20000

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS
Evaluate the expression.

Question 30.
(-4)2

Answer:
(-4)² = 16

Explanation:
(-4)² = -4 . -4 = 16

Question 31.
-62

Answer:
-6² = -36

Explanation:
-6² = -6. 6 = -36

Question 32.
-5 • 3 • (-2)

Answer:
-5 • 3 • (-2) = 30

Explanation:
-5 • 3 • (-2) = -15 . (-2)
= 30

Question 33.
3 • (-12) • 0

Answer:
3 • (-12) • 0 = 0

Explanation:
3 • (-12) • 0 = -36 . 0 = 0

Question 34.
-5(-7)(-20)

Answer:
-5(-7)(-20) = -700

Explanation:
-5(-7)(-20) = -5 . -7 (-20) = 35 . -20 = -700

Question 35.
5 – 82

Answer:
5 – 8² = -59

Explanation:
5 – 8² = 5 – (8 . 8)
= 5 – 64 = -59

Question 36.
-52 • 4

Answer:
-5² . 4 = -100

Explanation:
-5² . 4 = -5 . 5 . 4
= -25 . 4 = -100

Question 37.
-2 • (-3)3

Answer:
-2 • (-3)³ = 54

Explanation:
-2 • (-3)³ = -2 . (-3 . -3 . -3)
= -2 . (-3 . 9)
= -2 . -27 = 54

Question 38.
2 + 1 • (-7 + 5)

Answer:
2 + 1 • (-7 + 5) = 0

Explanation:
2 + 1 • (-7 + 5) = 2 + 1 . (-2)
= 2 – 2 = 0

Question 39.
4 – (-2)3

Answer:
4 – (-2)³ = 12

Explanation:
4 – (-2)³ = 4 – (-2 . -2 . -2)
= 4 – (-2 . 4) = 4 – (-8)
= 4 + 8 = 12

Question 40.
4 • (25 • 32)

Answer:
4 • (25 • 3²) = 900

Explanation:
4 • (25 • 3²) = 4 . (25 . 3 . 3)
= 4 . (25 . 9) = 4 . 225
= 900

Question 41.
-4(32 – 8) + 1

Answer:
-4(3² – 8) + 1 = -3

Explanation:
-4(3² – 8) + 1 = -4(3 . 3 – 8) + 1
= -4(9 – 8) + 1
= -4(1) + 1 = -4 + 1 = -3

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend evaluates the expression. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 7

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
The product of two integers with the same sign is positive.
So, -2(-7) = 14

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 8

Answer:
Correct

Explanation:
The product of two integers with different sign is negative.
-10² = -10 . 10 = -100

PATTERNS
Find the next two numbers in the pattern.

Question 44.
-12, 60, -300, 1500, ….

Answer:
The next two numbers in the pattern are -7500, 37500

Explanation:
Multiply each integer by -5
-12 x -5 = 60
60 x -5 = -300
-300 x -5 = 1500
1500 x -5 = -7500
-7500 x -5 = 37500

Question 45.
7, -28, 112, -448,…..

Answer:
The next two numbers in the pattern are 1792, -7168

Explanation:
Multiply each integer by -4
7 x -4 = -28
-28 x -4 = 112
112 x -4 = -448
-448 x -4 = 1792
1792 x -4 = -7168

Question 46.
PROBLEM SOLVING
In a scavenger hunt, each team earns 25 points for each item that they find. Each team loses 15 points for every minute after 4:00 P.M. that they report to the city park. The table shows the number of items found by each team and the time that each team reported to the park. Which team wins the scavenger hunt? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 9

Answer:
Team D wins the scavenger hunt.

Explanation:
Each team earns 25 points for each item that they find. Each team loses 15 points for every minute after 4:00 P.M
The points earned by Team A = (13 x 25) – (15 x 3) = 325 – 45 = 280
The points earned by Team B = (15 x 25) – (15 x 7) = 375 – 105 = 270
The points earned by Team C = (11 x 25) = 275
The points earned by Team D = (12 x 25) – (1 x 15) = 300 – 15 = 285
Finally, Team D scores the highest points.
Hence, Team D wins the scavenger hunt.

Question 47.
REASONING
The height of an airplane during a landing is given by 22,000 + (-480t), where t is the time in minutes. Estimate how many minutes it takes the plane to land. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
It takes 45 minutes for the plane to land.

Explanation:
The height of an airplane during a landing = 22,000 + (-480t)
= 22,000 – 480t
After landing, the height of the airplane = 0
So, 22,000 – 480t = 0
22000 = 0 + 480t
480t = 22000
t = 22000/480
t = 2200/48
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 14
So, it takes 45 minutes for the plane to land.

Question 48.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The table shows the price of a bluetooth speaker each month for 4 months.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 10
a. Describe the change in the price of the speaker.
b. The table at the right shows the amount of money you save each month. When do you have enough money saved to buy the speaker? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 11

Answer:
a. The Bluetooth speaker price decreased by 12 dollars every month.
b. You can buy the speaker in the month of September.

Explanation:
a. The table shows that the change in the price of the Bluetooth speaker per every month is -12. So, the Bluetooth speaker price decreased by 12 dollars per every month.
b.
The amount of money you saved in June is $35, the price of the speaker is $165.
The amount of money you saved in July is 35 + 55 = $90, the price of the speaker is 165 – 12 = $153
The amount of money you saved in august is 90 + 45 = $135, the price of the speaker is 165 – 24 = $141
The amount of money you saved in September is 135 + 18 = $153, the price of the speaker is 165 – 36 = 129
So, you can buy the speaker in the month of September.

Question 49.
DIG DEEPER!
Two integers, a and b, have a product of 24. What is the least possible sum of a and b?

Answer:
The least possible sum of a and b is -25.

Explanation:
The product of a and b = 24
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 15
The least possible sum of a and b is -25.

Question 50.
NUMBER SENSE
Consider two integers p and q. Explain why p × (-q) = (-p) × q = -pq

Answer:
We know that,
the product of two integers with the different sign is negative.
p × (-q)
Here p is a positive integer, q is a negative integer
(-p) × q
Here p is a negative integer and q is a positive integer.
So, the product is negative

Lesson 2.2 Dividing Integers

EXPLORATION 1

Understanding Quotients Involving Negative Integers
Work with a partner.
a. Discuss the relationship between multiplication and division with your partner.
b. INDUCTIVE REASONING
Complete the table. Then write general rules for dividing

  1. two integers with the same sign and
  2. two integers with different signs.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 12
c. Find the values of Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 13 What do you notice? Is this true for Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 14 when a and b are integers? Explain.
d. Is every quotient of integers a rational number? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. Multiplication and division are two opposite operations.
b. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 16
c. True
d. Yes

Explanation:
a. Multiplication and division are the reverse operations. When you multiply two numbers, you will get the product. Divide the product by any one of the multiplicand to get another multiplicand.
b. When two integers have the same sign then the quotient is positive. If two integers have different signs then the quotient is negative. When any one of the integers is zero, then the quotient is zero.
c. -(8/4) = -(2) = -2
-8/4 = -2
8/-4 = -2
Yes, -(8/4), 8/-4, -8/4 are true.
d. Every quotient of integers a rational number.

2.2 Lesson

Try It

Find the quotient.

Question 1.
14 ÷ 2

Answer:
14 ÷ 2 = 7

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.
14 ÷ 2 = 7

Question 2.
-32 ÷ (-4)

Answer:
-32 ÷ (-4) = 8

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-32 ÷ (-4) = 8

Question 3.
-40 ÷ (-8)

Answer:
-40 ÷ (-8) = 5

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-40 ÷ (-8) = 5

Try It

Find the quotient.

Question 4.
0 ÷ (-6)

Answer:
0 ÷ (-6) = 0

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
0 ÷ (-6) = 0

Question 5.
\(\frac{-49}{7}\)

Answer:
-49 ÷ 7 = -7

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
-49 ÷ 7 = -7

Question 6.
\(\frac{21}{-3}\)

Answer:
21 ÷ -3 = -7

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
21 ÷ -3 = -7

Try It

Evaluate the expression when a = 18 and b = -6.

Question 7.
a ÷ b

Answer:
18 ÷ -6 = -3

Explanation:
a ÷ b
Put a = 18, b = -6
18 ÷ -6 = -3
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 13.1

Answer:
8

Explanation:
The given expression is (a + 6)/3
Put a = 18
= (18 + 6)/3 = 24/3
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.
24/3 = 8

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 14.1

Answer:
-50

Explanation:
The given expression is b²/a + 4
Put a = 18, b = -6
= 18²/-6 + 4
= 324/-6 + 4
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
= -54 + 4 = -50

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
WRITING
What can you conclude about two integers whose quotient is (a) positive, (b) negative, or (c) zero?

Answer:
If the quotient of two integers is positive then the integers are having the same sign.
The quotient of two integers is negative when the integers are having different signs.
The quotient of two integers is zero when any one of the integers is zero.

DIVIDING INTEGERS
Find the quotient.

Question 11.
-12 ÷ 4

Answer:
-12 ÷ 4 = -3

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
-12 ÷ 4 = -3

Question 12.
\(\frac{-6}{-2}\)

Answer:
-6 ÷ -2 = 3

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-6 ÷ -2 = 3

Question 13.
15 ÷ (-3)

Answer:
15 ÷ (-3) = -5

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
15 ÷ (-3) = -5

Question 14.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 15

Answer:
-10/-5

Explanation:
Out of all expressions, -10/-5 is different. Because in all remaining expressions, the negative sign is applicable to either numerator or denominator. But in -10/-5 the negative sign is applicable to both numerator and denominator.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 15.
A female grizzly bear weighs 500 pounds. After hibernating for 6 months, she weighs only 350 pounds. What is the mean monthly change in weight?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 15.2

Answer:
The mean change in weight per month is 50 pounds.

Explanation:
A female grizzly bear weighs 500 pounds
After hibernating for 6 months, she weighs only 200 pounds
Mean change in weight = 500 – 200 = 300
6 months = 300 pounds
Divide both sides by 6
6 months/6 = 300/6
1 month = 50 pounds
The mean change in weight per month is 50 pounds.

Question 16.
The table shows the change in the number of crimes committed in a city each year for 4 years. What is the mean yearly change in the number of crimes?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 16

Answer:
The mean yearly change in the number of crimes are -49.

Explanation:
Mean = (sum of observations)/ number of observations
= (215 – 321 – 185 + 95)/4
= -196/4 = -49
The mean yearly change in the number of crimes are -49.

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
At a restaurant, when a customer buys 4 pretzels, the fifth pretzel is free. Soft pretzels cost $3.90 each. You order 12 soft pretzels. What is your mean cost per pretzel?

Answer:
The mean cost per pretzel is $2.925.

Explanation:
At a restaurant, when a customer buys 4 pretzels, the fifth pretzel is free.
The cost of soft pretzels is $3.90
You order 12 soft pretzels
So, you need to pay for (4 + 4 + 4) – 3 = 12 – 3 = 9
The cost for 9 soft pretzels = 9 x 3.90 =35.1
The mean cost per pretzel = (35.1)/12 = $2.925

Dividing Integers Homework & Practice 2.2

Review & Refresh

Find the product.

Question 1.
8 • 10

Answer:
8 • 10 = 80

Explanation:
The product of two integers with the same sign is positive.
8 • 10 = 80

Question 2.
-6(9)

Answer:
-6(9) = -54

Explanation:
The product of two integers with different signs is negative.
-6(9) = -54

Question 3.
4(7)

Answer:
4(7) = 28

Explanation:
The product of two integers with the same sign is positive.
4(7) = 28

Question 4.
-9(-8)

Answer:
-9(-8) = 72

Explanation:
The product of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-9(-8) = 72

Order the numbers from least to greatest.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 17

Answer:
0.24, 1/4, 28%

Explanation:
28% = 28/100 = 0.28
1/4 = 0.25
0.24
The order of numbers from the least to greatest is 0.24, 0.25, 0.28

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 18

Answer:
2/5, 42%, 0.45

Explanation:
42% = 42/100 = 0.42
0.45
2/5 = 0.4
The order of numbers from the least to greatest is 0.4, 0.42, 0.45

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 19

Answer:
0.69, 7/10, 71%, 0.84, 9/10

Explanation:
7/10 = 0.7
0.69
71% = 71/100 = 0.71
9/10 = 0.9
0.84
The order of numbers from the least to greatest is 0.69, 0.7, 0.71, 0.84, 0.9

Write an addition expression and write a subtraction expression represented by the number line. Then evaluate the expressions.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 20

Answer:
Addition expression is 0 + 5 = 5
Subtraction expression is 5 – 1 = 4

Explanation:
The red line on the number line represents
5 – 1 = 4
The blue line on the number line represents
0 + 5 = 5

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 21

Answer:
The addition expression is -3 + 3 = 0
The subtraction expression is 0 – 3 = -3

Explanation:
The red line on the number line represents
0 – 3 = -3
The blue line on the number line represents
-3 + 3 = 0

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
CHOOSE TOOLS
Complete the table. (See Exploration 1, p. 55.)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 22

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 17

Explanation:
10. 14 ÷ (-2) = -7
11. -24 ÷ 12 = -2
12. -55 ÷ (-5) = 11

DIVIDING INTEGERS
Find the quotient, if possible.

Question 13.
4 ÷ (-2)

Answer:
4 ÷ (-2) = -2

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
4 ÷ (-2) = -2

Question 14.
21 ÷ (-7)

Answer:
21 ÷ (-7) = -3

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
21 ÷ (-7) = -3

Question 15.
-20 ÷ 4

Answer:
-20 ÷ 4 = -5

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
-20 ÷ 4 = -5

Question 16.
-18 ÷ (-3)

Answer:
-18 ÷ (-3) = 6

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-18 ÷ (-3) = 6

Question 17.
\(\frac{-14}{2}\)

Answer:
-14 ÷ 2 = -7

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
-14 ÷ 2 = -7

Question 18.
\(\frac{0}{6}\)

Answer:
0 ÷ 6 = 0

Explanation:
If any of the integers is zero in the division expression, then the quotient is zero.
0 ÷ 6 = 0

Question 19.
\(\frac{-15}{-5}\)

Answer:
-15 ÷ -5 = 3

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-15 ÷ -5 = 3

Question 20.
\(\frac{54}{-9}\)

Answer:
54 ÷ -9 = -6

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
54 ÷ -9 = -6

Question 21.
\(-\frac{33}{11}\)

Answer:
-33 ÷ 11 = -3

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
-33 ÷ 11 = -3

Question 22.
-49 ÷ (-7)

Answer:
-49 ÷ (-7) = 7

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-49 ÷ (-7) = 7

Question 23.
0 ÷ (-2)

Answer:
0 ÷ (-2) = 0

Explanation:
If any of the integers is zero in the division expression, then the quotient is zero.
0 ÷ (-2) = 0

Question 24.
\(\frac{60}{-6}\)

Answer:
60 ÷ -6 = -10

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
60 ÷ -6 = -10

Question 25.
\(\frac{-56}{14}\)

Answer:
-56 ÷ 14 = -4

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
-56 ÷ 14 = -4

Question 26.
\(\frac{18}{0}\)

Answer:
18 ÷ 0 = 0

Explanation:
If any of the integers is zero in the division expression, then the quotient is zero.
18 ÷ 0 = 0

Question 27.
\(-\frac{65}{5}\)

Answer:
-65 ÷ 5 = -13

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
-65 ÷ 5 = -13

Question 28.
\(\frac{-84}{-7}\)

Answer:
-84 ÷ -7 = 12

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-84 ÷ -7 = 12

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the quotient. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 23

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-63 ÷ -9 = 7

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 24

Answer:
0 ÷ (-5) = 0

Explanation:
If any of the integers is zero in the division expression, then the quotient is zero.
0 ÷ (-5) = 0

Question 31.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You read 105 pages of a novel over 7 days. What is the mean number of pages you read each day?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 24.1

Answer:
The mean is 15 pages a day.

Explanation:
To find the mean of the pages we read each day we will evaluate the quotient of the division of the number of pages we read over these days (105 days) by the number of days (7 days).
105 / 7 = 15
The mean is 15 pages a day.

USING ORDER OF OPERATIONS
Evaluate the expression.

Question 32.
-8 – 14 ÷ 2 + 5

Answer:
-8 – 14 ÷ 2 + 5 = -10

Explanation:
The given expression is -8 – 14 ÷ 2 + 5
-8 – (14 / 2) + 5
= -8 – 7 + 5
= -15 + 5 = -10

Question 33.
24 ÷ (-4) + (-2) • (-5)

Answer:
24 ÷ (-4) + (-2) • (-5) = 4

Explanation:
The given expression is 24 ÷ (-4) + (-2) • (-5)
= -6 + (-2) . (-5)
= -6 + 10
= 4

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS
Evaluate the expression when x = 10, y = -2, and z = -5.

Question 34.
x ÷ y

Answer:
-5

Explanation:
The given expression is x ÷ y
Put x = 10, y = -2
= 10 ÷ -2
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
= -5

Question 35.
12 ÷ 3y

Answer:
-2

Explanation:
The given expression is 12 ÷ 3y
Put y = -2
= 12 ÷ 3(-2)
= 12 ÷ -6
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
= -2

Question 36.
\(\frac{2 z}{y}\)

Answer:
5

Explanation:
The given expression is 2z/y
Put y = -2, and z = -5.
= 2(-5)/(-2)
= -10/-2
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.
= 5

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 25

Answer:
-2

Explanation:
The given expression is (-x + y)/6
Put x = 10, y = -2
= (-10 + (-2))/6
= (-10 – 2)/6
= -12/6
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
= -2

Question 38.
100 ÷ (-z2)

Answer:
4

Explanation:
The given expression is 100 ÷ (-z2)
Put z = -5
= 100 ÷(-(-5)²)
= 100 ÷ (25)
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.
= 4

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 25.1

Answer:
-8

Explanation:
The given expression is (10y²)/z
Put y = -2, and z = -5
= (10(-2)²)/-5
= 10(4)/-5
= 40/-5
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
= -8

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 25.2

Answer:
25

Explanation:
The given expression is | (xz)/-y |
Put x = 10, y = -2, and z = -5
= | (10 . -5)/-(-2) |
= | -50/2 |
= 50/2
= 25

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 25.3

Answer:
65

Explanation:
The given expression is (-x² + 6z)/y
Put x = 10, y = -2, and z = -5
= (-(10)² + 6(-5))/-2
= (-100 – 30)/-2
= -130/-2
= 65

Question 42.
PATTERNS
Find the next two numbers in the pattern -128, 64, -32, 16, . . .. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
The next two numbers in the pattern are -8, 4.

Explanation:
Divide each integer by -2
-128/-2 = 64
64/-2 = -32
-32/-2 = 16
16/-2 = -8
-8/-2 = 4
So, the next two numbers in the pattern are -8, 4.

Question 43.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The Detroit-Windsor Tunnel is an underwater highway that connects the cities of Detroit, Michigan, and Windsor, Ontario. How many times deeper is the roadway than the bottom of the ship?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 26

Answer:
5 times deeper is the roadway than the bottom of the ship.

Explanation:
The deep of the bottom of the ship = -15 ft
The deep of the roadway = -75 ft
To find out how many times deeper is the roadway than the bottom of the ship, divide the deep of the roadway by the deep of the bottom of the ship
-75 / -15 = 5 times
So, 5 times deeper is the roadway than the bottom of the ship

Question 44.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A snowboarder descends from an elevation of 2253 feet to an elevation of 1011 feet in 3 minutes. What is the mean change in elevation per minute?

Answer:
The mean change in elevation per minute is 414 ft.

Explanation:
A snowboarder descends from an elevation of 2253 feet to an elevation of 1011 feet in 3 minutes
So, the mean change in elevation per minute = (2253 – 1011)/3
= 1242/3 = 414 ft

Question 45.
REASONING
The table shows a golfer’s scores relative to par for three out of four rounds of a tournament.
a. What was the golfer’s mean score per round for the first 3 rounds?
b. The golfer’s goal for the tournament is to have a mean score no greater than -3. Describe how the golfer can achieve this goal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 25.5
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 28

Answer:
a. The golfer’s mean score per round for the first 3 rounds is -2
b. The score in round 4 should be less than -6.

Explanation:
a. The golfer’s mean score per round for the first 3 rounds = (1 + (-4) + (-3))/3
= (1 – 4 – 3)/3 = (1 – 7)/3
= -6/3 = -2
b. The golfer’s goal for the tournament is to have a mean score no greater than -3.
(1 + (-4) + (-3) + x)/4 < -3
(1 – 4 – 3 + x)/4 <-3
(1 – 7 + x)/4 <-3
(-6 + x)/4 < -3
(-6 + x) < -3 . 4
(-6 + x) < -12
x < -12 + 6
x < -6
The score at the round 4 should be less than -6.

Question 46.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The regular admission price for an amusement park is $72. For a group of 15 or more, the admission price is reduced by $25 per person. How many people need to be in a group to save $500?

Answer:
20 people needed in the group to save $500.

Explanation:
Let the number of people is x
The price of the person reduced by $25
The total price we want to save is $500
x = 500/25 = 20
So, the number of people x needs to be in the group to save $500 is 20 people.

Question 47.
DIG DEEPER!
Write a set of five different integers that has a mean of -10. Explain how you found your answer.

Answer:
The set of five different integers whose mean is -10 are (-12, -11, -10, -9 -8).

Explanation:
Let us take the 5 integers as x, x + 1, x + 2, x + 3, x + 4
The mean of these integers is -10
(x + x + 1 + x + 2 + x + 3 + x + 4)/5 = -10
(5x + 10)/5 = -10
5x + 10 = -10 . 5
5x + 10 = -50
5x = -50 – 10
5x = -60
x = -60/5
x = -12
So, the set of 5 integers are -12, -12 + 1 = -11, -12 + 2 = -10, -12 +3 = -9, -12 + 4 = -8

Lesson 2.3 Converting Between Fractions and Decimals

EXPLORATION 1

Analyzing Denominators of Decimal Fractions
Work with a partner.
a. Write each decimal as a fraction or mixed number.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 29
b. What do the factors of the denominators of the fractions you wrote have in common? Is this always true for decimal fractions?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 30

EXPLORATION 2
Exploring Decimal Representations
Work with a partner.
a. A fraction \(\frac{a}{b}\) can be interpreted as a ÷ b. Use a calculator to convert each unit fraction to a decimal. Do some of the decimals look different than the others? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 31
b. Compare and contrast the fractions in part(a) with the fractions you wrote in Exploration 1. What conclusions can you make?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 32
c. Does every fraction have a decimal form that either terminates or repeats? Explain your reasoning.

2.3 Lesson

Try It

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 1.
\(-\frac{6}{5}\)

Answer:
-6/5 = -1.2

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 19

Question 2.
-7\(\frac{3}{8}\)

Answer:
-7(3/8) = -7.375

Explanation:
-7(3/8) = -59/8
Use long division to divide 59 by 8
g Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 20

Question 3.
\(-\frac{3}{11}\)

Answer:
-3/11 = 0.2727

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 21
The remainder repeats. So, it is a repeating decimal.

Question 4.
1\(\frac{5}{27}\)

Answer:
1(5/27) =1.185

Explanation:
1(5/27) =32/27
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 22

Try It

Write the decimal as a fraction or mixed number in simplest form.

Question 5.
-0.3

Answer:
-0.3 = -3/10

Explanation:
-0.3 = -3/10

Question 6.
0.125

Answer:
0.125 = 1/8

Explanation:
0.125 = 125/1000
= (5 . 25)/(5 . 200)
= (5 . 5)/(5 . 40)
= 5/(8 . 5)
= 1/8

Question 7.
-3.1

Answer:
-3.1 = -31/10

Explanation:
-3.1 = -31/10

Question 8.
-10.25

Answer:
-10.25 = -41/4

Explanation:
-10.25 = -1025/100
= -(5 . 205)/(20 . 5)
= -(5 . 41)/(5 . 4)
= -41/4

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
WRITING
Compare and contrast terminating decimals and repeating decimals.

Answer:
A rational number can be expressed as either a terminating decimal or a repeating decimal. Divide numerator by the denominator you will get a remainder of 0, then you have a terminating decimal. The remainders will begin to repeat after some point, and you have a repeating decimal.
The example for terminating decimal is 5/8 = 0.625
The example for repeating decimal is 7/12 = 0.58333.

WRITING A FRACTION OR MIXED NUMBER AS A DECIMAL
Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 10.
\(\frac{3}{16}\)

Answer:
3/16 = 0.1875

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 23

Question 11.
–\(\frac{7}{15}\)

Answer:
-7/15 = -0.4666

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 24

Question 12.
6\(\frac{17}{20}\)

Answer:
6(17/20) = 6.85

Explanation:
6(17/20) = 137/20
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 25

WRITING A DECIMAL AS A FRACTION OR MIXED NUMBER
Write the decimal as a fraction or mixed number in simplest form.

Question 13.
0.6

Answer:
0.6 = 3/5

Explanation:
0.6 = 6/10
= 3/5

Question 14.
-12.48

Answer:
-12.48 = -312/25

Explanation:
-12.48 = -1248/100
= -(4 . 312)/(4 . 25)
= -312/25

Question 15.
0.408

Answer:
0.408 = 51/125

Explanation:
0.408 = 408/1000
= (51 . 8)/(125 . 8)
= 51/125

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 16.
A box turtle hibernates in sand at an elevation of 1.625 feet. A spotted turtle hibernates at an elevation of -1\(\frac{7}{12}\) feet. Which turtle hibernates deeper in the sand? How much deeper?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 33

Answer:
Box turtle hibernates deeper in the sand.

Explanation:
A box turtle hibernates in sand at an elevation of 1.625 feet.
A spotted turtle hibernates at an elevation of -1(7/12) feet
= -19/12 = -1.58333
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 26
1.625 is greater than -1.5833.
So, box turtle hibernates deeper in the sand.

Question 17.
A red sprite is an electrical flash that occurs in Earth’s upper atmosphere. The table shows the elevations of four red sprites. What is the range of the elevations?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 34

Answer:
The range of elevations are 51.66 miles, 50.6 miles, 50.53 miles, 50.52 miles.

Explanation:
First, write each fraction or mixed fraction as a decimal.
50.6
50(8/15) = 758/15 = 50.533
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 27
50(13/25) = 1263/25 = 50.52
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 28
155/3 = 51.66
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 29
So, the range of elevations are 51.66, 50.6, 50.53, 50.52

Converting Between Fractions and Decimals Homework & Practice 2.3

Review & Refresh

Find the quotient.

Question 1.
12 ÷ (-6)

Answer:
12 ÷ (-6) = -2

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
12 ÷ (-6) = -2

Question 2.
-48 ÷ 8

Answer:
-48 ÷ 8 = -6

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
-48 ÷ 8 = -6

Question 3.
-42 ÷ (-7)

Answer:
-42 ÷ (-7) = 6

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-42 ÷ (-7) = 6

Question 4.
-33 ÷ (-3)

Answer:
-33 ÷ (-3) = 11

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-33 ÷ (-3) = 11

Find the product.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 35

Answer:
35.28

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 30

Question 6.
2.0035 • 4

Answer:
2.0035 • 4 = 8.0140

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 31

Question 7.
5.49 × 13.509

Answer:
5.49 × 13.509 = 74.16441

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 32

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 36

Answer:
0.0030018

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 33

Question 9.
Find the missing values in the ratio table. Then write the equivalent ratios.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 37

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 34

Explanation:
72/18 = 4. So, x/2 = 4
x = 4 . 2
x = 8
2 . 2/3 = 4/3
So, 18 . 2/3 = 36/3 = 12

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

STRUCTURE
Without dividing, determine whether the decimal form of the terminates or repeats. Explain. (See Explorations 1 & 2, p. 61.)

Question 10.
\(\frac{3}{8}\)

Answer:
3/8 is a terminating decimal.

Explanation:
3, 8 have no common factors.
The denominator 8 is in the form of 2m x 5n
Hence, 3/8 is a terminating decimal.
3/8 = 0.375

Question 11.
\(\frac{5}{7}\)

Answer:
5/7 is a repeating decimal.

Explanation:
5, 7 have no common factors
The denominator 7 is not in the form of 2m x 5n
Hence, 5/7 is a repeating decimal.

Question 12.
\(\frac{11}{40}\)

Answer:
11/40 is a terminating decimal.

Explanation:
11, 40 have no common factors
The denominator 40 is in the form of 2³ x 5¹
Hence, 11/40 is a terminating decimal.

Question 13.
\(\frac{5}{24}\)

Answer:
5/24 is a repeating decimal.

Explanation:
5, 24 have no common factors
The denominator 24 is not in the form of 2m x 5n
Hence, 5/24 is a repeating decimal.

WRITING A FRACTION OR MIXED NUMBER AS A DECIMAL
Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 14.
\(\frac{7}{8}\)

Answer:
7/8 = 0.875

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 35

Question 15.
\(\frac{1}{11}\)

Answer:
1/11 = 0.9090

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 36

Question 16.
-3\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
-3(1/2) = -3.5

Explanation:
-3(1/2) = -7/2
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 37

Question 17.
–\(\frac{7}{9}\)

Answer:
-7/9 = -0.77

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 38

Question 18.
–\(\frac{17}{40}\)

Answer:
-17/40 = -0.425

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 39

Question 19.
1\(\frac{5}{6}\)

Answer:
1(5/6) = 1.83333

Explanation:
1(5/6) = 11/6
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 40

Question 20.
4\(\frac{2}{15}\)

Answer:
4(2/15) = 4.133

Explanation:
4(2/15) = 62/15
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 41

Question 21.
\(\frac{25}{24}\)

Answer:
25/24 = 1.04166

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 42

Question 22.
–\(\frac{13}{11}\)

Answer:
-13 / 11 = -1.1818

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 43

Question 23.
-2\(\frac{17}{18}\)

Answer:
-2(17/18) = -2.944

Explanation:
-2(17/18) = -53/18
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 44

Question 24.
-5\(\frac{7}{12}\)

Answer:
-5(7/12) = -5.5833

Explanation:
-5(7/12) = -67/12
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 45

Question 25.
8\(\frac{15}{22}\)

Answer:
8(15/22) = 8.681818

Explanation:
8(15/22) = 191/22
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 46

Question 26.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend writes –\(\frac{7}{11}\) as a decimal. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 38

Answer:
Correct

Explanation:
-7/11 = -0.636363
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 47

WRITING A DECIMAL AS A FRACTION OR MIXED NUMBER
Write the decimal as a fraction or mixed number in simplest form.

Question 27.
-0.9

Answer:
-0.9 = -9/10

Explanation:
-0.9 = -9/10

Question 28.
0.45

Answer:
0.45 = 9/20

Explanation:
0.45 = 45/100
= (9 . 5)/(20 . 5)
= 9/20

Question 29.
-0.258

Answer:
-0.258 = -129/500

Explanation:
-0.258 = -258/1000
= -(129 . 2)/(500 . 2)
= -129/500

Question 30.
-0.312

Answer:
-0.312 = 39/125

Explanation:
-0.312 = -312/1000
= (39 . 8) / (125 . 8)
= 39/125

Question 31.
-2.32

Answer:
-2.32 = -58/25

Explanation:
-2.32 = -232/100
= -(58 . 4)/(25 . 4)
= -58/25

Question 32.
-1.64

Answer:
-1.64 = -41/25

Explanation:
-1.64 = -164/100
= -(41 . 4)/(25 . 4)
= -41/25

Question 33.
6.012

Answer:
6.012 = 1503/250

Explanation:
6.012 = 6012/1000
= (1503 . 4)/(250 . 4)
= 1503/250

Question 34.
-12.405

Answer:
-12.405 = -2481/200

Explanation:
-12.405 = -12405/1000
= -(2481 . 5)/(200 . 5)
= -2481/200

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You find one quarter, two dimes, and two nickels.
a. Write the dollar amount as a decimal.
b. Write the dollar amount as a fraction or mixed number in simplest form.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 39

Answer:
a. $0.55
b. 11/20

Explanation:
You find one quarter, two dimes, and two nickels.
a. Convert each one into dollars
1 quarter is equal to 0.25 dollars
1 dime is equal to 0.1 dollars.
1 nickels is equal to 0.05 dollars.
$0.25 + 2(0.1) + 2(0.05)
= 0.25 + 0.2 + 0.1
= $0.55
b. $0.55 = 55/100
= (5 . 11)/(5. 20)
= 11/20

COMPARING RATIONAL NUMBERS
Copy and complete the statement using < or >.

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 40

Answer:
-4(6/10) > -4.65

Explanation:
-4(6/10) = -46/10 = -4.6
-4.65 < -4.6
So, -4(6/10) > -4.65

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 41

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 49

Explanation:
-5(3/11) = -58/11 = -5.2727
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 48
-5.2727 < -5.222

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 42

Answer:
-2(13/16) < -2(11/14)

Explanation:
-2(13/16) = -45/16 = -2.8125
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 50
-2(11/14) = -39/14 = -2.7857
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 51
-2(13/16) < -2(11/14)

Question 39.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Is the half pipe deeper than the skating bowl? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 43

Answer:
No. They have the same depth.

Explanation:
As a decimal, 5/6 = 0.833333
9(5/6) = 59/6 = 9.838383
This means that half-pipe and the skating bowl have the same depth.
No. They have the same depth.

Question 40.
MODELING REAL LIFE
In softball, a batting average is the number of hits divided by the number of times at bat. Does Player 1 or Player 2 have the greater batting average?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 44

Answer:
Player 2 has the greater batting average.

Explanation:
Batting average = Number of hits / number of times at bat
Player 1 average = 42 / 90 = 0.466
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 52
Player 2 average = 38/80 = 0.475
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 53
Player 2 has the greater batting average

ORDERING RATIONAL NUMBERS
Order the numbers from least to greatest.

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 45

Answer:
The order from least to greatest -7/3, -3/4, 0.5, 2/3, 1.2

Explanation:
Express each term as a decimal
-3/4 = -0.75
2/3 = 0.666
-7/3 = -2.333
The order from least to greatest -7/3, -3/4, 0.5, 2/3, 1.2

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 46

Answer:
The order from least to greatest is -2.5, -1.1, -4/5, 0.8, 9/5

Explanation:
Express each term as a decimal
9/5 = 1.8
-4/5 = -0.8
The order from least to greatest is -2.5, -1.1, -4/5, 0.8, 9/5

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 47

Answer:
The order from least to greatest is -8/5, -1.4, -0.9, 1/4, 0.6

Explanation:
Express each term as a decimal
-8/5 = -1.6
1/4 = 0.25
The order from least to greatest is -1.6 < -1.4 < -0.9 < 0.25 < 0.6

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 48

Answer:
The order from least to greatest is -9/4, -0.75, -6/10, 5/3, 2.1

Explanation:
Express each term as a decimal
-6/10 = -0.6
-9/4 = -2.25
5/3 = 1.666
The order from least to greatest is -2.25 < -0.75 < -0.6 < 1.666 < 2.1

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 49

Answer:
The order from least to greatest is -7/2, -2.8, -5/4, 1.3, 4/3

Explanation:
Express each term as a decimal
-7/2 = -3.5
-5/4 = -1.25
4/3 = 1.333
The order from least to greatest is -3.5 < -2.8 < -1.25 < 1.3 < 1.333

Question 46.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 50

Answer:
The order from least to greatest is -2.4 -2.25, -11/5, 15/10, 1.6

Explanation:
Express each term as a decimal
-11/5 = -2.2
15/10 = 1.5
The order from least to greatest is -2.4 < -2.25 < -2.2 < 1.5 < 1.6

Question 47.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the changes in the water level of a pond over several weeks. Order the numbers from least to greatest.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 51

Answer:
The order from the least to greatest is Week 4, Week 2, Week 3, Week 1.

Explanation:
Week 1 = -7/5 = -1.4
Week 2 = -1(5/11) = -1.4545
Week 3 = -1.45
Week 4 = -1(91/200) = -1.455
The order from the least to greatest is Week 4 < Week 2 < Week 3 < Week 1

Question 48.
OPEN-ENDED
Find one terminating decimal and one repeating decimal between \(-\frac{1}{2}\) and \(-\frac{1}{3}\).

Answer:
-23/60 = -0.383333 is a repeating decimal
-24/60 = -0.4 is a terminating decimal.

Explanation:
To find one terminating decimal and one repeating decimal between -1/2 and -1/3 multiply each fraction by the denominator of the other fraction
-1/2 . 3/3 = -3/6 and -1/3 . 2/2 = -2/6
Multiply the resulting fractions by 10
-3/6 . 10/10 = -30/60 and -2/6 . 10/10 = -20/60
Find two numbers between -20 and -30
-23/60 = -0.383333 is a repeating decimal
-24/60 = -0.4 is a terminating decimal.

Question 49.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You miss 3 out of 10 questions on a science quiz and 4 out of 15 questions on a math quiz. On which quiz did you have a greater percentage of correct answers?

Answer:
You have a higher percent of correct answers on a math quiz.

Explanation:
You miss 3 out of 10 questions on a science quiz
So, the coorect answers = 10 – 3 = 7
The percent of correct answers on a science quiz = 7/10 . 100 = 70%
You miss 4 out of 15 questions on a math quiz
So, the correct answers = 15 – 4 = 11
The percent of correct answers on a math quiz = 11/15 . 100 = 73.3%
Thus, you have a higher percent of correct answers on a math quiz.

Question 50.
CRITICAL THINKING
A hackberry tree has roots that reach a depth of 6\(\frac{5}{12}\) meters. The top of the tree is \(18.2 \overline{8}\) meters above the ground. Find the total height from the bottom of the roots to the top of the tree.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 52

Answer:
The total height from the bottom of the roots to the top of the tree is 23.70544 meters.

Explanation:
The depth of the tree = 6(5/12) = 65/12 meters
The top of the tree = 18.288 meters
The total height from the bottom of the roots to the top of the tree = 65/12 + 18.288
= 5.41666 + 18.2888
= 23.70544 meters
So, the total height from the bottom of the roots to the top of the tree is 23.70544 meters.

Question 51.
DIG DEEPER!
Let a and b be integers.
a. When can –\(\frac{1}{a}\) be written as a positive, repeating decimal?
b. When can \(\frac{1}{ab}\) be written as a positive, terminating decimal?

Answer:
a. a = -7
b. b = -2

Explanation:
a. Let us take a = -7
Then -1/a = -1/-7 = 0.142857142
b. 1/ab = 1/(-7)(-2) = 1/14 = 0.7142

Lesson 2.4 Multiplying Rational Numbers

EXPLORATION 1
Finding Products of Rational Numbers
Work with a partner.
a. Write a multiplication expression represented by each area model. Then find the product.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 53
b. Complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 54
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 54.1
c. Do the rules for multiplying integers apply to all rational numbers? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. 9 x 10 = 90
5 x 10 = 50
b. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 54
c. The rules for multiplying integers apply to all rational numbers.

2.4 Lesson

Try It

Find the product. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 1.
-5.1 × 1.8

Answer:
-5.1 × 1.8 = -9.18

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 55

Question 2.
-6.3(-0.6) = 3.78

Answer:
-6.3(-0.6)

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 56

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 55

Answer:
-4/5(-2/3) = 8/15

Explanation:
-4/5(-2/3) = (-4 . -2)/(5 . 3)
= 8/15

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 56

Answer:
4(1/2) . (-2(1/3)) = -21/2

Explanation:
4(1/2) . (-2(1/3)) = 9/2 . (-7/3)
= (9 . -7)/(2 . 3)
= (-7 . 3)/2 = -21/2

Try It

Find the product. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 57

Answer:
-2/3 . 7(7/8) . 3/2 = -63/8

Explanation:
-2/3 . 7(7/8) . 3/2 = -2/3 . 63/8 . 3/2
= (-2 . 63 . 3)/(3 . 8 . 2)
= -63/8

Question 6.
-7.02(0.1)(100)(-10)

Answer:
-7.02(0.1)(100)(-10) = 702

Explanation:
-7.02(0.1)(100)(-10) = (-7.02 . 0.1)(100 . -10)
= (-0.702)(-1000)
= 702

Self-Assessmentfor Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
WRITING
Explain how to determine whether a product of two rational numbers is positive or negative.

Answer:
The product of two rational numbers is positive when they have the same sign.
The product of two rational numbers is negative when they have different signs.

MULTIPLYING RATIONAL NUMBERS
Find the product. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 58

Answer:
-3/10 x (-8/15) = 4/25

Explanation:
-3/10 x (-8/15) = (-3 x -8)/(10 x 15)
= 24/150 = 4/25

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 59

Answer:
-2/3 . 1(1/3) = -8/9

Explanation:
-2/3 . 1(1/3) = -2/3 . 4/3
= (-2 . 4)/(3 . 3) = -8/9

Question 10.
-2.8(-1.7)

Answer:
-2.8(-1.7) = 4.76

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 57

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 60

Answer:
1(3/5) . (-3(3/4)) = -10

Explanation:
1(3/5) . (-3(3/4)) = 8/3 . -15/4
= (8 . -15)/(3 . 4)
= (2 . -5) = -10

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 12.
A swimmer’s best time in an event is 53.87 seconds. On average, his best time decreases by 0.28 second each of the next five times he swims the event. Does he accomplish his goal of swimming the event in less than 52.5 seconds?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 61

Answer:
Yes. This is because his fifth attempt was 52.47 seconds

Explanation:
From the question, we are informed that Swimmers best time in an event is 53.87 seconds and that on average, his best time decreases by 0.28 seconds each of the next five times he swims the event.
The time for the fifth time he swims will be = 53.87 – 5(0.28)
= 53.87 – 1.4
= 52.47 seconds
This means that he accomplishes his goal of swimming the event in less than 52.5 seconds.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
Terminal velocity is the fastest speed that an object can fall through the air. A skydiver reaches a terminal velocity of 120 miles per hour. What is the change in elevation of the skydiver after falling at terminal velocity for 15 seconds? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The change in elevation of the skydiver after falling at terminal velocity for 15 seconds is 30 miles.

Explanation:
A skydiver reaches a terminal velocity of 120 miles per hour = 120/60 = 2 miles per seconds
The change in elevation of the skydiver after falling at terminal velocity for 15 seconds is 2 x 15 = 30 miles

Multiplying Rational Numbers Homework & Practice 2.4

Review & Refresh

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{16}\)

Answer:
5/16 = 0.3125

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 58

Question 2.
–\(\frac{9}{22}\)

Answer:
-9/22 = -0.4090909

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 59

Question 3.
6\(\frac{8}{11}\)

Answer:
6(8/11) = 6.727272

Explanation:
6(8/11) = 74/11
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 60

Question 4.
–\(\frac{26}{24}\)

Answer:
-26/24 = -1.08333

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 61

Find the area of the figure.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 62

Answer:
Area is 36 sq inches

Explanation:
Given that,
a = 2 in, b = 10 in, h = 6 in
Area of the trapezoid = 1/2 (a + b) . h
= 1/2 (2 + 10) . 6
= (12) . 3
= 36 sq inches

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 63

Answer:
Area is 9 m².

Explanation:
p = 1.5 + 3 = 4.5 m
q = 2 + 2 = 4 m
Area of rhombus = (pq)/2
= (4.5 . 4)/2
= 18/2 = 9 m²

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 64

Answer:
The area is 121 ft².

Explanation:
The area of the rectangle formed by extending the base line and the top line is l x b
= 13 x 11 = 143 ft²
The area of the formed triangle is 1/2 x b x h
base = 13 – 9 = 4 ft
height = 11 ft
Triangle area = 1/2 x 4 x 11
= 2 x 11 = 22 ft²
Area of the given shape = Area of the rectangle – area of the triangle
= 143 – 22 = 121 ft²

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
FINDING PRODUCTS OF RATIONAL NUMBERS
Write a multiplication expression represented by the area model. Then find the product. (See Exploration 1, p. 67.)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 65

Answer:
The area is 90 sq units.

Explanation:
The number of shaded rows = 9
The number of shaded columns = 10
Area model = rows x columns
= 9 . 10 = 90

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 66

Answer:
The area is 50 sq units.

Explanation:
The number of shaded rows = 5
The number of shaded columns = 10
Area model = rows x columns
= 5 . 10 = 50

REASONING
Without multiplying, tell whether the value of the expression is positive or negative. Explain your reasoning.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 67

Answer:
The expression is negative.

Explanation:
When you multiply a positive fraction by a negative integer, you will get a negative fraction.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 68

Answer:
The expression is negative.

Explanation:
The product of two fractions with different signs is negative.

Question 12.
-0.25(-3.659)

Answer:
The expression is positive.

Explanation:
The product of two fractions with different signs is positive.

MULTIPLYING RATIONAL NUMBERS
Find the product. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 69

Answer:
-1/4 x (-4/3) = 1/3

Explanation:
-1/4 x (-4/3) = (-1 . -4)/(4 . 3)
= 1/3

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 70

Answer:
5/6(-8/15) = -4/9

Explanation:
5/6(-8/15) = (5 . -8) / (6 . 15)
= (5 . -2 . 4) / (3 . 2 . 5 . 3)
= -4/9

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 71

Answer:
-2(-1(1/4)) = 5/2

Explanation:
-2(-1(1/4)) = -2(-5/4)
= -2(-5/2 . 2) = 5/2

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 72

Answer:
-3(1/3) . (-2(7/10)) = 9

Explanation:
-3(1/3) . (-2(7/10)) = -10/3 . -27/10
= (-10 . -27)/(3 . 10)
= (9 . 3)/3 = 9

Question 17.
0.4 × (-0.03)

Answer:
0.4 × (-0.03) = -3/250

Explanation:
0.4 × (-0.03) = 4/10 . (-3/100)
= (4 . -3)/(10 . 100)
= (2 . 2 . -3)/(5 . 2 . 50 . 2)
= -3/250

Question 18.
-0.05 × (-0.5)

Answer:
-0.05 × (-0.5) = 1/40

Explanation:
-0.05 × (-0.5) = -5/100 x -5/10
= (-5 x -5)/(100 x 10)
= (-5 x -5)/(5 x 20 x 5 x 2)
= 1/40

Question 19.
-8(0.09)(-0.5)

Answer:
-8(0.09)(-0.5) = 9/25

Explanation:
-8(0.09)(-0.5) = -8(9/100)(-5/10)
= (-8 . 9 . -5)/(100 . 10)
= 9/25

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 74

Answer:
5/6 . (-4(1/2)) . (-2(1/5)) = 33/4

Explanation:
5/6 . (-4(1/2)) . (-2(1/5)) = 5/6 . -9/2 . -11/5
= (5 . -9 . -11)/(6 . 2 . 5) = 33/4

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 75

Answer:
(-1(2/3))³ = -125/27

Explanation:
(-1(2/3))³ = (-5/3)³
= (-5 . -5 . -5)/(3 . 3 . 3)
= -125/27

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend evaluates the expression. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 76

Answer:
Correct

Explanation:
-14 x 3/2 = (-1 . 3)/(4 . 2)
= -3/8

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 77

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
-2.2 x (-3.7) = 8.14

Question 24.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The hour hand of a clock moves 30° every hour. How many degrees does it move in 2\(\frac{1}{5}\) hours?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 78

Answer:
In 2(1/5) hours, the hour hand of a clock moves -66 degrees.

Explanation:
2(1/5) = 11/5 = 2.2You can here use the rule of three as an easier way, and let x be the degrees it moves in 2(1/5) hours.
1 hour –> -30
2.2 hour –>x
x = 2.2 * -30
x = -66
So, in 2(1/5) hours, the hour hand of a clock moves -66 degrees.

Question 25.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A 14.5-gallon gasoline tank is \(\frac{3}{4}\) full. How many gallons will it take to fill the tank?

Answer:
We need 3.625 gallons to fill the tank.

Explanation:
3/4 of the tank is full so, 1/4 of the tank is empty
The number of gallons will it take to fill the tank = 1/4 * 14.5
= 0.25 * 14.5 = 3.625
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 62
We need 3.625 gallons to fill the tank.

Question 26.
OPEN-ENDED
Write two fractions whose product is –\(\frac{3}{5}\).

Answer:
The two fractions are -2/3 and 9/10

Explanation:
= -2/3 . 9/10
= (-2 . 9)/(3 . 10)
= -3/5

USING PROPERTIES
Find the product. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 79

Answer:
1/5 . 3/8 . (-5) = -3/8

Explanation:
1/5 . 3/8 . (-5) = (1 . 3 . -5)/(5 . 8)
= -3/8

Question 28.
0.01(4.6)(-200)

Answer:
0.01(4.6)(-200) = -46/5

Explanation:
0.01(4.6)(-200) = 1/100 . 46/10 . -200
= (1 . 46 . -200)/(100 . 10)
= -46/5

Question 29.
(-17.2 × 2.5) × 4

Answer:
(-17.2 × 2.5) × 4 = -172

Explanation:
(-17.2 × 2.5) × 4 = (-172/10 x 25/10) x 4
= (-172 x 25)/(10 x 10) x 4
= (-172 / 2 x 2) x 4
= -172

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 80

Answer:
(-5/9 x 2/7) x (-7/2) = 5/9

Explanation:
(-5/9 x 2/7) x (-7/2) = (-5 x 2)/(9 x 7) x (-7/2)
= (-10/63)  (-7/2)
= (-10 x -7)/(63 x 2)
= 5/9

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 81

Answer:
[-2/3 . (-5/7)] . (-9/4) = -15/14

Explanation:
[-2/3 . (-5/7)] . (-9/4) = (-2 . -5)/(3 . 7) . (-9/4)
= 10/21 . (-9/4)
= (10 . -9)/(21 . 4)
= (5 . -3)/(7 . 2)
= -15/14

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 82

Answer:
(-4.5 . 8.61) . (-2/9) = 861/100

Explanation:
(-4.5 . 8.61) . (-2/9) = (-45/10 . 861/100) . (-2/9)
= (-45 . 861)/(10 . 100) . (-2/9)
= 861/100

Question 33.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Fencing costs $25.80 per yard. How much does it cost to enclose two adjacent rectangular pastures as shown? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 83

Answer:
The cost of fencing is $3558.249312.

Explanation:
Fencing costs $25.80 per yard.
Length = 30(2/9) = 272/9 yd
Width = 50(5/8) = 405/8 yd
The rectangular pastures perimeter = 2(length + width) + length
= 2(272/9 + 405/8) + 272/9
= 2(30.222 + 50.625) + 30.2222
= 2(53.8472) + 30.2222
= 107.6944 + 30.2222
= 137.91664 yards
Multiply the perimeter by $25.80 to get the cost
= 137.91664 x 25.80 = $3558.249312
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 63
So, the cost of fencing is $3558.249312.

ALGEBRA
Evaluate the expression when x = -2, y = 3, and z = –\(\frac{1}{5}\).

Question 34.
x • z

Answer:
2/5

Explanation:
The given expression is x • z
Put x = -2, z = -1/5
= -2 . (-1/5)
= 2/5

Question 35.
xyz

Answer:
6/5

Explanation:
The given expression is xyz
x = -2, y = 3, and z = –\(\frac{1}{5}\)
= -2 . 3 . (-1/5)
= -6 . (-1/5)
= 6/5

Question 36.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) + x • z

Answer:
11/15

Explanation:
The given expression is 1/3 + x . z
Put x = -2, z = -1/5
= 1/3 + (-2) . (-1/5)
= 1/3 + 2/5
= (5 + 6)/15
= 11/15

Question 37.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)z – \(\frac{2}{3}\)y

Answer:
-21/10

Explanation:
The given expression is 1/2 z – 2/3 y
Put y = 3 , z = -1/5
= 1/2 . (-1/5) – 2/3 . 3
= -1/10 – 2
= (-1 – 20)/10
= -21/10

EVALUATING AN EXPRESSION
Evaluate the expression. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 38.
-4.2 + 8.1 × (-1.9)

Answer:
-4.2 + 8.1 × (-1.9) = -19.59

Explanation:
-4.2 + 8.1 × (-1.9) = -4.2 + (8.1 x -1.9)
= -4.2 – 15.39
= -19.59

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 84

Answer:
-3(3/4) x 5/6 – 2(1/3) = -131/24

Explanation:
-3(3/4) x 5/6 – 2(1/3) = (-15/4) x 5/6 – 7/3
= (-15 . 5)/(4 . 6) – 7/3
= -25/8 – 7/3
= (-75 – 56)/24
= -131/24

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 85

Answer:
(-2/3)² – 3/4 (2(1/3)) = -47/36

Explanation:
(-2/3)² – 3/4 (2(1/3)) = (-2/3).(-2/3) – 3/4 (7/3)
= 4/9 – 7/4
= (16 – 63)/36
= -47/36

Question 41.
DIG DEEPER!
Use positive or negative integers to fill in the blanks so that the product is \(\frac{1}{4}\). Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 86

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 64= 1/4

Explanation:
One of the possibilities of arranging numbers in the fill in the blanks are as follows:
9/2 x (-5/144) x (8/-5) = (9 x -5 x 8)/(2 x  x -5)
= 1/4

Lesson 2.5 Dividing Rational Numbers

EXPLORATION 1
Work with a partner
a. Write two division expressions represented by the area model. Then find the quotients.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 87
b. Complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 88
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 89
c. Do the rules for dividing integers apply to all rational numbers? Explain your reasoning.
d. Write a real-life story involving the quotient 0.75 ÷ 3. Interpret the quotient in the context of the story.

Answer:
a. 100 ÷ 60 = 1.666, 200 ÷ 120 = 1.666
b. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 66
c. Yes
d. 0.75 ÷ 3 = 0.25

2.5 Lesson

Try It

Find the quotient. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 1.
-2.4 ÷ 3.2

Answer:
-2.4 ÷ 3.2 = -0.75

Explanation:
-2.4 ÷ 3.2
Write the division expression as a fraction.
= -24/32 = -0.75
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 67

Question 2.
-6 ÷ (-1.1)

Answer:
-6 ÷ (-1.1) = 5.454545

Explanation:
-6 ÷ (-1.1)
= 60/11
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 68

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 90

Answer:
-6/5 ÷ (-1/2) = 12/5

Explanation:
-6/5 ÷ (-1/2)
= 6/5 ÷ 1/2
= 6/5 . (2/1)
= (6 . 2)/(5 . 1)
= 12/5

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 91

Answer:
-1/3 ÷ 2(2/3) = -1/8

Explanation:
-1/3 ÷ 2(2/3)
= -1/3 ÷ 8/3
= -1/3 . (3/8)
= (-1 . 3)/(3 . 8)
= -1/8

Try It

Evaluate the expression. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 92

Answer:
-1/2 / 6 = -1/12

Explanation:
-1/2 / 6 = (-1/2) . (1/6)
= (-1 . 1)/(2 . 6)
= -1/12

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 93

Answer:
-2(1/2) / -3/4 = 10/3

Explanation:
-2(1/2) / -3/4 = -5/2 / -3/4
= (-5/2) . (4/-3)
= (-5 . 4)/(2 . -3)
= 10/3

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 94

Answer:
[-1(2/3) . (-3/5)] / (1/3)² = 9

Explanation:
[-1(2/3) . (-3/5)] / (1/3)² = [(-5/3) . (-3/5)] / (1/9)
= [(-5 . -3)/(3 . 5)]/(1/9)
= (1/1) / (1/9)
= (1/1) . (9/1)
= 9

Self-Assessmentfor Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 8.
WRITING
Explain how to determine whether a quotient of two rational numbers is positive or negative.

Answer:
The simple and easy strategy to find whether the quotient of two rational numbers is positive or negative is mentioned here.
The quotient of two rational numbers is positive when those numbers have the same sign.
The quotient of two rational numbers is negative when they have different signs.

EVALUATING AN EXPRESSION
Evaluate the expression. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 95

Answer:
3/8 ÷ (-9/5) = -5/24

Explanation:
3/8 ÷ (-9/5) = 3/8 . (-5/9)
= (3 . -5)/(8 . 9)
= -5/(8 . 3)
= -5/24

Question 10.
-6.8 ÷ (-3.6)

Answer:
-6.8 ÷ (-3.6) = 17/9

Explanation:
-6.8 ÷ (-3.6) = -68/10 ÷ (-36/10)
= -68/10 . (-10/36)
= (-68 . -10)/(10 . 36)
= 68/36
= 17/9

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 97

Answer:
(-2/9)/(2(2/5)) = -5/54

Explanation:
(-2/9)/(2(2/5)) = (-2/9)/(12/5)
= -2/9 . 5/12
= (-2 . 5)/(9 . 12)
= (-5)/(9 . 6)
= -5/54

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Soil is composed of several layers. A geologist measures the depths of the subsoil and the bedrock, as shown. Find and interpret two quotients involving the depths of the subsoil and the bedrock.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 98

Answer:
The depths of the subsoil and the bedrock is 2.244 ft

Explanation:
The depth of the subsoil = -22.5 ft
The depth of the bedrock = -50.5 ft
The distance between subsoil and bedrock =50.5 – 22.5
= 28 ft
The depths of the subsoil and the bedrock = -50.5/-22.5
= 2.244
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 69

Question 13.
The restaurant in Example 3 receives additional scores of 0.75, 1.5, 1.25, 4.75, 0.25, 0.5, 5, and 0.5 for the lasagna. Given the additional data, should the restaurant consider changing the recipe? Explain.

Answer:
The restaurant should not change the recipe.

Explanation:
The restaurant received scores are 2.25, -3.5, 0, -4.5, 1.75, -1, 3.5, -2.5, -0.75, -1.5, -1.25, 4.75, -0.25, -0.5, 5 and -0.5
The mean of scores = sum of scores / number of scores
= (2.25 + (-3.5) + 0 + (-4.5) + 1.75 + (-1) + 3.5 + (-2.5) + (-0.75) + (-1.5) + (-1.25) + 4.75 + (-0.25) + (-0.5) + 5 + (-0.5))/16
= (2.25 – 3.5 – 4.5 + 1.75 – 1 + 3.5 – 2.5 – 0.75 – 1.5 – 1.25 + 4.75 – 0.25 – 0.5 + 5 – 0.5)/16
= 1/16 = 0.0625
The mean score is above 0.
So, the restaurant should not change the recipe.

Dividing Rational Numbers Homework & Practice 2.5

Review & Refresh

Find the product. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 1.
-0.5(1.31)

Answer:
-0.5(1.31) = -131/200

Explanation:
-0.5(1.31) = -5/10 (131/100)
= (-5 . 131) / (10 . 100)
= -131/(2 . 100)
= -131/200

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 99

Answer:
9/10 (-1(1/4)) = -9/8

Explanation:
9/10 (-1(1/4)) = 9/10 (-5/4)
= (9 . -5)/(10 . 4)
= -9/(2 . 4)
= -9/8

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 100

Answer:
-7/12 (-3/14) = 1/8

Explanation:
-7/12 (-3/14) = (-7 . -3) / (12 . 14)
= (-1 . -1)/(4 . 2)
= 1/8

Identify the terms, coefficients, and constants in the expression.

Question 4.
3b + 12

Answer:
The coefficients are 3, the constant is 12, terms are 3b, 12

Explanation:
The coefficients are 3, the constant is 12, terms are 3b, 12

Question 5.
14 + z + 6f

Answer:
The terms are 14, z, 6f, coefficients are 6, 1 and constant is 14 in 14 + z + 6f

Explanation:
The terms are 14, z, 6f, coefficients are 6, 1 and constant is 14 in 14 + z + 6f

Question 6.
8g + 14 + 5c + 7

Answer:
The terms are 8g, 14, 5c, 7 and coefficients are 8, 5, and constants are 14, 7

Explanation:
The terms are 8g, 14, 5c, 7 and coefficients are 8, 5, and constants are 14, 7

Question 7.
42m + 18 + 12c2

Answer:
The terms are 42m, 18, 12c², coefficients are 42, 12 and constants are 18.

Explanation:
The terms are 42m, 18, 12c², coefficients are 42, 12 and constants are 18.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
USING TOOLS
Write two division expressions represented by the area model. Then find the quotients. (See Exploration 1, p. 73.)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 101

Answer:
20/50, 40/100

Explanation:
The first division expression is 20/50 = 0.4
The second division expression is 40/100 = 0.4

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 102

Answer:
6/10, 54/100

Explanation:
The first division expression is 6/10 = 0.6
The second division expression is 54/100 = 0.54

DIVIDING RATIONAL NUMBERS
Find the quotient. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 103

Answer:
-7/5 ÷ 2/5 = -3.5

Explanation:
-7/5 ÷ 2/5 = -7/5 . 5/2
= (-7 . 5)/(5 . 2)
= -7/2
= -3.5

Question 11.
-0.18 ÷ 0.03

Answer:
-0.18 ÷ 0.03 = -6

Explanation:
-0.18 ÷ 0.03 = -18/100 ÷ 3/100
= -18/100 . 100/3
= (-18 . 100) / (100 . 3)
= -6

Question 12.
-3.45 ÷ (-15)

Answer:
-3.45 ÷ (-15) = 0.03

Explanation:
-3.45 ÷ (-15) = -45/100 ÷ -15/1
= -45/100 . -1/15
= (-45 . -1)/(100 . 15)
= 3/100
= 0.03

Question 13.
-8 ÷ (-2.2)

Answer:
-8 ÷ (-2.2) = 3.636363

Explanation:
-8 ÷ (-2.2) = -8 ÷ -22/10
= -8/1 . -10/22
= (-8 . -10) / (1 . 22)
= (-4 . -10) / 11
= 40/11 = 3.636363
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 70

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 104

Answer:
1/4 ÷ (-3/8) = -0.6666

Explanation:
1/4 ÷ (-3/8) = 1/4 . (-8/3)
= (1 . -8) / (4 . 3)
= -2/3
= -0.66666

Question 15.
8.722 ÷ (-3.56)

Answer:
8.722 ÷ (-3.56) = -2.45

Explanation:
8.722 ÷ (-3.56) = 8722/1000 ÷ (-356/100)
= 8722/1000 . (100/-356)
= (8722 . 100)/(1000 . -356)
= (8722) / (10 . -356)
= -8722/3560 = -2.45
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 71

Question 16.
12.42 ÷ (-4.8)

Answer:
12.42 ÷ (-4.8) = -2.5875

Explanation:
12.42 ÷ (-4.8) = 1242/100 ÷ (-48/10)
= 1242/100 . (-10/48)
= (1242 . -10)/(100 . 48)
= (-1242) / (480)
= -2.5875
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 72

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 105

Answer:
-2(4/5) ÷ (-7) = 0.4

Explanation:
-2(4/5) ÷ (-7) = -14/5 ÷ (-7)
= -14/5 . -1/7
= (-14 . -1) / (7 . 5)
= 2/5
= 0.4

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 106

Answer:
-10(2/7) ÷ (-4(4/11)) = 2.3571

Explanation:
-10(2/7) ÷ (-4(4/11)) = -72/7 ÷ -48/11
= -72/7 . (-11/48)
= (-72 . -11) / (7 . 48)
= 99/42 = 2.3571
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 73

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend evaluates the expression. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 107

Answer:
wrong

Explanation:
-2/3 ÷ 4/5 = -2/3 . 5/4
= (-2 . 5)/(3 . 4)
= -5/6

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 108

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
-4.25 ÷ 1.7 = -2.5
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 74

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
How many 0.75-pound packages can you make with 4.5 pounds of sunflower seeds?

Answer:
6 0.75-pound packages are required to make 4.5 pounds of sunflower seeds.

Explanation:
Divide 4.5 by 0.75 to get the solution.
= 4.5 ÷ 0.75 = 45/10 ÷ 75/100
= 45/10 . 100/75
= (45 . 100)/ (10 . 75)
= 6
So, 6 0.75-pound packages are required to make 4.5 pounds of sunflower seeds.

EVALUATING AN EXPRESSION
Evaluate the expression. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 109

Answer:
(14/9) / (-1/3-1/6) = -28/9

Explanation:
(14/9) / (-1/3-1/6) = (14/9) / ((-2 – 1)/6)
= 14/9 / -3/6
= 14/9 . (-6/3)
= (14 . -6) / (3 . 9)
= -28/9

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 110

Answer:
(-125 + 3/10) / (11/4 – (-9/14)) = -77/100

Explanation:
(-125 + 3/10) / (11/4 – (-9/14)) = (-24 + 13)/10 / (11/14 + 9/14)
= -11/10 / (20/14)
= -11/10 . 14/20
= (-11 . 14) / (10 . 20)
= (-11 . 7) / (5 . 20)
= -77/100

Question 24.
-0.42 ÷ 0.8 + 0.2

Answer:
-0.42 ÷ 0.8 + 0.2 = -13/40

Explanation:
-0.42 ÷ 0.8 + 0.2 = -4.2 ÷ 8 + 0.2
= -0.525 + 0.2
= -0.325 = -325/1000
= -13/40

Question 25.
2.85 ÷ 6.2 ÷ 22

Answer:
2.85 ÷ 6.2 ÷ 2² = 28.25/248

Explanation:
2.85 ÷ 6.2 ÷ 2² = 2.85 ÷ 6.2 ÷ 4
= (2.825 ÷ 6.2) ÷ 4
= 2.825/6.2 . 1/4
= (2.825 . 1) / (6.2 . 4)
= 2.825/24.8
= 28.25/248

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 111

Answer:
3/4 + 7/10 – 1/8 ÷ (-1/2) = 17/10

Explanation:
3/4 + 7/10 – 1/8 ÷ (-1/2) = 3/4 + 7/10 + (1/8 ÷ 1/2)
= 3/4 + 7/10 + (1/8 . 2)
= 3/4 + 7/10 + 1/4
= 1 + 7/10
= 17/10

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 112

Answer:
7/6 / [(-11/5)(10(1/2))(-5/11)] = 1/9

Explanation:
7/6 / [(-11/5)(10(1/2))(-5/11)] = 7/6 / [(-11/5)(21/2)(-5/11)]
= 7/6 / [(-11 . 21 . -5) / (5 . 2 . 11)]
= 7/6 / [21/2]
= 7/6 . 2/21
= (7 . 2) / (6 . 21)
= 1/9

Question 28.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The section of the boardwalk shown is made using boards that are each 9\(\frac{1}{4}\)inches wide. The spacing between each board is equal. What is the width of the spacing between each board?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 113

Answer:
The width of the spacing between each section is 5.25 inches

Explanation:
15 boards each board is 9(1/4) inches wide
The total width of 15 boards = 9(1/4) . 15
= 37/4 . 15
= 555/4 = 138.75
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 77
The total width of 15 boards = 138.75 inches
The total width of the section = 144 inches
The width of the spacing between each section = 144 – 138.75 = 5.25 inches

Question 29.
REASONING
The table shows the daily changes in the barometric pressure(in inches of mercury) for four days.
a. What is the mean change?
b. The mean change for Monday through Friday is -0.01 inch. What is the change in the barometric pressure on Friday? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 114

Answer:
a. Mean change is -0.02
b. The change in the barometric pressure on Friday is 0.03

Explanation:
a. Mean change = sum of observations / total number of observations
= (-0.05 + 0.09 – 0.04 – 0.08)/4
= -0.08/4
= -0.02
b. The mean change for Monday through Friday is -0.01 inch
Mean change = sum of observations / total number of observations
-0.01 = (-0.05 + 0.09 – 0.04 – 0.08 + x)/5
-0.01 =  (-0.08 + x)/5
5 * -0.01 = -0.08 + x
-0.05 = -0.08 + x
-0.05 + 0.08 = x
0.03 = x
So, the change in the barometric pressure on Friday is 0.03

Question 30.
LOGIC
In an online survey, gym members react to the statement shown by adjusting the position of the needle. The responses have values of -4.2, 1.6, 0.4, 0, 2.1, -5.0, -4.7, 0.6, 1.1, 0.8, 0.4, and 2.1. Explain how two people can use the results of the survey to reach different conclusions about whether the gym should adjust its membership prices.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 115

Answer:
The gym should adjust its membership prices.

Explanation:
Use mean to determine whether adjust the gym membership prices or not.
Mean = sum of observations / total number of observations
= (-4.2 + 1.6 + 0.4 + 0 + 2.1 – 5.0 – 4.7 + 0.6 + 1.1 + 0.8 + 0.4 + 2.1)/12
= -4.8/12
= -0.4
The mean score is below 0.
So, the gym should adjust its membership prices.

Question 31.
CRITICAL THINKING
Determine whether the statement is sometimes, always, or never true. Explain your reasoning.
a. The product of two terminating decimals is a terminating decimal.
b. The quotient of two terminating decimals is a terminating decimal.

Answer:
a. The product of two terminating decimals is always a terminating decimal
b. The quotient of two terminating decimals is always a terminating decimal.

Explanation:
a. The product of two terminating decimals is always a terminating decimal
The example to check the product of terminating decimals is a terminating decimal
4.5 x 6.27 = 28.215
b. The quotient of two terminating decimals is a terminating decimal.
The example is 36.257 / 24.85
= 1.459034205

Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Question 1.
You feed several adult hamsters equal amounts of a new food recipe over a period of 1 month. You record the changes in the weights of the hamsters in the table. Use the data to answer the question “What is the typical weight change of a hamster that is fed the new recipe?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 116
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 117

Understand the problem.
You know the weight changes of 15 hamsters. You want to use this information to find the typical weight change.
Make a plan.
Display the data in a dot plot to see the distribution of the data. Then use the distribution to determine the most appropriate measure of center.
Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:
The typical weight change of a hamster that is fed the new recipe is -0.06266 ounces.

Explanation:
The typical weight change is measured by calculating the mean change.
Mean = (-0.07 – 0.03 – 0.11 – 0.04 – 0.08 + 0.02 – 0.08 – 0.08 – 0.06 – 0.05 – 0.11 – 0.1 + 0 – 0.07 – 0.08)/15
= -0.94/15
= -0.06266
So, typical weight change of a hamster that is fed the new recipe is -0.06266 ounces

Question 2.
Evaluate the expression shown at the right. Write your answer in simplest form.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 118

Answer:
-4/9

Explanation:
(-1/2 + 2/3) / [3/5(3/4 – 11/8)] = [(-3 + 4)/6] / [3/5((6 – 11)/8)]
= 1/6 / [3/5(-5/8)
= 1/6 / -3/8
= 1/6 . -8/3
= (1 . -8) / (3 . 6)
= -4/9

Question 3.
You drop a racquetball from a height of 60 inches. On each bounce, the racquetball bounces to a height that is 70% of its previous height. What is the change in the height of the racquetball after 3 bounces?

Answer:
The change in height of the racquetball after 3 bounces is 20.58 inches

Explanation:
You drop a racquetball from a height of 60 inches. On each bounce, the racquetball bounces to a height that is 70% of its previous height.
The change in height of the racquetball after 1 bounce = (60 x 70)/100
= 4200 / 100 = 42 inches
The change in height of the racquetball after 2 bounces = (42 x 70)/100
= 29.4
The change in height of the racquetball after 3 bounces = (29.4 x 70)/100
= 2058/100 = 20.58 inches

Performance Task

Precisely Perfect

At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Carpenter or Joiner.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 119

Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 120

Graphic Organizers

You can use an Information Frame to help organize and remember a concept. Here is an example of an Information Frame for multiplying integers.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 121
Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.

  1. dividing integers
  2. writing fractions or mixed numbers as decimals
  3. writing decimals as fractions or mixed numbers
  4. multiplying rational numbers
  5. dividing rational numbers

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 122

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 123

2.1 Multiplying Integers (pp. 49–54)

Find the product.

Question 1.
-8 • 6

Answer:
-8 • 6 = -48

Explanation:
The product of two integers with different signs is negative.
-8 • 6 = -48

Question 2.
10(-7)

Answer:
10(-7) = -70

Explanation:
The product of two integers with different signs is negative.
10(-7) = -70

Question 3.
-3 • (-6)

Answer:
-3 • (-6) = 18

Explanation:
-3 • (-6) = 18
The product of two integers with the same sign is positive.

Question 4.
You and a group of friends participate in a game where you must use clues to escape from a room. You have a limited amount of time to escape and are allowed 3 free clues. Additional clues may be requested, but each removes 5 minutes from your remaining time. What integer represents the total change in the time when you use 5 clues?

Answer:
The total change in time when you use 5 clues is -10 minutes

Explanation:
You are allowed 3 clues for free
The amount of time removes for each clue is 5 minutes
If you want to take 2 clues, then 5 x 2 = 10 minutes are removed
So, the total change in time when you use 5 clues is -10 minutes

Evaluate the expression.

Question 5.
(-3)3

Answer:
(-3)³ = -27

Explanation:
(-3)³ = -3 • -3 • -3
= 9 • -3
= -27

Question 6.
(-3)(-4)(10)

Answer:
(-3)(-4)(10) = 120

Explanation:
(-3)(-4)(10) = 12(10)
= 120

Question 7.
24 – 3(2 – 42)

Answer:
24 – 3(2 – 4²) = 66

Explanation:
24 – 3(2 – 4²) = 24 – 3(2 – 16)
= 24 – 3(-14)
= 24 + 42
= 66

Question 8.
Write three integers whose product is negative.

Answer:
-5, -2, 6

Explanation:
If three integers product is negative, then all integers would have negative signs or only one integer should have a negative sign.
(-5)(-2)6 = 10(6)
= 60

Question 9.
You are playing laser tag. The table shows how many points you gain or lose when you tag or are tagged by another player in different locations. You are tagged three times on the back, twice on the shoulder, and twice on the laser. You tag two players on the front, four players on the back, and one player on the laser. What is your score?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 124

Answer:
Score = 727 points

Explanation:
You are tagged three times on the back, twice on the shoulder, and twice on the laser.
You have tagged means points lost.
= 3(25) + 2(12) + 2(12)
= 123
You tag two players on the front, four players on the back, and one player on the laser.
you tagged others means points gained
= 2(200) + 4(100) + 1(50)
= 850
Score = points gained – points lost
= 850 – 123 = 727

Question 10.
The product of three integers is positive. How many of the integers can be negative? Explain.

Answer:
If the product of three integers is positive, then only 2 integers can be negative.

Explanation:
If the product of three integers is positive, then only 2 integers can be negative.
We know the product of two negative integers is positive.
Find the product of an obtained positive integer with the third integer.

Question 11.
Two integers, c and d, have a product of -6. What is the greatest possible sum of c and d?

Answer:
The greatest possible sum of c and d are {-1, 6}

Explanation:
Two integers, c and d, have a product of -6
cd = -6
The possibilities of c, d are {-1, 6}, {1, -6}, {6, -1}, {-6, 1}, {-2, 3}, {3, -2}, {2, -3}, {-3, 2}
Find sum of c and d = 5, -5, 5, -5, 1, 1, -1, -1
The greatest possible sum of c and d are {-1, 6}

Dividing Integers (pp. 55–60)

Find the quotient.

Question 12.
-18 ÷ 9

Answer:
-18 ÷ 9 = -2

Explanation:
-18 ÷ 9 = -2
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.

Question 13.
\(\frac{-42}{-6}\)

Answer:
-42/-6 = 7

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.
-42/-6 = 7

Question 14.
\(\frac{-30}{6}\)

Answer:
-30/6 = -5

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
-30/6 = -5

Question 15.
84 ÷ (-7)

Answer:
84 ÷ (-7) = -12

Explanation:
The quotient of two integers with the different signs is negative.
84 ÷ (-7) = -12

Evaluate the expression when x = 3, y = -4, and z = -6.

Question 16.
z ÷ x

Answer:
z ÷ x = -2

Explanation:
The given expression is z ÷ x
Put x = 3, z = -6
-6 ÷ 3 = -2

Question 17.
\(\frac{xy}{z}\)

Answer:
xy/z = 2

Explanation:
The given expression is xy/z
Put x = 3, y = -4, and z = -6
= (3 . -4)/-6
= -4/-2
= 2

Question 18.
\(\frac{z – 2x}{y}\)

Answer:
(z – 2x)/y = 3

Explanation:
The given expression is (z – 2x)/y
Put x = 3, y = -4, and z = -6
= (-6 – 2(3))/-4
= (-6 – 6)/-4
= -12/-4
= 3

Find the mean of the integers.

Question 19.
-3, -8, 12, -15, 9

Answer:
Mean = -1

Explanation:
Mean = sum of integers / total number of integers
= (-3 – 8 + 12 – 15 + 9)/5
= -5/5
= -1

Question 20.
-54, -32, -70, -25, -65, -42

Answer:
Mean = -48

Explanation:
Mean = (-54 – 32 – 70 – 25 – 65 – 42)/6
= -288/6
= -48

Question 21.
The table shows the weekly profits of a fruit vendor. What is the mean profit for these weeks?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 125
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 126

Answer:
The mean profit for 4 weeks is -$48

Explanation:
The mean profit = (sum of the profits) / number of weeks
= (-125 – 86 + 54 – 35)/4
= -192/4
= -48
The mean profit for 4 weeks is -$48.

2.3 Converting Between Fractions and Decimals (pp. 61–66)

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 22.
– \(\frac{8}{15}\)

Answer:
-8/15 = -0.533333

Explanation:
-8/15 = -0.533333
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 78

Question 23.
\(\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:
5/8 = 0.625

Explanation:
5/8 = 0.625
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 79

Question 24.
–\(\frac{13}{6}\)

Answer:
-13/6 = -2.16666

Explanation:
-13/6 = -2.16666
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 80

Question 25.
1\(\frac{7}{16}\)

Answer:
1\(\frac{7}{16}\) = 1.4375

Explanation:
1(7/16) = 23/16
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 81

Write the decimal as a fraction or mixed number in simplest form.

Question 26.
-0.6

Answer:
-0.6 = -3/5

Explanation:
-0.6 = -6/10
= -3/5

Question 27.
-0.35

Answer:
-0.35 = -7/20

Explanation:
-0.35 = -35/100
= -7/20

Question 28.
-5.8

Answer:
-5.8 = -29/5

Explanation:
-5.8 = -58/10
= -29/5

Question 29.
24.23

Answer:
24.23 = 2423/100

Explanation:
24.23 = 2423/100

Question 30.
The table shows the changes in the average yearly precipitation (in inches) in a city for several months. Order the numbers from least to greatest.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 127

Answer:
The order of numbers from least to greatest is -1(7/9), -1.75, 3/11, 0.3

Explanation:
Order the numbers -1.75, 3/11, 0.3, -1(7/9) from least to greatest
Express each number as a decimal
3/11 = 0.272727
-1(7/9) = -16/9 = -1.77777
-1.7777 < -1.75 < 0.272727 < 0.3
The order of numbers from least to greatest is -1(7/9), -1.75, 3/11, 0.3

2.4 Multiplying Rational Numbers (pp. 67–72)

Find the product. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 128

Answer:
-4/9(-7/9) = 28/81

Explanation:
-4/9(-7/9) = (-4 . -7)/(9 . 9)
= 28/81

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 129

Answer:
8/15(-2/3) = -16/45

Explanation:
8/15(-2/3) = (8 . -2)/(15 . 3)
= -16/45

Question 33.
-5.9(-9.7)

Answer:
-5.9(-9.7) = 5723/100

Explanation:
-5.9(-9.7) = -59/10 (-97/10)
= (-59 . -97)/100
= 5723/100
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 82

Question 34.
4.5(-5.26)

Answer:
4.5(-5.26) = 2367/100

Explanation:
4.5(-5.26) = 45/10 (-526/100)
= (45 . -526) / (10 . 100)
= (9 . 263) / 100
= 2367/100
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 83

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 130

Answer:
-2/3 (2(1/2))(-3) = -5

Explanation:
-2/3 (2(1/2))(-3) = -2/3 (5/2) (-3)
= (-2 . 5 . -3) / (2 . 3)
= -5

Question 36.
-1.6(0.5)(-20)

Answer:
-1.6(0.5)(-20) = 16

Explanation:
-1.6(0.5)(-20) = -16/10(5/10)(-20)
= (-16 . 5 . -20)/(10 . 10)
= 16

Question 37.
The elevation of a sunken ship is -120 feet. You are in a submarine at an elevation that is \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the ship’s elevation. What is your elevation?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 131

Answer:
Your elevation is -300 feet.

Explanation:
You are in a submarine at an elevation that is 5/8 of the ship’s elevation
Ship elevation = -120 feet
Your elevation = 5/8 (-120)
= 15(-20) = -300

Question 38.
Write two fractions whose product \(\frac{1}{5}\) and \(\frac{1}{2}\), and whose sum is negative.

Answer:
Two fractions are-1/2 and -1/2

Explanation:
The product of two fractions is between 1/5 and 1/2 and sum is negative.
Let us say the product of fractions is 1/4.
Then two fractions are -1/2 and -1/2
the sum is -1/2 – 1/2 = -2/2 = -1

2.5 Dividing Rational Numbers (pp. 73–78)

Find the quotient. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 132

Answer:
-3/4

Explanation:
9/10 ÷ (-6/5) = 9/10 • (-5/6)
= (9 • -5)/ (10 . 6)
= -3/4

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 133

Answer:
-14/11

Explanation:
-4/11 ÷ 2/7 = -4/11 • 7/2
= (-4 • 7) / (2 • 11)
= -14/11

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 134

Answer:
21/10

Explanation:
-7/8 ÷ (-5/12) = -7/8 • (-12/5)
= (-7 • -12) / (8 • 5)
= 21/10

Question 42.
6.4 ÷ (-3.2)

Answer:
-512/25

Explanation:
6.4 ÷ (-3.2) = 64/10 ÷ (-32/10)
= (64 • -32) / (10 • 10)
= -512/25

Question 43.
-15.4 ÷ (-2.5)

Answer:
77/2

Explanation:
-15.4 ÷ (-2.5) = -154/10 ÷(-25/10)
= (-154 • -25)/(10 • 10)
= 77/2

Question 44.
-23.8 ÷ 5.6

Answer:
-3332/25

Explanation:
-23.8 ÷ 5.6 = -238/10 ÷ 56/10
= (-238 • 56) / (10 • 10)
= -3332/25

Question 45.
You use a debit card to purchase several shirts. Your account balance after buying the shirts changes by -$30.60. For each shirt you purchased, the change in your account balance was -$6.12. How many shirts did you buy?

Answer:
The number of T-shirts bought was 5

Explanation:
After using a debit card, to purchase several t-shirts. Your account balance after buying the t-shirts changes by -$30.60. The negative sign means there was a total debit of $30.6 after your transactions.
For each t-shirt you purchased, the changes in your account balance were -6.12. If you purchased n T-shirts, the changes would be n × -6.12 = -6.12n. This means a total debit of 6.12n for all the T-shirts you bought.
Therefore, 6.12n = 30.6
n = 30.6/6.12 = 5
So the number of T-shirts bought was 5

Question 46.
Evaluate Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 136 when x = 4, y = -3, and \(-\frac{1}{8}\).

Answer:
-1/2

Explanation:
The given expression is z / (y – 3/4 + x)
Put x = 4, y = -3 and z = -1/8
= -1/8 / (-3 – 3/4 + 4)
= -1/8 / ((-12 – 3 + 16)/4)
= -1/8 / (1/4)
= -1/8 • 4/1
= -1/2

Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers Practice Test

Evaluate the expression. Write fractions in simplest form.

Question 1.
-9 • 2

Answer:
-9 • 2 = -18

Explanation:
-9 • 2 = -18
The product of two integers with different signs is negative.

Question 2.
-72 ÷ (-3)

Answer:
-72 ÷ (-3) = 24

Explanation:
-72 ÷ (-3) = 24
The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 136.1

Answer:
-52/5

Explanation:
3(9/10) x (-8/3) = 39/10 x (-8/3)
= (39 . -8) / (10 . 3)
= (13 . -4)/5
= -52/5

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 137

Answer:
-11/25

Explanation:
-1(5/6) ÷ 4(1/6) = -11/6 ÷ 25/6
= -11/6 • 6/25
= (-11 • 6) / (6 • 25)
= -11/25

Question 5.
-4.4 × (-6.02)

Answer:
-4.4 × (-6.02) = 6622/25

Explanation:
-4.4 × (-6.02) = -44/10 x -602/10
= (-44 x -602) / (10 x 10)
= (-11 x -602)/25
= 6622/25

Question 6.
-5 ÷ 1.5

Answer:
-5 ÷ 1.5 = -10/3

Explanation:
-5 ÷ 1.5 = -5 ÷ 15/10
= -5 • 10/15
=(-5 • 10) / 15
= -10/3

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 7.
\(\frac{7}{40}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{40}\) = 0.175

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 84

Question 8.
\(-\frac{1}{9}\)

Answer:
\(-\frac{1}{9}\) = -0.11111

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 85

Question 9.
-1\(\frac{5}{16}\)

Answer:
-1\(\frac{5}{16}\) = -1.3125

Explanation:
-1\(\frac{5}{16}\) = -21/16
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 86

Write the decimal as a fraction or mixed number in simplest form.

Question 10.
-0.122

Answer:
-0.122 = -61/500

Explanation:
-0.122 = -122/1000
= (-2 x 61) / (2 x 500)
= -61/500

Question 11.
0.33

Answer:
0.33 = 33/100

Explanation:
0.33 = 33/100

Question 12.
-7.09

Answer:
-7.09 = -709/100

Explanation:
-7.09 = -709/100

Evaluate the expression when x = 5, y = -3, and z = -2.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 138

Answer:
-6/5

Explanation:
The given expression is (y + z)/x
Put x = 5, y = -3, and z = -2
= (-3 + (-2)) / 5
= (-3 – 2)/5
= -6/5

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 139

Answer:
-5

Explanation:
The given expression is (x – 5z)/y
Put x = 5, y = -3, and z = -2
= (5 – 5(-2))/-3
= (5 + 10)/-3
= 15/-3 = -5

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 140

Answer:
10/9

Explanation:
The given expression is 1/3 x / y/z
Put x = 5, y = -3, and z = -2
= [1/3 (5)]/[-3/-2]
= 5/3 / 3/2
= 5/3 . 2/3
= 10/9

Question 16.
Find the mean of 11, -7, -14, 10, and -5.

Answer:
Mean = -1

Explanation:
Mean = (11 – 7 – 14 + 10 – 5)/5
= -5/5
= -1

Question 17.
A driver receives -25 points for each rule violation. What integer represents the change in points after 4 rule violations?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 141

Answer:
The change in points after 4 rule violations is -100 points

Explanation:
A driver receives -25 points for each rule violation.
The change in points after 4 rule violations = 4(-25)
= -100

Question 18.
How many 2.25-pound containers can you fill with 24.75 pounds of almonds?

Answer:
The number of containers = 11

Explanation:
The number of containers = 24.75 / 2.25
= 2475/225 = (495 . 5)/(45 . 5)
= (99 . 5) / (9 . 5)
= 11

Question 19.
In a recent 10-year period, the change in the number of visitors to U.S.national parks was about 11,150,000 visitors.
a. What was the mean yearly change in the number of visitors?
b. During the seventh year, the change in the number of visitors was about 10,800,000. Explain how the change for the 10-year period can be negative.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 142

Answer:
a. Mean yearly change in the number of visitors = 1,15,000
b. The change is -35000

Explanation:
a. Mean yearly change in the number of visitors = 11,150,000/10
= 1,15,000
b. During the seventh year, the change in the number of visitors was about 10,800,000
The change in the number of visitors to U.S.national parks was about 11,150,000 visitors
(10,800,000 – 11,150,000)/10 = -350000/10 = -35000

Question 20.
You have a $50 gift card to go shopping for school supplies. You buy 2 packs of pencils, 5 notebooks, 6 folders, 1 pack of pens, 3 packs of paper, 1 pack of highlighters, and 2 binders.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 143
a. What number represents the change in the value of the gift card after buying your school supplies?
b. What percentage of the value remains on your gift card?

Answer:
a. The change in the value of the gift card after buying your school supplies = $12.06
b. The percentage of the value that remains on your gift card = 24.12%

Explanation:
You buy 2 packs of pencils, 5 notebooks, 6 folders, 1 pack of pens, 3 packs of paper, 1 pack of highlighters, and 2 binders.
a. The change in the value of the gift card after buying your school supplies = 50 – [2(1.98) + 5(2.95) + 6(0.75) + 1(1.57) + 3(0.89) + 1(3.45) + 2(3.55)]
= 50 – [3.9 + 14.75 + 4.5 + 1.57 + 2.67 + 3.45 + 7.1]
= 50 – 37.94
= 12.06
b. The amount remains on the gift card = $12.06
The percentage of the value that remains on your gift card = (100 x 12.06)/50
= 2 x 12.06 = 24.12%

Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
When José and Sean were each 5 years old, José was 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) inches taller than Sean. Then José grew at an average rate of 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) inches per year until he was 13 years old. José was 63 inches tall when he was 13 years old. How tall was Sean when he was 5 years old?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 146

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 145

Answer:
A. 39(1/2)

Explanation:
José grew at an average rate of 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) inches per year until he was 13 years old.
2.75 * (13 – 5) = 2.75 (8) =  22
José was 63 inches
= 63 – 22 = 41
41 – 1.5 = 39.5 = 39(1/2)
sean was only 39.5 inches tall when he was 5.

Question 2.
Whatis the value of -5 + (-7) ?
F. -12
G. -2
H. 2
I. 12

Answer:
F. -12

Explanation:
-5 + (-7) = -5 – 7
= -12

Question 3.
What is the value of the expression?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 147

Answer:
9/16

Explanation:
-9/16 + 9/8 = (-9 + 18)/16
= 9/16

Question 4.
What is the value of Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 158 when a = -2, b = 3, and c = -5?
A. -9
B. -1
C. 1
D. 9

Answer:
C. 1

Explanation:
| a² – 2ac + 5b |
Put a = -2, b = 3, and c = -5
= | (-2)² – 2(-2)(-5) + 5(3) |
= | 4 – 20 + 15 |
= | -1 |
= 1

Question 5.
Your friend evaluated the expression.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 148
What should your friend do to correct the error that he made?
F. Subtract 5 from -5 instead of adding.
G. Rewrite 2 – 3 as -1.
H. Subtract -5 from 3 before subtracting 3 from 2.
I. Rewrite -5 + 5 as -10

Answer:
H. Subtract -5 from 3 before subtracting 3 from 2.

Explanation:
2 – 3 – (-5) = 2 – 3 + 5
= -1 + 5
= 4

Question 6.
What is the value of Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 149?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 149.1

Answer:
B. 1/4

Explanation:
-1(1/2) – (-1(3/4)) = -3/2 + 7/4
= (-6 + 7)/4
= 1/4

Question 7.
What is the value of the expression when q = -2, r = -12, and s = 8?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 150
F. -2
G. -1
H. 1
I. 2

Answer:
H. 1

Explanation:
The given expression is (-q² – r)/s
Put q = -2, r = -12, and s = 8
= (-(-2)² – (-12))/8
= (-4 + 12)/8
= 8/8 = 1

Question 8.
You are stacking wooden blocks with the dimensions shown. How many blocks do you need to stack vertically to build a block tower that is 7\(\frac{1}{2}\) inches tall?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 151
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 152

Answer:
We need 6 blocks to stack vertically to build a block tower.

Explanation:
The length of block tower = 7(1/2) = 15/2 inches
The length of each block = 1(1/4) = 5/4 inches
So, 5/4 x = 15/2
x = 15/2 . 4/5
x = 6
Therefore, we need 6 blocks to stack vertically to build a block tower.

Question 9.
Your friend evaluated an expression.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 153
What should your friend do to correct the error that she made?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 154

Answer:
C.

Explanation:
-4(3/4) + 2(1/5) = -19/4 + 11/5
= (-95 + 44)/20
= -51/20

Question 10.
Which expression has the greatest value when x = 2 and y = -3?
F. -xy
G. xy
H. x – y
I. -x – y

Answer:
F. -xy

Explanation:
Put x = 2 and y = -3
F. -xy
= -2(-3) = 6
G. xy = 2(-3) = -6
H. x – y = 2 – (-3) = 2 + 3 = 5
I. -x – y = -2 – (-3) = -2 + 3 = 1

Question 11.
Four points are graphed on the number line.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 155
Part A
Choose the two points whose values have the greatest sum. Approximate this sum. Explain your reasoning.
Part B
Choose the two points whose values have the greatest difference. Approximate this difference. Explain your reasoning.
Part C
Choose the two points whose values have the greatest product. Approximate this product. Explain your reasoning.
Part D
Choose the two points whose values have the greatest quotient. Approximate this quotient. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
A. T + U
B. R – S
C. R . S
D. U/T

Explanation:
Values of the points are R = -2.75, S = -1.25, T = 0.4, U = 2.1
A. T + U = 0.4 + 2.1 = 2.5
B. R – S = -2.75 – (-1.25) = -2.75 + 1.25 = -1.5
S – T = -1.25 – 0.4 = -1.65
T – U = 0.4 – 2.1 = -1.7
S – U = -1.25 – 2.1 = -3.35
R – T = -2.75 – 0.4 = -3.15
R – U = -2.75 – 2.1 = -4.85
Out of all R – S has the greatest difference.
C. R . S = -2.75 . -1.25 = 3.4375
T. U = 0.4 . 2.1 = 0.84
D. R/s = -2.75/1.25 = 2.2
T/U = 0.4/2.1 = 0.19
U/T = 2.1/0.4 = 5.25

Question 12.
What number belongs in the box to make the equation true?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 156
A. -1
B. -0.2
C. 0.2
D. 1

Answer:
A. -1

Explanation:
-0.4/-1 + 0.8 = 0.4 + 0.8 = 1.2
-0.4/1 + 0.8 = -0.4 + 0.8 = 0.4
-0.4/0.2 + 0.8 = -2

Question 13.
Which expression has a negative value when x = -4 and y = 2?
F. -x + y
G. y – x
H. x – y
I. -x – y

Answer:
H. x – y

Explanation:
Put x = -4 and y = 2
F. -x + y = -(-4) + 2 = 4 + 2 = 6
G. y – x = 2 – (-4) = 6
H. x – y = -4 – 2 = -6
I. -x – y = -(-4) – 2 = 4 – 2 = 2

Question 14.
What is the area of a triangle with a base of 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) inches and a height of 2 inches?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 157

Answer:
B

Explanation:
Area of triangle = 1/2 . base . height
= 1/2 . 2(1/2) . 2
= 2(1/2)

Question 15.
Which decimal is equivalent to \(\frac{2}{9}\)?
F. 0.2
G. \(0 . \overline{2}\)
H. 0.29
I. 4.5

Answer:
F. 0.2

Explanation:
2/9 = 0.222
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers 87

Conclusion:

The final verdict of Multiplying and Dividing Rational Numbers is that you get various problems and solutions that helps you in your preparation. With the help of the pdfs given above, you can practice even in the offline mode. Check out all the topics and concepts and feel free to clarify your doubts by adding them in the comments box. Hope you are satisfied with the information given in the article. We wish all the luck to all the candidates for the exam preparation.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers

Do you want to overcome the difficult Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers math learning? Then, get connected to this page. Learn every part of this page to get the best learning way. We have provided Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers on this page. Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers PDF without paying ay amount. Check out topic-wise questions and solutions along with explanations of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 to solve difficult questions easily. The different concepts with different methods are included on this page for the students.

Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers Answer Key

All topics of the division of whole numbers such as Relate Multiplication and Division, Estimate Quotients, Division Patterns, Divide by One-Digit Numbers, Use Partial Quotients with a Remainder, Use Partial Quotients to Divide by Two-Digit Numbers, Divide Four-Digit Numbers by Two-Digit Numbers, and Divide Three-Digit Numbers by Two-Digit Numbers on this page. Click on the below links and start learning the concepts now. Make the most out of the below links and score better grades in your exams.

Lesson: 1 Relate Multiplication and Division

Lesson: 2 Division Patterns

Lesson: 3 Estimate Quotients

Lesson: 4 Divide by One-Digit Numbers

Lesson: 5 Use Partial Quotients to Divide by Two-Digit Numbers

Lesson: 6 Use Partial Quotients with a Remainder

Lesson: 7 Divide Three-Digit Numbers by Two-Digit Numbers

Lesson: 8 Divide Four-Digit Numbers by Two-Digit Numbers

Lesson: 9 Problem Solving: Division

Chapter: 6 – Divide Whole Numbers

Lesson 6.1 Relate Multiplication and Division

Explore and Grow

Use the area models to find 6 × 19 and 114 ÷ 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.1 1

Answer:
6 x 19 = 114
114 ÷ 6 = 19

Explanation:
First, multiply 6 and 19 to get the product 114. Here 6, 19 are the factors and 114 is the product. When you divide the product by anyone factor, you will automatically get the quotient as another factor. Here, 144 is the dividend, 6 is the divisor and 19 is the quotient.
114 = 60 + 54
= (6 x _) + (6 x _)
Find the sum of unknown factors of the smaller areas: 10 + 9 = 19.
The related multiplication equation is 6 x 19 = 114. So, 114 ÷ 6 = 19.

Reasoning
How do you think you can use multiplication to solve a division problem?
Answer:

Think and Grow: Relate Multiplication and Division

Key Idea
Inverse operations are operations that “undo” each other. Just as addition and subtraction are inverse operations, multiplication and division are also inverse operations.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.1 2
Find the sum of the unknown factors of the smaller areas: _____ + ______ = _______ .
The related multiplication equation is 8 × ______ = 96. So, 96 ÷ 8 = ______ .

Show and Grow

Use multiplication to find the quotient.
Question 1.
68 ÷ 4 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.1 3

Answer:
17.

Explanation:
68 = 40 + 28
= (4 x _) + (4 x _)
Sum of unknown factors of the smallest areas: 10 + 7 = 17
The related multiplication equation is 4 x 17 = 68. So, 68 ÷ 4 = 17.

Question 2.
138 ÷ 6 = _____

Answer:
138 ÷ 6 = 23

Explanation:
138 = 60 + 78
= (6 x _) + 6 x _)
Sum of unknown factors of the smallest areas: 10 + 13 = 23
The related multiplication equation is 23 x 6 = 138. So, 138 ÷ 6 = 23.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use multiplication to find the quotient.
Question 3.
24 ÷ 2 = _____

Answer:
24 ÷ 2 = 12

Explanation:
24 = 20 + 4
= (2 x _) + (2 x _)
Sum of unknown factors of the smallest areas: 10 + 2 = 12
The related multiplication equation is 2 x 12 = 24. So 24 ÷ 2 = 12.

Question 4.
48 ÷ 3 = _____

Answer:
48 ÷ 3 = 16.

Explanation:
48 = 30 + 18
= (3 x _) + (3 x _)
Sum of unknown factors of the smallest areas: 10 + 6 = 16
The related multiplication equation is 3 x 16 = 48. So, 48 ÷ 3 = 16.

Question 5.
98 ÷ 7 = _____

Answer:
14.

Explanation:
98 = 35 + 63
= (7 x _) + (7 x _)
The sum of unknown factors is 5 + 9 = 14.
The multiplication equation for 98 ÷ 7 is 7 x 14 = 98. So, 98 ÷ 7 = 14.

Question 6.
125 ÷ 5 = _____

Answer:
25.

Explanation:
125 = 100 + 25
= (5 x _) + (5 x _)
The sum of unknown factors of 5 is 20 + 5 = 25
The multiplication equation for 125 ÷ 5 is 25 x 5 = 125. So, 125 ÷ 5 = 25.

Question 7.
243 ÷ 9 = _____

Answer:
27.

Explanation:
243 = 162 + 81
= (9 x _) + (9 x _)
The sum of unknown factors of 9 is 18 + 9 = 27.
The related multiplication equation is 27 x 9 = 243. So, 243 ÷ 9 = 27.

Question 8.
132 ÷ 4 = _____

Answer:
33.

Explanation:
132 = 72 + 60
= (4 x _) + (4 x _)
The sum of unknown factors of 4 is 18 + 15 = 33
The related multiplication equation is 33 x 4 = 132. So, 132 ÷ 4 = 33.

Question 9.
Structure
Draw two different ways to divide the rectangle for 112 ÷ 8. Write each product using the Distributive Property.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.1 4

Answer:
112 ÷ 8 = 14.

Explanation:
Method 1 is to divide the 112 by 8 to get the quotient. Here dividend is 8 divisor is 8 and quotient is 14.
112 = 64 + 48
= (8 x _) + (8 x _)

The sum of unknown areas are 8 + 6 = 14.
The relative multiplication equation is 14 x 8 = 112. So, 112 ÷ 8 = 14.
Method 2 is by dividing the divisor into two parts. And dividing each part by divisor. Get the sum of quotients to get the result.

112 = 64 + 48
= (8 x _) + (8 x _)
= 8 x (_ + _)
The sum of unknown areas is 8 + 16 = 14.
The relative multiplication equation is 14 x 8 = 112. So, 112 ÷ 8 = 14.

Number Sense
Compare
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.1 5

Answer:
90 ÷ 6 = 80 ÷ 5.

Explanation:
When you divide 90 with 6, you will get remainder 0 and quotient as 16.

In the same way, when you divide 80 with 5, you will also get the quotient is 16, and the remainder as 0. Therefore, both expressions are equal.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.1 6

Answer:
405 ÷ 9 = 315 ÷ 7

Explanation:
If you divide 405 with divisor 9, you can see quotient 45, remainder 0.

And when you divide divisor 315 by dividend 7, you can see remainder zero and quotient 45. Hence, both expressions are equal to one other.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
An employee has 4 boxes with 36 sticky hands in each box. He divides the sticky hands equally among 6 vending machines. How many sticky hands are in each vending machine?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.1 7
Multiply the number of boxes by the number of sticky hands in each box to find the total number of sticky hands.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.1 8
Divide the total number of sticky hands by the number of vending machines to find the number of sticky hands in each vending machine.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.1 9
Find the sum of the unknown factors of the smaller areas:
____ + ______ = ______
The related multiplication equation is 6 × _____ = 144.
So, 144 ÷ 6 = ______.
There are ________ sticky hands in each vending machine.

Show and Grow

Question 12.
There are 6 fifth-grade classes with 21 students in each class. The students are divided equally into 7 groups. How many students are in each group?

Answer:
18 students are there in each group.

Explanation:
Here, we need to multiply the number of students in each class to get the total number of students in the fifth-grade class. i.e 6 x 21 = 126.
Divide the total number of groups in the fifth grade by the total number of students in the fifth grade to find the number of students in each group.
126 ÷ 7 = ? Division Equation
7 x ? = 126 Related Multiplication Equation
Divide the rectangles into two parts.
126 = 70 + 56
126 = (7 x _) + (7 x _)
Find the sum of the unknown factors of the part: 10 + 8 = 18.
The related multiplication equation is 7 x 18 = 126. So, 126 ÷ 7 = 18.
There are 18 students in each group.

Question 13.
Newton makes 11 clay bowls each month for 1 year. He takes an equal number of bowls to each of the 3 craft fairs. How many bowls does Newton take to each craft fair?

Answer:
Newton can take 44 bowls to each craft fair.

Explanation:
Newton makes 11 clay bowls each month for 1 year means. He can make 11 x 12 = 132 clay bowls.
Divide the total clay bowls by the number of craft fairs to get the number of bowls to each craft fair.
132 ÷ 3 = ? Division Equation
3 x ? = 132 Related Multiplication Equation
Divide the rectangle into two smaller areas.
132 = 66 + 66
132 = (3 x _) + (3 x _)
The sum of unknown factors of 11 are 22 + 22 = 44.
The related multiplication equation for 132 ÷ 3 is 3 x 44 = 132. So, 132 ÷ 3 = 44.
Newton can take 44 bowls to each craft fair.

Relate Multiplication and Division Homework & Practice 6.1

Use multiplication to find the quotient.
Question 1.
36 ÷ 2 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.1 10

Answer:
36 ÷ 2 = 18.

Explanation:
36 = 20 + 16
36 = (2 x 10) + (2 x 8)
The sum of factors of 2 are 10 + 8 = 18.
The related multiplication equation is 2 x 18 = 36.
So, 36 ÷ 2 = 18.

Question 2.
65 ÷ 5 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.1 11

Answer:
65 ÷ 5 = 13.

Explanation:
65 can be written as the sum of 50 and 15.
65 = 50 + 15
65 = (5 x 10) + (5 x 3)
The sum of smallest areas is 10 + 3 = 13.
The related multiplication equation is 5 x 13 = 65.
So, 65 ÷ 5 = 13.

Use multiplication to find the quotient.
Question 3.
57 ÷ 3 = ______

Answer:
57 ÷ 3 = 19.

Explanation:
57 = 39 + 18
57 = (3 x 13) + (3 x 6)
The sum of smallest areas is 13 + 6 = 19.
The related multiplication equation is 19 x 3 = 57.
So, 57 ÷ 3 = 19.

Question 4.
64 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer:
64 ÷ 4 = 16.

Explanation:
64 = 40 + 24
64 = (4 x 10) + (4 x 6)
The sum of smallest areas is 10 + 6 = 16
The related multiplication equation is 16 x 4 = 64.
So, 64 ÷ 4 = 16.

Question 5.
207 ÷ 9 = _____

Answer:
207 ÷ 9 = 23.

Explanation:
207 = 108 + 99
207 = (9 x 12) + (9 x 11)
The sum of smallest areas of the rectangles is 12 + 11 = 23
The related multiplication equation is 23 x 9 = 207.
So, 207 ÷ 9 = 23.

Question 6.
147 ÷ 7 = _____

Answer:
147 ÷ 7 = 21.

Explanation:
147 = 105 + 42
147 = (7 x 15) + (7 x 6)
The sum of smallest areas of the rectangles is 15 + 6 = 21
The related multiplication equation is 21 x 7 = 147.
So, 147 ÷ 7 = 21.

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds 192 ÷ 6 by writing (6 × 30) + (6 × 2). She says the quotient is 12. Is your friend correct? Explain.

Answer:
Wrong.

Explanation:
We can write 192 as the sum of 180 and 12.
192 = 180 + 12
192 = (6 x 30) + (6 x 2)
The sum of factors of 6 is 30 + 2 = 32
The related multiplication equation for 192 ÷ 6 is 32 x 6 = 192.
So, when you multiply 192 by 6, it leaves remainder 0 and quotient 32.
Therefore, 192 ÷ 6 = 32.

Question 8.
Writing
Explain how you can use multiplication to solve a division problem.

Answer:
The condition to use multiplication to solve the division problems is the division of numbers should leave the remainder 0. When you divide the divisor by dividend, you will get a quotient as the answer. The product of quotient and divisor gives the result as a dividend. So, here quotient, the divisor is called the factors, and the dividend is called the product. Here, you need to split the dividend into two sections using addition property and multiply each part by the divisor. Add those factors to get the quotient value.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
A music teacher has 6 fifth-grade classes with 16 students in each class. She places the students into 4 equal rows for a chorus concert. How many students are in each row?

Answer:
There are 24 students in each row at the chorus concert.

Explanation:
The total number students = 16 x 6 = 96
The number of fifth-grade classes = 6
The music teacher arranges students into 4 equal rows for a chorus concert.
The number of students in each row = 96 / 4 = 24.

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
You win 50 tickets, 12 tickets, and 16 tickets at an arcade. You are able to buy 3 of the same item with no tickets left over. How many tickets does 1 item cost?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.1 12

Answer:
The cost of 1 item is 26 tickets.

Explanation:
The total number of tickets won at an arcade = 50 + 12 + 16 = 78 tickets
As given in the questions, you are able to buy 3 of the same item with no tickets left over. So, divide total tickets by the number of items to get one item cost.
The cost of 1 item = 78 / 3 = 26 tickets.

Review & Refresh

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 11.
31.4 × 9.2 = _____

Answer:
31.4 × 9.2 = 288.88

Explanation:

Add a dot to the second digit.
The product is reasonable.

Question 12.
67.3 × 4.2 = ______

Answer:
67.3 × 4.2 = 282.66
Explanation:

Add dot before two digits from the left side.
Product is reasonable.

Question 13.
0.8 × 5.98 = ______

Answer:
0.8 × 5.98 = 4.784

Explanation:

Add dot after 3 digits from the left side.
The Product is reasonable.

Lesson 6.2 Division Patterns

Explore and Grow

Use any strategy to find each missing factor. Then write a related division equation.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 1
What pattern do you notice?

Answer:

Explanation:
The factors of 15 which satisfy the condition are 5, 3. So, the missing factor is 5. The related multiplication equation is 5 x 3 = 15.
The factors of 150 that satisfy the condition are 50, 3. So, the missing factor is 50. The related multiplication equation is 50 x 3 = 150.
The factors of 1500 that satisfy the condition are 500, 3. So, the missing factor is 500. Related multiplication equation is 500 x 3 = 1500.
The factors of 150 that satisfy the condition are 5, 30. So, the missing factor is 5. Related multiplication equation is 5 x 30 = 150.
The factors of 1500 that satisfy the condition are 50, 30. So, the missing factor is 50. Related multiplication equation is 50 x 30 = 1500.
The factors of 15000 that satisfy the condition are 500, 30. So, the missing factor is 500. Related multiplication equation is 500 x 30 = 15000.

Repeated Reasoning
Explain how finding 35 ÷ 7 can help you find 350 ÷ 70.

Answer:
Canceling zeros in 350 ÷ 70 will get 35 ÷ 7.
35 ÷ 7 = 5.

Explanation:


Here both 35 ÷ 7, 350 ÷ 70 give the same answer 5.

Think and Grow: Division Patterns

You can use place value and basic division facts to divide tens, hundreds, or thousands by one-digit numbers or multiples of ten.
Example
Find 63,00 ÷ 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 2
So, 6,300 ÷ 7 = 900.

Example
Find 1,200 ÷ 40.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 3
So, 1,200 ÷ 40 = 30.

Show and Grow

Find the quotient.
Question 1.
2,500 ÷ 5 = ________
Think: _____ ÷ _____ = _____

Answer:
2,500 ÷ 5 = 500
Think: 25 hundreds ÷ 5 = (25 ÷ 5) hundreds = 5 hundreds.

Explanation:

Question 2.
420 ÷ 60 = ______
Think: _____ ÷ _____ = ______

Answer:
420 ÷ 60 = 7
Think: 420 ÷ 60 = 42 tens ÷ 6 tens = 42 ÷ 6 = 7

Explanation:

Question 3.
5,400 ÷ 90 = ______

Answer:
5,400 ÷ 90 = 60
5,400 ÷ 90 = 54 hundreds ÷ 9 tens = 54 tens ÷ 9 = (54 ÷ 9) tens = 6 tens

Explanation:

Question 4.
8,000 ÷ 20 = ______

Answer:
8,000 ÷ 20 = 400
8,000 ÷ 20 = 8 thousands ÷ 2 tens = 8 hundreds ÷ 2 = (8 ÷ 2) hundreds = 4 hundreds

Explanation:

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the quotient.
Question 5.
800 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer:
800 ÷ 4 = 200
800 ÷ 4 = 8 hundreds ÷ 4 = (8 ÷ 4) hundreds = 2 hundreds

Explanation:

Question 6.
120 ÷ 60 = ______

Answer:
120 ÷ 60 = 2
120 ÷ 60 = 12 tens ÷ 6 tens = 12 ÷ 6 = 2

Explanation:

Question 7.
5,600 ÷ 7 = _____

Answer:
5,600 ÷ 7 = 800
5,600 ÷ 7 = 56 hundreds ÷ 7 = (56 ÷7) hundreds = 8 hundreds

Explanation:

Question 8.
300 ÷ 50 = _____

Answer:
300 ÷ 50 = 7
300 ÷ 50 = 3 hundreds ÷ 5 tens = 3 tens ÷ 5 = 30 ÷ 5 = 7

Explanation:

Question 9.
8,100 ÷ 90 = ______

Answer:
8,100 ÷ 90 = 90
8,100 ÷ 90 = 81 hundreds ÷ 9 tens = 81 tens ÷ 9 = (81 ÷ 9) tens = 9 tens

Explanation:

Question 10.
3,000 ÷ 30 = ______

Answer:
3,000 ÷ 30 = 100
3,000 ÷ 30 = 3 thousands ÷ 3 tens = 3 hundreds ÷ 3 = (3 ÷ 3) hundreds = 1 hundreds

Explanation:

Question 11.
1,000 divided by 20 is _____.

Answer:
1,000 divided by 20 is 50.

Explanation:
1 thousand divided by 2 tens = 1 hundred ÷ 2 = (10 ÷ 2) tens = 5 tens.

Question 12.
900 divided by 10 is ______.

Answer:
900 divided by 10 is 90.

Explanation:
9 hundred ÷ 1 ten = 9 tens ÷ 1 = 9 tens

Question 13.
1,800 divided by 60 is _____.

Answer:
1,800 divided by 60 is 30.

Explanation:
18 hundred ÷ 6 tens = 18 tens ÷ 6 = (18 ÷ 6) tens = 3 tens

Find the missing factor.
Question 14.
_____ ÷ 40 = 8

Answer:
320 ÷ 40 = 8

Explanation:
Take the unknown value as x tens because the denominator has tens and the quotient does not have tens. Find which number divides by 4 gives 8. So, 32 divided by 4 gives 8.

Question 15.
360 ÷ ____ = 6

Answer:
360 ÷ 60 = 6

Explanation:
We know that numerator number has tens so denominator number must also have tens to get the quotient in ones. Then, check 36 divided by which number gives the quotient 6. So, the answer is 6 tens.

Question 16.
7,200 ÷ _____ = 90

Answer:
7,200 ÷ 80 = 90

Explanation:
Here, the numerator has hundred and the quotient has tens. So, the denominator will have tens. Check 72 divided by which number gives 9. Hence, the denominator is 8 tens.

Compare
Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 4
Answer:
28 tens ÷ 7 tens = 28 ÷ 7

Explanation:


So, 28 tens ÷ 7 tens = 28 ÷ 7

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 5

Answer:
2700 ÷ 90 ≠ 24 tens ÷ 8 tens

Explanation:

Question 19.
A jeweler has 600 rings. He displays 20 rings in each ring cushion. How many ring cushions does he use?

Answer:
A jeweler uses 30 ring cushions to display rings.

Explanation:
The number of rings = 600
Number of rings in each ring cushion = 20
Number of ring cushions required to display rings = 600 ÷ 20 = 6 hundred ÷ 2 tens = 6 tens ÷ 2 = 3 tens

Question 20.
Writing
Explain how to use 45 ÷ 9 to find 4,500 ÷ 90.

Answer:
45 ÷ 9 and 4500 ÷ 90 gives the same answer with different units. Because, in 4500 ÷ 90, we have 45 hundred ÷ 9 tens. We can write it as (45 ÷ 9) tens. So, solve 45 ÷ 9 and substitute the value in (45 ÷ 9) tens to get the answer. Actually, 45 ÷ 9 = 5, 4,500 ÷ 90 = (45 ÷ 9) tens = 5 tens

Question 21.
Number Sense
Which number cards have a quotient of 70?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 6

Answer:
2800 ÷ 40 have a quotient of 70.

Explanation:
From the given divisions we can say that the quotient should be 70. Out of all the above 4 questions, 2800 ÷ 40 only gives the quotient in tens and 28 ÷ 4 is 7. So, 2800 ÷ 40 has a quotient of 70.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A blue whale’s heart beats once every 10 seconds. How many times does the blue whale’s heart beat in 1 hour?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 7
Think: How many seconds are in 1 hour? There are 60 seconds in 1 minute, and 60 minutes in 1 hour. So, multiply 60 by 60 to find how many seconds are in 1 hour.
60 × 60 = 3,600
Divide 3,600 by 10 to find how many times the blue whale’s heart beats in 1 hour.
Think: 36 ÷ 1 = _______ Division fact
360 ÷ 10 = 36 tens ÷ 1 ten = _________ Use place value.
3,600 ÷ 10 = 360 tens ÷ 1 ten = _____
So, the blue whale’s heart beats _______ times in 1 hour.

Show and Grow

Question 22.
A box of tennis balls weighs 3 kilograms. Each tennis ball weighs about 60 grams. How many tennis balls are in the box?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 8

Answer:
The number of tennis balls in the box is 3000 grams ÷ 60 grams = 50.

Explanation:
The weight of tennis balls box = 3 kilograms = 3000 grams
The weight of each tennis ball = 60 grams
The number of tennis balls in the box = 3000 grams ÷ 60 grams = 3 thousand ÷ 6 tens = 3 hundreds ÷ 6  = 30 tens ÷ 6 = 5 tens

Question 23.
DIG DEEPER!
An automated teller machine, or ATM, has only $20 bills. At the start of the day, it has $10,000. One hundred eighty $20 bills are withdrawn throughout the day. How many $20 bills does the ATM have left?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 9
Answer:
The ATM has 320 $20 bills left after counting the withdrawn amount.

Explanation:
The amount at the ATM at the start of the day = $10,000
The number of bills at the start of the day = $10,000 ÷ $20 = 10 thousand ÷ 2 tens = (10 ÷ 2) hundred = 5 hundred

The withdrawn amount throughout the day = One hundred eighty $20 bills
The left amount in the ATM = 500 bills – 180 bills = 320 $20 bills

Question 24.
DIG DEEPER!
A cargo van can hold up to 2 tons. The driver weighs 200 pounds. He needs to transport as many 50-pound bags of dog food as possible. How many bags of dog food can the van hold?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 10

Answer:
A cargo van can transport 76-pound bags of dog food.

Explanation:
The weight can hold by a cargo van = 2 tons = 2 x 2000 pounds = 4000 pounds
Driver weight = 200 pounds
Weight of each dog food bag = 50-pounds
The remaining weight can be left for the dog food bags = 4000 – 200 = 3800 pounds
The number of bags van can transport = 3800 ÷ 50 = 38 hundred ÷ 5 tens = (38 ÷ 5) ten = 7.6 ten = 76

Division Patterns Homework & Practice 6.2

Find the quotient.
Question 1.
180 ÷ 2 = ______
Think: ____ ÷ _____ = _______

Answer:
180 ÷ 2 = 90
Think: 18 tens ÷ 2 = 9 tens

Explanation:

Question 2.
4,200 ÷ 70 = _____
Think: _____ ÷ _____ = _____

Answer:
4,200 ÷ 70 = 60
Think: 42 hundred ÷ 7 tens = (42 ÷ 7) tens = 6 tens

Explanation:

Question 3.
4,000 ÷ 5 = _____

Answer:
4,000 ÷ 5 = 800.

Explanation:
4 thousands ÷ 5 = 40 hundreds ÷ 5 = 8 hundreds.

Question 4.
270 ÷ 30 = _______

Answer:
270 ÷ 30 = 9.

Explanation:
27 tens ÷ 3 tens = 27 ÷ 3 = 9.

Question 5.
2,400 ÷ 60 = ______

Answer:
2,400 ÷ 60 = 40.

Explanation:
24 hundreds ÷ 6 tens = 4 tens.

Question 6.
200 divided by 40 is ______.

Answer:
200 divided by 40 is 5.

Explanation:
2 hundreds ÷ 4 tens = 20 tens ÷ 4 tens = 20 ÷ 4 = 5

Question 7.
400 divided by 20 is ______.

Answer:
400 divided by 20 is 20.

Explanation:
4 hundreds ÷ 2 tens = 4 tens ÷ 2 = 2 tens.

Question 8.
2,100 divided by 70 is ______.

Answer:
2,100 divided by 70 is 30.

Explanation:
21 hundreds ÷ 7 tens = 21 tens ÷ 7 = 3 tens

Find the missing factor.
Question 9.
2,400 ÷ ____ = 30

Answer:
2,400 ÷ 80 = 30.

Explanation:
Check which number divided by 24 gives quotient 3. So, 24 ÷ 8 = 3. That means 24 hundreds ÷ tens = 3 tens
(24 ÷ _) tens = 3 tens
24 ÷ 8 tens = 3 tens

Question 10.
______ ÷ 60 = 50

Answer:
3,000 ÷ 60 = 50.

Explanation:
_ thousands ÷ 6 tens = 5 tens
_ ÷ 6 hundreds = 5 tens
So, 3,000 ÷ 60 = 50

Question 11.
700 ÷ ____ = 70

Answer:
700 ÷ 10 = 70.

Explanation:
7 hundreds ÷ ___ = 7 tens
So, 7 hundreds ÷ ten = 7 tens

Compare
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 11

Answer:
45 hundreds ÷ 9 > 450 ÷ 90

Explanation:
45 hundreds ÷ 9 = 5 hundreds
450 ÷ 90 = 5
So, 45 hundreds ÷ 9 > 450 ÷ 90

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 12

Answer:
3600 ÷ 60 < 140 ÷ 2

Explanation:
3600 ÷ 60 = 36 hundreds ÷ 6 tens = 36 ÷ 6 tens = 6 tens
140 ÷ 2 = 14 tens ÷ 2 = (14 ÷ 2) tens = 7 tens
So, 3600 ÷ 60 < 140 ÷ 2

Question 14.
The elevator to the Top of the Rock Observation Deck in New York City travels 1,200 feet each minute. How many feet does the elevator travel each second?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 13

Answer:
The elevator to the Top of the Rock Observation Deck in New York City travels 20 feet in each second.

Explanation:
The elevator to the Top of the Rock Observation Deck in New York City travels 1,200 feet each minute.
1 minute has 60 seconds.
So, the elevator travels 1200 feet ÷ 60 in each second.
= 12 hundreds feet ÷ 6 tens = 12 tens ÷ 6 = 2 tens feet.

Question 15.
Reasoning
Why is 640 ÷ 80 equal to 64 ÷ 8?

Answer:
640 ÷ 80 = 64 tens ÷ 8 tens = 64 ÷ 8.
We can say that in 640 ÷ 80 both numerator and denominator have tens. By canceling those tens, we will get 64 ÷ 8.
So, 640 ÷ 80 = 64 ÷ 8

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
A black bear in a zoo eats 8 kilograms of food each day. He eats 4 equal-sized meals each day. How many grams of food are in each meal?

Answer:
A black bear in a zoo eats 2000 grand of food are in each meal.

Explanation:
The weight of food a black bear in a zoo eats a day = 8 kilograms = 8 x 1000 grams = 8000 grams
Number of meals in a day = 4 equal-sized meals
The weight of food black bear eat in each meal = 8000 ÷ 4 = 8 thousand ÷ 4 = (8 ÷ 4) thousand = 2 thound grams.

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
How many times faster does a grizzly bear’s heart beat each minute outside of hibernation than during hibernation?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 14

Answer:

Explanation:
1 Hour = 60 Minutes
So, outside of hibernation = 2400 ÷ 60 = 24 hundreds ÷ 6 tens = 24 ÷ 6 tens = 4 tens
During hibernation = 480 ÷ 60 = 48 tens ÷ 6 tens = 48 ÷ 6 = 8.

Review & Refresh

Compare.
Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 15

Answer:
7.829 > 7.851

Explanation:
7.829 is greater than 7.851. Because the digits after point will have lesser value.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 16

Answer:
0.65 = 0.650

Explanation:
In 0.650, 0 after 65 will have no value. So, 0.65 = 0.650.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.2 17

Answer:
2.816 < 2.814

Explanation:
2.816 is less than 2.814. Because the digits after point will have lesser value.

Lesson 6.3 Estimate Quotients

Explore and Grow

Complete the table. Explain how you can use the table to estimate 154 ÷ 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.3 1
154 ÷ 20 is about ______.

Answer:

154 ÷ 20 = 7

Explanation:
154 is greater than 160 and less than 140. So, the quotient lies between 7 and 8. Dividing 154 by 20 gives quotient 7, and remainder not zero.

Reasoning
Why did you choose your estimate? Compare your results with your partner’s.

Answer:
I have chosen estimate to get the result for division of two numbers. It may not give accurate result, but it gives appropriate value of quotient with easy and quick process. when compared with partners result, i will find the quotient fastly and appropriate answer.To estimate your result, you need to find the nearest numbers those are exactly divided by the divisor.

Think and Grow: Estimate Quotients

You can use division facts and compatible numbers to estimate a quotient.
Example
Estimate 4,139 ÷ 6.
Look at the first two digits of the dividend and use basic division facts.
Think: What numbers close to 4,139 are easily divided by 6?
Use 3,600. 36 ÷ 6 = 6, so 3,600 ÷ 6 = 600 .
Use 4,200. 42 ÷ 6 = 7, so 4,200 ÷ 6 = 700.
Choose 4,200 because 4,139 is closer to 4,200.
So, 4,139 ÷ 6 is about 700.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.3 2
Example
Estimate 2,805 ÷ 30.
Think: What numbers close to 2,805 are easily divided by 30?
Use 2,700. 27 ÷ 3 = 9
270 ÷ 30 = 9
2,700 ÷ 30 = 90

Use 3,000. 30 ÷ 3 = 10
300 ÷ 30 = 10
3,000 ÷ 30 = 100
Choose 2,700 because 2,805 is closer to 2,700.
So, 2,805 ÷ 30 is about 90.

Show and Grow

Find two numbers that the quotient is between.
Question 1.
5,482 ÷ 7
4,900 ÷ 7 = _____
5,600 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer:
5,482 ÷ 7 = 800
4,900 ÷ 7 = 49 hundreds ÷ 7 = 7 hundreds
5,600 ÷ 7 = 56 hundreds ÷ 7 = 8 hundreds

Explanation:
As the given dividend 5,482 is near to 5,600 and 5,600 ÷ 7 is 800. So, the answer is 800.

Question 2.
176 ÷ 52
150 ÷ 50 = ______
200 ÷ 50 = _______

Answer:
176 ÷ 52 is about 4.
150 ÷ 50 = 15 tens ÷ 5 tens = 3
200 ÷ 50 = 20 tens ÷ 5 tens = 4

Explanation:
Choose 200 because 176 is closer to 200.
So, 176 ÷ 52 is about 4

Question 3.
2,620 ÷ 67

Answer:
2,620 ÷ 67 is

Explanation:
What numbers close to 2,620 are easily divided by 67?
2620 ÷ 70 = 26 hundreds ÷ 7 tens = 26 tens ÷ 7 =
Use 3,600. 36 ÷ 6 = 6, so 3,600 ÷ 6 = 600 .
Use 4,200. 42 ÷ 6 = 7, so 4,200 ÷ 6 = 700.
Choose 4,200 because 4,139 is closer to 4,200.

Estimate the quotients
Question 4.
1,471 ÷ 5

Answer:
1,471 ÷ 5 is about 300.

Explanation:
Choose what numbers close to 1471 and easily divided by 5.
1500 ÷ 5 = 15 hundreds ÷ 5 = 3 hundreds = 300
1000 ÷ 5 = 10 hundreds ÷ 5 = 2 hundreds = 200
So, choose 1500 because 1471 is nearer to 1500.

Question 5.
280 ÷ 41

Answer:
280 ÷ 41 is about 7.

Explanation:
What numbers close to 280 and easily divisible by 40.
280 ÷ 40 = 28 tens ÷ 4 tens = 7
So, choose 280.

Question 6.
4,750 ÷ 88

Answer:
4,750 ÷ 88 is about 50.

Explanation:
Choose what numbers are closer to 4750 and divisible by 90.
4500 ÷ 90 = 45 hundreds ÷ 9 tens = 5 tens = 50
5400 ÷ 90 = 54 hundreds ÷ 9 tens = 6 tens = 60
So, choose 4500 which is the nearest number to 4750.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Estimate the quotients
Question 7.
557 ÷ 6

Answer:
557 ÷ 6 is about 90.

Explanation:
What numbers close to 557 and are easily divided by 6.
540 ÷ 6 = 54 tens ÷ 6 = 9 tens = 90
600 ÷ 6 = 60 tens ÷ 6 = 10 tens = 100
So, choose the number 540 is near to 557.

Question 8.
3,231 ÷ 5

Answer:
3,231 ÷ 5 is about 600.

Explanation:
What numbers close to 3231 and easily divided by 5.
3000 ÷ 5 = 30 hundreds ÷ 5 = 6 hundreds = 600
3500 ÷ 5 = 35 hundreds ÷ 5 = 7 hundreds = 700
So, choose 3000 which is near to 3231.

Question 9.
896 ÷ 11

Answer:
896 ÷ 11 is about 90.

Explanation:
Choose the numbers that are near to 896 and divisible by 11.
880 ÷ 11 = 88 tens ÷ 11 = 88
990 ÷ 11 = 99 tens ÷ 11 = 99
So, select 880 that is near to 896.

Question 10.
\(\sqrt [ 39 ]{ 7,610 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 39 ]{ 7,610 } \) is about 200.

Explanation:
Choose the numbers that are near to 7610 and divisible by 40.
8000 ÷ 40 = 8 thousands ÷ 4 tens = 8 hundreds ÷ 4 = 2 hundreds = 200
4000 ÷ 40 = 4 thousands ÷ 4 tens = 1 hundred = 100
So, choose 8000 which is near to 7610 and divisible by 40 that is near to 39.

Question 11.
\(\sqrt [ 94 ]{ 6,287 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 94 ]{ 6,287 } \) is about 70.

Explanation:
Choose the numbers those are close to 6287 and divisible by 90 that is near to 94.
6300 ÷ 90 = 63 hundreds ÷ 9 tens = 7 tens = 70
5400 ÷ 90 = 54 hundreds÷ 9 tens = 6 ten = 60
So, choose 6300 that is close to 6287 and divisible 90 that is near to 94.

Question 12.
\(\sqrt [ 79 ]{ 6,297 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 79 ]{ 6,297 } \) is about

Explanation:
Choose the numbers those are close to 6297 and divisible by 80 that is near to 79.
6400 ÷ 80 = 64 hundreds ÷ 8 tens = 8 tens = 80
5600 ÷ 80 = 56 hundreds ÷ 8 tens = 7 tens = 70
So, choose 6400 that is close to 6297 and divisible 80 that is near to 79.

Question 13.
In 1 hour, toll bridge attendants collect $4,873 from cars. About how many cars cross the bridge that hour?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.3 3

Answer:
Number of cars cross the bridge in one hour is 500 approximately.

Explanation:
Toll bridge attendants collection from cars in 1 hour = $4,873
One car cost = $11
Choose the number that is near to $4,873 and divisible by 10 which is near to 11.
4000 ÷ 10 = 4 thousands ÷ ten = 4 hundreds
5000 ÷ 10 = 5 thousands ÷ ten = 5 hundreds
So, choose 5000 which is near to 4873.

Question 14.
Reasoning
Newton has $415 to spend during a 15-day trip. He does not want to run out of money, so he plans to spend about the same amount each day. He estimates that the amount he can spend each day is $450 ÷ 15 = $30 or $300 ÷ 15 = $20. Which estimate should he choose? Explain.

Answer:
Newton should choose $300 ÷ 15 = $20.

Explanation:
Newton is spending $415 each day on a 15-day trip.
He can’t choose $450 ÷ 15 = $30 plan, because here the amount spend on a day is more than 415 so if he follow this he will be run out of money at the ending days of the trip.
So, he must choose $300 ÷ 15 estimate to spend the money without issues.

Question 15.
Writing
Without calculating, explain how you know whether the quotient of 176 and 62 is closer to 2 or 3.

Answer:
We can easily say that the quotient of 176 and 62 is 3. The reason is for your easy calculation, make 62 as 60 and the multiple of 60 which is nearest to 176 is 180.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The Eiffel Tower is about 2 times as tall as the Washington Monument. About how tall is the Washington Monument?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.3 4
Because the Eiffel Tower is about 2 times as tall as the Washington Monument, estimate 1,063 ÷ 2.
Think: What numbers close to 1,063 are easily divided by2?
Use 1,000. 10 ÷ 2 = 5, so 1,000 ÷ 2 = 500.
Use 1,200. 12 ÷ 2 = 6, so, 1,200 ÷ 2 = 600.
Choose 1,000 because 1,063 is closer to 1,000.
So, the Washington Monument is about 500 feet tall.

Show and Grow

Question 16.
The Pacific Crest Trail is 2,650 miles long. It is about 7 times as long as the Bigfoot Trail. About how long is the Bigfoot Trail?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.3 5

Answer:
The length of bigfoot trail is about 400 miles.

Explanation:
Pacific Crest Trail = 7 times Bigfoot trail
2650 miles = 7 Bigfoot tail
Bigfoot tail = 2650 ÷ 7
2800 ÷ 7 = 28 hundreds ÷ 7 = 4 hundreds
2100 ÷ 7 = 21 hundreds ÷ 7 = 3 hundreds
So, the length of bigfoot trail is 400 miles.

Question 17.
A family spends $2,473 each year for cell phone service. About how much does the family spend each month for cell phone service?

Answer:
The amount spend by a family for cell phone service in a month is 200.

Explanation:
The amount spend by a family for cell phone service in a year = $2,473
The amount spend by a family for cell phone service in a month = $2,473 ÷ 12
2400 ÷ 12 = 24 hundreds ÷ 12 = 2 hundreds
3600 ÷ 12 = 36 hundreds ÷ 12 = 3 hundreds
So, choose 2400 that is near to 2473.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 31 days to read a book with 138 pages and another book with 160 pages. You want to read an equal number of pages each day. About how many pages do you read each day?

Answer:
The number of pages read each day are 10.

Explanation:
The total number of pages in two books = 138 + 160 = 298
Number of days to read books = 31
If you read an equal number of pages each day, then number of pages read in a day = 298 ÷ 31
Choose the numbers near to 298 and divisible by 30 near to 31.
300 ÷ 30 = 3 hundreds ÷ 3 tens = 3 ÷ 3 tens = 1 ten
270 ÷ 30 = 27 tens ÷ 3 tens = 9

Estimate Quotients Homework & Practice 6.3

Find two numbers that the quotient is between.
Question 1.
1,306 ÷ 3
1,200 ÷ 3 = _____
1,500 ÷ 3 = _____

Answer:
1,306 ÷ 3 is about 400.
1,200 ÷ 3 = 12 hundreds ÷ 3 = 4 hundreds
1,500 ÷ 3 = 15 hundreds ÷ 3 = 5 hundreds

Explanation:
The number 1200 is near to 1306.

Question 2.
435 ÷ 80
400 ÷ 80 = ______
480 ÷ 80 = ______

Answer:
435 ÷ 80 is about 5.
400 ÷ 80 = 4 hundreds ÷ 8 tens = 40 tens ÷ 8 tens = 5
480 ÷ 80 = 48 tens ÷ 8 tens = 6

Explanation:
Number 400 is close to 435 and divisible by 80.

Question 3.
5,691 ÷ 68

Answer:
5,691 ÷ 68 is about 80.

Explanation:
What numbers are closer to 5691 and divisible by 70 which is near to 68.
5600 ÷ 70 = 56 hundreds ÷ 7 tens = 8 tens
4900 ÷ 70 = 49 hundreds ÷ 7 tens = 7 tens
So, choose 5600 which is near to 5691 and divisible by 70 which is near to 68.

Estimate the quotient.
Question 4.
2,506 ÷ 2

Answer:
2,506 ÷ 2 is about 1300

Explanation:
What numbers are near to 2506, divisible by 2.
2400 ÷ 2 = 24 hundreds ÷ 2 = 12 hundreds
2600 ÷ 2 = 26 hundreds ÷ 2 = 13 hundreds
So, choose 2600 which is near to 2506.

Question 5.
4,392 ÷ 88

Answer:
4,392 ÷ 88 is 50.

Explanation:
What numbers are near to 4392 and divided by 90 near to 88.
4500 ÷ 90 = 45 hundreds ÷ 9 tens = 5 tens
3600 ÷ 90 = 36 hundreds ÷ 9 tens = 4 tens
So, choose 4500 near to 4392.

Question 6.
2,416 ÷ 6

Answer:
2,416 ÷ 6 is 400.

Explanation:
What numbers are close to 2416 and divided by 6.
2400 ÷ 6 = 24 hundreds ÷ 6 = 4 hundreds
3000 ÷ 6 = 30 hundreds ÷ 6 = 5 hundreds
So, choose 2400 near to 2416.

Question 7.
\(\sqrt [ 52 ]{ 386 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 52 ]{ 386 } \) is 8.

Explanation:
What numbers are near to 386 and divided by 50 which is near to 52.
350 ÷ 50 = 35 tens ÷ 5 tens = 7
400 ÷ 50 = 40 tens ÷ 5 tens = 8
So choose 400 near to 386.

Question 8.
\(\sqrt [ 21 ]{ 1,495 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 21 ]{ 1,495 } \) is 70.

Explanation:
What numbers are close to 1495 and divided by 21 which is near to 20.
1400 ÷ 20 = 14 hundreds ÷ 2 tens = 7 tens
1600 ÷ 20 = 16 hundreds ÷ 2 tens = 8 tens
So, choose 1400 near to 1495.

Question 9.
\(\sqrt [ 43 ]{ 3,509 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 43 ]{ 3,509 } \) is 90.

Explanation:
What numbers are near to 3509 and divisible by 40 near to 43.
3200 ÷ 40 = 32 hundreds ÷ 4 tens = 8 tens
3600 ÷ 40 = 36 hundreds ÷ 4 tens = 9 tens
So, choose 3600 close to 3509.

Question 10.
The length of 1 year on Uranus is a little more than 84 years on Earth. About how many Uranus years are equal to 175 Earth years?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.3 6

Answer:
2 Uranus years are equal to 175 earth years.

Explanation:
Given that,
The length of 1 year on Uranus is a little more than 84 years on Earth.
175 earth years = 175 ÷ 84 years
160 ÷ 80 = 16 tens ÷ 8 tens = 2
240 ÷ 80 = 24 tens ÷ 8 tens = 3
So, 160 is near to 175.

Question 11.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds a quotient. Estimate to check whether your friend’s answer is reasonable.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.3 7

Answer:
Yes, the answer is reasonable.

Explanation:
What numbers are close to 1444 and divided by 76 which is near to 80.
1600 ÷ 80 = 16 hundreds ÷ 8 tens = 2 tens
800 ÷ 80 = 8 hundreds ÷ 8 tens = 1 tens
So, choose 1600 near to 1444.

Question 12.
Reasoning
A florist has 336 roses and 28 vases. He wants to determine how many flowers he can put into each vase without any left over. Should he use an estimate or an exact answer? Explain.

Answer:
He will get an exact answer i.e in each vase there are 12 roses.

Explanation:
The florist has 336 roses and 28 vases.
The number of flowers in each vase = 336 ÷ 28 = 12

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
A train ride from Chicago to Emeryville, California, is 2,438 miles. It is about 8 times as long as a train ride from Chicago to PortHuron, Michigan. About how long is the train ride from Chicago to Port Huron?

Answer:
The train ride from Chicago to Port Huron is about 300 miles long.

Explanation:
A train ride from Chicago to Emeryville, California = 8 x a train ride from Chicago to PortHuron, Michigan
2,438 = 8 x a train ride from Chicago to PortHuron, Michigan
A train ride from Chicago to PortHuron, Michigan = 2438 ÷ 8
Choose the numbers close to 2438, divided by 8.
2400 ÷ 8 = 24 hundreds ÷ 8 = 3 hundreds
3200 ÷ 8 = 32 hundreds ÷ 8 = 4 hundreds
So, choose 2400 is near to 2438.

Question 14.
Modeling Real Life
You are reading a book that has 784 pages. You have 18 days to read the entire book. About how many pages should you read each day?

Answer:
You can read 40 pages each day to complete the book in 18 days.

Explanation:
The number of pages of the book = 784
Number days to read book = 18
Number of pages should be read each day = 784 ÷ 18
Select the numbers which are near 784 and divided by 20 near 18.
600 ÷ 20 = 6 hundreds ÷ 2 tens = 3 tens
800 ÷ 20 = 8 hundreds ÷ 2 tens = 4 tens
So, choose 800 which is closer to 784 and divided by 20.

Review & Refresh

Write the decimal as a fraction.
Question 15.
0.61

Answer:
0.61 = (61 / 100)

Explanation:
Rewrite the decimal number as a fraction having a denominator 1.
0.61 = 0.61 / 1
Multiply the numerator and denominator of the fraction by 100 to remove 2 decimal places.
( 0.61 / 1) x (100 / 100) = 61 / 100

Question 16.
0.084

Answer:
0.084 = (84 / 1000)

Explanation:
Represent the given decimal number as a fraction with denominator 1.
0.084 = 0.084 / 1
Multiply the denominator and numerator of the fraction by the same number to remove 3 decimal places. Here, you can multiply by 10³ = 1000.
(0.084 / 1) x (1000 / 1000) = 84 / 1000

Question 17.
0.709

Answer:
0.709 = 709 / 1000

Explanation:
Mention the given decimal number as a fraction by keeping 1 in the denominator.
0.709 = 0.709 / 1
Multiply the fraction to eliminate 3 decimal places. Here, you can multiply both top and bottom by 10³ = 1000.
(0.709 / 1) x (1000 / 1000) = (709 / 1000)

Question 18.
0.5

Answer:
0.5 = 5 / 10

Explanation:
Keep 1 at the bottom and write the decimal number as a fraction.
0.5 = 0.5 / 1
Multiply both top and bottom by 10¹ = 10 to eliminate the decimal places.
(0.5 / 1) x (10 / 10) = 5 / 10

Lesson 6.4 Divide by One-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

Complete all three models to find 248 ÷ 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.4 1
Answer:
248 ÷ 8 = 31.

Structure
How would the models be the same for 3,069 ÷ 5? How would they be different?

Answer:
By using the Estimate Quotients process, we can just find the nearest possible value of the quotient. But this model gives the exact quotient value along with the remainder.

Think and Grow: Divide by One-Digit Numbers

Example
Find 3,069 ÷ 5. Estimate _______
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.4 3
So, 3,069 ÷ 5 = 613 R 4
Check: Because 613 R 4 is close to the estimate, the answer is reasonable.

Show and Grow

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 1.
\(\sqrt [ 7 ]{ 86 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 7 ]{ 86 } \) = 12 R 2

Explanation:

Question 2.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 3,212 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 3,212 } \) = 803 R 0

Explanation:

Question 3.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 1,759 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 1,759 } \) = 293 R 1

Explanation:

Apply and Grow: Practice

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 4.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 4,185 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 4,185 } \) = 1605 R 0

Explanation:

Question 5.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 730 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 730 } \) = 121 R 4

Explanation:

Question 6.
\(\sqrt [ 8 ]{ 7,106 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 8 ]{ 7,106 } \) = 888 R 2

Explanation:

Question 7.
824 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer:
824 ÷ 4 = 206 R 0

Explanation:

Question 8.
4,526 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer:
4,526 ÷ 2 = 2263

Explanation:

Question 9.
9,364 ÷ 9 = _______

Answer:
9,364 ÷ 9 = 1040 R 9

Explanation:

Question 10.
Your cousin babysits for 5 days and earns a total of $375. How much money does your cousin earn each day?

Answer:
Your cousin earns $75 on babysits daily.

Explanation:
Cousin earnings on babysits = $375
Number of days cousin babysits = 5
Amount she earns each day = $375 ÷ 5 = $75

Question 11.
Number Sense
Without calculating, determine whether you place the first digit of the quotient in the hundreds place or the thousands place. Explain.
6,529 ÷ 8

Answer:
I will place the first digit of the quotient on the hundreds place.
6,529 ÷ 8 = 816 R 1

Explanation:
Generally, we place the quotients on the top of the dividend one by one. Here, we can easily say that we are putting the first digit of the quotient on hundreds of places by seeing the numbers. The strategy here is if the first digit of the divided is greater than the divisor, then the quotient will have (dividend – 1) numbers.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Complete the multiplication problem to check the division work. Then use the word cards to label each part of the multiplication problem.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.4 4

Answer:
dividend = divisor × quotient + remainder
520 = 7 x 74 + 2
= 518 + 2

Explanation:

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
There are 118 elements in the periodic table. There are 6 groups of students in a class. Each group is assigned about the same number of elements to study. How many elements does each group study?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.4 5
Divide 118 by 6 to find how many elements each group studies.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.4 6
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 19. So, each group studies at least 19 elements.
The remainder is 4. There are 4 elements not assigned to a group.
So, 6 groups must study 1 more element.
Subtract to find how many groups study 19 elements. 6 − 2 = 4
So, 2 groups study 21 elements, and 4 groups study 19 elements.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
A total of 243 students take a field trip on 5 buses. Each bus must have about the same number of students. How many students must ride on each bus?

Answer:
At least 48 students must ride on each bus.

Explanation:
Divide 243 by 5 to get how many students must ride on each bus.

The quotient is 48. So, each bus has at least 48 students.
The remainder is 3. There are 3 students who are not on buses.
Subtract to find how many buses have 48 students. 5 – 3 = 2
So, 3 buses have 147, and 2 buses have 96 students.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
The boiling point of tungsten is 5,660 degrees Celsius. This is 160 degrees hotter than 2 times the boiling point of iron. What is the boiling point of iron?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.4 7
Answer:
The boiling point of iron is 2750 degrees Celsius.

Explanation:
The boiling point of tungsten = 5660 degrees Celsius
= 160 degrees + 2 times the boiling point of the iron.
2 times the boiling point of the iron = 5660 – 160 = 5500

Thus boiling point of the iron = 5500 ÷ 2

So, the boiling point of the iron = 2750 degrees Celsius.

Divide by One-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 6.4

Divide. Then Check your answer.
Question 1.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 834 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 834 } \) = 139 R 0

Explanation:

Question 2.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 881 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 881 } \) = 220 R 1

Explanation:

Question 3.
\(\sqrt [ 2 ]{ 4,135 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 2 ]{ 4,135 } \) = 2067 R 1

Explanation:

Question 4.
215 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer:
215 ÷ 7 = 30 R 5

Explanation:

Question 5.
6,517 ÷ 4 = _____

Answer:
6,517 ÷ 4 = 1629 R 1

Explanation:

Question 6.
3,155 ÷ 5 = _____

Answer:
3,155 ÷ 5 = 631

Explanation:

Question 7.
Your friend makes care packages with 9 items in each package. She has 1,350 items. How many care packages can she make?

Answer:
Your friend can make 150 care packages.

Explanation:
Divide 1350 by 9 to get the number of care packages made by your friend.

So, 150 care packages made by your friend.

Question 8.
Number Sense
What is the dividend when the divisor is 8 and the quotient is 96 with remainder 3? Explain how you found the dividend.

Answer:
The dividend is 771.

Explanation:
Dividend = Divisor × Quotient + Remainder
Dividend = 8 x 96 + 3
= 768 + 3 = 771

Question 9.
Reasoning
Your friend says the quotient of 3,627 and 9 is 43. Is your friend’s answer reasonable? Explain.

Answer:
Not reasonable. why because, when we divide 3627 by 9, we can see the quotient as 403 and the remainder 0.

Explanation:

We can see that the quotient of 3627 by 9 is 403. So, it is not reasonable.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
Choose two numbers to write a division expression that has the greatest quotient. Then evaluate.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.4 8

Answer:
5004 ÷ 2 = 2502 is the division expression that has the greatest quotient.

Explanation:
5004 ÷ 2 = 2502

2400 ÷ 6 = 400

6378 ÷ 3 = 2126

Out of all 5004 ÷ 2 has the greatest quotient.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
A principal invites 138 students to a reward breakfast. Nine students sit at each table. How many tables are there?

Answer:
There are 15 tables.

Explanation:
Divide 138 by 9 to find how many tables are there.

There are 15 tables.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
A class makes origami cubes. Each cube requires 6 sheets of paper. The class makes as many cubes as possible with 550 sheets of paper. How many more sheets of paper does the class need to make one more cube?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.4 9

Answer:
2 more sheets are needed to make one more cube.

Explanation:
Divide 550 by 6 to get how many more sheets of paper does the class need to make one more cube.

The remainder is 4. So, 2 more sheets of paper are required to make one more cube.

Review & Refresh

Estimate the product.
Question 13.
0.9 × 82

Answer:
0.9 × 82 = 80

Explanation:
To multiply the numbers, round them to the nearest greatest value.
0.9 x 82 = 1 x 80
= 1 x 8 tens = 8 tens

Question 14.
36 × 2.71

Answer:
36 × 2.71 = 120

Explanation:
36 × 2.71 = 40 x 3 = 4 tens x 3
= 12 tens = 120

Lesson 6.5 Use Partial Quotients to Divide by Two-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

How can you use an area model to find 168 ÷ 14?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 1

Answer:
168 ÷ 14 = 12

Explanation:
168 = 140 + 28

Area = 168 sq units
so, 168 ÷ 14 = 12

Reasoning
Explain how your model shows the quotient.
Answer:

Think and Grow: Use Partial Quotients to Divide

Example
Use an area model and partial quotients to find 180÷ 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 2

Example
Use an area model and partial quotients to find 396 ÷ 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 3

Show and Grow

Use an area model and partial quotients to divide.
Question 1.
176 ÷ 16 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 4

Answer:
176 ÷ 16 = 11

Explanation:

Partial quotients 10 + 1 = 11

Area = 160 + 16 = 176
So, 176 ÷ 16 = 11

Question 2.
182 ÷ 13 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 5

Answer:
182 ÷ 13 = 14

Explanation:

Partial Quotients = 10 + 4 = 14

Area = 130 + 52 = 182
So, 182 ÷ 13 = 14

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use an area model and partial quotients to divide.
Question 3.
154 ÷ 14 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 6

Answer:
154 ÷ 14 = 11

Explanation:

Partial Quotient = 10 + 1 = 11

Area = 140 + 14 = 154
So, 154 ÷ 14 = 11.

Question 4.
224 ÷ 16 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 7

Answer:
224 ÷ 16 = 14

Explanation:

Partial quotients = 10 + 4 = 14

Area = 160 + 64 = 224
so, 224 ÷ 16 = 14.

Use partial quotients to divide.
Question 5.
204 ÷ 17

Answer:
204 ÷ 17 = 12

Explanation:

Area = 170 + 34 = 204
So, 204 ÷ 17 = 10 + 2 = 12

Question 6.
225 ÷ 15

Answer:
225 ÷ 15 = 15

Explanation:

Area = 150 + 75 = 225
So, 225 ÷ 15 = 10 + 5 = 15

Question 7.
Writing
Explain why there is more than one way to draw an area model to find a quotient.

Answer:
Area model or box model is a rectangular diagram used for division or multiplication problems. Here the quotient or factors and divisor define the length and width of the rectangle. You can break the area of a rectangle into several smaller boxes using number bonds to make calculations easier. So, there are several ways to draw an areal model to find the quotient.

Question 8.
A puma jumps 132 inches up onto a rock. How many feet does the puma jump?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 8

Answer:
11 foot the puma jumps up on the rock.

Explanation:
We already know that 1 foot = 12 inches
Divide 132 ÷ 12 to get how many feet does the puma jump.

Area = 120 + 12 = 132
So, 132 ÷ 12 = 10 + 1 = 11

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
Write two related division equations represented by the model.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 9

Answer:
160 ÷ 16, 112 ÷ 16.

Explanation:
Add the first column and second columns separately to get the dividends of the division equation. And the width of the rectangle is the divisor of the division equations.
So, first equation is (100 + 60) ÷ 16 = 160 ÷ 16
Second equation is (70 + 42) ÷ 16 = 112 ÷ 16

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A zookeeper cleans the rectangular floor of a baboon enclosure. The floor of the enclosure has an area of 156 square feet and a width of 12 feet. What is the length of the enclosure?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 10
Use the area of a rectangle formula. Write the related division equation to find the length of the enclosure.
ℓ × w = A Area formula
ℓ × 12 = 156
156 ÷ 12 = ℓ
Use an area model and partial quotients to find 156 ÷ 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 11.1
So, the length of the enclosure is 10 + 3 = 13.

Show and Grow

Question 10.
A bakery owner tiles the rectangular floor. What is the length of the floor?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 11

Answer:
The length of the rectangular floor is 18 feet.

Explanation:
Length x Width = Area
l x 16 = 288
l = 288 ÷ 16
Here, we are using partial quotients to find 288 ÷ 16

So, 288 ÷ 16 = 10 + 8 = 18

Question 11.
There are 176 fifth graders and 198 sixth graders signed up for soccer. Each soccer team has 11 players. How many more sixth-grade teams are there than fifth-grade teams?

Answer:
Number of fifth-grade teams = 16
Number of six-grade teams = 18
So, 18 – 16 = 2 sixth-grade teams are more than fifth-grade teams.

Explanation:
Number of fifth-grade teams = 176 ÷ 11
Using the area model to find 176 ÷ 11

Area = 110 + 66 = 176
So, 176 ÷ 11 = 10 + 6 = 16
Number of six-grade teams = 198 ÷ 11
Using partial quotients to find 198 ÷ 11

So, 198 ÷ 11 = 10 + 8 = 18
Therefore, 18 – 16 = 2 sixth-grade teams are more than fifth-grade teams.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton earns $195 for working 15 hours as a radio host. How much money does Newton earn in 3 hours?

Answer:
Newton can earn $39 in 3 hours for working as a radio host.

Explanation:
Divide 195 ÷ 15 to get how much money does newton earn in one hour.
Use the area model to find 195 ÷ 15.

Area = 150 + 45 = 195
So, 195 ÷ 15 = 10 + 3 = 13
Newton earns $13 in one hour.
So, the money earned in 3 hours = 13 x 3 = $39

Use Partial Quotients to Divide by Two-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 6.5

Use an area model and partial quotients to divide.
Question 1.
165 ÷ 11 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 12

Answer:
165 ÷ 11 = 55

Explanation:

Area = 110 + 55 = 165

Partial Quotients = 10 + 5 = 15
So, 165 ÷ 11 = 55

Question 2.
192 ÷ 12 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 13

Answer:
192 ÷ 12 = 16

Explanation:

Area = 120 + 72 = 192

Partial Quotients = 10 + 6 = 16
So, 192 ÷ 12 = 16

Use partial products to divide.
Question 3.
156 ÷ 13

Answer:
156 ÷ 13 = 12

Explanation:

Partial Quotients = 10 + 2 = 12
So, 156 ÷ 13 = 12

Question 4.
121 ÷ 11

Answer:
121 ÷ 11 = 11

Explanation:

Partial Quotients = 10 + 1 = 11
So, 121 ÷ 11 = 11.

Question 5.
There are 143 players in a football league. The director divides the players into13 teams. How many players are on each team?

Answer:
There are 11 players on each team.

Explanation:
Divide 143 ÷ 13 to get the number of players on each team.

Partial Quotients = 10 + 1 = 11
So, 143 ÷ 13 = 11

Question 6.
Open-Ended
Write a division expression that has a 3-digit dividend, a divisor between 15 and 20, and no remainder. Use base ten blocks to find the quotient.

Answer:
112 ÷ 16 = 7.

Explanation:

The value of each block is written there.

Question 7.
Structure
Newton finds 506 ÷ 22. Explain how his steps change if he uses 20 as the first partial quotient.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 14

Answer:
If he uses 20 x 22 = 440 as the first partial quotient. Then 506 – 440 = 66. And the second partial quotient will be 22 x 3 = 66. Then 66 – 66 = 0. So the remainder is 0. Partial quotients = 20 + 3 = 23.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
A rectangular Olympic gymnastics floor has an area of 144 square meters. What is the length of the floor?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.5 15

Answer:
The length of the floor is 12 m.

Explanation:
l x w = A
l x 12 = 144
l = 144 ÷ 12
Using the area model, find 144 ÷ 12.

Area = 120 + 24 = 144
So, 144 ÷ 12 = 10 + 2 = 12.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
A vending machine worker has 78 bags of cherry fruit snacks and 91 bags of strawberry fruit snacks. Each row of the vending machine holds 13 items from front to back. How many rows does the worker fill with fruit snacks?

Answer:
The worker fills the fruit snacks on 13 rows.

Explanation:
The total number of fruit bags = 78 + 91 = 169
Divide 169 ÷ 13 to get how many rows does the worker fill with fruit snacks.
Use the area model to calculate 169 ÷ 13.

Area = 130 + 39 = 169
So, 169 ÷ 13 = 10 + 3 = 13
So, the worker fills the fruit snacks on 13 rows.

Review & Refresh

Evaluate the expression.

Question 10.
24 ÷ (6 + 2) + 14

Answer:
24 ÷ (6 + 2) + 14 = 17

Explanation:
24 ÷ (6 + 2) + 14 = 24 ÷ 8 + 14
24 ÷ 8 = 3
3 + 14 = 17

Question 11.
5 + 10 × 7 – 9

Answer:
5 + 10 × 7 – 9 = 66

Explanation:
Based on the arithmetical operator included between the numbers, it has given some preference to evaluate first.
5 + 10 × 7 – 9 = 5 + (10 x 7) – 9
= (5 + 70) – 9
= 75 – 9 = 66.

Question 12.
(135 + 96 + 165) × 10

Answer:
(135 + 96 + 165) × 10 = 3960

Explanation:
(135 + 96 + 165) × 10 = 396 x 10 = 3960

Lesson 6.6 Use Partial Quotients with a Remainder

Explore and Grow

Use an area model to find 240 ÷ 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.6 1

Answer:
240 ÷ 15 = 16.

Explanation:

Area = 150 + 90 = 240
So, 240 ÷ 15 = 10 + 6 = 16

Can you use an area model to find 190 ÷ 15? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.6 2

Answer:
We can’t use the area model to find 190 ÷ 15. Why because 15 does not divide evenly into 190.

Construct Arguments
Explain to your partner how you know that 15 does not divide evenly into 190.

Answer:
First, we need to find the first partial quotient i.e 15 x 10 = 150. Then 190 – 150 = 40. 40 is not divisible by 15. So, we can say that 15 does not divide evenly into 190.

Think and Grow: Use Partial Quotients

Example
Use an area model and partial quotients to find 475 ÷ 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.6 3

Answer:
475 ÷ 19 = 10 + 10 + 5 = 25

Example
Use partial quotients to find 1,890 ÷ 52.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.6 4

Answer:

1,890 ÷ 52 = (20 + 10 + 6) R 18 = 36 R 18.

Show and Grow

Use partial quotients to divide.
Question 1.
523 ÷ 41 = _____ R ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.6 5

Answer:
523 ÷ 41 = 12 R 31.

Explanation:

Partial quotient = 10 + 2 = 12
So, 523 ÷ 41 = 12 R 31

Question 2.
2,760 ÷ 87 = ____ R ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.6 6

Answer:
2,760 ÷ 87 = 31 R 63

Explanation:

Partial quotient = 30 + 1 = 31
So, 2,760 ÷ 87 = 31 R 63

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use partial quotients to divide.
Question 3.
\(\sqrt [ 28 ]{ 476 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 28 ]{ 476 } \) = 17 R 28

Explanation:

Partial quotient = 10 + 7 = 17
So, \(\sqrt [ 28 ]{ 476 } \) = 17 R 28

Question 4.
\(\sqrt [ 31 ]{ 605 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 31 ]{ 605 } \) = 19 R 16

Explanation:

Partial quotient = 10 + 9 = 19
So, \(\sqrt [ 31 ]{ 605 } \) = 19 R 19

Question 5.
\(\sqrt [ 47 ]{ 1,833 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 47 ]{ 1,833 } \) = 39

Explanation:

Partial quotient = 30 + 9 = 39
So, \(\sqrt [ 47 ]{ 1,833 } \) = 39 R 0

Question 6.
846 ÷ 93 = ______

Answer:
846 ÷ 93 = 9 R 9

Explanation:

Partial quotient = 9
So, 846 ÷ 93 = 9 R 9

Question 7.
6,305 ÷ 65 = _______

Answer:
6,305 ÷ 65 = 97 R 0

Explanation:

Partial quotient = 90 + 7 = 97
So, 6,305 ÷ 65 = 97 R 0

Question 8.
5,603 ÷ 72 = _____

Answer:
5,603 ÷ 72 = 77 R 59

Explanation:

Partial quotient = 70 + 7 = 77
So, 5,603 ÷ 72 = 77 R 59

Question 9.
A punching bag weighs 960 ounces. There are 16 ounces in 1 pound. What is the weight of the punching bag in pounds?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.6 7

Answer:
The weight of the punching bag in pounds is 60.

Explanation:
Divide 960 by 16 to get the weight of the punching bag in pounds.

Partial quotients = 60
So, 960 ÷ 16 = 60

Question 10.
Reasoning
Your friend wants to divide 2,561 by 34. She multiplies 34 by 100 for her first partial quotient. Is this reasonable? Explain.

Answer:
The first partial quotient is 34 x 70 = 2380. So, it is not reasonable.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
A division problem has 56 as its divisor. The partial quotients are 10 and 8. The remainder is 2. What is the dividend?

Answer:
The dividend is 1010.

Explanation:
Partial Quotients = 10 + 8 = 18
Dividend = Divisor x Quotient + Remainder.
Dividend = 56 x 18 + 2
= 1008 + 2 = 1010.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You have 214 seeds. You want to plant all of the seeds by putting 1 seed in each section of a 12-section egg carton. How many egg cartons do you need?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.6 8
Divide 214 by 12 to find how many egg cartons you need.
Use partial quotients.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.6 9
214 ÷ 12 = 17 R 10
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 17. So, 17 cartons will be full.
The remainder is 10. So, 1 carton will have 10 seeds.
So, you need 18 egg cartons.

Show and Grow

Question 12.
A screen printing shop makes 736 T-shirts. A shipping box can hold 28 T-shirts. How many boxes are needed to ship all of the T-shirts?

Answer:
27 shipping boxes are required to ship all of the T-shirts.

Explanation:
Divide 736 by 28 to find how many boxes are needed to ship all of the T-shirts
Use partial quotients.

Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 26. So, 26 shipping boxes will be full.
The remainder is 8. So, 1 shipping box will have 8 T-shirts.
So, you need 27 shipping boxes.

Question 13.
The owner of a popcorn stand makes 2,568 ounces of popcorn in 1 day. How many 64-ounce bags of popcorn can the owner fill completely?

Answer:
The owner can fill 41, 64-ounce bags of popcorn.

Explanation:
Divide 2,568 by 64 to find how many 64-ounce bags of popcorn can the owner fill completely.
Use partial quotient.

Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 40. So, 40-ounce bags of popcorn are full.
The remainder is 8. So, 1 bag of popcorn will have 8-ounce.
So, the owner can fill 41, 64-ounce bags of popcorn.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
A fruit bouquet worker needs 24 strawberries, 40 grapes, 16 raspberries, and 16 blackberries to make 1 fruit bouquet. How many fruit bouquets can the worker make with the amount of fruit in stock? Explain?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.6 10

Answer:
The worker can make 51 fruit bouquets with the amount of fruit in stock.

Explanation:
The total amount of fruits in stock = 1178 + 1685 + 992 + 956 = 4811

Number of fruits in the bouqet = 24 + 40 + 16 + 16 = 96
Divide 4811 by 96 to find how many fruit bouquets can the worker make with the amount of fruit in stock

Partial quotient = 50
So, 4811 ÷ 96 = 50 R 11.

Use Partial Quotients with a Remainder Homework & Practice 6.6

Use partial quotients to divide.
Question 1.
426 ÷ 21 = _____ R _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.6 11

Answer:
426 ÷ 21 = 20 R 6

Explanation:

Partial quotient = 20
So, 426 ÷ 21 = 20 R 6

Question 2.
1,832 ÷ 32 = ______ R _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.6 12

Answer:
1,832 ÷ 32 = 57 R 8

Explanation:

Partial quotient = 50 + 7 = 57
So, 1,832 ÷ 32 = 57 R 8

Question 3.
\(\sqrt [ 16 ]{ 279 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 16 ]{ 279 } \) = 17 R 7

Explanation:

Partial quotient = 10 + 7 = 17
So, \(\sqrt [ 16 ]{ 279 } \) = 17 R 7

Question 4.
\(\sqrt [ 95 ]{ 970 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 95 ]{ 970 } \) = 10 R 20

Explanation:

Partial quotient = 10
So, \(\sqrt [ 95 ]{ 970 } \) = 10 R 20

Question 5.
\(\sqrt [ 43 ]{ 2,451 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 43 ]{ 2,451 } \) = 57

Explanation:

Partial quotient = 50 + 7 = 57
So, \(\sqrt [ 43 ]{ 2,451 } \) = 57

Use partial quotients to divide.
Question 6.
504 ÷ 18 = ______

Answer:
504 ÷ 18 = 28

Explanation:

Partial quotient = 20 + 8 = 28
So, 504 ÷ 18 = 28

Question 7.
3,740 ÷ 64 = _____

Answer:
3,740 ÷ 64 = 58 R 28

Explanation:

Partial quotient = 50 + 8 = 58
So, 3,740 ÷ 64 = 58 R 28

Question 8.
9,261 ÷ 57 = ______

Answer:
9,261 ÷ 57 = 162 R 27

Explanation:

Partial quotients = 100 + 60 + 2 = 162
So, 9,261 ÷ 57 = 162 R 27

Question 9.
A teacher has 1,025 books. She places an equal number of books into each of 30 bins. How many books are in each bin?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.6 13

Answer:
35 books are in each bin.

Explanation:
Divide 1025 by 30 to find how many books are in each bin.

Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 34. So, 34 bins are required to fill books.
The remainder is 5. So, 1 bin will have 5 books.
So, 35 books are there in each bin.

Question 10.
Number Sense
What is the greatest possible whole number remainder when you divide a number by 75? Explain.

Answer:
74 is the greatest possible whole number divided obtained after dividing a number by 75. This remainder is obtained by dividing 149 by 75.

Question 11.
Structure
Solve 4,123 ÷ 78 two different ways using partial quotients.

Answer:
4,123 ÷ 78 = 52 R 67

Explanation:
Method 1:

Partial Quotients = 50 + 2 = 52
Method 2:

Partial Quotients = 40 + 12 = 52
So, 4,123 ÷ 78 = 52 R 67

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
One study shows that American adults eat about 31 pounds of cheese each year. How many years does it take for an adult to eat 1,500 pounds of cheese?

Answer:
It takes a total of 49 years for an adult to eat 1500 pounds of cheese.

Explanation:
Divide 1500 pounds by 31 pounds.

Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 48. So, it takes 48 years for an adult to eat cheese.
The remainder is 12. So, an adult will eat 12 pounds of cheese in 1 year.
So, it takes a total of 49 years for an adult to eat 1,500 pounds of cheese.

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
There are 212 students and 89 teachers attending a leadership conference. One table can seat 16 people. How many tables are needed?

Answer:
A total of 19 tables are needed.

Explanation:
Number of people attending conference = 212 + 89 = 301
One can table can seat 16 people.
So, divide 301 by 16 to find how many tables are needed.

Partial quotients = 10 + 8
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 18. So, 18 tables are required.
The remainder is 13. So, 1 more table having 13 people.
So, the number of tables required is 19.

Review & Refresh

Estimate the product.
Question 14.
487 × 92

Answer:
487 × 92 = 45000

Explanation:
Round up the given numbers to the nearest hundreds and tens.
487 can be rounded to 500 and 92 can be rounded to 90.
So, 500 x 90 = 5 hundreds x 9 tens = 45 thousands.

Question 15.
24 × 211

Answer:
24 × 211 = 4000

Explanation:
Round up the given numbers to the nearest hundreds and tens.
24 can be rounded to 20 and 211 can be rounded to 200.
So, 200 x 20 = 2 hundreds x 2 tens = 4 thousands.

Question 16.
49 × 657

Answer:
49 × 657 = 35000

Explanation:
Round up the given numbers to the nearest hundreds and tens.
49 can be rounded to 50 and 657 can be rounded to 700.
So, 50 x 700 = 5 tens x 7 hundreds = 35 thousands.

Lesson 6.7 Divide Three-Digit Numbers by Two-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

All of the division problems have no remainders. Which problems have one-digit quotients? Which problems have two-digit quotients? How do you know without calculating?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.7 1

Answer:
The division problems have one-digit quotients are 344 ÷ 43, 340 ÷ 68, 711 ÷ 79. And the division problems which have two-digit quotients are 312 ÷ 18, 840 ÷ 24, 407 ÷ 11.

Explanation:
All the divisors are two digits, so we can take the first two digits or three digits of the dividend for calculation. If the dividend starting digits are greater than divisor numbers, then it has a two-digit quotient. If the divided starting digits is less than the divisor, then it has a one-digit quotient.

Reasoning
Explain how estimation can help you determine the number of digits in a quotient.

Answer:
The simple strategy is, the starting digits of the dividend is greater than the divisor, then it has a one-digit quotient. And if the starting digits of the divisor is greater than the divisor, then it has the two-digit quotient.

Think and Grow: Divide Three-Digit Numbers by Two-DigitNumbers

Example
Find 368 ÷ 16. Estimate ______
Use the estimate to place the first digit in the quotient.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.7 2

Answer:
368 ÷ 16 = 23.

Show and Grow

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 1.
\(\sqrt [ 18 ]{ 612 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 18 ]{ 612 } \) = 34

Explanation:
The digit is in the hundreds place.
Divide the tens.
61 tens ÷ 18
3 tens x 18
61 tens – 54 tens
There are 7 tens left over.
Divide the ones.
72 ones ÷ 18
4 ones x 18
72 ones – 72 ones
There are 0 ones left over.
Regroup 3 tens and 4 ones.
So, 612 ÷ 18 = 34.
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 2.
\(\sqrt [ 42 ]{ 294 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 42 ]{ 294 } \) = 7

Explanation:
The digit is in the hundreds place.
Divide the hundreds.
29 hundreds ÷ 42
7 ones x 42
294 – 294 = 0
So, \(\sqrt [ 42 ]{ 294 } \) = 7.
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 3.
\(\sqrt [ 30 ]{ 580 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 30 ]{ 580 } \) = 19

Explanation:

Apply and Grow: Practice

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 4.
\(\sqrt [ 16 ]{ 293 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 16 ]{ 293 } \) = 18.

Explanation:
The first digit is in the hundreds place.
Divide the tens.
29 tens ÷ 16.
1 ten x 16
29 tens – 16 tens = 13 tens
divide the ones.
133 ÷ 16
16 x 8 ones = 128
133 – 128 = 5
Regroup 10 tens and 8 ones = 10 + 8 = 18.
So, \(\sqrt [ 16 ]{ 293 } \) = 18.
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 5.
\(\sqrt [ 35 ]{ 375 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 35 ]{ 375 } \) = 10

Explanation:
The first digit is in the hundreds place.
Divide the tens.
37 tens ÷ 35
1 ten x 35 = 35 tens
37 tens – 35 tens = 2 tens
Divide the ones.
25 ÷ 35
So, \(\sqrt [ 35 ]{ 375 } \) = 10
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 6.
\(\sqrt [ 77 ]{ 847 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 77 ]{ 847 } \) = 11

Explanation:
The first digit is in the hundreds place.
Divide the tens.
84 tens ÷ 77
1 ten x 77 = 770
84 tens – 77 tens = 7 tens
Divide the ones.
77 one ÷ 77 = 1
Regroup 1 ten and 1.
So, \(\sqrt [ 77 ]{ 847 } \) = 11.
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 7.
564 ÷ 94 = ______

Answer:
564 ÷ 94 = 6

Explanation:
The first digit is in the hundreds place.
564 ÷ 94 = 6

Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 8.
998 ÷ 33 = _______

Answer:
998 ÷ 33 = 30

Explanation:
The first digit is in the hundreds place.
Divide the tens.
3 tens x 33 = 99 tens
99 tens – 99 tens = 0
So, 998 ÷ 33 = 30
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 9.
702 ÷ 54 = ________

Answer:
702 ÷ 54 = 13

Explanation:
The first digit is in the hundreds place.
Divide the tens.
70 tens ÷ 54
1 ten x 54 = 54 tens
70 tens – 54 tens = 16 tens
divide the ones.
162 ÷ 54
54 x 3 ones = 162
162 – 162 = 0
Regroup 1 ten and 3 ones.
So, 702 ÷ 54 = 13
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 10.
A period of 20 years is called a score. It takes about 460 years for a score plastic bottle to decompose in a landfill. How many scores does it take for a plastic bottle to decompose?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.7 3

Answer:
It requires 23 scores for a plastic bottle to decompose.

Explanation:
Divide 460 by 20 to get how many scores does it take for a plastic bottle to decompose.
Divide the ten.
46 tens ÷ 20
2 tens x 20 = 40 tens
46 tens – 40 tens = 6 tens
Divide the ones.
60 ÷ 20
20 x 3 ones = 60
60 – 60 = 0
Regroup 2 tens and 3 ones.
So, 460 ÷ 20 = 23
Therefore, 23 scores are required for a plastic bottle to decompose.

Question 11.
Number Sense
Can you have a remainder that is greater than the divisor?

Answer:
No, remainder of a division problem is not greater than the divisor.
Explanation:
If a remainder is greater than divisor, latter can go one more time and hence division is not complete. Even if remainder is equal to divisor, it can still go one more time. Hence remainder has to be less than the divisor.

Question 12.
Structure
Find 304 ÷ 16 using two different methods. Which method do you prefer? Why?

Answer:
I prefer to solve 304 ÷ 16 by using the actual division method. Because actual division method gives the exact answer easily.

So, 304 ÷ 16 = 19.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
Tours of a television studio have no more than 45 guests. There are 589 guests in line to tour the studio. How many tours are full?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.7 4
Divide the total number of guests by the number of guests in each tour to find how many tours are full.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.7 5
Divide the tens. Then divide the ones.
589 ÷ 45 = 13 R 4
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 13. So, 13 tours are full with 45 guests each.
The remainder is 4. There are 4 guests left. So, the last tour is not full and has 4 guests.
So, 13 tours are full.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
A farmer has 918 eggs to sell at a farmer’s market. She packs 12 eggs in each carton. How many cartons are full?

Answer:
76 Cartons are full.

Explanation:
Divide the total number of eggs by number of eggs in each carton to get how many cartons are full.

Divide the tens. Then divide the ones.
918 ÷ 12 = 76 R 6
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 76. So, 12 cartons are full with 12 eggs each.
The remainder is 6. There are 6 eggs left.
So the last carton is not fill and has 6 eggs.
So, 76 cartons are full.

Question 14.
Descartes makes 770 cups of apple cider. He pours 16 cups of cider into each container. How many containers does Descartes need?

Answer:
Descartes need 49 containers to fill 770 cups of apple cider.

Explanation:
Divide number of cups of aplicider by the number of cups of cider in each container to get how many containers are required.

Divide the tens. Then divide the ones.
770 ÷ 16 = 48 R 2
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 48. So, 48 containers are full with 16 cups of apple cider.
The remainder is 2. There are 2 cups of cider is left.
So the last container is not full and has 2 cups of cider.
So, 49 containers are required.

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
Six teachers and 144 students attend a glassblowing demonstration. An auditorium has 10 rows with 23 seats in each row. Students begin filling in the front row and do not leave any empty seats. The remaining students and teachers sit in the last row. How many students sit with the teachers?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.7 6

Answer:
6 students sit with the teachers in the last row of the auditorium.

Explanation:
Divide 144 by 23.
1
144 ÷ 23 = 6 R 6
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 6. So, 6 rows are filled with the students.
The remainder is 6. So, 6 more students are left to sit with teachers.

Divide Three-Digit Numbers by Two-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 6.7

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 1.
\(\sqrt [ 21 ]{ 735 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 21 ]{ 735 } \) = 35

Explanation:
The first digit is in the hundreds place.
Divide the tens.
73 tens ÷ 21
3 tens x 21 = 63 tens
73 tens – 63 tens = 10 tens
Divide the ones.
105 one ÷ 21
21 x 5 one = 105 ones
105 ones – 105 ones = 0
Regroup 3 tens and 5 ones.
So, \(\sqrt [ 21 ]{ 735 } \) = 35
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 2.
\(\sqrt [ 64 ]{ 802 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 64 ]{ 802 } \) = 12 R 34.

Explanation:
The first digit is in the hundreds place.
Divide the tens. Then divide the ones.
80 tens ÷ 64
64 x 1 ten = 64 tens
80 tens – 64 tens = 16 tens
162 ones ÷  64
64 x 2 ones = 128 ones
162 ones – 128 ones = 34 ones
Regroup 1 ten and 2 ones
So, \(\sqrt [ 64 ]{ 802 } \) = 12 R 34.
Use multiplication to check your answer.
64 x 12 = 768
786 + 34 = 802

Question 3.
\(\sqrt [ 40 ]{ 901 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 40 ]{ 901 } \) = 22 R 21

Explanation:
Divide the tens. Then divide the ones.
90 tens ÷ 40
2 tens x 40 = 80 tens
90 tens – 80 tens = 10 tens
101 one ÷ 40
40 x 2 = 80 ones
101 one – 80 one = 21 one
Regroup 2 tens and 2 ones.
So, \(\sqrt [ 40 ]{ 901 } \) = 22 R 21
Use multiplication to check your answer.
22 x 40 = 880
880 + 21 = 101.

Question 4.
486 ÷ 18 = ______

Answer:
486 ÷ 18 = 24 R 14

Explanation:
Divide the tens. Then divide the ones.
48 tens ÷ 18
2 tens x 18 tens = 36 tens
48 tens – 36 tens = 8 tens
86 ones ÷ 18
18 x 4 ones = 72 ones
86 ones – 72 ones = 14 ones
Regroup  2 tens and 4 ones.
So, 486 ÷ 18 =  24 R 14
Use multiplication to check your answer.
24 x 18 = 432
432 + 14 = 486

Question 5.
266 ÷ 19 = ______

Answer:
266 ÷ 19 = 14

Explanation:
Divide the tens. Then divide the ones.
26 tens ÷ 19
1 ten x 19 = 19 tens
26 tens – 19 tens = 7 tens
76 ones ÷ 19
19 x 4 ones = 76 ones
76 ones – 76 ones = 0
Regroup 1 ten and 4 ones.
So, 266 ÷ 19 = 14.
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 6.
284 ÷ 37 = _______

Answer:
284 ÷ 37 = 8 R 12

Explanation:

Use multiplication to check your answer.
34 x 8 = 2872
284 – 272 = 12.

Question 7.
A factory packages identical bags of nails into a box and ships them to a store. The store receives 960 nails in the box. How many bags of nails does the store receive?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.7 7

Answer:
The store receives 40 nails of bags.

Explanation:
Divide 960 by 24 to get how many bags of nails does the store receive.
Divide the tens. Then divide the ones.
96 tens ÷ 24
24 x 4 tens = 96 tens
96 tens – 96 tens = 0
So, 960 ÷ 24 = 40
Therefore, store receives 40 nails of bags.

Question 8.
Logic
Find the missing digits.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.7 8

Answer:

The first missing digit is 0. Second missing digts are 98 = 49 x 2.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
Change the dividend in the equation to another three-digit number so that there is no remainder.
893 ÷ 61 = 14 R 39

Answer:
854 ÷ 61 = 14

Explanation:
14 x 61 = 893

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
An amusement park ride seats 12 people. There are 458 people in line. How many times does the ride run full?

Answer:
38 times the ride run full.

Explanation:
Divide 458 by 12 to get how many times does the ride run full.
Divide the tens. Then divide the ones.
45 tens ÷ 12
12 x 3 tens = 36 tens
45 tens – 36 tens = 9 tens
98 ones ÷ 12
12 x 8 ones = 69 ones
98 ones – 96 ines = 2 ones
Regroup 3 tens and 8 ones.
So, 458 ÷ 12 = 38 R 2.
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 38. So, 38 times the ride is full.
The remainder is 2. There are 2 more people to ride.
So, the last ride run is not full and has 2 people.
So, 38 times the ride is full.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
A city mayor receives 990 new garbage cans. She gives half of the garbage cans to the city’s residents. She divides the rest of the cans into 16 equal groups for the city’s parks and streets. How many garbage cans are left over?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.7 9

Answer:
15 more garbage cans are left over.

Explanation:
990 ÷ 2 = 495 garbage cans are handed over to city students
Divide 495 by 16.
Divide the tens. Then divide the ones.

495 ÷ 16 = 30 R 15.
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 30. So, 30 groups of cans are given to parks.
the remainder is 15.. So, 15 more cans are remaining.

Review & Refresh

Question 12.
Round 18.692.
Nearest whole number: ________
Nearest tenth: _______
Nearest hundredth: _______

Answer:
Nearest whole number: 19
Nearest tenth: 18.7
Nearest hundredth: 18.69

Explanation:
In the number 18.692, digit at decimal place is 6. So, nearest tenths is 18.7, the digit at the units place is 8. So, the nearest whole number is 20. And the digit at hundredth place is 9 so, the nearest hundredth is 18.69.

Question 13.
Round 5.153.
Nearest whole number: ______
Nearest tenth: _______
Nearest hundredth: _______

Answer:
Nearest whole number: 5
Nearest tenth: 5.1
Nearest hundredth: 5.15

Explanation:
In the given number 5.153 the number at units place is 5 so nearest whole number is also 5. The number at tenths place is 1, so the nearest 10th is 5.1, The number at hundredth place is 5 so the nearest 100th is 5.15.

Lesson 6.8 Divide Four-Digit Numbers by Two-Digit Numbers

Explore and Grow

All of the division problems have no remainders. Which problems have two-digit quotients? Which problems have three-digit quotients? How do you know without calculating?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.8 1

Answer:
The division problems which have two digit quotients are 4774 ÷ 62, 1050 ÷ 25, and 1995 ÷21. The problems that have three digit quotients are 1890 ÷18, 8200 ÷40, and 6138 ÷ 33.

Explanation:
We can simply say that in each problem the denominator is a two digit number and numerator is a four digit number. Here, if the first two digits of the numerator are greater than or equal to the denominator, then it has three digit quotient. If the first two digits of the numerator are less than the denominator, then it has two digit quotient.

Reasoning
Can a four-digit whole number divided by a two-digit whole number have a whole number quotient with four digits? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
No, a four digit whole number divided by a two digit whole number have a whole number quotient with four digits. Because, the division process will reduce the number of digits of the dividend by at least 1.

Think and Grow: Divide Four-Digit Numbers by Two-Digit Numbers

Example
Find 3,290 ÷ 31.
Estimate _______
Use the estimate to place the first digit in the quotient.
\(\sqrt [ 31 ]{ 3,290 } \)
The first digit is in the ______ place.
Divide the hundreds.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.8 2

Show and Grow

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 1.
\(\sqrt [ 28 ]{ 1,148 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 28 ]{ 1,148 } \) = 41

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
11 hundreds ÷ 28
11 hundreds cannot be shared among 28 groups without regrouping.
So, add next number.
Divide the tens.
114 tens ÷ 28
28 x 4 tens = 112 tens
114 tens – 112 tens = 2 tens
There are 2 tens left over.
Divide thee ones.
28 ones ÷ 28
28 x 1 one = 28 ones
28 ones – 28 ones = 0
So, 1148 ÷ 28 = 41
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 2.
\(\sqrt [ 13 ]{ 1,596 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 13 ]{ 1,596 } \) = 122 R 10

Explanation:
the first digit is in the thousands place.
divide the hundred.
15 hundreds ÷ 13
13 x 1 hundred = 13 hundreds
15 hundreds – 13 hundreds = 2 hundreds.
There are 2 hundreds left over.
Divide the tens
29 tens ÷ 13
13 x 2 tens = 26 tens
29 tens – 26 tens = 3 tens
Divide the ones.
36 ones ÷ 13
13 x 2 ones = 26 ones.
36 ones – 26 ones = 10
So, 1596 ÷ 13 = 122 R 10
Use multiplication to check your answer.

1586 + 10 = 1596.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 3.
\(\sqrt [ 16 ]{ 9,640 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 16 ]{ 9,640 } \) = 602 R 8.

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
divide the hundreds.
96 hundreds ÷ 16
16 x 6 hundreds = 96 hundreds.
96 hundreds – 96 hundreds = 0
Divide the tens.
4 tens ÷ 16
40 ÷ 16
16 x 2 = 32
40 – 32 = 8
So 9640 ÷ 16 = 602 R 8
Use multiplication to check your answer.

9632 + 8 = 9640

Question 4.
\(\sqrt [ 26 ]{ 5,460 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 26 ]{ 5,460 } \) = 210

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
54 hundreds ÷ 26
26 x 2 hundreds = 52 hundreds
54 hundreds – 52 hundreds = 2 hundreds
Divide the tens.
26 tens ÷ 26
26 x 1 ten = 26 tens
26 tens – 26 tens = 0
So, 5460 ÷ 26 = 210
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 5.
\(\sqrt [ 37 ]{ 3,885 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 37 ]{ 3,885 } \) = 105

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
38 hundreds ÷ 37
37 x 1 hundreds = 37 hundreds
38 hundreds – 37 hundreds = 1 hundred
Divide the tens.
18 tens ÷ 37
As 18 can’t be shared among 37 groups. So place 0 and add next number.
Divide ones.
185 ones ÷ 37
37 x 5 ones = 185 ones
185 ones – 185 ones = 0
So, \(\sqrt [ 37 ]{ 3,885 } \) = 105
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 6.
2,784 ÷ 72 = _______

Answer:
2,784 ÷ 72 = 38 R 48

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
27 hundreds ÷ 72
As the 27 can’t be shared among 72 groups. add next number.
Divide the tens.
278 tens ÷ 72
72 x 3 tens = 216 tens
278 tens – 216 tens = 62 tens
Divide the ones
624 ones ÷ 72
72 x 8 ones = 576 ones
624 ones – 576 ones = 48 ones.
So, 2,784 ÷ 72 = 38 R 48
Use multiplication to check your answer.

2736 + 48 = 2784.

Question 7.
8,047 ÷ 83 = _______

Answer:
8,047 ÷ 83 = 96 R 79

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
80 hundreds ÷ 83
As the 80 can’t be shared among 83 groups. add next number.
Divide the tens.
804 tens ÷ 83
83 x 9 tens = 747 tens
804 tens – 747 tens = 57 tens
Divide the ones
577 ones ÷ 83
83 x 6 ones = 498
577 ones – 498 ones = 79 ones.
So, 8,047 ÷ 83 = 96 R 79
Use multiplication to check your answer.

7968 + 79 = 8047

Question 8.
9,504 ÷ 96 = ________

Answer:
9,504 ÷ 96 = 99

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
As the 95 can’t be shared among 96 groups. add next number.
Divide the tens.
950 tens ÷ 96
96 x 9 tens = 864 tens
950 tens – 864 tens = 86 tens
Divide the ones.
864 ones ÷ 96
96 x 9 ones = 864 ones
864 ones – 864 ones = 0
So, 9,504 ÷ 96 = 99
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 9.
A rectangular section of the flame trench on Launch Pad 39A at NASA’s Kennedy Space Center was damaged during the launch of the space shuttle. The area of the Discovery section damaged was 1,500 square feet. The section was 75 feet long. How wide was the section?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.8 3

Answer:
The section was 20 feet wide.

Explanation:
Divide 1500 by 75 to get the section wide area.
75 x 2 tens = 150 tens
So, 1500 ÷ 75 = 20.

Question 10.
Reasoning
Your friend finds 6,408 ÷ 51 and gets an answer of 124 R 84. Explain your friend’s mistake.

Answer:
6,408 ÷ 51 = 125 R 33. My friend made mistake at the one’s division.

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
64 hundreds ÷ 51
51 x 1 hundred = 51 hundreds
64 hundreds – 51 hundreds = 13 hundreds
Divide the tens
130 tens ÷ 51
51 x 2 tens = 102 tens
130 tens – 102 tens = 28 tens
Divide the ones.
288 ones ÷ 51
51 x 5 ones = 255 ones
288 ones – 255 ones = 33 ones
So, 6,408 ÷ 51 = 125 R 33

Question 11.
Writing
Explain why you can use multiplication to check your answer to a division problem.

Answer:
Multiplication and division are the inverse operations. For example when you divide 20 by 5, the quotient is 4. And multiply 4 x 5 = 20. So, it is proved that multiplication is helpful to check whether the division is correct or not.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The Great Barrier Reef is 2,300 kilometers long. A marine biologist studies the entire reef. He can explore no more than 75 kilometers of the reef each week. How many kilometers of the reef does the biologist explore the last week?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.8 4
Divide the total length by the length he can explore each week to find how many weeks he explores the reef.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.8 5
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is ______. So, the biologist explores 75 kilometers of the reef each week for ______ weeks.
The remainder is ______. There are _____ kilometers left.
So, the biologist explores ______ kilometers of the reef the last week.

Show and Grow

Question 12.
A librarian has 1,048 books to shelve. Each shelf can hold 32 books. The librarian fills each shelf before moving to another shelf. How many books are on the last shelf?

Answer:
There are 24 books on the last shelf.

Explanation:
Divide 1048 by 32 to get how many books are there on the last shelf.

So, 1048 ÷ 32 = 32 R 24
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 32. So, 32 shelfs are filled with books.
The remainder is 24. There are 24 books to be filled in the shelfs.
So, there are 4 books on the last shelf.

Question 13.
A banker receives 2,215 nickels. A standard roll of nickels contains 40 nickels. How many standard rolls of nickels can the banker make?

Answer:
The banker can make 55 standard rolls of nickels.

Explanation:
Divide 2215 by 40 to get how many standard rolls of nickels can the banker make.

2215 ÷ 40 = 55 R 15
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 55. So, banker can make 55 standard roll of nickels.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
A recreation director prepares the course of a 3-mile race by posting a motivational sign every 85 yards along the course. How many signs does the director use? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.8 6

Answer:
The director uses 65 signs.

Explanation:
Divide 3 miles by 85 yards to get how many signs does the director use.
3 miles = 3 x 1760 = 5280 yards


The quotient is 65.
So, the director use 65 signs.

Divide Four-Digit Numbers by Two-Digit Numbers Homework & Practice 6.8

Divide. Then Check you answer.
Question 1.
\(\sqrt [ 13 ]{ 5,343 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 13 ]{ 5,343 } \) = 411

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
53 hundreds ÷ 13
13 x 4 hundreds = 52 hundreds
53 hundreds – 52 hundreds = 1 hundred
Divide the tens.
14 tens ÷ 13
13 x 1 ten = 13 tens
14 tens – 13 tens = 1 ten
divide the ones.
13 ones ÷ 13
13 x 1 = 13 one
13 ones – 13 ones = 0
So, \(\sqrt [ 13 ]{ 5,343 } \) = 411
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 2.
\(\sqrt [ 23 ]{ 32,96 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 23 ]{ 32,96 } \) = 143 R 7

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
32 hundreds ÷ 23
23 x 1 hundred = 23 hundreds
32 hundreds – 23 hundreds = 9 hundreds
Divide the tens
99 tens ÷ 23
23 x 4 tens = 92 tens
99 tens – 92 tens = 7 tens
Divide the ones
76 ones ÷ 23
76 ones – 69 ones = 7 ones.
So, \(\sqrt [ 23 ]{ 32,96 } \) = 143 R 7
Use multiplication to check your answer.

3289 + 7 = 3296

Question 3.
\(\sqrt [ 48 ]{ 1,414 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 48 ]{ 1,414 } \) = 29 R 22

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
14 hundreds ÷ 48
As 14 can’t be shared among 48 groups. Add next number.
Divide the tens.
141 tens ÷ 48
48 x 2 tens = 96 tens
141 tens – 96 tens = 45 tens
Divide the ones.
454 ones ÷ 48
48 x 9 ones = 432 ones
454 ones – 432 ones = 22 ones.
So, \(\sqrt [ 48 ]{ 1,414 } \) = 29 R 22
Use multiplication to check your answer.

1392 + 22 = 1414

Question 4.
3,300 ÷ 15 = _____

Answer:
3,300 ÷ 15 = 220

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
33 hundreds ÷ 15
15 x 2 hundreds = 30 hundreds
33 hundreds – 30 hundreds = 3 hundreds
Divide the tens.
30 tens ÷ 15
15 x 2 tens = 30 tens
30 tens – 30 tens = 0
So, 3,300 ÷ 15 = 220
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 5.
4,592 ÷ 82 = _____

Answer:
4,592 ÷ 82 = 56

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
45 ÷ 82
As, 45 can’t be shared among the 82 groups. So add next digit.
Divide the tens.
459 tens ÷ 82
82 x 5 tens = 410 tens
459 tens – 410 tens = 49 tens
Divide the ones.
492 ones ÷ 82
82 x 6 ones = 492 ones
492 ones – 492 ones = 0
So, 4,592 ÷ 82 = 56
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 6.
8,751 ÷ 64 = _______

Answer:
8,751 ÷ 64 = 136 R 47

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
87 ÷ 64
64 x 1 hundred = 64 hundreds
87 hundreds – 64 hundreds = 23 hundreds
Divide the tens.
235 tens ÷ 64
64 x 3 tens = 192 tens
235 tens – 192 tens = 43 tens
Divide the ones.
431 ones ÷ 64
64 x 6 ones = 384 ones
431 ones – 384 ones = 47
so, 8,751 ÷ 64 = 136 R 47
Use multiplication to check your answer.

8704 + 47 = 8751

Question 7.
A hot-air balloon travels 2,016 miles in 96 hours. The balloon travels the same number of miles each hour. How many miles does the balloon travel in 1 hour?

Answer:
The balloon travels 21 miles in 1 hour.

Explanation:
Divide 2016 by 96 to get how many miles does the balloon travel in 1 hour.

So, the balloon travels 21 miles in 1 hour.

Question 8.
The area of the rectangle is 1,875 square feet. What is the width of the rectangle?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.8 7

Answer:
The width of the rectangle is 25 feet.

Explanation:
Divide 1875 by 75 to get the width of the rectangle.

So, the rectangle width is 25 feet.

Question 9.
Which One Doesn’t Belong?
Which expression does not have a two-digit quotient?
1,955 ÷ 85
6,701 ÷ 36
1,699 ÷ 54
2,754 ÷ 71

Answer:
6701 ÷ 36 does not have a two-digit quotient.

Explanation:
The reason is The first two digit numbers of the dividend 67 is greater than the divisor 36.

Question 10.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Is your friend correct? Explain. Show how to check your friend’s answer in two different ways.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.8 8

Answer:
Yes, my friend is correct.
The method is just divide 4300 by 61.

Second method is using multiplication.

4270 + 30 = 4300.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
A recycling company has 2,609 pounds of materials to sort. For efficiency, it divides all of the materials into boxes that each hold 20 pounds of materials. How many pounds of materials are in the last box?

Answer:
The last box has 9 pounds of the material.

Explanation:
Divide 2609 by 20 to get how many pounds of materials are in the last box.

So, 2609 ÷ 20 = 130 R 9
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 130. So, 130 boxes are full of the materials.
The remainder is 9. So the last box has 9 pounds of materials.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
An art museum has 1,025 paintings to divide equally among 20 rooms. How many more paintings does it need so that every room has the same number of paintings?

Answer:
15 more paintings are required so that all the rooms have same number of paintings.

Explanation:
Divide 1025 by 20.

Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 51. So, 51 rooms are full.
The remainder is 5.
So, you need 20 – 5 = 15 more paintings.

Review & Refresh

Find the difference. Then check your answer.
Question 14.
145.92 – 15.78 = _____

Answer:
145.92 – 15.78 = 130.14

Explanation:

Add 130.14 + 15.78 = 145.92

Question 15.
3.63 – 0.48 = ______

Answer:
3.63 – 0.48 = 3.15

Explanation:

3.15 + 0.48 = 3.63

Lesson 6.9 Problem Solving: Division

Explore and Grow

Make a plan to solve the problem.
A mother giraffe weighs 11 times as much as a new born giraffe. The combined weight of the giraffes is 1,800 pounds. What is the weight of each giraffe?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.9 1

Answer:
The weight of the mother giraffe is 1650 pounds and the weight of the newborn giraffe is 150 pounds.

Explanation:
The weight of mother giraffe = 11 x weight of a newborn giraffe
Mother giraffe weight + newborn giraffe weight = 1800 pounds
11 x weight of newborn giraffe + new born giraffe weight = 1800 pounds
12 weight of newborn giraffe = 1800
Weight of newborn giraffe = 1800 ÷ 12 = 150

The weight of mother giraffe = 11 x 150 = 1650

Make Sense of Problems
How does your plan change if the combined weight of the giraffes is 1,752 pounds? Explain.

Answer:
The weight of mother giraffe = 11 x weight of a newborn giraffe
Mother giraffe weight + newborn giraffe weight = 1752 pounds
11 x weight of newborn giraffe + new born giraffe weight = 1752 pounds
12 weight of newborn giraffe = 1752
Weight of newborn giraffe = 1752 ÷ 12 = 146

The weight of mother giraffe = 146 x 11 = 1606.
So, the weight of the newborn giraffe = 146 pounds, and the mother giraffe’s weight = 1606 pounds.

Think and Grow: Problem Solving: Division

Example
The length of an oil tanker is 15 times the length of a tugboat. The combined length of the boats is 304 meters. What is the length of each boat?
Understand the Problem
What do you know?
• You need to find the length of each boat.

What do you need to find?
• The length of the oil tanker is 15 times the length of the tugboat.
• The combined length of the boats is 304 meters.

Make a Plan
How will you solve?
• Draw and use tape diagrams to help write a division problem that gives the length of the tugboat.
• Multiply the length of the tugboat by 15 to find the length of the oil tanker.

Solve
Step 1:Draw ______ part for the length of the tugboat and _____ parts for the length of the oil tanker.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.9 2
The tugboat is _______ meters long, and the oil tanker is _____ meters long.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Explain how you can check your answer above.

Answer:
The length of tugboat = 304 ÷ 16 = 19

Multiply to find the length of oil tanker.

285 + 19 = 304
The tugboat is 19 meters long, and the oil tanker is 304 meters long.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Understand the problem. What do you know? What do you need to find? Explain.
Question 2.
A lion weighs 7 times as much as a leopard. The combined weight of the cats is 480 pounds. What is the weight of each cat?

Answer:
The leopard weight is 68 pounds and the lion weight is 408 pounds.

Explanation:
Draw 1 part the weight of the leopard and 7 parts the weight of the lion.

Divide to find the weight of the leopard.

Multiply to get the weight of the lion.

The leopard weight is 68 pounds and the lion weight is 408 pounds.

Question 3.
A fifth-grade class raises $1,040 for a field trip to a museum. One admission ticket costs $8 and one lunch costs $5. How many people can attend the field trip?

Answer:
80 people can attend the trip.

Explanation:
The cost of trip for one person = 8 + 5 = 13
Divide 1040 by 13 to get how many people can attend the field trip.

A total of 80 people can attend the trip.

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.
Question 4.
A photo album has 15 pages. Each page can hold 6 photographs. How many of these albums do you need for 1,025 photographs?

Answer:
12 albums are needed for 1025 photographs.

Explanation:
Multiply 15 and 6 to get how many photos can hold an album.
Number of photos in the album = 15 x 6 = 90
Divide 1025 by 90 to get how many albums required.

Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 11. So, 11 albums have 90 photos.
The remainder is 35. So, the last album has 35 photos.
So, a total of 12 albums are required for 1025 photographs.

Question 5.
You, Newton, and Descartes play a video game. You have 5 times as many points as Newton. Descartes has 9 times as many points as Newton. You, Newton, and Descartes have 1,320 points in all. How many points do you have?

Answer:
You have 264 points.

Explanation:
Draw 1 part of newton, 5 parts of me, and 9 parts of Descartes.

Divide 1320 by 5 to get the points you have.

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
The Amazon River is 4,000 miles long. It is 1,688 miles shorter than 3 times the length of the Rio Grande. How long is the Rio Grande?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.9 3

Answer:
The length of the Rio Grande is 17064 miles.

Explanation:
The length of Amazon river = 4000 miles
The Rio Grande river length = 3 (4000 + 1688)
= 3 x 5688

So, the length of the Rio Grande is 17064 miles.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A chemist mixes 1,530 milliliters of a solution. The solution must be divided equally among 12 beakers. How much solution should be poured into each beaker?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.9 4
Divide 1,530 by 12 to find how much can be poured into each beaker.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.9 5
Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is ______. So, ______ milliliters of solution can be poured into each beaker.
The remainder is ______. So, ______ milliliters of solution are left over.
The leftover solution can also be divided equally among the 12 beakers. The number of milliliters of leftover solution poured into each beaker can be written as a fraction.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.9 6
So, ______ milliliters should be poured into each beaker.

Show and Grow

Question 7.
A great white shark migrates a total of 2,210 miles in 52 days. The shark travels the same number of miles each day. How many miles does the shark travel each day?

Answer:
The shark travels 42 (26 / 52) miles each day.

Explanation:
Divide 2210 by 52 to know how many miles does the shark travel each day.

Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 42. So, the shark travels 42 miles in each day.
The remainder is 26. So, the shark travels must travel 26 miles.
The leftover miles can also be divided equally among 52 days. It can be expressed as a fraction.
So, 42 (26 / 52) miles should be traveled in each day.

Question 8.
Newton has 2,480 baseball cards and 1,235 football cards in his collection. He wants to put all of the cards into an album. Each page holds 18 cards. How many pages does he need for all of his cards? Explain.

Answer:
The number of pages required for all cards is 206 (7/18)

Explanation:
The number of cards = 2480 + 1235 = 3715

Divide 3715 by 18 to get how many pages does he need for all of his cards.

Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 206. So, 206 pages are required for all his cards.
The remainder is 7. So, 7 more are leftover.
So, The number of pages required for all cards is 206 (7/18).

Question 9.
Descartes has 6 large boxes with 48 party favors in each box and 5 small boxes with 16 party favors in each box. He puts 15 favors in each gift basket. How many baskets does he make? Explain.

Answer:
The number of boxes made are 24 (8/15).

Explanation:
Multiply boxes and party favors to get the number of party favors.
48 x 6 = 288, 5 x 16 = 80
Party favors at Descartes = 288 + 80 = 368
Divide 368 by 15 to get how many baskets does he make.

Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 24. The remainder is 8.
So, the number of boxes made are 24 (8/15).

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
Write and solve a word problem involving division in which the remainder can be written as a fraction.

Answer:
The question is a person spends a total of $160 on his food for 30 days. The person spends the same amount each day. How much does the person spend money each day?

Explanation:
Divide 160 by 30.

Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 5 and the remainder is 10.
So, the person spends 5(10 / 30) = 5(1/3) on each day.

Problem Solving: Division Homework & Practice 6.9

Understand the problem. What do you know? What do you need to find? Explain.
Question 1.
A DVD storage tower has 8 shelves. Each shelf can display 12 DVDs. How many storage towers does a worker need to display 1,440 DVDs?

Answer:
15 storage towers are required to display 1,440 DVDs.

Explanation:
Number of DVDs at storage tower = 12 x 8 = 96
Divide 1440 by 96

So, 15 storage towers are required to display 1,440 DVDs.

Question 2.
The Eastern Continental Trail is 15 times longer than the Erie Canalway Trail. The combined length of the hiking trails is 5,760 miles. What is the length of each hiking trail?

Answer:
The length of Erie Canalway Trail is 360 and the length of Eastern Continental Trail is 5400.

Explanation:
Draw 15 parts for the length of Eastern Continental Trail and 1 part for Erie Canalway Trail.

Divide 5760 by 16 to find the length of Erie Canalway Trail

Multiply to find the length of the Eastern Continental Trail.

The length of the Erie Canalway Trail is 360 and the length of the Eastern Continental Trail is 5400.

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.
Question 3.
A runner finished a total of 1,500 kilometers in races before retiring. She finished thirty-two15-kilometer races. The rest of her races were10-kilometer races. How many of her races were10-kilometer races?

Answer:
Her 10-kilometer races are 102.

Explanation:
The total number of kilometers = 1500
15-kilometer races = 32
10-kilometer races = ?
Total number of kilometers of 15 kilometer races = 15 x 32 = 480
Total number of kilometers of 10-kilometer races = 1500 – 480 = 150 tens – 48 tens = 102 tens
10-kilometer races = 1020 ÷ 10
= 102 tens ÷ ten = 102.

Question 4.
You, Newton, and Descartes volunteer this summer. You have 2 times as many volunteer minutes as Newton. Descartes has 3 times as many volunteer minutes as Newton. You, Newton, and Descartes have 5,040 volunteer minutes altogether. How many minutes do you volunteer?

Answer:
I will volunteer for 1680 minutes.

Explanation:

Divide 5040 by 6 to know how many minutes do newton volunteer.

So, newton volunteer 840 minutes.
Multiply 840 x 2 to get how many minutes you volunteer.
I will volunteer for 1680 minutes.

Question 5.
A factory packs boxes with glitter pens. One box can hold 36 glitter pens. The factory produces 5,982 glitter pens. The factory fills as many boxes as possible. How many glitter pens will not fit into the boxes?

Answer:
30 glitter pens will not fit into the boxes.

Explanation:
Divide 5982 by 36

The remainder is 30. So, 30 glitter pens will not fit into the boxes.

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
The Burj Khalifa in Dubai is the tallest building in the world, at 2,717 feet. It is 217 feet taller than 5 times the height that the Dubai Fountain reaches. How high does the Dubai Fountain reach?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.9 7

Answer:
Dubai Fountain should reach 500 feet high.

Explanation:
The height of Burj Khalifa in Dubai = 2717 feet
2717 – 217 = 2500
Divide 2500 by 5 to get how high does the Dubai Fountain reach.
25 hundreds ÷ 5 = 5 hundreds.
So, Dubai Fountain should reach 500 feet high.

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
A woodworker spends a total of 162 hours making 24 birdhouses. He spends the same amount of time on each birdhouse. How many hours does he spend on each birdhouse?

Answer:
He spends 6(3/4) hours on each birdhouse.

Explanation:
Divide 162 by 24.

The quotient is 6 and the remainder is 18.
So, he spends 6 (18/24) = 6(3/4) hours on each birdhouse.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
A truck driver drives 2,580 miles in 40 hours. He drives the same number of miles each hour. How many miles does he drive each hour?

Answer:
He drives 64 (/2) miles each hour.

Explanation:
Divide 2580 by 40 to find how many miles does he drive each hour.

Interpret the quotient and the remainder.
The quotient is 64. The remainder is 20
So, He drives 64 (20/40) = 64 (1/2) miles each hour.

Review & Refresh

Find the product.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.9 8

Answer:
4.71

Explanation:

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.9 9

Answer:
111.696

Explanation:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 6.9 10

Answer:
0.368

Explanation:

Divide Whole Numbers Performance Task

You are planning a family road trip to see your cousin 448 miles away.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 1
Question 1.
Your family will drive about 55 miles each hour during the trip.
a.About how many hours will your family spend driving?
b.You plan to leave at 8:00 A.M. and make two equal-length stops. You want to reach your cousin’s home by 5:30 P.M. How many minutes can you spend at each stop?
c.The roads will be under construction on the return trip home, so you will travel fewer than 55 miles each hour. Will the driving time be longer than or shorter than 8 hours? Use an example to justify your answer.

Answer:
a. My family spends 8(8/55) on driving.
b. I can spend 90 minutes at each stop.
c. The driving times is longer than 8 hours.

Explanation:
a. Divide 448 by 55

The quotient is 8 and the remainder is 8.
So, my family spends 8(8/55) on driving.
b. As it takes 8 hours. Without taking any stops you will reach the destination by 4:00 PM. 5:30 – 4:00 = 1:30. So, 180 minutes / 2 = 90 minutes. So, i can spend 90 minutes at each stop.
c. As the driving time per one hour is more than 55 miles. So, the driving times is longer than 8 hours.

Question 2.
You want to estimate the amount of money your family will spend on gasoline during your road trip.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 2
a. On a previous road trip, your family drove 150 miles using about 5 gallons of gasoline. About how many miles did your family drive using 1 gallon of gasoline?
b. Research the price of 1 gallon of gasoline in your area. Estimate the amount of money your family will spend on gasoline to drive to your cousin’s home and back.
c. Your aunt offers to let your family borrow her hybrid car. Your aunt drives about 47 miles using 1 gallon of gasoline. About how much money will your family save on gasoline if they borrow your aunt’s hybrid car Most hybrid cars use gasoline and for the trip?

Answer:
a. My family drives 30 miles using 1 gallon of gasoline.
b. My family spends $10 on gasoline
c. you can save $28 on the trip.

Explanation:
a. Divide 150 by 5.
15 tens ÷ 5 = 3 tens = 30
So, My family drives 30 miles using 1 gallon of gasoline.
b. 1 gallon of gasoline = $2
Divide 896 by 150

The quantity of gasoline required = 5 (146/150)
Amount = 5 x 2= 10
c. Divide 896 by 47
896 ÷ 47 = 19
Amount = 19 x 2 = 38
38 – 10 = 28

Divide Whole Numbers Activity

Division Dot
Directions:
1. Players take turns connecting two dots, each using a different color.
2. On your turn, connect two dots, vertically or horizontally. If you close a square around a division problem, then find and write the quotient and the remainder. If you do not close a square,then your turn is over.
3. Continue playing until all division problems are solved.
4. The player with the most completed squares wins!
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers 3

Answer:
9623 ÷ 54 = 178 R 11
758 ÷ 11 = 68 R 10
8484 ÷ 21 = 404 R 0
945 ÷ 15 = 63 R 0
160 ÷ 38 = 4 R 8
4500 ÷ 20 = 225 R 0
548 ÷ 47 = 11 R 31
1344 ÷ 48 = 28 R 0
3947 ÷33 = 119 R 20
832 ÷ 64 = 13 R 0
7313 ÷71 = 103 R 0
394 ÷ 27 = 14 R 16
476 ÷53 = 8 R 52
5208 ÷ 93 = 56 R 0
216 ÷18 = 12 R 0
6378 ÷ 24 = 265 R 18

Divide Whole Numbers Chapter Practice

6.1 Relate Multiplication and Division

Use multiplication to find the quotient.
Question 1.
78 ÷ 6 = _____
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers chp 1

Answer:
78 ÷ 6 = 13.

Explanation:
78 = 60 + 18
78 = (6 x _) + (6 x _)
Sum of unknown factors of the smallest areas: 10 + 3 = 13
The related multiplication equation is 6 x 13 = 78. So, 78 ÷ 6 = 13.

Question 2.
76 ÷ 4 = ______
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers chp 2

Answer:
76 ÷ 4 = 19.

Explanation:
76 = 40 + 36
76 = (4 x _) + (4 x _)
Sum of unknown factors of the smallest areas: 10 + 9 = 19
The related multiplication equation is 4 x 19 = 76

Question 3.
105 ÷ 5 = _____

Answer:
105 ÷ 5 = 21.

Explanation:
105 = 50 + 55
105 = (5 x _) + (5 x _)
Sum of unknown factors of the smallest areas: 10 + 11 = 21
The related multiplication equation is 5 x 21 = 105

Question 4.
288 ÷ 8 = _____

Answer:
288 ÷ 8 = 36.

Explanation:
288 = 160 + 128
288 = (8 x _) + (8 x _)
Sum of unknown factors of the smallest areas: 20 + 16 = 36
The related multiplication equation is 8 x 36 = 288

6.2 Division Patterns

Find the quotient.
Question 5.
4,500 ÷ 5 = ______

Answer:
4,500 ÷ 5 = 900.

Explanation:
4,500 ÷ 5 = 45 hundreds ÷ 5
= 9 hundreds = 900.

Question 6.
140 ÷ 70 = _____

Answer:
140 ÷ 70 = 2.

Explanation:
140 ÷ 70 = 14 tens ÷ 7 tens
= 14 ÷ 7 = 2.

Question 7.
160 ÷ 20 = _____

Answer:
160 ÷ 20 = 8.

Explanation:
160 ÷ 20 = 16 tens ÷ 2 tens
= 16 ÷ 2 = 8

Question 8.
720 ÷ 9 = ______

Answer:
720 ÷ 9 = 80.

Explanation:
720 ÷ 9 = 72 tens ÷ 9
= 8 tens = 80.

Question 9.
4,900 ÷ 70 = ______

Answer:
4,900 ÷ 70 = 70.

Explanation:
4,900 ÷ 70 = 49 hundreds ÷ 7 tens
= 49 tens ÷ 7 = 7 tens = 70

Question 10.
10,000 ÷ 5 = ______

Answer:
10,000 ÷ 5 = 2000.

Explanation:
10,000 ÷ 5 = 10 thousands ÷ 5
= 2 thousands = 2000.

6.3 Estimate Quotients

Find two numbers that the quotient is between.
Question 11.
604 ÷ 19
600 ÷ 20 = _____
800 ÷ 20 = _____

Answer:
600 ÷ 20 = 30
800 ÷ 20 = 40

Explanation:
600 ÷ 20 = 6 hundreds ÷ 2 tens
= 6 tens ÷ 2 = 3 tens = 30
800 ÷ 20 = 8 hundreds ÷ 2 tens
= 8 tens ÷ 2 = 4 tens = 40

Question 12.
1,732 ÷ 40
1,600 ÷ 40 = ______
2,000 ÷ 40 = _______

Answer:
1,600 ÷ 40 = 40
2,000 ÷ 40 = 50

Explanation:
1,600 ÷ 40 = 16 hundreds ÷ 4 tens
= 16 tens ÷ 4 = 4 tens = 40
2,000 ÷ 40 = 20 hundreds ÷ 4 tens
= 20 tens ÷ 4 = 5 tens = 50

Question 13.
4,096 ÷ 61

Answer:
3600 ÷ 60 = 60
4200 ÷ 60 = 70.

Explanation:
Choose What numbers close to 4069 are easily divided by 60?
4200 ÷ 60 = 42 hundreds ÷ 6 tens
= 42 tens ÷ 6 = 7 tens = 70
3600 ÷ 60 = 36 hundreds ÷ 6 tens
= 36 tens ÷ 6 = 6 tens = 60

Estimate the quotient.
Question 14.
3,411 ÷ 53

Answer:
3,411 ÷ 53 = 70.

Explanation:
Choose What numbers close to 3411 are easily divided by 50?
3500 ÷ 50 = 35 hundreds ÷ 5 tens = 35 tens ÷ 5 = 7 tens
3000 ÷ 50 = 30 hundreds ÷ 5 tens = 30 tens ÷ 5 = 6 tens
So, choose 3500 is near to 3411 and divided by 50.

Question 15.
1,678 ÷ 92

Answer:
1,678 ÷ 92 = 20

Explanation:
Choose What numbers close to 1678 are easily divided by 90?
900 ÷ 90 = 9 hundreds ÷ 9 tens = 9 tens ÷ 9 = 1 ten
1800 ÷ 90 = 18 hundreds ÷ 9 tens = 18 tens ÷ 9 = 2 tens
So, select 1800 near to 1678 and divided by 90.

Question 16.
6,581 ÷ 77

Answer:
6,581 ÷ 77 = 80.

Explanation:
Choose what numbers are near to 581 and are easily divided by 80 near to 77.
6400 ÷ 80 = 64 hundreds ÷ 8 tens = 64 tens ÷ 8 = 8 tens
7200 ÷ 80 = 72 hundreds ÷ 8 tens = 72 tens ÷ 8 = 9 tens
So, choose 6400 close to 6581 which is divided by 80 close to 77.

Question 17.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the quotient. Estimate to check whether your friend’s answer is reasonable?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers chp 17

Answer:
Not reasonable.

Explanation:
Choose what numbers are close to 924 and divided by 20 near to 22.
800 ÷ 20 = 8 hundreds ÷ 2 tens = 8 tens ÷ 2 = 4 tens
1000 ÷ 20 = 10 hundreds ÷ 2 tens = 10 tens ÷ 2 = 5 tens
So, select 1000 near to 924 and divided by 20.

6.4 Divide by One-Digit Numbers

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 18.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 415 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 415 } \) = 83.

Explanation:
Divide the tens
41 tens ÷ 5
8 tens x 5
41 tens – 40 tens
there is 1 ten leftover.
Divide the ones.
15 ones ÷ 5
3 ones x 5
15 ones – 15 ones
There are 0 ones left over.
So, 415 ÷ 5 = 83

Question 19.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 6,432 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 6,432 } \) = 1072

Explanation:
Divide the thousands.
6 thousands ÷ 6
6 x 1 thousand
6 thousands – 6 thousands
There is 0 thousand left over.
Divide the tens.
43 tens ÷ 6
6 x 7 tens
43 tens – 42 tens
There is 1 ten left over.
So, \(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 6,432 } \) = 1072

Question 20.
\(\sqrt [ 9 ]{ 5,628 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 9 ]{ 5,628 } \) = 625 R 3

Explanation:
Divide the hundreds.
56 hundreds ÷ 9
9 x 4 hundreds
56 hundreds – 54 hundreds
There are 2 hundreds left over
Divide the tens
22 tens ÷ 9
9 x 2 tens
22 tens – 18 tens
There are 4 tens left over
Divide the ones
48 ones ÷ 9
9 x 5 ones
48 ones – 45 ones
There are 3 ones left.
So, \(\sqrt [ 9 ]{ 5,628 } \) = 625 R 3

Question 21.
8,021 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer:
8,021 ÷ 7 = 1145 R 6

Explanation:
Divide the thousands
8 hundreds ÷ 7
7 x 10 hundreds
80 hundreds – 70 hundreds
There are 10 hundreds eft over.
divide the tens.
102 tens ÷ 7
7 x 14 tens
102 tens – 98 tens
There are 4 tens left over.
41 ones ÷ 7
7 x 5 ones
41 ones – 35 ones
There are 6 ones left over.
So, 8,021 ÷ 7 = 1145 R 6

Question 22.
817 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer:
817 ÷ 8 = 102 R 1

Explanation:
Divide the hundreds
8 hundreds ÷ 8
8 x 1 hundred
8 hundreds – 8 hundreds
There are 0 hundreds left over
Divide the ones.
17 ones ÷ 8
8 x 2 ones
17 ones – 16 ones
There are 1 one left over
So, 817 ÷ 8 = 102 R 1

Question 23.
3,007 ÷ 3 = ______

Answer:
3,007 ÷ 3 = 1002 R 1

Explanation:
Divide the thousand
3 thousand ÷ 3
3 thousand x 1
3 thousand – 3 thousand
there are 0 thousand left over.
Divide the ones.
7 ones ÷ 3
3 x 2 ones
7 ones – 6 ones
There are 1 one leftover.
So, 3,007 ÷ 3 = 1002 R 1

6.5 Use Partial Quotients to Divide by Two-Digit Numbers

Use partial quotients to divide.
Question 24.
156 ÷ 13

Answer:
156 ÷ 13 = 43

Explanation:

Partial quotients = 40 + 3 = 43

Question 25.
208 ÷ 16

Answer:
208 ÷ 16 = 13

Explanation:

Partial quotients = 10 + 3 = 13

6.6 Use Partial Quotients with a Remainder

Use partial quotients to divide.
Question 26.
\(\sqrt [ 50 ]{ 805 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 50 ]{ 805 } \) = 53 R 10

Explanation:

Partial quotients = 50 + 3
So, \(\sqrt [ 50 ]{ 805 } \) = 53 R 10

Question 27.
\(\sqrt [ 18 ]{ 741 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 18 ]{ 741 } \) = 41 R 3

Explanation:

Partial qo=uotients = 40 + 1 = 41
So, \(\sqrt [ 18 ]{ 741 } \) = 41 R 3.

Question 28.
\(\sqrt [ 48 ]{ 2,500 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 48 ]{ 2,500 } \) = 52 R 4

Explanation:

Partial quotients = 50 + 2 = 52
So, \(\sqrt [ 48 ]{ 2,500 } \) = 52 R 4

Question 29.
792 ÷ 13 = ______

Answer:
792 ÷ 13 = 60 R 12

Explanation:

Partial quotients = 60
So, 792 ÷ 13 = 60 R 12

Question 30.
3,982 ÷ 25 = _____

Answer:
3,982 ÷ 25 = 159 R 7

Explanation:

Partial quotients = 100 + 50 + 9 = 159
So, 3,982 ÷ 25 = 159 R 7

Question 31.
6,927 ÷ 68 = ____

Answer:
6,927 ÷ 68 = 101 R 59

Explanation:

Partial quotients = 100 + 1 = 101
So, 6,927 ÷ 68 = 101 R 59

Question 32.
Modeling Real Life
There are 405 projects in a science fair. The coordinator displays the projects in rows of 42. How many rows have exactly 42 projects?

Answer:
9 rows have exactly 42 projects.

Explanation:
Divide 405 by 42.

9 rows have exactly 42 projects.

6.7 Divide Three-Digit Numbers by Two-Digit Numbers

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 33.
\(\sqrt [ 31 ]{ 961 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 31 ]{ 961 } \) = 31

Explanation:
The first digit is in the hundreds place.
Divide the tens.
96 tens ÷ 31
3 tens x 31 = 93 tens
96 tens – 93 tens = 3 tens
Divide the ones.
31 one ÷ 31
31 x 1 one = 31 ones
31 ones – 31 ones = 0
There are 0 ones leftover.
So, \(\sqrt [ 31 ]{ 961 } \) = 31
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 34.
\(\sqrt [ 27 ]{ 803 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 27 ]{ 803 } \) = 28 R 47

Explanation:
The first digit is in the hundreds place.
Divide the tens.
80 tens ÷ 27
2 tens x 27 = 54 tens
80 tens – 54 tens = 26 tens
Divide the ones.
263 one ÷ 27
27 x 8 one = 216 ones
263 one – 216 ones = 47
Regroup 2 tens and 8 ones.
So, \(\sqrt [ 27 ]{ 803 } \) = 28 R 47
Use multiplication to check your answer.

756 + 47 = 803.

Question 35.
\(\sqrt [ 19 ]{ 245 } \)

Answer:
\(\sqrt [ 19 ]{ 245 } \) = 12 R 17

Explanation:
The first digit is in the hundreds place.
Divide the tens.
24 tens ÷ 19
1 ten x 19 = 19 tens
24 tens – 19 tens = 5 tens
Divide the ones.
55 one ÷ 19
19 x 2 one = 38 ones
55 one – 38 ones = 17 ones
Regroup 1 tens and 2 ones.
So, \(\sqrt [ 19 ]{ 245 } \) = 12 R 17
Use multiplication to check your answer.
12 x 19 = 228
228 + 17 = 245.

6.8 Divide Four-Digit Numbers by Two-Digit Numbers

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 36.
6,636 ÷ 84 = _____

Answer:
6,636 ÷ 84 = 79

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
66 hundreds ÷ 84
66 hundreds cannot be shared among 84 groups without regrouping.
So, add next number.
Divide the tens.
663 tens ÷ 84
84 x 7 tens = 588 tens
663 tens  – 588 tens = 75 tens
There are 75 tens left over.
Divide the ones.
756 ones ÷ 84
84 x 9 one = 756 ones
756 ones – 756 ones = 0
So, 6,636 ÷ 84 = 79
Use multiplication to check your answer.

Question 37.
2,418 ÷ 21 = ______

Answer:
2,418 ÷ 21 = 115 R 3

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
24 hundreds ÷ 21
21 x 1 hundred
24 hundreds – 21 hundreds
There are 3 hundreds left over.
Divide the tens.
31 tens ÷ 21
21 x 1 tens = 21 tens
31 tens – 21 tens = 10 tens
There are 10 tens left over.
Divide the ones.
108 ones ÷ 21
21 x 5 one = 105 ones
108 ones – 105 ones = 3
So, 2,418 ÷ 21 = 115 R 3
Use multiplication to check your answer.
115 x 21 = 2415
2415 + 3 = 2418.

Question 38.
4,960 ÷ 62 = _____

Answer:
4,960 ÷ 62 = 80

Explanation:
The first digit is in the thousands place.
Divide the hundreds.
49 hundreds ÷ 62
49 hundreds cannot be shared among 62 groups without regrouping.
So, add next number.
Divide the tens.
496 tens ÷ 62
62 x 8 tens = 496 tens
496 tens – 496 tens = 0 tens
There are 0 tens left over.
So, 4,960 ÷ 62 = 80
Use multiplication to check your answer.
62 x 80 = 4960.

6.9 Problem Solving: Division

Question 39.
The weight of a giant panda is 10 times the weight of a red panda. The combined weight of the pandas is 220 pounds. What is the weight of each panda?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 6 Divide Whole Numbers chp 39

Answer:
The weight of red panda is 20. The weight of gaint panda is 200.

Explanation:
The weight of giant panda = 10 x weight of red panda
The weight of giant panda + weight of red panda = 220
10 x weight of red panda + weight of red panda = 220
11 x weight of red panda = 220
divide 220 by 11
22 tens ÷ 11 = 2 tens
The weight of a red panda is 20.
The weight of gaint panda = 10 x 20 = 200.

Question 40.
A company fills claw arcade machines with stuffed animals. One machine can hold 50 stuffed animals. The company has 2,357 stuffed animals. The company fills as many machines as possible. How many stuffed animals do not fit into the machines?

Answer:
There are 25 stuffed animals do not fit into machines.

Explanation:
Divide 2375 by 50.

The quotient is 47 and the remainder is 25.
So there are 25 stuffed animals do not fit into machine.

Conclusion:

Before going to start the preparation learn the topics covered here and learn. We have also included a short and crisp explanation for the questions. Make use of Go Math Grade 5 Chapter 6 Solution Key and score better grades in your exams. Bookmark our site to get detailed solutions for all the Big Ideas Math Grade 5 Chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence pdf is given here. The students who are hunting for Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence Solution Key can easily get it here. Therefore, stop your search for the Grade 4 Chapter 11 Solution Key. Also, you can find each and every topic in detail from Grade 4 Chapter 11 Big Ideas Math Answers Understand Measurement Equivalence pdf here. Don’t pay a single penny to get Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11. Get chapter-wise Free Solutions from BIM Grade 4 Chapter 11 Answer Key.

Big Ideas 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence Math Book Answer Key

Practice as per your convenience by downloading the free 4th std Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence Answer key. You can use the 4th Grade Chapter 11 Solution Key either online or offline. There are various topics available in the 4th std Chapter 11. All the topics important formulae, videos, solved examples, and free PDFs are given below that helps you for the best practice. Solve every problem any number of times and make your preparation perfect to write the exam well. Score good marks by preparing with Big Ideas 4th Grade Chapter 11 Answer Key.

Lesson: 1 Length in Metric Units

Lesson: 2 Mass and Capacity in Metric Units

Lesson: 3 Length in Customary Units

Lesson: 4 Weight in Customary Units

Lesson: 5 Capacity in Customary Units

Lesson: 6 Make and Interpret Line Plots

Lesson: 7 Units of Time

Lesson: 8 Problem Solving: Elapsed Time

Lesson: 9 Mixed Measures

Performance Task

Lesson 11.1 Length in Metric Units

Explore and Grow

Work with a partner. Find 3 objects in your classroom, and use a meter stick to measure them. One of you measure in centimeters, and the other measure in millimeters. Think: What do you notice about the pairs of measurements? How does each measurement compare to1 meter?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.1 1
1 centimeter is 10 times as long as 1 millimeter.
1 meter is 100 times as long as 1 centimeter.
1 meter is 1000 times as long as 1 millimeter.

Structure
You know the length of an object in centimeters. Without measuring, how can you find its length in millimeters?
Answer:

Think and Grow: Find Equivalent Metric Lengths

Metric units of length include, centimeters, meters, millimeters and kilometers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.1 2

Example
Find the number of meters in 3 kilometers.
There are 1000 meters in 1 kilometer.
3 ×1000 =3000
So, there are meters in 3 kilometers.

Example
Find the number of millimeters in 9 meters.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.1 3
There are 100 centimeters in 1 meter.
9 ×100 = 9 centimeters
There are 10 millimeters in 1 centimeter.
900 × 10= 9000 millimeters
So, there are 9000 millimeters in 9 meters..

Show and Grow

Find the equivalent length.
Question 1.
8 km = ________ m

Answer:
8 km = 8000 m

Explanation:
one kilometer is 1000 times as long as 1 meter
8 x 1000 m = 8000 m
So, there are 8000 meters in 8 km.

Question 2.
7 m = ________ cm

Answer:
7  m= 700 cm

Explanation:
The meter is unit of length in the metric system equivalent to one hundred centimeters.
7×100 = 700cm
so, there are 700 cm in 7 m.

Question 3.
5 cm = ________mm

Answer:
5 cm = 50 mm

Explanation:
The centimeter is unit of length in the metric system equivalent to 10 millimeters.
5×10  =50 mm
so, there are 50 mm in 5 cm.

Question 4.
6 km = ________cm

Answer:
6 km = 600000 cm

Explanation:
1 km is equal to 1000 meters and one meter is equal to100 centimeters.
step 1: 6×1000=6000
step 2: 6000×100=600000

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the equivalent length.
Question 5.
3 cm =_______mm

Answer:
3 cm = 30mm

Explanation:
The centimeter is unit of length in the metric system equivalent to ten millimeters.
3 x 10=30mm

Question 6.
8 m = _______cm

Answer :
8 m = 800cm

Explanation:
The meter is unit length in the metric system equivalent to 100 centimeters.
8×100=800cm

Question 7.
9 cm = ______mm

Answer:
9 cm = 90mm

Explanation:
The centimeter is unit of length in the metric system equivalent to 10 millimeters.
9×10=90mm

Question 8.
4 m = _______ cm

Answer:
4 m = 400 cm

Explanation :
one meter is equal to 100 centimeter
4×100=400cm.
so, there are 400cm in 4m.

Question 9.
11 km = ________m

Answer:
11 km = 11000m

Explanation:
one kilometer is equal to 1000 meters
11×1000=11000m
so, there are 11000 m in 11 km.

Question 10.
2 km = ________ cm

Answer:
2 km = 200000 cm

Explanation:
one kilometer is equal to 1000 meters and one meter is equal to 100centimeters
2×1000=2000m
2000×100=200000cm

Question 11.
3 m = ______mm

Answer:
3 m = 3000mm

Explanation:
one meter is equal to 100 centimeter and one centimeter is equal to 10 millimeters
3×100=300
300×10=300mm.

Question 12.
5 km = ______m

Answer:
5 km = 5000m

Explanation:
one kilometer is equal to 1000 meters
5×1000=5000m.

Question 13.
A pencil is 19 centimeters long. How many millimeters long is the pencil?

Answer:
The centimeter is unit of length in the metric system equivalent to 10 millimeters.
19×10=190mm long pencil.

Question 14.
Number Sense
How does the meaning of each prefix relate to the metric units of length in this lesson?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.1 4
Answer:
one kilo is equal to one thousand meter
one centi is equal to hundredth of a meter
one milli is equal to thousandth of a meter.

DIG DEEPER!
Compare.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.1 5
Answer:
4 meters is equal to 400 cm

Explanation:
one meter is equal to 100 cm
4 x 100 =400cm

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.1 6
Answer:
5000mm is not equal to 50m

Explanation:
5000mm is equal to 5m.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
During 1 day of swim practice, your friend swam12,600 meters. Your friend’s goal was to swim 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) kilometers. Did he reach his goal?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.1 7
Make a table that shows the relationship between kilometers and meters.

Compare 2,600 meters to 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) kilometers.

Answer:
2×1/2=2500
Your friend did not reach his goal.

Show and Grow

Question 17.
You have 42 millimeters of wire. You need 4\(\frac{1}{2}\) centimeters of wire to make an earring. Do you have enough wire to make the earring?

Answer: Yes,

Explanation:
The wire is 42 mm, we needed the wire for making earrings which is in cm we have to convert that in to mm.
one cm =10 mm
1cm =10mm
4 ×1/2 =9/2
= 4.5 ×10
=45 centimeters

Question 18.
Which insect’s wingspan is longer? How much longer is it?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.1 8
Answer:
5cm wing span is longer because 1 cm =10mm

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
There are signs posted every 500 meters along a 5-kilometer race. How many signs are posted?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.1 9
Answer:
10 signs

Explanation:
1 signs are posted for every 500 meters
1 km=1000m
so, there are 10 signs for 5 km.

Length in Metric Units Homework & Practice 11.1

Find the equivalent length.
Question 1.
3 km = ___ m

Answer:
3 km = 8000 m

Explanation:
one kilometer is 1000 times as long as 1 meter
3 x 1000 m = 3000 m
So, there are 3000 meters in 8 km.

Question 2.
5 m = _____ mm

Answer:
5 m = 5000mm

Explanation:
one meter is 1000 times as long as 1000 millimeter
5 x 1000 m = 5000 mm
So, there are 5000millimeters in 5 m.

Question 3.
12 km = ____ m

Answer:
12 km = 12000 m

Explanation:
one kilometer is 1000 times as long as 1 meter
12 x 1000 m = 12000 m
So, there are 12000 meters in 12 km.

Question 4.
8 m = _____ cm

Answer:
8 meters is equal to 400 cm

Explanation:
one meter is equal to 100 cm
8 x 100 =800cm

Question 5.
9 km = ____ cm

Answer:
9 km = 900000 cm

Explanation:
one kilometer is equal to 1000 meters and one meter is equal to 100centimeters
9×1000=9000m
9000×100=900000cm

Question 6.
6m = _____ mm

Answer:
6 m=6000mm

Explanation:
one meter is equal to 100 cm
one cm is equal to 10 millimeter
6m x 100 =600cm
600×10=6000mm

Question 7.
7 m = ____ cm

Answer:
7 m=700cm

Explanation:
one meter is equal to 100cm
7 x 100= 700cm

Question 8.
4 m = ____ mm

Answer:
4m = 4000mm

Explanation:
one meter is equal to 100 centimeter
one centimeter is equal to 10 mm
4 x 100 = 400cm
400 x 10 = 4000mm.

Question 9.
A basketball player is 2 meters tall. How tall is the player in centimeters?

Answer:
200cm

Explanation:
The basketball player is 2m tall,one meter is equal to 100 cm
2 x 100 =200cm
so, the player is 200cm.

Question 10.
Which One Doesn’t Belong?
Which measurement does not belong with the other three?
50 m
500 km
5,000 cm
50,000 mm
Answer:
500 km

Question 11.
Patterns
Describe and complete the pattern.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.1 10
Answer:

Explanation:
one meter is equal to 100 cm and that is equal to 100mm.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
A pencil is 190 millimeters long. A pencil box 1is 20\(\frac{1}{2}\) centimeters long. Will the pencil fit inside the pencil box?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.1 11
Answer:

215 m long.

Explanation:
one centimeter is equal to 10mm, A pencil is 190 cm is long and the pencil box is 215 cm long it can easily fit in the box.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
An airplane runway is 4 kilometers long. An airplane starts at one end and travels 2,044 meters. How many more meters can the airplane travel before reaching the end of the runway?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.1 12
Answer:
1956meters

Explanation:
The airplane started and travelled 2044 m
total it has to travel is 4 km
one kilometer is equal to 1000m
4000-2044 =1956m

Review & Refresh

Find the factor pairs for the number.
Question 14.
11

Answer: 1,11
One of two or more numbers or expressions that are multiplied to obtain a given product

Question 15.
25

Answer: 1,5,25
One of two or more numbers or expressions that are multiplied to obtain a given product

Question 16.
12
Answer: 1,3,4,12.
One of two or more numbers or expressions that are multiplied to obtain a given product

Lesson 11.2 Mass and Capacity in Metric Units

Explore and Grow

Use a balance and weights to help you complete the statement.
1 kilogram is 1000 times as much as 1 gram.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.2 1

Use a 1-liter beaker to help you complete the statement.
1 liter is 1000 times as much as 1 milliliter.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.2 2

Structure
You know the mass of an object in kilograms. Without using a scale, how can you find its mass in grams?
Answer  with the help of :weighing machine

Think and Grow: Find Equivalent Metric Measures

Metric units of mass include grams and kilograms.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.2 3

Metric units of capacity include liters and milliliters.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.2 4

Example
Find the number of grams in 3 kilograms.
There are 1000 grams in 1 kilogram.
3 ×1000 = 3000
So, there are 3000 grams in 3 kilograms.

Example
The container holds 5 liters of water. How many milliliters of water does the container hold?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.2 5
There are 1000 milliliters in 1 liter.
5 ×1000= 5000
So, the container holds 5000 milliliters of water.

Show and Grow

Find the equivalent mass.
Question 1.
6 kg = _______g

Answer:
6 kg = 6000g

Explanation:
There are 1000 grams in 1 kilogram.
6 ×1000 = 6000
So, there are 6000 grams in 6 kilograms.

Question 2.
9 kg = _______g

Answer:
9 kg = 9000g

Explanation:
There are 1000 grams in 1 kilogram.
9 ×1000 = 3000
So, there are 9000 grams in 9 kilograms.

Find the equivalent capacity
Question 3.
7 L =_________ mL

Answer:
7 l = 1000ml

Explanation:
There are 1000 milliliters in 1 liter.
7 ×1000= 7000
So, 7l is equal to 7000 milliliters of water.

Question 4.
10 L = ____ mL

Answer:
10l = 10000ml

Explanation:
There are 1000 milliliters in 1 liter.
10 ×1000= 10000
So, 10l has  10000 milliliters of water.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the equivalent mass.
Question 5.
8 kg = 8000 g
Answer:
There are 1000 grams in 1 kilogram.
8 ×1000 = 8000
So, there are 8000 grams in 8 kilograms.

Question 6.
7 kg = 7000g
Answer:
There are 1000 grams in 1 kilogram.
7×1000 = 7000
So, there are 7000 grams in 7 kilograms.

Question 7.
4 kg = 4000g
Answer:
There are 1000 grams in 1 kilogram.
4 ×1000 = 4000
So, there are 4000 grams in 4 kilograms.

Question 8.
67 kg = 67000 g
Answer:
There are 1000 grams in 1 kilogram.
67 ×1000 = 3000
So, there are 67000 grams in 67 kilograms.

Find the equivalent capacity.
Question 9.
9 L = _____ mL

Answer:
9 l = 9000 ml

Explanation:
one liter is equal to 1000ml
9 x 1000 =9000ml

Question 10.
3 L = _____ mL
Answer:
3 l = 3000ml

Explanation:
one liter is equal to 1000ml
3 x 1000 =3000ml.

Question 11.
23 L = ____ mL
Answer:
23l = 23000ml

explanation:
one liter is equal to 1000ml
23 x 1000= 23000ml

Question 12.
40 L = _____ mL
Answer:
40 l = 40000ml

explanation:
one liter is equal to 1000ml
40 x 1000= 40000ml

Question 13.
What is the mass of the bag of apples in grams?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.2 6
Answer:
2000g

Explanation:
There are 1000 grams in 1 kilogram.
2 ×1000 = 2000
So, there are 2000 grams of apples in bag.

Question 14.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says that 4 liters is greater than 4,500 milliliters. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
one liter is equal to 1000m
4 l = 4000ml
my friend is not correct4 liters is less than 4500ml.

Question 15.
Writing
Compare the relationship between kilograms and grams to the relationship between liters and milliliters.
Answer:
one kilogram is equal to 1000g
one liter is equal to 1000ml
kilograms and grams are used measure solids
liters and milliliters are used to measure liquids.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A restaurant chef has 5\(\frac{3}{4}\) kilograms of rice. A recipe uses 5,875 grams of rice. Does the chef have enough rice to follow the recipe?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.2 7
Make a table that shows the relationship between kilograms and grams.
Compare 5\(\frac{3}{4}\) kilograms to 5,875 grams.
The chef _____ have enough rice to follow the recipe.

Answer:
No, The chef doesnot have enough rice to follow the recipe

Show and Grow

Question 16.
Your goal is to drink 1,500 milliliters of water each day. Yesterday, you drank 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) liters of water. Did you reach your goal?

Answer:
Goal=1500 ml
drank water = 2 x 1/2 =5/2= 2.5
2.5 x 1000 =2500ml
yes, I reached the goal.

Question 17.
Which egg has a greater mass? How much greater?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.2 8
Answer:
ostrich egg

Explanation:
There are 1000 grams in 1 kilogram.
1 x 1/4 = 5/4 = 1.25kgs
but chicken egg is 581grams so ostrich egg is bigger

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
A scientist has 3 liters, 818 milliliters, and 410 milliliters of a solution in each of 3 beakers. The scientist wants to divide the solution equally among 7 beakers. How much of the solution should the scientist put into each beaker?
Answer:
In three beakers 1 has 3 liters, 2 has 818, 3 has 410.
he has to divide them to 7 beakers equally
3 x 1000 = 3000 + 818 + 410 = 4228
the total solution is 4228 ml is divided by 7 = 604

Mass and Capacity in Metric Units Homework & Practice 11.2

Find the equivalent mass.
Question 1.
2 kg = _________ g

Answer:
2 kg = 1000 g

Explanation:
There are 1000 grams in 1 kilogram.
2 ×1000 = 2000
So, there are 2000 grams in 2 kilograms.

Question 2.
10 kg = ________g

Answer:
10 kg = 10000 g

Explanation:
There are 1000 grams in 1 kilogram.
10×1000 = 10000
So, there are 10000 grams in 10 kilograms.

Question 3.
50 kg =_________g

Answer:
50 kg =50000g

Explanation:
There are 1000 grams in 1 kilogram.
50 ×1000 = 50000
So, there are 50000 grams in 50 kilograms.

Question 4.
31 kg = _________ g

Answer:
50 kg =50000g

Explanation:
There are 1000 grams in 1 kilogram.
51 ×1000 = 51000
So, there are 51000 grams in 51 kilograms.

Find the equivalent capacity.
Question 5.
7 L = _____ mL

Answer:
7l = 7000 ml

Explanation:
There are 1000 milliliters in 1 liter.
7 ×1000= 7000
So, 7l is equal to 7000 milliliters.

Question 6.
4 L = ____ mL

Answer:
4 l =4000 ml

Explanation:
There are 1000 milliliters in 1 liter.
4 ×1000= 4000
So, 4l has 4000 milliliters.

Question 7.
8 L = ____ mL

Answer:
8 l = 8000ml

Explanation:
There are 1000 milliliters in 1 liter.
8 ×1000= 8000
So, 8l has 8000 milliliters.

Question 8.
11 L = ____ mL

Answer:
11 l = 11000ml

Explanation:
There are 1000 milliliters in 1 liter.
11 ×1000= 11000
So, 8l has 11000 milliliters.

Question 9.
A pitcher contains 3 liters of iced tea. How many milliliters of iced tea does the pitcher contain?
Answer:
3000mm

Explanation:
There are 1000 milliliters in 1 liter.
3 ×1000= 3000
So, the container holds 3000 milliliters of iced tea the pitcher.

Question 10.
Number Sense
The prefix “kilo-” means one thousand. The prefix “milli-” means one-thousandth. How does the meaning of each prefix relate to the metric units of mass and capacity in this lesson?

Answer:
meter

Explanation:
The prefix “kilo-” means one thousand. The prefix “milli-” means one-thousandth. To measure the values of  the meaning of each prefix relate to the metric units of mass and capacity in this lesson 

Question 11.
Number Sense
When measuring the mass of a chair, how will the size of the unit affect the size of the measurement?
Answer:
Dimensions are physical qualities one relates the other in the size of measurement.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
To cook a pound of pasta, you need1toboil 4,700 milliliters of water. You fill a pot with 4\(\frac{1}{4}\) liters of water. Is there enough water in your pot?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.2 9
Answer:
not enough

Explanation:
To cook a pound of pasta, you need1toboil 4,700 milliliters of water. You fill a pot with 4250 is not enough.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
A 4,500-gram bag of soil costs $3, and an 18-kilogram bag of soil costs $10. Which is the less expensive way to buy 18,000 grams of soil? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.2 10
Answer:
18kg bag

Explanation:
one kg is equal to 1000grams
18kg= 18000grams which costs of 10$
4500 g =3$

Review & Refresh

Find the difference. Then check your answer.
Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.2 11
Answer: 1714

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.2 12
Answer: 24613

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.2 13
Answer: 50243

Lesson 11.3 Length in Customary Units

Explore and Grow

Work with a partner. Use a yardstick todraw3 lines on a whiteboard that are 1 yard,2 yards, and 3 yards in length. Then measure the lengths of the lines in feet and in inches. Think: How do the lengths, in inches, compare to the lengths in feet? How does each length compare to 1 yard?
1 foot is ____ times as long as 1 inch.
1 yard is _____ times as long as 1 foot.
1 yard is _____ times as long as 1 inch.

Answer:
1 foot is 12 times as long as 1 inch.
1 yard is 3 times as long as 1 foot.
1 yard is 36 times as long as 1 inch.

Structure
You know the length of an object in feet. Without measuring, how can you find its length in inches?

Answer:
consider the length of an object is x
if we that in inches we have to multiply with 12
so, the answer is 12x

Think and Grow: Find Equivalent Customary Lengths

Customary units of length include inches, feet, yards, and miles.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.3 1
Example
Find the number of yards in 2 miles.
There are _____ yards in 1 mile.
2 × _____ = _____
So, there are _____ yards in 2 miles.

Answer:
There are 1760 yards in 1 mile.
2 × 1760 = 3250
So, there are 3520 yards in 2 miles.

Example
Find the number of inches in 7 yards.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.3 2
There are _____ feet in 1 yard.
7 × _____ = _____ feet
There are ______ inches in 1 foot.
21 × ____ = ____ inches
So, there are ________ inches in 7 yards.

answer:
There are 3 feet in 1 yard.
7 × 3 = 21 feet
There are 12 inches in 1 foot.
21 × 12 = 252 inches
So, there are 252 inches in 7 yards.

Show and Grow

Find the equivalent length.
Question 1.
6 mi= _____ yd

Answer:
6 mi =10560yd

explanation:
Answer:
There are 1760 yards in 1 mile.
6 × 1760 =10560
So, there are 10560 yards in 6 miles.

Question 2.
4 ft = _____ in.

Answer:
4 ft = 48 in
Answer:
There are 12 inches  in 1 feet.
12 × 4 = 48
So, there are 48 inches in 4 ft.

Question 3.
11 yd = _____ ft

Answer:
11yd = 33 ft.

Explanation:
one yard is equal to 3 feet
11x 3= 33ft

Question 4.
3 mi = _____ ft

Answer:
3 mi = 15840 ft

Explanation:
one mile is equal 5280 feet
3 x 5280 = 15840ft

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the equivalent length.
Question 5.
10 ft = ______ in.

Answer:
10 ft = 120 in

Explanation:
one feet is equal to 12 inch
10 x 12= 120in
so, there are 120 in in 10 ft.

Question 6.
8 yd = ______ in.

Answer:
8 yards = 288 in.

Explanation:
one yard is equal to 36 inches
8 x 36 = 288in

Question 7.
2 mi = ______ ft

Answer:
2mi = 10560 ft

Explanation:
one mile is equal to 5280 ft
2 x 5280 = 10560.

Question 8.
9 mi = ______ yd

Answer:
9 mi = 15840yd

Explanation:
Answer:
There are 1760 yards in 1 mile.
9 × 1760 = 15840
So, there are 15840 yards in 9 miles.

Question 9.
4 yd = ______ in.

Answer:
4 yd = 144 in

Explanation:
one yard is equal to 36 inch
4 x 36 = 144in

Question 10.
20 ft = ______ in.

Answer:
20ft = 240 in

Explanation:
one ft is equal to 36 inch
20 x 36 = 240in

Question 11.
7 mi = ______ yd

Answer:
7 mi = 12320yd

Explanation:
Answer:
There are 1760 yards in 1 mile.
7 × 1760 = 12320
So, there are 12320 yards in 7 miles.

Question 12.
5 mi = ______ ft

Answer:
5mi = 26400 ft

Explanation:
one mile is equal to 5280  feet.
5 x 5280 = 26400 ft.

Question 13.
You ran 54 yards. How many feet did you run?
Answer:
one yard is equal to 3 feet
54 x 3=162 ft
I need to run 162 feet in 54 yards

Question 14.
Precision
Three students measure the height of a bookshelf. Student A measures 72 units, Student B measures 2 units, and Student C measures 6 units. The teacher says all three students are correct. What units did each student use?
Answer:
1 feet = 12 inch
1 yard = 3 feet
1 yard = 36 inch
student A measures in inch
student B measures in yards
student c measures in feet.

Question 15.
Reasoning
What is one way you can check whether an answer is reasonable when converting from larger units to smaller units?
Answer:
converting from yards to feet

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A football player needs to run 6\(\frac{1}{3}\) yards to score. The player runs 17 feet. Does the player score?
Make a table that shows the relationship between yards and feet.
Compare 6\(\frac{1}{2}\) yards to 17 feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.3 3
The player _____ score

Answer: 19

Show and Grow

Question 16.
You have 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) feet of string. You need 36 inches of string to make a necklace. Do you have enough string to make the necklace?
Answer: 9 inches

Question 17.
Which snake is longer? How much longer?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.3 4
Answer: green anaconda
one yard is equal to 3 feet
green anaconda 28/3 = 9.33 x 3= 27.99feet

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 6 yards of ribbon. You wrap 3 feet of ribbon around a present. You wrap 16 inches of ribbon around another present. How many inches of ribbon do you have left?
Answer:
one yard is equal to 3 feet
6 x 3 =18
I have 18 feet of ribbon in total
3 feet for gift wrapping
18-3= 15
one feet is equal to 12 inch
12 inch ribbon for the 2 nd present
15-12 =3
so, the remaining ribbon is 3 inch.

Length in Customary Units Homework & Practice 11.3

Find the equivalent length.
Question 1.
25 ft = _____ in.

Answer:
300 in

Explanation:
one feet is equal to 12 inch
25 x 12 = 300in
there are 300 inches in 25 feet.

Question 2.
3 mi = _____ yd

Answer:
3mi = 5280yd

Explanation:
There are 1760 yards in 1 mile.
3 × 1760 = 5280
So, there are 5280 yards in 3 miles.

Question 3.
7 yd = _____ ft

Answer:
21 feet

Explanation:
one yard is equal to 3 feet.
7 x 3 = 21ft
there are 21 feet in 7 yards.

Question 4.
9 yd = _____ in.

Answer:
324

Explanation:
one yard is equal to 36 inch
9 x 36=324.
so, there are 324 inch in 9 yards

Question 5.
5 mi = _____ yd

Answer:
5 mi =8800 yd

Explanation:
There are 1760 yards in 1 mile.
5 × 1760 = 8800
So, there are 8800 yards in 5 miles.

Question 6.
6 mi = _____ ft

Answer:
31680

Explanation:
one mile is equal to 5280 ft
6 x 5280 = 31680
so there are 5280 feet in 6 miles

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{4}\)mi = _____ yd

Answer:
440yd

Explanation:
There are 1760 yards in 1 mile.
1760/4 = 440
So, there are 440 yards.

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) yd = ____ ft

Answer:
1 feet
one yard is equal to 3 feet
1/3 x 3 = 1

Question 9.
A street is 2 miles long. How long is the street in yards?

Answer:
3520yd

Explanation:
There are 1760 yards in 1 mile.
2 × 1760 = 3250
So, there are 3520 yards in 2 miles.

Question 10.
Number Sense
Does it take more miles or more yards to equal a given length? Explain.
Answer:
when it is measured in miles 1 mile =1760 yd
as the miles contains less units it is easy to calculate.

Question 11.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says 1 inch is \(\frac{1}{12}\) of a foot. Is your friend correct? Explain.

Answer:
he is correct

explanation:
one feet is equal to 12 inch

Question 12.
Number Sense
Which lengths are equivalent?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.3 5
Answer:
15 yards = 45 feet, 540 inch
540 inch = 45 feet

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
A plumber has 6\(\frac{1}{3}\) feet of piping. She needs inches of piping. Does she have enough piping?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.3 6
Answer:
A plumber has 6\(\frac{1}{3}\) feet of piping. she needs 38 inches of piping.

Question 14.
Modeling Real Life
A teacher has 12 yards of string for her class to make balloon zip lines. Each zipline needs 8 feet of string. How many zip lines can the class make?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.3 7
Answer:
The teacher has 12 yards of string for her class to make balloon zip lines. Each zipline needs 8 feet of string
1 yard is equal to 3 feet
12 x 3 = 36
36/8 = 4
so they can make 4 zip lines of 8 feets each.

Review & Refresh

Divide. Then check your answer.
Question 15.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 501 } \)
Answer:
67.14

Question 16.
\(\sqrt [ 2 ]{ 4,237 } \)
Answer:
130.18

Question 17.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 6,049 } \)
Answer:
388.87

Lesson 11.4 Weight in Customary Units

Explore and Grow

Use a platform scale to help you complete the statement.
1 pound is ______ times as heavy as 1 ounce.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.4 1
1 pound is 16 times as heavy as 1 ounce.
How can you use the number line to complete the statement?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.4 2
1 ton is ________times as heavy as 1 pound.
Answer:
1 ton is 2240 times as heavy as 1 pound.

Structure
You know the weight of an object in pounds. Without measuring, how can you find its weight in ounces?
Answer:
one pound is equal to 16 times of a ounce by multiplying with the number.

Think and Grow: Find Equivalent Customary Weights

Customary units of weight include ounces, pounds, and tons.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.4 3
Example
Find the number of ounces in 6 pounds.
There are ______ ounces in 1 pound.
6 × _____ = ____
So, there are _______ ounces in 6 pounds.

Answer:
There are 16 ounces in 1 pound.
6 × 16 = 96
So, there are 96 ounces in 6 pounds..

Example
The vehicle shown weighs 8 tons. What is the weight in pounds?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.4 4
There are ______ pounds in 1 ton.
8 × _____ = _____
So, the vehicle weighs ______ pounds.

Answer:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
8 × 2000 = 16000
So, the vehicle weighs 16000 pounds.

Show and Grow

Find the equivalent weight.
Question 1.
5 T = ____ lb
Answer:
5 t = 10000 lb

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
5 × 2000 = 10000
So, it weighs 10000 pounds.

Question 2.
9 lb = _____ oz

Answer:
9 lb = 144 oz

Explanation:
There are 16 ounces in 1 pound.
9 × 16 = 144
So, there are 144 ounces in 9 pounds..

Question 3.
15 lb = ____ oz

Answer:
15 lb =  oz240

Explanation:
There are 16 ounces in 1 pound.
15 × 16 = 144
So, there are 240 ounces in 15 pounds..

Question 4.
7 T = _____ lb

Answer:
7 t = 14000 lb

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
7 × 2000 = 14000
So, it weighs 14000 pounds.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the equivalent weight.
Question 5.
6 T = _____ lb
Answer:
6 t = 12000 lb

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
6 × 2000 = 12000
So, it weighs 12000 pounds.

Question 6.
20 lb = ____ oz

Answer:
20 lb =  oz

Explanation:
There are 16 ounces in 1 pound.
9 × 16 = 320
So, there are 320 ounces in 16 pounds..

Question 7.
12 lb = _____ oz

Answer:
12 lb = 192 oz

Explanation:
There are 16 ounces in 1 pound.
12 × 16 = 192
So, there are 192 ounces in 12 pounds..

Question 8.
2 T = _____ lb
Answer:
2 t = 4000 lb

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
2 × 2000 = 4000
So, it weighs 4000 pounds.

Question 9.
4 T = ______ lb
Answer:
4 t = 8000 lb

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
4 × 2000 = 8000
So, it weighs 8000 pounds.

Question 10.
11 lb = _____ oz

Answer:
11 lb = 176 oz

Explanation:
There are 16 ounces in 1 pound.
11 × 16 = 176
So, there are 176 ounces in 11 pounds..

Question 11.
15 lb = _____ oz

Answer:
15 lb =  240oz

Explanation:
There are 16 ounces in 1 pound.
15 × 16 = 240
So, there are 240 ounces in 15 pounds..

Question 12.
10 T = _____ lb
Answer:
10 t = 20000 lb

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
10 × 2000 = 20000
So, it weighs 20000 pounds.

Question 13.
A bag of flour weighs 5 pounds. What is the weight of the bag of flour in ounces?

Answer:
5 lb = 80 oz

Explanation:
There are 16 ounces in 1 pound.
5 × 16 = 80
So, there are 80 ounces in 5 pounds.

Open-Ended Complete the statement.
Question 14.
54 ounces > _____ pounds
Answer: 54 ounces > 3.375

Question 15.
5,500 pounds < ______ tons
Answer:
5,500 pounds < 3 tons

DIG DEEPER!
Compare
Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.4 5
Answer: 2 lb > 25 oz

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.4 6
Answer:6,500 < 7 t

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A river otter eats 64 ounces of food each day. A zookeeper has 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds of fish to feed the otter. Does the zookeeper have enough food to feed the otter for 1 day?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.4 7
Make a table that shows the relationship between pounds and ounces.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.4 8
Compare 64 ounces to 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds.
The zookeeper ______ have enough food to feed the otter for 1 day.
Answer:
A river otter eats 64 ounces of food each day. A zookeeper has 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds of fish to feed the otter. The zookeeper does not have enough food to feed the otter for 1 day

Show and Grow

Question 18.
The weight limit of a bridge is10,000 pounds. Can the van cross the bridge?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.4 9
Answer:
4.25 t = 8500 lb

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
4.25 × 2000 = 8500
So, it weighs 8500 pounds.

Question 19.
Your backpack weighs 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds. You take a 4-ounce book out of your backpack. How many ounces does your backpack weigh now?

Answer:
3.5 lb x 16 = 56

Explanation:
There are 16 ounces in 1 pound.
3.5 × 16 = 56
So, there are 56 ounces in 3.5 pounds. The bag pack weighs 56-4 = 52 oz.

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
A 195-pound man has twenty-five 40-pound packages to deliver. Can he bring all of the packages on the elevator at once? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.4 10
Answer:

2 t = 2000 lb

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
25 x 40 = 1000
so he can easily take it once in the elevator.

Weight in Customary Units Homework & Practice 11.4

Find the equivalent weight.
Question 1.
3 T = _____ lb
Answer:
3 t = 6000 lb

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
3 × 2000 = 6000
So, it weighs 6000 pounds.

Question 2.
13 lb = ____ oz

Answer:
13 lb = 208 oz

Explanation:
There are 16 ounces in 1 pound.
13 × 16 = 208
So, there are 208 ounces in 13 pounds.

Question 3.
22 lb = ____ oz

Answer:
22 lb = 352 oz

Explanation:
There are 16 ounces in 1 pound.
22 × 16 = 352
So, there are 352 ounces in 22 pounds.

Question 4.
8 T = _____ lb
Answer:
8 t = 16000 lb

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
8 × 2000 = 16000
So, it weighs 16000 pounds.

Question 5.
2 T = ____ lb
Answer:
2 t = 4000 lb

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
2 × 2000 = 4000
So, it weighs 4000 pounds.

Question 6.
20 lb = ______ oz

Answer:
20 lb = 320 oz

Explanation:
There are 16 ounces in 1 pound.
20 × 16 = 320
So, there are 320 ounces in 16 pounds.

Question 7.
5\(\frac{3}{4}\) lb = _____ oz

Answer:
5.75 lb = 93 oz

Explanation:
There are 16 ounces in 1 pound.
5.75 × 16 = 93
So, there are 93 ounces in 5.75 pounds.

Question 8.
6\(\frac{1}{4}\) T = _____ lb
Answer:
6.25 t = 12500 lb

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
6.25 × 12500 = 10000
So, it weighs 12500 pounds.

Question 9.
A hippopotamus weighs 4 tons. What is the weight of the hippopotamus in pounds?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.4 11
Answer:

4 t = 8000 lb

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
4 × 2000 = 8000
So, hippo weighs 8000 pounds.

Question 10.
Writing
Explain how to compare tons to ounces.
Answer:
calculate to pounds and then to ounces

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
Workers need 20,000 pounds of concrete to create a driveway. The boss orders 10\(\frac{3}{4}\) tons of concrete.Does he order enough?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.4 12
Answer:
43/4t = 21500 lb

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
43/4 × 2000 = 21500
So, it weighs 21500 pounds yes he ordered enough concrete.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
You buy crushed tomatoes in 6-ounce cans. You want to1make a recipe that calls for 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds of crushed tomatoes. How many cans do you need to make the recipe?

Answer:
6 ounce cans are there
1.5 pounds of crushed tomatoes
1.5 x 16= 24 ounce
one pound is equal to 16 ounce
we need 3 cans

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
How many more ounces does the heaviest puppy weigh than the lightest puppy?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.4 13
Answer: 3/4 is the lightest puppy
7/4 is the heaviest puppy

Review & Refresh

Find the sum
Question 14.
\(\frac{2}{8}+\frac{4}{8}\) = _______
Answer: 6

Question 15.
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{4}{2}\) = _______
Answer: 2.5

Question 16.
\(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{3}{12}+\frac{1}{12}\) = ______
Answer:
0.41+4+0.8
=5

Lesson 11.5 Capacity in Customary Units

Explore and Grow

Use the diagram to complete each statement. Then check your answers using a gallon measurement set.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.5 1
1 gallon is _____ times as much as 1 quart.
1 quart is _______ times as much as 1 pint.
1 pint is ______ times as much as 1 cup.
1 gallon is _____ times as much as 1 cup.
Answer:
1 gallon is 4 times as much as 1 quart.
1 quart is 2 times as much as 1 pint.
1 pint is 2 times as much as 1 cup.
1 gallon is 16 times as much as 1 cup.

Structure
You know the capacity of a container in pints. Without measuring, how can you find its capacity in cups?
Answer: multiplying  with 2

Think and Grow: Find Equivalent Customary Capacities

Customary units of capacity include cups, pints, quarts, and gallons.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.5 2.1

Example
Find the number of quarts in 15 gallons.
There are ______ quarts in 1 gallon.
15 × _____ = _____
So, there are ______ quarts in 15 gallons.
Answer:
There are 4 quarts in 1 gallon.
15 × 4 = 60
So, there are 60 quarts in 15 gallons.

Example
Find the number of cups in 7 quarts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.5 2
There are _____ pints in 1 quart.
7 × ____ = ____ pints
There are ______ cups in 1 pint.
14 × _____ = _____ cups
So, there are ______ cups in 7 quarts.
Answer:
There are 2 pints in 1 quart.
7 × 2 = 14 pints
There are 2 cups in 1 pint.
14 ×2 =28cups
So, there are 28 cups in 7 quarts.

Show and Grow

Find the equivalent capacity.
Question 1.
4 pt = _____ c

Answer:
4 pt = 8 c

Explanation:
There are 2 pints in one cup
4 x 2 = 8.
so, there are 8 cups in 4 pints

Question 2.
6 qt = _____ pt

Answer:
6 qt =24 pt

Explanation:
There are 2 pints in 1 quart.
6 × 2 = 12 pints
There are 2 cups in 1 pint.
12 ×2 =24cups
So, there are 24 cups in 6 quarts.

Question 3.
9 gal = ____ qt
Answer:
9  gal =36  qt

Explanation:
one gallon is equal to 4 quarts
9x 4 = 36 qt

Question 4.
12 gal = _____ pt

Answer:
12 qt =48 pt

Explanation:
There are 2 pints in 1 quart.
12 × 2 = 24 pints
There are 2 cups in 1 pint.
24 ×2 =48cups
So, there are 48 cups in 24 quarts.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the equivalent capacity.
Question 5.
30 qt = ____ pt

Answer:
30 qt =120 pt

Explanation:
There are 2 pints in 1 quart.
30 × 2 = 60 pints
There are 2 cups in 1 pint.
60 ×2 =120cups
So, there are 120cups in 30 quarts.

Question 6.
5 gal = ____ pt

Answer:
5 gal = 40 pt

Explanation:
one gallon is equal to 4 quarts
5 x 4 = 20 qt
one quart is equal to 2 pints
20 x 2 =40

Question 7.
9 qt = _____ c

Answer:
9 qt = 36 c

Explanation:
one quart is equal to 4 cups
9 x 4 = 36 cups

Question 8.
8 gal = _____ qt

Answer:
8 gal = 32 qt

Explanation:
one gal is equal to 4 quarts
8 x 4 = 32.

Question 9.
25 pt = _____ c

Answer:
25 pt = 50 c

Explanation:
There are 2 pints in one cup
25 x 2 = 50.
so, there are 50 cups in 25 pints

Question 10.
11 gal = _____ pt

Answer:
11 gal = 88 pt

Explanation:
one gallon is equal to 4 quarts
11 x 4 = 44
one quart is equal to 2 pints
44 x 2 = 88
so, there are 88 pints in 11 gal.

Question 11.
18 gal = ____ qt

Answer:
18 gal =  106 qt

Explanation:
one gal is equal to 4 quarts
18 x 4 =106

Question 12.
16 qt = _____ c
Answer:
one quart is equal to 4 cups

Question 13.
You have a 10-gallon fish tank. How many quarts of water does it take to fill your fish tank?
Answer: 10 x 4 = 40 qt
40 quarts of water takes to fill the fish tank.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
Which measurements are greater than 5 gallons?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.5 3
Answer: 10 gallons 92 cups

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A berry salad uses 6 pints of blackberries, 2 quarts of strawberries, and 7 cups of blueberries. Which fruit do you use the greatest amount of?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.5 4
Make a table that shows the relationship between quarts, pints, and cups.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.5 5
Compare 6 pints, 2 quarts, and 7 cups.
You use the greatest amount as quarts.

Show and Grow

Question 15.
A caterer buys 2 gallons of milk, 12 quarts of lemonade, and 32 pints of apple juice. Which drink does the caterer buy the least amount of?
Answer: pints

Question 16.
You make 4 quarts of soup. You and your friend each eat 1 pint of soup. Will the leftover soup fit into a 10-cup container? Explain.
Answer: 3 pints

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
You use 16 gallons of water while taking a shower. Your friend uses 288 cups. Who uses less water? How much less?
Answer: 16 x 4 = 64 quarts
64 x 2 = 128  pints
128 x 2 = 236
288 – 236 = 52.

Capacity in Customary Units Homework & Practice 11.5

Find the equivalent capacity.
Question 1.
7 pt = _____ c

Answer:
7 pt = 14 c

Explanation:
There are 2 pints in one cup
7 x 2 = 14.
so, there are 14 cups in 7 pints

Question 2.
10 qt = _____ pt

Answer:
10 qt =40 pt

Explanation:
There are 2 pints in 1 quart.
10 × 2 = 20 pints
There are 2 cups in 1 pint.
20 ×2 =40cups
So, there are 40 cups in 10 quarts.

Question 3.
8 gal = ______ qt

Answer:
8 x 4 = 36 qt
one gal is equal to 4 quarts.

Question 4.
4 gal = _____ pt

Answer:
4 gal = 36 pt

Question 5.
12 qt = _____ c
Answer:
1 qt = 2 cups
12 x 2 = 24 cups

Question 6.
6 gal = ______ qt
Answer:
6 gal = 28 qt

Explanation:
one gal is equal to 4 qt
6 x 4 = 28 qt

Question 17.
3\(\frac{1}{4}\) gal = _____ pt

Answer:
3.5 x 4 = 13
13 x 2 = 26

Question 8.
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pt = _____ c

Answer:
9/2 pt = 9 c

Explanation:
There are 2 pints in one cup
9/2 x 2 = 9.
so, there are 9 cups in 4.5 pints

Question 9.
A bottle holds \(\frac{1}{2}\) quart of liquid. How many cups of water does the bottle hold?
Answer:1 cups of water

Question 10.
Writing
Compare the relationship between pints and cups to the relationship between quarts and pints.

Answer:
1 pint = 2 cups
one quart = 2 pints

Question 11.
Logic
Your friend makes a table of equivalent capacities. What are the labels for the columns?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.5 6
Answer: cups to quarts

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
Turning off the faucet while brushing your teeth can conserve 32 quarts of water. Using a low-flow shower head can conserve15 gallons of water. Using a dishwasher can conserve112 pints of water. Which activity conserves the greatest amount of water?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.5 7
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 2 pints in 1 quart.
52× 2 = 104 pints

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
Some pitcher plants are large enough to hold 2 gallons of water. A household pitcher holds 16 cups of water. How much more water can a pitcher plant hold than the household pitcher?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.5 8
Answer:
one gallon equal to 4 parts
2 x 4 = 8
8 quarts are needed.

Review & Refresh

Question 14.
A car dealership owner needs to transport 150 cars and 95 trucks to an island. A ferry can hold 8 vehicles. How many trips with vehicles will the ferry need to make?
Answer: 150 + 95 = 245
245/8 =  30. 8
it has to make almost 30 trips.

Lesson 11.6 Make and Interpret Line Plots

Explore and Grow

Measure your hand length with a ruler. Record the length to the nearest half-inch. Collect the hand lengths of all the students in your class, including yourself. Create a line plot of the results.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 1
Think: How will you label the scale? What title will you give your line plot?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 2
Construct Arguments
What conclusions can you make from the line plot?
Answer:
Teacher length is high when compared to kids
but the difference between the kids are less

Think and Grow: Make Line Plots

Example
You plant 10 seeds. After 6 days, you measure the height of each plant. Make a line plot to display the data.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 3
Step 1: Write the data values as fractions with the same denominator.
The denominators of the data values are 2, 4, and 8. Because 2 and 4 are factors of 8, use a denominator of 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 4
Step 2: Use a scale on a number line that shows all of the data values.
Step 3: Mark an X for each data value.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 5

Answer: 3/8


3/8 plant height is most common.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
You survey 10 people about the amount of water each person drinks in 1 day. Make a line plot to display the data.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 6
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 7
Which amount of water consumed is the most common?
Answer:
2/8


Explanation:
to make this make the denominator to equal

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
The table shows the lengths of 10 chameleons in a pet store. Make a line plot to display the data.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 8
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 9
Which is most common chameleon length?
Answer:
6/8

Question 3.
A scientist is studying the weights of 15 sugar gliders. Make a line plot to display the data.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 10
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 11
How many sugar gliders weigh more than \(\frac{1}{8}\) pound?
Answer:

Question 4.
DIG DEEPER!
Use your line plot from Exercise 3. How many times as many \(\frac{2}{3}\) pound sugar gliders are there as \(\frac{3}{8}[/latex] pound sugar gliders? Explain.

Answer:
2/8

Explanation:
denominator is equalized and the factors are multiplied.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You record the distances you rode your bike for 10 days. What is the difference in the length of your longest ride and the length of your shortest ride?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 12
Make a line plot. Use a scale that shows all of the data values.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 13
Subtract the shortest ride from the longest ride.
5 − 6 = 1.
The difference in the length of your longest ride and the length of your shortest ride is 1 miles.

Show and Grow

Question 5.
You record the total monthly rainfall for 10 months. What is the difference of the greatest monthly rainfall and the least monthly rainfall?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 14

How much did it rain during the 10 months in all?
Answer:
the total rain fall during all the 10 months is 62/8

Make and Interpret Line Plots Homework & Practice 11.6

Question 1.
The table shows the thicknesses of 10 books in a series. Make a line plot to display the data.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 15
The least common thickness is ______ inch.
There are ______ books that are less than [latex]\frac{5}{8}\) inch thick.
Answer:

The least common thickness is 6/8 inch.
There are 4 books that are less than \(\frac{5}{8}\) inch thick.

Question 2.
DIG DEEPER!
Use your line plot from Exercise 1. How many times as many \(\frac{3}{4}\) inch thick books are there as \(\frac{1}{8}\)-inch thick books?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 16
Answer:
6/8 are more

Question 3.
A zoologist is studying the weights of 15 skinks. Make a line plot to display the data.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 17
Answer:

Question 4.
Reasoning
In Exercise 3, do most of the skinks weigh more than \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound?
Answer:
yes most of the skinks weigh more than \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound.

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
A painter records the amounts of paint he uses in 10 different rooms. What is the difference of the greatest amount of paint used and the least amount of paint used?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.6 18
How many gallons of paint were used in all 10 rooms combined?
Answer:
4/2 is least paint used
7/2 is the greatest paint used

Review & Refresh

Write the fraction as a sum of unit fractions.
Question 6.
\(\frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:
0.83

Question 7.
\(\frac{8}{3}\)
Answer:
2.6

Lesson 11.7 Units of Time

Explore and Grow

Use a clock or a stopwatch to help you complete the statements.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.7 1
1 minute is ______ times as long as 1 second.
1 hour is _______ times as long as 1 minute.
Answer:
1 minute is 60 times as long as 1 second.
1 hour is 60 times as long as 1 minute.

Structure
You know an amount of time in minutes. Without using a clock or a stopwatch, how can you find the amount of time in seconds?
Answer: multiply with 60.

Think and Grow: Find Equivalent Amounts of Time

Units of time include seconds, minutes, hours, days, weeks, months, and years.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.7 2

Example
Find the number of minutes in 6 hours.
There are ______ minutes in 1 hour.
6 × _____ = _____
So, there are _____ minutes in 6 hours.

answer:
There are 60 minutes in 1 hour.
6 × 60 =120_
So, there are 120 minutes in 6 hours.

Example
Find the number of hours in 4 weeks.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.7 3
There are ______ days in 1 week.
4 × _____ = ____ days
There are ______ hours in 1 day.
28 × _____ = ______
So, there are ____ hours in 4 weeks.

Answer:
There are 7 days in 1 week.
4 × 7 = 28 days
There are 24 hours in 1 day.
28 × 24 = 672
So, there are 672 hours in 4 weeks.

Show and Grow

Find the equivalent amount of time.
Question 1.
10 min = ______ sec

Answer:
one minute is equal to 60 seconds
10 x 60 =  600 seconds

Question 2.
5 d = _____ h

Answer:
5d = 120 h

Explanation:
one day is equal to 24 hours
5 x 24 = 120 h.

Question 3.
8 wk = _____ d

Answer:
8 wk = 56 days

Explanation:
one week is equal to 7 days
8 x 7 = 56 days

Question 4.
2 d = _____ sec

Answer:
2 d = sec

Explanation:
one day is equal to 24 hours
one hour is equal to 60 seconds
24 x 60 = 2880  sec

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the equivalent amount of time.
Question 5.
7 yr = ____ wk

Answer:
7yr = 364 wk

Explanation:
one year is equal to 56 weeks
7 x 52 = 364 wk

q6.
4 d = _____ min

Answer:
4 d = 240   min

Explanation:
one day is equal to 60 minutes
4 x 60 = 240 min

Question 7.
3 wk = _____ d

Answer:
3 wk = 21 d

Explanation:
one week is equal to 7 days
3 x 7 = 21 days

Question 8.
6 h = _____ sec

Answer:
6 h =  360 sec

Explanation:
one hour is equal to 60 sec
6 x 60 = 360 sec

Question 9.
2 yr = _____ mo

Answer:
2 yr = 24 months

Explanation:
one year is equal to 12 months
2 x 12 = 24 months

Question 10.
1 wk = _____ h

Answer:
1 wk =  168 hours

Explanation:
one week is equal to 7 days
one day is equal to 24  hours
7 x 24 = 168 hours

Question 11.
24 h = _____ min

Answer:
24 h = 1440  min

Explanation:
one hour is equal to 60 minutes
24 x 60 = 1440 min

Question 12.
10 yr = _____ d

Answer:
10  yr = 3650 d

Explanation:
one year is equal 365 days
365 x 10 = 3650 days

Question 13.
Your friend turns 8 years old today. How many months old is your friend?

Answer:
8 y = 96 months

Explanation:
one year is equal to 12 months
8 x 12 = 96 months
my friend is 96 months old

Question 14.
Writing
Explain how you can show that 3,000 seconds is less than 1 hour.

Answer:
one min is equal to 60 sec
one hour is equal to 60 minutes
60 x 60 = 3600
3600- 3000 = 600 sec
one hour is equal to 3600 minutes
600 sec lesser.

Question 15.
Structure
The number pairs describe the relationship between which two units of time? Explain.
2 and 104
3 and 156
4 and 208
Answer:
2 years is equal to 104 weeks
3 years is equal to 156 weeks
4 years is equal to 208 weeks
year and week relation ship

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
Your cousin makes a 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) minute long music video. Your friend makes a 200-second long music video. Who records a longer music video?
Make a table that shows the relationship between minutes and seconds.
Compare 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) minutes to 200 seconds.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.7 4
Your friend records a longer music video.

Show and Grow

Question 16.
You put a puzzle together in 150 minutes. Your friend puts the same puzzle together in 1hours. Who put the puzzle 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) together faster?
Answer:
one hour is equal to 60 min
You put a puzzle together in 150 minutes
2 x 1/ 4 = 2.25 x 60
= 135 min

Question 17.
In the wild, a California sea lion can live to be 20 years old. In captivity, it can live to be 360 months old. Does a California sea lion live longer in the wild or in captivity? How much longer?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.7 5
Answer:
one year is equal to 12 months
20 x 12 = 240 months
360 is higher than 240 so in captivity.

Question 18.
Movie A is 98 minutes long. Movie B is 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours long. Movie C is 1\(\frac{3}{4}\) hours long. Order the movies from longest to shortest.
Answer:
movie a = 98 min
movie b = 90 min
movie c = 105 min
movies c is longest

Units of Time Homework & Practice 11.7

Find the equivalent amount of time.
Question 1.
9 yr = _____ wk

Answer:
9 yr = 468 wk

Explanation:
one year is equal to 52 week
9 x 52= 468 wk

Question 2.
10 min = _____ sec

Answer:
10 min = 600 sec

Explanation:
one minute is equal to 60 sec
10 x 60 =600 sec

Question 3.
1 wk = _____ h

Answer:
1 wk =  168 hours

Explanation:
one week is equal to 7 days
7 x 24 = 168 hours.

Question 4.
6 yr = _____ mo

Answer:
6 yr = months

Explanation:
one year is equal to 12 months
6 x 12 = 72 months

Question 5.
3 yr = _____ d

Answer:
3 yr = 1095 d

Explanation:
one year is equal to 365 days
3 x 365 = 1095 days

Question 6.
2 d = ______ min

Answer:
2 d =

Explanation:
one day is equal to 24 hours
one hour is equal to 60 min
2 x 24 = 48 hours
48 x 60 = 2880 min

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) d = _____ h

Answer:
8 hours

Question 8.
2\(\frac{3}{4}\) yr = ______ wk

Answer:
2. 75 yr
one year is equal 52 week
2. 75 = 143 week

Question 9.
How many hours are in 1 week?

Answer:
one week is equal to 7 days
one day is equal to 24 hours
7 x 24 = 168 hours

Question 10.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend labels the first column Weeks and the second column Years. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.7 6
Answer:
yes , my friend is correct the table discribes years and weeks.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
How many days is Newton thinking of?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.7 7
Answer:
one week is equal to 7 days
one day is equal to 24 hours
7 x 2 = 14
14 x 24 = 336  hours
yes newton is correct.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
You have 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours before dinner. You want to watch a movie that is 118 minutes long. Do you have enough time to watch the entire movie?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.7 8
Answer: no

Question 13
DIG DEEPER!
The world record for holding a person vertically overhead with one hand is 1\(\frac{1}{12}\) minutes. The world record for holding a person horizontally overhead with one hand is 76 seconds. Which world record is longer? How much longer?
Answer:
one minute is equal to 60 sec
13/ 12 = 1.08
1. 08 x 60 = 65 sec
The world record for holding a person horizontally overhead with one hand is 76 seconds.
is longer

Review & Refresh

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.
Question 14.
Estimate: _____
418 × 3 = _____
Answer:
1254

Question 15.
Estimate: _____
729 × 5 = _____
Answer:
3645

Question 16.
Estimate: _____
9 × 3,026 = _____
Answer:
27234

Lesson 11.8 Problem Solving: Elapsed Time

Explore and Grow

Use a clock to help answer each question.

How much time has passed since you woke up?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.8 1
How much time has passed since school started?
Answer:
If my school started at 9 o’ clock and now it is 3 o’ clock then the time passed is 6 hours

Construct Arguments
Explain to a partner how you found your answers.
Answer:
The time which had passed away we have to calculate that.

Think and Grow: Problem Solving: Time Intervals

Example
A dinosaur museum closes in 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours. Do you have enough time to spend 20 minutes at each of 4 exhibits in the museum?

Understand the Problem
What do you know?
• The museum closes in 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours.
• You want to spend 20 minutes at at each of 4 exhibits.

What do you need to find?
• You need to find whether you have enough time to spend 20 minutes at the each of 4 exhibits.museum closes.

Answers:
a. 1 x 1/2 = 3/ 2
1.5
one hour is equal to 60 min
1.5 x 60 = 90 min
b. there are 4 exhibits each takes 20 min
4 x 20 = 80 mins
90 – 80 = 10
c. so the time is sufficient

Make a Plan
How will you solve?
• Find the number of minutes until the museum closes.
• Find the total number of minutes it takes to visit the exhibits.

Solve
Step 1: Find the number of minutes until the museum closes.
There are ______ minutes in 1 hour.
1\(\frac{1}{2}\) × ____ = ______
There are _____ minutes until the museum closes.

Step 2: Find how many minutes it takes to visit the exhibits.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.8 2
It takes _____ minutes to visit the exhibits, which is ______ than 90 minutes.

You ______ have enough time to visit the exhibits.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
You have a total of 9\(\frac{1}{2}\) minutes to complete 4 tasks in a video game. Do you have enough time to spend 150 seconds on each task?

Answer:
total time is 9 x1/2
19 / 2
= 9.5 min
9.5 x 60 = 570 sec
there are 570 sec in total
we have 4 tasks 150 s each
4 x 150= 600
600 – 570 = 30
we want more thirty sec to finish the task.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Understand the problem. What do you know? What do you need to find? Explain.
Question 2.
You spend 1\(\frac{1}{4}\) hours exploring the woods. Then you spend 25 minutes sitting at a campfire. How many total minutes do you spend exploring the woods and sitting at the campfire?

Answer:
my spend time is 1 x 1/4 = 5/4
=1.25
one hour is equal to 60 minutes 25 minutes sitting at a campfire.
1.25 x 60 = 75
Total minutes do me spend exploring the woods and sitting at the campfire is 75 minutes

Question 3.
A bodybuilder spends 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours lifting weights. She spends 20 minutes running. How many more minutes does she spend lifting weights than running?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.8 3
Answer:
lifting weights is 2 x 1/2
3/2 = 1.5
1.5 x 60 = 90 min
running = 20
90 – 20= 70
she spend lifting weighs than running is 70 minutes.

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.
Question 4.
You visit an animal shelter for 1\(\frac{3}{4}\) hours. You spend an equal amount of time with each of the 7 animals. How many minutes do you spend with each animal?

Answer:
The animal shelter visiting time is 1 x 3/4 =
7 / 4 = 1.75
one hour is equal to 60 minutes
1.75 x 60= 105 minutes
an equal amount of time with each of the 7 animals
105 / 7
= 15minutes is the time me spend with each animal

Question 5.
A skate park closes in 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) hours. Do you have enough time to spend 15 minutes practicing each of 13 different skateboard tricks?

Answer:
A skate park closes at 13/4
3.25
one hour is equal to 60 minutes
3.25 x 60 = 195 min
15 x 13 =195
yes I have  enough time to spend 15 minutes practicing each of 13 different skateboard tricks.

Question 6.
A basketball team practices drills for 20 minutes and then scrimmages for 40 minutes. The overall practice time is divided evenly into3 sessions. How many minutes is each session?

Answer:
drills = 20 min
scrimmages= 40 mins
drills + scrimmages
20 + 40 =60min
the total time is 60 min
it is divided to 3 equal parts that is 60/ 3 = 20 mins

Question 7.
A high school music concert is 55 minutes long. The band plays25 minutes to start the concert. The rest of the concert time is divided equally among the choir, band, orchestra, and jazz ensemble. For how many minutes does the orchestra play?

Answer:
Total time is 55 mins
25 mins to start the the concert
55-25= 30
there are 4 types
choir, band, orchestra, and jazz ensemble
orchestra plays 7.5 mins long

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
Field day starts at 12:15 .. and ends at 3:30 ..You spend an equal amount of time at each activity.How much time do you spend at each activity?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.8 4
Think: What do you know? What do you need to find? How will you solve?
Step 1: How long is field day?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.8 5
Step 2: How many minutes long is field day?
There are ______ minutes in 1 hour. _____ × _____ = _____
____ + 15 = ______ Add 15 minutes.
Field day is ______ minutes long.
Step 3: Divide the total amount of time by the number of field day activities.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.8 6
You spend _____ minutes at each activity.

Answer:
The field day is 3 hours 15 mins long
There are 60 minutes in 1 hour. 60 × 60 x 60 = 180
180+ 15 =  Add 15 minutes.
Field day is 195 minutes long.
Divided the total amount of time by the number of field day activities.

Show and Grow

Question 8.
You start exercising at 6:30 A.M. and finish at 7:45 A.M. You spend an equal amount of time stretching, walking, and running. How much time do you spend doing each exercise?

Answer:
The total exercise time is 6:30 – 7.45 = 1hr 15 min
1 hr = 60 min
60 + 15 = 75/3 = 25 mins
time do you spend doing each exercise is 25 mins

Problem Solving: Elapsed Time Homework & Practice 11.8

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.
Question 1.
It takes Descartes 1\(\frac{1}{4}\) minutes to run 3 laps around his house. Each lap takes him the same amount of time. How many seconds does it take him to run each lap?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.8 7
Answer:
5/4 = 1.25 x 60 = 75sec
one minute is equal to 60 sec
Each lap takes him the same amount of time 75 seconds it take him to run each lap.

Question 2.
You watch television for 60 minutes. There are 18 minutes of commercials. The rest of the time is divided evenly between 2 shows. How many minutes long is each show?

Answer:
Total watching time is 60m
18 mins for commercial 60 – 18 = 42
The rest of the time is divided evenly between 2 shows 42/2 = 24 minutes long is each show.

Question 3.
You spend 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours at the park this week. You spend 210 fewer minutes at the library than you do at the park. How many minutes do you spend at the library?

Answer:
hours at the park this week is 11/2 = 5.5
5.5 x 60 = 330
330 – 210 = 120 minutes.

Question 4.
Your class spends \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour setting up an experiment. You spend 55 more minutes recording data than you do setting up the experiment. For how many minutes do you record data?

Answer:
1/4 of hour is 60/4 =15min
You spend 55 more minutes recording data than you do setting up the experiment.
55-15 = 40 minutes  you record data.

Question 5.
You have 7\(\frac{1}{2}\) minutes left to successfully complete 3 rock climbing walls. It normally takes 155 seconds to climb each wall. Do you have enough time to climb all three walls?

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.8 8
Answer:
15/2 = 7.5
=450 one min is equal to 60 sec
It normally takes 155 seconds to climb each wall 155 x 3 = 465
 time to climb all three walls 465 – 450 = 15 sec less time.
The time does not enough to climb all the three walls

Question 6.
Writing
Write and solve a two-step word problem involving elapsed time.
Answer :
Sam and his mom arrive at the doctor’s office at 2:30 p.m. They see the doctor at 3:10 p.m. How long was their wait?
40 mins

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
A family attends a family expo from 1:30 P.M. to 5:15 P.M. They spend an equal amount of time at each activity. How many minutes do they spend at each activity?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.8 9
Answer:
There are 5 family expo activities timing from 1:30 to 5:30 is 4 hours
4 x 60 = 240 min
240/5 = 48 min they spend an equal amount of time at each activity.

Review & Refresh

Find the product.
Question 8.
20 × 50
Answer:
100

Question 9.
38 × 30
Answer:
1140

Question 10.
60 × 82
Answer:
4920

Lesson 11.9 Mixed Measures

Explore and Grow

Measure your height, the height of a classmate, and the height of your teacher. Write each height in the table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 1
Who is taller, you or your classmate? How much taller?

Who is taller, you or your teacher? How much taller?
Answer:

Structure
Without measuring, how can you find each height in inches?
Answer:
by multiplying with 12

Think and Grow: Adding and Subtracting Mixed Measures

Example
Add 3 feet 4 inches and 2 feet 5 inches.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 2
The differences is ____ hours ____ minutes
Answer:
The differences is 2 hours 48 minutes

Show and Grow

Add or Subtract
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 3
Answer:
5 days  21 hours

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 4
Answer:
3 T     1500 lb

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 5
Answer:
2 gal 14 c

Apply and Grow: Practice

Add or Subtract
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 6
Answer:
3 yr 7 mon

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 7
Answer:
8 lb 11 oz

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 8
Answer:
9 yd 2 ft

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 9
Answer:
12 gal 3 qt

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 10
Answer:
43 sec

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 11
Answer:
16 mi  591 yd

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 12
Answer:
1 wk 5 d

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 13
Answer:
2 pt  1 c

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 14
Answer:
4 yr   36 wk

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 15
Answer:
3 qt 1 pt

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 16
Answer:
3 mi 4851ft

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 17
Answer:
12 gal 9 pt

Question 16.
A truck driver transports new vehicles. The total weight of the cargo is 14 tons 1,544 pounds. The truck driver drops off 1 car that weighs 1 ton1,693 pounds. What is the weight of the cargo now?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 18
Answer:
12 ton 1851 pounds

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the unknown numbers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 19
Answer:

Question 18.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton finds the difference between 5 yards 1 foot and 2 yards 2 feet. Is Newton correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 20

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A commercial airplane is 121 feet 6 inches shorter than Air Force One. How long is the commercial airplane?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 21
Subtract 121 feet 6 inches from the length of Air Force One.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 22
The commercial airplane is ______ feet ______ inches long.
Answer:
The commercial airplane is 110 feet 4 inches long.

Show and Grow

Question 19.
An art teacher has 3 quarts 1 pint of yellow paint. The teacher has 1 quart 2 pints less red paint than yellow paint. How much red paint does the teacher have?
Answer: 1 quart 3 pints

Question 20.
A 1-month-old puppy weighs 7 pounds 3 ounces. How much does the puppy weigh after 3 months?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 23
Answer:
10 lb 2 oz

Question 21.
DIG DEEPER!
How long do you work on your science fair project in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 24
Answer: each part is raising by hundred

Mixed Measures Homework & Practice 11.9

Add or Subtract
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 25
Answer:
4 lb 7 oz

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 26
Answer:
2 min 5 sec

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 27
Answer:
3 mi 825 ft

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 28
Answer:
1 t

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 29
Answer:
6 gal 2 qt

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 30
Answer:
5 hr  47 min

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 31
ans:
9 yd 2 ft

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 32
Answer:
6 pt

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 33
Answer:
2 ft 10 in

Question 10.
You are making punch. You use 3 quarts 1 pint of pineapple juice and 2 quarts 1 pint of orange juice.How much juice do you use?
Answer:
5 quart 2 pints

Question 11.
Writing
Explain when you need to regroup when subtracting mixed measures.
Answer:
To find out the lengths

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
How much longer did it take one person to cycle the length of South America than a two-person team?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 34
Answer:
8 days 4 hours 2 minutes

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
It rains 1 inch each day for 3 days. A meteorologist says that if the rain had been snow,each inch of rain would have been 1 foot 1 inch of snow. What would have been the total snowfall for the 3 days?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 11.9 35
Answer:
3 foot 3 inch

Review & Refresh

Subtract
Question 14.
\(\frac{5}{10}-\frac{1}{10}\) = ______
Answer:
0.5 -0.1
= 0.4

Question 15.
\(\frac{9}{5}-\frac{4}{5}\) = ______
Answer:
1.8-0.8=
1

Question 16.
\(\frac{11}{12}-\frac{7}{12}\) = _____
Answer:
0.91-0.58=
0.33

Understand Measurement Equivalence Performance Task

You and a friend make a gravity-powered racer for an upcoming race.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 1
Question 1.
The rules state that the racer must be less than 40 inches wide and less than 96 inches long. The weight of the racer must be less than 70 pounds.
a. Your racer is 2 feet wide and 1 yardlong. Does your racer meet the size requirements? Explain.
b. Your racer weighs 65 pounds without wheels, and each wheel weighs 22 ounces. Is your racer under the weight limit? Explain.
Answer:
a) one feet is equal to 12 inch
2 x 12 = 24
the required measurement is 40 inch
the racer does not met the requirments.
b) one pound  equal to 16 ounce
so the racer original weight is 64 pounds 4 ounce
the required weight is 70 pounds /
so he is qualified

Question 2.
You test your racer on a track. The length of the track is \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile. What is the length of the track in feet?

Answer:
one mile is equal 5280 feet
5280/ 2 = 2640 feet
the track length is 2640

Question 3.
The table shows the race times for all of the teams.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 2
a. Make a line plot to display the data.
b. How many seconds later did the last team finish than the first team?
Answer: after one minute

Question 4.
After the race, you drink 5 cups of water and your friend drinks 3 pints of water. Who drinks more water? How much more?

Answer:
my friend drank the more water
one pint is equal to 2 cups
3 x 2 = 6
I drank 5 cups my friend drink 6 cups

Understand Measurement Equivalence Activity

Conversion Flip and Find
Directions:
1. Choose which conversion cards you will play with.
2. Place the cards face down on the board.
3. Players take turns flipping two cards.
4. If your two cards show equivalent measures, keep the cards. If your cards show different measures, flip the cards back over.
5. The player with the most matches wins!
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence 3

Understand Measurement Equivalence Chapter Practice

11.1 Length in Metric Units

Find the equivalent length.
Question 1.
7 km = _____ m

Answer:
7 km = 7000m

Explanation:
one kilometer is equal to 1000m
7 x 1000= 7000m
so there are 7000 meter in 7 km

Question 2.
9 m = _____ mm

Answer:
9 m = 9000mm

Explanation:
one meter is equal to 1000 millimeter
9 x 1000 = 9000
so there are 9000 mm in 9 m.

Question 3.
3 cm = _____ mm

Answer:
3 cm = 30 mm

Explanation:
one cm is equal to 10 mm
3 x 10 = 30mm
so there are 30mm in 3 cm

Question 4.
5 km = _____ cm

Answer:
5 km = 500000 cm

Explanation:
one kilometer is equal to 1000 m
5 x 1000 = 5000m
one meter is equal to 100 cm
5000 x 100 = 500000cm.

11.2 Mass and Capacity in Metric Units

Find the equivalent mass.
Question 5.
3 kg = _____ g

Answer:
3 kg = 3000g

Explanation:
one kg is equal to 1000 g
3 x 1000 = 3000g
so there are 3000g in 3 kg.

Question 6.
7 kg = _____ g

Answer:
7 kg = 7000g

Explanation:
one kg is equal to 1000g
7 x 1000 = 7000g
so there are 7000 g in 7 kg

Question 7.
8 kg = _____ g

Answer:
8 kg = 8000g

Explanation:
one kg is equal to 1000 grams
8 x 1000 = 8000g
so there are 8000g in 8 kg

Question 8.
46 kg = ____ g

Answer:
46 kg = 46000g

Explanation:
one kg is equal to 1000 g
46 x 1000= 46000g
so there are 46000 g in 46kgs

Find the equivalent capacity.
Question 9.
2 L = _____ mL

Answer:
2 L = 2000ml

Explanation:
one liter is equal to 1000ml
2 x 1000 = 2000l
so there are 2000 ml in 2L

Question 10.
10 L = _____ mL

Answer:
10 L = 10000ml

Explanation:
one liter is equal to 1000ml
10 x 1000 = 10000l
so there are 10000 ml in 10L

Question 11.
4 L = ____ mL

Answer:
4 L = 4000ml

Explanation:
one liter is equal to 1000ml
4 x 1000 = 4000l
so there are 4000 ml in 4L

Question 12.
98 L = ____ mL

Answer:
98 L = 98000ml

Explanation:
one liter is equal to 1000ml
98 x 1000 = 98000l
so there are 98000 ml in 98L

Question 13.
What is the mass of the potatoes in grams?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence chp 13
Answer:
5 kg = 5000g

Explanation:
one 1 kg is equal to 1000g
5 x 1000 g = 5000g

11.3 Length in Customary Units

Find the equivalent length.
Question 14.
8 ft = ___ in.

Answer:
one feet is equal to 12 inch
8 x 12 = 96inch

Question 15.
10 yd = _____ ft

Answer:
10 yd = 30 ft

Explanation:
one yard is equal to 3 feet
10 x 3 = 30 feet

Question 16.
12 yd = _____ in.

Answer:
12 yd = 432 in.

Explanation:
one yard is equal to 3 feet
12 x 3 =36 feet
one feet is equal to 12 inch
36 x 12 = 432inch.

Question 17.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) mi = _____ yd
Answer:
one mile is equal to 1760 yard
3/ 4 of 1760 is 1320

Question 18.
Modeling Real Life
You have a 4-foot-long roll of magnetic tape. You use 2 inches for each picture you hang on the refrigerator. How many pictures can you hang?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence chp 18
Answer:
I have 4 foot of magnetic tape
one foot is equal to 12 inch
4 x 12 = 48
48/2 = 24 pictures i can paste

11.4 Weight in Customary Units

Find the equivalent weight.
Question 19.
4 T = ______ lb

Answer:
4 t = 8000lb

Explanation
one ton is equal to 2000 pounds
4 x 2000 = 8000 pounds

Question 20.
15 lb = _____ oz

Answer:
15 lb = 240 oz

Explanation:
one pound is equal to 16 ounce
15 x 16 = 240 ounce
there are 240 ounce in 15 pounds

Question 21.
12 lb = _____ oz

Answer:
12 lb = 192 oz

Explanation:
one pound is equal to 16 ounce
12 x 16 = 192 ounce
there are 192 ounce in 12 pounds

Question 22.
15 T = ______ lb

Answer:
15 t = 30000lb

Explanation
one ton is equal to 2000 pounds
15 x 2000 = 30000 pounds

Question 23.
2\(\frac{1}{2}\) lb = _____ oz
Answer:
one pound is equal to 16 ounce
2. 5 pound is equal to 40 ounce

Question 24.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) T = _____ lb
Answer:
1500 pounds

11.5 Capacity in Customary Units

Find the equivalent capacity.
Question 25.
6 pt = _____ c

Answer:
6 pt = 12 cups

Explanation:
one pint is equal to 2 cups
6 x 2 = 12 cups
so there are 12 cups in 6 pints

Question 26.
3 qt = ______ pt

Answer:
3 qt = 6 pt

Explanation:
one quart is equal to 2 pints
3  x2 = 6 pints
so there are 6 pints 3 quarts

Question 27.
9 gal = ______ qt

Answer:
9 gal = 36 quarts

Explanation:
one gallon is equal to 4 quarts
9 x 4 = 36 quarts
so there are 36 quarts in 9 gal

Question 28.
2 gal = ______ pt

Answer:
2 gal = 16 pt

Explanation:
one galllon is equal to 4 quarts
one quart is equal to 2 pints
2 x 4 = 8 quarts
8 x 2 = 16 pints

Question 29.
10\(\frac{3}{4}\) gal = ______ pt
Answer:
3 / 4 of one gallon
10. 75 gal is equal to 86 pints

Question 30.
6\(\frac{1}{2}\) pt = _____ c
Answer:
6 x 0.5= 6.5
6.5 x 2= 13 cups

11.6 Make and Interpret Line Plots

Question 31.
A scientist is studying the lengths of 15 sea horses. Make a line plot to display the data.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence chp 31
Answer:

Question 32.
Precision
Use the line plot in Exercise 31. How many times as many \(\frac{3}{8}\)-inch sea horses are there as \(\frac{1}{4}\)-inch sea horses? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence chp 32
Answer: 8 times of 3/8 sea horses are there.

Question 33.
Reasoning
In Exercise 31, are most of the sea horses less than \(\frac{5}{8}\) inch long? Explain.
Answer:
each sea horse is greater than 5/8.
according to the table

11.7 Units of Time

Find the equivalent amount of time.
Question 34.
5 yr = _____ wk
Answer:
one year is equal to 52 week
5 x 52 = 260wk

Question 35.
15 min = _____ sec
Answer:
one minute is equal to 60 sec
15 x 60 = 900 sec

Question 36.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) d = _____ h
Answer:
one day is equal to 24 hours
24/ 3 = 8 hours.

Question 37.
1\(\frac{1}{2}\) yr = _____ wk
Answer:
one year is equal to 52 week
one and half year is equal to 76 wk

11.8 Problem Solving: Elapsed Time

Question 38.
A gymnastics competition is 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) hours long. The competition time is divided equally among 5 age groups. For how many minutes does each age group perform?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence chp 38
Answer:
each team participates 41 minutes long

11.9 Mixed Measures

Add or subtract
Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence chp 39
Answer:
11 yr 10 mo

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence chp 40
Answer:
8 gal 1 qt

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence chp 41
Answer:
11 pints 1 cup

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence chp 42
Answer:
6 yd 2 feet
one yard is equal to 3 feet.

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence chp 43
Answer:  4 days 15 h.
one day is equal to 24 hours

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence chp 44
Answer:
8 miles 1651 yd
one mile is equal to 1760 yards

Understand Measurement Equivalence Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
Four laps around a track is equal to1 mile. You run 3 laps around the track. Which number line show show many miles you run?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence cp 1
Answer:
option b

Question 2.
When estimating to find the product of 25 and 32, which expressions will give an estimate that is greater than the product of 25 and 32?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence cp 2
Answer:
option a

Question 3.
A bottle of sand art is \(\frac{3}{8}\) full of purple sand and \(\frac{3}{8}\) full of blue sand. The rest of the bottle is full of green sand. How much of the bottle is filled with both purple sand and blue sand?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence cp 3
Answer:
option c
is true

Question 4.
Which statements are true?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence cp 4
Answer:
option c is wrong

Question 5.
Compare the fractions using benchmarks. Which comparisons are true?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence cp 5
Answer:
option b is wrong statement

Question 6.
What number is shown by the model?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence cp 6
Answer:
option c
5/10 = 0.5

Question 7.
Which fraction cannot be written as a mixed number?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence cp 7
Answer:
option d

Question 8.
What is the missing number in _____ ÷ 2 = 400?
A. 200
B. 800
C. 8,000
D. 600
Answer:
option b
800/ 2 = 400.

Question 9.
Which statements are true?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence cp 9
Answer:
option c
1000 m is equal to 1 kilometer

Question 10.
Multiply 2 × 3\(\frac{5}{6}\).
A. 6\(\frac{5}{6}\)
B. 7\(\frac{4}{6}\)
C. 5
D. \(\frac{5}{36}\)
Answer:
option a

Question 11.
Which one does not belong?
A. \(\frac{3}{10}\)
B. 0.30
C. 0.03
D. \(\frac{30}{100}\)
Answer:
option d

Question 12.
Which expression shows \(\frac{4}{3}\) as a sum of unit fractions?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence cp 12
Answer:
option d
4 / 3 is represented as 1 / 3 + 1 / 3 + 1/ 3 + 1 / 3.

Question 13.
Look at the dot pattern below. How many dots are in the 112th figure?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence cp 13
Answer: 448 dots

Question 14.
Which show 5 hundredths?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence cp 14
Answer:
option a 5/100

Question 15.
A child ticket costs $12 less than an adult ticket. In 1 day, 25 adult tickets and 34 child tickets are sold.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence cp 15
Part A How much money was raised from adult tickets?
Part B How much money was raised from child tickets?
Part C How much more money was raised from child tickets than from adult tickets? Explain.
Answer:
a. $65
b. $12
c.  $ 53

Question 16.
Which measures are equivalent to8 gallons?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence cp 16
Answer:
32 quarts

Question 17.
You want to find 4 × 598 using the Distributive Property. You begin solving as shown. What is your next step?
4 × 598 = 4 × (600 – 2)
A. 4 × 600 × 2
B. (4 × 600) + (4 × 2)
C. (4 × 600) – (4 × 2)
D. (4 × 600) – 2
Answer:
option c
formula: a x  (b – c)
4 (600-2)
4 x 600 – 4 x2

Question 18.
A recipe calls for \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of peanut butter. You make 3 batches of the recipe. Which expressions show how many cups of peanut butter you use?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence cp 18
Answer:
3 x 3/4
option c

Understand Measurement Equivalence STEAM Performance Task

An electrical circuit is a pathway of wires that electricity can flow through. Many homes have an electrical panel that provides power to electrical circuits. The circuits are connected to electrical outlets throughout the home.
Question 1.
Watts are the measure of how much power a circuit can provide. Every electrical current has two components: volts and amps.
Watts = volts × amps
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence spt 1
a. For a wire that carries 120 volts and 20 amps, how many watts of power are available?
b. For a wire that carries 240 volts and 15 amps, how many watts of power are available?
Answer:
a. watts = volts x amps
120 x 20 = 2400
2400 watts of power are available
b. watts = volts x amps
240 x 15= 3600
for a wire that carries 240 v and 15 a the power of watts available are 3600.

Question 2.
An electrician checks the circuits in your house.
a. One of the circuits has a maximum capacity of 15 amps. The electrician recommends that you only use \(\frac{4}{5}\) of the total amps on the circuit. How many amps should be used?
b. The wire from this 15-amp circuit carries 120 volts. How many watts should be used on this circuit?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence spt 2
c. Your toaster is plugged in to the 15-amp circuit. Use the table to find another appliance that can be used on the same circuit and stay within the recommended amount of amps.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence spt 3
d.Can you run the microwave and the refrigerator on the15-amp circuit? Explain.
Answer:
yes by the above table recordings

Question 3.
You are decorating for a party at your house.
a. There are 15 bulbs on a string of lights. Each bulb uses 12 watts of energy. How many watts of energy does one string of lights use?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence spt 4
b. You connect 7 strings of lights together. Can the lights be plugged into a 15-amp circuit, or is a 20-amp circuit needed? Explain.
c. The length of each string is 20\(\frac{3}{4}\) feet. What is the total length of all 7 strings of lights?
d. Five of the bulbs burn out. Of the bulbs that are lit, \(\frac{2}{10}\)are purple, \(\frac{1}{10}\) are blue, \(\frac{2}{10}\) are green, and the rest are red.What fraction of the bulbs are red?
e. How many more bulbs are purple than blue?
f. The lights are plugged in from 4:35 P.M. until 9:35 P.M. Each hour that the lights are on costs about $0.18 in electricity.What is the total cost to have the lights on for the party?

Answer:
a. one bulb = 8 watts
one string = 15 bulbs
8 x 15 = 120 watts
b.  7 x 120 = 840 watts make an ampire 15 amp wire is enough
1 amp = 120 watt
15 amp 15 x 120 = 1800 watt capacity circuit
c.   145
d.    0.2 are purple
0.1 is blue
0.2 are red
the fraction of the bulbs are red
e.     0.1bulbs are purple than blue
f.     5 x 0.18
= 5.08
is the total cost to have the lights on for the party

Conclusion:

We wish the information provided in this article regarding the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence Circumference, Area, and Volume is beneficial for all the students. Make use of the given links and practice well for the exams. If you have any queries about Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 11 Understand Measurement Equivalence you can post your comments in the below section.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7

Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers Answers PDF link is available here. Students who have been looking for the solutions of BIM Book Grade 3 Chapter 7 can download the solution key provided in pdf format and begin preparation. This answer key is useful to complete the homework within time. Students can get the answers for every question in BIM Book 3rd Grade 7th Chapter Round and Estimate Numbers in the following sections.

Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers

BIM Book Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers includes the topics like Place value, Round Numbers Using a Number Line, Round Numbers Using Place Value, Estimate Sums, and Estimate Differences. After preparing these lessons, you will find the performance task section where you can check skills. To become an expert in maths, you need to prepare as per Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers.

The solutions provided here are solved by experts in mathematics. So, download Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade 7th Chapter Round and Estimate Numbers Answer Key PDF. You can also get the direct links for every lesson in the below sections. Just tap on those links and get the answers easily.

Lesson 1: Place value

Lesson 2: Round Numbers Using a Number Line

Lesson 3: Round Numbers Using Place Value

Lesson 4: Estimate Sums

Lesson 5: Estimate Differences

Performance Task

Lesson 7.1 Place value

Explore and Grow
Model each number. Write each number in expanded form.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 1
130
310
103

Answer:
100+30+0=130
300+10+0=310
100+00+3=103
Reasoning
Which number is the greatest? How do you know?

Answer: 310 is the greatest number because the number value of the digit in hundreds place is great compared to others numbers i.e 103 and 130.

Think and Grow: Place value

Find the value of the underlined digit.
Example
253
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 2
Expanded form: 200 + 50 + 3
The digit 5 has a value of _5 tens_, or __50__.

Example
517
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 3
Expanded form: _500__ + __10__ + ___7__
The digit 5 has a value of __5 hundreds___, or ___500__.

Show and Grow
Circle the value of the underlined digit.

Question.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 4

Answer:


Circle the value of the underlined digit.

Question.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 5

Answer:



Write the value of the underlined digit

Question 8.
152

Answer:

The value of the place of  one digit in the number 152.
The digit 1 has a place value of  100 because its in the hundreds place.
Question 9.
725

Answer:

The value of the place of the five digit in the number 725.
The digit 5 has a place value of one’s because its in the one’s place.

Question 10.
2o7

Answer:

The value of the place of the digit in the number 207.
The digit 0 has a place value of  tens because its in the tens place.

Identify the value of each digit.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 6

Answer:

The value of 3 in 386 = 300
The value of 8 in 386 = 80
The value of 6 in 386 = 6
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 7

Answer:

The value of 5 in 569 = 500
The value of 6 in 569 = 60
The value of 9 in 569 = 9

Question 13.
Reasoning
Use each number card once to write the greatest three-digit number. Then use each number card once to write the least three-digit number.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 8

Answer:
Among three digits given hundreds place= 8( its greater than other 2 three digits)
Among 2 digits three digits given tens place= 5 (its greater than other  2)
Last ones place = 2(its left out digit)

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life
Newton spends two hundred two dollars atthe grocery store.Descartes spends $220. Who spends more money?
Make quick sketches:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 9
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 10
_____ spends more money.

Answer:
Newton amount spent value= 2 hundred and 2 dollar
= $200+ $2=$202
Descartes amount spent value= $220
$202   <    $220
Hence, Descartes spends more money.

Show and Grow

Question 4.
Newton spends one hundred forty-two dollars at the pet store. Descartes spends $124. Who spends more money?

Answer:
Newton amount spent value= 1 hundred and forty two dollar
= $100+ $40+$2=$142
Descartes amount spent value= $124
$142   >    $124
Hence, Newton spends more money.

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
Order the weights of the zoo animals from least to greatest. Which animal weighs the least? Which animal weighs the most?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 11

Answer:

Lion weighs the least of a weighting of 404 pounds.
Zebra weighs the most of weighting of 474 pounds.

Place value Property Homework & Practice 7.1

Circle the value of the underlined digit.

Question.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 12

Answer:




The value of 2 in 325= 20
The value of 1 in 541= 1
The value of 6 in 653= 600
The value of 4 in 194= 4

Write the value of the underlined digit

Question 5.
736

Answer:

7 X 100 +3 X 10 +6 X 1=700+30+6 = 736
The value of 3 digit in the number 736 is 3 tens or 30.

Question 6.
962

Answer:

9 X 100+6 X 10+2 X 1=900+60+2 = 962
The  value of 9 digit in the number 962 is 9 hundreds or 900.

Question 7.
897

Answer:

8 X 100+9 X 10+7 X 1=800+90+7 = 897
The value of 7 digit in the number 897 is  7 one’s or 7.

Identify the value of each digit.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 13

Answer:

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 14

Answer:

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
Descartes is thinking of a number. What is his number?
The three digits of my number are 2, 7, and 5.
My number is even.
My number is less than 750.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 15

Answer:
The three digits numbers are 2,7,5
CONDITIONS :
The three digits numbers are 2,7,5
My number is even.
My number is less than 750.
So, Among three digits 2 is even, the last digit is “2”
Out of 7 and 5 digits,5 < 7. so the first digit in my number is 5.
The middle digit is going to be 7.
Hence,the three-digit my number= 572.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life A skating rink gives out three hundred thirty glow sticks on Friday and 303 glow sticks on Saturday. On which day does the skating rink give out more glow sticks?

Answer:
Glow  sticks given on Friday = three hundred thirty
=3 x 100+3 x 10=300+30=330
Glow  sticks given on Saturday=303
Comparison:  330 > 303
Hence, the day the skating rink given out more glow sticks is on Friday.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Order the basketball field goals made in a season of the basketball players from least to greatest. Which player made the least number of field goals? Which made the most number of field goals?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.1 16

Answer:

Player who made the least number of field goals is D player.
Player who made the most number of field goals is C player.

Review & Refresh
Complete the related facts

Question 13.
9 ÷ 3 = ____
3 × ____ = 9

Answer:
9 ÷ 3 = 3
3 × __3__ = 9

Question 14.
40 ÷ 8 = __5___
8 × ___5_ = 40

Answer:
40 ÷ 8 = __5___
8 × ___5_ = 40

Question 15.
63 ÷ 7 = __9__
7 × ___9_ = 63

Answer:
63 ÷ 7 = __9__
7 × __9___ = 63

Lesson 7.2 Round Numbers Using a Number Line

Explore and Grow
Plot 32 on the number line. Circle the two closest multiples of ten.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 1
Which multiple of ten is 32 closer to?

Answer:

The two closest multiples of 32 ten is 30 and 40.

Hence, the multiple of ten close to 32 is 30.

Repeated Reasoning
Which multiple of ten is closer to 38? 31? 36? How did you decide? Explain.

Answer:

38 is between 30 and 40.
38 is closer to 40 than it is to 30.
So, 38 is rounded to the nearest ten to 40.

Think and Grow: Round Numbers Using a Number Line
To round a number to the nearest ten, replace the number with its nearest multiple of ten. When a number is half way between two multiples of ten, use the greater number.
Example
Round 23 to the nearest ten.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 2
23 is between 20 and 30.
23 is closer to ___ than it is to _____. So, 23 rounded to the nearest ten is _____

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 2
23 is between 20 and 30.
23 is closer to 20 than it is to 30.
So, 23 rounded to the nearest ten is 20.

Example
Round 175 to the nearest ten
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 3
175 is halfway between 170 and 180.
So, 175 rounded to the nearest ten is _____.
You can round a number to the nearest hundred in a similar way.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 3
175 is halfway between 170 and 180.
175 rounded to the Nearest Ten is 180.
So, the Nearest Hundred  Value of 175 is 200.

Example
Round 465 to the nearest hundred
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 4
465 is close to ____ than it is to ____.
So, 465 rounded to the nearest hundred is _____.

Answer:

465 is halfway in between  460 and 470.
So, the Nearest Hundred Value of 465 is 500.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Round 59 to the nearest ten _____.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 5

Answer:

The Nearest Ten of 59  is 60.

Question 2.
Round 350 to the nearest ten _____.

Answer:

The Nearest Ten is 350 is 350.

Apply and Grow: Practice
Round the number to the nearest ten and to the nearest hundred/

Question 3.
203
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 7

Answer:

Nearest Ten: 200

Nearest Hundred: 200
Question 4.
75
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 8

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 75 is 80.

The nearest Hundred of 75 is 100.

Question 5.
961
Nearest ten: ______
Nearest hundred: _____

Answer:
Nearest Ten of 961 is 960.

Nearest Hundred of 961 is 1000

Question 6.
47
Nearest ten: _______
Nearest hundred: _____

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 47 is 50.

Nearest Hundred of 47 is 0.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Round ? to the nearest ten and to the nearest hundred
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 9
Nearest ten: ____
Nearest hundred: ______

Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 9
Nearest Ten is 550
Nearest Hundred is 600.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life
On which days does the school collect about 90 food items?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 10
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 11
The school collects about 90 food and items on _____ and _____

Answer:

The school collects about 90 food and items on Monday and Thursday because they are nearest to 90 on number line.

Show and Grow

Question 8.
Use the table above to and on which days the school collects about 80 food items.

Answer:

The school collects about 80 food and items on Wednesday and Friday because they are nearest to 80 on number line.

Question 9.
Your teacher wants you to read a book with about 200 pages. Circle the books you can read. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 12

Answer:


Books contains 200 about pages are 272 pages and 238 pages because these books having pages of 200 pages and above.
Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
There are 9 rows and 9 columns of soup cans on a shelf. Round the number of soup cans in all to the nearest ten and to the nearest hundred.

Answer:
Number of rows of soups=9
Number of columns of soups=9
Total number of cans of soups in all shelf=9 x 9=81
Nearest Ten of 81= 80
Nearest Hundred of 81=100

Round Numbers Using a Number Line Homework & Practice 7.2

Round the number to the nearest ten and to the nearest hundred.

Question 1.
39
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 13

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 13


39 lies between 30 and 40.
So, the Nearest Ten of 39 is 40.

39 lies between 0 and 100.
So, the Nearest Hundred of 39 is 100.

Question 2.
156
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 14

Answer:

156 lies in between 150 and 160.
So, the Nearest ten of 156 is 160.

156 lies in between 100 and 200.
So, the Nearest Hundred of 156 is 200.
Round the number to the nearest ten and to the nearest hundred.

Question 3.
402
Nearest ten: _____
Nearest hundred: _____

Answer:

402 lies in between 400 and 410.
So, the Nearest Ten of 402 is 400.

402 lies in between 400 and 500.
So, the Nearest Hundred of 402 is 400.

Question 4.
627
Nearest ten: _____
Nearest hundred: ______

Answer:

627 lies in between 620 and 630.
So, the Nearest Ten of 627 is 630.

627 lies in between 600 and 700.
So, the Nearest Hundred of 627 is 600.

Question 5.
Writing
Explain how to use a number line to round 24 to the nearest ten.

Answer:

A line on which numbers are marked at intervals used to illustrate simple numerical operations is known as a number line.
24 is closest to 20 because the number does not cross half way between 20 and 30 on the line. Hence, rounded 24 to the nearest ten is 20.

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
Your class is painting stones for a garden mosaic. On which days does your class paint about 30 stones?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 15

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 15
The class paint about 30 stones on Monday and Friday because on these days the paints are above and about 30.

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
A giant panda eats about 300 pounds of bamboo every week. Which weights of bamboo can a zookeeper buy to  feed a giant panda for a week?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 16

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.2 16
Weight of bamboo eats the giant panda per week= 300 pounds
Hence,weights of bamboo a zookeeper buys to  feed the giant panda for a week= 310 and 340 pounds(because these two are more than 300 pounds).
Review & Refresh
Tell whether the product is even or odd.

Question 8.
3 × 5 ______

Answer:
3 x 5 = 15

So,15 is odd number.

Question 9.
10 × 8 ______

Answer:
10 x 8 = 80
So, 80 is even number.

Question 10.
7 × 2 _____

Answer:
7 x 2 = 14
So, 14 is even number.

Lesson 7.3 Round Numbers Using Place Value

Explore and Grow
Plot 376 on each number line. Round the number to the nearest ten and to the nearest hundred.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 1
Nearest ten: ______
Nearest hundred: ______

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 376 is 380

Nearest Hundred of 376 is 400.
Reasoning
How can you round the number without using the number line?

Answer:
We can round the number without using the number line by checking if it is less than 5, then the digit in the place you are rounding decreases by 1. If it is 5 or greater, then the digit in the place you are rounding increases by 1 .

Think and Grow: Round Numbers Using Place Value
Use Place Value to Round Numbers
• Find the place to which you are rounding.
• Look at the digit to the right. If it is less than 5, then the digit in the place you are rounding stays the same. If it is 5 or greater, then the digit in the place you are rounding increases by 1.
• Write Zeros for the digits to the right of the place you are rounding.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 2.1
Example
Round 68 to the nearest ten.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 2
68 rounded to the nearest ten is ______.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 2
The Nearest Ten  of  68 is 70.
Example
Round 235 to the nearest hundred and to the nearest ten.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 3
235 rounded to the nearest hundred is ____. 235 rounded to the nearest ten is ____.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 3
The Nearest Hundred of 235 is 200.
The Nearest Ten of 235 is 240.

Show and Grow
Round the number to the nearest ten.

Question 1.
41 _____

Answer:


41 lies in between 40 and 50.
So, Nearest Ten of 41 is 40.

Question 2.
85 _____

Answer:

85 lies in between 80 and 90.
85 is the half way of 80 and 90.
So,Nearest Ten of 85 is 90.

Question 3.
153 _____

Answer:


153 lies in between 150 and 160.
Nearest Ten of 153: 150.
Round the number to the nearest hundred.

Question 4.
749 _____

Answer:


749 lies between 700 and 800.
Nearest hundred of 749 is 700.

Question 5.
372 ______

Answer:

372 lies in between 300 and 400.
Nearest Hundred of 372 is 400.

Question 6.
94 _____

Answer:

94 lies in between 0 and 100.
The nearest Hundred of 94 is 100.

Apply and Grow: Practice
Round the number to the nearest ten.

Question 7.
17 ____

Answer:

17 lies in between 10 and 20.
So, the Nearest Ten of 17 is 20.

Question 8.
52 _____

Answer:

52 lies in between 50 and 60.
So, Nearest Ten of 52 is 50.

Question 9.
79 _____

Answer:

79 lies in between 70 and 80.
So, Nearest Ten of 79 is 80.

Question 10.
673 _____

Answer:

673 lies in between 670 and 680.
So, Nearest Ten of 673 is 670.

Question 11.
521 ____

Answer:

521 lies in between 520 and 530.
So, Nearest Ten of 521 of 520.

Question 12.
208 ___

Answer:


208 lies in between 200 and 210.
So, Nearest Ten of 208 is 210.
Round the number to the nearest hundred.

Question 13.
161 ____

Answer:

161 lies in between 100 and 200.
So, the Nearest Hundred of 161 is 200.

Question 14.
738 _____

Answer:


738 lies in between 700 and 800.
So, the Nearest Hundred of 738 is 700.

Question 15.
504 ____

Answer:

504 lies in between 500 and 600.
So, Nearest Hundred of 504 is 500.

Question 16.
50 ____

Answer:

50 lies in between 0 and 100.
So, Nearest Hundred of 50 is 100.

Question 17.
22 ____

Answer:

22 lies in between 0 and 100.
So, Nearest Hundred of 22 is 0.

Question 18.
999 _____

Answer:


999 lies in between 900 and 1000.
So, the Nearest Hundred of 999 is 1000.

Round the number to the nearest ten to the nearest hundred.

Question 19.
836
Nearest ten: ______
Nearest hundred: ____

Answer:

The nearest Ten of  836 is 840.


The nearest Hundred of 836 is 800.

Question 20.
945
Nearest ten: ______
Nearest hundred: ____

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 945 is 950.


Nearest Hundred of 945 is 900.

Question 21.
72
Nearest ten: ______
Nearest hundred: ____

Answer:


Nearest Ten of  72 is 70.


Nearest Hundred of 72 is 100.

Question 22.
Number Sense
Newton rounds 587 to 590. To what place does he round?

Answer:
Newton rounds 587 to 590.

Newton rounds 587 to its Nearest ten-value 590.

Question 23.
Number Sense
Which numbers round to 400 when rounded to the nearest hundred?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 4

Answer:


Numbers rounded to 400 when rounded to the nearest hundreds are 356 and 437.
Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life
On which day do about 800 people attend the concert? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 5
About 800 people attend the concert on ______
Explain:
About 800 people attend the concert on all the days because in all the days people count is about n above 800.

Show and Grow

Question 24.
Use the table above to find on which days about 940 people attend the concert. Explain.

Answer:
About  940 people attend the concert on Friday and Sunday because in these days the people count is about n above 940.
DIG DEEPER!
Round the time to the nearest ten minutes.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 6

Answer:
The nearest Ten minutes of 7:23 is 7:20.

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 7

Answer:
The nearest Ten minutes of 3:05 is 3:10.

Question 27.
Explain how using place value to round is similar to using a number line to round.

Answer:
In math, every digit in a number has a place value.
Place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number.
number line is a line on which numbers are placed in intervals, to show basic numerical calculations.
Using place value to round is similar to using a number line to round is THE SAME. If we’re rounding the number 111 to the nearest ten, it’s between 110 and 120 on the number line, and it’s closer to 110. Furthermore, the process is the same when we’re rounding to the nearest hundred–only now we’re asking which two multiples of 100 the number falls between.

Round Numbers Using a Place Value Homework & Practice 7.3

Round the number to the nearest ten

Question 1.
29 _____

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 29 is 30.

Question 2.
564 _____

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 564 is 560.

Question 3.
843 ____

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 843 is 840.
Round the number to the nearest hundred

Question 4.
281 ____

Answer:


The nearest Hundred of 281 is 300.

Question 5.
36 ____

Answer:


The nearest Hundred of 36 is 0.

Question 6.
975 ____

Answer:


The nearest Hundred of 975 is 1000.
Round the number to the nearest ten to the nearest hundred.

Question 7.
152
Nearest ten: ______
Nearest hundred: ____

Answer:


Nearest Ten of 152 is 150.


Nearest Hundred of 152 is 200.

Question 8.
308
Nearest ten:
Nearest hundred: ____

Answer:

The nearest ten of 308 is 310.


The nearest hundred of 308 is 300.

Question 9.
45
Nearest ten: ______
Nearest hundred: ____

Answer:


Nearest Ten of 45 is 50.


The nearest Hundred of 45 is 0.

Question 10.
What is the least number that rounds to 20 when rounded to the nearest ten? What is the greatest number?
Least: ____
Greatest: ____

Answer:

The least number that rounds to 20 when rounded to the Nearest Ten is 15.

The greatest number that rounds to 20 when rounded to the Nearest Ten is 24.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
Number Sense A three-digit number has the digits 3, 5, and 6.It rounds to 700 when rounded to the nearest hundred. What is the number? Explain.

Answer:
Given: Three digit number digits are 3,5 and 6.
Three digit number rounded to 700 is 653 because in given numbers Hundred place has to be 6 as it has to be rounded to 700.
Tens place has to be equal to 5 or greater than 5, 5 taken for tens place.
Ones place is left out digit that is 3.

The number is 653.

Question 12.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Descartes says that a number rounded to the nearest ten can be greater than the same number rounded to the nearest hundred. Is Descartes correct? Explain.

Answer:
Descartes says that a number rounded to the Nearest Ten can be greater than the same number rounded to the Nearest Hundred is correct.
For Example: Estimate the sum 1,472 + 398 + 772 + 164 by rounding each number to the nearest hundred.

1,472….1,500

398……. 400

772……..800

164……..200

Total amount rounded to hundred:2900

In the example above, the exact sum is 2,806. Note how close this is to the estimate, which is 94 greater.
Estimate the sum 1,472 + 398 + 772 + 164 by first rounding each number to the nearest ten.

1,472….1,470

398…….. 400

772………770

164………160

Total amount rounded to tens place is 2,800.

Note that the estimate is 2,800, which is only 6 less than the actual sum of 2,806.

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
On which months are there about 450 people at the basketball courts? Explain
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 8

Answer:
Months about 450 people at the basketball courts are July and August because in these months only courts count is about and above 450.

DIG DEEPER!
Round the time to the nearest ten minutes.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 9

Answer:
Nearest Ten Minutes of 5:48 is 5:50.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 10

Answer:
Nearest Ten Minutes of 2:35 is 2:40.

Review & Refresh
Find the product

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 11

Answer:
9 X 0=0.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 12

Answer:
10 X 9= 90.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 13

Answer:
9 X 3= 27.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.3 14

Answer:
6 X 9= 54.

Lesson 7.4 Estimate Sums

Explore and Grow
Round each addend. Then find the sum.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 1

Answer:
83 rounded=80                                                       156 rounded=200
119 rounded=120                                                   103 rounded= 100
Sum =120+80=200                                             Sum= 200+100= 300

Construct Arguments
Compare your answers to your partner’s answers. Explain why they are the same or why they are different.

Answer:
The answers are different because the numbers are given to me and my partner are completely different.

Think and Grow: Estimate Sums
An estimate is a number that is close to an exact number. You can estimate a sum by rounding or by using compatible numbers. Compatible numbers are numbers that are easy to add mentally and are close to the actual numbers.
Example
Estimate 258 + 631.
One Way: Use rounding. Round each addend to the nearest hundred. Then f ind the sum of the rounded numbers.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 2
Another Way: Use compatible numbers.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 3

Answer:

ONE WAY: Rounding system
258 rounded nearest hundred: 300
631 rounded nearest hundred: 600
Total Rounded Nearest Hundred of 258 and 631=900
OTHER WAY:  Use Compatible number
Compatible number of 258=250
Compatible number of 631= 625
Total Sum of Compatible number of  258 and 631= 250+625= 875

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Round to the nearest ten to estimate the sum.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 4

Answer:


Nearest Ten of 38= 40.


Nearest Ten of 45= 50
Total sum of Nearest Ten of 45 and 38=40+50=90.

Question 2.
Round to the nearest hundred to estimate the sum.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 5

Answer:


Nearest Hundred of 407= 400.

Nearest Hundred of 189= 200
Total Sum of Nearest Hundred of 407 and 189= 400+200=600.

Use compatible numbers to estimate the sum.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 6

Answer:
71 Compatible Number= 75
22 Compatible Number=  20
Total Sum of  Compatible Number of 71 and 22= 75+20=95.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 7

Answer:
353 Compatible Number= 355
142 Compatible Number= 140
Total Sum of Compatible Number of 353 and 142=  355+140= 495.

Apply and Grow: Practice
Round to the nearest ten to estimate the sum.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 8

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 214= 210.

Nearest Ten of 357= 360
Sum of Nearest Ten of 214 and 357= 210+360 =  570.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 9

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 465= 470.


Nearest Ten of 23= 20
Sum of Nearest Ten of 465 and 23= 470+20 = 490.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 10

Answer:


 Nearest Ten of 532= 530.

Nearest Ten of 241= 240
Total Sum of Nearest Ten of 214 and 357= 530+240 = 570.
Round to the nearest hundred to estimate the sum.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 11

Answer:


Nearest Hundred of 62 = 100.

Nearest Hundred of 75= 100
Total Sum of Nearest Hundred of 62 and 75=  100+100=200.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 12

Answer:

Nearest Hundred of 304 = 300.


Nearest Hundred of 381= 400
Total Sum of Nearest Hundred of 304 and 381= 300+400=700.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 13

Answer:


Nearest Hundred of 897 = 900.


Nearest Hundred of 126= 100
Total Sum of Nearest Hundred of 897 and 126= 900+100=1000.
Use compatible numbers to estimate the sum.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 14

Answer:
Compatible Number of 222= 225
Compatible Number of 678= 670
Total Sum of Compatible Number of 222 and 678= 225+670=895.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 15

Answer:
Compatible Number of 491= 495
Compatible Number of 407= 465
Total Sum of Compatible Number of 491 and 407= 495+465=960.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 16

Answer:
Compatible Number of 347= 350
Compatible Number of 52= 45
Total Sum of Compatible Number of 347 and 52= 395.

Estimate the sum.

Question 14.
326 + 472
__ + ___ = ____

Answer:
Sum of 326 + 472 = 798.

Question 15.
205 + 101
____ + ____ = _____

Answer:
Sum of 205 + 101 = 306.

Question 16.
58 + 24
____ + ____ = ____

Answer:
Sum of 58 +24 = 82.

Question 17.
Structure
Estimate the sum of 324 + 277 two different ways.

Answer:
ONE WAY: Rounding system
Nearest Ten of 324= 320
Nearest Ten of 277= 280
Total Sum of Nearest Hundred of 324 and 277= 320+280= 600.
OTHER WAY: Compatible Numbers
Compatible Numbers of  324=330
Compatible Numbers of 277= 285
Total Sum of Compatible Numbers of 324 and 277=330+285=615.
Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life
An airplane flies from Cleveland to Saint Louis. Then it flies from Saint Louis to Chicago. About how many miles does the airplane fly in all?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 17
Understand the problem:
Make a plan:
Solve:
The airplane flies about ______ miles in all.

Answer:

Distance covered by the airplane flies  overall = 262 miles+49 miles+253 miles+547 miles= 1553 miles .
Distance covered by Airplane from Cleveland to Saint Louis=491 miles
Distance covered by Airplane from Saint Louis to Chicago= 262 miles
Total  distance covered by the Airplane from Cleveland to Saint Louis and  Saint Louis to Chicago = 491 miles + 262 miles= 753 miles.
Show and Grow

Question 18.
Use the map above. An airplane flies from Dallas to Saint Louis, and then flies from Saint Louis to Nashville. About how many miles does the airplane fly in all?

Answer:
Miles covered by the airplane from Dallas to Saint Louis= 547 miles
Miles covered by the airplane from Saint Louis to Nashville= 253 miles
Total Number of miles the airplane flew in all= 547 miles+253 miles= 800 miles.

Question 19.
There are 178 third-grade students, 239 fourth-grade students, and 309 fifth-grade students at a museum. About how many students are at the museum? Explain.
Is there another way you can estimate to solve the problem? Explain.

Answer:
Number of third-grade students at a museum=178
Number of fourth-grade students at a museum=239
Number of fifth-grade students at a museum=309
Total Number of students at a museum=178+239+309=726.
No, there is no other way to estimate the solution except addition.

Estimate Sums Homework & Practice 7.4

Round to the nearest ten to estimate the sum.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 18

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 239= 240.


Nearest Ten of 417= 420
Total Sum of Nearest Ten of 239 and 417= 240+420 = 660.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 19

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 351= 350.


Nearest Ten of 164= 160
Total Sum of Nearest Ten of 351 and 164 = 350+160 = 510.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 20

Answer:


Nearest Ten of 55= 60.


Nearest Ten of 43= 40
Total Sum of Nearest Ten of 55 and 43 = 60+40 = 100.
Round to the nearest hundred to estimate the sum.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 21

Answer:

Nearest Hundred of 523= 500.


Nearest Hundred of 376=400
Total Sum of Nearest Hundred of 523 and 376= 500 + 400 = 900.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 22

Answer:

Nearest Hundred of 648=600


Nearest Hundred of 21=0
Total Sum of Nearest Hundred of 648 and 21= 600+0 = 600.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 23

Answer:

Nearest Hundred of 762=800.


Nearest Hundred of 235= 200
Total Sum of Nearest Hundred of 762 and 235 = 800+200 = 1000.

Use compatible numbers to estimate the sum.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 24

Answer:
Compatible Number of 26= 30
Compatible Number of 51= 55
Total Sum of Compatible Number of 26 and 51 = 30+55 = 85.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 25

Answer:
Compatible Number of 454= 465
Compatible Number of 448= 455
Total Sum of Compatible Number of 454 and 448 = 465+455 = 910.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 26

Answer:
Compatible Number of 177= 185
Compatible Number of 522= 530
Total Sum of Compatible Number of 177 and 552 =185+530 = 715.

Estimate the sum

Question 10.
621 + 314
____ + ____ = ____

Answer:
Sum of 621 + 314 = 935.

Question 11.
105 + 82
____ + ____ = _____

Answer:
Sum of 105 + 82 =187.

Question 12.
228 + 276
____ + ____ = _____

Answer:
Sum of 228 + 276 = 504.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
Will Newton’s estimated sum be greater than or less than the actual sum? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 27

Answer:
Actual Sum of 486 + 379 = 486 + 379 = 865
Estimated Sum of 486 + 379 =500 + 400 = 900
Comparison:   865 >  900
Hence, the Actual Sum is lesser than the Estimated Sum because the estimated value is the value roughly calculated whereas the actual sum is the correct and accurate value.

Question 14.
Logic
Newton has $25. Descartes has $32. Do they have more than $50 in all? Use estimates to explain.

Answer:
Amount Newtons having= $ 25
Estimated value of $25= $ 30
Amount Descartes having = $32
Estimated value of $32 = $35
Total  Estimated Sum Newtons and Descartes having= $ 30 + $35 = $65.

Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
An airplane flies from San Francisco to Las Vegas and then files from Las Vegas to Los Angeles. About how many miles does the airplane fly in all?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 28

Answer:

Distance covered by Airplane from San Francisco to Las Vegas=418 miles.
Distance covered by Airplane from Las Vegas to Los Angeles= 236 miles.
Total  distance covered by the Airplane from San Francisco to Las Vegas and Las Vegas to Los Angeles= 418 miles + 236 miles = 654 miles.

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
A beach hut owner sells 118 towels, 121 surfboards, and 162 bathing suits. About how many items does the owner sell? Explain.

Answer:
Number of towels the owner sells= 118
Number of surfboards the owner sells= 121
Number of bathing suits the owner sells= 162
Total number of items the owner sells= 118 towels + 121 surfboards +162 bathing suits = 401.
Review & Refresh
Compare

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 29

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 29 =

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 30

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 30 =

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 31 =

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.4 31 =

Lesson 7.5 Estimate Differences

Explore & Sum
Estimate each difference.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 1

Answer:

Use Compatible numbers

Construct Arguments—–
Compare your answers to your partner’s answers. Explain why they are the same or why they are different.

Answer: The answers differ from my partners answer because the numbers given to me and him are differ  may be the process is same which we followed to solve.
Think and Grow: Estimate Differences
You can estimate difference by rounding or by using compatible numbers
Example
Estimate 673 – 429.
One Way: Use rounding. Round each number to the nearest ten. Then find the difference of the rounded numbers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 2
Another Way: Use compatible numbers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 3

Answer:
One way: Rounding numbers
Nearest ten of 673= 670
Nearest ten of 429= 430
Difference of Nearest ten of 673 and 429= 670 – 430 = 240.
Another Way: Use compatible numbers.
Compatible number of 673 =675
Compatible number of 429=425
Difference of Compatible number of 673 and 429= 675 – 425 = 250.
Show and Grow

Question 1.
Round to the nearest ten to estimate the difference.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 4

Answer:


Nearest Ten of 72= 70.


Nearest Ten of 37= 40
Difference of Nearest Ten of 72 and 37= 70- 40 = 30.

Question 2.
Round to the Nearest Hundred to estimate the difference.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 5

Answer:

Nearest Hundred of 586= 600.


Nearest Hundred of 314= 300
Difference of Nearest Ten of 586 and 314= 590- 310 = 280.
Use compatible numbers to estimate the difference

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 6

Answer:
Compatible number of 95=100
Compatible number of 26= 25
Difference of Compatible Number of 95 and 26= 100 – 25 = 75.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 7

Answer:
Compatible number of 768=775
Compatible number of 273= 270
Difference of Compatible Number of 768 and 273= 775 – 270 = 505.
Apply and Grow: Practice
Round to the nearest ten to estimate the difference.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 8

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 556=560.


Nearest Ten of 129= 130
Difference of Nearest Ten of 556 and 129 = 560 – 130 = 430.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 9

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 384=380.

Nearest Ten of 31= 30
Difference of Nearest Ten of 384 and 31 = 380 – 30 = 350.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 10

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 702=700.


Nearest Ten of 428= 430
Difference of Nearest Ten of 702 and 428= 700 – 430 = 270.
Round to the nearest hundred to estimate the difference.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 11

Answer:

Nearest Hundred of 763=800.


Nearest Hundred of 98 =100
Difference of  Nearest Hundred of 763 and 98= 800 – 100 =700.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 12

Answer:

Nearest Hundred of 901= 900

Nearest Hundred of 305 = 300
Difference of  Nearest Hundred of 901 and 305= 900 – 300 = 600.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 13

Answer:

Nearest Hundred of 875 = 900.


Nearest Hundred of 529 = 500
Difference of  Nearest Hundred of 875 and 529 = 900 – 500 = 400.
Use compatible numbers to estimate the difference

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 14

Answer:
Compatible Number of 985= 990
Compatible Number of 148=  145
Difference of Compatible Number of 985 and 148= 990 – 145 = 845.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 15

Answer:
Compatible Number of 676= 680
Compatible Number of 226= 255
Difference of Compatible Number of 676 and 226 = 680 – 255 = 455.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 16

Answer:
Compatible Number of 549= 550
Compatible Number of 52=  45
Difference of Compatible Number of 549 and 52 = 550 – 45 = 505.
Estimate the difference

Question 14.
455 – 221
____ – ____ = _____

Answer:
Difference of 455 – 221 = 234.

Question 15.
674 – 348
____ – ____ = ____

Answer:
Difference of 674 – 348 =  326.

Question 16.
97 – 53
____ – _____ – _____

Answer:
Difference of 97 – 53 = 44.

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
Write a subtraction problem using 2 three-digit numbers that have an estimated difference of 200.

Answer: A Fruit seller has 469 mangoes with him on Monday. On Tuesday he finds 269 mangoes got rotten. How many are left out with him on Tuesday?

Question 18.
Structure
Did Descartes round to the nearest ten or to the nearest hundred to estimate the difference?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 17

Answer:
Given: 407 – 302 = 100

Nearest Ten of 407= 410


Nearest Ten of 302= 300
Difference of Nearest Ten of 407 and 302= 410 – 300 = 110.

Nearest Hundred of 407=400

Nearest Hundred of 302= 300
Difference of Nearest Hundred of 407 and 302= 400 – 300 = 100
Therefore, Descartes rounds to the nearest hundred of 407 and 302.
Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life
The diagram shows the numbers of days it takes four planets to orbit the Sun. About how many more days does it take Mars to orbit the Sun than Venus?
Estimate:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 18
It takes Mars about _____ more days than Venus.

Answer:
Number of days Mars to orbit the sun= 687 days
Number of days Venus to orbit the sun= 225 days

Number of more days it takes Mars to orbit the Sun than Venus= 687 – 225 = 462 days.

Show and Grow

Question 19.
Use the diagram above to find about how many more days it takes Earth to orbit the Sun than Mercury.

Answer:
Number of days Earth to orbit the sun = 365 days
Number of days Mercury to orbit the sun = 88 days
Number of more days it takes Earth to orbit the Sun than Mercury= 365 – 88 = 277 days.

Question 20.
Your school gym can seat 500 people on one side and 350 people on the other side. There are 459 people in their seats. About how many more people can be seated in the gym?

Answer:
Number of people seating on one side in the gym = 500
Number of people seating on other side in the gym = 350
Total number of seats in the gym = 500 + 350 = 850
Number of people occupied in the seats in the gym = 459
Number of more people can be seated in the gym = total seats – seats occupied = 850 – 459 =  391 seats.

Question 21.
A bus is traveling 876 miles from Raleigh to New Orleans. The bus travels 264 miles in the morning and 327 miles in the afternoon. About how many more miles does the bus have left to travel? Explain.

Answer:
The distance the bus traveled from Raleigh to New Orleans = 876 miles
The distance the bus traveled in the morning = 264 miles
The distance the bus traveled in the afternoon = 327 miles
Total distance covered by the bus in the morning and afternoon= 264 miles+ 327 miles = 591 miles
The number of more miles the bus has left to travel = 876 miles – 591 miles = 285 miles.

Estimate Differences Homework & Practice 7.5

Round to the nearest ten to estimate the difference.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 19

Answer:


Nearest Ten of 847= 850


Nearest Ten of 468= 470
Difference of Nearest Ten of 847 and 468= 850 – 470= 380.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 20

Answer:


Nearest Ten of 153=  150

Nearest Ten of 129= 130
Difference of Nearest Ten of 153 and 129= 150 – 130 = 20.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 21

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 34= 30

Nearest Ten of 21= 20
Difference of Nearest Ten of 34 and 21 = 30 – 20= 10.
Round to the nearest hundred to estimate the difference.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 22

Answer:

Nearest Hundred of 598= 600

Nearest Hundred of 347= 350
Difference of Nearest Hundred of 598 and 347= 600  – 350 = 250.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 23

Answer:


Nearest Hundred of  811 =800

Nearest Hundred of 67 = 100
Difference of Nearest Hundred of 811 and 67 = 800 – 100 =700.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 24

Answer:


Nearest Hundred of 931 = 900


Nearest Hundred of 747 =700
Difference of Nearest Hundred of 931 and 747 = 900 – 700 = 200.
Use compatible numbers to estimate the difference

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 25

Answer:
Compatible Number of 96 = 100
Compatible Number of 47 = 45
Difference of Compatible Number of 96 and 47= 100 – 45 = 65.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 26

Answer:
Compatible Number of 678 = 685
Compatible Number of 142 = 135
Difference of Compatible Number of 678 and 142 = 685 – 135 = 550.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 27

Answer:
Compatible Number of 746 = 755
Compatible Number of 51 = 45
Difference of Compatible Number of 746 and 51 = 755 – 45 = 715.
Estimate the difference.

Question 10.
258 – 205
___ – ____ = ____

Answer:
Difference of 258 – 205 = 53.

Question 11.
781 – 62
____ – ____ = ____

Answer:
Difference of 781 – 62 = 719.

Question 12.
914 – 522
____ – ____ = ____

Answer:
Difference of 914 – 522 = 392.

Question 13.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend estimated the difference by rounding to the nearest hundred. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 28

Answer:
Given:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 28
Nearest Hundred of 649 = 600
Nearest Hundred of 308 =  300
Difference of Nearest Hundred of 649 and 308 = 600 – 300 = 300
My friend’s value of the difference of Nearest Hundred of 649 and 308 is wrong because he has added the numbers instead of subtracting.

Question 14.
Structure
Estimate the difference of 581 – 213 in two different ways.

Answer:
ONE WAY: Rounding System
Nearest Hundred of 581= 600
Nearest Hundred of 213= 200
The difference of Nearest Hundred of 581 and 213= 600 – 200 = 400.
OTHER WAY: Use Compatible Numbers
Compatible Number of 581= 575
Compatible Numbers of 213 = 220
Difference of Compatible Numbers of 581 and 213= 575 – 220 =  355.

Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
A drama club sold 259 tickets for a school play. So far, 103 people have arrived for the play. About how many more people are expected to arrive?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 29

Answer:
Number of tickets sold for school play= 259
Number of people arrived for the play = 103
Number of people expected to arrive still = 259 – 103 = 156.

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
Construction workers are building an 800-foot tall building. They complete 76 feet one month and 195 feet the next month. About how many more feet do they have left to build?

Answer:
The total length of the foot ball building = 800 feet
Number of feet workers completed in one month =76 feet
Number of feet workers completed in next month = 195 feet
Construction left out to build = Total -Completed work in one month – Completed work in next month
=800 – 76 – 195 = 529 feet.

Review & Refresh

Question 17.
Find the area of the rectangle
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 7.5 30

Answer:
Given: Length of Rectangle= 10 m
Breath of Rectangle= 2 m
Area of Rectangle= Length x Breath = 10 m X 2 m = 20 square metres.

Round and Estimate Numbers Performance Task

Question 1.
The table shows the number of photos a photographer takes each day.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 1
a. About how many more photos does the photographer take on Saturday than Sunday?
b.Estimate the total number of photos taken all four days.
c.Is the actual number of photos more than or less than your estimate from above? Explain.
d.The photographer’s camera can store 700 photos. About how many more photos can the photographer take?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 2
e. The photographer gives you all of the photos. You put some photos in an album. You have 453 photos left. How many photos are in your album?
f. Your album has 10 pages. You put an equal number of photos on each page. How many photos are on each page?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 3

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 1
a) Photos taken on Saturday by the photographer = 221
Photos taken on Sunday by the photographer = 91

Difference of photos taken on Saturday than on Sunday by the photographer= 221 – 91 = 130.
b) Photos taken on Thursday by the photographer = 157
Photos taken on Friday by the photographer = 104
Photos taken on Saturday by the photographer = 221
Photos taken on Sunday by the photographer = 91

Total Number of photos taken by the photographer in all four days= 157+104+221+91 =  573.
c)Actual total number of photos the album holds =700
Total photos were taken by the photographer = 573
The actual total number of photos is greater than the total estimated photos taken by the photographer.
d)Actual number of photos taken =573
Total number of photos camera can hold = 700
Number of more photos can the photographer take= 700 – 573 = 127.
e) Total number of photos given to me by the photographer = 573
Number of photos left with me = 453
Number of photos are in your album = 573 – 453 = 120.
f) Number of pages the album has = 10 pages
Total number of photos album holds = 700
Number of photos on each page= 700 10 =70 pages.

Round and Estimate Numbers Activity

Round to Find a Pearl
Directions:
1.Players take turns rolling a die.
2.On your turn, move your piece the number of spaces shown on the die. If the space is purple, then round the number to the nearest ten. If the space is green, then round the number to the nearest hundred.
3.Find the rounded number on a pearl and cover it with a counter.
4.Repeat this process until all of the pearls are covered.The player who covers the most pearls wins
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers 4

Round and Estimate Numbers Chapter Practice

7.1 Place Value
Circle the value of the underlined digit.

Question
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers chp 1

Answer:


Identify the value of each digit.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers chp 3

Answer:

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers chp 4

Answer:

7.2 Round Numbers Using a Number Line
Round the number to the nearest ten and to the nearest hundred.

Question 5.
725
Nearest ten: ____
Nearest hundred: _____

Answer:

The nearest Ten of 725 is 730.

The nearest Hundred of 725 is 700.

Question 6.
34 Nearest ten: ______
Nearest hundred: ______

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 34 is 30.

Nearest Hundred of 34 is 0.
7.3 Round Numbers Using Place Value
Round the number to the nearest ten and to the nearest hundred.

Question 7.
247
Nearest ten: ____
Nearest hundred: _____

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 247 is 250.

Nearest Hundred of 247 is 200.

Question 8.
571
Nearest ten: ____
Nearest hundred: _____

Answer:

The nearest Ten of 571 is  570.

The nearest Hundred of 571 is 600.

Question 9.
86
Nearest ten: ____
Nearest hundred: _____

Answer:

Nearest Ten of  86 is 90

The nearest Hundred of 86 is 100.

Question 4.
Number Sense
Descartes rounds 742 to 700. To what place does he round?

Answer:

Nearest Ten of 742 is 740

The nearest Hundred of 742 is 700.
Descartes rounds 742 to its Nearest Hundred.
7.4 Estimate Sums
Estimate the sum

Question 11.
33 + 59
___ + ____ = ___

Answer:
Sum of 33 + 59 = 92.

Question 12.
124 + 477
____ + ____ = ____

Answer:
Sum of  124 + 477 = 601.

Question 13.
122 + 181
____ + ____ = ____

Answer:
Sum of 122 + 181 = 303.
7.5 Estimate Differences
Estimate the difference

Question 14.
692 – 71
___ – ____ = _____

Answer:
Difference of 692 – 71 = 621

Question 15.
478 – 152
____ – ____ = ____

Answer:
Difference of 478 – 152 = 326.

Question 16.
537 – 409
____ – ____ = _____

Answer:
Difference of 537 – 409 = 128.

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
A killer whale is 312 inches long. A striped dolphin is 102 inches long. About how much longer is the killer whale than the striped dolphin?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers chp 17

Answer:
Length of killer whale = 312 inches
Length of striped dolphin = 102 inches
The difference in Length of the killer whales and striped dolphin = 312 inches – 102 inches = 210 inches.

Final Words:
The answers seen in this chapter are as per the latest edition. The Big Ideas Math Solutions are prepared by math experts so you don’t worry about the answers. I hope the details provided in Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 7 Round and Estimate Numbers made you happy. Please share answers pdf with your friends and help them to overcome the difficulties of solving questions. Stay in touch with us to get answer keys for more chapters of grade 3.